summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/text1
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2024-01-31 03:01:01 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2024-01-31 03:01:01 +0000
commit79e1bbc1ad6b308aa2074540b2afd43b6a72ce03 (patch)
tree32074e03eec88cf72e5973ddff176a0534c77dff /macros/text1
parent084f5d8435744b7ea7ef487ec111a7bfd100ed62 (diff)
CTAN sync 202401310301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/text1')
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/appendix.texblock16
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/asism.texblock5
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/asisp.texblock5
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/bibliog.texblock10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/bquotem.texblock7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/bquotep.texblock7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/chapter.texblock13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/contents.texblock35
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/enotem.texblock11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/enotep.texblock11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/figurem.texblock8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/figurep.texblock8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/fnotem.texblock14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/fnotep.texblock14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/fontm.texblock6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/fontp.texblock6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/index.texblock8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/label.texblock6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/lists.texblock13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/maillbls.texblock17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/marnote.texblock6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/multicol.texblock10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/pagem.texblock11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/pagep.texblock11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/parm.texblock6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/parp.texblock11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/part.texblock20
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/preface.texblock12
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/runfoot.texblock6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/runhead.texblock6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/subheada.texblock11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/subheadb.texblock10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/subheadc.texblock9
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/subheadd.texblock7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/tablem.texblock8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/tablep.texblock9
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/talaris.texblock6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/blocks/titlepg.texblock4
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.aug9113
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.aug9210
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.aug9311
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.dec9311
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.feb918
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.jan9211
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.jun9111
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.jun9614
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.mar9110
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.mar9216
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.may9228
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.nov9017
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.nov929
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.nov9416
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/changes.sep9112
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--footn.help4--f20
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--verti.helpvert21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/10noter.helpfoot14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/11noter.helpfoot23
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/12noter.helpfoot16
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/1block.helpbloc19
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/1every.helpfoot21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everye.helpendn21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everyf.helpfoot21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/1numbe.helpsubh13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/1number.helpsubh13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--footn.help4--f15
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--verti.helpvert15
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/2block.helpbloc16
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footn.helpfoot21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footno.helpfoot21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/2skipbe.helpendn21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/2title.helpsubh20
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/3befor.helpfoot21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/3block.helpmenu14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/3every.helpbloc21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incon.helpsubh15
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incont.helpsubh15
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipb.helpfoot22
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipbe.helpfoot22
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/3textre.helpendn17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/4footn.helpmenu18
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/4refer.helpfoot16
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipaf.helpfoot22
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipb.helpbloc17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/4textre.helpendn14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/5refer.helpfoot16
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/5skipa.helpbloc18
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpendn23
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpfoot17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/6notere.helpendn17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/6refer.helpfoot14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/6textre.helpfoot17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/7notere.helpendn14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/7refer.helpfoot21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/7textre.helpfoot14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/8notere.helpendn23
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/8textre.helpfoot23
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpendn16
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpfoot17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/aen.helpmark72
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/afn.helpmark58
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/aib.helpmark84
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/aie.helpmark37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/aif.helpmark76
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumbe.helpsubh13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumber.helpsubh13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/apf.helpmark93
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/app.helpmark30
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpmenu103
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/asism.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/asisp.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bd.helpmark48
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bi.helpmark36
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bib.helpmark43
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibentry.helpmark57
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliog.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliogr.helpmark54
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bie.helpmark51
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bif.helpmark248
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bothpage.helpmenu12
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomma.helppage21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpboth28
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpeven28
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpoddp28
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqb.helpmark61
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqe.helpmark47
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqf.helpmark76
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotem.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotep.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/break.helpmark36
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitle.helpsubh20
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitlef.helpsubh18
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/bul.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/cc.helpmark33
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/cents.helpmark23
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/chap.helpmark48
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/chapter.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/chf.helpmark98
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/chrono.changes3
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincon.helpsubh15
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincont.helpsubh15
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/cl.helpmark38
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/clb.helpmark68
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/cle.helpmark38
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/contents.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/coul.helpmark21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/db.helpmark45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbm.helpmark26
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbrs.helpmark27
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/die.helpmark32
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/dsp.helpmark41
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/el.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/enf.helpmark129
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotem.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotep.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ep.helpmark38
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/epm.helpmark24
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ex.helpmark26
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/fif.helpmark86
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/fig.helpmark110
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurem.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurep.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/fixf.helpmark34
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnf.helpmark139
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotem.helpbloc8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotep.helpbloc8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/font.helpmark51
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontm.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontp.helpbloc8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/footnote.helpmark63
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/frac.helpmark52
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/frenchsp.helpmark53
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/goodbrea.helpmark33
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/halign.helpmark177
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/hbox.helpmark36
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/hin.helpmark48
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/hof.helpmark54
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/hon.helpmark54
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/hp.helpmark48
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/hrule.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/hs.helpmark47
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/hsize.helpmark49
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/incl.helpmark89
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/indent.helpmark41
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/index.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/input.helpmark46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/isk.helpmark46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/it.helpmark41
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/italicfa.helpmark21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/item.helpmark45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ix.helpmark311
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ixf.helpmark260
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ju.helpmark42
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/la.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/label.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/laf.helpmark120
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lbr.helpmark45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/leader.helpmark47
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/letter.helpmode7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lib.helpmark50
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lie.helpmark39
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lif.helpmark128
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lil.helpmark43
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lin.helpmark69
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/line.helpmark56
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lint.helpmark25
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lir.helpmark46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lists.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lnf.helpmark24
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/lr.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/markup.helpmenu176
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/marnote.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/mathdefa.helpmark24
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/mcf.helpmark260
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/memo.helpmode7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/mi.helpmark31
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/mn.helpmark30
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/mnf.helpmark53
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/msp.helpmark91
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/multicol.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/nc.helpmark49
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/nin.helpmark46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/nobreak.helpmark39
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/nonfrenc.helpmark45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/np.helpmark36
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ntp.helpmark47
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/numl.helpmark20
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/oc.helpmark52
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/opm.helpmark24
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/paf.helpmark67
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagem.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagep.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/paper.helpmode7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/par.helpmark81
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/parm.helpbloc8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/parp.helpbloc8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpmark32
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pb.helpmark47
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pen.helpmark42
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pf.helpmark83
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pic.helpmark97
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pin.helpmark46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/plaintex.helpmark28
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pn.helpmark40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ppl.helpmark21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/pre.helpmark31
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/preface.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/prf.helpmark42
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/prin.helpmark20
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/printend.helpmark10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/printind.helpmark58
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/psk.helpmark62
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/qquad.helpmark39
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/quad.helpmark40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/raggedbo.helpmark16
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/resume.helpmode7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rff.helpmark129
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rhf.helpmark115
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rin.helpmark79
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rl.helpmark29
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rlb.helpmark35
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rle.helpmark28
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rm.helpmark41
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rr.helpmark47
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/rule.helpmark48
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/runfoot.helpbloc8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/runhead.helpbloc8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/san.helpmark25
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sau.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/scn.helpmark25
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/senn.helpmark37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/settabs.helpmark151
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfn.helpmark37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfnn.helpmark39
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfs.helpmark79
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sha.helpmark40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/shaf.helpmark85
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/shb.helpmark40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/shbf.helpmark86
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/shc.helpmark39
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/shcf.helpmark81
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/shd.helpmark33
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/shdf.helpmark77
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sms.helpmark50
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/special.helpmark24
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/spn.helpmark46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sptn.helpmark23
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssan.helpmark25
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssbn.helpmark25
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sscn.helpmark25
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssdn.helpmark25
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssf.helpmark50
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssp.helpmark43
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/stn.helpmark37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/strut.helpmark82
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheada.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadb.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadc.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadd.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/sy.helpmark26
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablem.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablep.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/taf.helpmark56
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/talaris.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/tat.helpmark59
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/tenpt.helpmark42
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/text1.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/thc.helpmark75
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/thesis.helpmode8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/titlepg.helpbloc7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/toc.helpmark39
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/tocf.helpmark478
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/toclbr.helpmark43
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/today.helpmark30
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpeven31
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpoddp31
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/topmargi.helppage21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/tp.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/tpf.helpmark50
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/tt.helpmark50
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/twc.helpmark75
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/twelvept.helpmark44
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/us.helpmark34
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/vbox.helpmark32
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/vertical.helpvert21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/vrule.helpmark19
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/vs.helpmark53
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/vsk.helpmark45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/cms_help_files/width.helppage13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et10.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et11.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et12.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et14.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et18.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et8.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et9.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etb.fontinfo236
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etbi.fontinfo233
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/eti.fontinfo233
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etr.fontinfo236
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etsc.fontinfo253
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.cmschan5
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.exec23
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.outchan324
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.web1936
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/reblock.pascal34
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.cmschan1
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.outchan580
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.web3034
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/docs/readme.tex209
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/docs/refman.ps.gzbin744715 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/fonts/cmr36.dump902
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/fonts/dt.240pkbin1536 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/fonts/dt.300pkbin1536 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/fonts/dt.mf17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/fonts/dt.readme8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/fonts/dt.tfmbin512 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/fonts/dt240.mf12
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/fonts/dt300.mf12
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macintosh/texix.macinfo4
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macintosh/texix.turbomac591
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macintosh/texix_macintosh.readme7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macintosh/text1_index_sort.binbin30976 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cgfonts.lclist124
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm10.textext34
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm108m.texmath10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm109m.texmath10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm11.textext40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm1110m.texmath10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm119m.texmath13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm12.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm1210m.texmath10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm1211m.texmath13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm14.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm1412m.texmath13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm18.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm1814m.texmath13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm24.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm2418m.texmath13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm36.textext37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm5.textext51
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm6.textext49
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm65m.texmath10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm7.textext45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm75m.texmath7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm76m.texmath10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm8.textext40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm86m.texmath13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm87m.texmath10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm9.textext40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm97m.texmath10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cm98m.texmath13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan10.textext46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan11.textext46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan12.textext46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan14.textext46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan18.textext46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan24.textext46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan36.textext46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan8.textext49
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/cmsan9.textext46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/fixcol.tex155
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/flexcol.tex329
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/text1.tex3
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/macros/txt1v409.tex3536
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/letter.texinput51
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/letter.texmodel45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/memo.texinput48
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/memo.texmodel21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/mergelet.texmodel77
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/mergelst.texmodel17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texinput184
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texmodel96
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/paper.texinput10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/paper.texmodel28
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/resume.texinput62
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/resume.texmodel69
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/thesis.texinput159
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/models/thesis.texmodel139
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/appendix.blk16
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/asism.blk5
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/asisp.blk5
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/bibliog.blk10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotem.blk7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotep.blk7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/chapter.blk13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/contents.blk35
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotem.blk11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotep.blk11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurem.blk8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurep.blk8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotem.blk14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotep.blk14
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontm.blk6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontp.blk6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/index.blk8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/label.blk6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/lists.blk13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/maillbls.blk17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/marnote.blk6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/multicol.blk10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagem.blk11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagep.blk11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/parm.blk6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/parp.blk11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/part.blk20
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/preface.blk12
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/runfoot.blk6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/runhead.blk6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheada.blk11
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadb.blk10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadc.blk9
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadd.blk7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablem.blk8
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablep.blk9
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/talaris.blk6
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/blocks/titlepg.blk4
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/fonts/dt.pkbin1536 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm10.txt34
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm108m.mth10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm109m.mth10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm11.txt40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1110m.mth10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm119m.mth13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm12.txt37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1210m.mth10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1211m.mth13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm14.txt37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1412m.mth13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm18.txt37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1814m.mth13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm24.txt37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm2418m.mth13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm36.txt37
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm5.txt51
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm6.txt49
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm65m.mth10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm7.txt45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm75m.mth7
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm76m.mth10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm8.txt40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm86m.mth13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm87m.mth10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm9.txt40
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm97m.mth10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cm98m.mth13
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan10.txt46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan11.txt46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan12.txt46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan14.txt46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan18.txt46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan24.txt46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan36.txt46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan8.txt49
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan9.txt46
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/letter.inp51
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/letter.mdl45
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/memo.inp48
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/memo.mdl21
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/mergelet.mdl77
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/mergelst.mdl17
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.inp184
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.mdl96
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/paper.inp10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/paper.mdl28
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/resume.inp62
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/resume.mdl69
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.inp159
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.mdl139
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/pc/readme.tex38
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/texix/plsort.pliopt9
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/texix/texix.cmschan3
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/texix/texix.cmsinfo5
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/texix/texix.readme4
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/texix/texix.web1577
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/texix/txt1v293.cmschan2000
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/vax_vms/compile_texix.com10
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/vax_vms/sortcall.penbin1536 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/vax_vms/texix.ch509
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/vax_vms/texix_vms.readme12
-rw-r--r--macros/text1/vax_vms/vmssort.pas78
522 files changed, 0 insertions, 34362 deletions
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/appendix.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/appendix.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 0000bd5a39..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/appendix.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \appendix markup
-\appendixformat{\numberingstyle{A}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\twelvept\bold Appendix \appendixnumber}
- \centerline{\twelvept\bold\appendixtitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setchapternumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- \setfigurenumber{0}
- \settablenumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end appendix format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/asism.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/asism.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index c5ea6006c4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/asism.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for \asisbegin in \monospace
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}}
- \skipafter{1\bl}
-}% end as is format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/asisp.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/asisp.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index c9a65c3860..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/asisp.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \asisbegin markup
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{6pt}
- \everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}}
- \skipafter{6pt}
-}% end as is format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/bibliog.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/bibliog.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 691cee2263..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/bibliog.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \bibliography markup
-\bibliographyformat{%
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd\bibtitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- }% end titleformat
- \everybibentry{\vs{1\bl}\goodbreak\hp\nin}
- \sameauthorrulesize{width 3em height .6ex depth -.5ex}
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end bibliographyformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/bquotem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/bquotem.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 87d2605a8a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/bquotem.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \blockquotebegin in \monospace
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \everyblockquote{\rm\leftindent{36pt} % 36pt = .5in
- \rightindent{36pt}
- }
- \skipafter{1\bl}
-}% end monospace block quote begin format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/bquotep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/bquotep.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fdf50b4c9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/bquotep.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for the \blockquotebegin markup
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{6pt}
- \everyblockquote{\tenpt\leftindent{24pt} % 24pt = .3in
- \rightindent{24pt}
- }
- \skipafter{6pt}
-}% end block quote begin format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/chapter.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/chapter.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 9796e18beb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/chapter.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \chapter markup
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd\chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end chapter format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/contents.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/contents.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 45fa4e571d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/contents.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults when using the \tableofcontents markup
-\tableofcontentsformat{%
- \toctitle{\centerline{\bd Table of Contents}
- \vs{1\bl}}
- \prefacetocformat{\nin\prefacetitle\leader\pagenumber}
- \parttocformat{\vs{1\bl}
- \centerline{Part \partnumber}
- \centerline{\parttitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \nin Part \partnumber \leader \pagenumber}
- \continuechapter{no}
- \chaptertocformat{\hangingchapternumber \chaptertitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \hangingchapterindent{.25in}
- \appendixtocformat{\hangingappendixnumber \appendixtitle \leader \pn}
- \hangingappendixindent{.25in}
- \subheadatocformat{\leftindent{.5in}\nin
- \subheadatitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \subheadbtocformat{\leftindent{1in}\nin
- \subheadbtitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \subheadctocformat{\leftindent{1.5in}\nin
- \subheadctitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \subheaddtocformat{\leftindent{2in}\nin
- \subheaddtitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \bibliographytocformat{\nin\bibtitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \figuretoctitle{\newpage
- \centerline{\bd List of Figures}
- \line{Figure \rt{Page}}}
- \figuretocformat{\hangingnumber{\figurenumber.}\figuretitle\leader\pagenumber}
- \hangingfigureindent{.25in}
- \tabletoctitle{\newpage
- \centerline{\bd List of Tables}
- \line{Table \rt{Page}}}
- \tabletocformat{\hangingnumber{\tablenumber.}\tabletitle\leader\pagenumber}
- \hangingtableindent{.25in}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/enotem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/enotem.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 2716defe7a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/enotem.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \autoendnote with \monospace
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{0\bl}
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferencefont{\rm}
- \textreferencestyle{[1]}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\rm}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font
- \everyendnote{\rm\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/enotep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/enotep.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f2b55d4e1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/enotep.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \autoendnote markup
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt}
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferencefont{\tenpt}
- \textreferencestyle{[1]}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\tenpt}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font
- \everyendnote{\tenpt\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}}
-}% end endnoteformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/figurem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/figurem.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d7263c218..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/figurem.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \figure with \monospace
-\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \position{\float}
- \titleformat{\bqb\hp
- \bd Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle\bqe}
- \incontents{yes}
- \skipafter{1\bl}
-}% End figure format markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/figurep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/figurep.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index e2131696ef..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/figurep.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for the \figure markup
-\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \position{\float}
- \titleformat{\bqb\hp\tenpt
- \bd Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle\bqe}
- \incontents{yes}
- \skipafter{1\bl}
-}% End figure format markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/fnotem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/fnotem.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index a3d5840598..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/fnotem.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \autofootnote with \monospace
-\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt}
- \skipafterdivider{2.6pt}
- \footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferenceplacement{after}
- \textreferencefont{\rm}
- \textreferencestyle{(1)}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\rm}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em}
- \everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{.5in}\lin{0pt}\rin{0pt}}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/fnotep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/fnotep.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 97fb1ddf0c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/fnotep.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for the \autofootnote markup
-\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt}
- \skipafterdivider{2.6pt}
- \footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in
- \textreferenceposition{up}
- \textreferenceplacement{after}
- \textreferencefont{\tenpt}
- \textreferencestyle{1}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\tenpt}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em}
- \everyfootnote{\tenpt\pin{20pt}\lin{0pt}}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/fontm.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/fontm.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f8455a998..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/fontm.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \monospace markup
-\monospace
- % You may change the default monspace fonts by removing the % symbol
- % from the \selectfontset and \defaultmono\rm markups below.
-% \selectfontset{monofont}{defaultmono}{default} %
-% \defaultmono\rm
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/fontp.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/fontp.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 5393d563eb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/fontp.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the proportional space fonts
-\selectfontset{cm12}{twelvept}{default} % default twelve point set
-\selectfontset{cm10}{tenpt}{default} % alternate ten point set
-\twelvept % default font specification
-\selectmathset{cm97m}{mathdefault} % default math font set
-\mathdefault % default math specification
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/index.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/index.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 684c4407d1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/index.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-\indexformat1{\respectcase{no}
- \style{indent}
- \leadering{no}
- \everyletterbreak{\vs{1\bl}}
- \indentsubentry1{1em}
- \indentsubentry2{2em}
- \everyhang{1.5em}
- \everyindex{\tenpt}}
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/label.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/label.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index d4da9e3063..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/label.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for the \label markup
-\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \labelwidth{72pt}
- \gutter{1em}
- \everylabel{\rm}
- }
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/lists.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/lists.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 874be36899..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/lists.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \listbegin, \listlevel, and \bullet
-\listformat{\skipbefore{0\bl}
- \liststyle{1.,a.,i.,1),a),i),(1)}
- \everylistlevel1{\rm\lin{36pt}\gutter{1em}} % 36pt = .5in
- \everylistlevel2{\rm\lin{58pt}\gutter{1em}} % 58pt = .8in
- \everylistlevel3{\rm\lin{79pt}\gutter{1em}} % 79pt = 1.1in
- \everylistlevel4{\rm\lin{101pt}\gutter{1em}} % 101pt = 1.4in
- \everylistlevel5{\rm\lin{122pt}\gutter{1em}} % 122pt = 1.7in
- \everylistlevel6{\rm\lin{144pt}\gutter{1em}} % 144pt = 2.0in
- \everylistlevel7{\rm\lin{166pt}\gutter{1em}} % 166pt = 2.3in
- \everybullet{\rm\lin{+36pt}\gutter{1em}} % 36pt = .5in
- \skipafter{0\bl}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/maillbls.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/maillbls.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 145fd0667f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/maillbls.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-% Set format for mail labels with the MERGE LETTER MODEL
-
-% Maillabelformat sets the page and label information for mailing labels
-\maillabelformat{\labelsetup{% Sets page and margin settings
- \newpage % start labels on a new page
- \notitlepage % labels not started on a title page
- \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{}}} % no page #s
- \pageformat{\topmargin{1in} % new page dimensions
- \bottommargin{0pt}
- \leftmargin{0pt}
- \rightmargin{0pt}}% end page format
- }% end labelsetup
- \numberoflabelsperline{3} % three labels per line max
- \labelheight{1in} % each label 1 inch high
- \labelwidth{2.75in} % each label 2.75 inches wide
- \labelmat{.25in} % margin to text is .25 inches
-}% end mail label format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/marnote.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/marnote.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index ded8cac18a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/marnote.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \marginnote markup
-\marginnoteformat{\position{left}
- \notewidth{54pt}
- \notegutter{6pt}
- \everymarginnote{\tenpt\rr}
-}% end margin note format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/multicol.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/multicol.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 81b2522cdb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/multicol.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-% Default multiple column formats
-\multicolumnformat{
- \twocolumnwidth{.48\galleywidth} % approximately 3 inches
- \threecolumnwidth{.31\galleywidth} % approximately 2 inches
- \twocolumngutter{.04\galleywidth} % approximately .2 inches
- \threecolumngutter{.035\galleywidth}
- \columnrulewidth{0.0pt}
- \skipbefore{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} % flexible format only
- \skipafter{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} % flexible format only
- }
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/pagem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/pagem.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 99694f4721..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/pagem.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default page dimensions and margins
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} % 792pt = 11in
- \pagewidth{8.5in} % 612pt = 8.5in
- \topmargin{1in} % 72pt = 1in
- \bottommargin{1in}
- \leftmargin{1.2in} % 86pt = 1.2in
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0in} % none
-}% end page format
-\raggedbottom % allows the bottom line to fluctuate up
- % and down a couple lines
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/pagep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/pagep.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c521e133d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/pagep.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default page dimensions and margins
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} % 792pt = 11in
- \pagewidth{8.5in} % 612pt = 8.5in
- \topmargin{1in} % 72pt = 1in
- \bottommargin{1in}
- \leftmargin{1.2in} % 86pt = 1.2in
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0in}
-}% end pageformat
-\normalbottom % text height will be the same for each
- % page. Bottom lines will be even.
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/parm.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/parm.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d9c676951..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/parm.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default paragraph specifications for monospace fonts
-\paragraphindent{36pt} % indent for the first line of a paragraph
-\paragraphskip{0pt} % distance between paragraphs
-\justify
-\hyphenon % hyphenation either on (\hyphenon)
- % or off (\hyphenoff)
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/parp.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/parp.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index b31df93253..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/parp.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default paragraph specifications for proportional fonts
-\paragraphindent{24pt} % indent for first line of text
-\paragraphskip{0pt plus 3pt minus 0pt} % Distance skipped between
- % paragraphs. Plus and minus refer to space
- % that may be added or subtracted from the
- % initial setting (0pt) to make the lines
- % even at the bottom of the page.
-
-\justify % all text will be justified
-\hyphenon % hyphenation either on (\hyphenon)
- % or off (\hyphenoff)
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/part.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/part.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 68545f85ba..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/part.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \part markup
-\partformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\titlepage
- \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt
- \vfil % Produces a half title page
- \centerline{\twelvept\bold Part \partnumber}
- \centerline{\twelvept\bold \parttitle}
- \newpage
- \setchapternumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- \setfootnotenumber{0}
- \setendnotenumber{0}
- \setfigurenumber{0}
- \settablenumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end part format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/preface.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/preface.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c44e37a02..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/preface.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \preface markup
-\prefaceformat{%
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd\prefacetitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end preface format
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/runfoot.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/runfoot.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 8aecd0311a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/runfoot.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the running foot title
-\runningfootformat{%
- \bothpages{\vs{1\bl}
- \line{\twelvept\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{}}
- }% end bothpages
-}% end runningfootformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/runhead.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/runhead.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index c88e8758cb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/runhead.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the running head title
-\runningheadformat{%
- \bothpages{\line{\twelvept\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\pagenumber}}
- \vs{1\bl}
- }% end bothpages
-}% end runningheadformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/subheada.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/subheada.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index ce0c4ab5fd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/subheada.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \subheada markup
-\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadaformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadb.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/subheadb.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index e3089ad1c4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadb.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \subheadb markup
-\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadbformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadc.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/subheadc.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index be70a69692..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadc.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \subheadc markup
-\subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\nin\subheadctitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{no}
-}% end subheadcformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadd.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/subheadd.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b1cd8b6f3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadd.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \subheadd markup
-\subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\goodbreak
- {\twelvept\it \subheaddtitle.}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{no}
-}% end subheadd markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/tablem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/tablem.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ab57a8d73..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/tablem.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-% Default \tabletitle when using \monospace
-\tableformat{\titleformat{\vs{\bl}
- \cl{\bd Table \tablenumber}
- \cl{\rm\tabletitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- }
- \incontents{yes}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/tablep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/tablep.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b1f0c4162..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/tablep.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \tabletitle markup
-\tableformat{%
- \titleformat{\vs{\bl}
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Table \tablenumber}
- \cl{\twelvept\tabletitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end tableformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/talaris.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/talaris.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d908cc87f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/talaris.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the Talaris fonts
-\selectfontset{amrom12}{twelvept}{default} % default twelve point set
-\selectfontset{amrom10}{tenpt}{default} % alternate ten point set
-\twelvept % default font specification
-\selectmathset{am97m}{mathdefault} % default math font set
-\mathdefault % default math specification
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/titlepg.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/titlepg.texblock
deleted file mode 100644
index e53cfb4bdb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/blocks/titlepg.texblock
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-% Default for the title (first) page
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}% end titlepage markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.aug91 b/macros/text1/changes.aug91
deleted file mode 100644
index fbdd14b91a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.aug91
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in August 1991.
-
-There are 5 new files:
- [.vax_vms]compile_texix.com
- [.vax_vms]sortcall.pen
- [.vax_vms]texix.ch
- [.vax_vms]texix.exe
- [.vax_vms]vmssort.pas
-
-0 files were removed:
-
-The following files have been changed:
- [.vax_vms]texix.vmsinfo
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.aug92 b/macros/text1/changes.aug92
deleted file mode 100644
index 465a805866..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.aug92
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in August 1992.
-
-There is 1 new file:
- [.macros]txt1v407.tex
-
-1 file was removed:
- [.macros]txt1v406.tex
-
-0 files were changed:
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.aug93 b/macros/text1/changes.aug93
deleted file mode 100644
index 44dfbab4e4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.aug93
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in August 1993.
-
-There were no new files:
-
-no files removed:
-
-4 files were changed:
- [.vax_vms]compile_texix.com
- [.vax_vms]sortcall.pen
- [.vax_vms]texix.ch
- [.vax_vms]texix.exe
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.dec93 b/macros/text1/changes.dec93
deleted file mode 100644
index e871c7cb91..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.dec93
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in December 1993.
-
-There is 1 new files in the WSUIPA directory:
- [.wsuipa]compilefonts.
-
-0 files removed:
-
-2 files were changed:
- [.wsuipa]lipaman.dvi
- [.wsuipa]lipaman.tex
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.feb91 b/macros/text1/changes.feb91
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c3ec088ee..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.feb91
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in February 1991.
-
-There are 0 new files:
-
-0 files were removed:
-
-The following files have been changed:
- [.fonts]cm*.tfm % most were corrupted, so I copied them all again
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.jan92 b/macros/text1/changes.jan92
deleted file mode 100644
index 64652b91a1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.jan92
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in January 1992.
-
-There is 1 new files:
- [.macros]txt1v404.tex
-
-2 files were removed:
- [.macros]txt1v403.tex
- [.macros]txt1m403.tex ! this was merged into txt1v404
-
-1 file was changed:
- [.macros]text1.tex
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.jun91 b/macros/text1/changes.jun91
deleted file mode 100644
index d3cd18e4ec..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.jun91
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in June 1991.
-
-There are 0 new files:
-
-0 files were removed:
-
-The following files have been changed:
- [.wsuipa]ipaman.tex % minor correction
- [.wsuipa]lipaman.tex % minor correction
- [.models]thesis.texinput % conforms to new WSU standards
- [.models]thesis.texmodel % conforms to new WSU standards
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.jun96 b/macros/text1/changes.jun96
deleted file mode 100644
index 79cecb817c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.jun96
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in June 1996.
-
-There are 2 new files in the TEXT1 directory:
- [.macros]txt1v409.tex
- [.docs]refman.ps.gz
-
-1 file removed:
- [.macros]txt1v408.tex
-
-1 file was changed:
- [.macros]text1.tex
-
-file []readme.tex was moved to [.docs]readme.tex
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.mar91 b/macros/text1/changes.mar91
deleted file mode 100644
index fa9e21936d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.mar91
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in March 1991.
-
-There is 1 new file:
- [.wsuipa]lipaman.tex % LaTeX version of the manual
-
-0 files were removed:
-
-The following files have been changed:
- [.fonts]cm*.300pk % most were corrupted, so I FTPd them all again
- [.wsuipa]*.300pk % ditto
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.mar92 b/macros/text1/changes.mar92
deleted file mode 100644
index e00b9afcec..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.mar92
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in March 1992.
-
-There are 7 new files:
- [.macros]txt1v405.tex
- [.fonts]dt.300pk
- [.fonts]dt300.mf
- [.fonts]dt.mf
- [.fonts]dt.tfm
- [.fonts]dt.readme
- [.texix]texix.readme
-
-1 file was removed:
- [.macros]txt1v404.tex
-
-1 file was changed:
- [.macros]text1.tex
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.may92 b/macros/text1/changes.may92
deleted file mode 100644
index 02ef23463c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.may92
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in May 1992.
-
-There are 5 new files:
- [.macros]txt1v406.tex
- [.wsuipa]lipaman.dvi
- [.wsuipa]readme.wsuipa
- [.wsuipa]ipalman.tex
- [.wsuipa]ipalmacs.sty
-
-1 file was removed:
- [.macros]txt1v405.tex
-
-14 files were changed:
- [.macros]text1.tex
- [.wsuipa]iromanu.mf
- [.wsuipa]wslipa8.tfm
- [.wsuipa]wslipa9.tfm
- [.wsuipa]wslipa10.tfm
- [.wsuipa]wslipa11.tfm
- [.wsuipa]wslipa12.tfm
- [.wsuipa]wslipa17.tfm
- [.wsuipa]wslipa8.300pk
- [.wsuipa]wslipa9.300pk
- [.wsuipa]wslipa10.300pk
- [.wsuipa]wslipa11.300pk
- [.wsuipa]wslipa12.300pk
- [.wsuipa]wslipa17.300pk
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.nov90 b/macros/text1/changes.nov90
deleted file mode 100644
index cc5a9bff2a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.nov90
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in November 1990.
-
-There are 2 new files:
- [.macros]txt1v402.tex
- [.macros]txt1m402.tex
-
-2 files were removed:
- [.macros]txt1v401.tex
- [.macros]txt1m401.tex
-
-The following files have been changed:
- [.fonts]cmbxti14.300pk
- [.fonts]cmbxti14.mf
- [.fonts]cmbxti14.tfm
- [.wsuipa]ipaman.tex
- [.macros]flexcol.tex
- [.models]thesis.texinput
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.nov92 b/macros/text1/changes.nov92
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f5d905e0f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.nov92
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in November 1992.
-
-There are over 160 new files in a new PC directory:
- [.pc]
-
-0 files removed:
-
-0 files were changed:
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.nov94 b/macros/text1/changes.nov94
deleted file mode 100644
index c5bed494cb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.nov94
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in November 1994.
-
-There are 4 new files in the TEXT1 directory:
- [.macintosh]TEXT1_INDEX_SORT.BIN
- [.macintosh]texix_macintosh.readme
- [.vax_vms]texix_vms.readme
- [.macros]txt1v408.tex
-
-3 files removed:
- [.macros]txt1v407.tex
- [.macintosh]texix.macinfo
- [.vax_vms]texix.vmsinfo
-
-1 file was changed:
- [.macros]text1.tex
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.sep91 b/macros/text1/changes.sep91
deleted file mode 100644
index 9376fb3fb6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/changes.sep91
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in September 1991.
-
-There are 2 new files:
- [.macros]txt1v403.tex
- [.macros]txt1m403.tex
-
-2 files were removed:
- [.macros]txt1v402.tex
- [.macros]txt1m402.tex
-
-1 file was changed:
- [.macros]text1.tex
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--footn.help4--f b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--footn.help4--f
deleted file mode 100644
index fc45137071..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--footn.help4--f
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \footnotestyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \footnotestyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the numbering style for the
-footnotes. The format for the \footnotestyle command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \footnotestyle{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is one of four possible values:
-
- 1 which gives numbered footnotes 1, 2, 3, etc.
- (1) which gives numbered footnotes included in parentheses (1), (2)
- a which gives lettered footnotes a, b, c, etc.
- (a) which gives lettered footnotes enclosed in parentheses (a), (b)
-
-The \footnotestyle default is \footnotestyle{(1)}
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--verti.helpvert b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--verti.helpvert
deleted file mode 100644
index 872fadaa4f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--verti.helpvert
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \verticalspace (\vs) COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \verticalspace (\vs) command will leave the specified amount of space or
-the specified number of blank lines in the text. This command will also force
-the following text into a new paragraph. The format for the \verticalspace
-(\vs) command is:
-
- \verticalspace{x}
-
-Where "x" is the number of blank lines or space you wish to leave. For
-example,
-
- \verticalspace{4\bl}
-
-will leave four blank lines, and
-
- \verticalspace{2in}
-
-will leave two inches of blank space.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/10noter.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/10noter.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index a67f3982ae..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/10noter.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \notereferencefont COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \notereferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the font in which the
-footnote reference numbers in the text of the notes are printed. The format
-for the \notereferencefont command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \notereferencefont{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/11noter.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/11noter.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b39bf09ae..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/11noter.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \notereferencestyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \notereferencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the style in which the
-footnote reference numbers within the notes are printed. There are six
-possible note numbering styles:
- \notereferencestyle{1} for numbered footnotes "1, 2, 3, ..."
- \notereferencestyle{1.} for numbered footnotes "1., 2., 3., ..."
- \notereferencestyle{(1)} for numbered footnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..."
- \notereferencestyle{a} for lettered footnotes "a, b, c, ..."
- \notereferencestyle{a.} for lettered footnotes "a., b., c., ..."
- \notereferencestyle{(a)} for lettered footnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..."
-
-The format for the \notereferencestyle command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \notereferencestyle{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is one of the six valid style designations given above. The default
-is \notereferencestyle{1}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/12noter.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/12noter.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index c74fb65186..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/12noter.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \notereferencegutter COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \notereferencegutter command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the amount of space between
-the footnote reference number and the text of the footnotes. The format for
-the \notereferencegutter command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \notereferencegutter{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is any number and valid TeX measurement (in, pc, pts, etc.).
-\notereferencegutter{1em} is the default and will give one emspace between the
-footnote reference numbers and the text of the notes.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1block.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1block.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index e0c19a24b8..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1block.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \blockquotebegin (\bqb) COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \blockquotebegin (\bqb) command will begin a new paragraph and indent the
-following text the amount of the current paragraph indentation on both the left
-and right margins. If the current paragraph indentation value is zero, the
-indentation for the block quote will be one-half inch. The format for the
-\blockquotebegin (\bqb) command is:
-
- \blockquotebegin
- tttttt
- tttttt
- tttttt
- \blockquoteend
-
-Where the "tttttt" designates the text included as the block quote. The
-\blockquotebegin (\bqb) command is always used in conjunction with the
-\blockquoteend (\bqe) command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1every.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1every.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index af55b6bbd7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1every.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \everyfootnote COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \everyfootnote command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set options for the paragraph format
-within the footnote. The format for the \fortmatfootnote command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \everyfootnote{options
- }}
-
-Where "options" is one or more of the following.
-
- \paragraphindent \paragraphskip \leftindent
- \rightindent \rightragged \interlineskip
- \singlespace \doublespace font changes
- \justify
-
-For more information on any of these options see the help screen under the
-markup menu for that particular command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everye.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everye.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index de87d7cf5d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everye.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \everyendnote COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \everyendnote command is always used in conjunction with the \endnoteformat
-(\enf) command, and will set options for the paragraph format within the
-endnote. The format for the \everyendnote command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \everyendnote{options
- }}
-
-Where "options" is one or more of the following.
-
- \paragraphindent \paragraphskip \leftindent
- \rightindent \rightragged \interlineskip
- \singlespace \doublespace font changes
- \justify
-
-For more information on any of these options see the help screen under the
-markup menu for that particular command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everyf.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everyf.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index ecd02acc90..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everyf.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \everyfootnote COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \everyfootnote command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set options for the paragraph format
-within the footnote. The format for the \everyfootnote command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \everyfootnote{options
- }}
-
-Where "options" is one or more of the following.
-
- \paragraphindent \paragraphskip \leftindent
- \rightindent \rightragged \interlineskip
- \singlespace \doublespace font changes
- \justify
-
-For more information on any of these options see the help screen under the
-markup menu for that particular command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1numbe.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1numbe.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ba197b3e8..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1numbe.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \numberingstyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \numberingstyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\subheadbformat command and will set the style of numbering for the subheadb
-titles. The format for the \numberingstyle command is:
-
- \subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{xxx}
- }
-
-where "xxx" is A, 1, or I. The default \numberingstyle for subheadb is
-\numberingstyle{1}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1number.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1number.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f2fe89806..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1number.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \numberingstyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \numberingstyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\subheadaformat command and will set the style of numbering for the subheada
-titles. The format for the \numberingstyle command is:
-
- \subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{xxx}
- }
-
-where "xxx" is A, 1, or I. The default \numberingstyle for subheada is
-\numberingstyle{1}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--footn.help4--f b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--footn.help4--f
deleted file mode 100644
index 24d6dbb6ca..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--footn.help4--f
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \footnotereferencefont COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \footnotereferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnotereferenceformat command, and establishes what font will be used to set
-the footnote reference numbers. The format for the \footnotereferencefont
-command is:
-
- \footnotereferenceformat{
- \footnotereferencefont{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is a valid font style (\sf, \bf, \it, etc.). The default footnote
-reference font is the standardface font.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--verti.helpvert b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--verti.helpvert
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b10e91285..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--verti.helpvert
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \verticalspacekeep (\vsk) COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \verticalspacekeep (\vsk) command will leave vertical space at the
-beginning of a page or for a figure, plate, table, or any other reason when you
-need to have the entire space specified kept intact. If the specified space
-will not fit on the current page, it will be printed at the top of the
-following page and the remaining current page will remain blank, causing you to
-receive an underfull vbox warning. The \verticalspacekeep (\vsk) format is:
-
- \verticalspacekeep{xx}
-
-Where "xx" is the amount of vertical space expressed in any valid TeX
-measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.) or in number of lines to be left for the figure.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2block.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2block.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e72dd23cf..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2block.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \blockquoteend (\bqe) COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \blockquoteend (\bqe) command ends a block quote and starts a new
-paragraph. The format for the \blockquoteend (\bqe) command is:
-
- \blockquotebegin
- tttttt
- tttttt
- tttttt
- \blockquoteend
-
-Where the "tttttt" designates the text included as the block quote. The
-\blockquoteend (\bqe) command is always used in conjunction with the
-\blockquotebegin (\bqb) command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footn.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footn.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index f20d126e79..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footn.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \footnotedivider COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \footnotedivider command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the length for the line that
-divides the page text from the beginning of the footnote text. The format for
-the \footnotedivider command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \footnotedivider{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). For example,
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \footnotedivider{1.5in}
- }
-
-would make the horizontal rule before the footnote text to be one and one-half
-inches long.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footno.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footno.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index f20d126e79..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footno.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \footnotedivider COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \footnotedivider command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the length for the line that
-divides the page text from the beginning of the footnote text. The format for
-the \footnotedivider command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \footnotedivider{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). For example,
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \footnotedivider{1.5in}
- }
-
-would make the horizontal rule before the footnote text to be one and one-half
-inches long.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2skipbe.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2skipbe.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f7d5f5372..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2skipbe.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \skipbefore COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \skipbefore command is always used in conjunction with the \endnoteformat
-(\enf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space before the endnotes
-are printed. The format for the \skipbefore command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \skipbefore{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is expressed in \baselines or any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in,
-etc.). For example,
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \skipbefore{1.5in}
- }
-
-would put one and one-half inches of vertical space before the beginning of the
-endnote text.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2title.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2title.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index 98cab4d1b5..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2title.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \titleformat COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \titleformat command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadbformat
-command and will set options for the subheadb titles. The format for the
-\titleformat command is:
-
- \subheadbformat{\titleformat{
- \vsk{24pt}
- {\it \subheadbtitle}
- \vs{12pt}}
- }
-
-This is the default for \titleformat. Each \subheadb command will space down 24
-points, print the \subheadbtitle in italics and space down 12 points to resume
-with the text.
-
-For more information on the \subheadbtitle command, see the help screen under
-the markup menu for that particular command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3befor.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3befor.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index 98eb00954f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3befor.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \beforefootnoteskip COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \beforefootnoteskip command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space
-between the page text and the footnote divider. The format for the
-\beforefootnoteskip command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \beforefootnoteskip{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). For example,
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \beforefootnoteskip{1.5in}
- }
-
-would put one and one-half inches of vertical space between the page text and
-the footnote dividing rule.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3block.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3block.helpmenu
deleted file mode 100644
index b8517f05b6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3block.helpmenu
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
- Menu for BLOCKQUOTEFORMAT -- TEXT1
-
-A file may be selected for viewing by placing the cursor under any character
-of the file wanted and pressing the PF 1 key. A MENU file is indicated when
-a name is preceded by an asterisk (*). If you are using a terminal that
-doesn't have a CURSOR or PF KEYS then you MUST TYPE in the COMPLETE HELP
-COMMAND with operands and options. For a description of the operands and
-options type HELP HELP.
-
-
-skipafter (space after block quotes)
-skipbefore (space before block quotes)
-blockquoteparagraphformat (establishing paragraph options
- within block quotes)
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3every.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3every.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a2445ec78..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3every.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \everyblockquote COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \everyblockquote command is always used in conjunction with the
-\blockquoteformat (\bqf) command, and will set options for the paragraph format
-within the blockquote. The format for the \everyblockquote command is:
-
- \blockquoteformat{
- \everyblockquote{options
- }}
-
-Where "options" is one or more of the following.
-
- \paragraphindent \paragraphskip \interlineskip
- \justify \rightragged font changes
- \singlespace \doublespace \leftindent
- \rightindent
-
-For more information on any of these options see the help screen under the
-markup menu for that particular command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incon.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incon.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index e58c80f034..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incon.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \incontents COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \incontents command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadbformat
-command and will determine whether subheadb titles are included in the Table of
-Contents. The format for the \incontents command is:
-
- \subheadbformat{
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-By default, the subheadb titles will not be included in the Table of Contents.
-If you want the subheadb titles included in the Table of Contents, enter
-\incontents{yes} within the \subheadbformat command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incont.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incont.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index b5f4b3d717..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incont.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \incontents COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \incontents command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadaformat
-command and will determine whether subheada titles are included in the Table of
-Contents. The format for the \incontents command is:
-
- \subheadaformat{
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-By default, the subheada titles will be included in the Table of Contents. If
-you do not want the subheada titles included in the Table of Contents, enter
-\incontents{no} within the \subheadaformat command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipb.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipb.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index bc6ebaf65d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipb.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \skipbeforedivider COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \skipbeforedivider command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space
-between the page text and the footnote divider. The format for the
-\skipbeforedivider command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \skipbeforedivider{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is expressed in \baselines or any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in,
-etc.). For example,
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \skipbeforedivider{1.5in}
- }
-
-would put one and one-half inches of vertical space between the page text and
-the footnote dividing rule.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipbe.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipbe.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index bc6ebaf65d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipbe.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \skipbeforedivider COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \skipbeforedivider command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space
-between the page text and the footnote divider. The format for the
-\skipbeforedivider command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \skipbeforedivider{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is expressed in \baselines or any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in,
-etc.). For example,
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \skipbeforedivider{1.5in}
- }
-
-would put one and one-half inches of vertical space between the page text and
-the footnote dividing rule.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3textre.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3textre.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index 2649fb0153..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3textre.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \textreferenceposition COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \textreferenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the
-\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine whether the endnote reference
-number within the text is a superscript number or not. The format for the
-\textreferenceposition command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \textreferenceposition{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \textreferenceposition{up} will give
-superscript numbers for the endnote reference numbers within the text.
-\textreferenceposition{down} will give print the endnote reference numbers
-within the text on the baseline.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4footn.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4footn.helpmenu
deleted file mode 100644
index e0ab64ea02..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4footn.helpmenu
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
- Menu for FOOTNOTEREFERENCEFORMAT Commands -- TEXT1
-
-A file may be selected for viewing by placing the cursor under any character
-of the file wanted and pressing the PF 1 key. A MENU file is indicated when
-a name is preceded by an asterisk (*). If you are using a terminal that
-doesn't have a CURSOR or PF KEYS then you MUST TYPE in the COMPLETE HELP
-COMMAND with operands and options. For a description of the operands and
-options type HELP HELP.
-
-
-1--footnotestyle (the numbering style of the footnotes)
-2--footnotereferencefont (the font used to set footnote
- reference numbers)
-3--precede (positioning of the footnote reference number before word)
-4--follow (positioning the footnote reference number after the word)
-5--superscript (superscript footnote reference numbers)
-6--notsuperscript (footnote reference numbers not superscript)
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4refer.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4refer.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index 08e7cd3e11..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4refer.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \referenceposition COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \referenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote
-reference number is a superscript number or not. The format for the
-\referenceposition command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \referenceposition{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \referenceposition{up} will give
-superscript numbers for the footnote reference numbers.
-\referenceposition{down} will give regular-sized footnote reference numbers.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipaf.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipaf.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index ba168c90f2..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipaf.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \skipafterdivider COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \skipafterdivider command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space
-between the footnote divider and the beginning of the text of the first
-footnote. The format for the \skipafterdivider command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \skipafterdivider{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is expressed in \baselines or any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in,
-etc.). For example,
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \skipafterdivider{5pt}
- }
-
-would put five points of vertical space between the the footnote dividing rule
-and the text of the first footnote.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipb.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipb.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index c1430e9b33..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipb.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \skipbefore COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \skipbefore command is always used in conjunction with the
-\blockquoteformat (\bqf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space
-that is to be skipped before the blockquote begins. The format for the
-\skipbefore command is:
-
- \blockquoteformat{
- \skipbefore{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is the amount of space desired, expressed in number of lines or any
-legal TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). The amount of space indicated in the
-\skipbefore command will be added to the current paragraph skip before
-beginning the first paragraph of the blockquote.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4textre.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4textre.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index f80277833c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4textre.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \textreferencefont COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \textreferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the
-\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the font in which the endnote
-reference numbers in the text are printed. The format for the
-\textreferencefont command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \textreferencefont{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5refer.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5refer.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f70c16e4e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5refer.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \referenceplacement COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \referenceplacement command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote
-reference number is placed before or after the footnote reference word. The
-format for the \referenceplacement command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \referenceplacement{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is either "before" or "after". \referenceplacement{after} will
-place the footnote reference number after the word. \referenceplacement{before}
-will place the footnote reference number before the word referenced.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5skipa.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5skipa.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a4794e3a1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5skipa.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \skipafter COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \skipafter command is always used in conjunction with the \blockquoteformat
-(\bqf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space that is to be skipped
-after the last paragraph of the blockquote ends. The format for the \skipafter
-command is:
-
- \blockquoteformat{
- \skipafter{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is the amount of space desired, expressed in number of lines or any
-legal TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). The amount of space indicated in the
-\skipafter command will be added to the current paragraph skip after ending the
-last paragraph of the blockquote and before beginning the next paragraph of the
-regular text.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index 96e3aab143..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \textreferencestyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \textreferencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the style in which the
-endnote reference numbers within the text are printed. There are six possible
-text numbering styles:
- \textreferencestyle{1} for numbered endnotes "1, 2, 3, ..."
- \textreferencestyle{[1]} for numbered endnotes "[1], [2], ..."
- \textreferencestyle{(1)} for numbered endnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..."
- \textreferencestyle{a} for lettered endnotes "a, b, c, ..."
- \textreferencestyle{[a]} for lettered endnotes "[a], [b] ..."
- \textreferencestyle{(a)} for lettered endnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..."
-
-The format for the \textreferencestyle command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \textreferencestyle{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is one of the six valid style designations given above. The default
-is \textreferencestyle{[1]}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index 518c8f518d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \textreferenceposition COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \textreferenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote
-reference number within the text is a superscript number or not. The format
-for the \textreferenceposition command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \textreferenceposition{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \textreferenceposition{up} will give
-superscript numbers for the footnote reference numbers within the text.
-\textreferenceposition{down} will give print the footnote reference numbers
-within the text on the baseline.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6notere.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6notere.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c6002625d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6notere.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \notereferenceposition COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \notereferenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the
-\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine whether the endnote reference
-number within the text of the endnotes is a superscript number or not. The
-format for the \notereferenceposition command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \notereferenceposition{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \notereferenceposition{up} will give
-superscript numbers for the endnote reference numbers in the notes.
-\notereferenceposition{down} will give print the endnote reference numbers in
-the notes on the baseline.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6refer.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6refer.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index 55dda0ef13..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6refer.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \referencefont COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \referencefont command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the font in which the
-footnote reference numbers are printed. The format for the \referencefont
-command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \referencefont{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6textre.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6textre.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index 79eb463bae..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6textre.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \textreferenceplacement COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \textreferenceplacement command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote
-reference number within the text is placed before or after the footnote
-reference word. The format for the \textreferenceplacement command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \textreferenceplacement{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is either "before" or "after". \textreferenceplacement{after} will
-place the footnote reference number after the word in the text.
-\textreferenceplacement{before} will place the footnote reference number before
-the referenced word in the text.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7notere.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7notere.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b29d46327..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7notere.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \notereferencefont COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \notereferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the
-\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the font in which the endnote
-reference numbers in the text of the notes are printed. The format for the
-\notereferencefont command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \notereferencefont{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7refer.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7refer.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index a3d8622991..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7refer.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \referencestyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \referencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the style in which the
-footnote reference numbers are printed. There are four possible numbering
-styles:
- \referencestyle{1} for numbered footnotes "1, 2, 3, ..."
- \referencestyle{(1)} for numbered footnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..."
- \referencestyle{a} for lettered footnotes "a, b, c, ..."
- \referencestyle{(a)} for lettered footnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..."
-
-The format for the \referencestyle command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \referencestyle{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is one of the four valid style designations given above. The
-default is \referencestyle{(1)}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7textre.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7textre.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index b827caaa77..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7textre.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \textreferencefont COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \textreferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the font in which the
-footnote reference numbers in the text are printed. The format for the
-\textreferencefont command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \textreferencefont{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8notere.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8notere.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index 0728adcc36..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8notere.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \notereferencestyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \notereferencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the style in which the
-endnote reference numbers within the notes are printed. There are six possible
-note numbering styles:
- \notereferencestyle{1} for numbered endnotes "1, 2, 3, ..."
- \notereferencestyle{[1]} for numbered endnotes "[1], [2] ..."
- \notereferencestyle{(1)} for numbered endnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..."
- \notereferencestyle{a} for lettered endnotes "a, b, c, ..."
- \notereferencestyle{[a]} for lettered endnotes "[a], [b] ..."
- \notereferencestyle{(a)} for lettered endnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..."
-
-The format for the \notereferencestyle command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \notereferencestyle{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is one of the six valid style designations given above. The default
-is \notereferencestyle{1}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8textre.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8textre.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cef5c7d45..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8textre.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \textreferencestyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \textreferencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the style in which the
-footnote reference numbers within the text are printed. There are six possible
-text numbering styles:
- \textreferencestyle{1} for numbered footnotes "1, 2, 3, ..."
- \textreferencestyle{1.} for numbered footnotes "1., 2., 3., ..."
- \textreferencestyle{(1)} for numbered footnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..."
- \textreferencestyle{a} for lettered footnotes "a, b, c, ..."
- \textreferencestyle{a.} for lettered footnotes "a., b., c., ..."
- \textreferencestyle{(a)} for lettered footnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..."
-
-The format for the \textreferencestyle command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \textreferencestyle{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is one of the six valid style designations given above. The default
-is \textreferencestyle{1}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpendn
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c9007ef54..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpendn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \notereferencegutter COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \notereferencegutter command is always used in conjunction with the
-\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the amount of space between
-the endnote reference number and the text of the endnotes. The format for the
-\notereferencegutter command is:
-
- \endnoteformat{
- \notereferencegutter{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is any number and valid TeX measurement (in, pc, pts, etc.).
-\notereferencegutter{1em} is the default and will give one emspace between the
-endnote reference numbers and the text of the notes.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpfoot
deleted file mode 100644
index beddf74b27..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpfoot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \notereferenceposition COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \notereferenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the
-\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote
-reference number within the text of the footnotes is a superscript number or
-not. The format for the \notereferenceposition command is:
-
- \footnoteformat{
- \notereferenceposition{xx}
- }
-
-Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \notereferenceposition{up} will give
-superscript numbers for the footnote reference numbers in the notes.
-\notereferenceposition{down} will give print the footnote reference numbers in
-the notes on the baseline.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aen.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aen.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 00b597ddac..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aen.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
- HELPMARK D1
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| autoendnote |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\aenã%
-
-Parameters: ã|textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \autoendnote markup adds notes to the end of a document or the end
-of a chapter. It has one parameter, the text of the endnote, which it
-places in working storage to be printed when called by \printendnotes. An
-endnote reference number is placed in the text where the markup occurred.
-By default this reference number is surrounded by square brackets. The
-endnote number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of
-\autoendnote.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-There is a well-marked division of
-labor.\autoendnote{Such as it is. Things could be
-different in the geological world, but they are not.}
-Details of organization have evolved by an
-optimization . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| There is a well-marked division of labor.[1] Details of organization |
-| have evolved by an optimization . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The endnote printed following the next \printendnotes markup would look
-like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. Such as it is. Things could be different in the geological world, but |
-| they are not. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-You cannot use \autoendnote within \settabs, \vbox, \hbox, \asisbegin,
-\drawbox, \paragraphbox, \label, \part, \chapter, \centerline, \halign,
-\rightlinesbegin, or \centerlinesbegin.
- The endnote number is reset to 1 at the beginning of each part. To
-reset the endnote number outside of a \part, use the \setendnotenumber
-markup.
- Use the \endnoteformat markup to change the \autoendnote style.
- There are occasions when you need to include a very long endnote. If
-the endnote exceeds 2,048 characters in length, you will need to split the
-note into two parts as follows. First, at the beginning of your document
-you will need to include a special definition for a new markup. You may
-give it any name you choose. For this example, we'll define a markup called
-\continue. Enter these three lines at the top of the document:
-
-\catcode'*=11
-\let\continue=\en*w
-\catcode'*=12
-
-Next, break the endnote into paragraphs of not more than 2,048 characters
-each. In the source below, the sentence beginning "First paragraph" is
-the first paragraph with not more than 2,048 characters, and the second
-paragraph beginning "Second paragraph" is the last paragraph of the endnote.
-
-line containt the note.\autoendnote{First paragraph
-of a very long endnote . . . }
-\continue{Second paragraph of the long endnote,
-which will print in the \printendnotes after
-the first paragraph}
-Sentence following the word "note."
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/afn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/afn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e764aa0b7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/afn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| autofootnote |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\afnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \autofootnote markup adds footnotes to a page. The footnote can be
-placed anywhere within text, without interrupting formatting. When the
-document is formatted, the place of the footnote is marked with a number.
-The text of the note is put at the bottom of the page. The footnote number
-will be automatically incremented by one for each use of \autofootnote.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-communicate most important things --- hunger, alarm,
-rank, and sexual desire --- among themselves by
-means of nonsyntactical signals.\autofootnote{such
-as crashing together} Individuals are aware of
-members and nonmembers of their group.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| communicate most important things --- hunger, alarm, rank, and sexual |
-| desire --- among themselves by means of nonsyntactical signals.(1) |
-| Individuals are aware of members and nonmembers of their group. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The footnote would print as follows at the bottom of the page:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| 1. such as crashing together |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The text of the note must be enclosed with curly braces, otherwise following
-text will be taken as footnote text, until all available space for footnotes
-is exhausted.
- You cannot use \autofootnote within \settabs, \vbox, \hbox,
-\drawbox, \paragraphbox, \label, \part, \chapter, \centerline, \halign,
-\rightlinesbegin, or \centerlinesbegin.
- The footnote number is reset to 1 at the beginning of each part. To
-reset the footnote number outside of a \part, use the \setfootnotenumber
-markup.
- To change the footnote style, use the \footnoteformat markup.
- When using \monospace, the footnote in the text of the document is
-surrounded by parenthesis, instead of superscripted. The previous \auto-
-footnote sample output would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| communicate most important things --- hunger, alarm, rank, and sexual |
-| desire --- among themselves by means of nonsyntactical signals.(1) |
-| Individuals are aware of members and nonmembers of their group. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aib.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aib.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index dc70ed9c37..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aib.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| asisbegin |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\aibã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \asisbegin markup forces the following text into an unformatted block.
-Each line is printed as it was entered. Line breaks and interword spacing
-are honored. TEXT1 markup within an "as is" sequence is limited to
-\verticalspace, \verticalspacekeep, \autofootnote, and font changes.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\monospace
-
-\centerline{Elements of the Spheres}
-
-\vs{12pt}
-\asisbegin
-Element Anthrosphere Lithosphere
-Oxygen 62.10 60.60
-Hydrogen 01.10 00.10
-Sodium 00.001 00.400
-\asisend
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Elements of the Spheres |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| Element Anthrosphere Lithosphere |
-| Oxygen 62.10 60.60 |
-| Hydrogen 01.10 00.10 |
-| Sodium 00.001 00.400 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The columns will only line up if you are using \monospace or \typewriter.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you use accents while in \asisbegin, you must surround the accented
-letter with curly braces.
-
-lowest common denominator.
-\vs{12pt}
-\centerline{\bd Outline}
-\aib
-\vs{6pt}
-The Morality of Rock in the Fossil Record
- Elementary Concepts: Toasting the \c{C}rust
- Principles of Population Geology
-\aie
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-| lowest common denominator. |
-| |
-| |
-| Outline |
-| |
-| The Morality of Rock in the Fossil Record |
-| Elementary Concepts: Toasting the Crust |
-| Principles of Population Geology |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-With the monospaced font you can use the "as is" sequence to have TEXT1
-obey precisely your text placement, including space between words. With
-proportionally spaced fonts only the lead blanks would line up; blanks
-"inside" the text would be different widths (depending on the width of
-previous characters).
-
- Font changes within an \asisbegin may change the horizontal spacing.
- Every \asisbegin must have a matching \asisend.
- You cannot use \asisbegin within any of the following markup: \appen-
-dix, \autofootnote, \bibliography, \centerline, \chapter, \drawbox, \figure,
-\footnote, \item, \label, \marginnote, \paragraphbox, \part, \preface,
-\rightline, \runningheadformat, \runningfootformat, \subheada, \subheadb,
-\subheadc, \subheadd, or \tabletitle.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aie.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aie.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fd9d98509..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aie.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| asisend |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\aieã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \asisend markup ends an "as is" series.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\aib
- This fortress built by Nature for herself
- Against infection and the hand of war,
- (Richard II)
-\aie
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| This fortress built by Nature for herself |
-| Against infection and the hand of war, |
-| (Richard II) |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Each \asisend must have a matching \asisbegin. Omitting the ending \asisend
-will produce the following error message:
-
-(\end occurred inside a group at level 2)
-Output written on TEXT1$$.dvi (1 page, 436 bytes).
-Transcript written on TEXT1$$.texlog.
-
-See \asisformat to modify the defaults for \asisbegin and
-\asisbegin.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aif.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aif.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 17657f596f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aif.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| asisformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\aifã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \everyasis, \skipafterã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \asisformat markup allows you to modify the "as is" block. The "as is"
-markup skips 1 blank line (a baseline) before and after the series. There
-is no indentation from the left.
-
-\skipbefore indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a
-block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. The default skip
-is 6pt. If you are using \monospace, the default skip is 1\bl.
-
-\everyasis{Nested Markup} determines how the 'as is' text is printed. This
-submarkup is only valid within the asisformat markup. Spacing and font
-changes are allowed, but not justification, right indentation, or other
-paragraph information.
-
-\skipafter indicates how much space is to be skipped after printing a
-block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. The default skip
-is 6pt. If you are using \monospace, the default skip is 1\bl.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In this example, the "as is" text is to be indented 7 picas from the left
-margin, the text is to be printed in ten point typewriter, and 4 points
-skipped before and after.
-
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{4pt}
- \everyasis{\leftindent{7pc}\tenpt\tt}
- \skipafter{4pt}}
-
-Consider my favorite breakfast recipe:
-\cl{\bd Muckles}
-\asisbegin
-3 eggs beaten
-1 cp cream
-1 cp flour
-1/4t baking powder
-1 T sugar
-pinch of salt
-
-bacon (optional)
-\aie
-Heat butter or bacon in frying pan.
-Pour all of
-the batter into the pan. Cook approximately
-10 minutes at 375 degrees. Cut into pieces
-and serve hot with plenty of syrup.
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Consider my favorite breakfast recipe: |
-| Muckles |
-| |
-| 3 eggs beaten |
-| 1 cp cream |
-| 1 cp flour |
-| 1/4t baking powder |
-| 1 T sugar |
-| pinch of salt |
-| bacon (optional) |
-| |
-| Heat butter or bacon in frying pan. Pour all of the batter into the |
-| pan. Cook approximately 10 minutes at 375 degrees. Cut into pieces and |
-| serve hot with plenty of syrup. |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-The \asisformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are
-used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumbe.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumbe.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index 7acf33349e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumbe.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \numberingstyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \numberingstyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\subheadcformat command and will set the style of numbering for the subheadc
-titles. The format for the \numberingstyle command is:
-
- \subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{xxx}
- }
-
-where "xxx" is A, 1, or I. The default \numberingstyle for subheadc is
-\numberingstyle{1}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumber.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumber.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index d1e541a8c8..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumber.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \numberingstyle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \numberingstyle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\subheaddformat command and will set the style of numbering for the subheadd
-titles. The format for the \numberingstyle command is:
-
- \subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{xxx}
- }
-
-where "xxx" is A, 1, or I. The default \numberingstyle for subheadd is
-\numberingstyle{1}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/apf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/apf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index cad86ce1cc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/apf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| appendixformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\apfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \appendixformat markup allows you to modify the default markup that
-controls the appearance of the appendix title. The submarkup is described.
-
-\numberingstyle allows you to change the style from capital letters, the
-default, to Arabic numerals (1) or roman numerals (I).
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\appendixformat{\numberingstyle{I}}
-
-\appendix{Glossary}
-
-If this were the fourth appendix, it would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Appendix IV |
-| Glossary |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\titleformat{Nested Markup} controls the appearance of the appendix title
-banner. You may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \center-
-line within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within
-or outside of \appendixformat:
-
- * \appendixnumberprints the most recent appendix number.
-
- * \appendixtitleprints the most recent appendix title.
-
-\incontents determines whether the appendix title is to be included in the
-contents. The default can be changed to no to inhibit the appendix title
-from being included in the contents. See the second example below.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In this example, the appendix starts a new page, the number and title are
-centered in bold, and one line is skipped afterwards.
-
-\appendixformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
-
- \cl{\bd \appendixnumber. \appendixtitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- }
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-\app{Glossary}
-
-This would print the fourth appendix as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 4. Glossary |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In this example, the appendix starts a new page (instead of using
-\dumpinsertseject, skips down the page 2 inches, centers the title in
-italics, and skips one line. The title is not put in contents.
-
-\appendixformat{
- \titleformat{\newpage
- \vsk{2in}
- \cl{\it \appendixtitle}
- \vs{1\bl}}
- \incontents{no} }
-
-\app{Glossary}
-
-This would print the fourth appendix as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Glossary |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \appendixformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both
-are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/app.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/app.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index a190f27416..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/app.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| appendix |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\appã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \appendix markup starts a new page, centers the title in bold and
-adds the title text to the table of contents. Appendices are lettered
-consecutively. This markup can be used as often as necessary.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Instead, let humanity strive to make good places,
-"eutopias," on earth, peacefully and in good spirit.
-\par
-\appendix{Calculations from "Nuclear Winter"}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Appendix A |
-| Calculations from "Nuclear Winter" |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to the \appendixformat markup if you need to change the appendix
-style.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index a72ac7f09e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|APPENDIXã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\appendixformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpmenu
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e5ea240db..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpmenu
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| appendixformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\appendixformatÅ\numberingstyleÅAÌ
- \titleformatÅ\dumpinsertseject
- \centerlineÅ\twelvept\bold
- Appendix \appendixnumberÌ
- \centerlineÅ\twelvept\bold\appendixtitleÌ
- \vsÅ 1\blÌ
- \setchapternumberÅ 0Ì
- \setsubheadanumberÅ 0Ì
- \setsubheadbnumberÅ 0Ì
- \setsubheadcnumberÅ 0Ì
- \setsubheaddnumberÅ 0Ì
- \setfigurenumberÅ 0Ì
- \settablenumberÅ 0Ì
- Ì
- \incontentsÅ yesÌ
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\apfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \appendixformat markup allows you to modify the default markup that
-controls the appearance of the appendix title. The submarkup is described.
-
-\numberingstyle allows you to change the style from capital letters, the
-default, to Arabic numerals (1) or roman numerals (I).
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\appendixformatÅ \numberingstyleÅ IÌÌ
-\appendixÅ GlossaryÌ
-
-If this were the fourth appendix, it would print as:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Appendix IV |
-| Glossary |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\titleformatÅNested MarkupÌ controls the appearance of the appendix title
-banner. You may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \center-
-line within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within
-or outside of \appendixformat:
-
- * \appendixnumberprints the most recent appendix number.
-
- * \appendixtitleprints the most recent appendix title.
-
-\incontents determines whether the appendix title is to be included in the
-contents. The default can be changed to no to inhibit the appendix title
-from being included in the contents. See the second example below.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In this example, the appendix starts a new page, the number and title are
-centered in bold, and one line is skipped afterwards.
-
-\appendixformatÅ \numberingstyleÅ 1Ì
- \titleformatÅ \dumpinsertseject
- \clÅ \bd \appendixnumber. \appendixtitleÌ
- \vsÅ 1\blÌ
- Ì
- \incontentsÅ yesÌ
- Ì
-\appÅ GlossaryÌ
-
-This would print the fourth appendix as:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 4. Glossary |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In this example, the appendix starts a new page (instead of using
-\dumpinsertseject, skips down the page 2 inches, centers the title in
-italics, and skips one line. The title is not put in contents.
-
-\appendixformatÅ
- \titleformatÅ \newpage
- \vskÅ 2inÌ
- \clÅ \it \appendixtitleÌ
- \vsÅ 1\blÌÌ
- \incontentsÅ noÌ Ì
-\appÅ GlossaryÌ
-
-This would print the fourth appendix as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Glossary |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \appendixformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both
-are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asism.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asism.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index cf6437cf5f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asism.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|ASIS-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the \asisformat
-and if you are using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asisp.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asisp.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c3aeeea9b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asisp.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|ASIS-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the \asisformat
-and if you areã|notã%using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bd.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bd.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 2522f00c01..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bd.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| bold |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\bdã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \bold markup sets the typeface to wide strokes, giving a heavy
-impression.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example changes "Parallels" bold. It is changed back with the \roman
-markup.
-
-lowest common denominator.
-\par
-\bold\nin Parallels. \roman Consider for a
-moment rocks and deer . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| lowest common denominator. |
-| Parallels. Consider for a moment rocks and deer . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The effects of the \bold markup can also be limited by curly braces.
-
-lowest common denominator.
-\par
-\nin{\bd Parallels}. Consider for a
-moment rocks and deer . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| lowest common denominator. |
-| Parallels. Consider for a moment rocks and deer . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Note in the last example the period follows the right curly brace (}.).
-This is necessary to enable the extra spacing which normally follows
-punctuation.
- Bold is often used for display titles or special emphasis.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bi.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bi.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 277feefcba..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bi.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| bolditalic |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\biã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \bolditalic markup sets the typeface to wide strokes and an italic
-slant, giving a heavy impression.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example changes "Parallels" to bold italic. It is changed back with
-the \roman markup.
-
-lowest common denominator.
-\par
-\bolditalic\nin Parallels. \roman Consider for a
-moment rocks and deer . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| lowest common denominator. |
-| Parallels. Consider for a moment rocks and deer . . . |
-| --------- |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-All font sets have \bolditalic defined as a valid type face. Not all font
-sets, however, have bolditalic available. Those font sets that do not
-have bolditalic will give the following warning message when you try to use
-\bolditalic or \bi:
-
-<TEXT1> Warning. No bold italic font in CM12. Will print italic font .)
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bib.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bib.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index c827c2717e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bib.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| bibliography |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\bibã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \bibliography markup starts the bibliography on a new page, centers and
-prints the title in bold face, and enters the title in contents.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\bibliography{References}
-\frenchspacing
-\bibentry
-Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes
-in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical
-Publications, International.
-
-\bibentry
-Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's
-Stone." {\it Mining Truth}. 11:455--601.
-\par
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| References |
-| |
-| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. |
-| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-| Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining Truth. |
-| 11:455--601. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-If you need to print your bibliography with a format different than the
-one illustrated above, refer to the discussion of the \bibliographyformat
-markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibentry.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibentry.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index a7106a2db9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibentry.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \bibentry Markup |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation:ã|\bieã%
-
-Parameters:ã|noneã%
-
-Description: The \bibentry markup is used to separate each entry in a
-bibliography with a vertical skip; an entry is in the form of a hanging
-paragraph.
-
-Example:
-
- \bibliography{Bibliography}
- ã|\bibentryã%
- Illite, Ivan. 1911. ''Pickingthe Philosopher's
- Stone.'' {\it Mining Truth}.11:455--601.
- ã|\bibentryã%
- \sameauthor
- 1978. ''Pet rocks astherapy tools.''
- {\it Geopsychology Today}. 10:71--78.
- ã|\bibentryã%
- Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. {\itGravel and Nothingness:
- An Existential Theory}. Dayton:Gabbro Press.
- \par
-
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Bibliography |
-| |
-| Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining |
-| Truth. 11:455--601. |
-| 1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." Geopsychology Today. |
-| 10:71--78. |
-| |
-| Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential |
-| Theory. Dayton: Gabbro Press. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-
-ã|Notes:ã%The series is ended with a \par markup. Without the \par an
- error results.
-
- You may use the \sameauthor markup to indicate that the author of one
- quotation is the same as the previous author.
-
- To disable the double spacing which normally follows punctuation, use
- the \frenchspacing markup. The example illustrated for the
- \bibliography markup was done using \frenchspacing.
-
- If you need to print yourbibliography with a format different than
- the one illustrated above, refer to the discussion of the
- \bibliographyformat markup.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliog.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliog.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index d8d0303319..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliog.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|BIBLIOGã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\bibliographyformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliogr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliogr.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 40eff62e82..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliogr.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| \bibliography{title} |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation:ã|\bibã%
-
-Parameters:ã|titleã%
-
-Description: The \bibliography markup starts the bibliography on a new
-page, centers and prints the title in bold face, and enters the title
-in the table of contents.
-
- Example:
- ã|\bibliography{ã%Referencesã|}ã%
- \frenchspacing
- \bibentry
- Grabens, Gruss M. 1970.{\it Mechanical Processes
- in the Human Geomechanism}.Winston: Geomedical
- Publications, International.
- \bibentry
- Illite, Ivan. 1911. ''Pickingthe Philosopher's
- Stone.'' {\it Mining Truth}.11:455--601.
- \par
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| References |
-| |
-| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human |
-| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-| Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|Notes:ã%If you need to print your bibliography with a format different than
- the one illustrated above, refer to the discussion of the
- \bibliographyformat markup.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| \bibliographyformat{\incontents{yes} |
-| \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject |
-| \cl{\twelvept\bd \bibtitle} |
-| \vs{\bl}} |
-| \everybibentry{\vs \bl}\goodbreak\hp\nin} |
-| \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex |
-| depth-.5ex}} |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-
-Abbreviation:ã|\bifã%
-
-Parameters: submarkup
-
-Submarkup: \incontents, \titleformat, \everybibentry, \sameauthorrulesize
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bie.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bie.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index cda2435221..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bie.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| bibentry |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\bieã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \bibentry markup is used to separate each entry in a bibliography with a
-vertical skip; an entry is in the form of a hanging paragraph.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\bibliography{Bibliography}
-\bibentry
-Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's
-Stone." {\it Mining Truth}. 11:455--601.
-\bibentry
-\sameauthor
-
-1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools."
-{\it Geopsychology Today}. 10:71--78.
-\bibentry
-Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. {\it Gravel and Nothingness:
-An Existential Theory}. Dayton: Gabbro Press.
-\par
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Bibliography |
-| |
-| Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining Truth. |
-| 11:455--601. |
-| |
-| ....1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." Geopsychology Today. 10:71--78. |
-| |
-| Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential Theory. |
-| Dayton: Gabbro Press. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The series is ended with a \par markup. Without the \par an error results.
- You may use the \sameauthor markup to indicate that the author of one
-citation is the same as the previous author.
- To disable the double spacing which normally follows punctuation, use
-the \frenchspacing markup. The example illustrated for the \bibliography
-markup was done using \frenchspacing.
- If you need to print your bibliography with a format different than the
-one illustrated above, refer to the discussion of the \bibliographyformat
-markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bif.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bif.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cbb983d68..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bif.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| bibliographyformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\bifã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\incontents, \titleformat, \everybibentry,
-\sameauthorrulesizeã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \bibliographyformat markup controls the style of the entire
-bibliography. The following submarkup is only valid within \bif.
-
-\incontents by default adds the title text to the contents. The default is
-yes; to keep the title from appearing enter "no":
-
-\bibliographyformat{\incontents{no}}
-
-\titleformat{Nested Markup} controls the format of the bibliography title.
-The default skips to a new page, centers the title in bold, and skips one
-line. You may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \centerline
-within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or
-outside of \bibliographyformat:
-
- * \bibtitleprints the title entered with the \bibliography markup.
-
-\everybibentry{Nested Markup} controls the format of each bibliographic
-entry. The default permits breaking between entries and creates a hanging
-paragraph for the entry. You may use markup such as \verticalspace,
-\hangingparagraph, \item, \goodbreak, \noindent, \label, \leftindent within
-\everybibentry as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside
-of \bibliographyformat:
-
- * \bibnumberprints the current \bibentry number.
-
-\sameauthorrulesize sets the height, width, and depth of a horizontal line
-used to indicate a repeat of an author's name.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The following markup produces entries similar to the default but numbered.
-A period and a tie (tilde, for a connecting space) join the number to the
-text.
-
-\bibliographyformat{\incontents{yes}
- \titleformat{\np
- \cl{\bd \bibtitle}
-
- \vs{\bl}
- }
- \everybibentry{\goodbreak\hp\nin\bibnumber.~}
- \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}
-}
-
-Then when you use \bibentry, you would get:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human |
-| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| 2. Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining Truth. |
-| 11:455--601. |
-| 3. Moraine, Esker. 1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." Geopsychology |
-| Today. 10:71--78. |
-| 4. Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential |
-| Theory. Dayton: Gabbro Press. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example also numbers entries, but it uses labels instead of hanging
-paragraphs. The \labelformat is changed under \titleformat to accommodate
-numbers. This layout is useful for bibliographies that use identifiers in
-place of numbers.
-
-\bibliographyformat{\incontents{yes}
- \titleformat{\np\vsk{1in}
- \cl{\bd \bibtitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- \labelformat{\labelwidth{22pt}}}
- \everybibentry{\goodbreak\label{\bibnumber}}
- \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}}
-
-Then when you use \bibliography, you would get:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| References |
-| |
-| 1. Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human |
-| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-| 2. Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential |
-| Theory. Dayton: Gabbro Press. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-You can specify in the \everybibentry markup that the bibentry number is to
-be surrounded by parenthesis or square brackets.
- \everybibentry{\goodbreak\label{(\bibnumber)}}
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| References |
-| |
-| (1) Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human |
-| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-| (2) Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential |
-| Theory. Dayton: Gabbro Press. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-You could also use \label to indicate citations that carry an alphanumeric
-label by omitting the parameter to \label in the \everybibentry markup.
-
-\bibliographyformat{\titleformat{\np\cl{\bd \bibtitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- \labelformat{\labelwidth{50pt}}}
- \everybibentry{\goodbreak\label}
- \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}}
-
-Then use the \bibentry markup as though it had a parameter:
-
-\bibliography{Citations}\frenchspacing
-\bibentry {Grabe70}
-Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes
-in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical
-Publications, International.
-\bibentry{Illit11}
-Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's
-
-Stone." {\it Mining Truth}. 11:455--601.
-\bibentry{Morai78}
-Moraine, Esker. 1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools."
-{\it Geopsychology Today}. 10:71--78.
-
-and the citations will look like:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Citations |
-| |
-| Grabe70 Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human |
-| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-| Illit11 Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining |
-| Truth. 11:455--601. |
-| |
-| Morai78 Moraine, Esker. 1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." |
-| Geopsychology Today. 10:71--78. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Another popular style groups all of an author's citations together. This
-can be accomplished in a similar manner as previously defined. The
-difference being that the \rt markup is used.
-
-\bibliographyformat{\titleformat{\np\vsk{1in}
- \cl{\bd \bibtitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- \labelformat{\labelwidth{50pt}}}
- \everybibentry{\goodbreak\label}
- \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}}
-\bibliography{Citations}\frenchspacing
-\vs{.5\bl}
-\nin OSBORNE, J.S.
-\bie{\rt{1971.}}
-{\it Introduction to Aesthetic Anthropology}. Boston, Ma:
-Addison-Wesley Pub. Co.
-\bie{\rt{1978.}}
-A survey of tribal masks used by Brazilian tribes.
-
-Pages 160--169 in {\it Cultural Anthropology}.
-M. Zateh and F. Grange, eds. New York: Harper and Row.
-\vs{.5\bl}
-\nin OTTEN, C.M.
-\bibentry{\rt{1971.}}
-{\it Anthropology and Art: Readings in Cross Cultural
-Aesthetics}. Garden City, N.Y.:
-The Natural History Press.
-
-and the citations will look like:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Citations |
-| |
-| OSBORNE, J.S. |
-| |
-| 1971. Introduction to Aesthetic Anthropology. Boston, Ma: Addison-Wesley |
-| Pub. Co. |
-| |
-| 1978. A survey of tribal masks used by Brazilian tribes. Pages 160--169 |
-| in Cultural Anthropology. M. Zateh and F. Grange, eds. New York: |
-| Harper and Row. |
-| OTTEN, C.M. |
-| |
-| 1971. Anthropology and Art: Readings in Cross Cultural Aesthetics. |
-| Garden City, N.Y.: The Natural History Press. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This final style makes use of an \everybibentry similar to the default. In
-this example, the paragraph and hanging indents are set to different values
-(by default they are equal). The other difference is that \noindent is
-omitted.
-
-\bibliographyformat{\titleformat{\np\cl{\bd \bibtitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- \psk{\bl}\pin{10pt}\hin{20pt}}
- \everybibentry{\par\goodbreak\hp\indent}
- \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}}
-\bibliography{Bibliography}\frenchspacing
-\vs{\bl} \nin Asher67
-\bie
-Asherson, G. L., and S. H. Stone. 1967.\linebreak
-Dessensitization {\it in vitro}. {\it Immunology}.
-13:469. {\it Cultural Anthropology}. M. Zateh and
-F. Grange, eds. New York: Harper and Row.
-\vs{\bl}
-\nin Cinad68
-
-\bie
-Cinader, B., editor. 1968.\lbr
-Regulation of the Antibody Response. Charles C. Thomas,
-Publisher, Springfield, Ill.
-
-and the citations will look like:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Bibliography |
-| |
-| Asher67 |
-| Asherson, G. L., and S. H. Stone. 1967. |
-| Dessensitization in vitro. Immunology. 13:469. Cultural Anthropology. |
-| M. Zateh and F. Grange, eds. New York: Harper and Row. |
-| |
-| Cinad68 |
-| Cinader, B., editor. 1968. |
-| Regulation of the Antibody Response. Charles C. Thomas, Publisher, |
-| Springfield, Ill. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \bibliographyformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if
-both are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bothpage.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bothpage.helpmenu
deleted file mode 100644
index d635af3511..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bothpage.helpmenu
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
- Menu for BOTHPAGES Commands -- TEXT1
-
-A file may be selected for viewing by placing the cursor under any character
-of the file wanted and pressing the PF 1 key. A MENU file is indicated when
-a name is preceded by an asterisk (*). If you are using a terminal that
-doesn't have a CURSOR or PF KEYS then you MUST TYPE in the COMPLETE HELP
-COMMAND with operands and options. For a description of the operands and
-options type HELP HELP.
-
-
-runningheadformat (running top title options)
-runningfootformat (running bottom title options)
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomma.helppage b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomma.helppage
deleted file mode 100644
index d9ee022c0d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomma.helppage
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \bottommargin (\bma) COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \bottommargin (\bma) command will set the distance from the bottom of the
-page to the last line of the text. This command has the format:
-
- \bottommargin{uu}
-
-where "uu" is any unit of TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.) or number of
-lines. The default bottom margin is one inch, or \bottommargin{1IN}. This
-command may only appear at the beginning of the TeX input file before any
-actual text is entered.
-
-In order to change the bottom margin from the default of one inch to one-half
-inch, you would enter:
-
- \bma{.5in}
-
-Which would give you one-half inch between the last line of text on the page
-and the bottom of the page.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpboth b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpboth
deleted file mode 100644
index ae217363f6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpboth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \bottomtitle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \bottomtitle command sets what will appear at the bottom of each page after
-the title page. The \bottomtitle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\runningtitleformat and \bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op)
-commands. This command has the format:
-
- \bothpages{
- \bottomtitle{\line{\lft{llll}\ctr{cccc}\rt{rrrr}}
- }}
-
-where "llll" is the information to be printed to the far left of the
-bottomtitle line; "cccc" is the information to be printed in the center; and
-"rrrr" is the information to be printed to the far right of the bottomtitle
-line. For example:
-
- \runningtitleformat{\bothpages{
- \bottomtitle\line{\lft{Joe Smith}\ctr{June 3, 1984}\rt{\pagenumber}}
- }}
-
-will space down to leave the amount specified on the \bottommargin command and
-put "Joe Smith" at the bottom far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the
-current page number on the bottom far right of the first line of the
-bottomtitle. The running bottomtitle of page 5 would look like this:
-
-Joe Smith June 3, 1984 5
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpeven b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpeven
deleted file mode 100644
index a8c4432f10..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpeven
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \bottomtitle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \bottomtitle command sets what will appear at the bottom of each page after
-the title page. The \bottomtitle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\runningtitleformat and \bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op)
-commands. This command has the format:
-
- \evenpages{
- \bottomtitle{\line{\lft{llll}\ctr{cccc}\rt{rrrr}}
- }}
-
-where "llll" is the information to be printed to the far left of the
-bottomtitle line; "cccc" is the information to be printed in the center; and
-"rrrr" is the information to be printed to the far right of the bottomtitle
-line on all even pages. For example:
-
- \runningtitleformat{\evenpages{
- \bottomtitle\line{\lft{Joe Smith}\ctr{June 3, 1984}\rt{\pagenumber}}
- }}
-
-will space down to leave the amount specified on the \bottommargin command and
-put "Joe Smith" at the bottom far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the
-current page number on the bottom far right of the first line of the
-bottomtitle. The running bottomtitle of page 4 would look like this:
-
-Joe Smith June 3, 1984 4
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpoddp b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpoddp
deleted file mode 100644
index 949dd41432..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpoddp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \bottomtitle COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \bottomtitle command sets what will appear at the bottom of each page after
-the title page. The \bottomtitle command is always used in conjunction with the
-\runningtitleformat and \bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op)
-commands. This command has the format:
-
- \oddpages{
- \bottomtitle{\line{\lft{llll}\ctr{cccc}\rt{rrrr}}
- }}
-
-where "llll" is the information to be printed to the far left of the
-bottomtitle line; "cccc" is the information to be printed in the center; and
-"rrrr" is the information to be printed to the far right of the bottomtitle
-line on all odd pages. For example:
-
- \runningtitleformat{\oddpages{
- \bottomtitle\line{\lft{Joe Smith}\ctr{June 3, 1984}\rt{\pagenumber}}
- }}
-
-will space down to leave the amount specified on the \bottommargin command and
-put "Joe Smith" at the bottom far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the
-current page number on the bottom far right of the first line of the
-bottomtitle. The running bottomtitle of page 5 would look like this:
-
-Joe Smith June 3, 1984 5
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqb.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index afd01a8162..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqb.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| blockquotebegin |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\bqbã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \blockquotebegin markup ends a paragraph and forces the following text
-into a quote format, indicated by a change in the size of type to 10pt, 6
-points of spacing before and after the quote, and margin indentations of 24
-points.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Salt (1958) names the process:
-\blockquotebegin
-This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging.
-Most metamorphosis occurs in ocean trenches, but it
-
-can also occur in forms in trenchcoats.
-\paragraph
-The lithosphere---dermosphere in humans---wrinkles
-over time.
-The process is one-way, as rehydration will not
-unwrinkle the surface.
-\blockquoteend
-As far as general surface alteration, only the
-time scale differs between the human . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Salt (1958) names the process: |
-| |
-| This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. Most |
-| metamorphosis occurs in ocean trenches, but it can also occur in |
-| forms in trenchcoats. |
-| The lithosphere---dermosphere in humans---wrinkles over |
-| time. The process is one-way, as rehydration will not unwrinkle |
-| the surface. |
-| |
-| As far as general surface alteration, only the time scale differs |
-| between the human . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Every \blockquotebegin must have a matching \blockquoteend. If the quote is
-not ended with \blockquoteend, all following text is formatted as a block
-quote, and a warning message appears at the end of formatting which says:
-
-(\end occurred inside a group at level 1)
-Output written on TEXT1$$.dvi (1 page, 436 bytes).
-Transcript written on TEXT1$$.texlog.
-
- The defaults for \blockquotebegin differ when you are using \monospace.
-With \monospace, there is no font change, one line is skipped before and
-after the block quote, and the left and right indentations are both 1 2
-inch.
- Refer to the \blockquoteformat for instructions on how to change the
-block quote style.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqe.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqe.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index c10fddc23b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqe.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| blockquoteend |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\bqeã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \blockquoteend markup ends the quote and returns text to the normal
-margins and sizes. Text following is formatted as a new paragraph.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Salt (1958) names the process:
-\blockquotebegin
-\rightragged
-This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging.
-Most metamorphosis occurs in ocean trenches, but it
-can also occur in forms in trenchcoats.
-
-\paragraph
-The lithosphere --- dermosphere in humans ---
-wrinkles over time.
-The process is one-way, as rehydration will not
-unwrinkle the surface.
-\blockquoteend
-As far as general surface alteration, only the
-time scale differs between the human . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Salt (1958) names the process: |
-| |
-| This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. Most |
-| metamorphosis occurs in ocean trenches, but it can also occur in |
-| forms in trenchcoats. |
-| The lithosphere --- dermosphere in humans --- wrinkles over |
-| time. The process is one-way, as rehydration will not unwrinkle |
-| the surface. |
-| |
-| As far as general surface alteration, only the time scale differs |
-| between the human . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index fdae8155cc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| blockquoteformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\bqfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \everyblockquote, \skipafterã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \blockquoteformat markup controls the formatting of block quotes. The
-following submarkup are effective only within block quotes.
-
-\skipbefore indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a
-block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips.
-
-\everyblockquote{Nested Markup} determines how the text of the quote is
-formatted. You can specify justification or raggedness, single or double
-spacing, left or right indentation, paragraph spacing and indentation, and
-any font change needed within block quotes. You may use any markup such as
-\tenpt, \interlineskip, \leftindent or \rightindent within \everyblockquote.
-
-\skipafter indicates how much space is to be skipped after printing a
-block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The indentation has been changed in this sample. The text for the block
-quote is to be printed right ragged in 9 point Computer Modern. Paragraphs
-within the block quote, and only within, have a 1 pica paragraph indent and
-zero paragraph skip. The skips before and after the quotation have been set
-to zero.
-
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyblockquote{\pin{1pc}\psk{0pt}\ninepoint
- \leftindent{1pc}\rightindent{1pc}\rr}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-
-The example illustrated for \blockquotebegin would then begin:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Salt (1958) names the process: |
-| |
-| This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. Most metamorphosis |
-| occurs in ocean trenches, but it can also occur in forms in |
-| trenchcoats. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This sample is printed with a small interlineskip, normal paragraph values
-and zero indentation. The text is in 9 point italics with an interlineskip
-of 9.5 points.
-
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyblockquote{\ssp\ninept\it\isk{9.5pt}
- \leftindent{0pt}\rightindent{0pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Salt (1958) names the process: |
-| |
-| This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. Most metamorphosis |
-| occurs in ocean trenches, but it can also occur in forms in trenchcoats. |
-| |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \blockquoteformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both
-are used.
- The defaults for \blockquoteformat when using \monospace are different.
-The space before and after is one blank line (1\bl), the left and right
-indents are 36 points ( 1 2 inch), and the text is in the roman font since
-you cannot print \tenpt with \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotem.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 605bacc116..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotem.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|BQUOTE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\blockquoteformat and if you are using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotep.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 879bbe76b8..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotep.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|BQUOTE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\blockquoteformat and if you areã|notã%using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/break.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/break.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 96925e779d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/break.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| break |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-If you want to force TEXT1 to break between lines at a certain point in the
-middle of a paragraph use the markup \break.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-To everything there is a season, and a time
-to every purpose under the
-heaven: A time to be born, and a time to
-pluck up {\it that which is}\break
-planted; A time to kill, and a time to heal;
-a time to break down, and
-a time to build up; A time to weep,
-and a time to laugh;
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| To everything there is a season, and a time to every purpose under |
-| the heaven: A time to be born, and a time to pluck up that which is |
-| planted; A time to kill, and a time to heal; a time to break down, and a |
-| time to build up; A time to weep, and a time to laugh; |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-To avoid having the white space between the words as is illustrated in the
-third line in the above example, use the \linebreak markup.
- For more on the \break markup, refer to The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitle.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitle.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index b4b0c741fd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitle.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \titleformat COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \titleformat command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadcformat
-command and will set options for the subheadc titles. The format for the
-\titleformat command is:
-
- \subheadcformat{\titleformat{
- \vsk{24pt}
- {\subheadctitle}
- \vs{12pt}}
- }
-
-This is the default for \titleformat. Each \subheadc command will space down 24
-points, print the \subheadctitle and space down 12 points to resume with the
-text.
-
-For more information on the \subheadctitle command, see the help screen under
-the markup menu for that particular command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitlef.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitlef.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index f51b183132..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitlef.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \titleformat COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \titleformat command is always used in conjunction with the \subheaddformat
-command and will set options for the subheadd titles. The format for the
-\titleformat command is:
-
- \subheaddformat{\titleformat{
- {\it \subheaddtitle:}
- }
-
-This is the default for \titleformat. Each \subheadd command will start a new
-paragraph, print the \subheaddtitle in italics followed by a colon and then
-resume with the text.
-
-For more information on the \subheaddtitle command, see the help screen under
-the markup menu for that particular command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bul.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bul.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 03d57913d3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bul.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| bullet |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\bulã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \bullet markup produces a raised centered dot as an identifier for an
-item in a list.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-the following necessary trace elements:
-\listbegin
-\bul Copper
-\bul Manganese
-\bul Selenium
-\bul Zinc
-\listend
-
-\nin The mineral content of the body . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| the following necessary trace elements: |
-| * Copper |
-| * Manganese |
-| * Selenium |
-| * Zinc |
-| The mineral content of the body . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-A list of bullets must be placed within the \listbegin and \listend markup.
-The bullets are indented 5 characters, like the first level of an ordered
-list. Bullets may also be used in outline lists where they are indented
-5 characters from the previous level by default. Refer to the \listformat
-markup to change the amount of indentation.
-
- When in math mode, the \bullet markup is used in the same fashion as
-described in The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cc.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 29255b1074..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cc.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| caps |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ccã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \caps markup sets the typeface to "caps/small caps".
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example changes "Parallels" to caps/small caps. It is changed back
-with the \roman markup.
-
-lowest common denominator.
-\par
-\nin\caps Parallels. \roman Consider for a
-moment rocks and deer . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| lowest common denominator. |
-| Parallels. Consider for a moment rocks and deer . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Caps/small caps are often used for display titles or special emphasis. It
-should not be used for the body of text. Not all font sets have small
-caps available. Those font sets that do not have small caps will give the
-following warning message when you try to use \caps or \cc:
-
-<TEXT1> Warning. No small caps font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .)
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cents.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cents.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index ac5118d383..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cents.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| cents |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup is used to print a cent sign.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This machine takes 35\cents\ instead of 25\cents.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| This machine takes 35c instead of 25c. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \cents markup must be followed either by a backslash-space, or by a
-tilde (~).
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chap.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chap.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 51aba6b4c6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chap.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| chapter |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\chapã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \chapter markup starts a new page, centers the title in bold face,
-and enters it in the table of contents. The text of a title is the only
-parameter.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Anything less is more realistic.
-\par
-\chapter{Nationalism}
-Nationalism is directly related to war.
-Lord Acton observed that nationalism aims solely . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter 1 |
-| Nationalism |
-| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that |
-| nationalism aims solely . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you want to force TEXT1 to split a long chapter title at a place of your
-choosing, use \linebreak.
-
-\chapter{Subject Index\linebreak
-and\lbr
-Concordance}
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter 1 |
-| Subject Index |
-| and |
-| Concordance |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to \chapterformat on the next page to change the chapter style.
- Each time you use \chapter it resets the subhead numbers to zero.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chapter.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chapter.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index e801d05132..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chapter.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|CHAPTERã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\chapterformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index c20cd7f815..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| chapterformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
- \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
- \incontents{yes}}
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\chfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \chapterformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that controls
-the appearance of the chapter title. The submarkup is described.
-
-\numberingstyle allows you to change the style from Arabic numerals, the
-default, to letters {A} or roman numerals {I}.
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{A}}
-
-\titleformat{Nested Markup} controls the appearance of the chapter title
-banner. You may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \center-
-line within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within
-or outside of \chapterformat:
-
- * \chapternumberprints the most recent chapter number.
-
- * \chaptertitleprints the most recent chapter title.
-
-\incontents places the chapter title in contents (if one is printed).
-Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no."
-
-\chapterformat{\incontents{no}}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-When you enter,
-
-\chapter{Introduction}
-
-you get the default chapter style which looks like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter 1 |
-| Introduction |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In the following example this default style has been modified such that each
-chapter starts on a new page, the title is centered in bold (no chapter
-number printed), and one line is skipped after the chapter title.
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
-
- \titleformat{\newpage
- \cl{\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}}
- \incontents{yes}}
-
-Then each time you specify \chapter you will get:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Introduction |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In this sample, each chapter title is prefaced by the chapter number. As
-before, the title is centered in bold, and one line is skipped before text.
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\newpage
- \cl{\bd\chapternumber.~\chaptertitle}
-
- \vs{1\bl}}
- \incontents{yes}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. Introduction |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \chapterformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are
-used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chrono.changes b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chrono.changes
deleted file mode 100644
index 55451d7c10..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chrono.changes
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-6/22/90:
-
-1) removed filemana.helpmark
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincon.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincon.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f487912fe..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincon.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \incontents COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \incontents command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadcformat
-command and will determine whether subheadc titles are included in the Table of
-Contents. The format for the \incontents command is:
-
- \subheadcformat{
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-By default, the subheadc titles will not be included in the Table of Contents.
-If you want the subheadc titles included in the Table of Contents, enter
-\incontents{yes} within the \subheadcformat command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincont.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincont.helpsubh
deleted file mode 100644
index b6061267cc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincont.helpsubh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \incontents COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \incontents command is always used in conjunction with the \subheaddformat
-command and will determine whether subheadd titles are included in the Table of
-Contents. The format for the \incontents command is:
-
- \subheaddformat{
- \incontents{no}
- }
-
-By default, the subheadd titles will not be included in the Table of Contents.
-If you want the subheadd titles included in the Table of Contents, enter
-\incontents{yes} within the \subheaddformat command.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cl.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 67836f2dfe..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cl.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| centerline |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\clã%
-
-Parameters: ã|textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \centerline markup ends the previous paragraph and places equal blank
-spaces on both sides of a word or phrase on a single line. This markup is
-useful for titles and emphasis. The only parameter for this markup is the
-text to be centered.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\centerline{SOCIOGEOLOGY\lbr
-Minerals and Human Behavior}
-\vs{12pt}
-\centerline{by Achilles Chert}
-\vs{24pt}
-
-"Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| SOCIOGEOLOGY |
-| Minerals and Human Behavior |
-| |
-| by Achilles Chert |
-| |
-| |
-| "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-You may use \linebreak within \centerline.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/clb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/clb.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index e4216ca42c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/clb.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| centerlinesbegin |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\clbã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \centerlinesbegin markup ends the previous paragraph and starts a series
-of centered lines. This markup is useful for titles and emphasis. There
-are no parameters.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\centerlinesbegin
-SOCIOGEOLOGY
-Minerals and Human Behavior
-\vs{18pt}
-Achilles Chert
-
-\centerlinesend
-\vs{24pt}
-"Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| SOCIOGEOLOGY |
-| Minerals and Human Behavior |
-| |
-| |
-| Achilles Chert |
-| |
-| |
-| "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Each \centerlinesbegin must be followed by a matching \centerlinesend.
-
- You can also use \centerlinesbegin before a \drawbox or \paragraphbox,
-but not within either markup.
- You cannot use \centerlinesbegin within any of the following markup:
-\appendix, \autofootnote, \bibliography, \centerline, \chapter, \drawbox,
-\figure, \footnote, \item, \label, \marginnote, \paragraphbox, \part,
-\preface, \rightline, \runningheadformat, \runningfootformat, \subheada,
-\subheadb, \subheadc, \subheadd, or \tabletitle.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\centerlinesbegin
-\paragraphbox{John H. Whalley
-{\it publishing vice president}
-\vs{\bl}
-John B. Dykeman
-{\it associate publisher}}
-\centerlinesend
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| John H. Whalley |
-| publishing vice president |
-| |
-| John B. Dykeman |
-| associate publisher |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cle.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cle.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index bd7f8b0633..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cle.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| centerlinesend |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\cleã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \centerlinesend markup ends a series of centered lines and returns to a
-paragraph mode. There are no parameters.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-The prerequisites to operate this hardware are:
-\vs{2\bl}
-\clb
-6085 Professional Computer System
-ViewPoint Software
-VP Document Editor Software
-Signed Software License Agreement
-
-\cle
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The prerequisites to operate this hardware are: |
-| |
-| |
-| 6085 Professional Computer System |
-| ViewPoint Software |
-| VP Document Editor Software |
-| Signed Software License Agreement |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/contents.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/contents.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c9c11c617..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/contents.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|CONTENTSã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\tableofcontentsformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/coul.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/coul.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dc940202f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/coul.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| countinglines |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\coulã%
-
-Parameters: ã|statusã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup is used to start counting lines for line numbering in the margin
-of a document. Status is true or false.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To start line numbering you enter
-
-\countinglines{true}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is
-ignored for all other printers.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/db.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/db.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cd7e700ae..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/db.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| drawbox |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\dbã%
-
-Parameters: ã|textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-A box is a grouping of rules into a square or rectangle. You can draw a box
-with the \drawbox markup. The parameter for this markup is the material to
-be put inside the box. Any grouping less than a paragraph can be boxed,
-including letters, sentences, figures, or tables.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To draw a box around an "a", you would enter:
-
-Draw a box around \drawbox{a}
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ..... |
-| Draw a box around . . |
-| ..... |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you want to draw an empty 1 inch square (plus the box "rule size" and
-"mat size") you could enter,
-
-\db{\vrule width 0pt height 1in
-\vrule width 1in height 0pt depth 0pt}
- ..............
- . .
- . .
- . .
- . .
- . .
- . .
-which prints: ..............
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Do not use this markup with \monospace or around \settabs or \halign.
- Paragraphs cannot be boxed with \drawbox unless each one is put in a
-vertical box (see \vbox). Use the \paragraphbox markup instead.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbm.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbm.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 46df8d2cf9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbm.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| drawboxmat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\dbmã%
-
-Parameters: ã|unit of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \drawboxmat markup determines the amount of space between the rule and
-the text. This is the area that has been shaded in the illustration at the
-bottom of the page. This space is used with the \drawbox and \paragraphbox
-markup. The default is 3 points.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\drawboxmat{20pt}
-Draw a box around \drawbox{a}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ......... |
-| . . |
-| . a . |
-| . . |
-| Draw a box around ......... |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbrs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbrs.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 88a1713cba..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbrs.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| drawboxrulesize |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\dbrsã%
-
-Parameters: ã|unit of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \drawboxrulesize markup determines the thickness of the rule that makes
-up the box itself. The default is .4 point. This rule thickness is used by
-both \drawbox and \paragraphbox.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\drawboxrulesize{2pt}
-Draw a box around \drawbox{a}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ..... |
-| . a . |
-| Draw a box around ..... |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/die.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/die.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 9278cca2bd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/die.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| dumpinsertseject |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\dieã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup is used to dump (print) all accumulated figures and tables
-(inserts) entered with \figure, \topinsert or \midinsert. After printing
-the figures and other inserts, a new page is started. If no inserts had
-been accumulated, a new page is still started. This markup appears in many
-of the format markup, such as \chapterformat.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
- \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \topinsert and \midinsert markup are discussed in The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dsp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dsp.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index f9f2cbc586..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dsp.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| doublespace |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\dspã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The doublespace markup leaves alternate line spaces blank. This markup
-causes a break in text. There are no parameters. Double spacing will be in
-effect until changed with a \singlespace markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\singlespace
-All things considered, Camus has derived
-a solid conglomerate of grail theories
-for us.
-\doublespace
-
-Let me close with another penetrating insight from
-Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom,
-because of the inevitability of entropic direction.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| All things considered, Camus has derived a solid conglomerate of grail |
-| theories for us. |
-| |
-| Let me close with another penetrating insight from Camus: The rock |
-| |
-| should be left at the bottom, because of the inevitability of entropic |
-| |
-| direction. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/el.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/el.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 349690ca9b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/el.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| ellipsis |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\elã%
-
-Parameters: ã|nã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Ellipsis points indicate any omission of a word, line, or paragraph from
-a quoted passage. Three points are used when the omission occurs with a
-sentence or fragment. Four points are used when the omission is a whole
-sentence or more, including whole paragraphs.
- In using the \ellipsis markup, n may be "3" or "4". The \ellipsis3
-markup inserts three points, surrounded by appropriate spacing. ( . . .
-) The \ellipsis4 markup inserts four points, immediately after a sentence,
-with space after the last point. ( . . . . )
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The following quote has been shortened with ellipses.
-
-names the process:
-\blockquotebegin
-This loss of fluids is known as aging\ellipsis4
-The lithosphere\ellipsis3 wrinkles over time.
-The process is one-way, as rehydration will not
-unwrinkle the surface.
-\blockquoteend
-As far as general surface alteration, only the . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| names the process: |
-| |
-| This loss of fluids is known as aging . . . . The |
-| lithosphere . . . wrinkles over time. The process is |
-| one-way, as rehydration will not unwrinkle the surface. |
-| |
-| As far as general surface alteration, only the . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-No additional space is required around the ellipsis markup, since space is
-included.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4faefbc558..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| endnoteformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt}
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferencefont{\rm}
- \textreferencestyle{[1]}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\tenpt}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em}
- \everyendnote{\tenpt\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}}}
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\enfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \textreferenceposition,
-\textreferencefont, \textreferencestyle, \notereferenceposition, \noterefer-
-encefont, \notereferencestyle, \notereferencegutter, \everyendnoteã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \endnoteformat markup allows you to modify the shape and presentation of
-endnotes generated with \autoendnote.
-
-\skipbefore indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a
-block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips.
-
-\textreferenceposition determines if the endnote reference number is
-superscripted or not. By default, the reference is not superscripted. If
-you want the endnote reference number to be superscripted, then change the
-parameter to "up".
-
-\textreferencefont lets you change the face or size. By default the
-endnote reference number is always printed in the standard font.
-
-\textreferencestyle determines the numbering style at the end of a chapter
-or the end of the document (wherever the \printendnotes appears). There are
-five possible values:
- 1. "1" for numbered endnotes
- 2. "(1)" for numbered endnotes with parentheses
- 3. "[1]" for numbered endnotes with square brackets
- 4. "a" for lettered endnotes
- 5. "(a)" for lettered endnotes with parentheses
-The default is Arabic numerals in square brackets.
-
-\notereferenceposition determines if the endnote reference number is
-superscripted or not when it is printed at the end of a chapter or the end
-of a document. By default, the reference is not superscripted. If you want
-the endnote reference number to be superscripted, then change the parameter
-to "up".
-
-\notereferencefont lets you change the face or size. By default the
-endnote reference number printed at the end of a chapter (or end of a
-document, wherever \printendnotes occurs) is always printed in the standard
-font.
-
-\notereferencestyle determines the numbering style. There are five
-possible values:
- 1. "1." for numbered endnotes
- 2. "(1)" for numbered endnotes with parentheses
- 3. "[1]" for numbered endnotes with square brackets
- 4. "a" for lettered endnotes
- 5. "(a)" for lettered endnotes with parentheses
-The default is numbered endnotes.
-
-\notereferencegutter specifies the amount of space between the endnote
-number and the endnote text. The gutter is illustrated here as the shaded
-portion between "1." and "The first step":
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ... |
-| 1....The first step . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\everyendnote lets you modify the shape of the notes. You can change the
-type face, the paragraph parameters, and the right and left indentation.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example shows an endnote style with a superscripted endnote number; the
-body of the endnote in a 9 point Computer Modern set; the endnote at the end
-of the document (or chapter) indented half an inch from the left and half an
-inch from the right of the rest of the body of the text; the endnote body
-right ragged; and the text of the document right justified and in 10 point
-
-Computer Modern. The endnote "text" reference at the end of the chapter
-will retain the default style ("1." not superscripted).
- Note that 9 point was specified within both the "notereferencefont" and
-"everyendnote" markups. The "notereferencefont" determines the font that
-the endnote reference number is to be printed in. The "everyendnote" markup
-determines the font that the endnote text is to print in at the end of the
-document or end of chapter, wherever the next \printendnotes markup appears.
-
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{12pt}
- \textreferenceposition{up}
- \textreferencefont{\ninepoint\rm}
- \textreferencestyle{1}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\ninepoint\rm}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \everyendnote{\rightragged
- \pin{0pt}\psk{12pt}\ninepoint
- \leftindent{.5in}\rightindent{.5in}}
- }
-
-
-| . . automatically sets an interline skip 2 points greater |
-than the font size.\autoendnote{This extra space is
-referred to as leading.} The default font size is . . .
-
-The endnote in the document would look like:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| . . . automatically sets an interline skip 2 points greater than the |
-| font size. The default font size is . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-The endnote printed after the \printendnotes markup would look like:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. This extra space is referred to as leading. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \endnoteformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are
-used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotem.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8afb34d2bf..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotem.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|ENOTE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\endnoteformat and if you are using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotep.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c37af8a98..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotep.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|ENOTE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\endnoteformat and if you areã|noteã%using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ep.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ep.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4dae99a110..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ep.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| emptypage |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\epã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \emptypage markup advances the page count, leaving an "empty" page,
-which can be placed with custom figures or diagrams. There is no break in
-text. There are no parameters for this markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To float an empty page, enter the sequence:
-same proportions (Figure 2, on the following page).
-\par
-\emptypage
-This suggests parallels in evolution.
-
-Generally speaking, there are three
-possible solutions . . .
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To have an empty page print immediately between the sentence ending "page)."
-and the one beginning "This suggests . . . " you would enter follow the
-\emptypage with a \newpage:
-same proportions (Figure 2, on the following page).
-\par
-\emptypage
-\newpage
-This suggests parallels in evolution.
-Generally speaking, there are three
-possible solutions . . .
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Unlike \newpage, if you enter two \emptypage markup in a row, you will get
-two empty pages when the page is ejected.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/epm.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/epm.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e9165e6a9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/epm.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| evenpagemargin |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\epmã%
-
-Parameters: ã|measurementã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup is used to indicate where a document's line numbering is to be
-printed on even pages. The default is 50.8 points from the left edge on
-even pages.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To indicate that you want line numbering to start at 1 inch from the left
-edge you would enter at the beginning of your document:
-
-\evenpagemargin{1in}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is
-ignored for all other printers.
- Valid values for \evenpagemargin are 0 to 2 to the 32d power points,
-practical values are 5-860 points.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ex.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ex.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index e56dd2f3e7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ex.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| extension |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\exã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \extension markup sets the face to the Computer Modern Math Extension
-face. Refer to The TEXbook, Appendix F, for a complete list of the
-characters available in the Extension face.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example uses \extension to print an "O dot":
-
-Put a {\extension\char'113} next to . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Put a K next to . . . |
-| |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-For more on the use of the \char markup, refer to The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fif.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fif.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 049452e975..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fif.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| figureformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \position{\float}
- \titleformat{\bqb\hp\tenpt
- \bd Figure \figurenumber.
- \rm\figuretitle \bqe}
- \incontents{yes}
- \skipafter{1\bl}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\fifã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \position, \titleformat,
-\incontents, \skipafterã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \figureformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that control the
-appearance of the figure. The submarkup is described.
-
-ã|\skipbeforeã% indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a
-figure block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips.
-
-ã|\positionã% By default, text is floated around a figure and the figure
-printed at the top of the next page if not enough room remains on the
-current page to print the figure. If you do not want text to float around
-the figure, and you want the figure to print exactly where you place it, use
-\position{\nofloat}.
-
-\figureformat{\position{\nofloat}}
-
-ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% controls the appearance of the figure title.
-You may use markup such as \blockquotebegin, \hangingparagraph, \vertical-
-space, and \centerline within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup
-you may use within or outside of \figureformat:
-
- * \figurenumberprints the most recent figure number.
-
- * \figuretitleprints the most recent figure title.
-
-ã|\skipafterã% indicates how much space is to be skipped after printing the
-figure title. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips.
-
-ã|\incontentsã% places the figure title in contents (if one is printed).
-Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no."
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The amount of space skipped before and after has been reduced to 6 points
-(half a line with 12 point interline space), the figure number is placed in
-\label and the figure title is printed in italics.
-
-\figureformat{\skipbefore{6pt}
- \titleformat{\label{\bd Figure \figurenumber.}
- \it\figuretitle}
- \skipafter{6pt}
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-\figure{\halign{\ctr{#}&&\hs{1em}\ctr{#}\cr
-July 23&July 27&July 31&August 5&August 9\cr
-32&67&44&47&18\cr}{Size data of a Yellow
-
-Transparent fruit during the period of July 23 to August 9,
-1977. (fruit No. IV@_b@)}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| July 23 July 27 July 31 August 5 August 9 |
-| 32 67 44 47 18 |
-| |
-| Figure 1. Size data of a Yellow Transparent fruit during the period of |
-| July 23 to August 9, 1977. (fruit No. IV[b]) |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \figureformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are
-used. If you are using \monospace, the only difference in defaults is
-
-that the figure title is printed in the roman \monospace font instead of
-\tenpt.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fig.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fig.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index be6fe909ea..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fig.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| figure |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\figã%
-
-Parameters: ã|first parameter = markup
- second parameter = the figure titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-A figure is a representation or illustration. The \figure markup can leave
-space for a figure, number it, print the figure title, and ensure that the
-title gets placed in the contents. The figure markup has two parameters:
-markup and the title of the figure.
- The "markup" can be a \verticalspace markup, \fullpage, \halfpage, or
-text such as a table, etc. The "title" is the title of the figure which
-will print at the bottom of the figure and in the table of contents.
- If you want a figure on an entire page, enter \fullpage as the first
-parameter. If you want a figure to fill half of the page, enter \halfpage
-as the first parameter.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you want to use \asisbegin, it must go outside of the figure and the
-title cannot be more than one line long.
-
-\aib
-\figure{\tt
- clay
- Human
- pressure
- parent rock
- temperature
-}{Origin of the Stone Species}
-\aie
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| clay |
-| Human |
-| pressure |
-| parent rock |
-| temperature |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| Figure 1. Origin of the Stone Species |
-| |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This figure leaves half an inch of space above the title, "Size data of a
-| . . ". |
-
-the same proportions.
-\db{\figure{\vs{.5in}}{Size data of a Yellow
-Transparent fruit during the period of July 23 to August 9,
-1977. (fruit No. IV@_b@)}
-This suggests parallels . . . }
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| Figure 2. Size data of a Yellow Transparent fruit during the |
-| period of July 23 to August 9, 1977. (fruit No. IV[b]) |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This figure leaves an entire empty page for the figure. The title would
-print at the bottom of the figure.
-
-the same proportions.
-\figure{\fullpage}{Origins of the Human Species}
-This suggests parallels . . .
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This figure leaves a half page empth for the figure. The title would print
-at the bottom of the figure.
-
-the same proportions.
-\figure{\halfpage}{Origins of the Human Species}
-This suggests parallels . . .
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-By default, text "floated" is text that is moved in front of a figure. The
-figure is moved to the top of the current page if there is room left. If
-not enough room remains, then the figure is printed at the top of the next
-page. To disable this floating process, refer to the \figureformat markup.
- For both \halfpage and \fullpage, the figure title is included in
-determining how much space to leave.
- By default, each new \part will start numbering figures over again at 1.
-Use \setfigurenumber to reset the figurenumber outside of parts.
- When figures are using the default "float" method of placing figures,
-you cannot use \twocolumns or \threecolumns in parameter 1. If you
-are using the \nofloat option specified in \figureformat you may use the
-multiple column specifications.
- Use the \figureformat markup to modify the figure style.
- You can not use \settabs within \figure.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurem.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index c9c8c14c17..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurem.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|FIGURE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\figureformat and if you are using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurep.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index b8785b18b1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurep.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|FIGURE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\figureformat and if you areã|notã%using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fixf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fixf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 15063d06b6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fixf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| fixedformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\fixfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-TEXT1 offers two multiple column formats that have different text handling
-capabilities. The normal (default) style is called "flexibleformat". This
-is described with \twocolumns and \threecolumns markup. There is an
-optional style you can use called "fixedformat." The flexible format can be
-changed to the fixed format by inserting the markup \fixedformat before the
-first two or three column markup appears.
- The Fixed format makes each column act as if it were a single page.
-Inserts and footnotes will appear in each column just as they would in the
-single column format. Only the running head and running foot will print
-across the full width of the page.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-Since each column is handled like a normal single column page, the columns
-may not be balanced. A short right hand column will remain short when
-formatting is completed.
- The Fixed format cannot be used to format combinations of single,
-double, and triple columns on the same page. The two column and three
-column markup can be used in conjunction with one another, but not on the
-same page. If both format markup appear on the same page, TEXT1 will fill
-the bottom of the current column on the current page with white space and
-change to the new format on the following page.
- Once the fixed format has been specified, it will remain in force for
-the remainder of the document. The Fixed format cannot be changed to the
-Flexible format again within the same document.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index a1d3bd0491..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| footnoteformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt}
- \skipafterdivider{2.6pt}
- \footnotedivider{144pt}
- \textreferenceposition{up}
- \textreferenceplacement{after}
- \textreferencefont{\tenpt}
- \textreferencestyle{1}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\tenpt}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em}
- \everyfootnote{\tenpt\pin{20pt}
- \lin{0pt}}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\fnfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\skipbeforedivider, \skipafterdivider,
-\footnotedivider, \textreferenceposition,
-\textreferenceplacement, \textreferencefont,
-\textreferencestyle, \textreferencegutter,
-\everyfootnote, \notereferenceposition,
-\notereferencefont, \notereferencestyle,
-\notereferencegutterã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-To change the footnote style and any of the other footnote formatting
-options of the \autofootnote markup, use the \footnoteformat markup. The
-default footnote format is:
-
-ã|\skipbeforedividerã% determines the distance between the last line of text
-on a page and the footnote divider rule which is printed just before the
-footnotes. The default for this markup is 12 points.
-
-ã|\skipafterdividerã% determines the distance between the footnote divider rule
-and the first footnote. The default for this markup is 2.5 points.
-
-ã|\footnotedividerã% determines the length of a short rule that separates the
-footnotes from text. The default value is 144 points (2 inches).
-
-ã|\textreferencepositionã% determines if the footnote reference number is a
-superscript or not. By default, the reference is superscripted (up). If
-you want the footnote reference number to be on the baseline, change the
-parameter to "down". The default for \monospace is "down". Do not change
-it to "up" for \monospace.
-
-\textreferenceplacement determines if the footnote reference number
-precedes or follows the word being noted. By default, the reference
-will follow the noted word. If you want the footnote reference number to be
-placed before the word being noted, then change the parameter to "before".
-
-ã|\textreferencefontã% lets you determine how to print the footnote number.
-The default is the roman face at 10 point. For \monospace, the default is
-the roman typewriter printer face.
-
-ã|\textreferencestyleã% determines the numbering style. There are four
-possible values:
- 1. "1" for numbered superscripted footnotes
- 2. "(1)" for numbered footnotes surrounded with parentheses
- 3. "a" for lettered footnotes
- 4. "(a)" for lettered footnotes surrounded with parentheses
-The default is \textreferencestyle{1} for composing printers. Typewriter
-printers using \monospace have a default of \textreferencestyle{(1)}.
-
-ã|\notereferencepositionã% determines whether the footnote reference number in
-the note is a superscript or not. By default, the reference is on the
-baseline. If you want the footnote reference number to be superscripted,
-change the parameter to "up". Do note specify "up" for typewriter printers
-using \monospace.
-
-ã|\notereferencefontã% lets you determine what font to print the footnote
-number in. The default is standard face at 10 point. For \monospace, the
-default is the roman typewriter printer face.
-
-ã|\notereferencestyleã% determines the numbering style for the notes. There
-are four possible values:
- 1. "1" for numbered superscripted footnotes
- 2. "(1)" for numbered footnotes surrounded with parentheses
- 3. "a" for lettered footnotes
- 4. "(a)" for lettered footnotes surrounded with parentheses
-The default is \textreferencestyle{1.}.
-
-\notereferencegutter sets the distance between the footnote number and the
-first word of text of the note. The gutter is illustrated here as the
-shaded portion between "1." and "The first step":
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| .... |
-| 1....The first step . . . |
-| .... |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The default is one em space, \notereferencegutter{1em}.
-
-\everyfootnote{Nested Markup} sets the style for everyfootnote. You can
-change the type face, the paragraph parameters, and the right and left
-indentation. The default text size is 10 point; each note is in paragraph
-format, with an indent of 20 points. Typewriter printers which must use
-\monospace may not change to another font set.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The following example uses a footnote style that prints a superscripted
-footnote number in the text and the note, the body of the footnote in
-nine-point Computer Modern set, the footnote at the bottom of the page
-indented 36 points from the left and 36 points from the right of the rest of
-the body of the text of the document, the footnote body right ragged, and
-the text of the document right justified and in 10 point Computer Modern.
-The \footnoteformat block is modified thus:
-
-\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{18pt}
- \footnotedivider{144pt}
- \textreferencefont{\ninepoint\rm}
- \notereferenceposition{up}
- \notereferencefont{\ninepoint\rm}
- \everyfootnote{\rightragged\pin{0pt}
- \psk{12pt}\ninepoint
- \leftindent{36pt}\rightindent{36pt}}}
-
-Note that \ninepoint was specified within both the \textreferencefont and
-\everyfootnote markups. The \textreferencefont determines the font that the
-
-footnote reference number is to be printed in. The \everyfootnote markup
-determines the font that the footnote text is to print in at the bottom
-of the page. Most often the fonts specified in \textreferencefont and
-\everyfootnote are the same font.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-This markup modifies the style of the \autofootnote markup, not the
-\footnote markup.
- The \footnoteformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if
-both are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotem.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index caeff296f7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotem.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|FNOTE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\footnoteformat and if you are using \monospace. This affects
-how \autofootnote prints, not how \footnote prints.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotep.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index c0997c3c8f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotep.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|FNOTE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\footnoteformat and if you areã|notã%using \monospace. This affects
-how \autofootnote prints, not how \footnote prints.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/font.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/font.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d6b584379..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/font.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| font |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|user markup name and font nameã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \font markup can be used to allow you to make use of a specific font
-available on your printer. You should always consult the font catalog for
-the fonts available on your printer. The name given in the font catalog
-goes where font name is with the \font markup. The user markup name you
-must provide. It should be a unique name.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To use the fourteen point Sonoran Roman, you can assign it to the markup
-name \bigfont by entering,
-
-\font \bigfont = sonr14
-
-\bigfont Palouse Region:
-
-and you will get:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Palouse Region: |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To use the ten point Computer Modern Sanserif Demibold Condensed you can
-assign it to a markup name \demifont by entering,
-
-\font \demifont = cmssdc10
-
-\demifont Palouse Region:
-
-you will get:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Palouse Region: |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \font markup does not change the interline skip. A font established
-with \selectspecificfont does.
- This markup is described further in The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontm.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontm.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 16ef399cb3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontm.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|FONT-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to change the default
-\monospace font. You usually shoudn't have to do this.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontp.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontp.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index c39de10783..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontp.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|FONT-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to change the default
-proportional space font. You might want to do this if you want to have
-a FONT-P TEXBLOCK on your own disk to be included for each job.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/footnote.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/footnote.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index b9135f7c0b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/footnote.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| footnote |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|first parameter = reference mark
- second parameter = footnote textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \footnote markup can be used to create marked footnotes. There are two
-parameters; the first is the reference mark, and the second is the text of
-the note itself. Each parameter is surrounded with curly braces ({}). If
-more than one reference mark is used on the same page, they should appear in
-the prescribed order:
- * asterisk (*)
- * dagger (\dagger)
- * double dagger (\ddagger)
- * section sign (\S)
-Refer to the example in the TEXT1 Users' Guide or Reference Manual for
-real sample output. These characters are not available at your terminal.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Using the above prescribed order, the second footnote on a page would be
-entered with \footnote as:
-
-by Achilles Chert\footnote{\dagger}{pH.d., Litmus Sci.
-The author is with the School of Pyroclastic
-Philosophy at the University of Piedmont.}.
-\par
-\nin "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert
-Camus, a novelist who lionized the labors of
-Sisyphus in moving the igneous concretion up the
-declivitous landmass.
-
-In the document, the text would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| by Achilles Chert . |
-| "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, a novelist who |
-| lionized the labors of Sisyphus in moving the igneous concretion up the |
-| declivitous landmass. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-At the bottom of the page the footnote would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| pH.d., Litmus Sci. The author is with the School of Pyroclastic |
-| Philosophy at the University of Piedmont. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \footnoteformat has no effect on \footnote. \footnoteformat is used to
-change the style of the \autofootnote markup.
-
- You cannot use \footnote within \settabs, \vbox, \hbox,
-\drawbox, \paragraphbox, \label, \part, \chapter, \centerline, \halign,
-\rightlinesbegin, or \centerlinesbegin.
- Refer to the The TEXbook for more on the \footnote markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frac.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frac.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index e46eaba641..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frac.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| fraction |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\fracã%
-
-Parameters: ã|numerator/denominatorã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \fraction markup is another method of specifying a fraction. If you
-enter "@1\over2@" you get " 1 2 ". Entering "1/2" will give you "1/2". To
-get "1/" you specify "\fraction1/2 ~".
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Consider my favorite breakfast recipe:
-
-\tabskip 3em plus 2em minus 2em
-\halign{\lft{#}&\lft{#}\cr
-\multispan2\ctr{\bd Muckles}\cr
-3 eggs&beaten\cr
-1 cp&cream\cr
-1 cp&flour\cr
-
-\fraction1/4 t&baking powder\cr
-1 T&sugar\cr
-\multispan2\lft{pinch of salt}\cr
-\multispan2\lft{bacon (optional)}\cr}
-Heat butter or bacon in frying pan.
-Pour all of
-the batter into the pan. Cook @ approximately @
-10 minutes at 375@^\circ@. Cut into pieces
-and serve hot with plenty of syrup.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Muckles |
-| 3 eggs beaten |
-| 1 cp cream |
-| 1 cp flour |
-| 14 t baking powder |
-| 1 T sugar |
-| pinch of salt |
-| bacon (optional) |
-| Heat butter or bacon in frying pan. Pour all of the batter into the |
-| pan. Cook approximately 10 minutes at 375 degrees. Cut into pieces and |
-| serve hot with plenty of syrup. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-There must be a space following the fraction as you enter it. In the above
-example there had to be a space before the "t&baking powder\cr".
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frenchsp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frenchsp.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index fe55209b7e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frenchsp.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| frenchspacing |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By default, TEXT1 will double space after hard punctuation, unless the
-letter prior to the punctuation is a capital letter. To make all
-interword spacing the same, regardless of punctuation, you can enter
-the \frenchspacing markup. This will turn off the extra spacing
-following punctuation for the rest of a document or until TEXT1 sees a
-\nonfrenchspacing markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Consider this bibliographic entry:
-
-\bibentry
-
-Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes
-in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical
-Publications, International.
-
-Without \frenchspacing it might print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. |
-| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-If you had specified \frenchspacing,
-
-\frenchspacing
-\bibentry
-Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes
-in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical
-Publications, International.
-
-it would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. |
-| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/goodbrea.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/goodbrea.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index d5c020dfa7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/goodbrea.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| goodbreak |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \goodbreak markup indicates a good place for page or line breaks. TEXT1
-will then break there only if necessary. This markup must be preceded by a
-\par or vertical skip for a page break.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example will break the page before the last paragraph beginning "The
-comparison may seem", if it comes close to the bottom of the page.
-
-\par
-\nin{\bd Parallels.}
-\par
-
-Consider for a moment rocks and deer.
-Both form cooperative groups that furnish the
-landscape . . .
-The fruits of cooperation depend on conditions of
-the environment.
-\par
-\goodbreak
-The comparison may seem facile, but from deliberate
-oversimplification . . .
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/halign.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/halign.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index f3f45f42ea..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/halign.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| halign |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\halign{ preamble\cr
- tabular text\cr}
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|preamble, tabular text, submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\lft, \ctr, \rt, \cr, \noalign, \tabskip,
-\omit, \multispan, \phantom, && (column repeat)ã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \halign markup is a way of making tables without tabbing. A preamble,
-or sample line, is included immediately after \halign to act as a template
-for the text in each column. Each successive column in a row begins with an
-ampersand (&). Column descriptions may contain horizontal spaces, indents,
-quads, and horizontal fills. Each column description must have a pound
-
-sign (hash mark, #) which acts as a reference variable, so that text can be
-substituted.
- The halign is read in its entirety. Every column is treated as a box
-whose width is equal to the largest entry.
- Besides horizontal mode markup such as \indent, you can use the
-following submarkup in the \halign.
-
-\lft in the preamble will left justify each entry in a column.
-
-\ctr in the preamble will center each entry in a column.
-
-\rt in the preamble will right justify each entry in a column.
-
-\cr marks the end of the preamble, and the end of each row.
-
-\noalign is used outside of the preamble. It allows you to enter vertical
-mode text into a table. You must not end a \noalign with a \cr. For
-example, if you wanted to skip a blank line between two row entries, you
-would use \noalign{\vs{\bl}}:
-
-
-1000&32\cr
-\noalign{\vs{\bl}}
-2000&43\cr
-
-\tabskip puts an equal amount of space (glue) between columns. A
-specification of
-
-\tabskip 20pt plus 15pt minus 10pt
-
-indicates that the each column is set 20 points apart. If after the initial
-try it is determined that the table is still narrower than the width of the
-page, up to an additional 15 points of space is put between columns to try
-and get the table to spread across the entire page. If after the initial
-try of 20 points between each column it is determined that the table is
-too wide to fit on the page, up to 10 points is subtracted from the space
-between each column to try and get the table to fit on the page.
-
-\omit can be used to disable to preamble specification for that column
-and row. \omit only works for one column of one row. For example, if a
-preamble
-
-\halign{\lft{#}&\rt{#}\cr
-
-was specified, then to center a header over a column, you could enter
-
-\omit\ctr{Header 1}&\omit\ctr{Header 2}\cr
-1000&2000\cr
-
-\multispan is used to permit spanning of several columns. For example, if
-you had a preamble of
-
-\halign{\rt{#}&\rt{#}&\rt{#}\cr
-
-and you wanted to center a title over the second and third columns, you
-would enter:
-
-first column&\multispan2\ctr{Spanned title}\cr
-
-\phantom is used in decimal alignment. For example,
-
-00.1234&12.231\cr
-72.8\phantom{000}&1.2\phantom{00}\cr
-
-would print the partial table:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 00.1234 12.231 |
-| 72.8 1.2 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-&& is used to indicate that the following column preamble is to be repeated
-for each of the remaining of columns. For example, if you wanted the first
-column centered, the second column left justified, and the next five columns
-right justified, you could enter
-
-\halign{\ctr{#}&\lft{#}&\rt{#}&\rt{#}&
- \rt{#}&\rt{#}&\rt{#}\cr
-
-Using the column repeat indicator (&&) you can simplify this to
-
-\halign{\ctr{#}&\lft{#}&&\rt{#}\cr
-
-This specification then says that columns 3, 4, etc. all use the same
-preamble, "\rt{#}".
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example illustrates \omit, \qquad and \tabskip.
-
-\tabskip .5in plus .4in minus .3in
-\halign{\rt{#}&\qquad\lft{#}\cr
-\omit\ctr{Case}&\omit\qquad\ctr{Blast}\cr
-\noalign{\vs{2pt}\hrule\vs{2pt}}
-5000 MT&500\cr
-10000 MT&845--1050\cr }
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| ..........5000.MT.......500............ |
-| 10000 MT 845--1050 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-This example makes use of \multispan, \indent,
-\horizontalspace, \noalign and column repeat (&&).
-
-\tabletitle{Surface Land Temperature (degrees C)\lbr
-Changes after Exchanges}
-\vs{10pt}
-\halign{\indent\lft{#}&\hs{2em}\rt{#}
- &&\hs{1em}\rt{#}\cr
-Case&\multispan4\ctr{Post Detonations (Days)}\cr
-Megatonnage&20&100&200&300\cr
-\noalign{\vs{10pt}}
-1000&-22&8&7&13\cr
-3000&9&6&8&10\cr
-5000&-7&-26&-20&-11\cr
-10000&-24&-45&-26&-9\cr}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Surface Land Temperature (degrees C) |
-| Changes after Exchanges |
-| |
-| |
-| Case Post Detonations (Days) |
-| Megatonnage 20 100 200 300 |
-| |
-| 1000 -22 8 7 13 |
-| 3000 9 6 8 10 |
-| 5000 -7 -26 -20 -11 |
-| 10000 -24 -45 -26 -9 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-\halign takes less computer time than \settabs because it is a basic
-TEX command. The advantages to \halign over \settabs are:
-
- * maximum column widths are calculated automatically; you must measure
- the longest entry with \settabs.
- * templates are more versatile than \settabs; repeatable information can
- be included in the preamble.
- * greater flexibility.
- Refer to The TEXbook for more about \halign, \cr, \noalign, \tabskip,
-\phantom, \omit, \multispan, or && (column repeat).
- You can use \autofootnote, \autoendnote, and \footnote inside of an
-\halign, so long as they are not also inside an \hbox or \vbox.
- Refer to the description of \leader for an example of using \halign with
-dot leadering.
- See \strut for row alignment.
- Do not put a \cr on the same line as \noalign.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hbox.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hbox.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 552ad9c2b4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hbox.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| hbox |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|horizontal mode textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \hbox is a TEX markup which, among several uses, can be used to keep a
-word together, preventing hyphenations. For example,
-
-\hbox{low-cut}
-
-would prohibit hyphenation of "low-cut". It can also be used in math mode
-to switch to the roman font. For example,
-
-@x^{34}+\hbox{lower order terms}@
-
-prints as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| x[34]+lower order terms |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-You cannot use \autoendnote, \autofootnote, or \footnote within an \hbox.
- You can also specify an \hbox to take up a certain size. For example,
-
-\hbox to 1in{}
-
-would create a box one inch wide. Refer to the discussion of \leader for
-more on this option of \hbox.
- For more on this markup refer to The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hin.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 227b7b8040..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hin.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| hangingindent |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\hinã%
-
-Parameters: ã|units of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \hangingindent markup sets the amount of space each line in a hanging
-paragraph is indented after the first. The parameter must be a numerical
-value with valid units of measure.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The first and second hanging paragraph use a hanging indent of 18 points.
-The third paragraph uses a hanging indent of 38 points.
-
-\psk{12pt}
-\hangingindent{18pt}
-\hangingparagraph
-
-BASE. Can mean 'bedrock' in geological terms;
-or 'gross' as a description of human behavior.
-\hangingparagraph
-CLEAVAGE. Refers to the tendency to split along faults;
-or to the position of the female bosom in a low-cut
-dress.
-\hangingindent{38pt}
-\hangingparagraph
-DOMEHEAD. Is material pushing through a formation;
-or an informal epithet for hairless academics.
-\par
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| BASE. Can mean 'bedrock' in geological terms; or 'gross' as a description |
-| of human behavior. |
-| |
-| CLEAVAGE. Refers to the tendency to split along faults; or to the position |
-| of the female bosom in a low-cut dress. |
-| |
-| DOMEHEAD. Is material pushing through a formation; or an informal epithet |
-| for hairless academics. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The hanging indent will remain in effect until changed with another
-\hangingindent markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hof.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hof.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 54d1467d37..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hof.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| hyphenoff |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\hofã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By default, TEXT1 will do hyphenation if necessary to achieve nice line
-breaks. The \hyphenoff markup can be used to disable hyphenation. It will
-remain this way until a \hyphenon is encountered.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, hyphenation begins this example,
-
-Direct Access Storage Device (DASD) is a term for long
-term file and program storage devices. A more common
-term for the same thing is {\it disk}, since the
-actual storage components look like platters or disks.
-
-\par
-\hyphenoff
-The CP Directory entry for each user indicates what
-virtual disks his machine will include. Each disk
-is known by its {\it virtual address}. In general,
-users will have one 191 virtual disk.
-\par
-\hyphenon
-
-will print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Direct Access Storage De- |
-| vice (DASD) is a term for long |
-| term file and program storage |
-| devices. A more common term |
-| for the same thing is disk, |
-| since the actual storage com- |
-| ponents look like platters or |
-| disks. |
-| The CP Directory entry |
-| for each user indicates what |
-| virtual disks his machine will |
-| include. Each disk is known |
-| by its virtual address. In |
-| general, users will have one |
-| 191 virtual disk. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Compare this output to that of the \hyphenon markup on the next page.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hon.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hon.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index b2513733f8..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hon.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| hyphenon |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\honã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By default, TEXT1 will do hyphenation if necessary to achieve nice line
-breaks. The \hyphenoff markup can be used to disable hyphenation. It will
-remain this way until a \hyphenon is encountered.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-First print a paragraph without hyphenation and then turn hyphenation on.
-
-\hyphenoff
-Direct Access Storage Device (DASD) is a term for long
-term file and program storage devices. A more common
-term for the same thing is {\it disk}, since the
-
-actual storage components look like platters or disks.
-\par
-\hyphenon
-The CP Directory entry for each user indicates what
-virtual disks his machine will include. Each disk
-is known by its {\it virtual address}. In general,
-users will have one 191 virtual disk.
-
-will print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Direct Access Storage |
-| Device (DASD) is a term for |
-| long term file and program |
-| storage devices. A more |
-| common term for the same thing |
-| is disk, since the actual |
-| storage components look like |
-| platters or disks. |
-| The CP Directory entry for |
-| each user indicates what vir- |
-| tual disks his machine will |
-| include. Each disk is known |
-| by its virtual address. In |
-| general, users will have one |
-| 191 virtual disk. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-Compare this output with the example for \hyphenoff on the previous page.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hp.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index b4137ea344..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hp.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| hangingparagraph |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\hpã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \hangingparagraph markup creates hanging paragraphs, which are the
-reverse of normal paragraphs. In a normal paragraph, the first line is
-indented but following lines are full measure wide; in a hanging paragraph
-the first line is a full measure and the runover lines are indented.
-Hanging paragraphs are used for lists, glossaries, and bibliographies. The
-\hangingparagraph markup is placed before each item in the text; a \par
-finishes the series.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\psk{5pt}
-
-\hangingparagraph
-BASE. Can mean 'bedrock' in geological terms;
-or 'gross' as a description of human behavior.
-\hangingparagraph
-CLEAVAGE. Refers to the tendency to split along faults;
-or to the position of the female bosom in a low-cut
-dress.
-\hangingparagraph
-DOMEHEAD. Is material pushing through a formation;
-or an informal epithet for hairless academics.
-\par
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| BASE. Can mean 'bedrock' in geological terms; or 'gross' as a description |
-| of human behavior. |
-| CLEAVAGE. Refers to the tendency to split along faults; or to the position |
-| of the female bosom in a low-cut dress. |
-| |
-| DOMEHEAD. Is material pushing through a formation; or an informal epithet |
-| for hairless academics. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The default indentation for \hangingparagraph is 24 points. Use the
-\hangingindent markup to change this indentation.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hrule.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hrule.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ba7e489ed..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hrule.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| hrule |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|dimensionã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \hrule markup draws a horizontal rule across the width of the page. It
-is a native TEX markup, and the usage is different in that the parameter is
-not surrounded with curly braces. If you do not supply a dimension, TEXT1
-will print the rule across the entire width of the text. By default, the
-rule drawn has a thickness (height) of .4pt.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted to draw a three inch rule across the page, followed later with
-a rule across the entire width of the page and ending with a thicker rule
-across the width of the page you could specify:
-
-\nin Basic Techniques
-
-\hrule width 3in
-Editing a File
-\hrule
-The Column Pointer
-\vs{2pt}
-\hrule height 2pt
-
-You would get:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| ........................................................................... |
-| ........................................................................... |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on \hrule and how to use the "depth" parameter
-with the "height" and "width" parameters.
- Use \rule instead of \hrule if you are using \monospace.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hs.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e75ab6b32..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hs.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| horizontalspace |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\hsã%
-
-Parameters: ã|units of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The amount of blank space in a line can be varied by the \horizontalspace
-markup. This markup works only within the current line; no space will be
-carried over if too little remains at the end of the line.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Our barbecues are brick. Our poetry is concrete:
-\bqb\nin
-\horizontalspace{84pt}pillow tectonics
-\hs{48pt}during sleep
-\hs{18pt}pillows come together
-
-\hs{24pt}and move apart
-\hs{18pt}like continental plates
-\hs{36pt}mountain ranges
-\hs{18pt}rise and fall
-\hs{24pt}oceans
-\hs{18pt}rise and fall
-\bqe
-\nin Like Gypsum Lee Ooze, art mimics geology.
-\par
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Our barbecues are brick. Our poetry is concrete: |
-| |
-| pillow tectonics during sleep pillows come |
-| together and move apart like continental plates |
-| mountain ranges rise and fall oceans rise and fall |
-| |
-| Like Gypsum Lee Ooze, art mimics geology. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-\horizontalspace can be used in \settabs and \halign.
- If you are using \monospace, then the units of measure should be
-specified in tenths of an inch or in em's.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hsize.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hsize.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 9eaca127ef..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hsize.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| hsize |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|dimensionã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \hsize markup is a native TEX markup that can be used to change the
-width of the text on the printed page. This markup does not use delimeters.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you were entering text in a \vbox and you wanted it printed in a 3 inch
-column instead of the default column width you could specify "\hsize=3in".
-For example,
-
-Forms for reader's comments are provided at the back
-of this publication. You can help us continue to improve
-the quality of our documentation, and we welcome all
-comments and suggestions.
-
-\vs{\bl}
-\vbox{\hsize=3in
-Forms for reader's comments are provided at the back
-of this publication. You can help us continue to improve
-the quality of our documentation, and we welcome all
-comments and suggestions.}
-
-will print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Forms for reader's comments are provided at the back of this |
-| publication. You can help us continue to improve the quality of |
-| our documentation, and we welcome all comments and suggestions. |
-| |
-| Forms for reader's |
-| comments are provided at the |
-| back of this publication. |
-| You can help us continue to |
-| improve the quality of our |
-| documentation, and we welcome |
-| all comments and suggestions. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/incl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/incl.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b2f58acbf..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/incl.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| include |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\inclã%
-
-Parameters: ã|page segment nameã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \include markup will include external page segment files, into a TEXT1
-document. Page segments come from graphics generating programs such as
-those produced by GDDM, SAS and MEGACALC. Refer to the GDDM Page Segment
-Generation for the IBM 3820 User Note, U-419, for details on how to create a
-page segment.
-
- The format for the \include markup is:
-
-\include{fn}
-
- Where fn is the filename of the file to be included into the text
-document. It must have a filetype of "PSEG3820". You must leave space
-after the page segment to prevent the image from overprinting the following
-text of the document.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-A file called "GRAPH1 PSEG3820 A" contains a SAS/GRAPH image. It is 2 1 2
-inches high, so you would enter:
-
-. . . in the graph illustrated below:
-\par
-\include{graph1}
-\vs{3.5in}
-\noindent
-Notice the values on the Y axis, they . . .
-
-In the document you would get:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| . . . in the graph illustrated below: |
-| |
-| |
-| WWW W WWW SSSSSS UUU UUU |
-| WWW WWW WWW SSSSS UUU UUU |
-| WWWWWWW SSSSSS UUU UUU |
-| WWWWW SSSSSSSS UUUUUUUUUU |
-| |
-| |
-| Notice the values on the Y axis, they . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Sometimes you may want to center the graph on the page. To do this you
-would subtract the width of the graph from the galleywidth(1) and divide the
-difference by 2; then you would do a horizontal skip of that amount (after
-entering \null. For the above graph, the galleywidth is 25 picas, the width
-of the "graph1" is 19 picas, so the indent is to be 3 picas ( 25pc-19pc
-2=3pc ):
-
-| . . in the graph illustrated below: |
-\par
-\noindent\hs{3pc}
-\include{graph1}
-\vs{3.5in}
-\noindent
-Notice the values on the Y axis, they . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
- 1. galleywidth=page width - left margin - right margin
-
-In the document you would get the same graph as above, centered on the page.
-Refer to the example below:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| . . . in the graph illustrated below: |
-| |
-| WWW W WWW SSSSSS UUU UUU |
-| WWW WWW WWW SSSSS UUU UUU |
-| WWWWWWW SSSSSS UUU UUU |
-| WWWWW SSSSSSSS UUUUUUUUUU |
-| |
-| |
-| Notice the values on the Y axis, they . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/indent.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/indent.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 42c0fbb071..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/indent.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| indent |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \indent markup creates an empty box of horizontal space whose width is
-the current value of \paragraphindent. This markup is useful in tabular
-work.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\tabletitle{Flea Deaths (in millions)}
-\halign{\indent\rt{#}&\qquad\lft{#}\cr
-Case&Blast\cr
-5000 MT&500\cr
-10000 MT&845--1050\cr }
-\rule
-
-\vs{\bl}
-These statistics are fairly conclusive. Note,
-however, that inconsistencies occurred at . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Flea Deaths (in millions) |
-| |
-| Case Blast |
-| 5000 MT 500 |
-| 10000 MT 845--1050 |
-| ........................................................................... |
-| These statistics are fairly conclusive. Note, however, that |
-| inconsistencies occurred at . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/index.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/index.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d262cedb2..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/index.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|INDEXã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\indexformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/input.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/input.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ab3365aa4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/input.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| input |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|filenameã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \input markup indicates a file to be included in the source. The
-parameter, a CMS file name with a filetype of TEX, follows \input and a
-separator space; no curly braces are used.
- Usually the \input markup is used in a "driver" file, which calls parts,
-chapters, etc. to create (or drive) the entire document, such as a thesis.
-At the top of such a driver file is where you would put modifications to
-default format blocks, additional font specifications, and your own markup
-definitions.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In this example, the file is to have a filename of "DRIVER". It calls all of
-the various parts of a 2 chapter document. When formatting, specify DRIVER
-as the filename.
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\newpage
- \cl{\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}}
- \incontents{yes}}
-\selectfontset{cm9}{ninepoint}{default}
-\input preface
-\input abstract
-\input chapter1
-\input chapter2
-\input bibliog
-\input append-a
-\input append-b
-\input index
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-If you want to input a file with a filetype other than TEX, you can do so by
-adding the filetype after the filename and placing a period between the two.
-For example, to input a filename of DATA and a filetype of LISTING, enter
-
-\input data.listing
-
- Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/isk.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/isk.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 56ed4190d9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/isk.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| interlineskip |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\iskã%
-
-Parameters: ã|unit of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The spacing between lines (from one baseline to the next, not "single" or
-"double spacing") can be changed using the \interlineskip markup. TEXT1
-automatically sets an interline skip usually 2 points greater than the font
-size when you use \selectfontset.(1) The default font size is 12 points and
-the default interline skip is 14 points. This may be particularly helpful
-when using some of the smaller fonts. In general, the shorter the line or
-smaller the type, less interline skip is needed.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
- 1. Extra space is referred to as leading, pronounced leding (from the
-days when lead was used).
-
-\interlineskip{11pt}
-The definition of Sociogeology is the study of the
-geological basis of all social behavior.
-It explains human behavior by empirical description
-of the attributes of mineral composition.
-\par
-\interlineskip{13pt}
-It is most successful when it provides detailed
-description of particulate phenomena and first-order
-correlations with features . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The definition of Sociogeology is the study of the geological basis of |
-| all social behavior. It explains human behavior by empirical description |
-| of the attributes of mineral composition. |
-| It is most successful when it provides detailed description of |
-| particulate phenomena and first-order correlations with features . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-\singlespace and \doublespace are dependent on the current setting of
-\interlineskip. For example, the \doublespace leading when \interline-
-skip{12pt} is 24pt.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/it.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/it.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4055cb1bbc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/it.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| italic |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\itã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \italic markup sets an Italianate typeface, used for showing emphasis,
-conveying a message, attracting attention, or even creating a mood. Italic
-type is also good for contrast, and it is also hard to read over large
-areas. For printers that do not have italics, underscoring will be used
-instead.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-earlier;
-\italic Japan \roman in Southeast Asia (previously in
-China, now in the Philippines,
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| earlier; Japan in Southeast Asia (previously in China, now in the |
-| ----- |
-| Philippines, |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-members communicate important things---{\it
-hunger, alarm, rank, and sexual desire}---among
-themselves by means of nonsyntactical signals.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| members communicate important things---hunger, alarm, rank, and sexual |
-| ------ ----- ---- --- ------ |
-| desire---among themselves by means of nonsyntactical signals. |
-| ------ |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/italicfa.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/italicfa.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c0ecd3117..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/italicfa.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \italicface (\it) MARKUP |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \italicface (\it) markup will switch to the italic face text font and print
-the text following the markup in italics. If the printer does not have an
-italic font, a warning will issued and an underscore font will be substituted.
-
-The format for the \italicface markup is:
-
- \italicface ttttt
-
-Everything from the \italicface markup to the next font change will be printed
-in italics. If only a word or two are to be printed in italics enclose the
-italic face markup and the text that is to be printed in italics within a set
-of braces.
-
- {\italicface ttttt}
-
-After printing the specified text in italics, TEXT1 will automatically switch
-back to the standard face, or Roman font.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/item.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/item.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index abd96b000b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/item.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| item |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|identifierã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \item markup creates unique indented items. The parameters for this
-markup is an identifier, such as an Arabic number or letter, supplied by
-you. This offers more flexibility.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-militarily for thousands of years.
-Reasons for this continued behavior include:
-\item{*} the rapaciousness of society
-(as shown by the accumulation of wealth and the
-indifference to the poor and nonaggressive)
-\item{**} the acceptance of war
-\item{***} the economic advantages of large-scale
-operations (as shown in industrial applications)
-\par
-\noindent
-The cultures of industrial nations are based on
-unethical . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| militarily for thousands of years. Reasons for this continued behavior |
-| include: |
-| * the rapaciousness of society (as shown by the accumulation of wealth |
-| and the indifference to the poor and nonaggressive) |
-| ** the acceptance of war |
-| *** the economic advantages of large-scale operations (as shown in |
-| industrial applications) |
-| The cultures of industrial nations are based on unethical . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The indentation for \item is determined by the current setting of paragraph
-indent. Each \item forms a hanging paragraph after the identifier. There
-is no extra space between items.
- Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ix.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ix.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index cb92f5efea..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ix.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| index |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ixã%
-
-Parameters: ã|title textã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\subentry, \blindentry, \uspn, \bdpn, \itpnã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \index markup builds index entries which can be sorted and printed at
-the end of a document. The \index markup has the format
-
-\indexn{entry}
-
-where "n" is the index number (1, 2, or 3), and "entry" is the index
-entry. The page number you are on when the \index markup is inserted will
-be printed with the "entry". You must use the \printindex markup to sort
-and print the index. It comes at the end of the document. Refer to the
-documentation of \printindex for details on this markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Consider this index example:
-
-The files you create and change have a filemode of A.
-This means that they are all kept in a collection of
-files called your A-disk. The FILELIST command
-displays a list of all
-\index1{A-disk}
-the files on your A-disk.
-
-In the document, the following would print where the index markup occurred,
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The files you create and change have a filemode of A. This means |
-| that they are all kept in a collection of files called your A-disk. The |
-| FILELIST command displays a list of all the files on your A-disk. |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-If this occurred on page 32, the entry in the index printed with
-\printindex1 would print as illustrated on the next page.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| A-disk, 32 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-You cannot use \index within a \settabs or \halign.
-
-ã|Lower Level or Sub entriesã%
-
- If you want to record a subentry to a main index entry you use the
-\subentry markup within the \index markup.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \subentry markup is only valid when used within \index.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you had a main entry called "reader list" and you wanted sub entries for
-"receiving a file" and "replacing a file" you could enter the \index markup
-as illustrated here:
-
-\sha{Receiving a File}
-To receive a file, move the cursor to the line that
-describes the file you want to receive.
-\index1{reader list \subentry1{receiving a file}}
-Then press PF9. A notice will appear on that line
-telling you that the file has been received, . . .
-\sha{Replacing or Renaming a File}
-What happens if the file in your reader has the same file
-label as one you already have on your disk?
-There are two ways to handle this.
-\lib\lil1
-If you want the file in your reader to replace the file
-\index1{reader list \subentry1{replacing a file}}
-on your disk, type the command "receive / (replace".
-\lil1
-
-If you want to keep the file on your disk, then rename
-the file in your reader with the command "receive / newname
-\index1{reader list\subentry1{renaming a file}}
-newtype" where "newname" is the new file name and
-"newtype" is the new filetype.
-\lie
-
-This would produce the following paragraph in a document:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Receiving a File |
-| To receive a file, move the cursor to the line that describes the file |
-| you want to receive. Then press PF9. A notice will appear on that line |
-| telling you that the file has been received, ... |
-| |
-| Replacing or Renaming a File |
-| What happens if the file in your reader has the same file label as one |
-| you already have on your disk? There are two ways to handle this. |
-| 1. If you want the file in your reader to replace the file on your disk, |
-| type the command "receive / (replace". |
-| 2. If you want to keep the file on your disk, then rename the file |
-| in your reader with the command "receive / newname newtype" where |
-| "newname" is the new file name and "newtype" is the new filetype. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-If list level #2 printed at the top of page 33, the index entries would look
-like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| reader list |
-| receiving a file, 32 |
-| renaming a file, 33 |
-| replacing a file, 32 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|Excluding Text from the Sortã%
- There are occasions when you will want text to print in an indexed item,
-but you do not want that text to be a part of the sorting process. For
-example, you may want to index the title "Consumer Guides" including the
-quotes, but you want it sorted with the C's and not sorted with the double
-quote marks. Also, you probably would want to sort \par with the p's, and
-not with the backslashes. Both can be accomplished using the \sortasmarkup
-which can only be used within the \index markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Using the input,
-
-Please get a copy of the article "Consumer Guides" and
-\index1{"Consumer Guides"\sortas{Consumer Guides}}
-refer to the illustration on page 5.
-\par
-Be sure to index the paragraph command "\\par"
-\index1{\\par\sortas{par}}
-somewhere in the document.
-
-you would get the following two paragraphs in your document.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Please get a copy of the article "Consumer Guide References" and refer |
-| to the illustration on page 5. |
-| |
-| Be sure to index the paragraph command "\par" somewhere in the |
-| document. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The index entries would print like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| "Consumer Guides", 45 |
-| contour Maps, 23 |
-| |
-| \par, 45 |
-| Paragraphs, long, 16 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Prepositions in a subentry may not be part of the sort, but are to be
-printed in the index. For example, to get the index to look like,
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| vacations |
-| on boats, 32 |
-| at the Olympian, 21 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-you would use the \index, \subentry, and \sortas commands illustrated on the
-next page.
-
-Some people spend their vacations at older
-hotels like the Olympian.
-\index1{vacations \subentry1{at the
-Olympian\sortas{Olympian}}}
-
-Another popular vacation is travelling the
-Pacific in a boat.
-\ix1{vacations\subentry1{on
- boats\sortas{boats}}}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-As another example, "10 Downing Street" is typically sorted with the T's
-and not prior to the 2's. This can also be accomplished using the \sortas
-markup. For example, the Prime Minister's address mentioned earlier would
-be entered as:
-
-Taxi, please take me to 10 Downing Street.
-
-\index1{10 Downing Street\sortas{ten Downing Street}}
-
-ã|Highlighted Page Numbersã%
- For those applications which require some of the page numbers to be
-printed in bold, some in italics, and others underscored, there are three
-markup available to do this. They are \boldpagenumber, \italicpagenumber,
-and \underscorepagenumber. They are all used within the \index markup, and
-indicate to TEXT1 that a page number other than the standard page number is
-to be used.
- We recommend that important references be noted in bold (\boldpage-
-number). Fleeting references be printed with italics (\italicpagenumber).
-And primary references be indicated by being underscored (\underscorepage-
-number). Of course, you are free to use these three markup as you see
-fit.
- The bold page number will always come prior to a standard face reference
-to the same page.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you had an \boldpagenumber on page 43 and \index's on pages 42--44 for
-"peace."
-
-\index1{peace} % Located on page 42
-
-\index1{peace} % Located on page 43
-\index1{peace\bdpn} % Located on page 43
-
-\index1{peace} % Located on page 44
-
-the index printed with \printindex would look like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| peace 43, 42--44 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you have an underscored page number and it falls in the same range as a
-standard face entry, the underscored entry would follow the standard face
-entry. For example, if you had a \underscorepagenumber on page 66 and
-\index's on pages 66--72 for "nationalism",
-
-\index1{nationalism\uspn} % On page 66
-\index1{nationalism} % On page 66
-\index1{nationalism} % On page 67
-\index1{nationalism} % On page 72
-
-the index sequence would print like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| Quick Programming Language 66--72, 66 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you have an index reference in italics and it falls in the same range as
-a standard face entry, the italics entry will not be printed. For example,
-if you had an italics entry using \italicpagenumber on pages 45 and 56, and
-you had standard face entries on pages 54--60 for "In Search of Excellence",
-the printed index would look like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| In Search of Excellence 45, 54--60 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|Cross Referencesã%
- Often it is desirable to have a cross reference to another index entry.
-You can do this using the \blindentry markup within the \index markup. You
-cannot use both \blindentry and \subentry within the same \index markup.
-The \blindentry markup has the format,
-
-\blindentry{blind entry}
-
-where "blind entry" is the text you want associated with that index entry.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-For example, to get an index entry to print like
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| Flow of control, see Control Structures |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-you would enter
-
-\index1{Flow of control\blindentry{see Control
-Structures}}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-It is also possible to have a blind entry printed with an index entry, and
-still have it indexed with page numbers. For example, if you were to enter
-
-\index1{Label\uspn}
-\index1{Label\blindentry{({\it see also} Case Label)}}
-
-on page 78 you would get an index entry printed as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| Label, 78, (see also Case Label) |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-If you have page numbers and a blind entry, then the blind entry will follow
-the last page number as illustrated here.
-
-ã|Multiple Indexesã%
- You can have multiple indexes by changing the "1" in \index1 to "2" or
-"3". For example,
-
-\index1{entry in first index}
-\index2{entry in second index}
-\index3{entry in third index}
-
-will generate one entry in each of three indexes. See \printindex for
-instructions on how to print out each of the three indexes.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ixf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ixf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index a57b8f352b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ixf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| indexformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ixfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\respectcase, \style, \leadering, \everyhang,
-\everyletterbreak, \indentsubentry, \everyindexã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The defaults listed above for each markup applies initially to each of
-the three indexes. One or more indexes' defaults can all be changed
-by modifying the \indexformat markup. The complete description of the
-\indexformat markup and its related submarkup is:
-
-\indexformatn{format}
-
-where n is the index (1, 2, or 3) and format is the submarkup.
-
-ã|respectcaseã% ignores the case of an index entry. This markup can only be
-used within the \indexformat markup. If you wanted case respected and have
-the lower case letters sorted before the upper case entries (i.e., "boat"
-sorted before "Bed") then enter
-
-\respectcase{yes}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Respecting case applies to all letters. If \respectcase{yes} has been
-specified, then "boat" and "cat" will both be sorted before "Bed". The
-default value is \respectcase{no} for each of the 3 indexes.
-
-ã|styleã% regulates the general index format. \style{indent}, the default,
-indents each index entry. This style looks like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Constantinople, 12, See also Istanbul |
-| alien rule of, 20 |
-| Arab invasion of, 19, 31 |
-| Crusades and, 22, 57 |
-| Ottoman conquest of, 29--31 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- There are two other styles to choose from: "paragraph" and "dash". The
-style "paragraph" is a run-on hanging paragraph. You get it by specifying:
-
-\indexformat1{\style{paragraph}}
-
-With this style, the above index would look like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Constantinople, 12, alien rule |
-| of, 20, Arab invasion of, 19, |
-| 31, Crusades and, 22, 57, |
-| Ottoman conquest of, 29--31, See |
-| also Istanbul |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Note that with this style, the blind entry from the \blindentry submarkup
-comes after the subentry, instead of after the main entry as was done for
-the "indent" style.
- The third style is "dash", an em-dash style. You get it by specifying
-
-\indexformat1{\style{dash}}
-
-It is very similar to the default "indent" style, except subentries are
-prefaced with an em dash following the initial indent of space.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Constantinople, 12, See also Istanbul |
-| ---alien rule of, 20 |
-| ---Arab invasion of, 19, 31 |
-| ---Crusades and, 22, 57 |
-| ---Ottoman conquest of, 29--31 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|leaderingã% turns on/off dot leadering. The default is "off". You
-can change this default only within the \indexformat markup. To have dot
-leadering, enter:
-
-\ixf1{\leadering{yes}}
-
-If you are using \style{indent} and \leadering{yes} you get:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Constantinople, See also |
-| Istanbul ... . ... ... . ....12 |
-| alien rule of ... . ... 20 |
-| Arab invasion of . . .19, 31 |
-| Crusades and .... . .22, 57 |
-| Ottoman conquest of .29--31 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Do not use dot leadering with \style{paragraph}.
-
-ã|everyletterbreakã% is what will be printed between each letter break,
-(i.e. between "A" and "B"). By default, one blank line is skipped when
-starting a new letter (at each letter break). The \everyletterbreak markup
-can only appear within the \indexformat markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-You could modify the default to place a rule and skip between breaks:
-
-\ixf1{\everyletterbreak{\vs{\bl}
- \hrule width 2in
- \vs{\bl}}}
-
- This would look something like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ..................... |
-| alpha, 62 |
-| America, 38 |
-| Austria, 55 |
-| ..................... |
-| |
-| Bach, 98 |
-| Bethlehem, 87 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Something else you can do with indexes is to make use of the "\nextletter"
-submarkup, which gives you the next uppercase character about to be listed
-in the sorted index list. For example, between "apple" and "boat" the
-value of "\nextletter" would be "B". One application would be to print the
-"\nextletter" in a large type. This could be accomplished by changing the
-default for "\everyletterbreak" to:
-
-\indexformat{\everyletterbreak{\vs{\bl}
- \noindent{\twelvepoint\bd\nextletter}\par}}
-
-The resulting index would look like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| A |
-| alpha, 62 |
-| America, 38 |
-| Austria, 55 |
-| |
-| B |
-| Bach, 98 |
-| Bethlehem, 87 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Another variation of the above would be to draw a box around the next
-letter. You could do this by adding \drawbox to \everyletterbreak:
-
-\ixf1{\everyletterbreak{\vs{\bl}
- \drawbox{\bd\nextletter}\par}}
-
-and you will get an index that prints as illustrated on the next page.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ..... |
-| ..... |
-| alpha, 62 |
-| America, 38 |
-| Austria, 55 |
-| |
-| ..... |
-| ..... |
-| Bach, 98 |
-| Bethlehem, 87 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The "\nextletter" is always an uppercase letter.
- Only letters, not numbers or special characters such as the backslash
-(\) are used as \nextletter.
-
-ã|indentsubentryã% There are two levels of subentries available. The amount
-of distance they are indented when you are using the "indent" or "dash"
-styles is controlled by the \indentsubentry submarkup. If you are using
-the "paragraph" style for the index, the \indentsubentry is ignored. The
-definition of this markup is,
-
-\ixf1{\indentsubentryn{amt}}
-
-where n is the subentry level, 1 or 2, and amt is the amount to be indented.
-The default indent for these two subentry levels is:
-
-\ixf1{\indentsubentry1{1em}
- \indentsubentry2{2em}}
-
- If, for example, you were using the "indented" style and wanted each
-subentry level indented two em's from the previous level, you would enter,
-
-\ixf1{\indentsubentry1{2em}
- \indentsubentry2{4em}}
-
-which would print the index illustrated earlier as:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Constantinople, 12, See also Istanbul |
-| alien rule of, 20 |
-| Arab invasion of, 19, 31 |
-| Crusades and, 22, 57 |
-| Ottoman conquest of, 29--31 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|everyhangã% controls the hanging indent for the primary index level and
-each of the two subentry levels. If you had an index entry with many page
-numbers,
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Write state- |
-| ment, 26, |
-| 34--38, 70, |
-| 86, |
-| 103, 191, |
-| 202, 203-- |
-| 204, 281 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The hangingindent would be 1.5em by default.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted to increase that value to 3em, you would enter,
-
-\ixf1{\everyhang{3em}}
-
-and you would get:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Write state- |
-| ment, 26, |
-| 34--38, |
-| 70, 86, |
-| 103, 191, |
-| 202, 203-- |
-| 204, 281 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|everyindexã% is a list of one or more commands to be executed before
-printing the sorted index. By default, \tenpt is the value of \everyindex.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The default type style used with \monospace is \roman instead of \tenpt.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ju.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ju.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 48b4541b3d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ju.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| justify |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\juã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \justify markup makes each line exactly the same length and aligns
-both left and right margins vertically. TEXT1 automatically sets pages
-with full justification by default. The \justify markup is used to reset
-justification after using \rightragged or \leftragged.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\rightragged
-Setting: Continuation of the narrative of Nehemiah
-(c. 420 {\caps b.c.}).
-Supplies information on an important epoch in ancient
-
-Jewish history---the return to Judea after seventy
-years of captivity in Babylon.
-\justify
-Consists of two parts separated by several years:
-Chapters 1 to 6, the return of the first caravan under
-leadership of Zerubbabel; chapters 7 to 10, an
-expedition, sixty years later, conducted by Ezra.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Setting: Continuation of the narrative of Nehemiah (c. 420 b.c.). |
-| Supplies information on an important epoch in ancient Jewish history---the |
-| return to Judea after seventy years of captivity in Babylon. |
-| Consists of two parts separated by several years: Chapters 1 to 6, |
-| the return of the first caravan under leadership of Zerubbabel; chapters 7 |
-| to 10, an expedition, sixty years later, conducted by Ezra. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-When you specify \justify, text will be justified until TEXT1 sees a
-\rightragged or \leftragged.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/la.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/la.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index fce94d1349..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/la.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| label |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\laã%
-
-Parameters: ã|textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \label markup creates labelled paragraphs. Labels will appear to the
-left of the paragraph described, in a 72 point (one inch) zone. A label is
-similar to a hanging paragraph, except that the first line is aligned with
-the indented portion and the label is separated by a gutter of 1 em space.
-The skip between labels is one blank line. To begin a new paragraph at the
-same indentation as the previous label, enter "\label{}" with no entry in
-the parameter field of the \label.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-origin of rock provides clues.
-\label{Sedimentary} rock is recemented from
-
-particles of older rock that has been broken down
-by physical and chemical weathering.
-\label{Metamorphic}
-rock is igneous or sedimentary that has been
-altered by temperature and pressure.
-\la{}
-Human cells act in a manner like sedimentary rock.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| origin of rock provides clues. |
-| Sedimentaryrock is recemented from particles of older rock that has been |
-| broken down by physical and chemical weathering. |
-| |
-| Metamorphicrock is igneous or sedimentary that has been altered by |
-| temperature and pressure. |
-| Human cells act in a manner like sedimentary rock. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The label indent and the gutter width can be modified with the \labelformat
-markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/label.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/label.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 362b463298..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/label.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|LABELã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\labelformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/laf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/laf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 748b10c7c7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/laf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| labelformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \labelwidth{72pt}
- \gutter{1em}
- \everylabel{\rm}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lafã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \labelwidth, \gutter,
-\everylabelã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \labelformat markup controls the appearance of labelled paragraphs.
-
-\skipbefore indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a
-block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips.
-
-\labelwidth sets the amount of space to contain the label to the left of
-the paragraph. The shaded portion illustrated here is the "label width"
-area:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| SCALE, |
-| nmin, nmax fornhalfwordxdata.)nteSince pixeledifferences5can(rangeabetween |
-| -255 and +255 (-511 and . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The default label width is 72 points (one inch). To change to a label width
-of 1 2 inch you would enter,
-
-\labelformat{\labelwidth{.5in}}
-
-\gutter keeps a small amount of space between the label and the paragraph.
-The shaded portion illustrated on the next page is the "label gutter" area.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| SCALE, |
-| nmin, nmax fornhalfwordxdata.)nteSince pixeledifferences5can(rangeabetween |
-| -255 and +255 (-511 and . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The default amount is 1 em space. To change to a label gutter of 5 points
-you would enter,
-
-\labelformat{\gutter{5pt}}
-
-\everylabel determines the type face and size of the label itself. The
-default is roman face and right ragged.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The sample markup reduces the skipbefore amount, increases the labelwidth
-(to suit a larger format), and changes the font for labels to 9 point bold.
-Note the use of displayed math mode.
-
-\selectfontset{cm9}{ninepoint}{default}
-\labelformat{\skipbefore{6pt}
- \labelwidth{108pt}
- \gutter{1em}
- \everylabel{\ninepoint\bd}}
-\label{HALF}
-specifies that both input datasets are halfword
-(maximum 511 DN) (default is byte data).
-\la{ADD} specifies that the sum of the two input
-datasets is to be computed (default is the
-computation of the difference image).
-
-\la{SCALE, nmin, nmax}
-nmin and nmax are integers between -255 and 510
-(-511 and 1022 for halfword data.) Since . . .
-\la{}
-If N(I,J) is less than nmin, the OUTPUT=0.\lbr
-If N(I,J) is greater than nmax, the OUTPUT=K.\lbr
-If N(I,J) is between or equal to nmin and nmax then
-@@OUTPUT = K*{N(I,J)-nmin\over nmax-nmin}@@
-where N(I,J) = IN1(I,J) - IN2(I,J) or if "ADD" has
-been specified, N(I,J) = IN1(I,J) + IN2(I,J)
-and K = 255 (511 for halfword data).
-\la{TRANS\lbr sl1, ss1, sl2, ss2}sl1 and ss1 are
-line and sample
-coordinates for a point in IN1, and sl2 and ss2 are the
-corresponding coordinates for the point in IN2. If HALF
-has been specified, ss1 and ss2 refer to {\it bytes}
-(not sample) in IN1 and In2, respectively.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| HALF specifies that both input datasets are halfword (maximum |
-| 511 DN) (default is byte data). |
-| ADD specifies that the sum of the two input datasets is to |
-| be computed (default is the computation of the difference |
-| image). |
-| |
-| SCALE, nmin, |
-| nmax 1022 for halfword data.)rsSincewe.n.-.55 and 510 (-511 and |
-| If N(I,J) is less than nmin, the OUTPUT=0. |
-| If N(I,J) is greater than nmax, the OUTPUT=K. |
-| If N(I,J) is between or equal to nmin and nmax then |
-| OUTPUT = K*N(I,J)-nmin nmax-nmin where N(I,J) = IN1(I,J) - |
-| IN2(I,J) or if "ADD" has been specified, N(I,J) = IN1(I,J) |
-| + IN2(I,J) and K = 255 (511 for halfword data). |
-| |
-| TRANS |
-| sl1, ss1, sl2,IN1, and sl2 and ss2 are the corresponding coordinates for |
-| ss2 the pointsinaIN2.inIfaHALFahasebeenrspecified,rss1pandtss2 |
-| refer to bytes (not sample) in IN1 and In2, respectively. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lbr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lbr.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4982e67f9c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lbr.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| linebreak |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lbrã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \linebreak markup causes a line to finish without interrupting a
-paragraph. Occasionally it is necessary to break a line in a precise place
-within a paragraph, as opposed to letting TEXT1 decide where to break the
-line. This markup does not end a paragraph, it simply starts the following
-text of the paragraph on a new line instead of concatenating it to the end
-of the previous line.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This article is an outline of the codification of
-Sociogeology into a branch of evolutionary geology.
-The subject has an aggregate of self-sufficient
-
-concepts that with such disciplines as cosmetology
-and astrology. Figure 1 shows a
-schema borrowed from my previous book,\linebreak
-{\it The Intact Societies: Vestals and Volcanoes},\lbr
-which suggests how the amalgam can be achieved.
-Geologists have always been intrigued by comparisons
-between societies of rocks and those of vertebrates,
-between two kingdoms.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| This article is an outline of the codification of Sociogeology into |
-| a branch of evolutionary geology. The subject has an aggregate of |
-| self-sufficient concepts that with such disciplines as cosmetology and |
-| astrology. Figure 1 shows a schema borrowed from my previous book, |
-| The Intact Societies: Vestals and Volcanoes, |
-| which suggests how the amalgam can be achieved. Geologists have always |
-| been intrigued by comparisons between societies of rocks and those of |
-| vertebrates, between two kingdoms. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-See \break for the difference between these two markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/leader.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/leader.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index e34179520b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/leader.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| leader |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \leader markup is most often used in the \tableofcontentsformat in
-conjunction with a page number. It produces dot leadering. You can also
-use \leader in an \halign.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example using leaders also illustrates the use of \indent in \halign.
-
-The average annual costs of owning buildings in terms of
-{\it taxes, insurance, maintenance,} and
-{\it depreciation} are:
-\halign{\indent\indent\hbox to 13pc {#\leader}&
- \rt{#}\ \%\cr
-
-Taxes&1.00\cr
-Insurance&.75\cr
-Maintenance repairs&2.00\cr
-Depreciation&4.00\cr
-Miscellaneous&.25\cr
-\indent\bd Total&8.00\cr}
-
-Will print:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The average annual costs of owning buildings in terms of taxes, |
-| insurance, maintenance, and depreciation are: |
-| Taxes . .... .. .....1.00 % |
-| Insurance ... . ... ..75 % |
-| Maintenance repairs . 2.00 % |
-| Depreciation. . . ... 4.00 % |
-| Miscellaneous. . .... .25 % |
-| Total ... . ... 8.00 % |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Notice in the last line the the ampersand (&) acted as a font delimiter for
-the \bd which printed "Total".
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/letter.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/letter.helpmode
deleted file mode 100644
index 754e174b0c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/letter.helpmode
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|LETTERã%model is a general letter model. It is a template. You may modify
-it, but it is recommended you check with the Information Center first.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lib.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lib.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 251f2203c3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lib.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| listbegin |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\libã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \listbegin markup starts a series of items set off with numbers,
-letters, or bullets (raised dots). The \listbegin markup ends the previous
-paragraph.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Some nations have historically dominated others.
-\par
-\listbegin
-\bul United States in Latin America (and the Pacific)
-\bul Europe in Africa (especially England, France,
-
-Germany, the Netherlands---perhaps Portugal and Spain)
-\bul Japan in Southeast Asia (earlier in China, now
-in the Philippines, Borneo, and others)
-\bul Russia in Eastern Europe (and attempts in South
-America and the Caribbean)
-\bul China in Tibet (and most lately in Southeast
-Asia---Campuchea, and Vietnam)
-\listend
-\noindent
-Countries have tried to dominate each other . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Some nations have historically dominated others. |
-| * United States in Latin America (and the Pacific) |
-| * Europe in Africa (especially England, France, Germany, the |
-| Netherlands---perhaps Portugal and Spain) |
-| * Japan in Southeast Asia (earlier in China, now in the Philippines, |
-| Borneo, and others) |
-| * Russia in Eastern Europe (and attempts in South America and the |
-| Caribbean) |
-| * China in Tibet (and most lately in Southeast Asia---Campuchea, and |
-| Vietnam) |
-| Countries have tried to dominate each other . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lie.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lie.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bc295573f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lie.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| listend |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lieã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \listend markup finishes a series of items set off with numbers,
-letters, or bullets (raised dots). The \listend returns text to paragraph
-mode.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Reasons for this continued behavior include:
-\par
-\listbegin
-\lil1 armaments (in the form of tanks, bombers, weapons
-and troop carriers, and personnel vehicles)
-\lil1 military forces (the troops and support personnel
-
-necessary to impose policy by force)
-\listend
-\noindent
-The cultures of industrial nations are based on . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Reasons for this continued behavior include: |
-| 1. armaments (in the form of tanks, bombers, weapons and troop carriers, |
-| and personnel vehicles) |
-| 2. military forces (the troops and support personnel necessary to impose |
-| policy by force) |
-| The cultures of industrial nations are based on . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lif.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lif.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index ed5b99e21a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lif.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| listformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\listformat{\skipbefore{0\bl}
- \liststyle{1.,a.,i.,1),a),i),(1)}
- \everylistlevel1{\rm\lin{36pt}\gutter{1em}}
- \everylistlevel2{\rm\lin{58pt}\gutter{1em}}
- \everylistlevel3{\rm\lin{79pt}\gutter{1em}}
- \everylistlevel4{\rm\lin{101pt}\gutter{1em}}
- \everylistlevel5{\rm\lin{122pt}\gutter{1em}}
- \everylistlevel6{\rm\lin{144pt}\gutter{1em}}
- \everylistlevel7{\rm\lin{166pt}\gutter{1em}}
- \everybullet{\rm\lin{+36pt}\gutter{1em}}
- \skipafter{0\bl}}
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lifã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \everylistleveln, \everybullet,
-\skipafter, \liststyleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \listformat markup permits changes to the TEXT1 ordered list style, list
-indentation, or other formatting of an outline list.
-
-ã|\skipbeforeã% indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a
-list. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips.
-
-ã|\liststyleã% sets the order of identifiers for the seven levels of a list.
-Up to seven list styles may be entered in the \liststyle markup, each
-separated by commas. The complete collection of possible list level styles
-is:
-
- "1.", "a.", "A.", "i.", "I.", "1)", "a)", "A)", "i)", "I)",
- "(1)", "(a)", "(A)", "(i)", "(I)", "1]", "a]", "A]", "i]", "I]",
- "[1]", "[a]", "[A]", "[i]", "[I]"
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Note that every listlevel does not have to be changed or entered.
-
-\listformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \liststyle{1.,a),(1)}}
-
-If your terminal does not have square brackets, you can use the \leftsquare-
-bracket and \rightsquarebracket markup within the \liststyle markup. For
-example:
-
- \liststyle{\lsb1.\rsb, a.}
-
-ã|\everylistleveln{Nested Markup}ã% The "n" indicates the list level number,
-from 1 to 7. Each of the seven list levels has its own \everylistlevel
-markup. The default indentation increases for each level down. You may use
-Nested Markup such as font changes, \leftindent, \rightindent, and \gutter.
-
- * \leftindent is the distance from the left margin to the start of the
-text of the item. The left indent is the shaded portion illustrated below:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| a. The "computer on a chip" has made it possible to extend automation |
-| to the office place. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- * \gutter is the distance between the list level indicator and the text of
-the item. The gutter is the shaded portion illustrated below:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| a. The "computer on a chip" has made it possible to extend automation |
-| to the office place. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|\everybullet{Nested Markup}ã% Bullets can be used by themselves in a list
-or after any level. If you wanted to change this default to have a right
-ragged bullet with 36-point left and right indents, you would specify:
-
-\listformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everybullet{\rightragged\lin{36pt}\rin{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-
-ã|\skipafterã% indicates how much space is to be skipped after printing a list.
-This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Assuming you wanted the text to be right justified and double spaced in a 10
-point Computer Modern font and the list levels to be right ragged and single
-spaced in a 9 point Computer Modern font, the \listformat could be entered
-as illustrated on the next page.
-
-\sfs{cm9}{ninept}{default}
-
-\listformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \liststyle{1.,a.,i.,1),a),i),(1)}
- \everylistlevel1{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{24pt}}
- \everylistlevel2{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{.8in}}
- \everylistlevel3{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{1.1in}}
- \everylistlevel4{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{1.4in}}
- \everylistlevel5{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{1.7in}}
- \everylistlevel6{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{2.0in}}
- \everylistlevel7{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{2.3in}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-
-. . . bridge specifications: |
-\lib\lil1 Falsework under all spans shall be completely
-released before forms are constructed and concrete is
-placed in rail bases and traffic and pedestrian barriers.
-\lil1 In order to determine the condition of column concrete,
-forms shall always be removed from columns before releasing
-supports from beneath beams and girders.
-\lie
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| . . . bridge specifications: |
-| 1. Falsework under all spans shall be completely released before forms |
-| are constructed and concrete is placed in rail bases and traffic and |
-| pedestrian barriers. |
-| 2. In order to determine the condition of column concrete, forms shall |
-| always be removed from columns before releasing supports from beneath |
-| beams and girders. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lil.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lil.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 101297f484..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lil.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| listlevel |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lilnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|n, 1 to 7ã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-TEXT1 provides seven levels of list enumeration. The levels in a list are
-each designated with a \listlevel markup; each level is differentiated with
-a list level number n, 1 to 7. To specify an outline list, start with the
-\listbegin markup followed by \listlevel, and ending with a \listend. Each
-\listlevel will indent an absolute amount from the left margin. The default
-indentation for level 1 is 36 points ( 1/2 inch); level 2 is 58 points; and
-each level increases.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\lib
-\lil1 Humans vs. rocks.
-
-\lil2 Rocks are food source for humans.
-\lil3 Igneous
-\lil3 Metamorphic
-\lil2 Humans are food source for rocks.
-\lil1 Rocks vs. humans.
-\lie
-\nin Only more research can dig up facts for solving . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. Humans vs. rocks. |
-| a. Rocks are food source for humans. |
-| i. Igneous |
-| ii. Metamorphic |
-| b. Humans are food source for rocks. |
-| 2. Rocks vs. humans. |
-| Only more research can dig up facts for solving . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Each \listlevel must have a beginning \listbegin and an ending \listend.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lin.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index df27e80960..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lin.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| leftindent |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\linã%
-
-Parameters: ã|unit of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \lin markup indents text from the left margin. The value may be
-relative, e.g., {+.5in}, which adds (or subtracts) the amount from the
-current left margin or current indent (if one is in effect). The default
-for left indent is zero. The indentation remains until another \leftindent
-overrides it. This markup causes a break in text.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-from Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom,
-because of the inevitability of entropic direction.
-\vs{9pt}
-\leftindent{+1in}
-
-What I have read doesn't make any sense. How can
-minerals influence human social behavior, any more
-than gravity? This theory is 'on the rocks.'
-\par
-\leftindent{-1in}
-\rightline{Clay Gneiss}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| from Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom, because of the |
-| inevitability of entropic direction. |
-| What I have read doesn't make any sense. How can minerals |
-| influence human social behavior, any more than gravity? This |
-| theory is 'on the rocks.' |
-| Clay Gneiss |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-You can also use grouping to limit the effects of the \leftindent. If you
-do, be sure that the last paragraph to be indented is followed by a \par.
-The above illustration could also have been accomplished with grouping as
-illustrated on the next page.
-
-from Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom,
-because of the inevitability of entropic direction.
-\vs{9pt}
-{\leftindent{+1in}
-What I have read doesn't make any sense. How can
-minerals influence human social behavior, any more
-than gravity? This theory is 'on the rocks.'
-\par
-}
-\rightline{Clay Gneiss}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| from Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom, because of the |
-| inevitability of entropic direction. |
-| |
-| What I have read doesn't make any sense. How can minerals |
-| influence human social behavior, any more than gravity? This |
-| theory is 'on the rocks.' |
-| Clay Gneiss |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/line.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/line.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index e10d568d60..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/line.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| line |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \line markup is used most often in the \runningheadformat and \running-
-footformat running title markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted to left justify "Chapter 1" and right justify "page 2" (where
-"2" is actually the page number, \pagenumber), enter:
-
-\rhf{\bothpages{
- \line{\lft{Chapter 1}\rt{page \pagenumber}}}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter 1 page 1 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-A construct such as,
-
-\rhf{\bothpages{
- \line{\lft{page \pn}\ctr{\today}
- \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}}
-
-will not print the date centered on the page:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| page 2 January 13, 1987 PNW Waterfalls |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-To accomplish this, you should print the left and right justified text with
-\line, then space backwards one line (\verticalspace{-\bl}), then center the
-date:
-
-\rhf{\bothpages{\line{\lft{page \pn}
- \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}
- \vs{-\bl}
- \line{\ctr{\today}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| page 3 January 13, 1987 PNW Waterfalls |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lint.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lint.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 1394439251..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lint.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| lineinterval |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lintã%
-
-Parameters: ã|intervalã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-When \printingnumbers{yes} and \countinglines{yes} have both been specified,
-this markup is used to specify when a line number is to be printed for line
-numbering in the margin of a document. It need only be specified once at
-the top of a document. The default is every fifth line counted will be
-numbered.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted every tenth line counted to be numbered, you would specify:
-
-\lineinterval{10}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is
-ignored for all other printers.
- You may specify an interval from 0-255. Practically speaking, you
-should specify an interval from 1-150.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lir.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lir.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index a872714bb7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lir.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| listresume |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lirã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-\listresume is used to end a lower listlevel and return to the next higher
-listlevel without starting a new point.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\lib
-\lil1 All fixed time controllers shall be equipped with
-indicating switches and wiring to provide local control
-of the following functions:
-\lil2 Transfer from automatic to manual operation,
-\lil2 Transfer from normal operation to flashing,
-\listresume
-
-Combined master and intersection controllers shall have
-indicating switches for functions (b) and (c), above,
-for interconnected system.
-\par
-Combined master and intersection controllers shall also
-have provisions for time switch control.
-\lil1 All fixed-time controllers shall be . . .
-\listend
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. All fixed time controllers shall be equipped with indicating switches |
-| and wiring to provide local control of the following functions: |
-| a. Transfer from automatic to manual operation, |
-| b. Transfer from normal operation to flashing, |
-| Combined master and intersection controllers shall have indicating |
-| switches for functions (b) and (c), above, for interconnected system. |
-| Combined master and intersection controllers shall also have |
-| provisions for time switch control. |
-| 2. All fixed-time controllers shall be . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lists.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lists.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c6016c1d8..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lists.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|LISTSã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\listformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lnf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lnf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 26007a09dd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lnf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| linenumberfont |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lnfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|fontã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-When \printingnumbers{yes} and \countinglines{yes} have both been specified,
-this markup is used to specify what font the line number is to be printed in
-the margin of a document. It need only be specified once at the top of a
-document. The default is font "etsc 8", which is English Times Small Caps
-at 8 point.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted to use Plantin Roman, you would specify:
-
-\linenumberfont{plr 10}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is
-ignored for all other printers.
- See the Font Catalog to determine what fonts to use.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lr.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index bab03a2243..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lr.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| leftragged |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\lrã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \leftragged markup leaves the left margin uneven after formatting. This
-markup is used only with unusual text, for instance, introductory quotes for
-chapters.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\leftragged
-The comparison may seem facile, but from deliberate
-oversimplification comes complex obfuscation and general
-theoretification.
-Behavioral research will lead in this direction, as the
-
-general theory of Sociogeology predicts the features of
-social organization from knowledge of population
-parameters and behavioral constraints imposed by
-the mineral constitution of the species.
-\par
-Humans exhibit metamorphic behavior over time or at high
-temperatures, fever, for instance.
-Metamorphic crystallization involves low temperatures;
-\justify
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Thecomparison mayseemfacile, butfrom deliberateoversimplificationcomes |
-| complex obfuscationandgeneral theoretification.Behavioral researchwilllead |
-| inthis direction,asthe generaltheoryof Sociogeologypredicts thefeaturesof |
-| social organizationfromknowledge ofpopulation parametersandbehavioral |
-| constraints imposedbythe mineralconstitution ofthespecies. |
-| Humansexhibit metamorphicbehaviorover timeor athightemperatures, |
-| fever,forinstance. Metamorphiccrystallization involveslowtemperatures; |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Use \justify to turn the justification back on again.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/markup.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/markup.helpmenu
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c37a2849..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/markup.helpmenu
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| Summary of TEXT1 Markup |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- Help may be selected for the following markup by placing the cursor
-under any of the first eight characters of the desired markup abbreviation
-followed bypressing the PF1 key.
-
-Abbreviation Markup Name Function
-
-app \appendix{} designate appendix
-apf \appendixformat{} modify appendix style
-aib \asisbegin start 'as is' text
-aie \asisend end 'as is' text
-aif \asisformat{} modify 'as is' style
-aen \autoendnote{} save endnote
-afn \autofootnote{} add footnote
-bie \bibentry start entry
-bib \bibliography{} designate bibliography
-bif \bibliographyformat{} modify bibliography style
-bqb \blockquotebegin start block quote
-bqe \blockquoteend end block quote
-bqf \blockquoteformat{} modify block quote style
-bd \bold call bold font
-bi \bolditalic call bolditalic font
-break \break force line and page breaks
-bul \bullet start bullet
-cc \caps call caps/small caps font
-cl \centerline{} center one line
-clb \centerlinesbegin begin centering, 'as is'
-cle \centerlinesend end centering
-cents \cents cent sign
-chap \chapter{} designate chapter
-chf \chapterformat{} modify chapter style
-coul \countinglines{} start counting lines
-dsp \doublespace start alternate blank lines
-db \drawbox{} draw a box around text
-dbrs \drawboxrulesize{} thickness of a box's rule
-dbm \drawboxmat{} white space around a box
-die \dumpinsertseject dump and print inserts
-el \ellipsis{} 3 or 4 dot ellipsis
-ep \emptypage print an empty page
-enf \endnoteformat{} modify endnote style
-epm \evenpagemargin used in line numbering
-ex \extension call the extension font
-fig \figure{}{} create a figure
-fif \figureformat{} modify figures
-fixf \fixedformat multiple column format style
-font \font font definition
-footnote \footnote{}{} add footnote
-fnf \footnoteformat{} modify footnote style
-frac \fraction print a fraction
-frenchspacing \frenchspacing spacing for bibliographies
-goodbreak \goodbreak indicate likely page break
-halign \halign table building
-hin \hangingindent set hanging paragraph indent
-hp \hangingparagraph start hanging paragraph
-hbox \hbox TEX horizontal box
-hs \horizontalspace{} add horizontal space
-hrule \hrule draw a horizontal rule
-hsize \hsize set the galleywidth
-hof \hyphenoff turn off hyphenation
-hon \hyphenon turn on hyphenation
-incl \include add an external graphic
-indent \indent add horizontal space
-ix \index add item to index
-ixf \indexformat specify the index format
-input \input input another file
-isk \interlineskip{} set interline skip
-it \italic specify italic font
-item \item unordered lists
-ju \justify align margins
-la \label start a label
-laf \labelformat modify label style
-leader \leader dot leadering
-lin \leftindent{} indent left margin
-lr \leftragged unaligned left margin
-line \line left justify a line
-lbr \linebreak cause unfilled line break
-lint \lineinterval line numbering
-lnf \linenumberfont line numbering
-lib \listbegin start list
-lie \listend end list
-lif \listformat{} modify list style
-lil \listlevel{} start new list level (1-7)
-lir \listresume resume at previous list level
-mn \marginnote print a note in the margin
-mnf \marginnoteformat modify margin note style
-mathdefault \mathdefault establish math fonts
-mi \mathitalic call math italic font
-msp \monospace typewriter printer setup
-mcf \multicolumnformat modify multiple column defaults
-nc \newcolumn start a new column
-np \newpage start a new page
-nobreak \nobreak discourage page break
-nin \noindent suppress paragraph indent
-nonfrenchspacing \nonfrenchspacing turn off french spacing
-ntp \notitlepage suppress title page
-numl \numberinglines line numbering
-opm \oddpagemargin line numbering
-oc \onecolumn one column formatting
-pf \pageformat page size and margins
-pn \pagenumber print page number
-par \paragraph end paragraph
-pb \paragraphbox box a paragraph
-pin \paragraphindent{} set paragraph indentation
-printind \printindex print the document index
-psk \paragraphskip{} set space between paragraphs
-part \part{} designate major heading
-paf \partformat{} modify part style
-plaintexmathon \plaintexmathon use PLAIN.TEX's $
-ppl \poplevel line numbering
-pre \preface{} designate preliminary pages
-prf \prefaceformat{} modify preface style
-pen \printendnotes print accumulated endnotes
-prin \printingnumbers{} line numbering
-pic \putincontents1{} add to the table of contents
-quad \quad add an 'em' of space
-qquad \qquad add two 'em's of space
-raggedbottom \raggedbottom don't align page bottoms
-rin \rightindent{} indent right margin
-rl \rightline{} right justify line
-rlb \rightlinesbegin begin right alignment, 'as is'
-rle \rightlinesend end right alignment, 'as is'
-rr \rightragged unaligned right margin
-rm \roman specify roman font
-rule \rule create horizontal line
-rff \runningfootformat{} specify running foot format
-rhf \runningheadformat{} specify running head format
-sau \sameauthor previous author, bibliography
-sfs \selectfontset{}{}{} specify font set
-sms \selectmathset{}{} specify math set
-ssf \selectspecificfont{}{}{} specify specific font
-san \setappendixnumber{} reset appendix number
-scn \setchapternumber{} reset chapter number
-senn \setendnotenumber{} reset endnote number
-sfn \setfigurenumber{} reset figure number
-sffn \setfootnotenumber{} reset footnote number
-spn \setpagenumber{} reset page number
-sptn \setpartnumber{} reset part number
-ssan \setsubheadanumber{} reset subheada number
-ssbn \setsubheadbnumber{} reset subheadb number
-sscn \setsubheadcnumber{} reset subheadc number
-ssdn \setsubheaddnumber{} reset subheadd number
-stn \settablenumber{} reset table number
-settabs \settabs tables
-ssp \singlespace start single spacing
-strut \strut tables
-sha \subheada{} designate first subheading
-shaf \subheadaformat{} modify first subheading style
-shb \subheadb{} designate second subheading
-shbf \subheadbformat{} modify second subheading style
-shc \subheadc{} designate third subheading
-shcf \subheadcformat{} modify third subheading style
-shd \subheadd{} designate fourth subheading
-shdf \subheaddformat{} modify fourth subheading style
-sy \symbol call the symbol font
-taf \tableformat{} modify table title style
-toc \tableofcontents{} print table of contents
-tocf \tableofcontentsformat{} modify table of contents style
-tat \tabletitle{} print a table title
-tenpt \tenpt call 10pt font set
-text1 \text1 print "TEXT1"
-thc \threecolumns print text in 3 columns
-tp \titlepage designate title page
-tpf \titlepageformat{} modify title page style
-toclbr \toclinebreak cause a line break in the contents
-today \today print current date
-twelvept \twelvept call 12pt font set
-twc \twocolumns print text in 2 columns
-tt \typewriter call typewriter font
-us \underscore{} underline word(s)
-vbox \vbox TEX vertical box
-vs \verticalspace{} leave vertical space
-vsk \verticalspacekeep{} leave vertical space
-vrule \vrule draw a vertical rule
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/marnote.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/marnote.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 13e28e3ece..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/marnote.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|MARNOTEã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\marginnoteformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mathdefa.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mathdefa.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fe869f6a3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mathdefa.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| mathdefault |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By default, TEXT1 establishes a 9 point font for math mode superscripts,
-and a 7 point font for math mode supersuperscripts. This is the value of
-\mathdefault. You can establish other math mode font combinations than 9/7
-by using the \selectmathset markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-You can establish a larger math set called \bigmath which can be used for
-display math and you can switch back to \mathdefault for the text math.
-
-\selectmathset{cm1412m}{bigmath}
-\twelvept
-\mathdefault
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mcf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mcf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index f24f22ac48..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mcf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| multicolumnformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\multicolumnformat{
- \twocolumnwidth{.48\galleywidth}
- \threecolumnwidth{.31\galleywidth}
- \twocolumngutter{.04\galleywidth}
- \threecolumngutter{.035\galleywidth}
- \columnrulewidth{0.0pt}
- \skipbefore{6pt plus3pt minus2pt}
- \skipafter{6pt plus3pt minus2pt}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\mcfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\twocolumnwidth, \threecolumnwidth,
-\twocolumngutter, \threecolumngutter, \columnrulewidth,
-\skipbefore, \skipafterã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The column and gutter widths can be changed by modifying the
-\multicolumnformat markup. Column widths are specified in a percentage
-of the \galleywidth, the width of the text area on the page as specified
-in the \pageformat markup. If the default "flexibleformat" is being used
-a skip before and a skip after the multiple column format may also be
-specified. These skips are ignored if you are using \fixedformat.
-
-ã|\twocolumnwidthã% is the width of each column when you specify \twocolumns.
-Each column will be exactly the same width. This width is the shaded area
-illustrated below:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Greek man- from the fourth |
-| uscripts of the to the ninth |
-| Bible fall into centuries, be- |
-| 3 groups (1) Pa- ginning with the |
-| pyri, covering Codex Vaticanus |
-| the period from and the Codex |
-| the third cen- Sinaiticus; (3) |
-| tury b.c. to Vellum minis- |
-| the fourth cen- cules, from the |
-| tury a.d. (2) ninth century |
-| Vellum uncials-- to the inven- |
-| -a form of ma- tion of print- |
-| juscule (large ing, there are |
-| letter)--- well over 4,000 |
-| of various dates manuscripts. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|\threecolumnwidthã% is the width of each column when you specify
-\threecolumns. Each column will be exactly the same width. This
-width is the shaded area illustrated below:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Greek manu- (2) Vellum icanus and |
-| scripts of uncials- the Codex |
-| the Bible --a form Sinaiticus; |
-| fall into of majus- (3) Vel- |
-| 3 groups: cule (large lum minis- |
-| (1) Papyri, letter)-- cules, from |
-| covering -of various the ninth |
-| the period dates from century to |
-| from the the fourth the inven- |
-| third cen- to the tion |
-| tury b.c. ninth cen- of print- |
-| to the turies, be- ing, there |
-| fourth cen- ginning are over |
-| tury a.d. with the 4,000 manu- |
-| Codex Vat- scripts. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|\twocolumngutterã% is the distance between each column when you specify
-\twocolumns. The gutter is the shaded area illustrated below:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Greek man- from the fourth |
-| uscripts of the to the ninth |
-| Bible fall into centuries, be- |
-| 3 groups (1) Pa- ginning with the |
-| pyri, covering Codex Vaticanus |
-| the period from and the Codex |
-| the third cen- Sinaiticus; (3) |
-| tury b.c. to Vellum minis- |
-| the fourth cen- cules, from the |
-| tury a.d. (2) ninth century |
-| Vellum uncials-- to the inven- |
-| -a form of ma- tion of print- |
-| juscule (large ing, there are |
-| letter)--- well over 4,000 |
-| of various dates manuscripts. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|\threecolumngutterã% is the distance between each column when you specify
-\threecolumns. Each gutter will be exactly the same width. The gutter is
-the shaded area illustrated on the next page:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Greek manu- (2) Vellum icanus and |
-| scripts of uncials- the Codex |
-| the Bible --a form Sinaiticus; |
-| fall into of majus- (3) Vel- |
-| 3 groups: cule (large lum minis- |
-| (1) Papyri, letter)-- cules, from |
-| covering -of various the ninth |
-| the period dates from century to |
-| from the the fourth the inven- |
-| third cen- to the tion |
-| tury b.c. ninth cen- of print- |
-| to the turies, be- ing, there |
-| fourth cen- ginning are over |
-| tury a.d. with the 4,000 manu- |
-| Codex Vat- scripts. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|\columnrulewidthã% when set to a non zero value will print a rule between
-each column.
-
-ã|\skipbeforeã% is the distance between the one column text and the multiple
-column text when you are using the flexible method of setting multiple
-columns. The skip is ignored if you are using \fixedformat.
-
-ã|\skipafterã% is the distance between the multiple column text and the one
-column text when you are using the flexible method of setting multiple
-columns. The skip is ignored if you are using \fixedformat.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-You can also specify the column widths in units of measure, instead of a
-percentage of the \galleywidth.
-
- \multicolumnformat{
- \twocolumnwidth{10pc}
- \twocolumngutter{3pc}
- \columnrulewidth{.25pt}
-
- \skipbefore{6pt plus3pt minus2pt}
- \skipafter{6pt plus3pt minus2pt}}
-
- \twocolumns
- Greek manuscripts of the Bible fall into 3 groups
- (1) {\it Papyri}, covering the period from the third century
- {\caps b.c} to the fourth century {\caps a.d}.
- (2) {\it Vellum uncials}---a form of majuscule (large
- letter)---of various dates from the fourth to the ninth
- centuries, beginning with the {\it Codex Vaticanus} and
- the {\it Codex Sinaiticus};
- (3) {\it Vellum miniscules}, from the ninth century to
- the invention of printing, there are well over
- 4,000 manuscripts.
- \onecolumn
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Greek manu- . from the fourth |
-| scripts of the . to the ninth |
-| Bible fall into . centuries, be- |
-| 3 groups (1) Pa- . ginning with the |
-| pyri, covering . Codex Vaticanus |
-| the period from . and the Codex |
-| the third cen- . Sinaiticus; (3) |
-| tury b.c. to . Vellum minis- |
-| the fourth cen- . cules, from the |
-| tury a.d. (2) . ninth century |
-| Vellum uncials-- . to the inven- |
-| -a form of ma- . tion of print- |
-| juscule (large . ing, there are |
-| letter)--- . well over 4,000 |
-| of various dates . manuscripts. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-The rule between the columns will not print as long as the column rule width
-is zero.
- The skip before and skip after are ignored in the optional fixed column
-method. The fixed column format (\fixedformat) always fills the remainder
-of the current page with white space and changes to the new format on the
-following page. Columns may not be balanced in \fixedformat.
- The \newcolumn markup while in the flexible format estimates the
-remaining space on the page at the time it is entered. If a footnote
-or other insert is placed on the same page after the newcolumn markup the
-length of the blank column cannot be estimated properly. In this case,
-TEXT1 will issue a warning,
-
-overfull \vbox 12pt while \output active
-
-You can compensate for the footnote or insert by subtracting twice the
-amount of the overfull box in two columns or three times this amount in
-triple columns immediately before the newcolumn markup. For example, if the
-box is overfull by 12 points and you are in two columns, enter,
-
-\advance\vsize by-24pt
-\newcolumn
-text
-
-or in three columns before a \newcolumn enter,
-
-\advance\vsize by-36pt
-\newcolumn
-text
-
-This reduces the height of the current page enough to allow space for the
-insert. The height of each column must be reduced by the amount of the
-overfull box warning, or twice the amount for two columns and three times
-the amount for three columns. See The TEXbook for more on \advance.
- If the newcolumn markup appears on the final page of the document it
-may cause the balance columns routine to fail because one column is the
-full height of the page. Do not change to \fixedformat after entering
-\newcolumn.
-
- Certain line breaking penalties have been altered in the multiple column
-formats. These penalties, in combination or separately, may cause a short
-column if there are not a sufficient number of places specified to add extra
-space, "glue."
-
- Single Column Penalties
-\brokenpenalty=100 \clubpenalty=150
-\exhyphenpenalty=50 \hyphenpenalty=50
-\widowpenalty=150 \hbadness=1000
-\tolerance=200
- Two Columns Penalties
-\brokenpenalty=0 \clubpenalty=0
-\exhyphenpenalty=0 \hyphenpenalty=0
-\widowpenalty=0 \hbadness=6400
-\tolerance=6400
- Three Columns Penalties
-\brokenpenalty=0 \clubpenalty=0
-\exhyphenpenalty=0 \hyphenpenalty=0
-\widowpenalty=0 \hbadness=9600
-\tolerance=9600
-
-The penalties may be reinstated in the multiple column formats by entering
-each markup with a new value in the text stream immediately after the first
-call for the double or triple column markup. Refer to The TEXbook for a
-discussion of the above penalties.
- When formatting multiple column text and other large formatting tasks,
-the user may run into trouble by calling for so many format changes that
-the available memory space is overrun. If this happens reduce the number
-of markup used on the page that fails to format. The numbers enclosed in
-angle brackets < 1 > < 2 > < 3 > show how many pages have been completed and
-are printed on the terminal screen as each page is completed. If the macro
-memory was exceeded when < 3 > was the last number in the sequence you would
-know that the memory was exceeded while formatting page four. Your file
-will not print with this error condition.
- To find the point in your document that exceeded the memory use the
-markup \bye at different places in your file. This markup stops text
-processing. At the point \bye doesn't prevent the error condition you know
-that you have passed page 4 where the error occurred. You may then examine
-the markup before the \bye for possible elimination or find other markup
-that will format properly without overrunning the memory. See The TEXbook
-for more on \bye.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/memo.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/memo.helpmode
deleted file mode 100644
index e6362b8139..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/memo.helpmode
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|MEMOã%model is a general memo model. It is a template. You may modify it,
-but it is recommended you check with the Information Center first.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mi.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mi.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e38e59993..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mi.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| mathitalic |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\miã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \mathitalic markup is a font change much the same as \roman or
-\italic. The behavior of the math italic font is quite different from the
-italic. For example, the sequence "This lengthy succession" will print
-as "This lengthy succession" with \italic and "This lengthy succession with
-\mathitalic. This markup is usually used in math mode.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Control sequences with {\it several
-arguments} require even more {\mi precautions
-than control sequences with one argument.}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Control sequences with several arguments require even more precautions |
-| than control sequences with one argument. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-\mathitalic does not honor interword spacing (the space between words) in a
-sentence.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 238c713a5d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| marginnote |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\mnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|note textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Margin notes can be added to either the left or right side of a page with
-the \marginnote markup. As the name indicates, margin notes are outside the
-defined margin. They are produced, by default, right ragged in a 10 point
-Computer Modern font in the left margin with a width of 60 points and a
-gutter of 12 points.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-. . . a General Systems Theory of geological change. |
-\marginnote{IV.7.4}
-No theory, however, has unified diverse sciences of . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| . . . a General Systems Theory of geological change. No theory, |
-| however, has unified diverse sciences of . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Avoid using \marginnote with \monospace.
- Refer to the description of the \marginnoteformat markup to find out how
-to change the \marginnote defaults.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mnf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mnf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index c6bc4061c5..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mnf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| marginnoteformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\marginnoteformat{\position{left}
- \notewidth{54pt}}
- \notegutter{6pt}
- \everymarginnote{\tenpt\rr}}
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\mnfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\position, \notewidth, \notegutter,
-\everymarginnoteã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The defaults for the \marginnote markup can be modified with
-\marginnoteformat.
-
-ã|\positionã% by default places the margin note in the margin. You can have it
-placed in the right margin by specifying:
-
-\marginnoteformat{right}
-
-ã|\notewidthã% is the width of the area in the margin used for printing the
-margin note.
-
-ã|\notegutterã% is the width of the area between the margin note and the left
-margin of the text.
-
-ã|\everymarginnote{Nested Markup}ã% can be vertical mode markup such as \right-
-ragged, \leftragged, \justify, and font changes.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Change the margin notes so they print in the right margin in a 7 point font
-with a margin note width of 46 points.
-
-\sfs{cm7}{sevenpt}{default}
-\marginnoteformat{\position{right}
- \notewidth{46pt}}
- \notegutter{1em}
- \everymarginnote{\sevenpt\rm} }
-
-This chapter explains the fundamental steps in preparing
-a file containing ordinary English text. Numerous
-exercises have been interspersed throughout the
-\marginnote{Well, there {\it will} be lots of exercises
-eventually.} text, to clarify certain points,
-or just to provide practice.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/msp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/msp.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 854d444579..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/msp.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| monospace |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\mspã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Typestyles may be monospaced, where all letters are the same width, or
-proportionally spaced, where letters are different widths. Typewriter
-printers have only monospaced typestyles; Composing printers have both
-styles available. The default typestyle for TEXT1 is Computer Modern, a
-proportionally spaced typestyle for composing printers. It is not available
-on typewriter printers.
- The \monospace markup calls the monospaced font and adjusts many TEXT1
-block defaults to fit within the limitations of monospace. For example,
-the amount of space before and after a block quote is increased to whole
-baseline skips, instead of half (monospace only deals with whole lines).
-References for footnotes are placed on the baseline instead of superscripted
-(which is not available in monospace).
-
- If you specify \italic and you are using \monospace, you will get
-underscores instead of italics, since most typewriter printers do not have
-italics.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\monospace
-As long as human institutions were large and brittle,
-war was an effective way of disassembling them.
-The intellectual rationalization for the continual
-preparation for war is the old Roman adage:
-{\it If you want peace, prepare for war.}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| As long as human institutions were large and brittle, war was an |
-| effective way of disassembling them. The intellectual rationalization for |
-| the continual preparation for war is the old Roman adage: If you want |
-| peace, prepare for war. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Specify the \monospace markup only once. It should be the first markup in
-your file.
- The markup the \monospace modifies, and their new defaults are as
-follows:
-
- * The font for the table of contents will print with \roman.
-
- * \raggedbottom is "on" instead of \normalbottom.
-
- * \paragraphskip is set to "0pt".
-
- * \paragraphindent is set to "36pt".
-
- * The \skipbefore and \skipafter for \asisformat is set to "1\bl" instead
- of 6 points.
-
- * The \skipbefore and \skipafter for \blockquoteformat is set to "1\bl"
- instead of 6 points; the text is indented 36 points instead of 24
- points; the text is printed in monospace roman instead of 10 point
- Computer Modern roman.
-
- * Figure titles are printed monospace bold instead of 10 point Computer
- Modern bold.
-
- * Table titles are printed in monospace bold instead of Computer Modern
- 12 point bold.
-
- * Endnotes are printed with no extra space, except paragraph skip,
- between notes instead of 4 points as is the non \monospace default; The
- note is printed in monospace roman instead of Computer Modern 10 point;
- The text of the note is not indented, instead of the default 1.2em
- indentation.
-
- * Autofootnotes are printed down instead of superscripted; Their style is
- "(1)" instead of "1" in monospace roman instead of Computer Modern 10
- point; At the bottom of the page the note carries a paragraph indent of
- 20 points instead of .5in.
-
- * Heading markup, such as \part, \chapter, \subheada, etc. are printed
- in monospace instead of Computer Modern 12 point.
-
- * The running head is defined to use monospace instead of Computer Modern
- 12 point.
-
-If you want to change any of the defaults for the above mentioned markup,
-they must come after the \monospace markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/multicol.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/multicol.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 88473bcd09..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/multicol.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|MULTICOLã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\multicolumnformat for 2 or 3 columns.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nc.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index c8463b8ade..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nc.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| newcolumn |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ncã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-When using \twocolumns or \threecolumns, there may be times when an author
-wants to force TEXT1 to break a column at a point other than at the bottom
-of a page. This can be done by entering the \newcolumn markup. Any
-column in the double or triple column formats can be broken by inserting the
-\newcolumn (\nc) markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This was accomplished by entering the \newcolumn markup between the desired
-list entries while in \twocolumns
-
-\twocolumns
-\hangingparagraph
-
-Ehrlich, P. et al. 1984. {\it Cold and the Dark}.
-New York: W.~Norton.
-\hangingparagraph
-Osborn, E. 1962. (personal message).
-\newcolumn
-\hangingparagraph
-Roszak, T. 1972. {\it Where the Wasteland Ends}.
-New York: Harper & Row.
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Ehrlich, P. et Roszak, T. 1972. |
-| al. 1984. Where |
-| Cold and the the Wasteland |
-| Dark. New Ends. New |
-| York: York: Harper |
-| W. Norton. & Row. |
-| Osborn, E. 1962. |
-| (personal |
-| message). |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-This markup has the same effect as \newpage if you are in a printing in one
-column instead of multiple columns.
- If you are in multiple columns and you want to go to the next page, use
-\newpage instead of \newcolumn.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nin.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 52e0ac3f16..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nin.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| noindent |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ninã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Paragraph indentation can be suspended for the following paragraph by
-placing a \noindent markup at the beginning of the first line. A paragraph
-following a block quote or following a title is often not indented.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\lib
-\lil1 the economic advantages of large-scale operations
-(as shown in industrial applications)
-\listlevel2 armaments (in the form of tanks, bombers,
-weapons and troop carriers, and personnel vehicles)
-\listlevel2 military forces (the troops and support
-
-personnel necessary to impose policy by force)
-\listend
-\noindent
-The cultures of industrial nations are based on
-accumulations of materials.
-\par
-Questions about defining . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. the economic advantages of large-scale operations (as shown in |
-| industrial applications) |
-| a. armaments (in the form of tanks, bombers, weapons and troop |
-| carriers, and personnel vehicles) |
-| b. military forces (the troops and support personnel necessary to |
-| impose policy by force) |
-| The cultures of industrial nations are based on accumulations of |
-| materials. |
-| Questions about defining . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nobreak.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nobreak.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 078a6418fc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nobreak.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| nobreak |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-You can discourage TEXT1 from breaking a page at a certain point by using
-\nobreak. It should be preceded either by a \verticalspace or a \paragraph.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example tells TEXT1 to keep the title "Leached Samples" on the same
-page as "Table 6 gives . . . ".
-
-\cl{\bd Leached Samples}
-\vs{\bl}
-\nobreak
-Table 6 gives the compositions of the leached
-samples as reported by x-ray fluorescence analysis
-
-(XRF). Using silica content as an internal standard,
-the relative amounts of each element removed can be
-calculated. These too are shown in Table 6.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Leached Sample |
-| |
-| Table 6 gives the compositions of the leached samples as reported by |
-| x-ray fluorescence analysis (XRF). Using silica content as an internal |
-| standard, the relative amounts of each element removed can be calculated. |
-| These too are shown in Table 6. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nonfrenc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nonfrenc.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 73157c7f9f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nonfrenc.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| nonfrenchspacing |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By default, TEXT1 will double space after punctuation, unless the letter
-prior to the punctuation is a capital letter. To make all interword spacing
-the same, regardless of punctuation, you can enter the \frenchspacing
-markup. This will turn off the extra spacing following punctuation for the
-rest of a document or until TEXT1 sees a \nonfrenchspacing markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you had specified \nonfrenchspacing to turn off french spacing,
-
-\nonfrenchspacing
-\bibentry
-
-Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes
-in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical
-Publications, International.
-
-it might print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. |
-| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Compare this to the same bibliography entry printed with \frenchspacing:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. |
-| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/np.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/np.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index ee4040fd74..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/np.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| newpage |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\npã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \newpage markup stops formatting the current page, leaving the remainder
-blank (footnotes or bottom titles will print as expected), and starts a new
-page with the text following the markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The following example would print "Bibliography" at the top of the next
-page.
-
-The rock should be left at the bottom, because of
-the inevitability of entropic direction.
-\par
-
-\newpage
-\centerline{\bd Bibliography}
-\hp
-Grabens, G. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes in
-the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical
-Publications International.
-\hp
-Illite, I. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's
-Stone." {\it Mining Truth}. 11:455--601.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-If you are in \twocolumns and you specify \newpage while in the first
-column, the second column will be left blank. If you are in \threecolumns
-and you specify \newpage while in the first column, the second and third
-columns will be left blank.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ntp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ntp.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a6c62959f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ntp.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| notitlepage |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ntpã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By default, you always get a title page as the first page of your document.
-If you want running titles on the first page, put the \notitlepage markup at
-the top of the source. Then the first line of the \runningheadformat will
-be the first line to appear at the top of the first and subsequent pages.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\rhf{\bothpages{\line{\ctr{\today}}}}
-\notitlepage
-\rightlinesbegin
-J.R. Bays
-
-P.O. Box 2021 CS
-Pullman, WA 99163
-\rightlinesend
-\vs{2\bl}
-\centerline{\bd Nuclear Utopia}
-\vs{2\bl}
-Nuclear war is unthinkable.
-Limited disarmament is unworkable.
-Environmental degradation is unconscionable.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| January 13, 1987 |
-| |
-| J.R. Bays |
-| P.O. Box 2021 CS |
-| Pullman, WA 99163 |
-| |
-| |
-| Nuclear Utopia |
-| |
-| |
-| Nuclear war is unthinkable. Limited disarmament is unworkable. |
-| Environmental degradation is unconscionable. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/numl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/numl.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index a71e31704a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/numl.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| numberinglines |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\numlã%
-
-Parameters: ã|statusã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup is used to start numbering lines for line numbering in the
-margin of a document. Status is true or false.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To start line numbering you enter
-
-\numberinglines{true}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is
-ignored for all other printers.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/oc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/oc.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b3e8cdf0b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/oc.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| onecolumn |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ocã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-If you have specified \twocolumns or \threecolumns, single column text can
-be formatted again by entering the \onecolumn markup. For example, if an
-author wants to change from a single column to two columns he enters the
-\twocolumns markup where the two column text begins and \onecolumn or \oc
-markup where the single column text begins again.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The \twocolumns markup places the bullets in two columns. And \onecolumn
-returns text to a single column.
-
-\twocolumns\listbegin
-\bul {\it Russia} in Eastern Europe (and in
-
-South America and the Caribbean)
-\nc
-\bul {\it China} in Tibet (and most lately in Southeast
-Asia---Campuchea, and Vietnam)
-\listend
-\onecolumn
-\noindent
-Countries have tried to dominate each other
-economically and militarily for thousands of years.
-Reasons for this continued behavior include . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| * Russia in * China in Ti- |
-| Eastern Eu- bet (and |
-| rope (and in most lately |
-| South Amer- in South- |
-| ica and the east Asia--- |
-| Caribbean) Campuchea, |
-| and Vietnam) |
-| |
-| Countries have tried to dominate each other economically and militarily |
-| for thousands of years. Reasons for this continued behavior include |
-| . . . |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-\onecolumn has no effect if you are already in one column.
- If you are in \fixedformat, \onecolumn will do a \newpage before
-starting one column formatting.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/opm.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/opm.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 657fa0e915..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/opm.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| oddpagemargin |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\opmã%
-
-Parameters: ã|measurementã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup is used to indicate where a document's line numbering is to be
-printed on odd numbered pages. The default is 407.7 points from the left
-edge of the paper on odd pages.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To indicate that you want line numbering to start at 1 inch from the left
-edge, you would enter at the beginning of your document:
-
-\oddpagemargin{1in}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is
-ignored for all other printers.
- Valid values for \oddpagemargin are 0 to 2 to the power of 32 points,
-practical values are 5 to 860 points.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 851a5e290e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| partformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\partformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\titlepage
- \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt
- \vfil
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd
- Part \partnumber}
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd \parttitle}
- \setchapternumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- \setfootnotenumber{0}
- \setendnotenumber{0}
- \setfigurenumber{0}
- \settablenumber{0}
- }
-
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\pafã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \partformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that control the
-appearance of the part title. Following are the submarkup descriptions.
-
-ã|numberingstyleã% allows you to change the style from Arabic numerals, the
-default (1), to capital letters (A) or roman numerals (I). If you wanted
-your parts in roman numerals, you would specify:
-
-\partformat{\numberingstyle{I}}
-
-ã|titleformatã% controls the appearance of the part title banner. You may
-use markup such as \newpage, \dumpinsertseject \verticalspace, and \center-
-line within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within
-or outside of \partformat:
- ã|partnumber.ã% prints the most recent part number.
- ã|parttitle.ã% prints the most recent part title.
- ã|hrule height 0pt depth 0pt.ã% is used to create a half title page
-along with \vfil.
-
-ã|incontentsã% places the part title in contents (if one is printed).
-Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no."
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example does not create a half title page. Instead the part starts a
-new page, centers the title bold, and one line is skipped afterwards before
-printing the text of the part.
-
-\partformat{\titleformat{\newpage
- \cl{\bd \parttitle}
-
- \vs{1\bl}
- }}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \partformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are
-used. See The TEXbook for more on \vfil.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagem.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e08994304..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagem.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|PAGE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\pageformat, page dimensions and margins for this \monospace job.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagep.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b17e6276d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagep.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|PAGE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\pageformat, page dimensions and margins for thisã|nonã%\monospace job.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paper.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paper.helpmode
deleted file mode 100644
index 51c7b221ef..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paper.helpmode
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|PAPERã%model is a general paper model. It is a template. You may modify
-it, but it is recommended you check with the Information Center first.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/par.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/par.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a4a9c500f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/par.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| paragraph |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\parã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-A paragraph is a composition consisting of a group of sentences dealing with
-a single topic. A paragraph is commonly indicated by beginning on a new
-line and indenting the first line.
- The TEXT1 program is paragraph-oriented, that is, it reads an entire
-paragraph before breaking it into lines. Because TEXT1 reads by paragraphs,
-the \paragraph markup comes at the end of a paragraph, instead of the
-beginning. Thus, to end a paragraph, enter the \paragraph markup (or a
-blank line) on the last line of text or on a line by itself, which makes it
-easier to spot paragraphs in the source.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This sample shows the relation of text to markup.
-
-\psk{5pt}\pin{10pt}
-I raised it in order to characterize the
-essence of Sociogeology. Will Durant recognized that
-civilization existed by consent of geology---subject
-to change without notice.
-\paragraph
-The definition of Sociogeology is the study of the
-geological basis of all social behavior.
-It explains human behavior by empirical description
-of the attributes of mineral composition.
-It is most successful when it provides detailed
-description of particulate phenomena and first-order
-correlations with features of the physical
-environment.
-
-One of its primary functions is to reformulate the
-shaky foundations of social sciences in a way that
-draws them into a modern synthesis with the hard
-sciences.
-
-\par
-This article is an outline of the codification of
-Sociogeology into a branch of evolutionary geology.
-The subject has an aggregate of self-sufficient . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-| |
-| I raised it in order to characterize the essence of Sociogeology. Will |
-| Durant recognized that civilization existed by consent of geology--- |
-| subject to change without notice. |
-| The definition of Sociogeology is the study of the geological basis of |
-| all social behavior. It explains human behavior by empirical description |
-| of the attributes of mineral composition. It is most successful when |
-| it provides detailed description of particulate phenomena and first-order |
-| correlations with features of the physical environment. |
-| |
-| One of its primary functions is to reformulate the shaky foundations of |
-| social sciences in a way that draws them into a modern synthesis with the |
-| hard sciences. |
-| This article is an outline of the codification of Sociogeology into |
-| a branch of evolutionary geology. The subject has an aggregate of |
-| self-sufficient . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-A blank line also ends a paragraph. For this reason, blank lines may be
-used in place of \paragraph markup.
- Paragraphs are not permitted in math mode; they cause errors. Blank
-lines will also cause errors in math mode.
- The distance between paragraphs is determined by the \par-
-agraphskip markup. The default value for \paragraphskip is
-"0 points plus 3 points minus 0 points". The "plus/minus" specification
-allows up to 3 additional points to be added between paragraphs to get the
-bottom of each page to line up properly is you are using \normalbottom.
- The indent at the beginning of each paragraph is determined by the
-\paragraphindent markup. The default value for indentation is 24 points.
- For a complete discussion of how paragraphs are read in and formatted,
-refer to The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parm.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parm.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4164a4a16a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parm.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|PAR-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify
-\paragraphindent, \paragraphskip, \justify, or \hypenon.
-The defaults given are for \monospace jobs.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parp.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parp.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index d3d2f1de79..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parp.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|PAR-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify
-\paragraphindent, \paragraphskip, \justify, or \hypenon.
-The defaults given areã|notã%for \monospace jobs.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 771ae0c672..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|PARTã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\partformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index eee751234e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| part |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \part markup starts a new page, centers the title in 12 point Computer
-Modern bold, and enters the title in the table of contents. Furthermore,
-the \part markup places the part title in the center of a blank page (called
-a half-title page). Parts are numbered. Each heading markup can be used as
-often as necessary.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example would print the title "Human Sciences" on a half title page,
-then skip to a new page where it begins the paragraph "Humanity is still
- . . ."
-
-in order.
-
-\part{Human Sciences}
-\newpage
-Humanity is still the measure of . . .
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-To change how a part looks, use the \partformat markup.
- If you are using \monospace, the part title is printed in monospace bold
-instead of Computer Modern 12 point bold.
- Each time you enter \part, the chapter number and subhead numbers are
-reset to zero.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pb.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 629dae4e29..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pb.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| paragraphbox |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\pbã%
-
-Parameters: ã|textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Whole paragraphs can be put into a \drawbox if you use \vbox with the
-\drawbox. The resulting box will extend into the left and right margins by
-the sum of the \drawboxmat and \drawboxrulesize. If you use \paragraphbox{
-| . . } instead of \drawbox{\vbox{ . . . }}, the paragraph size is reduced |
-such that the box will fit within the current margins.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This illustrates the difference between a paragraph boxed with \paragraphbox
-and \drawbox.
-
- \paragraphbox{{\it The Journal of Nonrepeating
- Results} is published by the Center for Unpleasant
-
- Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for
- articles are assigned to and held by the authors.}
- \drawbox{\vbox{The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena
- is the research arm of Giga Geologicals, Inc. No apologies
- are tendered for the nonverifiability of experiments.
- The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy.}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |.
-| ........................................................................... |.
-| . The Journal of Nonrepeating Results is published by the Center |.
-| . for Unpleasant Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for |.
-| . articles are assigned to and held by the authors. |.
-| ........................................................................... |.
-| . The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm of Gig |.
-| . Geologicals, Inc. No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability o |.
-| . experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy. |.
-| ........................................................................... |.
-| |.
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Do not use this markup if you are using \monospace.
- Do not use \paragraphbox around more than one page of formatted
-material.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pen.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pen.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c2523f3cd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pen.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| printendnotes |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\penã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-To print the endnotes accumulated with the \autoendnote markup, use the
-\printendnotes markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To start a new page, center a title (such as "Notes"), and dump the
-endnotes, enter:
-
-There is a well-marked division of
-labor.\autoendnote{Such as it is. Things could be
-different in the geological world, but they are not.}
-Details of organization have evolved by an
-optimization process. . . .
-\newpage
-\titlepage
-\cl{\bd Notes}
-\vs{\bl}
-\printendnotes
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Notes |
-| |
-| 1. Such as it is. Things could be different in the geological world, but |
-| they are not. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \printendnotes markup does not print the title "Note". It may be used
-more than once in a paper; for example, you may want to print all endnotes
-within a chapter at the end of the chapter rather than at the end of the
-entire paper. The \printendnotes markup prints all endnotes accumulated up
-to that point.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index a49a225f25..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| pageformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in}
- \pagewidth{8.5in}
- \topmargin{1in}
- \bottommargin{1in}
- \leftmargin{1.2in}
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0pt}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\pfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\pagelength, \pagewidth, \topmargin,
-\bottommargin, \leftmargin, \rightmargin, \bindingadjust,
-\galleywidthã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \pageformat markup specifies the page size and margins. The dimensions
-and margins for the pages of a document are set with page formatting markup.
-These submarkup are valid only within the \pageformat markup. Its seven
-submarkup are described below.
-
-ã|pagelengthã% specifies the length of the page to be used. The default
-page length, 11 inches is maximum for most printers.
-
-ã|pagewidthã% specifies the width of the page to be used. The default
-page width, 8.5 inches, is maximum for most printers. The \pagewidth
-and \rightmargin submarkup may optionally be replaced with the \galleywidth
-submarkup.
-
-ã|topmarginã% sets the distance from the top of the paper to the first line
-of text, excluding the top title(s). The default value is 1 inch.
-
-ã|bottommarginã% sets the distance from the bottom of the paper to the last
-line of the text, excluding the bottom title(s). The default value is 1
-inch.
-
-ã|leftmarginã% sets the distance from the left edge of the page to the left
-edge of the text. The default value is 1.2 inches.
-
-ã|rightmarginã% sets the distance from the right edge of the page to the
-right edge of the text. The default value is 1 inch. The \pagewidth
-and \rightmargin submarkup may optionally be replaced with the \galleywidth
-submarkup.
-
-ã|bindingadjustã% is used to offset left and right margins, which is useful
-for duplex printing (on both sides). The value given the \bindingadjust
-submarkup will increase the left margin on odd pages and decrease the left
-margin on even pages. The page text width is not shortened, only the
-margin. The default value is {0pt}.
-
-ã|galleywidthã% may be substituted for \pagewidth and \rightmargin to
-determine the width of the text. The \galleywidth has the same dimension
-as \hsize. You cannot use \galleywidth in the same fashion, however, as
-\hsize.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This custom source has 90 point (1 1/4inch) left and right margins.
-
-\pageformat{\leftmargin{90pt}
- \rightmargin{90pt}}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This custom source sets up a 9 inch by 6 inch page size. The margins have
-been decreased accordingly. A binding adjust value has been added.
-
-\pageformat{\pagelength{9in}
- \topmargin{.5in}
- \bottommargin{.5in}
-
- \leftmargin{.6in}
- \galleywidth{4.9in}
- \bindingadjust{.2in}
- }
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Do note include \pagewidth and \rightmargin in the \pageformat markup if you
-use the \galleywidth submarkup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pic.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pic.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index c387a6fc35..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pic.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| putincontents |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\picnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|text and markupã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Major headings and the first two levels of subheadings are automatically
-placed in a table of contents (if one is called). Any heading, text, or
-markup can be put in the table of contents using the \putincontents markup
-(abbreviated \pic).
- This markup has one parameter, but that parameter can be either markup
-to manipulate the table of contents itself or the text, usually a heading,
-to be put in the contents. Note that in the example the page number and dot
-leadering to separate it from the text were both included.
- There are three levels of contents: the first (\pic1) puts text and/or
-markup into the primary table of contents; \pic2 puts text and/or markup
-into the list of figures; \pic3 puts text and/or markup into the list of
-tables.
-
- Refer to the example on the next page.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To create an Abstract that conforms to the Washington State University
-graduate school's thesis requirements and print the abstract title in the
-table of contents, enter:
-
-\newpage
-\putincontents1{ABSTRACT\leader\pagenumber\par}
-\doublespace
-\vsk{6\bl}
-\centerlinesbegin
-\bd EFFECTIVENESS OF PRISM TRAINING
-ON THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING
-AT THE FIFTH GRADE LEVEL
-ABSTRACT
-\singlespace
-\vs{2\bl}
-\rm by Ray Elmer Brown, Ph.D.
-Washington State University, 1979
-\vs{1\bl}
-
-\centerlinesend
-\nin Chairman: Lloyd B. Johnson
-\vs{1\bl}
-The text of the abstract follows at this point . . .
-
-\pic2{LIST OF FIGURES\leader vi}
-\pic3{LIST OF TABLES\leader viii}
-\setpagenumber{0}
-\chapter{Introduction}
-
-(Note, single spacing will return to double spacing after the
-\centerlinesend markup, since it acts as a delimiter with
-\centerlinesbegin.)
-
-The abstract would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| iv |
-| |
-| |
-| EFFECTIVENESS OF PRISM TRAINING |
-| ON THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING |
-| AT THE FIFTH GRADE LEVEL |
-| ABSTRACT |
-| |
-| |
-| by Ray Elmer Brown, Ph.D. |
-| Washington State University, 1979 |
-| |
-| Chairman: Lloyd B. Johnson |
-| |
-| The text of the abstract follows at this point . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The table of contents generated would contain:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS... . ... ... . ...... . ... ... . ...... . ... iii |
-| ABSTRACT. . . .... . . ...... . . .... . . ...... . . .... . . .....iv |
-| List of Figures ... . ... ... . ...... . ... ... . ...... . ... .vi |
-| List of Tables .... . .. .. .. . ...... . .. .. .. . ...... . .. . viii |
-| Introduction .. ... . ...... . ... ... . ...... . ... ... . ..... 1 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Notice in the sample source file illustrated on the previous page that the
-List of Figure's and List of Table's page numbers were manually put into the
-\putincontents markup. This is the only way to have these placed into the
-table of contents.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pin.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index cb2aca4f66..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pin.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| paragraphindent |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\pinã%
-
-Parameters: ã|indentã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Throughout an entire document, paragraphs have 24 points indentation on the
-first line of each paragraph. This value may be changed by modifying the
-default with \paragraphindent. All following paragraphs will then exhibit
-the new indent.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The first paragraph indent has been set to 14 points for comparison with the
-second paragraph which has a \paragraphindent of 24 points.
-
-\paragraphindent{14pt}
-{\it The Journal of Nonrepeating
-
-Results} is published by the Center for Unpleasant
-Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for
-articles are assigned to and held by the authors.
-\par
-\pin{24pt}
-The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm
-of Giga Geologicals, Inc.
-No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of
-experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect
-company policy.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The Journal of Nonrepeating Results is published by the Center for |
-| Unpleasant Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for articles |
-| are assigned to and held by the authors. |
-| The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm of Giga |
-| Geologicals, Inc. No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of |
-| experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-If you are using \monospace, it is best to define the indent in tenths of an
-inch or in em's.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/plaintex.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/plaintex.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 9115410ad1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/plaintex.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| plaintexmathon |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup can be used to make the dollar sign ($) the valid math mode
-indicator as is used in PLAIN TEX instead of the TEXT1 math mode indicator,
-the at sign (@).
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\plaintexmathon
-$x+y=100$
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-Do not use this markup with \monospace.
- If used, it should be specified at the top of your document. You will
-need to use the TEX \catcode markup to change back to using the at sign as
-the math mode indicator:
-
-\catcode'44=12
-
-For more on the \catcode markup, refer to The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cba3d9d1e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| pagenumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\pnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \pagenumber markup merely places the current page number wherever the
-markup appears.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In running heads, \pagenumber numbers the pages.
-
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{\rm
- \lft{Southern Bays}\rt{page \pagenumber}}
- \vs{2pt}
- \hrule
- \vs{1\bl}
- }
- }
-
-The running head would look like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Southern Bays 1 |
-| ........................................................................... |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you want no page numbers, then enter the following:
-
-\runningheadformat{\bothpage{}}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ppl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ppl.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 8260c9d69e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ppl.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| poplevel |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\pplã%
-
-Parameters: ã|levelã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup is used in counting lines for line numbering in the margin of a
-document. The level number is TEX's stacking level number. The default is
-pop level 7.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you must change to a different pop level, 9 for example, enter:
-
-\poplevel{9}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is
-ignored for all other printers.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pre.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pre.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e44bb2dbd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pre.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| preface |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\preã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Each preface starts a new page, centers the title in bold, and enters it in
-the table of contents (if one is printed). The preface is not numbered.
-Each heading markup can be used as often as necessary.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\today
-\preface{Acknowledgments}
-I am grateful for the assistance and financial support
-of the Grand Foundation for . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Acknowledgments |
-| |
-| I am grateful for the assistance and financial support of the Grand |
-| Foundation for . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-You can modify the default style for a preface with the \prefaceformat
-markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/preface.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/preface.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fd4f9faf6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/preface.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|PREFACEã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\prefaceformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index c0f4cde759..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| prefaceformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\prefaceformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\twelvept\bd \prefacetitle}
- \vs{1\bl}}
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\prfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \prefaceformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that control the
-appearance of the preface title. There are two submarkup:
-
-ã|titleformatã% controls the appearance of the part title banner. You
-may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \centerline within
-\titleformat as Nested Markup. You may also use:
- ã|prefacetitle.ã% prints the most recent preface title.
-
-ã|incontentsã% places the preface title in contents (if one is printed).
-Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no."
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-In this example, the preface starts a new page, the title is centered in
-bold, and one line is skipped afterwards. No preface is put in contents.
-
-\prefaceformat{\titleformat{\newpage
- \cl{\bd \prefacetitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- }
- \incontents{no}
- }
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \prefaceformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are
-used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prin.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 50b159f13f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prin.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| printingnumbers |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\prinã%
-
-Parameters: ã|statusã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup is used to start the printing of line numbering in the margin of
-a document. Status is true or false.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To enable line numbers to be printed, enter:
-
-\printingnumbers{true}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is
-ignored for all other printers.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printend.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printend.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index f149a6007e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printend.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \printendnotes (\pen) COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \printendnotes (\pen) command will space down the amount specified in the
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore}} and print all accumulated endnotes. The
-\printendnotes (\pen) format is:
-
- \printendnotes
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printind.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printind.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f796827af..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printind.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| printindex |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|index numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \printindex markup sorts and prints the index entries generated with the
-\index markup. The \printindex markup would usually come at the end of a
-document before the table of contents. This markup has the format
-
-\printindexN
-
-where N is the index number: 1, 2 or 3. By default, the index is
-printed using the indent style of index in ten point Computer Modern. It
-is recommended that you print the index in two columns (\twocolumns). For
-a complete list of the defaults and how to modify them, refer to the
-\indexformat markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The following illustrates how to place an index at the end of a document,
-after the last appendix, and before the table of contents. Assume the table
-of contents is to begin on page "iv".
-
-\appendix{Sample Data}
-
-\preface{Index}
-\twocolumns
-\printindex1
-\onecolumns
-\tableofcontents{-4}
-
-Using the \preface markup will start a new page with the title
-"Index" at the top of the page. Then \twocolumns will begin two column
-formatting (typical for indexes). Next \printindex1 will sort index "1" and
-print the sorted index according to the defaults set by the \indexformat
-markup. After printing the last of the index, \onecolumn will switch back
-to single column mode before printing the table of contents.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Sometimes multiple indexes are required. If you had used \index1 and
-\index2, then you would use \printindex1 and \printindex2 to print them out:
-
-\index1item in first index
-\index2item in second index
-\preface{Index One}
-\twocolumns
-\printindex1
-\onecolumns
-\preface{Index Two}
-\twocolumns
-\printindex2
-\onecolumns
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/psk.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/psk.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a665edd5e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/psk.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| paragraphskip |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\pskã%
-
-Parameters: ã|units of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-This markup causes all following paragraphs to be separated by the new
-distance. The \paragraphskip is expressed using valid units of measurement
-in TEXT1. The default value is 0 points.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The first two paragraphs used a paragraph skip of 10 points. The third one
-used a skip of 20 points.
-
-\paragraphskip{10pt}
-{\it The Journal of Nonrepeating
-Results} is published by the Center for Unpleasant
-
-Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for
-articles are assigned to and held by the authors.
-\par
-The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm
-of Giga Geologicals, Inc.
-
-\psk{20pt}
-No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of
-experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect
-company policy.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The Journal of Nonrepeating Results is published by the Center for |
-| Unpleasant Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for articles |
-| are assigned to and held by the authors. |
-| |
-| The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm of Giga |
-| Geologicals, Inc. |
-| |
-| |
-| No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of experiments. |
-| The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The "plus3pt" after the setting of "0pt" means that up to 3 points
-additional space may be added before each paragraph, if this space is needed
-to fill out a page when using \normalbottom. If the \paragraphskip is set
-to "minus1pt", it implies that up to 1 point may be subtracted before each
-
-paragraphs if needed to fill out a page when using \normalbottom. Since the
-leading is usually only 2 points more than the size of the type, the "minus"
-value should not be more than 1 point.
- If you are using \monospace, it is best to specify the units in blank
-lines. For example,
-
-\paragraphskip{1\bl}
-
-There are 6 \bl in an inch with \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/qquad.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/qquad.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 31d6772c21..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/qquad.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| qquad |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \qquad markup leaves two quads of space. It is two em spaces in the
-current type size. It can be used in text, "as is," or math mode.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\tat{Surface Land Temperature (degrees C)\lbr
-Changes after Nuclear Exchanges}
-\vs{6pt}
-\settabs\+\qquad&number\qquad&number\qquad
-\+&number\qquad&number\qquad&10,000&\cr
-\+&1000&-22&8&7&13\cr
-
-\+&3000&9&6&8&10\cr
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Surface Land Temperature (degrees C) |
-| Changes after Nuclear Exchanges |
-| |
-| |
-| 1000 -22 8 7 13 |
-| 3000 9 6 8 10 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-\qquad=\horizontalspace{2em}=\quad\quad. In \twelvept, \qquad approximately
-24 points; in \tenpt, \qquad approximately 20 points.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/quad.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/quad.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index ffd0b320b0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/quad.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| quad |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-A printer's quad of space used to be a blank square of type, 1 em high and
-1 em wide, equivalent in size to a capital "M." A TEXT1 quad is a unit of
-horizontal space. It is one em space in the current type size. The \quad
-markup can be used in text, "as is," and math mode.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Consider the input for this table:
-
-\tat{Surface Land Temperature (degrees C)\lbr
-Changes after Nuclear Exchanges}
-\vs{6pt}
-
-\settabs\+\quad&number\quad&number\quad
-\+&number\quad&number\quad&number&\cr
-\+&1000&-22&8&7&13\cr
-\+&3000&9&6&8&10\cr
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Surface Land Temperature (degrees C) |
-| Changes after Nuclear Exchanges |
-| |
-| 1000 -22 8 7 13 |
-| 3000 9 6 8 10 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-\quad=\horizontalspace{1em}. In \twelvept, \quad approximately 12 points;
-in \tenpt, \quad approximately 10 points.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/raggedbo.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/raggedbo.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index ab947ecb1e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/raggedbo.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| raggedbottom |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By default, TEXT1 tries to make the top and bottom of each page of text line
-up. If you are not concerned with having the bottom of each page line up,
-you can enter \raggedbottom. If you have specified \raggedbottom and you
-want to go back to the default, enter \normalbottom.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/resume.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/resume.helpmode
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ffcb945d8..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/resume.helpmode
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|RESUMEã%model is a general resume model. It is a template. You may modify
-it, but it is recommended you check with the Information Center first.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rff.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rff.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 22999b573a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rff.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| runningheadformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\runningfootformat{
- \bothpages{\vs{1\bl}
- \line{\twelvept\rm\lft{}
- \ctr{}\rt{}}}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\rffã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\bothpages, \evenpages, \oddpagesã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \runningfootformat markup provides running titles at the bottom of all
-pages except the title page. The default running bottom title for TEXT1 is
-blank.
-
-\bothpages is used to place the same running foot at the bottom of both the
-even and odd pages. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within
-it, you may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup
-\ctr, \lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule
-and \verticalspace.
-
-\evenpages is used to place the same running foot at the bottom of each
-even page. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within it,
-you may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup \ctr,
-\lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule and
-\verticalspace.
-
-\oddpages is used to place the same running foot at the bottom of each
-odd page. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within it, you
-may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup \ctr,
-\lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule and
-\verticalspace.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example prints the date and author's initials at the bottom of each
-page.
-
-\runningfootformat{
- \bothpages{\vs{18pt}
- \line{\rm\lft{\today}\ctr{}\rt{JNP}}
- }
- }
-
-which produces a running foot as illustrated on the next page.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| January 13, 1987 JNP |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example illustrates the use of odd and even page layout with two lines.
-The page number alternates sides so that it appears on the outside of the
-page. The title appears above the subtitle on even pages. The author's
-name appears above the journal name on odd pages.
-
-\runningfootformat{
- \evenpages{\line{\lft{\pagenumber}
- \rt{Sociogeology}}
- \vs{2pt}}
- \line{\rt{A New Science}}
- \vs{\bl}}
- \oddpages{\line{\lft{A. Chert}
- \rt{\pagenumber}}
-
- \vs{2pt}}
- \line{\lft{SPP---UP}}
- \vs{\bl}}
- }
-
-which produces on even page numbers a running foot that looks like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 22 Sociogeology |
-| A New Science |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-and produces on odd page numbers a running foot that looks like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| A. Chert 11 |
-| SPP---UP |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-An empty \lft, \ctr, or \rt may be omitted as was done in the above example.
- A construct such as,
-
-\rff{\bothpages{
- \line{\lft{page \pn}\ctr{\today}
- \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}}
-
-will not print the date centered on the page:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| page 7 January 13, 1987 PNW Waterfalls |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-To accomplish this, you should print the left and right justified text with
-\line, then space backwards one line (\verticalspace{-\bl}), then center the
-date:
-
-\rff{\bothpages{\line{\lft{page \pn}
-
- \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}
- \vs{-\bl}
- \line{\ctr{\today}}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| page 8 January 13, 1987 PNW Waterfalls |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- The \runningfootformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if
-both are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rhf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rhf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 28f4ce697f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rhf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| runningheadformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\rhfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\bothpages, \evenpages, \oddpagesã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \runningheadformat markup provides running titles at the top of all
-pages except the title page. The default running top title for TEXT1 is a
-right justified page number.
-
-ã|bothpagesã% is used to place the same running head at the top of both the
-even and odd pages. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within
-it, you may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup
-\ctr, \lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule
-and \verticalspace.
-
-ã|evenpagesã% is used to place the same running head at the top of each
-even page. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within it,
-you may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup \ctr,
-\lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule and
-\verticalspace.
-
-ã|oddpagesã% is used to place the same running head at the top of each
-odd page. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within it, you
-may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup \ctr,
-\lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule and
-\verticalspace.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To customize running titles, you modify the \runningheadformat for the top
-titles and the \runningfootformat for bottom titles. In this example,
-"Sociogeology" and a page number are placed at the top of every page.
-
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\it
- \line{\lft{Sociogeology}\ctr{}\rt{\pn}}
- \vs{2pt}
- \hrule
- \verticalspace{18pt}
- }
-}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Sociogeology 1 |
-| ........................................................................... |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example alternates the author's name and page number at the top of even
-and odd pages. It complements the last example on the previous page.
-
-\rhf{\evenpages{\vs{\bl}
- \line{\lft{Chert}}}
- \oddpages{\vs{\bl}
- \line{\rt{\pagenumber}}}
- }
-
-Even pages will look like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chert |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Odd pages will look like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 4 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-An empty \lft, \ctr, or \rt may be omitted as was done in the above example.
- A construct such as,
-
-\rhf{\bothpages{
- \line{\lft{page \pn}\ctr{\today}
- \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}}
-
-will not print the date centered on the page:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| page 6 February 5, 1987 PNW Waterfalls |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-To accomplish this, you should print the left and right justified text with
-\line, then space backwards one line (\verticalspace{-\bl}), then center the
-date:
-
-\rhf{\bothpages{\line{\lft{page \pn}
-
- \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}
- \vs{-\bl}
- \line{\ctr{\today}}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| page 7 February 5, 1987 PNW Waterfalls |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- The \runningheadformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if
-both are used.
- If you want no page numbers, then enter the following:
-
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{}}
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rin.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index bed41f21f2..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rin.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| rightindent |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\rinã%
-
-Parameters: ã|units of measurementã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \rightindent markup adds (or subtracts) the amount from the current
-right margin (default is zero). The indentation remains until another
-\rightindent overrides it. This markup causes a break in text.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Humans also require trace amounts of manganese,
-zinc, selenium, and copper, appearing in suitable
-proportions.
-\vs{50pt}
-\lin{1in}
-
-\rightindent{1.5in}
-{\bd Figure 2}.
-Physiognomic similarities between the earth and
-human beings.
-\rightindent{-1.5in}
-\lin{0in}
-\vs{10pt}
-Most elemental abundances are the same in the
-lithosphere and the anthrosphere.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Humans also require trace amounts of manganese, zinc, selenium, and |
-| copper, appearing in suitable proportions. |
-| |
-| Figure 2. Physiognomic similarities between |
-| the earth and human beings. |
-| |
-| Most elemental abundances are the same in the lithosphere and the |
-| anthrosphere. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-The previous example could have used grouping as illustrated below and the
-same output would have been generated. If you do grouping, be sure there is
-a \paragraph markup before the closing right curly brace of the group.
-
-Humans also require trace amounts of manganese,
-zinc, selenium, and copper, appearing in suitable
-proportions.
-\vs{50pt}
-{\lin{1in}
-\rightindent{1.5in}
-{\bd Figure 2}.
-Physiognomic similarities between the earth and
-human beings.
-\par
-}
-\vs{10pt}
-Most elemental abundances are the same in the
-lithosphere and the anthrosphere.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Humans also require trace amounts of manganese, zinc, selenium, and |
-| copper, appearing in suitable proportions. |
-| |
-| Figure 2. Physiognomic similarities between |
-| the earth and human beings. |
-| |
-| Most elemental abundances are the same in the lithosphere and the |
-| anthrosphere. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rl.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 92e51079b0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rl.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| rightline |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\rlã%
-
-Parameters: ã|text to be right justifiedã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \rightline markup right justifies individual lines. This markup ends
-the previous paragraph. The only parameter for this markup is text.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-yet some of the reviews of "Sociogeology" have
-been mixed, especially from academics.
-\rightline{This theory is 'on the rocks.'}
-\rl{\it Clay Gneiss}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| yet some of the reviews of "Sociogeology" have been mixed, especially from |
-| academics. |
-| This theory is 'on the rocks.' |
-| Clay Gneiss |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rlb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rlb.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d714ff65a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rlb.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| rightlinesbegin |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\rlbã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \rightlinesbegin markup begins right justifying all following lines.
-Vertical spacing and font changes are the only markup permitted after it.
-There are no parameters or markup options. End a \rightlinesbegin with a
-matching \rightlinesend.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\rightlinesbegin
-This theory is 'on the rocks.'
-{\it Clay Gneiss}
-\rightlinesend
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| This theory is 'on the rocks.' |
-| Clay Gneiss |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Each \rightlinesbegin must be followed by a matching \rightlinesend.
- You cannot use \rightlinesbegin within any of the following markup:
-\appendim, \autofootnote, \bibliography, \centerline, \chapter, \drawbox,
-\figure, \footnote, \item, \label, \marginnote, \paragraphbox, \part,
-\preface, \rightline, \runningheadformat, \runningfootformat, \subheada,
-\subheadb, \subheadc, \subheadd, or \tabletitle.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rle.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rle.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c4ec76858..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rle.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| rightlinesend |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\rleã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \rightlinesend markup ends lines that are being right justified with
-\rightlinesbegin. This markup causes a paragraph break.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\rightlinesbegin
-This theory is 'on the rocks.'
-{\it Clay Gneiss}
-\rightlinesend
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| This theory is 'on the rocks.' |
-| Clay Gneiss |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Each \rightlinesbegin must be followed by a matching \rightlinesend.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rm.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rm.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index de8ed390f8..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rm.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| roman |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\rmã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Roman is a medium-weight type good for reading. It is the default face for
-TEXT1. It is usually specified as the default font at the beginning of a
-paper, so that it will be in effect for most of the paper. Roman can also
-be used to terminate the use of a special typeface, such as italic or bold.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\twelvept
-\italic now! \roman It is important to realize
-\it the facts!
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| now! It is important to realize the facts! |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example is the same as the one above, except that grouping was used to
-change from the roman font back to italics.
-
-\tenpt
-\italic now! {\roman It is important to realize}
-the facts!
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| now! It is important to realize the facts! |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rr.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index af80dc37cf..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rr.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| rightragged |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\rrã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \rightragged markup turns off right justification. If you only want
-to right justify a certain section of the document, then you would use a
-combination of the \justify and \rightragged markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\rightragged
-The comparison may seem facile, but from deliberate
-oversimplification comes complex obfuscation and
-general theoretification.
-Behavioral research will lead in this direction, as
-
-the general theory of Sociogeology predicts the . . .
-\justify
-Humans exhibit metamorphic behavior over time or at high
-temperatures, fever, for instance.
-Metamorphic crystallization involves low . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The comparison may seem facile, but from deliberate oversimplification |
-| comes complex obfuscation and general theoretification. Behavioral |
-| research will lead in this direction, as the general theory of |
-| Sociogeology predicts the . . . |
-| Humans exhibit metamorphic behavior over time or at high temperatures, |
-| fever, for instance. Metamorphic crystallization involves low . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-The default values for space skips is listed below. When you are using
-\monospace you get the values in the right column.
-
- Composing Printers Typewriter Printers
- \rightskip plus 1fil plus 10em
- \spaceskip .35em 1em
- \xspaceskip .55em 1em
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rule.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rule.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 71a72ad0a7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rule.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| rule |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \rule markup skips a blank line and draws a horizontal line (rule).
-Rules are used to separate material, such as tables or sections. No extra
-vertical space is skipped after the rule, so you may need to add some with
-\vs.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-\tabletitle{Elements of the Spheres}
-\rule
-\vs{6pt}
-\tabskip 3em plus 3em minus 1em
-\halign{\lft{#}&&\rt{#}\hs{20pt}\cr
-
-Element&\omit\ctr{Anthrosphere}&\omit\ctr{Lithosphere}\cr
-Oxygen&62.1\phantom{0}&60.6\phantom{0}\cr
-Hydrogen&1.1\phantom{0}&0.1\phantom{0}\cr
-Aluminum&0.22&11.54\cr}
-\rule
-\vs{6pt}
-\nin Most elemental abundances are the same in the . . .
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Elements of the Spheres |
-| |
-| ........................................................................... |
-| |
-| Element Anthrosphere Lithosphere |
-| Oxygen 62.1 60.6 |
-| Hydrogen 1.1 0.1 |
-| Aluminum 0.22 11.54 |
-| ........................................................................... |
-| Most elemental abundances are the same in the . . . |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-If you want a rule of a different height, depth, or width than illustrated
-with \rule and if you are not using \monospace, then use \hrule.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runfoot.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runfoot.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 259d368dcb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runfoot.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|RUNFOOTã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\runningfootformat which is carried at the bottom of every page
-except the title page.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runhead.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runhead.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dd2248ba3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runhead.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|RUNHEADã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\runningheadformat which is carried at the top of every page
-except the title page.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/san.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/san.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 05b9299a2c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/san.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setappendixnumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sanã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous appendix numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The appendix number will be automatically incremented by one for each
-use of \appendix. The appendix number can be reset by inserting the
-\setappendixnumber markup before the next occurrence of \appendix.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, the first appendix is number 1. If you want to start with
-appendix 5, you would enter:
-
-\setappendixnumber{4}
-\appendix{Title of the fifth appendix}
-
-
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setappendixnumber parameter is the previous
-appendix number, not the next appendix number.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sau.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sau.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 24ce71ea8b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sau.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| sameauthor |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sauã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \sameauthor markup allows you to substitute a standard rule for an
-author's name for multiple references in a bibliography. The default rule
-is 3 em spaces wide; the default width may be changed in \bibliographyformat
-markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\bibliography{References Cited}
-\frenchspacing
-\bibentry
-Roszak, T. 1972. {\it Where the Wasteland Ends}.
-New York: Harper \& Row.
-
-\bie
-Weldon, S. 1971. {\it Waging Peace}.
-Wilmington: M. \&\ R. Wolfe, Limited.
-\bie
-\sameauthor 1983. {\it The Metaindustry: War and
-Economic Development}.
-Los Angeles: Thompson Books.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| References Cited |
-| |
-| Roszak, T. 1972. Where the Wasteland Ends. New York: Harper & Row. |
-| |
-| Weldon, S. 1971. Waging Peace. Wilmington: M. & R. Wolfe, Limited. |
-| |
-| ....1983. The Metaindustry: War and Economic Development. Los Angeles: |
-| Thompson Books. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/scn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/scn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 08b572cb2d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/scn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setchapternumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\scnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous chapter numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The chapter number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of
-\chapter. The chapter number can be reset by inserting the \setchapternum-
-ber markup before the next occurrence of \chapter.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, the first chapter is number 1. If you want to start with
-chapter 5, you would enter:
-
-\setchapternumber{4}
-\chapter{Title of the fifth chapter}
-
-
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setchapternumber parameter is the previous
-chapter number, not the next chapter number.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/senn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/senn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index b032b8a8d9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/senn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setendnotenumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sennã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous endnote numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The endnote number will be automatically incremented by one for each
-use of \autoendnote. The endnote number can be reset by adding the
-\setendnotenumber markup before the next occurrence of an \autoendnote.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, endnote numbers are reset in parts. If you also want them reset
-in chapters, you could modify the \chapterformat by adding \setendnotenumber
-to the \titleformat:
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
-
- \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setendnotenumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
- \incontents{yes}}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setendnotenumber parameter is the previous
-endnote number, not the next endnote number. If you want the next
-\autoendnote to be endnote 90, then specify
-
-\setendnotenumber{89}
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/settabs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/settabs.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 53b535a5e6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/settabs.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| settabs |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|number of columnsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The body of the table is created with the \settabs n \columns markup, which
-establishes a number (n) of equal-size tabular columns (\columns).
- Each new column after the first is indicated with the TEXT1 tab
-character (&). Each row is started with the \+ markup and ended with the
-\cr markup (which is an abbreviation for carriage return on typewriters).
- The ampersand (&) is like the TAB key on many typewriters; it tells
-TEXT1 to advance to the next tab position, where there is a tab at the right
-edge of each column. But & is not exactly like a mechanical typewriter
-TAB, because it first backs up to the beginning of the current column
-before advancing to the next. In this way you can always tell what column
-you are tabbing to, by counting the number of &s; that is handy, because
-
-variable-width type otherwise makes it difficult to know whether you have
-passed a tab position.
- The ampersands are different from tabs in another way, too: TEXT1
-ignores spaces after &, hence you can conveniently finish a column by typing
-& at the end of a line in your input file, without worrying that an extra
-blank space will be introduced there. Incidentally, TEXT1 also ignores
-spaces after \+, so that the first column is treated like the others.
- You can say \cr before you have specified a complete set of columns, if
-the remaining columns are blank. The last \cr ends the settabs. No other
-ending is necessary; normal text may follow.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-can be seen, the pool of common words is prodigious.
-\par
-\tabletitle{Etymological Clues}
-\settabs 3 \columns
-\+\it Term&\it Geological&\it Social Reference\cr
-\+boss&small rock&supervisor\cr
-\+domehead&pushing through&intellectual\cr
-\+fossil&turned to stone&age\cr
-\+creep&move slowly&person\cr
-\+streak&move quickly&naked\cr
-\+ejecta&very quickly&mating\cr
-\+sublimate&change to gas&dream\cr
-\+trench&sediments&mouth\cr
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| can be seen, the pool of common words is prodigious. |
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Etymological Clues |
-| |
-| Term Geological Social Reference |
-| boss small rock supervisor |
-| domehead pushing through intellectual |
-| fossil turned to stone age |
-| creep move slowly person |
-| streak move quickly naked |
-| ejecta very quickly mating |
-| sublimate change to gas dream |
-| trench sediments mouth |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-You may not want all of the columns to be the same size, so there is another
-way to set them, by typing "\+sample line\cr" immediately after \settabs.
-In this case tabs are placed at the positions of the &s in the sample line,
-but the sample line itself does not appear in the output. Look through
-the table and determine the biggest entry in each column; the sample line
-is then constructed by typing the widest entry in the first column, then
-the widest in each subsequent column, omitting the last column. Be sure to
-include some extra space (\horizontalspace{}) between columns in the sample
-line, so that the columns won't touch each other.
-
-can be seen, the pool of common words is prodigious.
-\par
-\tabletitle{Etymological Clues}
-\settabs\+\hs{4pt}&domeheads\hs{4pt}
- &material pushing through
- \hs{10pt}&Intellectual\cr
-\+&\it Term&\it Geological&\it Social Reference\cr
-\+&trench&subducted sediments&mouth\cr
-
-\+&dike&material holding back&female\cr
-\+&domehead&material pushing through&intellectual\cr
-\+&fossil&life turned to stone&age\cr
-\+&cleavage&the tendency to split&bosom\cr
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| can be seen, the pool of common words is prodigious. |
-| |
-| Table 2 |
-| Etymological Clues |
-| |
-| Term Geological Social Reference |
-| trench subducted sediments mouth |
-| dike material holding back female |
-| domehead material pushing through intellectual |
-| fossil life turned to stone age |
-| cleavage the tendency to split bosom |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you want to put something right justified (flush right) in its column,
-just type \rt{text} where text is the text to be right justified; Be sure
-to type & after it, so that TEX will be sure to move the information all
-the way until it touches the next tab. Similarly, if you want to center
-something in its column, type \ctr{text} where text is the text to be
-centered. Notice also the use of \phantom in decimal alignment.
-
- \centerline{\bd Table 1}
- \centerline{Etymological Clues}
- \settabs \+\hs{20pts}&Aluminum\quad&Anthrosphere&
- \hs{20pt}&Lithosphere\quad\cr
- \+&\lft{Element}&\rt{Anthrosphere}&
- &\rt{Lithosphere}&\cr
- \+&Sodium&\rt{0.001\phantom{0}}&&\rt{0.4\phantom{000}}\cr
- \+&Silicon&\rt{.0001}&&\rt{20.2\phantom{000}}\cr
- \+&Aluminum&\rt{0.22\phantom{00}}&&
- \rt{11.54\phantom{00}}\cr
- \+&Carbon&\rt{19.1001}&&\rt{0.0202}\cr
-
- \+&Nitrogen&\rt{3.2205}&&\rt{.0208}\cr
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Etymological Clues |
-| Element Anthrosphere Lithosphere |
-| Sodium 0.001 0.4 |
-| Silicon .0001 20.2 |
-| Aluminum 0.22 11.54 |
-| Carbon 19.1001 0.0202 |
-| Nitrogen 3.2205 .0208 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-Tab positions are remembered, until they are reset with another \settabs,
-regardless of text and other markup following.
- The operation of tabs addresses one line at a time; this allows multiple
-page tables.
- You cannot use \figure, \drawbox or \paragraphbox around a \settabs.
- Refer to The TEXbook for more on \phantom.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c3ef81afc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setfigurenumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sfnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous figure numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The figure number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of
-\figure. The figure number can be reset by adding the \setfigurenumber
-markup before the next occurrence of \figure.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, figure numbers are reset in parts. If you also want them reset
-in chapters, you could modify the \chapterformat by adding \setfigurenumber
-to the \titleformat:
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
-
- \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setfigurenumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
- \incontents{yes}}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setfigurenumber parameter is the previous
-figure number, not the next figure number. If you want the next \figure to
-be Figure 90, then specify
-
-\setfigurenumber{89}
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfnn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfnn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 369f764e65..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfnn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setfootnotenumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sfnnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous footnote numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The footnote number will be automatically incremented by one for each
-use of \autofootnote. The footnote number can be reset by adding the
-\setfootnotenumber markup before the next occurrence of an autofootnote.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, footnote numbers are reset in parts. If you also want
-them reset in chapters, you could modify the \chapterformat by adding
-\setfootnotenumber to the \titleformat:
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
-
- \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setfootnotenumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
- \incontents{yes}}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setfootnotenumber parameter is the previous
-footnote number, not the next footnote number. If you want the next
-\autofootnote to be footnote 90, then specify
-
-\setfootnotenumber{89}
-
- The \setfootnotenumber markup has no effect on the \footnote markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfs.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 241c41268b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfs.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| selectfontset |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\selectfontset{cm12}{twelvept}{14pt}
-\selectfontset{cm10}{tenpt}{12pt}
-\twelvept
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sfsã%
-
-Parameters: ã|catalog name, user's reference, leadingã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-For a typical document, you will need both a font set and a math set.
-The default font set selections consist of two sets for composing printers:
-\twelvept for the 12 point size Computer Modern serif typestyle; and \tenpt
-for the 10 point Computer Modern serif typestyle. Typically, the \select-
-fontset markup is placed in the front of your document. The format of this
-markup is
-
-\selectfontset{catalog name}{user's reference name}{leading between lines}
-
-where catalog name is the system name for that font set. (Complete lists
-of the catalog names can be found by going to the TEXT1 help menu, or by
-looking in the Font Catalogs.) The user's reference is a name of your own
-devising. This name, when prefaced with a backslash will give you access to
-that font set. The leading is the interlineskip specification.
- Users of typewriter printers use different \selectfontset markup, which
-offers "standard", "underscore" (for italic), and "bold" monospaced faces.
-These are the only fonts available to such printers.
- Each font set includes the following nine faces, each of which is called
-by adding a backslash in front of the name, or using the abbreviation:
-\roman (\rm), \bold (\bd), \italic (\it), \typewriter (\tt), \caps (\cc),
-\mathitalic (\mi), \symbol (\sy), \extension (\ex), and \bolditalic (\bi).
-Not all font sets have all nine faces available. If a particular face is
-not available, a warning message will be printed.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-After entering the \selectfontset,
-
-\selectfontset{cm11}{eleven}{default}
-\eleven
-
-each time \eleven is specified, you would be using the Computer Modern font
-set at a 11 point size (cm11). The third parameter ("default") indicates
-that TEXT1 will use the default value for \interlineskip, in this case 13
-points. Then, whenever you switch to bold (\bd) you would get Computer
-Modern bold at a 11 point size. If you were to specify \it you would get
-Computer Modern italic at 11 points.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Consider this example for switching from 9 point to a 8 point size.
-The \eightpoint is set with \interlineskip{9pt} instead of the default
-\interlineskip{10pt}, leaving less space between lines.
-
-\selectfontset{cm9}{ninepoint}{default}
-\selectfontset{cm8}{eightpoint}{9pt}
-\eightpoint
-
-\centerline{\ninepoint\bd Sociogeology}
-\vs{12pt}
-\centerline{\it by Achilles Chert}
-\vs{12pt}
-"Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus,
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Sociogeology |
-| |
-| by Achilles Chert |
-| |
-| "Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Again, not all font sets have all nine faces available. If a particular
-face is not available, a warning message will be printed.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sha.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sha.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c5bb98f47..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sha.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| subheada |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\shaã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \subheada markup creates a first level subheading, which skips two
-baselines, prints the title in bold type, then skips one more baseline. It
-does not begin a new page. Its title is placed in the table of contents
-automatically.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-more realistic.
-\subheada{Nationalism and War}
-Nationalism is directly related to war.
-Lord Acton observed that . . .
-
-which prints:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| more realistic. |
-| |
-| |
-| Nationalism and War |
-| |
-| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that |
-| . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Use \subheadaformat to change any of the above mentioned defaults.
- TEXT1 will encourage page breaking before a \subheada. It discourages
-page breaking between the \subheada and the first line of the following
-paragraph.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shaf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shaf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cf2d51cd9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shaf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| subheadaformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip
- \goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept
- \bd\nin\subheadatitle
- \par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\shafã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \subheadaformat markup lets you change the appearance of the subheading
-title. There are three submarkup that control how the \subheada is to
-appear.
-
-ã|\numberingstyleã% by default is 1 which will print the subhead number in
-Arabic numbers. Other possibilities are "A" and "I". By default, subhead
-numbers are not printed, even though the \subheadanumber is incremented.
-
-ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% is used to describe how the subhead title is
-to be printed. You may use markup such as \newpage, \removelastskip,
-\goodbreak, \nobreak, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \titleformat
-as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside of
-\subheadaformat:
-
- * \subheadanumberprints the most recent subheada number.
-
- * \subheadatitleprints the most recent subheada title.
-
-ã|\incontentsã% places the subheada title by default in the contents (if one is
-printed). Printing in the table of contents can be suppressed by changing
-to "no":
-
-\shaf{\incontents{no}}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Some applications require the subheads to be numbered. For \subheada to
-include a number like "pp.cc-aa" where "pp" is the part number, "cc" is
-the chapter number, and "aa" is the subheada number, you would modify the
-\subheadaformat:
-
-\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \bd\partnumber.\chapternumber-\subheadanumber
- \quad\subheadatitle\par
- \nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak}
- \incontents{yes}
-}
-
-more realistic.
-\par
-\subheada{Nationalism and War}
-Nationalism is directly related to war.
-Lord Acton observed that . . .
-
-The second subheada in the third chapter of the first part would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| more realistic. |
-| |
-| |
-| 1.3-2 Nationalism and War |
-| |
-| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that |
-| . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \subheadaformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both
-are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shb.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c4e302561..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shb.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| subheadb |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\shbã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \subheadb markup creates a second level subheading, which skips two
-baselines, prints the title in italics, then skips one more baseline. It
-does not begin a new page. Its title is placed in the table of contents
-automatically.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-more realistic.
-\par
-\subheadb{Nationalism and War}
-Nationalism is directly related to war.
-Lord Acton observed that . . .
-
-which prints:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| more realistic. |
-| |
-| |
-| Nationalism and War |
-| |
-| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that |
-| . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Use \subheadbformat to change any of the above mentioned defaults.
- TEXT1 will encourage page breaking before a \subheadb. It discourages
-page breaking between the \subheadb and the first line of the following
-paragraph.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shbf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shbf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c0e27505b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shbf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| subheadbformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip
- \goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept
- \it\nin\subheadbtitle
- \par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\shbfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \subheadbformat markup lets you change the appearance of the subheading
-title. There are three submarkup that control how the \subheadb is to
-appear.
-
-ã|\numberingstyleã% by default is 1 which will print the subhead number in
-Arabic numbers. Other possibilities are "A" and "I". By default, subhead
-numbers are not printed, even though the \subheadbnumber is incremented.
-
-ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã is used to describe how the subhead title is
-to be printed. You may use markup such as \newpage, \removelastskip,
-\goodbreak, \nobreak, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \titleformat
-as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside of
-\subheadbformat:
-
- * \subheadbnumberprints the most recent subheadb number.
-
- * \subheadbtitleprints the most recent subheadb title.
-
-ã|\incontentsã% places the subheadb title by default in the contents (if one is
-printed). Printing in the table of contents can be suppressed by changing
-to "no":
-
-\shbf{\incontents{no}}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Some applications require the subheads to be numbered. If you wanted
-\subheadb to include a number like "pp.cc.aa.bb" where "pp" is the part
-number, "cc" is the chapter number, "aa" is the subheada number, and "bb" is
-the subheadb number, you would modify the \subheadbformat:
-
- \subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \italic
- \partnumber.\chapternumber.\subheadanumber.\subheadbnumber
- \quad\subheadbtitle\par
- \nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak}
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
- more realistic.
- \subheadb{Nationalism and War}
- Nationalism is directly related to war.
-
- Lord Acton observed that . . .
-
-The first subheadb in the second subheada of the third chapter of the first
-part would print as:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| more realistic. |
-| |
-| |
-| 1.3.2.1 Nationalism and War |
-| |
-| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that |
-| . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \subheadbformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both
-are used.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shc.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 19133b8456..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shc.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| subheadc |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\shcã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \subheadc markup creates a third level subheading, which skips two
-baselines, prints the title in roman type, then skips one more baseline. It
-does not begin a new page. Its title is not placed in the table of contents
-automatically.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-more realistic.
-\subheadc{Nationalism and War}
-Nationalism is directly related to war.
-Lord Acton observed that . . .
-
-which prints:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| more realistic. |
-| |
-| |
-| Nationalism and War |
-| |
-| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that |
-| . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Use \subheadcformat to change any of the above mentioned defaults.
- TEXT1 will encourage page breaking before a \subheadc. It discourages
-page breaking between the \subheadc and the first line of the following
-paragraph.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shcf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shcf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index bb7cbe0822..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shcf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| subheadcformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip
- \goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept
- \rm\nin\subheadctitle
- \par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
- \incontents{no}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\shcfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \subheadcformat markup lets you change the appearance of the subheading
-title. There are three submarkup that control how the \subheadc is to
-appear.
-
-ã|\numberingstyleã% by default is 1 which will print the subhead number in
-Arabic numbers. Other possibilities are "A" and "I". By default, subhead
-numbers are not printed, even though the \subheadcnumber is incremented.
-
-ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% is used to describe how the \subheadc title
-is to be printed. You may use markup such as \newpage, \removelastskip,
-\goodbreak, \nobreak, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \titleformat
-as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside of
-\subheadcformat:
-
- * \subheadcnumberprints the most recent subheadc number.
-
- * \subheadctitleprints the most recent subheadc title.
-
-ã|\incontentsã% places the subheadc title in the contents (if one is printed).
-By default, the title is not placed in the contents. Printing in the table
-of contents can be included by changing to "yes":
-
-\shcf{\incontents{yes}}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Some applications require the subheads to be numbered. If you wanted
-\subheadc to include a number like "Section cc:" where "cc" is a bold
-subheadc number, you could modify the \subheadcformat:
-
-\subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \nin\bd Section \subheadcnumber:
- \quad\subheadctitle\par
- \nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak}
- \incontents{no}
-}
-
-more realistic.
-\subheadc{Nationalism and War}
-Nationalism is directly related to war.
-Lord Acton observed that . . .
-
-The third subheadc would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| more realistic. |
-| |
-| |
-| Section 3: Nationalism and War |
-| |
-| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that |
-| . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \subheadcformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both
-are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shd.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shd.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index fa6cb2feaa..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shd.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| subheadd |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\shdã%
-
-Parameters: ã|titleã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \subheadd markup creates a fourth level subheading, which skips to a new
-paragraph, prints the title in italics followed by a period, then continues
-the paragraph. It does not begin a new page. Its title is not placed in
-the table of contents automatically.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-more realistic.
-\subheadd{Nationalism and War}
-Nationalism is directly related to war.
-Lord Acton observed that . . .
-
-which prints:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| more realistic. |
-| Nationalism and War. Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord |
-| Acton observed that . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Use \subheaddformat to change any of the above mentioned defaults.
- TEXT1 will encourage page breaking before a \subheadd.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shdf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shdf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 39b552a430..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shdf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| subheaddformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\goodbreak
- {\twelvept
- \it\subheaddtitle.}
- \incontents{no}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\shdfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \subheaddformat markup lets you change the appearance of the subheading
-title. There are three submarkup that control how the \subheadd is to
-appear.
-
-ã|\numberingstyleã% by default is 1 which will print the subhead number in
-Arabic numbers. Other possibilities are "A" and "I". By default, subhead
-numbers are not printed, even though the \subheaddnumber is incremented.
-
-ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% is used to describe how the subhead title is
-to be printed. You may use markup such as \newpage, \removelastskip,
-\goodbreak, \nobreak, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \titleformat
-as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside of
-\subheaddformat:
-
- * \subheaddnumberprints the most recent subheadd number.
-
- * \subheaddtitleprints the most recent subheadd title.
-
-ã|\incontentsã% places the subheadd title in the contents (if one is printed).
-By default, the title is not placed in the contents. Printing in the table
-of contents can be included by changing to "yes":
-
-\shdf{\incontents{yes}}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted a subhead to place the title in a lable, you would modify the
-\subheaddformat:
-
-\subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \label{\subheaddtitle}
- }
- \incontents{no}
-}
-
-more realistic.
-\subheadd{Nationalism and War}
-Nationalism is directly related to war.
-Lord Acton observed that the increase in nationalism
-significantly increases a country's ability to
-protect itself . . .
-
-The fourth subheadd would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| more realistic. |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| Nationalism |
-| and War thatonthesmincreaseeinlynationalism significantlyctincreasesea |
-| country's ability to protect itself . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \subheaddformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both
-are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sms.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sms.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 63213a1656..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sms.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| selectmathset |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\selectmathset{cm97m}{mathdefault}
-\mathdefault
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\smsã%
-
-Parameters: ã|catalog name, user's referenceã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \selectmathset markup loads type for use by math mode. Superscripted
-footnotes, and mathematical equations, require the TEXT1 math mode. For
-composing printers, the default for the primary (script) math set that is
-used to set super or subscripts is a 9 point Computer Modern, the secondary
-(script-script) math set which is used to set super-super or sub-subscripts
-is 7 point Computer Modern. TEXT1 typewriter printers do not support math
-mode. The format of this markup is
-
-\selectmathset{catalog name}{user's reference name}
-
-where catalog name is the system name for that math set. (Complete lists
-of the catalog names can be found by going to the TEXT1 help menu, or by
-looking in the Font Catalogs.) The design of this name is such that the
-first digit(s) is the primary (script) size, the second digit(s) is the
-secondary (script-script) size. The user's reference is a name of your own
-devising. This name, when prefaced with a backslash will give you access to
-that math set.
- Typically, the \selectmathset markup is placed in the front of your
-document with your \selectfontset markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This math mode example uses a primary 14 point math font, instead of the
-default, and a secondary math font of 12 point.
-
-\selectmathset{cm1412m}{bigmath}
-\selectfontset{cm18}{bigfont}{default}
-\bigfont
-\bigmath
-Human intelligence became possible when
-@@C_{14}\to C_{1.4 \bullet 10^6}@@
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Typically, the \selectmathset markup is placed in the front of your document
-with your \selectfontset markup.
- TEXT1 typewriter printers do not support math mode.
- Only the super and subscripts are affected by the math mode fonts
-selected with the \selectmathset markup.
- See The TEXbook for more on math mode.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/special.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/special.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 48597c9326..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/special.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Special Characters |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-In TeX there are 10 keyboard characters which have special meaning. They are:
-
- \ (backslash) } (right curly brace) { (left curly brace)
- @ (at sign) # (pound sign) _ (underscore)
- & (ampersand) % (percent sign) ~ (tilde) | (vertical bar)
-
-If you need any of these characters as part of your text you must precede all
-but the tilde and vertical bar with a \ (backslash) or TeX will interpret them
-as a TeX command. To print a tilde you must enter \tilde and for a vertical bar
-enter \vbar.
-
-For example, the following input:
-
- Mom sent Tommy to the store and told him to buy 5\# potatoes, a
- half gallon of 2\% milk and two packages of M\&Ms.
-
-would result in:
-
-Mom sent Tommy to the store and told him to buy 5# potatoes, a half gallon of
-2% milk and two packages of M&Ms.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/spn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/spn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 8377cd9a4a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/spn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setpagenumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\spnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous page numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \setpagenumber markup resets the page number of a paper. The first page
-of a document, commonly referred to as the title page, is treated as page
-number "1". You can begin the document with a page number other than 1, or
-renumber sections of the document.
- The \setpagenumber markup can be specified anywhere in your document.
-It changes the number of the current page. This can be particularly useful
-if you are printing your document one part or chapter at a time.
- To get pages in lower case roman numerals, for lead pages, enter a
-negative number, for instance \setpagenumber{-1}.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To set the page number so that the sentence beginning "Furthermore . . . "
-is on page 11, enter
-
-as shown in this series of figures.
-% insert four full-page figures
-\setpagenumber{10}
-\newpage
-Furthermore, there are too many physical
-similarities between human forms and earth forms
-to dismiss. Indeed, they are made of the same . . .
-
- You could also have placed the \setpagenumber markup after the \newpage
-and changed the number from 10 to 11:
-
-as shown in this series of figures.
-% insert four full-page figures
-\newpage
-\setpagenumber{11}
-Furthermore, there are too many physical
-
-similarities between human forms and earth forms
-to dismiss. Indeed, they are made of the same . . .
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-To get pages in lower case roman numerals, for lead pages, enter a negative
-number, for instance \setpagenumber{-1}.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sptn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sptn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index fb40c3ae20..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sptn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setpartnumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sptnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous part numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The part number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of
-\part. The part number can be reset by inserting the \setpartnumber markup
-before the next occurrence of \part.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, the first part is number 1. If you want to start with part 5,
-you would enter:
-
-\setpartnumber{4}
-\part{Title of the fifth part}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setpartnumber parameter is the previous part
-number, not the next part number.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssan.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssan.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b4085cc82..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssan.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setsubheadanumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ssanã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous subheada numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The subheada number will be automatically incremented by one for each
-use of \subheada. The subheada number can be reset by inserting the
-\setsubheadanumber markup before the next occurrence of \subheada.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, the first subheada is number 1. If you want to start with
-number 5, you would enter:
-
-\setsubheadanumber{4}
-\subheada{Title of the fifth subheada}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setsubheadanumber parameter is the previous
-subheada number, not the next subheada number.
- The subheada number is reset to zero when you enter \part, \chapter or
-\appendix.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssbn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssbn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index df728a0689..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssbn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setsubheadbnumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ssbnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous subheadb numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The subheadb number will be automatically incremented by one for each
-use of \subheadb. The subheadb number can be reset by inserting the
-\setsubheadbnumber markup before the next occurrence of \subheadb.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, the first subheadb is number 1. If you want to start with
-number 5, you would enter:
-
-\setsubheadbnumber{4}
-\subheadb{Title of the fifth subheadb}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setsubheadbnumber parameter is the previous
-subheadb number, not the next subheadb number.
- The subheadb number is reset to zero when you enter \part, \chapter,
-\subheada, or \appendix.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sscn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sscn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index c6db33d4e0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sscn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setsubheadcnumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sscnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous subheadc numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The subheadc number will be automatically incremented by one for each
-use of \subheadc. The subheadc number can be reset by inserting the
-\setsubheadcnumber markup before the next occurrence of \subheadc.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, the first subheadc is number 1. If you want to start with
-number 5, you would enter:
-
-\setsubheadcnumber{4}
-\subheadc{Title of the fifth subheadc}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setsubheadcnumber parameter is the previous
-subheadc number, not the next subheadc number.
- The subheadc number is reset to zero when you enter \part, \chapter,
-\subheada, \subheadb, or \appendix.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssdn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssdn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index b93175860c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssdn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| setsubheaddnumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ssdnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous subheadd numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The subheadd number will be automatically incremented by one for each
-use of \subheadd. The subheadd number can be reset by inserting the
-\setsubheaddnumber markup before the next occurrence of \subheadd.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, the first subheadd is number 1. If you want to start with
-number 5, you would enter:
-
-\setsubheaddnumber{4}
-\subheadd{Title of the fifth subheadd}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \setsubheaddnumber parameter is the previous
-subheadd number, not the next subheadd number.
- The subheadd number is reset to zero when you enter \part, \chapter,
-\subheada, \subheadb, \subheadc, or \appendix.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d7173e845..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| selectspecificfont |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ssfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|catalog name, font size, leadingã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \selectspecificfont markup permits you to include fonts that are not
-members of sets or families, and have an \interlineskip associated with it.
-The format of this markup is,
-
-\selectspecificfont{catalog name}{font size}{leading}
-
-where catalog name is the system name for that font without the font size
-specification. (Complete lists of the catalog names can be found by going
-to the TEXT1 help menu, or by looking in the Font Catalogs.) The font
-size is the size in points of that face. The leading is the interlineskip
-
-specification. You cannot use "default" for the leading as you can with
-\selectfontset.
- To access a specific font made available with \selectspecificfont, you
-enter a backslash, followed by the catalog name, followed by the font size,
-and ending with a semicolon.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example makes the Computer Modern Slanted font at 12 points available
-for use. After specifying,
-
-\selectspecificfont{cmsl}{12}{14pt}
-
-you would then enter "\cmsl12;" to use this font. For example,
-
-\selectspecificfont{cmsl}{12}{14pt}
-\twelvept
-\cl{\cmsl12; Nuclear Utopia}
-Nuclear war is unthinkable.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Nuclear Utopia |
-| Nuclear war is unthinkable. |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Each font specified with \selectspecificfont must be followed by a
-semicolon.
- You cannot use "default" for the leading as you can with \selectfontset.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssp.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index bb69c58d75..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssp.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| singlespace |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\sspã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Single spacing is the default for TEXT1. The \singlespace markup can
-be used to return to single spacing if the spacing has been changed
-double spacing with \doublespace. The markup \singlespace markup has no
-parameters, and causes an end-of-paragraph, forcing the following text into
-a new paragraph.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\doublespace
-The cultures of industrial nations are based on
-unethical accumulations of materials.
-This inequality is maintained by power, not
-persuasion.
-\singlespace
-Power politics makes problems that cannot be solved
-except by war.
-Questions about defining the best nation or the best
-religion lead to organized . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The cultures of industrial nations are based on unethical |
-| |
-| accumulations of materials. This inequality is maintained by power, |
-| |
-| not persuasion. |
-| Power politics makes problems that cannot be solved except by war. |
-| Questions about defining the best nation or the best religion lead to |
-| organized . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The interline skip value used with \singlespace and \doublespace is set with
-the \interlineskip markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/stn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/stn.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 94fe79e895..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/stn.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| settablenumber |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\stnã%
-
-Parameters: ã|previous table numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The table number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of
-\tabletitle. The table number can be reset by adding the \settablenumber
-markup before the next occurrence of \tabletitle.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-By default, table numbers are reset in parts. If you also want them reset
-in chapters, you could modify the \chapterformat by adding \settablenumber
-to the \titleformat:
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
-
- \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \settablenumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
- \incontents{yes} }
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The number specified in the \settablenumber parameter is the previous table
-number, not the next table number. If you want the next \tabletitle to be
-Table 90, then specify
-
-\settablenumber{89}
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/strut.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/strut.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 582344ae8a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/strut.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| strut |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-There are times when it is necessary to have the baselineskip between two
-lines be the same, especially if you are building a table that uses rules
-between columns. The \strut markup can be used in an \halign to maintain
-consistent distance between lines of a table. The \strut markup has no
-parameters. Its height is 1.8 times the height of an "x" in the current
-point size. Its depth is .6 times the height of an "x" in the current point
-size.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Consider this table created without the use of \strut,
-
-\sfs{cm8}{eightpt}{default}
-
-\twelvept
-
-
-\tabletitle{Comparison of the composition of goat's
-milk and that of two common breeds of dairy cows}
-{\offinterlineskip\eightpt
-\halign{\vrule\hs{3pt}\lft{#}\hs{3pt}\vrule&&
- \hs{3pt}\ctr{#}\hs{3pt}\vrule\cr
-\noalign{\hrule}
-&&\bd Total&&&\cr
-\bd Source of milk&\bd Water&\bd Solids&
- \bd Fat&\bd Protein&\bd Lactose\cr
-\noalign{\hrule height 1pt}
-Goats&82.02\%&11.98\%&3.50\%&3.13\%&4.55\%\cr
-\noalign{\hrule}
-Holstein-Friesian&87.50\%&12.50\%&3.55\%&3.42\%&4.86\%\cr
-\noalign{\hrule}
-Jersey&85.31\%&14.69\%&5.18\%&3.86\%&4.94\%\cr
-\noalign{\hrule}
-
-}}
-\twelvept
-
-which prints as:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Comparison of the composition of goat's milk and that of two common breeds |
-| of dairy cows |
-| ...................................................... |
-| ....................................................... |
-| ....................................................... |
-| .Jersey...........85.31%..14.69%5.18%..3.86%...4.94%... |
-| ...................................................... |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Now add \strut to the \halign preamble,
-
-\halign{\strut\vrule\hs{3pt}\lft{#}\hs{3pt}\vrule&&
- \hs{3pt}\ctr{#}\hs{3pt}\vrule\cr
-
-and notice the uniform distance between lines:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Table 2 |
-| Comparison of the composition of goat's milk and that of two common breeds |
-| of dairy cows |
-| ...................................................... |
-| . . Total . . . . |
-| ....................................................... |
-| Goats 82.02%11.98% 3.50% 3.13% 4.55% |
-| ..Holstein-Friesia87.50%..12.50%3.55%..3.42%...4.86%.. |
-| ....................................................... |
-| ....................................................... |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The size of the strut changes as the interline skip changes. \twelvept will
-have a longer \strut than will \tenpt.
- See The TEXbook for more on \offinterlineskip.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheada.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheada.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index e7e95f9a4d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheada.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|SUBHEADAã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\subheadaformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadb.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadb.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9504d6e77b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadb.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|SUBHEADBã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\subheadbformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadc.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadc.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d092ec196..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadc.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|SUBHEADCã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\subheadcformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadd.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadd.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 92786990ed..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadd.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|SUBHEADDã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\subheadDformat.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sy.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sy.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cd81220f6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sy.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| symbol |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\syã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \symbol markup sets the face to the Computer Modern Math Symbol face.
-Refer to The TEXbook, Appendix F, for a complete list of the characters
-available in the Symbol face.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-This example uses \symbol to print a diagonal arrow:
-
-Put a {\symbol\char'45} next to . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Put a \ next to . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-For more on the use of the \char markup, refer to The TEXbook.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablem.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 81d335148d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablem.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|TABLE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\tableformat. This is to be used when you are using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablep.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index 292d726559..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablep.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|TABLE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\tableformat. This is to be used when you areã|notã%using \monospace.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/taf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/taf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index afa15b556b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/taf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| tableformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\tafã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\titleformat, \incontentsã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \tableformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that control the
-appearance of the table title.
-
-ã|titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% controls the appearance of the table title.
-You may use markup such as \blockquotebegin, \hangingparagraph, \vertical-
-space, and \centerline within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup
-you may use within or outside of \tableformat:
- ã|tablenumber.ã% prints the most recent table number.
- ã|tabletitle.ã% prints the most recent table title.
-
-ã|incontentsã% places the table title in contents (if one is printed).
-Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no."
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted a table title to print in a hanging paragraph style, and you
-didn't want the table title put in the table of contents, enter:
-
-\tableformat{%
- \titleformat{\bqb\hp\bd Table \tablenumber.
- \rm\tabletitle\bqe}
- \incontents{yes}
- }
-
-\tabletitle{Size data of a Yellow
-Transparent fruit during the period of July 23 to August 9,
-1977. (fruit No. IV@_b@)}
-\halign{\qquad\ctr{#}&&\hs{1em}\ctr{#}\cr
-July 23&July 27&July 31&August 5&August 9\cr
-32&67&44&47&18\cr}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| Table 1. Size data of a Yellow Transparent fruit during the |
-| period of July 23 to August 9, 1977. (fruit No. IV[b]) |
-| |
-| July 23 July 27 July 31 August 5 August 9 |
-| 32 67 44 47 18 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \tableformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are
-used. If you are using \monospace, the only difference in defaults is that
-the table title is printed in the \monospace font instead of \twelvept.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/talaris.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/talaris.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index b6d310e084..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/talaris.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|TALARISã%block is to be selected if you want to change the default
-proportional space fonts and you are using a Talaris.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tat.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tat.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index d5f13ab97a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tat.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| tabletitle |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\tatã%
-
-Parameters: ã|title textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-A table is a presentation of information in columns. The \tabletitle markup
-centers the title and puts that title in the table of contents. The
-\tabletitle markup does not print the actual table, you must use \halign or
-\settabs to accomplish that.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\tabletitle{Monthly Salaries in Public Libraries\lbr
-for 1981}
-\tenpt
-\halign{\quad\lft{#}&&\quad\ctr{#}\cr
-\noalign{\hrule\vs{3pt}}
-
-&&\ctr{\bd Library Aide}&\ctr{\bd Page}\cr
-\omit\ctr{\bd City/Town}&\ctr{\bd Librarian}&
- \ctr{\bd and Clerical}&\ctr{\bd and}\cr
-\omit\ctr{\bd Libraries}&\ctr{\bd (a)(b)}&
- \ctr{\bd Assistant}&\ctr{\bd Bookbinder}\cr
-Brewster&190&---&---\cr
-Burlington&1158&5.89 hr&3.35/3.50 hr\cr
-Castle Rock&300&3.35 hr&---\cr
-Cathlamet&225&---&---\cr
-Chewelah&290&---&---\cr
-Cle Elum&3.50 hr&---&---\cr
-Colville&5.68 hr&5.00 hr&---\cr
-}
-
-which prints the table illustrated on the following page.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Table 1 |
-| Monthly Salaries in Public Libraries |
-| for 1981 |
-|.............................................................................|
-| Library Aide Page |
-| City/Town Librarian and Clerical and |
-| Libraries (a)(b) Assistant Bookbinder |
-| Brewster 190 --- --- |
-| Burlington 1158 5.89 hr 3.35/3.50 hr |
-| Castle Rock 300 3.35 hr --- |
-| Cathlamet 225 --- --- |
-| Chewelah 290 --- --- |
-| Cle Elum 3.50 hr --- --- |
-| Colville 5.68 hr 5.00 hr --- |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-\tabletitle only prints the table title in the text and places the title
-in the table of contents. Use \halign or \settabs to construct the table
-itself.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tenpt.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tenpt.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ee2d7e6b9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tenpt.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| tenpt |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-There are two default \selectfontsets established when you format a TEXT1
-file: \twelvept for the 12 point size Computer Modern serif typestyle; and
-\tenpt for the 10 point Computer Modern serif typestyle.
- The font set includes the following nine faces, each of which is called
-by adding a backslash in front of the name, or using the abbreviation:
-\roman (\rm), \bold (\bd), \italic (\it), \typewriter (\tt), \caps (\cc),
-\mathitalic (\mi), \symbol (\sy), \extension (\ex), and \bolditalic (\bi).
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Consider this example for switching from 12 point to a 10 point size.
-
-\tenpt
-\centerline{\twelvept\bd Sociogeology}
-\centerline{\it by Achilles Chert}
-"Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus,
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Sociogeology |
-| by Achilles Chert |
-| "Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-There are some markup, such as \figure, \blockquotebegin, \autoendnote, and
-\autofootnote which use \tenpt in formatting. If you decide you want to use
-another 10 point font set (like Plantin) instead of Computer Modern as the
-default, you must give that set the same name, "tenpt":
-
-\selectfontset{pl10}{tenpt}{default}
-\selectfontset{pl12}{twelvept}{default}
-\selectmathset{cg97m}{mathdefault}
-\tenpt
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/text1.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/text1.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index cfb0983202..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/text1.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| text1 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-You can print the name of the TEXT1 system by entering the markup \text1.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\appendix{\text1\ Markup}
-Following is the list of markup for \text1.
-\twc
-\aib
-appendix
-asisbegin
-asisend
-\aie
-\oc
-
-will print an appendix that looks like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 2 |
-| |
-| Appendix A |
-| TEXT1 Markup |
-| Following is the list of markup for TEXT1. |
-| |
-| appendix |
-| asisbegin |
-| asisend |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-You must follow \text1 with a required space (either a tilde ~ or with
-a backslash-space, if you want a space following \text1 as indicated in
-the example above in the \appendix markup. If you do not need a space
-following, such as at the end of the sentence illustrated in the second line
-of the example above beginning "Following is . . . ", then omit the space.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thc.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index dc34bb186e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thc.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| threecolumns |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\thcã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \threecolumns markup formats text in three identical width columns.
-Column widths, gutters and margins are calculated automatically. The
-default column width is 31% of the galleywidth (hsize). The default gutter
-between each column is 3.5% of the galleywidth.
- The Flexible format (the default) allows the user to use single column,
-two column, and three column text interchangeably on the current page by
-entering one of the markup choices at the desired point in the text. The
-flexible format will balance the text columns whenever the number of columns
-changes.
- For example, if the author changes the multiple column format by
-typing a different markup TEXT1 will automatically balance the columns it
-is currently processing and change to a new number of columns. These
-instructions can be inserted at any point on the page.
- The author may want to handle tables and other large blocks of text by
-returning to a single column for the table by typing \onecolumn immediately
-before the table and returning to two or three column formatting immediately
-after the table.
- All running head, running foot, and inserts are printed across the
-full single column width that prints across the top of the current page.
-Footnotes will be printed across the full width at the bottom of the page.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\threecolumns
-\nin Hebrew is called a Semitic language because it has
-its roots in Shem, one of the sons of Noah.
-Viewing Jerusalem as its center, it is related to the
-northern, rougher Aramaic, and to the southern, more
-polished Arabic. It has a freshness, simplicity and
-power that few modern languages possess. Bounds of the
-ancient Semitic tongue were approximately the
-Mediterranean Sea on the west, the Euphrates and Tigris
-Rivers on the easy, the mountains
-of Armenia on the north,
-and the coast of Arabia on the south. Consider the first
-character, N . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Hebrew is rougher approximately. |
-| called Aramaic, the Mediter- |
-| a Semitic and to the ranean Sea |
-| language southern, on the west, |
-| because more pol- the Euphrates. |
-| it has its ished Ara- and Tigris |
-| roots in bic. It Rivers on |
-| Shem, one has a the easy, |
-| of the sons freshness, sim- the mountains. |
-| of Noah. plicity and of Armenia |
-| Viewing power that on the north,. |
-| Jerusalem few modern and the coast. |
-| as its cen- languages pos Arabia on |
-| ter, it is sess. Bounds the south. |
-| related to of the an- Consider the |
-| the north- cient Semitic first char- |
-| ern, tongue were acter, N |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-To change the column width or the gutter width, use the \multicolumnformat
-markup.
- You cannot specify \threecolumns inside of \vbox, \drawbox,
-\paragraphbox, or a floating \figure (non floating figures, \nofloat,
-are ok).
- If you want footnotes and figures to print in one column instead of
-across both columns, use the \fixedformat markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thesis.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thesis.helpmode
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d43b13234..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thesis.helpmode
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|THESISã%model is a thesis model set up to abide by all of the WSU
-graduate school's rules. It is a template. You may modify it, but
-it is recommended you check with the Information Center first.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/titlepg.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/titlepg.helpbloc
deleted file mode 100644
index dd15e332b0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/titlepg.helpbloc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Theã|TITLEPGã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the
-\titlepageformat for changing the way a title page is printed.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toc.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index dd9d895ec7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toc.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| tableofcontents |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\tocã%
-
-Parameters: ã|page numberã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \tableofcontents markup prints the table of contents, beginning with
-the designated page. A roman numeral page number is specified by entering
-a negative page number. This markup must always appear at the end of a
-document.
- By default, parts, chapters, appendices and subheading levels "A" and
-"B" are included in the table of contents. The order of printing in the
-table of contents is always
- 1. table of contents
- 2. list of figures
- 3. list of tables
- The list of figures will print only if a \figure markup was used. The
-list of tables will print only if a \tabletitle markup was used.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To print the table of contents beginning on page 32 enter:
-of utmost importance.
-\tableofcontents{32}
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted the table of contents to begin on roman numeral page three
-("iii"), you would enter a minus three.
-
-New York: Halstead Press.
-\tableofcontents{-3}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-This markup must always appear at the end of a document.
- Multiple line titles may be broken in the table of contents by using
-\toclinebreak.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tocf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tocf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index f178e50e3c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tocf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,478 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| tableofcontentsformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\tocfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã| \toctitle, \prefacetocformat, \parttocformat,
-\continuechapter, \chaptertocformat,
-\hangingchapterindent, \appendixtocformat,
-\hangingappendixindent, \subheadatocformat,
-\subheadbtocformat, \subheadctocformat,
-\subheaddtocformat, \bibliographytocformat,
-\figuretoctitle, \figuretocformat,
-\hangingfigureindent, \tabletoctitle,
-\tabletocformat, \hangingtableindentã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The table of contents prints with the titles "Table of Contents", "List of
-Figures", and "List of Tables" centered in bold letters and each beginning
-
-on a new page. If you want to change these defaults you use the \table-
-ofcontentsformat markup. This markup also changes the way part, chapter,
-subhead, appendix, bibliography, preface, figure and table titles print in
-table of contents.
-
-ã|toctitleã% regulates how the table of contents title is to be printed. By
-default it is a centered bold title "Table of Contents". Use \toctitle to
-change this default.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted the title of the table of contents to print "Contents" you
-would enter:
-
-\tableofcontentsformat{
- \toctitle{\cl{\it Contents}}}
-
-ã|prefacetocformatã% determines how titles entered on the \preface markup
-are to print in the table of contents. By default, they are simply printed
-with a \noindent.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted the preface title to print in italics as illustrated on the
-next page, you would enter:
-
-\tocf{\prefacetocformat{\nin\it
- \prefacetitle\leader\pn}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|parttocformatã% determines how titles entered on the \part markup are to
-print in the table of contents. By default, part titles skip one line,
-center the part number, center the part title, skip another line, then print
-"Part" followed by the part number again, followed by leader and the page
-number:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Part 1 |
-| Mechanics |
-| |
-| Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-If you wanted parts to print in a hanging paragraph style, enter:
-
-\tocf{\parttocformat{\hp\parttitle\leader\pn}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Videodiscs in today's modern office --- Timely |
-| TV Tutors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|continuechapterã% if specified as "yes" will print "Chapter" at the top of
-each page under the header. The default is "no".
-
-ã|chaptertocformat{Nested Markup}ã% determines how a chapter title is to be
-printed in the table of contents. By default, the chapter number and title
-are printed in a hanging number style. For example, if you entered,
-
-\chapter{The Nineteenth Century and after\lbr
-best-sellers\toclbr and steady-sellers}
-
-you would get in the table of contents:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers |
-| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Note that the line break from \lbr only occurs in the text, not in the
-table of contents. Use \toclbr to create a line break which is to occur
-in the table of contents. To change the amount of indent, use the
-\hangingchapterindent. You may use markup such as \newpage, \chaptertitle,
-\chapternumber, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \chaptertocformat as
-Nested Markup. You may also use \hangingchapternumber, which prints the
-chapter number in a similar fashion as \item.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted chapter titles to print in a hanging paragraph style, without
-an associated chapter number, you would enter:
-
-\tocf{\chaptertocformat{\hp\chaptertitle\leader\pn}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers |
-| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you want the title "Chapter" to appear left justified in the table of
-contents above the first chapter number, prior to the first chapter you
-would enter the following \putincontents markup:
-
-\putincontents1{\nin Chapter}
-\chapter{First Chapter}
-Text of the first chapter . . .
-
-which prints in the table of contents as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. First Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|hangingchapterindentã% controls the amount of indent before printing the
-chapter title when you print using \hangingchapternumber.
-
-ã|appendixtocformat{Nested Markup}ã% determines how an appendix title is to
-be printed in the table of contents. By default, the appendix number and
-title are printed in a hanging number style. For example, if you entered,
-
-\appendix{The Nineteenth Century and after\lbr
-best-sellers\toclbr and steady-sellers}
-
-you would get in the table of contents:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| A. The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers |
-| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Note that the line break from \lbr only occurs in the text, not in
-the table of contents. Use \toclbr to create a line break which
-is to occur in the table of contents. To change the amount of
-indent, use the \hangingappendixindent. You may use markup such as
-\newpage, \appendixtitle, \appendixnumber, \verticalspace, and \center-
-line within \appendixtocformat as Nested Markup. You may also use
-\hangingappendixnumber, which prints the chapter number in a similar fashion
-as \item.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted appendix titles to print in a hanging paragraph style, without
-an associated appendix number, you would enter:
-
-\tocf{\appendixtocformat{\hp\appendixtitle\leader\pn}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers |
-| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you want the title "Appendix" to appear left justified in the table of
-contents above the first appendix number, prior to the first appendix you
-would enter the following \putincontents markup:
-
-\putincontents1{\nin Appendix}
-\appendix{First Appendix}
-Text of the first appendix . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Appendix |
-| A. First Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|hangingappendixindentã% controls the amount of indent before printing the
-appendix title when you print using \hangingappendixnumber.
-
-ã|subheadatocformatã% by default prints all titles entered with \subheada to
-be block indented 1/2 inch from the left margin. Use \subheadatocformat to
-change this default.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 |
-| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They don't quite |
-| make it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To have subheada titles indented 1/4inch and printed with a hangingindent,
-enter:
-
-\tocf{\subheadatocformat{\leftindent{.25in}
- \hp\subheadatitle \leader \pagenumber}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 |
-| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They don't quite make |
-| it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|subheadbtocformatã% by default prints all titles entered with \subheadb to
-be block indented 1 inch from the left margin. Use \subheadbtocformat to
-change the default illustrated here:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 |
-| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They don't |
-| quite make it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To have subheadb titles indented /4 inch and printed with a hangingindent
-prefaced with "cc.aa.bb" where cc is the chapter number, aa is the subheada
-number and bb is the subheadb number, enter:
-
- \tocf{\subheadbtocformat{\leftindent{.25in}
- \hp\chapternumber.\subheadanumber.\subheadbnumber
- \quad\subheadbtitle \leader \pagenumber}}
-
- The first \subheadb in the second \subheada of the first chapter would
-print in the table of contents as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 |
-| 1.2.1 Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They |
-| don't quite make it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|subheadctocformatã% by default prints all titles entered with \subheadc to
-be block indented 11/2inch from the left margin. Use \subheadctocformat to
-change this default.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. Document Exchange .. . ...... . .. .. .. . ...... . .. .. .. . .....15 |
-| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They |
-| don't quite make it yet .... . . ..... . . ..... . . ....15 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To have subheadc titles indented 3/4inch and printed in italics, enter:
-
-\tocf{\subheadctocformat{\leftindent{.75in}
- \nin\italic
- \subheadctitle \leader \pagenumber}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 |
-| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They don't |
-| quite make it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|subheaddtocformatã% by default prints all titles entered with \subheadd to
-be block indented 2 inches from the left margin. Use \subheaddtocformat to
-change this default.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 |
-| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: |
-| They don't quite make |
-| it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-To have subheadd titles indented 2 inches, printed with a hangingindent in a
-10 point Computer Modern italic font, and no page number, enter:
-
-\tocf{\subheadatocformat{\leftindent{2in}
- \hp\tenpt\italic
- \subheaddtitle}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Chapter |
-| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 |
-| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: |
-| They don't quite make it yet |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|bibliographytocformatã% determines how titles entered on the \bibliography
-markup are to print in the table of contents. By default, they are simply
-printed with a \noindent like prefaces. Use \bibliographytocformat to
-change this default.
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted the preface title to print in bold, you would enter:
-
-\tocf{\bibliographytocformat{\nin\bold
- \bibtitle\leader\pn}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ã|Bibliographyã%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|figuretoctitleã% determines how the list of figures is to print. By
-default, it will start a new page, center the title "List of Figures", and
-then print a header above the first figure, which in the example below had
-the title "Hot times . . . " and printed on page 43:
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 21 |
-| List of Figures |
-| Figure Page |
-| 1. Hot times in the land of the midnight sun . . . . . . . . . . . 43 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted the list of figures to print the title "Illustrations" instead
-of "List of Figures" after skipping to a new page, enter
-
-\tocf{\figuretoctitle{\newpage
- \cl{\bd Illustrations}
- \line{Figure\rt{Page}}}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Illustrations |
-| Figure Page |
-| 1. Hot times in the land of the midnight sun ... . ... ... . .....43 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|figuretocformat{Nested Markup}ã% determines how a figure title is to be
-printed in the table of contents. By default, the figure number and title
-are printed in a hanging number style. For example, if you entered:
-
-\figure{\halfpage}{The Nineteenth Century
-and after best-sellers\toclbr and steady-sellers}
-the figure title would print in the contents as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers |
-| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- To change the amount of indent, use the \hangingfigureindent. You may
-use markup such as \figuretitle and \figurenumber, within \figuretocformat
-as Nested Markup. You may also use \hangingnumber{\figurenumber} which
-prints the figure number in a similar fashion as \item.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted figure titles to print in a hanging paragraph style prefaced
-with the figure number, you would enter:
-
-\tocf{\figuretocformat{\hp
- \figurenumber\quad\figuretitle\leader\pn}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1 The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers |
-| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|hangingfigureindentã% controls the amount of indent before printing the
-figure title when you print using:
-
-\hangingnumber{\figurenumber}
-
-ã|tabletoctitleã% determines how the list of tables is to print. By
-default, it will start a new page, center the title "List of Tables ", and
-then print a header above the first table, which in the example below had
-the title "Hot times . . . " and printed on page 55:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| List of Tables |
-| Table Page |
-| 1. Hot times in the land of the midnight sun . . . . . . . . . . . 55 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted the list of tables to print the title "Tables" after skipping
-to a new page, enter
-
-\tocf{\tabletoctitle{\newpage
- \cl{\bd Tables}
- \line{Table\rt{Page}}}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Tables |
-| Table Page |
-| 1. Hot times in the land of the midnight sun . . . . . . . . . . . 55 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|tabletocformat{Nested Markup}ã% determines how a table title is to be
-printed in the table of contents. By default, the table number and title
-are printed in a hanging number style. For example, if you entered:
-
-\tabletitle{The Nineteenth Century
-and after best-sellers\toclbr and steady-sellers}
-the table title would print as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers |
-| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- To change the amount of indent, use the \hangingtableindent. You may
-use markup such as \tabletitle and \tablenumber, within \tabletocformat as
-Nested Markup. You may also use \hangingnumber{\tablenumber}, which prints
-the table number in a similar fashion as \item.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you wanted table titles to print in a hanging paragraph style prefaced
-with "cc.tt" where cc is the chapter number and tt is the table number, you
-would enter,
-
-\tocf{\tabletocformat{\hp\chapternumber.\tablenumber
- \quad\tabletitle\leader\pn}}
-
-and the first table of the second chapter would print in the contents as:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 2.1 The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers |
-| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-ã|hangingtableindentã% controls the amount of indent before printing the
-table title when you print using:
-
-\hangingnumber{\tablenumber}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-The \tableofcontentsformat markup should always appear at the top of a
-document, but after \monospace, if both are used.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toclbr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toclbr.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index b7503bd102..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toclbr.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| toclinebreak |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\toclbrã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \toclinebreak markup causes a line to finish without interrupting a
-paragraph in the table of contents. Occasionally it is necessary to break
-a line in a precise place within a paragraph, as opposed to letting TEXT1
-decide where to break the line. This markup does not end a paragraph, it
-simply starts the following text of the paragraph on a new line in the table
-of contents instead of concatenating it to the end of the previous line.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\chapter{More facts about Datapoint
-information\toclbr processing\linebreak
- and office
-automation products,\lbr\toclbr
-systems, and software}
-
-will print the chapter title on three lines in the text of the document:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| More facts about Datapoint information processing |
-| and office automation products, |
-| systems, and software |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-and on three lines in the table of contents:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| 1. More facts about Datapoint information |
-| processing and office automation products, |
-| systems, and software . . . .... . . ...... . . .... . . ...... . . 32 |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/today.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/today.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d9a1bd87c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/today.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| today |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \today markup prints the current date in a standard format, "month day,
-year".
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\rightlinesbegin
-John R. Bays
-Philosophy 484
-\today
-\rightlinesend
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| John R. Bays |
-| Philosophy 484 |
-| January 15, 1987 |
-| |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpeven b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpeven
deleted file mode 100644
index a839ce01d1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpeven
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \topline1-5 COMMANDS |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \topline1-5 commands set what will appear at the top of each page after the
-title page. The \topline1-5 command is always used in conjunction with the
-\bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op) command. This command
-has the format:
-
- \evenpages{
- \toplineX{llll}{cccc}{rrrr}
- }
-
-where "X" may be 1-5 and refers to the toptitle line number; "llll" is the
-information to be printed left justified; "cccc" is the information to be
-printed centered; and "rrrr" is the information to be printed right justified.
-For example:
-
- \evenpages{
- \topline1{Joe Smith}{June 3, 1984}{\pagenumber}
- \topline2{\rule}{}{}
- }
-
-will space down the amount specified on the \topmargin command and put "Joe
-Smith" at the top far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the current page
-number on the top far right of the first line of each even page. On the second
-line of each even page will be a horizontal line across the width of the text.
-The running toptitle of page 4 would look like this:
-
-Joe Smith June 3, 1984 4
-_______________________________________________________________________________
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpoddp b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpoddp
deleted file mode 100644
index 592dd44217..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpoddp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \topline1-5 COMMANDS |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \topline1-5 commands set what will appear at the top of each page after the
-title page. The \topline1-5 command is always used in conjunction with the
-\bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op) command. This command
-has the format:
-
- \oddpages{
- \toplineX{llll}{cccc}{rrrr}
- }
-
-where "X" may be 1-5 and refers to the toptitle line number; "llll" is the
-information to be printed left justified; "cccc" is the information to be
-printed centered; and "rrrr" is the information to be printed right justified.
-For example:
-
- \oddpages{
- \topline1{Joe Smith}{June 3, 1984}{\pagenumber}
- \topline2{\rule}{}{}
- }
-
-will space down the amount specified on the \topmargin command and put "Joe
-Smith" at the top far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the current page
-number on the top far right of the first line of each odd page. On the second
-line of each odd page will be a horizontal line across the width of the text.
-The running toptitle of page 5 would look like this:
-
-Joe Smith June 3, 1984 5
-_______________________________________________________________________________
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topmargi.helppage b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topmargi.helppage
deleted file mode 100644
index 407c650c62..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topmargi.helppage
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \topmargin (\tma) COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \topmargin (\tma) command will set the distance from the top of the page to
-the top of the running top title text. This command has the format:
-
- \topmargin{uu}
-
-where "uu" is the unit of measurement in number of lines or in any valid TeX
-measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). The default top margin is one inch, or
-\topmargin{1IN}. This command may only appear at the beginning of the TeX input
-file before any actual text is entered.
-
-In order to change the top margin from the default of one inch to one-half
-inch, you would enter:
-
- \tma{.5in}
-
-Which would give you one-half inch between the top of the page to the top of
-the running top title.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tp.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index b0e3f5dc3d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tp.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| titlepage |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\tpã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By convention, a title page is a display page, differing from body pages.
-It usually has sinkage (extra vertical space before the title), a centered
-title (in bold or larger type), and a blind folio (where the page is
-numbered but the number is not printed). It may also have special text in
-the footing.
- By default, the first page of any paper is a title page in TEXT1,
-although it can be suppressed by \notitlepage. Furthermore, title pages can
-be added anywhere in a paper using \titlepage. Since the title page usually
-receives different treatment from body pages, there is separate markup for
-it. By default, the title page adds 1 inch to the top margin and does not
-print a running foot line at the bottom of the page.
- The next page after a title page in TEXT1 is always assumed to be a
-\notitlepage.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Some applications have more than one page in the document which are not
-to carry a running top title. For example, if you want a chapter to
-always print without a running top title, you could add \titlepage to the
-\chapterformat markup:
-
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \titlepage
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
- \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}}
-
- \incontents{yes}}
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Use the \titlepageformat to change the defaults on the title page.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tpf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tpf.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 61299a89b1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tpf.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| titlepageformat |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1in}
- \titlefootline{}
- }
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\tpfã%
-
-Parameters: ã|submarkupã%
-
-Submarkup: ã|\titleleadskip, \titlefootlineã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-By convention, a title page is a display page, differing from body pages.
-It usually has sinkage (extra vertical space before the title), a centered
-title (in bold or larger type), and a blind folio (where the page is
-numbered but the number is not printed). It may also have special text in
-the footing. The \titlepageformat markup changes the heading and footing of
-a titlepage.
-
-ã|titleleadskipã% is the amount of space to be left at the top of title
-pages, in addition to the top margin. By default, there is a 1 inch lead
-skip and a 1 inch top margin, making for a 2 inch white space at the top of
-each title page.
-
-ã|titlefootlineã% is the footing at the bottom of a title page. Similar
-in function to the running foot, its difference is that you do not specify
-\bothpage, \evenpage, or \oddpage with \titlefootline.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-If you want to add 3 inches to the top margin, and print "Bays" at the
-bottom of the page with the page number, enter:
-
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{3in}
- \titlefootline{\line{\lft{Bays}\rt{\pn}}}
- }
-
-which prints a footing at the bottom of the page like:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-| |
-| Bays 3 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tt.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tt.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 25af085df6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tt.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| typewriter |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\ttã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Typewriter is a medium-weight uniformly spaced type face. You get this face
-when you enter \typewriter. Each character has the same width. It is handy
-in \asisbegin blocks.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Using the typewriter font,
-
-\asisbegin
-And yet not cloy thy lips 1
- with loath'd satiety, 2
-But rather famish them 3
-
- amid their plenty, 4
-\asisend
-
-you get the line number on the right to line up:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-| |
-| And yet not cloy thy lips 1 |
-| with loath'd satiety, 2 |
-| But rather famish them 3 |
-| amid their plenty, 4 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Without \typewriter you get:
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| And yet not cloy thy lips 1 |
-| with loath'd satiety, 2 |
-| But rather famish them 3 |
-| amid their plenty, 4 |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-none.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twc.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index eac46c836c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twc.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| twocolumns |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\twcã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \twocolumns markup formats text in two columns with identical width.
-The column widths and gutter are calculated automatically within the
-specified margins. The default width of both columns is 48% of the
-galleywidth. The default gutter width is 4% of the galleywidth.
- The Flexible format allows the user to use single column, two column,
-and three column text interchangeably on the current page by entering one of
-the markup choices at the desired point in the text. The flexible format
-will balance the text columns whenever the number of columns changes.
- For example, if the author changes the multiple column format by
-typing a different markup TEXT1 will automatically balance the columns it
-is currently processing and change to a new number of columns. These
-instructions can be inserted at any point on the page.
- The author may want to handle tables and other large blocks of text by
-returning to a single column for the table by typing \onecolumn immediately
-before the table and returning to two or three column formatting immediately
-after the table.
- All running head, running foot, and inserts are printed across the
-full single column width that prints across the top of the current page.
-Footnotes will be printed across the full width at the bottom of the page.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\twocolumns
-\nin Hebrew is called a Semitic language because it has
-its roots in Shem, one of the sons of Noah.
-Viewing Jerusalem as its center, it is related to the
-northern, rougher Aramaic, and to the southern, more
-polished Arabic. It has a freshness, simplicity and
-power that few modern languages possess. Bounds of the
-ancient Semitic tongue were approximately the
-Mediterranean Sea on the west, the Euphrates and Tigris
-Rivers on the easy,
-the mountains of Armenia on the north,
-and the coast of Arabia on the south. Consider the first
-character, N . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Hebrew is called languages pos- |
-| a Semitic lan- sess. Bounds |
-| guage because it of the ancient |
-| has its roots Semitic tongue |
-| in Shem, one were approxi- |
-| of the sons of mately the Medi- |
-| Noah. View- terranean Sea on |
-| ing Jerusalem as the west, the |
-| its center, it Euphrates and |
-| is related to Tigris Rivers on |
-| the northern, the easy, the |
-| rougher Aramaic, mountains of Ar- |
-| and to the menia on the |
-| southern, more north, and the |
-| polished Arabic. coast of Ara- |
-| It has a fresh- bia on the |
-| ness, simplic- south. Consider |
-| ity and power the first char- |
-| that few modern acter, N . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-To change the column width or the gutter width, use the \multicolumnformat
-markup.
- You cannot specify \twocolumns inside of \vbox, \drawbox, \paragraphbox,
-or a floating \figure (non floating figures, \nofloat, are ok).
- If you want footnotes and figures to print in one column instead of
-across both columns, use the \fixedformat markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twelvept.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twelvept.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a4cfcfd53..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twelvept.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| twelvept |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|noneã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-There are two default \selectfontsets established when you format a TEXT1
-file: \twelvept for the 12 point size Computer Modern serif typestyle; and
-\tenpt for the 10 point Computer Modern serif typestyle.
- The font set includes the following nine faces, each of which is called
-by adding a backslash in front of the name, or using the abbreviation:
-\roman (\rm), \bold (\bd), \italic (\it), \typewriter (\tt), \caps (\cc),
-\mathitalic (\mi), \symbol (\sy), \extension (\ex), and \bolditalic (\bi).
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-Consider this example for switching from 12 point to a 10 point size.
-
-\tenpt
-\centerline{\twelvept\bd Sociogeology}
-\centerline{\it by Achilles Chert}
-"Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus,
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Sociogeology |
-| by Achilles Chert |
-| "Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-There are some markup, such as \tableformat, \runningheadformat, \run-
-ningfootformat, \chapterformat, \partformat and the other heading markup.
-If you want to use another 12 point font set (like Plantin) as the
-default instead of Computer Modern, you must give that set the same name,
-"twelvept":
-
-\selectfontset{pl10}{tenpt}{default}
-\selectfontset{pl12}{twelvept}{default}
-\selectmathset{cg97m}{mathdefault}
-\twelvept
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/us.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/us.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 29e63f08f1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/us.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| underscore |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\usã%
-
-Parameters: ã|textã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-Underscoring, drawing a line under words or sentences, is also used for
-emphasis and to indicate book titles.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-
-Figure 1 shows a schema borrowed from my previous
-book, \us{The} \us{Intact} \us{Societies:}
-\us{Vestals} \us{and} \us{Volcanos}
-\us{in} \us{the} \us{South Pacific}, which suggests . . .
-ff
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| Figure 1 shows a schema borrowed from my previous book, The Intact |
-| Societies: Vestals and Volcanos in the South Pacific, which suggests |
-| . . . |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-In proportional spacing, the \underscore markup has the occasional
-disadvantage of preventing hyphenation and line breaking, which can result
-in awkward or impossible interword spacing and line breaks. To remedy this,
-put each word to be underscored inside of its own \underscore markup as
-illustrated above.
- Do not use \underscore in math mode; use \underline instead.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vbox.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vbox.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 981ddf97ae..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vbox.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| vbox |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|box materialã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \vbox markup has many uses. One use is to be able to put multiple lines
-into a \drawbox markup.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\drawbox{\vbox{The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena
-is the research arm of Giga Geologicals,
-Inc. No apologies
-are tendered for the nonverifiability of experiments.
-The opinions of the authors do not reflect
-company policy.}}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| ........................................................................... |
-| . The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm of Gig . |
-| . Geologicals, Inc. No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of . |
-| . experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy. . |
-| ........................................................................... |
-| |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vertical.helpvert b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vertical.helpvert
deleted file mode 100644
index 872fadaa4f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vertical.helpvert
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \verticalspace (\vs) COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \verticalspace (\vs) command will leave the specified amount of space or
-the specified number of blank lines in the text. This command will also force
-the following text into a new paragraph. The format for the \verticalspace
-(\vs) command is:
-
- \verticalspace{x}
-
-Where "x" is the number of blank lines or space you wish to leave. For
-example,
-
- \verticalspace{4\bl}
-
-will leave four blank lines, and
-
- \verticalspace{2in}
-
-will leave two inches of blank space.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vrule.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vrule.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 60e469f102..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vrule.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| vrule |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|noneã%
-
-Parameters: ã|dimensionã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \vrule markup draws a vertical rule. It is a native TEX markup, and
-the usage is different in that the parameter is not surrounded with curly
-braces. If you do not supply a dimension, TEXT1 will print the rule with
-a height of the highest character in that line and the depth of the deepest
-character in that line. By default, the rule drawn has a thickness (width)
-of .4pt.
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-Refer to The TEXbook for more on \vrule and how to use the "depth" parameter
-with the "height" and "width" parameters.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vs.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index fb1a1cc8f6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vs.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| verticalspace |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\vsã%
-
-Parameters: ã|units of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \verticalspace markup creates blank lines (or space) on a page. This
-markup causes a break in text and leaves a specified amount of space within
-a page. Any following text starts a new paragraph. The total amount of
-white space left is the units of measure (dimension) in the \verticalspace,
-plus the current paragraph skip value. This markup is followed by a
-parameter, which can be entered in whole blank lines, inches, points, or
-other valid units of measure.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\verticalspace{24pt}
-
-{\bd Minerals and Human Behavior}
-\verticalspace{1\bl}
-"Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert
-Camus, a novelist who lionized the labors of . . .
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| Minerals and Human Behavior |
-| |
-| "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, a novelist who |
-| lionized the labors of . . . |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-You can tell TEXT1 you want a variable amount of white space between lines
-by entering something line:
-
-\verticalspace{10pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
-
-which tells TEXT1 you want 10 points of white space in addition to the
-paragraph skip. If TEXT1 cannot balance text to the bottom of the page
-when \normalbottom is in effect (which is the default), then the above
-specification allows TEXT1 to add up to 2 points of white space or subtract
-up to 1 point of white space from the 10 points of white space.
- If you enter a \verticalspace markup at the top of a page it will be
-ignored. Putting a \verticalspace at the bottom of a page is risky, also,
-if the amount of space left on the page is less than the amount asked for.
-The difference will not be carried over to the following page; it will be
-lost. Both difficulties can be resolved by using a required space markup,
-\verticalspacekeep.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vsk.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vsk.helpmark
deleted file mode 100644
index 12befa9880..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vsk.helpmark
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| verticalspacekeep |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-Abbreviation: ã|\vskã%
-
-Parameters: ã|units of measureã%
-
- ã|Description:ã%
-The \verticalspacekeep markup leaves a required amount of space, for a
-figure, plate, or table. The space will always be kept together on
-the current page or printed at the top of the next page if not enough
-space remains on the current page. Text that follows a \verticalspacekeep
-will not be used to fill in the current page if the required space is
-moved to the following page. The amount of white space left is the
-\verticalspacekeep dimension plus the current paragraph skip value.
-
- ã|Example:ã%
-\verticalspacekeep{2in}
-
-{\bd Sociogeology}
-{\it Minerals and Human Behavior}
-
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| |
-| Sociogeology Minerals and Human Behavior |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
- ã|Notes:ã%
-
-\verticalspacekeep is the best way to have white space left at the top of a
-page. \verticalspace will not leave white space at the top of a page.
diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/width.helppage b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/width.helppage
deleted file mode 100644
index ec89a93efc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/width.helppage
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| TEXT1 \width COMMAND |
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-The \width command specifies the width of the page that will be used for
-printing the file. The format is:
-
- \width{uu}
-
-where "uu" is the unit of measurement in any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in,
-etc.) or number of 10-pitch characters. The default page width is 8.5 inches,
-or \width{8.5IN}. This command may only appear at the beginning of the TeX
-input file before any actual text is entered.
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et10.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et10.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b2e237237..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et10.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cgetXrm=etr at 10pt\font\cgetXit=eti at 10pt
-\font\cgetXbd=etb at 10pt \font\cgetXmi=mthit at 10pt
-\font\cgetXsy=symbola at 10pt \font\cgetXex=ext at 10pt
-\font\cgetXbi=etbi at 10pt \font\cgetXtt=elite at 10pt
-\font\cgetXcc=etsc at 10pt\font\cgetXmrm=mthrm at 10pt
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\endcsname=12pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
- \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXrm}%
- \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXmi}%
- \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXsy}%
- \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXex}%
- \textfont0=\cgetXmrm \textfont1=\cgetXmi
- \textfont2=\cgetXsy \textfont3=\cgetXex
- \textfont\itfam=\cgetXit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXbi
- \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXtt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXcc
- \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXbd}%
- \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXit}%
- \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXbi}%
- \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXtt}%
- \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXcc}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et11.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et11.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cc84b4c7b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et11.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cgetXIrm=etr at 11pt\font\cgetXIit=eti at 11pt
-\font\cgetXIbd=etb at 11pt \font\cgetXImi=mthit at 11pt
-\font\cgetXIsy=symbola at 11pt \font\cgetXIex=ext at 11pt
-\font\cgetXIbi=etbi at 11pt \font\cgetXItt=elite at 11pt
-\font\cgetXIcc=etsc at 11pt\font\cgetXImrm=mthrm at 11pt
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\endcsname=13pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
- \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXIrm}%
- \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXImi}%
- \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXIsy}%
- \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXIex}%
- \textfont0=\cgetXImrm \textfont1=\cgetXImi
- \textfont2=\cgetXIsy \textfont3=\cgetXIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cgetXIit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXIbi
- \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXItt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXIcc
- \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXIbd}%
- \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXIit}%
- \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXIbi}%
- \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXItt}%
- \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXIcc}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et12.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et12.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 85c9acc6f7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et12.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cgetXIIrm=etr at 12pt\font\cgetXIIit=eti at 12pt
-\font\cgetXIIbd=etb at 12pt \font\cgetXIImi=mthit at 12pt
-\font\cgetXIIsy=symbola at 12pt \font\cgetXIIex=ext at 12pt
-\font\cgetXIIbi=etbi at 12pt \font\cgetXIItt=elite at 12pt
-\font\cgetXIIcc=etsc at 12pt\font\cgetXIImrm=mthrm at 12pt
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\endcsname=14pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
- \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXIIrm}%
- \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXIImi}%
- \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXIIsy}%
- \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXIIex}%
- \textfont0=\cgetXIImrm \textfont1=\cgetXIImi
- \textfont2=\cgetXIIsy \textfont3=\cgetXIIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cgetXIIit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXIIbi
- \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXIItt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXIIcc
- \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXIIbd}%
- \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXIIit}%
- \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXIIbi}%
- \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXIItt}%
- \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXIIcc}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et14.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et14.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 01a5295803..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et14.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cgetXIVrm=etr at 14pt\font\cgetXIVit=eti at 14pt
-\font\cgetXIVbd=etb at 14pt \font\cgetXIVmi=mthit at 14pt
-\font\cgetXIVsy=symbola at 14pt \font\cgetXIVex=ext at 14pt
-\font\cgetXIVbi=etbi at 14pt \font\cgetXIVtt=elite at 14pt
-\font\cgetXIVcc=etsc at 14pt\font\cgetXIVmrm=mthrm at 14pt
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\endcsname=16pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
- \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXIVrm}%
- \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXIVmi}%
- \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXIVsy}%
- \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXIVex}%
- \textfont0=\cgetXIVmrm \textfont1=\cgetXIVmi
- \textfont2=\cgetXIVsy \textfont3=\cgetXIVex
- \textfont\itfam=\cgetXIVit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXIVbi
- \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXIVbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXIVcc
- \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXIVbd}%
- \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXIVit}%
- \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXIVbi}%
- \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXIVtt}%
- \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXIVcc}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et18.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et18.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index e59a1bc47e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et18.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cgetXVIIIrm=etr at 18pt\font\cgetXVIIIit=eti at 18pt
-\font\cgetXVIIIbd=etb at 18pt \font\cgetXVIIImi=mthit at 18pt
-\font\cgetXVIIIsy=symbola at 18pt \font\cgetXVIIIex=ext at 18pt
-\font\cgetXVIIIbi=etbi at 18pt \font\cgetXVIIItt=elite at 18pt
-\font\cgetXVIIIcc=etsc at 18pt\font\cgetXVIIImrm=mthrm at 18pt
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\endcsname=20pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
- \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXVIIIrm}%
- \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXVIIImi}%
- \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXVIIIsy}%
- \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXVIIIex}%
- \textfont0=\cgetXVIIImrm \textfont1=\cgetXVIIImi
- \textfont2=\cgetXVIIIsy \textfont3=\cgetXVIIIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cgetXVIIIit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXVIIIbi
- \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXVIIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXVIIIcc
- \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXVIIIbd}%
- \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXVIIIit}%
- \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXVIIIbi}%
- \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXVIIItt}%
- \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXVIIIcc}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et8.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et8.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index ad30284fa6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et8.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cgetVIIIrm=etr at 8pt\font\cgetVIIIit=eti at 8pt
-\font\cgetVIIIbd=etb at 8pt \font\cgetVIIImi=mthit at 8pt
-\font\cgetVIIIsy=symbola at 8pt \font\cgetVIIIex=ext at 8pt
-\font\cgetVIIIbi=etbi at 8pt \font\cgetVIIItt=elite at 8pt
-\font\cgetVIIIcc=etsc at 8pt\font\cgetVIIImrm=mthrm at 8pt
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\endcsname=10pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
- \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetVIIIrm}%
- \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetVIIImi}%
- \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetVIIIsy}%
- \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetVIIIex}%
- \textfont0=\cgetVIIImrm \textfont1=\cgetVIIImi
- \textfont2=\cgetVIIIsy \textfont3=\cgetVIIIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cgetVIIIit\textfont\bifam=\cgetVIIIbi
- \textfont\ttfam=\cgetVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cgetVIIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cgetVIIIcc
- \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetVIIIbd}%
- \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetVIIIit}%
- \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetVIIIbi}%
- \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetVIIItt}%
- \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetVIIIcc}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et9.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et9.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index ed560d4d5b..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et9.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cgetIXrm=etr at 9pt\font\cgetIXit=eti at 9pt
-\font\cgetIXbd=etb at 9pt \font\cgetIXmi=mthit at 9pt
-\font\cgetIXsy=symbola at 9pt \font\cgetIXex=ext at 9pt
-\font\cgetIXbi=etbi at 9pt \font\cgetIXtt=elite at 9pt
-\font\cgetIXcc=etsc at 9pt\font\cgetIXmrm=mthrm at 9pt
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\endcsname=11pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
- \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetIXrm}%
- \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetIXmi}%
- \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetIXsy}%
- \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetIXex}%
- \textfont0=\cgetIXmrm \textfont1=\cgetIXmi
- \textfont2=\cgetIXsy \textfont3=\cgetIXex
- \textfont\itfam=\cgetIXit\textfont\bifam=\cgetIXbi
- \textfont\ttfam=\cgetIXtt \textfont\bffam=\cgetIXbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cgetIXcc
- \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetIXbd}%
- \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetIXit}%
- \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetIXbi}%
- \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetIXtt}%
- \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetIXcc}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etb.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etb.fontinfo
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a9571f163..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etb.fontinfo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-* TEX font info -- commerical font format -- English Times Bold 4/25/85
-* CG 5039 Layout, and 1614 Complement, typeface 707
-*
-HUNITS 1/54
-VUNITS 1/64
-DEFFONT 032
-DEFWIDTH 1
-SLANT 0
-SPACE 15/54
-SPSTRETCH 12/54
-SPSHRINK 5/54
-XHEIGHT 30/64
-QUAD 1
-EXTRASPACE 1/10
-FONTNAME ETB
-*
-* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal
-$
-1/2 54 45 0 au,97
-1/4 54 45 0 au,98
-3/4 54 45 0 au,99
-1/3 54 45 3 au,104
-2/3 54 45 0 au,105
-enbul 27 40 0 au,40
-cent 27 40 0 au,36
-openbox 54 45 0 au,37
-1/8 54 45 0 au,100
-3/8 54 45 0 au,101
-5/8 54 45 0 au,102
-ff LIGATURE f+f 33 45 0 au,120
-fi LIGATURE f+i 30 45 0 au,118
-fl LIGATURE f+l 30 45 0 au,119
-ffi LIGATURE ff+i 45 45 0 au,121
-ffl LIGATURE ff+l 45 45 0 au,122
-dotless-i 15 35 0 au,127
-undef 27 0 0 30
-grave 13 45 0 au,82
-acute 13 45 0 au,81
-invertcircum 14 45 0 f195,37
-breve 13 45 0 f195,26
-macron 14 45 0 f195,au,90
-circleaccent 14 45 0 f195,42
-cedila 13 5 10 au,93
-germanSS 30 45 0 au,30
-ae 42 35 0 f35,au,111
-oe 45 35 0 f35,11
-scano 30 35 5 f30,06
-AE 54 45 0 f35,64
-OE 54 45 0 f35,09
-ScanO 42 45 5 f30,au,07
-PolishSl 18 35 0 vmf3,45,vmr3
-! 21 45 0 40
-right" LIGATURE '+' 20 45 0 39,hml2,39
-# 27 45 0 au,114
-dollar 27 45 5 au,35
-% 54 45 0 au,49
-& 39 45 0 91
-' 12 45 0 39
-( 18 45 5 58
-) 18 45 5 59
-* 27 45 0 92
-+ 36 45 0 F186,Au,46
-, 18 10 10 44
-hyphen 18 20 0 45
-. 18 10 0 46
-/ 27 45 0 au,33
-0 27 45 0 48
-1 27 45 0 49
-2 27 45 0 50
-3 27 45 0 51
-4 27 45 0 52
-5 27 45 0 53
-6 27 45 0 54
-7 27 45 0 55
-8 27 45 0 56
-9 27 45 0 57
-: 18 35 0 35
-; 18 35 10 32
-invert! 21 45 5 41
-= 36 45 0 F186,Au,43
-invert? 24 45 5 37
-? 27 45 0 36
-@ 54 45 0 f38,93
-A 42 45 0 65
-B 36 45 0 66
-C 39 45 0 67
-D 42 45 0 68
-E 36 45 0 69
-F 33 45 0 70
-G 42 45 0 71
-H 45 45 0 72
-I 21 45 0 73
-J 27 45 0 74
-K 39 45 0 75
-L 36 45 0 76
-M 51 45 0 77
-N 42 45 0 78
-O 42 45 0 79
-P 36 45 0 80
-Q 42 45 15 81
-R 39 45 0 82
-S 30 45 0 83
-T 36 45 0 84
-U 42 45 0 85
-V 39 45 0 86
-W 54 45 0 87
-X 42 45 0 88
-Y 39 45 0 89
-Z 36 45 0 90
-[ 18 45 10 94
-left" LIGATURE l×+l× 20 45 0 38,hml2,38
-] 18 45 10 95
-circumflex 13 45 0 au,83
-raiseddot 14 45 0 f195,41
-l× 12 45 0 38
-a 27 35 0 97
-b 30 45 0 98
-c 24 35 0 99
-d 30 45 0 100
-e 24 35 0 101
-f 21 45 0 102
-g 27 35 10 103
-h 30 45 0 104
-i 15 45 0 105
-j 18 45 10 106
-k 30 45 0 107
-l 15 45 0 108
-m 45 35 0 109
-n 30 35 0 110
-o 30 35 0 111
-p 30 35 10 112
-q 30 35 10 113
-r 21 35 0 114
-s 21 35 0 115
-t 18 45 0 116
-u 30 35 0 117
-v 27 35 0 118
-w 39 35 0 119
-x 27 35 0 120
-y 27 35 10 121
-z 24 35 0 122
-endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 31 25 0 45,hml5,45,hmr5
-emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 25 0 47
-Hungarian 15 50 0 f189,au,116
-tilde 13 45 0 au,86
-umlaut 13 45 0 au,84
-kern a+v -54/36
-kern a+w -54/36
-kern a+y -54/36
-kern h+t -54/36
-kern h+u -54/36
-kern h+y -54/36
-kern k+e -54/36
-kern m+b -54/36
-kern m+u -54/36
-kern m+y -54/36
-kern n+t -54/36
-kern n+u -54/36
-kern n+v -54/36
-kern n+w -54/36
-kern n+y -54/36
-kern o+o 54/51
-kern o+v -54/36
-kern o+w -54/36
-kern o+x -54/36
-kern o+y -54/36
-kern t+w -54/36
-kern t+y -54/36
-kern v+e -54/36
-kern v+o -54/36
-kern w+a -54/36
-kern w+e -54/36
-kern w+o -54/36
-kern y+a -54/36
-kern y+e -54/36
-kern y+o -54/36
-kern A+T -54/14
-kern A+Y -54/10
-kern A+V -54/6
-kern A+v -54/28
-kern D+A -54/14
-kern D+V -54/14
-kern D+W -54/14
-kern D+Y -54/12
-kern F+a -54/18
-kern F+e -54/32
-kern F+o -54/18
-kern F+r -54/22
-kern F+u -54/18
-kern F+A -54/14
-kern F+O -54/18
-kern K+O -54/14
-kern L+O -54/14
-kern L+U -54/17
-kern L+Y -54/12
-kern O+A -54/14
-kern O+V -54/12
-kern O+W -54/14
-kern O+X -54/12
-kern O+Y -54/12
-kern P+A -54/16
-kern P+r -54/34
-kern R+O -54/14
-kern R+T -54/16
-kern R+U -54/18
-kern R+V -54/16
-kern R+Y -54/14
-kern T+a -54/14
-kern T+e -54/16
-kern T+o -54/14
-kern T+r -54/14
-kern T+u -54/14
-kern T+w -54/16
-kern T+A -54/16
-kern T+O -54/22
-kern V+a -54/16
-kern V+e -54/16
-kern V+o -54/16
-kern V+r -54/16
-kern V+u -54/16
-kern V+A -54/6
-kern V+O -54/18
-kern W+a -54/14
-kern W+e -54/14
-kern W+o -54/14
-kern W+r -54/15
-kern W+u -54/15
-kern W+A -54/10
-kern W+O -54/14
-kern X+O -54/12
-kern Y+a -54/12
-kern Y+e -54/12
-kern Y+o -54/12
-kern Y+r -54/14
-kern Y+u -54/12
-kern Y+A -54/14
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etbi.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etbi.fontinfo
deleted file mode 100644
index f2b7ae9d4f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etbi.fontinfo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-* TEX font info--commerical font format--English Times Bold Italic 4/25/85
-*
-HUNITS 1/54
-VUNITS 1/64
-DEFFONT 033
-DEFWIDTH 1
-SLANT 0
-SPACE 22/54
-SPSTRETCH 15/54
-SPSHRINK 13/54
-XHEIGHT 30/64
-QUAD 1
-EXTRASPACE 2/10
-fontname ETBI
-* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal
-$
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-enbul 27 30 0 au,110
-dagger 27 45 5 au,31
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-section 27 45 5 60
-ff LIGATURE f+f 33 45 15 au,120
-fi LIGATURE f+i 30 45 15 au,118
-fl LIGATURE f+l 30 45 15 au,119
-ffi LIGATURE ff+i 45 45 15 au,121
-ffl LIGATURE ff+l 45 45 15 au,122
-iota 15 35 0 f193,105
-undef 0 0 0 30
-grave 15 45 0 au,82
-acute 15 45 0 au,81
-invertcircum 15 45 0 f195,37
-breve 15 45 0 f195,26
-macron 15 45 0 f195,au,90
-circleaccent 15 45 0 f195,42
-cedila 15 10 15 au,93
-Germanss 30 45 10 au,30
-ae 50 35 0 97,hml10,101,hmr10
-oe 52 35 0 111,hml11,101,hmr11
-pound 27 45 0 96
-AE 72 45 0 65,hml17,69,hmr17
-OE 75 45 0 79,hml16,69,hmr16
-SCANO 42 45 5 f30,au,07
-PolishSl 18 20 0 vmr2,hml1,45,hmr1,vmf1
-! 21 45 0 40
-right" LIGATURE '+' 24 45 0 39,hml2,39,hmr2
-litre 27 45 0 F188,au,111
-dollar 27 45 5 au,35
-% 54 45 0 au,49
-& 39 45 0 91
-' 12 45 0 39
-( 18 45 10 58
-) 18 45 10 59
-* 27 45 0 92
-plus 54 35 0 au,46
-, 18 10 10 44
-hyphen 18 15 15 45
-. 18 10 0 46
-/ 27 45 0 au,33
-0 27 45 0 48
-1 27 45 0 49
-2 27 45 0 50
-3 27 45 0 51
-4 27 45 0 52
-5 27 45 0 53
-6 27 45 0 54
-7 27 45 0 55
-8 27 45 0 56
-9 27 45 0 57
-: 18 30 0 35
-; 18 30 10 32
-invert! 21 35 15 41
-= 54 25 0 Au,43
-invert? 27 35 15 37
-? 27 45 0 36
-undef 27 0 0 30
-A 42 45 0 65
-B 36 45 0 66
-C 39 45 5 67
-D 42 45 0 68
-E 36 45 0 69
-F 33 45 0 70
-G 42 45 0 71
-H 45 45 0 72
-I 21 45 0 73
-J 27 45 0 74
-K 39 45 0 75
-L 36 45 0 76
-M 51 45 0 77
-N 42 45 0 78
-O 42 45 0 79
-P 36 45 0 80
-Q 42 45 15 81
-R 39 45 0 82
-S 30 45 0 83
-T 36 45 0 84
-U 42 45 0 85
-V 39 45 20 86
-W 54 45 0 87
-X 42 45 0 88
-Y 39 45 0 89
-Z 36 45 0 90
-[ 18 45 10 94
-left" LIGATURE l×+l× 21 45 0 38,hml2,38,hmr2
-] 18 45 10 95
-circumflex 15 45 0 au,83
-raiseddot 15 45 0 f195,41
-l× 12 45 0 38
-a 27 30 0 97
-b 30 45 0 98
-c 24 30 0 99
-d 30 45 0 100
-e 24 30 0 101
-f 21 45 15 102
-g 27 30 10 103
-h 30 45 0 104
-i 15 45 0 105
-j 18 45 15 106
-k 30 45 0 107
-l 15 45 0 108
-m 45 30 0 109
-n 30 30 0 110
-o 30 30 0 111
-p 30 30 15 112
-q 30 30 15 113
-r 21 30 0 114
-s 21 30 0 115
-t 18 40 0 116
-u 30 30 0 117
-v 27 30 0 118
-w 39 30 0 119
-x 27 30 0 120
-y 27 30 10 121
-z 24 30 5 122
-endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 27 20 0 Au,106
-emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 20 0 47
-Hungarian 18 50 0 f189,au,116
-tilde 15 45 0 au,86
-umlaut 15 45 0 au,84
-kern a+v -54/36
-kern a+v -54/36
-kern a+w -54/36
-kern a+y -54/36
-kern h+t -54/36
-kern h+u -54/36
-kern h+y -54/36
-kern k+e -54/36
-kern m+b -54/36
-kern m+u -54/36
-kern m+y -54/36
-kern n+t -54/36
-kern n+u -54/36
-kern n+v -54/36
-kern n+w -54/36
-kern n+y -54/36
-kern o+o 54/60
-kern o+v -54/36
-kern o+w -54/36
-kern o+x -54/36
-kern o+y -54/36
-kern t+w -54/36
-kern t+y -54/36
-kern v+e -54/36
-kern v+o -54/36
-kern w+a -54/36
-kern w+e -54/36
-kern w+o -54/36
-kern y+a -54/36
-kern y+e -54/36
-kern y+o -54/36
-kern A+T -54/16
-kern A+U -54/18
-kern A+Y -54/16
-kern A+V -54/12
-kern D+A -54/16
-kern D+V -54/14
-kern D+W -54/16
-kern D+Y -54/16
-kern F+a -54/20
-kern F+e -54/24
-kern F+o -54/18
-kern F+r -54/22
-kern F+u -54/20
-kern F+A -54/18
-kern F+O -54/18
-kern K+O -54/14
-kern L+O -54/18
-kern L+U -54/18
-kern L+Y -54/16
-kern O+A -54/18
-kern O+V -54/16
-kern O+W -54/16
-kern O+X -54/16
-kern O+Y -54/14
-kern P+A -54/18
-kern R+O -54/16
-kern R+T -54/18
-kern R+U -54/18
-kern R+V -54/16
-kern R+Y -54/16
-kern T+a -54/22
-kern T+e -54/22
-kern T+o -54/20
-kern T+r -54/18
-kern T+u -54/22
-kern T+A -54/16
-kern T+O -54/28
-kern V+a -54/18
-kern V+e -54/18
-kern V+o -54/18
-kern V+r -54/22
-kern V+u -54/20
-kern V+A -54/12
-kern V+O -54/16
-kern W+a -54/16
-kern W+e -54/18
-kern W+o -54/18
-kern W+r -54/20
-kern W+u -54/20
-kern W+A -54/10
-kern W+O -54/14
-kern X+O -54/14
-kern Y+a -54/18
-kern Y+e -54/18
-kern Y+o -54/18
-kern Y+r -54/22
-kern Y+u -54/20
-kern Y+A -54/14
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/eti.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/eti.fontinfo
deleted file mode 100644
index a5085be50d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/eti.fontinfo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-* TEX font info -- commerical font format -- English Times Italic 4/25/84
-*
-HUNITS 1/54
-VUNITS 1/64
-DEFFONT 031
-DEFWIDTH 1
-SLANT 1/4
-SPACE 22/54
-SPSTRETCH 15/54
-SPSHRINK 13/54
-XHEIGHT 30/64
-QUAD 1
-EXTRASPACE 2/10
-fontname ETI
-* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal
-$
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-enbul 27 30 0 au,110
-dagger 27 45 5 au,31
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-section 27 45 5 60
-ff LIGATURE f+f 33 45 15 au,120
-fi LIGATURE f+i 30 45 15 au,118
-fl LIGATURE f+l 30 45 15 au,119
-ffi LIGATURE ff+i 45 45 15 au,121
-ffl LIGATURE ff+l 45 45 15 au,122
-iota 15 35 0 f193,105
-undef 27 0 0 30
-grave 16 45 0 au,82
-acute 17 45 0 au,81
-invertcircum 13 45 0 f195,37
-breve 13 45 0 f195,26
-macron 13 45 0 f195,au,90
-circleaccent 15 45 0 f195,42
-cedila 14 10 15 au,93
-Germanss 30 45 10 au,30
-ae 42 35 0 f35,au,113
-oe 45 35 0 f35,10
-pound 27 45 0 96
-AE 54 45 0 f35,au,79
-OE 54 45 0 f35,08
-SCANO 42 45 5 f30,au,07
-PolishSl 15 20 0 vmr2,hml1,45,hmr1,vmf1
-! 21 45 0 40
-right" LIGATURE '+' 24 45 0 39,hml2,39,hmr2
-litre 27 45 0 F188,au,111
-dollar 27 45 5 au,35
-% 54 45 0 au,49
-& 39 45 0 91
-' 12 45 0 39
-( 18 45 10 58
-) 18 45 10 59
-* 27 45 0 92
-plus 54 35 0 au,46
-, 18 10 10 44
-hyphen 18 15 15 45
-. 18 10 0 46
-/ 27 45 0 au,33
-0 27 45 0 48
-1 27 45 0 49
-2 27 45 0 50
-3 27 45 0 51
-4 27 45 0 52
-5 27 45 0 53
-6 27 45 0 54
-7 27 45 0 55
-8 27 45 0 56
-9 27 45 0 57
-: 18 30 0 35
-; 18 30 10 32
-invert! 21 35 15 41
-= 54 25 0 Au,43
-invert? 27 35 15 37
-? 27 45 0 36
-undef 27 0 0 30
-A 42 45 0 65
-B 36 45 0 66
-C 39 45 5 67
-D 42 45 0 68
-E 36 45 0 69
-F 33 45 0 70
-G 42 45 0 71
-H 45 45 0 72
-I 21 45 0 73
-J 27 45 0 74
-K 39 45 0 75
-L 36 45 0 76
-M 51 45 0 77
-N 42 45 0 78
-O 42 45 0 79
-P 36 45 0 80
-Q 42 45 15 81
-R 39 45 0 82
-S 30 45 0 83
-T 36 45 0 84
-U 42 45 0 85
-V 39 45 20 86
-W 54 45 0 87
-X 42 45 0 88
-Y 39 45 0 89
-Z 36 45 0 90
-[ 18 45 10 94
-left" LIGATURE l×+l× 21 45 0 38,hml2,38,hmr2
-] 18 45 10 95
-circumflex 17 45 0 au,83
-raiseddot 13 45 0 f195,41
-l× 12 45 0 38
-a 27 30 0 97
-b 30 45 0 98
-c 24 30 0 99
-d 30 45 0 100
-e 24 30 0 101
-f 21 45 15 102
-g 27 30 10 103
-h 30 45 0 104
-i 15 45 0 105
-j 18 45 15 106
-k 30 45 0 107
-l 15 45 0 108
-m 45 30 0 109
-n 30 30 0 110
-o 30 30 0 111
-p 30 30 15 112
-q 30 30 15 113
-r 21 30 0 114
-s 21 30 0 115
-t 18 40 0 116
-u 30 30 0 117
-v 27 30 0 118
-w 39 30 0 119
-x 27 30 0 120
-y 27 30 10 121
-z 24 30 5 122
-endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 27 20 0 Au,106
-emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 20 0 47
-Hungarian 14 50 0 f189,au,116
-tilde 17 45 0 au,86
-umlaut 17 45 0 au,84
-kern a+v -54/36
-kern a+v -54/36
-kern a+w -54/36
-kern a+y -54/36
-kern h+t -54/36
-kern h+u -54/36
-kern h+y -54/36
-kern k+e -54/36
-kern m+b -54/36
-kern m+u -54/36
-kern m+y -54/36
-kern n+t -54/36
-kern n+u -54/36
-kern n+v -54/36
-kern n+w -54/36
-kern n+y -54/36
-kern o+o 54/60
-kern o+v -54/36
-kern o+w -54/36
-kern o+x -54/36
-kern o+y -54/36
-kern t+w -54/36
-kern t+y -54/36
-kern v+e -54/36
-kern v+o -54/36
-kern w+a -54/36
-kern w+e -54/36
-kern w+o -54/36
-kern y+a -54/36
-kern y+e -54/36
-kern y+o -54/36
-kern A+T -54/16
-kern A+U -54/18
-kern A+Y -54/16
-kern A+V -54/12
-kern D+A -54/16
-kern D+V -54/14
-kern D+W -54/16
-kern D+Y -54/16
-kern F+a -54/20
-kern F+e -54/24
-kern F+o -54/18
-kern F+r -54/22
-kern F+u -54/20
-kern F+A -54/18
-kern F+O -54/18
-kern K+O -54/14
-kern L+O -54/18
-kern L+U -54/18
-kern L+Y -54/16
-kern O+A -54/18
-kern O+V -54/16
-kern O+W -54/16
-kern O+X -54/16
-kern O+Y -54/14
-kern P+A -54/18
-kern R+O -54/16
-kern R+T -54/18
-kern R+U -54/18
-kern R+V -54/16
-kern R+Y -54/16
-kern T+a -54/22
-kern T+e -54/22
-kern T+o -54/20
-kern T+r -54/18
-kern T+u -54/22
-kern T+A -54/16
-kern T+O -54/28
-kern V+a -54/18
-kern V+e -54/18
-kern V+o -54/18
-kern V+r -54/22
-kern V+u -54/20
-kern V+A -54/12
-kern V+O -54/16
-kern W+a -54/16
-kern W+e -54/18
-kern W+o -54/18
-kern W+r -54/20
-kern W+u -54/20
-kern W+A -54/10
-kern W+O -54/14
-kern X+O -54/14
-kern Y+a -54/18
-kern Y+e -54/18
-kern Y+o -54/18
-kern Y+r -54/22
-kern Y+u -54/20
-kern Y+A -54/14
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etr.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etr.fontinfo
deleted file mode 100644
index e926b6626a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etr.fontinfo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-* TEX font info -- commerical font format -- English Times Roman 4/25/85
-* CG 5039 Layout, and 1614 Compliment, typeface 705
-*
-HUNITS 1/54
-VUNITS 1/64
-DEFFONT 030
-DEFWIDTH 1
-SLANT 0
-SPACE 15/54
-SPSTRETCH 12/54
-SPSHRINK 5/54
-XHEIGHT 30/64
-QUAD 1
-EXTRASPACE 1/10
-FONTNAME ETR
-*
-* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal
-$
-1/2 54 45 0 au,97
-1/4 54 45 0 au,98
-3/4 54 45 0 au,99
-1/3 54 45 3 au,104
-2/3 54 45 0 au,105
-enbul 27 40 0 au,40
-cent 27 40 0 au,36
-openbox 54 45 0 au,37
-1/8 54 45 0 au,100
-3/8 54 45 0 au,101
-5/8 54 45 0 au,102
-ff LIGATURE f+f 33 45 0 au,120
-fi LIGATURE f+i 30 45 0 au,118
-fl LIGATURE f+l 30 45 0 au,119
-ffi LIGATURE ff+i 45 45 0 au,121
-ffl LIGATURE ff+l 45 45 0 au,122
-dotless-i 15 35 0 au,127
-undef 27 0 0 30
-grave 13 45 0 au,82
-acute 13 45 0 au,81
-invertcircum 13 45 0 f195,37
-breve 13 45 0 f195,26
-macron 13 45 0 f195,au,90
-circleaccent 13 45 0 f195,42
-cedila 13 5 10 au,93
-germanSS 30 45 0 au,30
-ae 42 35 0 f35,au,107
-oe 45 35 0 f35,au,116
-scano 30 35 5 06
-AE 54 45 0 f35,63
-OE 54 45 0 f35,au,80
-ScanO 42 45 5 au,07
-PolishSl 15 35 0 vmf3,hml8,45,hmr8,vmr3
-! 21 45 0 40
-right" LIGATURE '+' 20 45 0 39,hml2,39
-# 27 45 0 au,114
-dollar 27 45 5 au,35
-% 54 45 0 au,49
-& 39 45 0 91
-' 12 45 0 39
-( 18 45 5 58
-) 18 45 5 59
-* 27 45 0 92
-+ 36 45 0 F186,Au,46
-, 18 10 10 44
-hyphen 18 20 0 45
-. 18 10 0 46
-/ 27 45 0 au,33
-0 27 45 0 48
-1 27 45 0 49
-2 27 45 0 50
-3 27 45 0 51
-4 27 45 0 52
-5 27 45 0 53
-6 27 45 0 54
-7 27 45 0 55
-8 27 45 0 56
-9 27 45 0 57
-: 18 35 0 35
-; 18 35 10 32
-invert! 24 45 5 41
-= 36 45 0 F186,Au,43
-invert? 24 45 5 37
-? 27 45 0 36
-@ 54 45 0 f38,93
-A 42 45 0 65
-B 36 45 0 66
-C 39 45 0 67
-D 42 45 0 68
-E 36 45 0 69
-F 33 45 0 70
-G 42 45 0 71
-H 45 45 0 72
-I 21 45 0 73
-J 27 45 0 74
-K 39 45 0 75
-L 36 45 0 76
-M 51 45 0 77
-N 42 45 0 78
-O 42 45 0 79
-P 36 45 0 80
-Q 42 45 15 81
-R 39 45 0 82
-S 30 45 0 83
-T 36 45 0 84
-U 42 45 0 85
-V 39 45 0 86
-W 54 45 0 87
-X 42 45 0 88
-Y 39 45 0 89
-Z 36 45 0 90
-[ 18 45 10 94
-left" LIGATURE l×+l× 20 45 0 38,hml2,38
-] 18 45 10 95
-circumflex 13 45 0 au,83
-raiseddot 15 45 0 f195,41
-l× 12 45 0 38
-a 27 35 0 97
-b 30 45 0 98
-c 24 35 0 99
-d 30 45 0 100
-e 24 35 0 101
-f 21 45 0 102
-g 27 35 10 103
-h 30 45 0 104
-i 15 45 0 105
-j 18 45 10 106
-k 30 45 0 107
-l 15 45 0 108
-m 45 35 0 109
-n 30 35 0 110
-o 30 35 0 111
-p 30 35 10 112
-q 30 35 10 113
-r 21 35 0 114
-s 21 35 0 115
-t 18 45 0 116
-u 30 35 0 117
-v 27 35 0 118
-w 39 35 0 119
-x 27 35 0 120
-y 27 35 10 121
-z 24 35 0 122
-endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 31 25 0 45,hml5,45,hmr5
-emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 25 0 47
-Hungarian 15 50 0 f189,au,116
-tilde 13 45 0 au,86
-umlaut 13 45 0 au,84
-kern a+v -54/36
-kern a+w -54/36
-kern a+y -54/36
-kern h+t -54/36
-kern h+u -54/36
-kern h+y -54/36
-kern k+e -54/36
-kern m+b -54/36
-kern m+u -54/36
-kern m+y -54/36
-kern n+t -54/36
-kern n+u -54/36
-kern n+v -54/36
-kern n+w -54/36
-kern n+y -54/36
-kern o+o 54/51
-kern o+v -54/36
-kern o+w -54/36
-kern o+x -54/36
-kern o+y -54/36
-kern t+w -54/36
-kern t+y -54/36
-kern v+e -54/36
-kern v+o -54/36
-kern w+a -54/36
-kern w+e -54/36
-kern w+o -54/36
-kern y+a -54/36
-kern y+e -54/36
-kern y+o -54/36
-kern A+T -54/14
-kern A+Y -54/10
-kern A+V -54/6
-kern A+v -54/28
-kern D+A -54/14
-kern D+V -54/14
-kern D+W -54/14
-kern D+Y -54/12
-kern F+a -54/18
-kern F+e -54/32
-kern F+o -54/18
-kern F+r -54/22
-kern F+u -54/18
-kern F+A -54/14
-kern F+O -54/18
-kern K+O -54/14
-kern L+O -54/14
-kern L+U -54/17
-kern L+Y -54/12
-kern O+A -54/14
-kern O+V -54/12
-kern O+W -54/14
-kern O+X -54/12
-kern O+Y -54/12
-kern P+A -54/16
-kern P+r -54/34
-kern R+O -54/14
-kern R+T -54/16
-kern R+U -54/18
-kern R+V -54/16
-kern R+Y -54/14
-kern T+a -54/14
-kern T+e -54/16
-kern T+o -54/14
-kern T+r -54/14
-kern T+u -54/14
-kern T+w -54/16
-kern T+A -54/16
-kern T+O -54/22
-kern V+a -54/16
-kern V+e -54/16
-kern V+o -54/16
-kern V+r -54/16
-kern V+u -54/16
-kern V+A -54/6
-kern V+O -54/18
-kern W+a -54/14
-kern W+e -54/14
-kern W+o -54/14
-kern W+r -54/15
-kern W+u -54/15
-kern W+A -54/10
-kern W+O -54/14
-kern X+O -54/12
-kern Y+a -54/12
-kern Y+e -54/12
-kern Y+o -54/12
-kern Y+r -54/14
-kern Y+u -54/12
-kern Y+A -54/14
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etsc.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etsc.fontinfo
deleted file mode 100644
index a3c70a1297..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etsc.fontinfo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-* TEX font info--commerical font format--English Times Small Caps 4/25/85
-* CG 5003 Compliment, typeface 705
-*
-HUNITS 1/54
-VUNITS 1/64
-DEFFONT 038
-DEFWIDTH 1
-SLANT 0
-SPACE 22/54
-SPSTRETCH 15/54
-SPSHRINK 13/54
-XHEIGHT 30/64
-QUAD 1
-EXTRASPACE 2/10
-FONTNAME ETSC
-* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal
-$
-1/2 54 45 0 au,97
-1/4 54 45 0 au,98
-3/4 54 45 0 au,99
-1/3 54 45 3 au,104
-2/3 54 45 0 au,105
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-dbldagger 27 45 0 au,32
-1/8 54 45 0 au,100
-3/8 54 45 0 au,101
-5/8 54 45 0 au,102
-7/8 54 45 0 au,103
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-para 27 50 10 au,113
-trademark 33 50 0 au,54
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-! 21 45 0 40
-right" LIGATURE '+' 20 40 0 39,hml2,39,hmr2
-undef 27 0 0 30
-dollar 27 35 5 au,35
-undef 27 00 0 30
-& 30 30 0 91
-' 12 45 0 39
-( 18 45 15 58
-) 18 45 15 59
-* 27 45 0 92
-plus/minus 54 40 10 au,48
-, 18 10 10 44
-hyphen 18 20 0 45
-. 18 10 0 46
-fracbar/ 06 45 5 au,42
-0 27 30 0 48
-1 27 30 0 49
-2 27 30 0 50
-3 27 30 15 51
-4 27 30 15 52
-5 27 40 15 53
-6 27 45 0 54
-7 27 30 15 55
-8 27 45 0 56
-9 27 30 15 57
-: 18 30 0 35
-; 18 30 10 32
-undef 27 0 0 f195,30
-undef 27 0 0 f195,30
-undef 27 0 0 f195,30
-? 27 45 0 36
-atsign 54 45 5 93
-A 42 45 0 65
-B 36 45 0 66
-C 39 45 0 67
-D 42 45 0 68
-E 36 45 0 69
-F 33 45 0 70
-G 42 45 0 71
-H 45 45 0 72
-I 21 45 0 73
-J 27 45 0 74
-K 39 45 0 75
-L 36 45 0 76
-M 51 45 0 77
-N 42 45 0 78
-O 42 45 0 79
-P 36 45 0 80
-Q 42 45 15 81
-R 39 45 0 82
-S 30 45 0 83
-T 36 45 0 84
-U 42 45 0 85
-V 39 45 0 86
-W 54 45 0 87
-X 42 45 0 88
-Y 39 45 0 89
-Z 36 45 0 90
-undef 27 0 0 30
-left" LIGATURE ×+× 20 40 0 38,hml2,38,hmr2
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-× 12 45 0 38
-a 30 35 0 97
-b 27 35 0 98
-c 30 35 0 99
-d 33 35 0 100
-e 27 35 0 101
-f 24 35 0 102
-g 30 35 3 103
-h 33 35 0 104
-i 15 35 0 105
-j 18 35 0 106
-k 33 35 0 107
-l 24 35 0 108
-m 36 35 0 109
-n 33 35 0 110
-o 30 35 0 111
-p 27 35 0 112
-q 30 35 10 113
-r 30 45 0 114
-s 21 35 0 115
-t 27 35 0 116
-u 33 35 0 117
-v 30 35 0 118
-w 45 35 0 119
-x 30 35 0 120
-y 30 35 0 121
-z 27 35 0 122
-endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 33 20 0 45,hml5,45,hmr5
-emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 20 0 47
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-undef 27 0 0 30
-kern a+v -54/16
-kern a+t -54/28
-kern a+w -54/12
-kern a+y -54/12
-kern c+a -54/28
-kern h+b -54/24
-kern k+a -54/44
-kern k+c -54/24
-kern k+o -54/34
-kern m+b -54/48
-kern m+t -54/44
-kern m+v -54/26
-kern m+w -54/26
-kern m+y -54/36
-kern n+b -54/38
-kern o+o 54/44
-kern o+v -54/26
-kern o+w -54/26
-kern o+x -54/26
-kern o+y -54/22
-kern t+a -54/28
-kern t+w -54/36
-kern t+y -54/32
-kern v+c -54/36
-kern v+o -54/26
-kern w+a -54/8
-kern w+c -54/36
-kern y+a -54/16
-kern y+c -54/26
-kern y+e -54/44
-kern y+o -54/26
-kern A+U -54/18
-kern A+T -54/22
-kern A+V -54/8
-kern A+Y -54/10
-kern D+A -54/28
-kern D+V -54/28
-kern D+W -54/28
-kern D+X -54/28
-kern D+Y -54/28
-kern F+a -54/28
-kern F+r -54/28
-kern F+A -54/28
-kern F+C -54/28
-kern F+G -54/28
-kern F+O -54/28
-kern F+Q -54/28
-kern K+C -54/28
-kern K+G -54/28
-kern K+O -54/28
-kern K+Q -54/28
-kern L+C -54/28
-kern L+G -54/28
-kern L+O -54/28
-kern L+Q -54/28
-kern L+T -54/28
-kern L+U -54/28
-kern L+V -54/28
-kern L+W -54/28
-kern L+Y -54/18
-kern O+A -54/28
-kern O+F -54/32
-kern O+U -54/32
-kern O+V -54/28
-kern O+W -54/28
-kern O+X -54/28
-kern O+Y -54/28
-kern P+A -54/28
-kern R+C -54/28
-kern R+G -54/28
-kern R+O -54/28
-kern R+Q -54/28
-kern R+T -54/28
-kern R+U -54/28
-kern R+V -54/28
-kern R+W -54/28
-kern R+Y -54/28
-kern T+a -54/28
-kern T+o -54/28
-kern T+r -54/28
-kern T+u -54/28
-kern T+A -54/14
-kern T+O -54/28
-kern V+a -54/16
-kern V+e -54/28
-kern V+o -54/20
-kern V+A -54/14
-kern V+C -54/28
-kern V+G -54/28
-kern V+O -54/28
-kern V+Q -54/28
-kern W+a -54/8
-kern W+e -54/28
-kern W+o -54/28
-kern W+u -54/28
-kern W+A -54/8
-kern W+C -54/28
-kern W+G -54/28
-kern W+O -54/28
-kern W+Q -54/28
-kern X+C -54/28
-kern X+G -54/28
-kern X+O -54/28
-kern X+Q -54/28
-kern Y+a -54/16
-kern Y+e -54/28
-kern Y+o -54/28
-kern Y+A -54/20
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.cmschan b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.cmschan
deleted file mode 100644
index d863ceb0fc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.cmschan
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-@x
-%test version
-@y
-%test version 1
-@z
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.exec b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.exec
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bc405cefa..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.exec
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-/* FONTTEX EXEC
- Note: This REXX exec is used to run the FontTeX driver program.
- This exec will prompt the user for a filename if none was entered with
- the call to the exec.
-*/
-
-Address 'COMMAND';
-Trace value 'n'
-Parse Upper Arg inFn;
-if inFn=' '
-then do
- say 'Please enter filename of fontinfo file.'
- pull inFn .
-end
-state inFn 'FONTINFO *'
- if RC<>0 then do
- say inFn 'FONTINFO file not found.'
- exit
- end
-'FONTTEX' inFn
-'REBLOCK' inFn 'TFM';
-'ERASE' inFn 'PRTFM';
-exit
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.outchan b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.outchan
deleted file mode 100644
index 8098645143..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.outchan
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-@x
-%test version
-@y
-%out version 1
-@z
-
-@x
-\font\twelvept=cmbx12
-\font\tentex=cmr10
-@y
-\font\twelvept=cmbx12
-@z
-
-@x
- @<Global Variables@>@/
-static@/
- @^system dependencies@>
- com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/
-value@/
- com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/
- com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/
- com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/
- com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/
- com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/
- com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/
- com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/
- com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/
- com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/
- com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/
- com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/
- com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/
- com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/
- com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/
- com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/
- com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/
- com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/
- com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/
- com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/
-%include pasclib(asciicvt)@/
-@y
-@<Global Variables@>@/
-static@/
-@!com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/
-@!ordx : packed array['00'xc..'FF'xc] of '00'x..'7f'x;@/
-@!chrx : packed array['00'x..'7F'x] of '00'xc..'FF'xc;@/
-value@/
- com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/
- com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/
- com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/
- com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/
- com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/
- com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/
- com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/
- com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/
- com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/
- com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/
- com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/
- com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/
- com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/
- com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/
- com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/
- com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/
- com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/
- com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/
- com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/
-{ EBCDIC to ASCII INTEGER and ASCII INTEGER to EBCDIC conversion }
-{ EBCDIC char to ASCII integer } { ASCII INTEGER to EBCDIC char }
-ordx['00'xc]:='00'x; { NUL NUL } chrx['00'x]:='00'xc; { NUL NUL }
-ordx['01'xc]:='01'x; { SOH SOH } chrx['01'x]:='01'xc; { SOH SOH }
-ordx['02'xc]:='02'x; { STX STX } chrx['02'x]:='02'xc; { STX STX }
-ordx['03'xc]:='03'x; { ETX ETX } chrx['03'x]:='03'xc; { ETX ETX }
-ordx['04'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['04'x]:='37'xc; { EOT EOT }
-ordx['05'xc]:='09'x; { HT HT } chrx['05'x]:='2D'xc; { ENQ ENQ }
-ordx['06'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['06'x]:='2E'xc; { ACK ACK }
-ordx['07'xc]:='7F'x; { DEL DEL } chrx['07'x]:='2F'xc; { BEL BEL }
-ordx['08'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['08'x]:='16'xc; { BS BS }
-ordx['09'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['09'x]:='05'xc; { HT HT }
-ordx['0A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['0A'x]:='25'xc; { LF LF }
-ordx['0B'xc]:='0B'x; { VT VT } chrx['0B'x]:='0B'xc; { VT VT }
-ordx['0C'xc]:='0C'x; { FF FF } chrx['0C'x]:='0C'xc; { FF FF }
-ordx['0D'xc]:='0D'x; { CR CR } chrx['0D'x]:='0D'xc; { CR CR }
-ordx['0E'xc]:='0E'x; { SO SO } chrx['0E'x]:='0E'xc; { SO SO }
-ordx['0F'xc]:='0F'x; { SI SI } chrx['0F'x]:='0F'xc; { SI SI }
-ordx['10'xc]:='10'x; { DLE DLE } chrx['10'x]:='10'xc; { DLE DLE }
-ordx['11'xc]:='11'x; { DC1 DC1 } chrx['11'x]:='11'xc; { DC1 DC1 }
-ordx['12'xc]:='12'x; { DC2 DC2 } chrx['12'x]:='12'xc; { DC2 DC2 }
-ordx['13'xc]:='13'x; { TM DC3 } chrx['13'x]:='13'xc; { DC3 TM }
-ordx['14'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['14'x]:='3C'xc; { DC4 DC4 }
-ordx['15'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['15'x]:='3D'xc; { NAK NAK }
-ordx['16'xc]:='08'x; { BS BS } chrx['16'x]:='32'xc; { SYN SYN }
-ordx['17'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['17'x]:='26'xc; { ETB ETB }
-ordx['18'xc]:='18'x; { CAN CAN } chrx['18'x]:='18'xc; { CAN CAN }
-ordx['19'xc]:='19'x; { EM EM } chrx['19'x]:='19'xc; { EM EM }
-ordx['1A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['1A'x]:='3F'xc; { SUB SUB }
-ordx['1B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['1B'x]:='27'xc; { ESC ESC }
-ordx['1C'xc]:='1C'x; { IFS FS } chrx['1C'x]:='1C'xc; { FS IFS }
-ordx['1D'xc]:='1D'x; { IGS GS } chrx['1D'x]:='1D'xc; { GS IGS }
-ordx['1E'xc]:='1E'x; { IRS RS } chrx['1E'x]:='1E'xc; { RS IRS }
-ordx['1F'xc]:='1F'x; { IUS US } chrx['1F'x]:='1F'xc; { US IUS }
-ordx['20'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['20'x]:='40'xc; { SP SP }
-ordx['21'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['21'x]:='5A'xc; { ! ! }
-ordx['22'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['22'x]:='7F'xc; { " " }
-ordx['23'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['23'x]:='7B'xc; { # # }
-ordx['24'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['24'x]:='5B'xc; { $ $ }
-ordx['25'xc]:='0A'x; { LF LF } chrx['25'x]:='6C'xc; { % % }
-ordx['26'xc]:='17'x; { ETB ETB } chrx['26'x]:='50'xc; { & & }
-ordx['27'xc]:='1B'x; { ESC ESC } chrx['27'x]:='7D'xc; { ' ' }
-ordx['28'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['28'x]:='4D'xc; { ( ( }
-ordx['29'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['29'x]:='5D'xc; { ) ) }
-ordx['2A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2A'x]:='5C'xc; { * * }
-ordx['2B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2B'x]:='4E'xc; { + + }
-ordx['2C'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2C'x]:='6B'xc; { , , }
-ordx['2D'xc]:='05'x; { ENQ ENQ } chrx['2D'x]:='60'xc; { - - }
-ordx['2E'xc]:='06'x; { ACK ACK } chrx['2E'x]:='4B'xc; { . . }
-ordx['2F'xc]:='07'x; { BEL BEL } chrx['2F'x]:='61'xc; { / / }
-ordx['30'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['30'x]:='F0'xc; { 0 0 }
-ordx['31'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['31'x]:='F1'xc; { 1 1 }
-ordx['32'xc]:='16'x; { SYN SYN } chrx['32'x]:='F2'xc; { 2 2 }
-ordx['33'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['33'x]:='F3'xc; { 3 3 }
-ordx['34'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['34'x]:='F4'xc; { 4 4 }
-ordx['35'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['35'x]:='F5'xc; { 5 5 }
-ordx['36'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['36'x]:='F6'xc; { 6 6 }
-ordx['37'xc]:='04'x; { EOT EOT } chrx['37'x]:='F7'xc; { 7 7 }
-ordx['38'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['38'x]:='F8'xc; { 8 8 }
-ordx['39'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['39'x]:='F9'xc; { 9 9 }
-ordx['3A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3A'x]:='7A'xc; { : : }
-ordx['3B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3B'x]:='5E'xc; { ; ; }
-ordx['3C'xc]:='14'x; { DC4 DC4 } chrx['3C'x]:='4C'xc; { < < }
-ordx['3D'xc]:='15'x; { NAK NAK } chrx['3D'x]:='7E'xc; { = = }
-ordx['3E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3E'x]:='6E'xc; { > > }
-ordx['3F'xc]:='1A'x; { SUB SUB } chrx['3F'x]:='6F'xc; { ? ? }
-ordx['40'xc]:='20'x; { SP SP } chrx['40'x]:='7C'xc; { @@ @@ }
-ordx['41'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['41'x]:='C1'xc; { A A }
-ordx['42'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['42'x]:='C2'xc; { B B }
-ordx['43'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['43'x]:='C3'xc; { C C }
-ordx['44'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['44'x]:='C4'xc; { D D }
-ordx['45'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['45'x]:='C5'xc; { E E }
-ordx['46'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['46'x]:='C6'xc; { F F }
-ordx['47'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['47'x]:='C7'xc; { G G }
-ordx['48'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['48'x]:='C8'xc; { H H }
-ordx['49'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['49'x]:='C9'xc; { I I }
-ordx['4A'xc]:='5E'x; { ã ã } chrx['4A'x]:='D1'xc; { J J }
-ordx['4B'xc]:='2E'x; { . . } chrx['4B'x]:='D2'xc; { K K }
-ordx['4C'xc]:='3C'x; { < < } chrx['4C'x]:='D3'xc; { L L }
-ordx['4D'xc]:='28'x; { ( ( } chrx['4D'x]:='D4'xc; { M M }
-ordx['4E'xc]:='2B'x; { + + } chrx['4E'x]:='D5'xc; { N N }
-ordx['4F'xc]:='7C'x; { | | } chrx['4F'x]:='D6'xc; { O O }
-ordx['50'xc]:='26'x; { & & } chrx['50'x]:='D7'xc; { P P }
-ordx['51'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['51'x]:='D8'xc; { Q Q }
-ordx['52'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['52'x]:='D9'xc; { R R }
-ordx['53'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['53'x]:='E2'xc; { S S }
-ordx['54'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['54'x]:='E3'xc; { T T }
-ordx['55'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['55'x]:='E4'xc; { U U }
-ordx['56'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['56'x]:='E5'xc; { V V }
-ordx['57'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['57'x]:='E6'xc; { W W }
-ordx['58'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['58'x]:='E7'xc; { X X }
-ordx['59'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['59'x]:='E8'xc; { Y Y }
-ordx['5A'xc]:='21'x; { ! ! } chrx['5A'x]:='E9'xc; { Z Z }
-ordx['5B'xc]:='24'x; { $ $ } chrx['5B'x]:='AD'xc; { [ [ }
-ordx['5C'xc]:='2A'x; { * * } chrx['5C'x]:='E0'xc; { \ \ }
-ordx['5D'xc]:='29'x; { ) ) } chrx['5D'x]:='BD'xc; { ] ] }
-ordx['5E'xc]:='3B'x; { ; ; } chrx['5E'x]:='4A'xc; { ã ã }
-ordx['5F'xc]:='7E'x; { ^ ^ } chrx['5F'x]:='6D'xc; { _ _ }
-ordx['60'xc]:='2D'x; { - - } chrx['60'x]:='79'xc; { ` ` }
-ordx['61'xc]:='2F'x; { / / } chrx['61'x]:='81'xc; { a a }
-ordx['62'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['62'x]:='82'xc; { b b }
-ordx['63'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['63'x]:='83'xc; { c c }
-ordx['64'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['64'x]:='84'xc; { d d }
-ordx['65'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['65'x]:='85'xc; { e e }
-ordx['66'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['66'x]:='86'xc; { f f }
-ordx['67'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['67'x]:='87'xc; { g g }
-ordx['68'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['68'x]:='88'xc; { h h }
-ordx['69'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['69'x]:='89'xc; { i i }
-ordx['6A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['6A'x]:='91'xc; { j j }
-ordx['6B'xc]:='2C'x; { , , } chrx['6B'x]:='92'xc; { k k }
-ordx['6C'xc]:='25'x; { % % } chrx['6C'x]:='93'xc; { l l }
-ordx['6D'xc]:='5F'x; { _ _ } chrx['6D'x]:='94'xc; { m m }
-ordx['6E'xc]:='3E'x; { > > } chrx['6E'x]:='95'xc; { n n }
-ordx['6F'xc]:='3F'x; { ? ? } chrx['6F'x]:='96'xc; { o o }
-ordx['70'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['70'x]:='97'xc; { p p }
-ordx['71'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['71'x]:='98'xc; { q q }
-ordx['72'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['72'x]:='99'xc; { r r }
-ordx['73'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['73'x]:='A2'xc; { s s }
-ordx['74'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['74'x]:='A3'xc; { t t }
-ordx['75'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['75'x]:='A4'xc; { u u }
-ordx['76'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['76'x]:='A5'xc; { v v }
-ordx['77'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['77'x]:='A6'xc; { w w }
-ordx['78'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['78'x]:='A7'xc; { x x }
-ordx['79'xc]:='60'x; { ` ` } chrx['79'x]:='A8'xc; { y y }
-ordx['7A'xc]:='3A'x; { : : } chrx['7A'x]:='A9'xc; { z z }
-ordx['7B'xc]:='23'x; { # # } chrx['7B'x]:='C0'xc; { lcurly }
-ordx['7C'xc]:='40'x; { @@ @@ } chrx['7C'x]:='4F'xc; { | | }
-ordx['7D'xc]:='27'x; { ' ' } chrx['7D'x]:='D0'xc; { rcurly }
-ordx['7E'xc]:='3D'x; { = = } chrx['7E'x]:='9C'xc; { tilde }
-ordx['7F'xc]:='22'x; { " " } chrx['7F'x]:='07'xc; { DEL DEL }
-ordx['80'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['81'xc]:='61'x; { a a }
-ordx['82'xc]:='62'x; { b b }
-ordx['83'xc]:='63'x; { c c }
-ordx['84'xc]:='64'x; { d d }
-ordx['85'xc]:='65'x; { e e }
-ordx['86'xc]:='66'x; { f f }
-ordx['87'xc]:='67'x; { g g }
-ordx['88'xc]:='68'x; { h h }
-ordx['89'xc]:='69'x; { i i }
-ordx['8A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8C'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8D'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8F'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['90'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['91'xc]:='6A'x; { j j }
-ordx['92'xc]:='6B'x; { k k }
-ordx['93'xc]:='6C'x; { l l }
-ordx['94'xc]:='6D'x; { m m }
-ordx['95'xc]:='6E'x; { n n }
-ordx['96'xc]:='6F'x; { o o }
-ordx['97'xc]:='70'x; { p p }
-ordx['98'xc]:='71'x; { q q }
-ordx['99'xc]:='72'x; { r r }
-ordx['9A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['9B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['9C'xc]:='7E'x; { tilde }
-ordx['9D'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['9E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['9F'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['A0'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['A1'xc]:='1A'x; { ... SUB }
-ordx['A2'xc]:='73'x; { s s }
-ordx['A3'xc]:='74'x; { t t }
-ordx['A4'xc]:='75'x; { u u }
-ordx['A5'xc]:='76'x; { v v }
-ordx['A6'xc]:='77'x; { w w }
-ordx['A7'xc]:='78'x; { x x }
-ordx['A8'xc]:='79'x; { y y }
-ordx['A9'xc]:='7A'x; { z z }
-ordx['AA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['AB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['AC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['AD'xc]:='5B'x; { [ [ }
-ordx['AE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['AF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B0'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B1'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B2'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B3'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B4'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B5'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B6'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B7'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B8'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B9'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BD'xc]:='5D'x; { ] ] }
-ordx['BE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['C0'xc]:='7B'x; { lcurly }
-ordx['C1'xc]:='41'x; { A A }
-ordx['C2'xc]:='42'x; { B B }
-ordx['C3'xc]:='43'x; { C C }
-ordx['C4'xc]:='44'x; { D D }
-ordx['C5'xc]:='45'x; { E E }
-ordx['C6'xc]:='46'x; { F F }
-ordx['C7'xc]:='47'x; { G G }
-ordx['C8'xc]:='48'x; { H H }
-ordx['C9'xc]:='49'x; { I I }
-ordx['CA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['D0'xc]:='7D'x; { rcurly }
-ordx['D1'xc]:='4A'x; { J J }
-ordx['D2'xc]:='4B'x; { K K }
-ordx['D3'xc]:='4C'x; { L L }
-ordx['D4'xc]:='4D'x; { M M }
-ordx['D5'xc]:='4E'x; { N N }
-ordx['D6'xc]:='4F'x; { O O }
-ordx['D7'xc]:='50'x; { P P }
-ordx['D8'xc]:='51'x; { Q Q }
-ordx['D9'xc]:='52'x; { R R }
-ordx['DA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['E0'xc]:='5C'x; { \ \ }
-ordx['E1'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['E2'xc]:='53'x; { S S }
-ordx['E3'xc]:='54'x; { T T }
-ordx['E4'xc]:='55'x; { U U }
-ordx['E5'xc]:='56'x; { V V }
-ordx['E6'xc]:='57'x; { W W }
-ordx['E7'xc]:='58'x; { X X }
-ordx['E8'xc]:='59'x; { Y Y }
-ordx['E9'xc]:='5A'x; { Z Z }
-ordx['EA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['EB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['EC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['ED'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['EE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['EF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['F0'xc]:='30'x; { 0 0 }
-ordx['F1'xc]:='31'x; { 1 1 }
-ordx['F2'xc]:='32'x; { 2 2 }
-ordx['F3'xc]:='33'x; { 3 3 }
-ordx['F4'xc]:='34'x; { 4 4 }
-ordx['F5'xc]:='35'x; { 5 5 }
-ordx['F6'xc]:='36'x; { 6 6 }
-ordx['F7'xc]:='37'x; { 7 7 }
-ordx['F8'xc]:='38'x; { 8 8 }
-ordx['F9'xc]:='39'x; { 9 9 }
-ordx['FA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-@z
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.web b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.web
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f2ce2858e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.web
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1936 +0,0 @@
-%test version
-\font\twelvept=cmbx12
-\font\tentex=cmr10
-\def\topofcontents{\null
- \def\titlepage{T}
- \centerline{{\twelvept The FONTTEX Program}}
- \vskip15pt
- \centerline{Version 2, July 1986}
- \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This work is
- protected as an unpublished work under U.S. copyright laws.
- Copyright $\copyright$ 1986 by WSUCSC. All rights Reserved.}}
- \vskip18pt
- \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This software is furnished under a
- license for
- use only on a single computer system and may be copied only
- with the inclusion of the above copyright notice.
- This software, or any other copies
- thereof, may not be provided or otherwise made available to any
- other person except for use on such system and to one who agrees to
- these license terms. Title to and ownership of the software shall
- at all times remain in WSUCSC.}}
- \vfill}
-
-@* Introduction.
- This version of fonttex writes font and driver information
- into elements. Infile, a data file, must be assigned prior
- the font data.
-
- Fonttex reads a font description source element, and creates
- a \TeX\ font file (TFM) and an 8600 driver element.
-
- The font description source is divided into three sections.
- The first section includes comments and parameters for the
- entire font, the second describes the individual characters,
- and the third provides information about ligatures, kerns,
- linked math characters, and limit conventions on math
- operators. Numeric information is given as integers,
- or fractions depending on the context in which it
- occurs. All sizes given will be scaled by the point size by
- \TeX\ and so should reflect the sizes for 1-point
- type.
-
- The first section can include comments, which begin with a
- "*" in column one of the line. It also includes definitions
- of numeric parameters for the \TeX\ and driver font files.
- The parameter definitions consist of an alphabetic name
- beginning in column 1 and ending with one or more blanks;
- and a numeric value. Comments and parameters can be
- interspersed. This section is ended by a line containing a
- dollar sign in column 1. Although the order the parameters
- are given in is not significant, we will discuss them in a
- conventional order. The first two parameters are the
- scaling factors for the heights, widths, and depths of the
- characters given in section 2. These scaling factors are
- called |HUNITS| and |VUNITS|. Both have real values. All
- character widths are implicitly multiplied by |HUNITS|, and
- all heights and depths by |VUNITS|. For the Compugraphic 8600
- we use |HUNITS|=1/54 and |VUNITS|=1/64, because of the internal
- units used on the machine. The next several parameters give
- information about the font needed by the 8600 driver.
- |DEFFONT| specifies a font number on the typesetter. Unless
- otherwise defined, all characters in this file come from
- this font. |DEFWIDTH| gives the width multiplier. All
- character widths are also multiplied by |DEFWIDTH|. Typically
- |DEFWIDTH| is 1, but it could be less for condensed type and
- more for expanded type. The remaining parameters are for
- the \TeX\ font file. They all take real values.
-
- There should be 128 character entries in section two.
- Information about character is given in free format columns,
- which are separated by one or more blanks. Beginning in
- column 1 is the character mnemonic. Most fonts use standard
- ascii codes, so that character 65 is A, etc. For this
- reason, any single character name will be checked to see
- that it corresponds to the appropriate ascii value. If not a
- warning is issued.
- Following this may be the keyword
- LIGATURE or BUILD describing ligatures and built-up math
- delimiters. This is omitted for ordinary characters. The
- ligature keyword indicates that this character should be
- substituted for a combination of two other characters.
- Following the keyword should be the names of the two
- characters separated by a plus sign. For example, fi
- LIGATURE f+i and: ff LIGATURE f+f ffl LIGATURE ff+l.
- For the
- BUILD keyword, the character will be made from pieces.
- There can be a top, bottom, middle, and extension character.
- All are optional except the extension character. This is
- specified as BUILD keyword=charname,keyword=charname,...
- For instance, bigparen BUILD
- TOP=parentop,MID=parenmid,BOT=parenmid.
- The third field of
- information is the character width, the fourth the height,
- and the fifth the depth. Widths are given relative to the
- point size and are implicitly multiplied by the |HUNITS|
- parameter. Likewise height and depth are relative and are
- multiplied by |VUNITS|. For example, the typical value of
- |HUNITS| is 1/54. Then a character width given as 27 means
- that the character is 0.5 times the point size in width. The
- point size will be determined when the file is referred to
- in \TeX , and the character sizes will be multiplied by it as
- the file is read into \TeX . The sixth column gives 8600
- commands and character codes. The commands have integer or
- real parameters. Most characters will have a single character
- code, and will be selected from the default font. An
- alternate font can be specified by the F command. 8600 code
- can also include point size commands, psuedo-italic
- commands, etc. Refer to the module discussing ``Reading the
- 8600 Codes.''
-
- The final section specifies kerns, linked math characters,
- and math operator conventions. A kern is an amount of
- horizontal space to be subtracted between two characters.
- It is specified as KERN A+W 5/100 for instance, to shave
- 5/100 of the point size between occurences of A and W.
- Linking occurs in math extension fonts where various sizes
- of parentheses, brackets, and so forth occur. To link one
- character to the next larger size of the same symbol,
- specify LINK charname1 charname2 Finally, a character is
- specified to be a mathop by the MATHOP keyword. (Common
- mathops are sum and integral signs.) Following the keyword
- is the character name and a real number. If the real number
- is zero, limits for the operator will be centered above and
- below it in display style. If non-zero, limits are set to
- the right of the symbol, and the lower limit is moved left
- by this amount.
-
- Some further detail on the methods and data structures used
- by Fonttex. Widths, heights, depths, and italic corrections
- are stored in arrays of reals (type realarray). Entry -1
- gives the highest numbered entry used so far. When a height,
- depth, etc is read from the input file, procedure |AddToList|
- is called to add the value to the array and return the index
- of the entry in the array. If two or more characters have
- the same dimension, the value is stored only once and the
- characters have identical indices pointing to it. In the TFM
- format font files, each character has an index into the
- width, height, depth, italic correction arrays, and the
- arrays of values are given separately. (See TUGboat volume
- 2, no 1; or the comments in Sysdep at |ReadFontInfo| for more
- details on the font file format.)
-
- Ligatures are specified by giving the name of the two
- "component" characters of the ligature. These are saved in
- an array of records, "lig" until the entire pre-file has
- been read. Then a pass is made through these records to look
- up all the names of the component characters, and a another
- pass is made through the lig records to group them by the
- first character of the ligature and add a pointer in the
- outstuff array for that character pointing to the
- ligature/kern program. The same is done with kern
- specifications and the final pass over both is done
- simultaneously.
-
- Extendible characters made from top, bottom, middle, and
- extension pieces are marked at the character entry, and the
- names of the pieces are saved in array ext until the file
- has been read. The tag value and pointer into the ext array
- are set in outstuff when the line is read in |ReadBuildStuff|,
- but the character numbers for the ext array itself are not
- found until after the entire file has been read.
-
- When records are written to the driver and font files they
- can be displayed by compiling Fonttex with "drvdump" and
- "dump" respectively set to true.
-
-@ Following are a few macros and definitions used throughout program:
-
-@d incr(#) == # := # + 1
-@d decr(#) == # := # - 1
-@d do_nothing == begin; end
-@d ccat==@=||@>
-@f static == var
-@f value == var
-
-@ The beginning of the program.
-
-@p program fonttex(terminal,sysprint,fontpkt,drvpkt,infile);
-const
- @<Global Constants@>@/
-type
- @<Global Types@>@/
-var
- @<Global Variables@>@/
-static@/
- @^system dependencies@>
- com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/
-value@/
- com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/
- com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/
- com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/
- com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/
- com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/
- com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/
- com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/
- com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/
- com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/
- com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/
- com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/
- com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/
- com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/
- com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/
- com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/
- com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/
- com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/
- com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/
- com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/
-%include pasclib(asciicvt)@/
-
-@* Beginning section.
-This section includes some basic functions for reading the DVI file
-as well as a couple of procedures, like error and allcaps. Nothing
-tricky or noteworthy in these.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
- maxkerns = 255;
- num_entries = 128; {maximum number of characters entered}
-
-@
-@<Global Types@>=
- oneoftwo = packed 1..2;
- oneoffour = packed 1..4;
- bytes4 = packed record
- byte0 :packed 0..255;
- byte1 :packed 0..255;
- case oneoftwo of
- 1 :(rhword :packed 0..65535);
- 2 :(byte2 :packed 0..255;
- byte3 :packed 0..255)
- end;
- charindex = 0..127;@\
- comm = (HDR,CHWIDTH,RT,PS,SS,VMF,VMR,RW,RD,IR,SL,
- RTWT,RTWB,AU,F,HMR,HML,TTS,MAXCMD);@\
- driverrec = record
- cmd :integer;
- case oneoftwo of
- 1 :(param :shortreal);
- 2 :(code :integer);
- end;
- extrec = record
- sourceline:integer;
- topname,botname,extname,midname :string(40);
- top,bot,mid,ext :charindex;
- end;
- fonttypes = (standard,mathex,mathsy);
- halves2 = packed record
- lhword :packed 0..65535;
- case oneoftwo of
- 1 :(rhword :packed 0..65535);
- 2 :(byte2 :packed 0..255;
- byte3 :packed 0..255)
- end;
- kernrec = record
- frstchar :charindex;
- scndchar :charindex;
- kernslot :integer;
- end;
- ligrec = record
- sourceline :integer;
- firstname :string(40);
- scndname :string(40);
- frstchar :charindex;
- scndchar :charindex;
- ligcode :charindex;
- end;
- memoryword = packed record case oneoffour of
- 1 :(pts :shortreal);
- 2 :(int :integer);
- 3 :(twohalves :halves2);
- 4 :(fourbytes :bytes4)
- end;
- outarray = array[charindex] of memoryword;
- parameter = (slant,spacee,spstretch,spshrink,
- xheight,quad,extraspace,
- raisen1,raisen2,raisen3,
- denom1,denom2,sup1,sup2,
- sup3,sub1,sub2,supdrop,subdrop,
- dlims1,dlims2,axisheight,
- defthickness,bgopsp1,
- bgopsp2,bgopsp3,
- bgopsp4,bgopsp5);
- realarray = array[-1..num_entries] of real;
-
-@ This function will convert whatever is passed to it into
-all capital letters. It translates lower case letters into upper case
-letters. All other characters outside of the range
-a$<$=character$<$=z are returned as their original value.
-
-@^system dependencies@>
-@p function allcaps(instring :string(40)) :string(40);
-var
- i :integer;
- character :char;
- buildit :string(40);
-static
- chtable :packed array['81'xc..'e9'xc] of char;
-value
- chtable['81'xc] := 'A';
- chtable['82'xc] := 'B';
- chtable['83'xc] := 'C';
- chtable['84'xc] := 'D';
- chtable['85'xc] := 'E';
- chtable['86'xc] := 'F';
- chtable['87'xc] := 'G';
- chtable['88'xc] := 'H';
- chtable['89'xc] := 'I';
- chtable['91'xc] := 'J';
- chtable['92'xc] := 'K';
- chtable['93'xc] := 'L';
- chtable['94'xc] := 'M';
- chtable['95'xc] := 'N';
- chtable['96'xc] := 'O';
- chtable['97'xc] := 'P';
- chtable['98'xc] := 'Q';
- chtable['99'xc] := 'R';
- chtable['a2'xc] := 'S';
- chtable['a3'xc] := 'T';
- chtable['a4'xc] := 'U';
- chtable['a5'xc] := 'V';
- chtable['a6'xc] := 'W';
- chtable['a7'xc] := 'X';
- chtable['a8'xc] := 'Y';
- chtable['a9'xc] := 'Z';
-begin
- buildit := '';
- for i := 1 to length(instring) do begin
- readstr(substr(instring,i,1),character);
- if character in ['a'..'z']
- then buildit := buildit || str(chtable[character])
- else buildit := buildit || str(character);
- end;
- allcaps := buildit;
- end;
-
-@ This function receives an integer value and converts it to its
-hex value and returns that value as a string.
-
-@^system dependencies@>
-@p function hex(int :integer) :string(8);
-var
- i :integer;
- j :integer;
- k16 :integer;
- stri :string(8);
-static
- hexarray :array[0..15] of string(1);
-value
- hexarray[0] := '0';
- hexarray[1] := '1';
- hexarray[2] := '2';
- hexarray[3] := '3';
- hexarray[4] := '4';
- hexarray[5] := '5';
- hexarray[6] := '6';
- hexarray[7] := '7';
- hexarray[8] := '8';
- hexarray[9] := '9';
- hexarray[10] := 'A';
- hexarray[11] := 'B';
- hexarray[12] := 'C';
- hexarray[13] := 'D';
- hexarray[14] := 'E';
- hexarray[15] := 'F';
-begin
- stri := '';
- i := int;
- if i < 0 then begin
- stri := 'FF';
- i := 'FFFFFF'x + i + 1;
- end;
- k16 := 1048576;
- repeat
- if i >= k16
- then begin
- j := i div k16;
- stri := stri || hexarray[j];
- i := i - (j * k16);
- end
- else if length(stri) > 0
- then stri := stri || '0';
- k16 := k16 div 16;
- until k16 = 1;
- stri := stri || hexarray[i];
- i := length(stri);
- if (i = 1) or (i = 3) or (i = 5)
- then stri := '0' || stri;
- hex := stri;
- end;
-
-@
-@<Global Types@>=
- oneofsix = 1..6;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- dump :boolean;
- fontpkt :file of memoryword;
- inx :integer;
- name :array[0..127] of string(40);
- outcount :integer;
- outrec :memoryword;
-
-@
-@p procedure writeout(outrec :memoryword;
- outtype :oneofsix);
-var
- length :integer;
-begin
- if dump then begin
- write(outcount:6,': ');
- case outtype of
- 1 :writeln('Pts=',outrec.pts);
- 2 :begin
- writeln('Fix=',outrec.int);
- end;
- 3 :with outrec.twohalves do
- writeln('lhword=',lhword,',rhword=',rhword);
- 4 :with outrec.fourbytes do
- writeln(' Byte0=',byte0:3,'=>"',hex(byte0),'"',
- ',Byte1=',byte1:3,'=>"',hex(byte1),'"',
- ',Byte2=',byte2:3,'=>"',hex(byte2),'"',
- ',Byte3=',byte3:3,'=>"',hex(byte3),'"');
- 5 :with outrec.fourbytes do
- writeln(' Width inx =',byte0:3,
- ',Height inx= ',byte1 div 16:2,
- ',Depth inx =',byte1 mod 16:2,
- ',ItCor inx= ',byte2 div 4:2,
- ',Tag =',byte2 mod 4:1,
- ',Rem =',byte3:2,
- ',chr="',name[inx],'"');
- 6 :writeln(outrec.int:1);
- end;{case}
- end;{if}
- outcount := outcount + 1; {count it}
- fontpkt@@ := outrec;
- put(fontpkt);
- end; {writeout}
-
-@
-@<Global Types@>=
-@!error_severity = (fatal,notreallyfatal,overlookable);
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!currchar :charindex;
-@!errlin :integer;
-@!errlstr :string(10);
-@!errmax :integer;
-@!errmin :integer;
-@!errnum :integer;
-@!errstr :string(133);
-@!infile :text;
-@!lenfile :integer;
-@!lineno :integer;
-@!sysprint :text;
-
-@ The error procedure. When a byte is read that does not jive with
-what the program was expecting, it goes to this procedure with a
-return code of some kind and an appropriate message is printed to user.
-
-@p procedure error(err :integer;
- howbad :error_severity);
-begin
- if errlin = 0 then errlin := lineno;
- {The caller can override the current line by setting errlin}
- case err of
- 0 :writeln('Empty input file');
- 1 :writeln('Unrecognized keyword :',errstr);
- 2 :begin
- write('Number of entries must be specified');
- writeln(' before the entries appear');
- end;
- 4 :begin
- write('Integer expected but not found: next char=');
- if eoln(infile)
- then writeln('end of line')
- else writeln(infile@@);
- end;
- 5 :writeln('Too many unique widths, depths, or heights');
- 6 :begin
- writeln('Entries in font file are out of sequence:');
- writeln('The entry labelled ',errstr[1],
- ' has a sequence ', 'of ',currchar:3,
- ', not its Ascii value ',ordx[errstr[1]]:3);
- end;
- 7 :writeln('Ran out of entries in font file prematurely');
- 8 :writeln('Real value given for parameter ',errstr,
- ', but integer required');
- 9 :writeln('The character names in a ligature or kern ',
- 'have to be separated by a "+"');
- 10 :writeln('Knave! No space should follow thine plus sign');
- 11 :writeln('We expected to see a keyword here, not ',
- errstr,'. Perhaps you have too many ',
- 'character entries, or (gasp!) a typo');
- 12 :writeln('You never specified "',errstr,
- '" as a character name');
- 13 :writeln('Keyword should be TOP,BOT,MID,EXT, not "',
- errstr:3,'"');
- 14 :writeln('You''ve specified parameters for both ',
- 'mathex and mathsy fonts');
- 15 :writeln('Expected to write ',lenfile:3,' records, ',
- 'but actually wrote ',outcount:3);
- 16 :writeln('After character name should be BUILD, ',
- 'LIGATURE, or integer, not ',errstr);
- 17 :writeln('Invalid value for parameter ',errlstr,', ',
- errnum,' is <',errmin,' or >',errmax);
- 18 :writeln('TTS codes must be within 0 to 127');
- 19 :writeln(errlstr,' is not a valid 8600 command');
- 20 :writeln('There is no 8600 code given for character ',
- errstr:1);
- 21 :writeln('Bad character for 8600 code :',infile@@);
- 24 :writeln('Major font number should be between 1 and ',
- maxfont:3);
- 27 :writeln('Fontname too long, truncated to 8 characters');
- 28 :writeln('Invalid input values for tracing, ',
- 'record "',errlstr,'" skipped');
- otherwise writeln('Unspecified error number ',err:3);
- end; {case}
- if howbad = fatal
- then begin
- writeln('Fatal error ends program at input line',
- errlin:4);
- trace(sysprint);
- halt;
- end
- else writeln('Error at input line',errlin:4);
- if (not eof(infile)) and (howbad = overlookable)
- then begin
- readln(infile);
- writeln('rest of this string has been overlooked');
- end;
- errlin := 0; {reset default line to lineno}
- end; {Error}
-
-@
-@p procedure skipblanks;
-begin
- while (infile@@=' ') and not eoln(infile) do
- get(infile); {advance one character}
- end;
-
-@
-@<Global Types@>=
-@!chrset = set of char;
-
-@ This procedure reads a string from infile to be delimited by
-a character in the set delimiters.
-
-@p procedure readmnemonic(var mn :string(40);
- delimiters :chrset);
-var
- str :string(1);
-begin
- mn := '';
- while (length(mn) <= 40) and not (infile@@ in delimiters) do begin
- read(infile,str);
-{writeln('character="',str);}
- mn := mn || str;
- end;
- errstr := mn; {save globally for error messages}
- end; {readmnemonic}
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=
- exspacekey = 'EXTRASPACE';
- quadkey = 'QUAD';
- slantkey = 'SLANT';
- spaceekey = 'SPACE';
- spshrkey = 'SPSHRINK';
- spstrkey = 'SPSTRETCH';
- xhtkey = 'XHEIGHT';
-
-@
-@p procedure printparam(p :parameter);
-begin
- case p of
- slant :write(slantkey:5);
- spacee :write(spaceekey:6);
- spstretch :write(spstrkey:9);
- spshrink :write(spshrkey:8);
- xheight :write(xhtkey:7);
- quad :write(quadkey:4);
- extraspace:write(exspacekey:10);
- otherwise write(' next math parm');
- end; {case}
- end; {printparam}
-
-@ This converts the byte to an integer, for further evaluation by
-the program.
-
-@p procedure readinteger(var int :integer);
-var
- minusint :integer;
-begin
- skipblanks;
- if not (infile@@ in ['0'..'9','-']) then error(4,fatal);
- if infile@@ = '-'
- then begin
- get(infile);
- readinteger(minusint);
- int := 0 - minusint;
- end
- else read(infile,int);
- end; {readinteger}
-
-@ Reads series of integers separated by * and /. Returns
- value in fractional form: multiplier/divisor is the real value
-
-@p procedure readexpr(var multiplier :integer;
- var divisor :integer);
-var
- op :char;
- int :integer;
-begin
- skipblanks;
- if infile@@ = ' ' then error(4,fatal);
- op := '*';
- multiplier := 1;
- divisor := 1;
- while not (infile@@ in [' ',',']) do begin
- readinteger(int);
- if op = '*'
- then multiplier := multiplier * int
- else divisor := divisor * int;
- if (infile@@ = '*') or (infile@@ = '/')
- then read(infile,op);
- end; {while}
- end; {readexpr}
-
-@
-@p procedure readreal(var r :real);
-var
- mult :integer;
- divs :integer;
-begin
- readexpr(mult,divs);
- r := (1.0 * mult)/(1.0 * divs);
- end;
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=@/
- axishtkey = 'AXISHEIGHT';
- bosp1key = 'BIGOPSPACE1';
- bosp2key = 'BIGOPSPACE2';
- bosp3key = 'BIGOPSPACE3';
- bosp4key = 'BIGOPSPACE4';
- bosp5key = 'BIGOPSPACE5';
- codingschemekey = 'CODINGSCHEME';
- deffontkey = 'DEFFONT';
- dethicknesskey = 'DEFTHICKNESS';
- dewidthkey = 'DEFWIDTH';
- dlims1key = 'DELIMSIZE1';
- dlims2key = 'DELIMSIZE2';
- denom1key = 'DENOMLOWER1';
- denom2key = 'DENOMLOWER2';
- fntnamekey = 'FONTNAME';
- hunitskey = 'HUNITS';
- raizen1key = 'NUMRAISE1';
- raizen2key = 'NUMRAISE2';
- raizen3key = 'NUMRAISE3';
- ptsizekey = 'POINTSIZE';
- subdrpkey = 'SUBDROP';
- sub1key = 'SUB1';
- sub2key = 'SUB2';
- supdrpkey = 'SUPDROP';
- sup1key = 'SUP1';
- sup2key = 'SUP2';
- sup3key = 'SUP3';
- vunitskey = 'VUNITS';
- maxfont = 255;
- uninitialized = -5000.0;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- codescheme :string(40);
- def_ft_stuff :driverrec;
- def_width_stuff :driverrec;
- fontname :string(40);
- fontype :fonttypes;
- hunits :real;
- params :array[parameter] of real;
- paramset :array[fonttypes] of set of parameter;
- pointsize :integer;
- uniquecode :integer;
- vunits :real;
-
-@
-@p procedure read_the_parameters;
-label 0;
-var
- mn :string(40);
- int :integer;
- realval :real;
- mult :integer;
- divs :integer;
- isint :boolean;
- pp :parameter;
- parmerror :boolean;
-begin
- while infile@@ in ['A'..'Z','a'..'z','*'] do
- if (infile@@ = '*')
- then begin
- readln(infile);
- errlin := errlin + 1;
- end
- else begin
- @<read vunits or hunits or parameter@>
- {You can end the parameters with a '\$' line -- check it}
- if infile@@ = '$'
- then begin
- readln(infile); {Skip end params marker}
- errlin := errlin + 1;
- end;
- {now check that all parameters are given}
-0: parmerror := false;
- for pp := slant to bgopsp5 do
- if (params[pp] = uninitialized) and
- (pp in paramset[fontype]+paramset[standard])
- then begin
- write('Parameter ');
- printparam(pp);
- writeln(' was not specified');
- parmerror := true;
- end;
- if parmerror then error(7,fatal);
- end; {|read_the_parameters|}
-
-@
-@<read vunits or hunits or parameter@>=
- readmnemonic(mn,[' ']);
- if dump then write('Parameter ',mn);
- mn := allcaps(mn);
- if mn = 'ENDPARAMS'
- @<endparams@>
- if (mn <> fntnamekey) and (mn <> codingschemekey)
- then readexpr(mult,divs);
- if divs = 0
- then realval := 1.0 * mult
- else realval := (1.0 * mult)/(1.0 * divs);
- int := mult;
- if divs = 1
- then isint := true
- else isint := false; {only reals have divisor}
- if mn = hunitskey
- @<hunits@>
- else if mn = vunitskey
- @<vunits@>
- else if mn = fntnamekey
- @<fontname@>
- else if mn = codingschemekey
- @<codingscheme@>
- else if mn = deffontkey
- @<deffont@>
- else if mn = dewidthkey
- @<defwidth@>
- else if mn = ptsizekey
- @<pointsize@>
- else begin
- @<TEX standard parameter@>
- readln(infile);
- errlin := errlin + 1;
- end; {else..begin}
-
-@
- @<endparams@>=
- then begin
- readln(infile);
- errlin := errlin + 1;
- goto 0; {marks end of parameters}
- end;
-
-@
- @<hunits@>=
- then begin
- hunits := realval;
- if dump then writeln(' = ',realval);
- end
-
-@
- @<vunits@>=
- then begin
- vunits := realval;
- if dump then writeln(' = ',realval);
- end
-
-@
- @<fontname@>=
- then begin
- skipblanks;
- readmnemonic(fontname,[' ','.']);
- fontname := allcaps(fontname);
- if dump then writeln(' = ',fontname);
- end
-
-@
- @<codingscheme@>=
- then begin
- skipblanks;
- readmnemonic(codescheme,[' ','.']);
- codescheme := allcaps(codescheme);
- if dump then writeln(' = ',codescheme);
- end
-
-@
- @<deffont@>=
- then {set up |def_ft_stuff| record}
- with def_ft_stuff do begin
- cmd := ord(F); {8600 font command}
- if int > maxfont
- then error(24,notreallyfatal);
- code := int * 10;
- uniquecode := int;
- if dump then writeln(' = ',int);
- end
-
-@
- @<defwidth@>=
- then {set up |def_width_stuff| record}
- with def_width_stuff do begin
- {ratio of set width to point size}
- cmd := ord(CHWIDTH);
- param := realval;
- if dump then writeln(' = ',realval);
- end
-
-@
- @<pointsize@>=
- then begin
- pointsize := int;
- if dump then writeln(' = ',int);
- end
-
-@
- @<TEX standard parameter@>=
- if mn = slantkey
- then pp := slant
- else if mn = spaceekey
- then pp := spacee
- else if mn = spstrkey
- then pp := spstretch
- else if mn = spshrkey
- then pp := spshrink
- else if mn = xhtkey
- then pp := xheight
- else if mn = quadkey
- then pp := quad
- else if mn = exspacekey
- then pp := extraspace
- @<TEX mathsy parameter@>
- @<TEX mathex parameter@>
- else error(1,fatal);
- params[pp] := realval; {save value of it}
- if dump then writeln(' = ',realval);
- if pp in paramset[mathex]
- then begin
- if fontype = standard
- then fontype := mathex
- else if fontype <> mathex
- then error(14,fatal);
- end
- else if pp in paramset[mathsy]
- then begin
- if fontype = standard
- {change assumption}
- then fontype := mathsy
- else if fontype <> mathsy
- then error(14,fatal);
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {else..begin TEX}
-
-@
- @<TEX mathsy parameter@>=
- else if mn = raizen1key
- then pp := raisen1
- else if mn = raizen2key
- then pp := raisen2
- else if mn = raizen3key
- then pp := raisen3
- else if mn = denom1key
- then pp := denom1
- else if mn = denom2key
- then pp := denom2
- else if mn = sup1key
- then pp := sup1
- else if mn = sup2key
- then pp := sup2
- else if mn = sup3key
- then pp := sup3
- else if mn = sub1key
- then pp := sub1
- else if mn = sub2key
- then pp := sub2
- else if mn = supdrpkey
- then pp := supdrop
- else if mn = subdrpkey
- then pp := subdrop
- else if mn = dlims1key
- then pp := dlims1
- else if mn = dlims2key
- then pp := dlims2
- else if mn = axishtkey
- then pp := axisheight
-
-@
- @<TEX mathex parameter@>=
- else if mn = dethicknesskey
- then pp := defthickness
- else if mn = bosp1key
- then pp := bgopsp1
- else if mn = bosp2key
- then pp := bgopsp2
- else if mn = bosp3key
- then pp := bgopsp3
- else if mn = bosp4key
- then pp := bgopsp4
- else if mn = bosp5key
- then pp := bgopsp5
-
-@ finds entry in array list if present and returns its index
- as slot. otherwise it adds it at the end of list (specified
- by list[-1]) and returns that index as slot.
-
-@p procedure add_to_list(var list :realarray;
- entry :real;
- lmax :integer;
- var slot :integer);
-var
- linx :integer;
-begin
- if entry = 0 then begin
- slot := 0;
- return;
- end;
- for linx := 1 to trunc(list[-1]) do
- if entry = list[linx]
- then begin
- slot := linx;
- return;
- end;
- {not found}
- if trunc(list[-1]) = lmax then error(5,fatal);
- list[-1] := list[-1] + 1.0;
- list[trunc(list[-1])] := entry;
- slot := trunc(list[-1]);
- end; {|add_to_list|}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- max :array[comm] of integer;
- min :array[comm] of integer;
-
-@ Sets up info needed to read driver file info from the input
- file, and write it in proper format into the driver output file
-
-@p procedure init8600commands;
-var
- cmd :comm;
-begin
- for cmd := HDR to MAXCMD do begin {initialize 8600 commands}
- if cmd in [PS,SS] then begin
- min[cmd] := 0;
- max[cmd] := 1275;
- end
- else if cmd in [VMF, VMR, RD] then begin
- min[cmd] := 1;
- max[cmd] := 1736;
- end
- else if cmd in [RW, HML, HMR] then begin
- min[cmd] := 1;
- max[cmd] := 14688;
- end
- else if cmd in [SL] then begin
- min[cmd] := 0;
- max[cmd] := 48;
- end
- else if cmd in [RTWT, RTWB] then begin
- min[cmd] := 0;
- max[cmd] := 1440;
- end
- else if cmd in [F] then begin
- min[cmd] := 1;
- max[cmd] := 255;
- end
- else begin {catch any others}
- min[cmd] := 0;
- max[cmd] := 65535; {largest 2 byte integer}
- end;
- end; {FOR..begin}
- end; {init8600commands}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- depth :realarray;
- drvdump :boolean;
- drvpkt :file of driverrec;
- drvoutcount :integer;
- dumpval :boolean;
- height :realarray;
- inrec :string(30);
- itcorr :realarray;
- kernout :realarray;
- numext :integer;
- numkerns :integer;
- numligs :integer;
- numparams :array[fonttypes] of integer;
- outstuff :outarray;
- str1 :string(30);
- str2 :string(30);
- terminal :text;
- width :realarray;
-
-@
-@p procedure initialize;
-var
- pp :parameter;
- outinx :integer;
-begin
- fontname := trim(parms);
- termout(terminal);
- termout(output);
- rewrite(fontpkt,'NAME='||fontname||'.PRTFM.A');
- rewrite(drvpkt,'NAME='||fontname||'.CGINFO.A');
- reset(infile,'NAME='||fontname||'.FONTINFO.*');
- dump := false;
- drvdump := false;
-{
- while not eof(terminal) do begin
- readln(terminal,inrec);
- inx := index(inrec,'=');
- if inx < 1
- then begin
- errstr := inrec;
- error(28,notreallyfatal);
- end
- else begin
- str1 := substr(inrec,1,inx-1);
- str2 := substr(inrec,inx+1,length(inrec)-inx);
- str1 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str1)));
- str2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str2)));
- if str2 = 'false'
- then dumpval := false
- else if str2 = 'true'
- then dumpval := true;
- if ((str2 <> 'false') and (str2 <> 'true')) or
- ((str1 <> 'DUMP') and (str1 <> 'DRVDUMP'))
- then begin
- errstr := inrec;
- error(28,notreallyfatal);
- end
- else if str1 = 'DUMP'
- then dump := dumpval
- else drvdump := dumpval;
- end;
- end;
-}
- hunits := 1.0 / 54.0;
- vunits := 1.0 / 8.0;
- lineno := 1;
- width[-1] := 0;
- width[0] := 0.0; {for non-existent chars}
- height[-1] := 0;
- height[0] := 0.0; {for non-existent chars}
- depth[-1] := 0;
- depth[0] := 0.0; {for non-existent chars}
- itcorr[-1] := 0;
- itcorr[0] := 0.0; {for non-existent chars}
- kernout[-1] := 0.0;
- kernout[0] := 0.0;
- {Set all tag values to 0 = vanilla}
- for outinx := 0 to 127 do outstuff[outinx].fourbytes.byte2 := 0;
- numkerns := -1;
- numligs := -1;
- numext := -1;
- fontname := ' ';
- codescheme := 'PARC TEXT';
- fontype := standard;
- paramset[standard] := [slant..quad,extraspace];
- paramset[mathsy] := [raisen1..axisheight];
- paramset[mathex] := [defthickness..bgopsp5];
- pointsize := 1;
- numparams[standard] := 7;
- numparams[mathex] := 13;
- numparams[mathsy] := 22;
- for pp := slant to extraspace do params[pp] := uninitialized;
- drvoutcount := 0; {no records to driver file yet}
- init8600commands;
- with def_ft_stuff do begin
- cmd := ord(F);
- code := 10; {font 1, fontlet 0 = def}
- end;
- with def_width_stuff do begin
- cmd := ord(CHWIDTH);
- param := 1.0; {normal width type is def}
- end;
- end;{initialize}
-
-@
-@p procedure readentry(var list :realarray;
- lmax :integer;
- var slot :integer;
- units :real);
-var
- entry :real;
- multiplier :integer;
- divisor :integer; {save value in expression}
-begin
- readexpr(multiplier,divisor);
- entry := (1.0 * multiplier) / (1.0 * divisor) * units;
- if dump then writeln('entry read is ',multiplier:4,'/',
- divisor:4,' * ',units:4:2, '=',entry);
- add_to_list(list,entry,lmax,slot);
- end; {readentry}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- lig :array[0..255] of ligrec;
-
-@ The keyword LIGATURE has just been scanned in the input for one of
-characters 0 to 127. Now we expect to find blank separators followed
-by the names of the two characters the ligature replaces. These will
-be separated by a '+' sign. Since the characters in question may
-not have been specified yet, the names will be saved for now, and
-looked up after all 128 character entries have been read.
-
-@
-@p procedure read_ligature_stuff;
-begin
- skipblanks;
- numligs := numligs+1;
- with lig[numligs] do begin
- sourceline := lineno; {save line for later error messages}
- readmnemonic(firstname,[' ','+']);
- if dump then writeln('first char of ligature is ',firstname);
- if infile@@ <> '+'
- then error(9,notreallyfatal)
- else begin
- get(infile); {skip plus sign}
- if infile@@ = ' ' then error(10,overlookable);
- skipblanks; {overlook}
- readmnemonic(scndname,[' ']); {read second name}
- if dump then writeln('second character of ligature',
- ' is ',scndname);
- end; {else..begin}
- ligcode := currchar;
- end; {with..begin}
- end; {|read_ligature_stuff|}
-
-@
- @<Global Variables@>=@/
- charno :charindex;
-
-@ look up this name in the name array and tell where and if it was
-
-@p procedure lookup(lookee :string(40);
- var charno :charindex; {where if found}
- var found :boolean); {was it found}
-var
- inx :integer;
-begin
- found := false;
- inx := 0;
- while not found and (inx<128) do
- if name[inx] = lookee
- then found := true {found}
- else inx := inx + 1; {check next}
- if found
- then charno := inx
- else charno := 127; {not found, avoid out of range err}
- if not found
- then begin
- errstr := lookee; {string for message}
- error(12,notreallyfatal);
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {lookup}
-
-@ Set Tag value in lower 2 bits of byte 2 of outstuff record
-
-@p procedure set_tag_val(chinx :charindex;
- tagval :integer);
-begin
- with outstuff[chinx].fourbytes do begin
- if (byte2 mod 4) <> 0
- then writeln('Tag for char ',chinx:1,
- ' already set to ',byte2 mod 4);
- if tagval > 3 then error(25,fatal);
- byte2 := (byte2 div 4 * 4) + tagval;
- end; {with..begin}
- end; {|set_tag_val|}
-
-@ Convert a real to a "FIX" which is a 32-bit number stored in the
-leftmost 32 bits of a word. The first 12 bits are the integer part, and
-the last 20 are the fraction. The left most bit is the sign
-
-@p function scaleout(r :real) :integer;
-var
- stri :string(8);
- int :integer;
-begin
- int := round(r*'100000'x);
- if dump then begin
- stri := hex(int);
- if length(stri) < 8
- then stri := substr('00000000',1,8-length(stri)) || stri;
- writeln('FIX of ',r,' is ',int,', hex value="',stri,'"');
- end;
- scaleout := int;
- end; {scaleout}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- found :boolean;
- kern :array[0..maxkerns] of kernrec;
- mnem :string(40);
-
-@ The keyword KERN has been read: process the rest of the line
-
-@p procedure read_kern_stuff;
-begin
- numkerns := numkerns + 1;
- skipblanks;
- with kern[numkerns] do begin
- readmnemonic(mnem,[' ','+']);
- lookup(mnem,charno,found);
- if found
- then frstchar := charno
- else begin
- frstchar := 127;
- error(12,notreallyfatal);
- end; {else..begin}
- if infile@@ = ' '
- then begin
- error(9,notreallyfatal);
- scndchar := 127; {put any old value there}
- end
- else begin
- get(infile); {skip plus sign}
- if infile@@ = ' '
- then error(10,overlookable);
- skipblanks;{overlook it!}
- readmnemonic(mnem,[' ','-']);
- lookup(mnem,charno,found);
- if found
- then scndchar := charno
- else scndchar := 127;
- end; {else..begin}
- readentry(kernout,maxkerns,kernslot,hunits);
- end; {with}
- readln(infile);
- errlin := errlin + 1;
- end; {|read_kern_stuff|}
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=
- linktag = 2;
-
-@
-@p procedure read_link_stuff;
-var
- mn1 :string(40);
- mn2 :string(40);
- char1 :charindex;
- char2 :charindex;
- found :boolean;
-begin
- skipblanks;
- readmnemonic(mn1,[' ']);
- lookup(mn1,char1,found);
- skipblanks;
- readmnemonic(mn2,[' ']);
- lookup(mn2,char2,found);
- set_tag_val(char1,linktag); {set tag type for special info}
- outstuff[char1].fourbytes.byte3 := char2; {next bigger char}
- readln(infile);
- errlin := errlin + 1;
- end;
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=
- maxitcorr = 63;
-
-@
-@p procedure read_mathop_stuff;
-var
- mn :string(40);
- charno :charindex;
- realval :real;
- found :boolean;
- slot :integer; {index into itcorr array for kerns}
- tag :integer; {saves "tag" value from outstuff array}
-begin
- skipblanks;
- readmnemonic(mn,[' ']);
- lookup(mn,charno,found);
- readreal(realval);
- add_to_list(itcorr,realval,maxitcorr,slot); {add value to list}
- with outstuff[charno].fourbytes do begin
- tag := byte2 mod 4; {tag is lower 2 bits}
- byte2 := slot * 4 + tag; {and ic index is upper 6 bits}
- end;{with..begin}
- readln(infile);
- errlin := errlin + 1;
- end; {|read_mathop_stuff|}
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=
- botkey = 'BOT';
- extkey = 'EXT';
- midkey = 'MID';
- topkey = 'TOP';
- exttag = 3;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- ext :array[0..127] of extrec;
-
-@ Name and keyword BUILD already read. Now expect keyword=value,
-keyword=value, ... Keywords are TOP, MID, BOT, EXT, and values are
-char names. Add a miscellaneous entry and point to it from this
-character record. initialize the four names in the ext record
-and set the four character values to zero. Later we will look up the
-names to determine the actual character numbers of the components.
-
-@p procedure read_build_stuff;
-var
- key :string(40);
- charname :string(40);
-begin
- numext := numext + 1;
- with ext[numext] do begin
- sourceline := lineno; {save line for later error messages}
- top := 0;
- mid := 0;
- bot := 0;
- ext := 0;
- topname := '';
- midname := '';
- botname := '';
- extname := '';
- end;
- set_tag_val(currchar,exttag);
- outstuff[currchar].fourbytes.byte3 := numext; {ptr into EXT array}
- skipblanks;
- repeat
- if infile@@ = ',' then get(infile); {skip separator}
- readmnemonic(key,['=']);
- key := allcaps(key);
- get(infile); {skip equal sign delimiter}
- readmnemonic(charname,[',',' ']);
- if key = topkey then ext[numext].topname := charname
- else if key = midkey then ext[numext].midname := charname
- else if key = botkey then ext[numext].botname := charname
- else if key = extkey then ext[numext].extname := charname
- else error(13,fatal);
- until infile@@ <> ',';
- end; {|read_build_stuff|}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- drvrec :driverrec;
-
-@ Print out the record about to be written to the driver file. This can
- be turned on or off by setting constant 'drvdump' to true or false.
-
-@p procedure dump_driver_rec(cmdord :integer);
-begin
- with drvrec do begin
- if drvoutcount = 0
- then writeln('*** Driver File Output ***');
- write(drvoutcount:3,': ');
- drvoutcount := drvoutcount + 1;
- write('Command=',com_table[cmdord],', Parameter=');
- if (cmdord = ord(CHWIDTH)) or
- ((cmdord >= ord(VMF)) and (cmdord <= ord(IR))) or
- (cmdord = ord(RTWT)) or
- (cmdord = ord(RTWB)) or
- (cmdord = ord(HMR)) or
- (cmdord = ord(HML))
- then writeln(param)
- else writeln(code);
- end; {with..begin}
- end; {|dump_driver_rec|}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- stk :array [0..20] of driverrec;
-
-@ Push a record with an integer character code
-
-@p procedure pushcode(var stktop :integer);
-var
- icode :integer;
-begin
- readinteger(icode);
- if icode > 127 then error(18,notreallyfatal);
- stktop := stktop + 1;
- with stk[stktop] do begin
- cmd := ord(TTS);
- code := icode;
- end; {with..begin}
- end; {pushcode}
-
-@ Reads a command or letter from the input file -- i.e., reads the
- 1 to 4 char mnemonic and looks it up in array cmdname to find
- the enumeration value of type "command" corresponding to it.
- A letter is distinguished from a command because a letter has no
- parameter whereas all one-character commands do.
-
-@p procedure readcmd(var cmd :comm);
-label 99;
-var
- name :string(9);
- ch :string(1);
- cmdind :comm;
-begin
- name := '';
- while infile@@ in ['a'..'z','A'..'Z'] do begin
- read(infile,ch);
- name := name || ch;
- end;
- name := allcaps(name);
- errlstr := name; {save name for error message (if needed)}
- {cmd will be the command or MAXCMD if not found}
- for cmdind := HDR to MAXCMD do
- if name = com_table[ord(cmdind)] then goto 99;
-99: cmd := cmdind;
- if cmdind = MAXCMD then error(19,notreallyfatal); {bad command}
- end; {readcmd}
-
-@ Read the command "cmnd" -- see if it has any parameters, and
-if so read them. Push a record on the local stack for this command
-
-@p procedure readparams(var stktop :integer);
-var
- cmnd :comm;
-begin
- readcmd(cmnd);
- stktop := stktop + 1; {push}
- with stk[stktop] do begin
- cmd := ord(cmnd);
- if cmnd in [AU] {this one has no parameters}
- then code := 0
- else begin {read integer parm, stuff it into record}
- if cmnd in [IR,VMF,VMR,RW,RD,RTWT,RTWB,HMR,HML]
- then begin
- readreal(param);
- if (round(param) < min[cmnd]) or
- (round(param) > max[cmnd]) then begin
- errlstr := com_table[ord(cmnd)];
- errnum := round(param);
- errmax := max[cmnd];
- errmin := min[cmnd];
- error(17,notreallyfatal);
- param := min[cmnd];
- end; {then..begin}
- if cmnd in [VMF,VMR,RD]
- then param := param * vunits
- else param := param * hunits;
- end {then..end}
- else begin
- readinteger(code);
- if (code < min[cmnd]) or
- (code > max[cmnd]) then begin
- errlstr := com_table[ord(cmnd)];
- errnum := code;
- errmax := max[cmnd];
- errmin := min[cmnd];
- error(17,notreallyfatal);
- code := min[cmnd];
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {else..begin}
- end; {else..begin}
- end; {with..begin}
- end; {readparams}
-
-@* Read 8600 Codes.
-The 8600 code info corresponding to this character will consist of 1
-or more entries separated by commas and containing no blanks. An entry
-can be a decimal character code or an 8600 command in which case it
-begins with a letter. The command name will be up to 4 letters long and
-may be followed by a parameter. Some commands take integer parameters
-and others take reals which will be given in the same format as widths,
-etc: i.e., as products and quotients of integer values.
-Following are listed the possible codes.
-\settabs\+\indent&RTWB = &Reverse Type Window Bottom\quad&value=0--1440
-in 10ths of a point\cr
-\+&PS\hfill =&Point Size\hfill&value=0--1275 in 10ths of a point.\cr
-\+&SS\hfill =&Set Size\hfill&value=0--1275 in 10ths of a point.\cr
-\+&VMF\hfill =&Vertical Move Forward\hfill&value=1--1736 in 8ths of a
-point\cr
-\+&VMR\hfill =&Vertical Move Reverse\hfill&value=1--1736 in 8ths of a
-point\cr
-\+&RD\hfill =&Rule Depth\hfill&value=1--1736 in 8ths of a point\cr
-\+&RW\hfill =&Rule Width\hfill&value=1--1736 in 8ths of a point\cr
-\+&HML\hfill =&Horizontal Move Left\hfill&value=1--14688 in 18ths of a
-point\cr
-\+&HMR\hfill =&Horizontal Move Right\hfill&value=1--14688 in 18ths of a
-point\cr
-\+&SL\hfill =&Slant\hfill&value=0 or 48\cr
-\+&IR\hfill =&Insert Rule\cr
-\+&AU\hfill =&Auxiliary Font\cr
-\+&F\hfill =&Font\hfill&value=1--255\cr
-\+&RTWT\hfill =&Reverse Type Window Top\hfill&value=0--1440 in 16ths of
-a point\cr
-\+&RTWB =&Reverse Type Window Bottom&value=0--1440 in 16ths of a point\cr
-
-@p procedure read8600codes;
-var
- more_to_come :boolean;
- stktop :integer; {gives index of last used (initially 0)}
- inx :integer;
-begin
- skipblanks;
- stktop := -1; {no code yet}
- if eoln(infile)
- then error(20,notreallyfatal) {no code given}
- else begin
- {Repeat until next is no longer a comma, in which case it
- had better be a blank!}
- repeat
- if infile@@ in ['0'..'9']
- then pushcode(stktop) {decimal character code}
- else if infile@@ in ['A'..'Z','a'..'z']
- {read command and optional parms}
- then readparams(stktop)
- else error(21,notreallyfatal);
- if infile@@ = ','
- then begin
- more_to_come := true;
- get(infile);
- end {then..begin}
- else more_to_come := false;
- until not more_to_come;
- end; {else..begin}
- {put header record out}
- drvrec.cmd := ord(HDR);
- drvrec.code := stktop; {how many codes for this character}
- if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd);
- drvpkt@@ := drvrec;
- put(drvpkt);
- {write out character width record}
- drvrec.cmd := ord(CHWIDTH);
- drvrec.param := width[outstuff[currchar].fourbytes.byte0];
- {nw for the current character indexes its width in points}
- if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd);
- drvpkt@@ := drvrec;
- put(drvpkt);
- {Put out rec for each code or command}
- for inx := 0 to stktop do begin
- drvrec := stk[inx];
- if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd);
- drvpkt@@ := drvrec;
- put(drvpkt);
- end; {FOR..begin}
- end; {read8600codes}
-
-@* MAIN PROGRAM.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
- buildkey = 'BUILD';
- kernkey = 'KERN';
- ligaturekey = 'LIGATURE';
- linkkey = 'LINK';
- mathopkey = 'MATHOP';
- maxdp = 15;
- maxht = 15;
- maxwd = 255;
- ligkerntag = 1;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
- chnum :0..127;
- chrt :char;
- first :boolean;
- heightslot :integer;
- iny :integer;
- itc :real;
- ligcnt :integer;
- ligout :array[0..255] of memoryword;
- pp :parameter;
- slot :integer;
- tag :integer;
-
-@
-@p begin
- {--------------- initialize -----------------------}
- initialize;
- {---------------- read input -------------------------}
- read_the_parameters;
- {Write first three entries to driver file}
- drvrec.cmd := ord(HDR);
- drvrec.code := ord(MAXCMD);
- if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd);
- drvpkt@@ := drvrec;
- put(drvpkt);
- drvrec := def_ft_stuff;
- if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd);
- drvpkt@@ := drvrec;
- put(drvpkt);
- drvrec := def_width_stuff;
- if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd);
- drvpkt@@ := drvrec;
- put(drvpkt);
- drvrec.cmd := ord(SL);
- if params[slant] = uninitialized
- then drvrec.code := 0
- else drvrec.code := trunc(params[slant]);
- if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd);
- drvpkt@@ := drvrec;
- put(drvpkt);
- {Now read entries...}
- for currchar := 0 to num_entries-1 do begin
- if eof(infile) then error(7,fatal);
- with outstuff[currchar].fourbytes do
- byte3 := 0; {set remainder to 0}
- readmnemonic(mnem,[' ']); {if any}
- if dump then writeln('** Processing font info for "',mnem,'"');
- name[currchar] := mnem; {save for later use!}
- {one non-blank character -- check sequencing}
- readstr(mnem,chrt);
- if (length(mnem) = 1) and (ordx[chrt] <> currchar)
- then error(6,notreallyfatal);
- skipblanks; {look at next non-blank}
- if infile@@ in ['A'..'Z','a'..'z']
- then begin
- readmnemonic(mnem,[' ']);
- mnem := allcaps(mnem);
- if mnem = ligaturekey
- then read_ligature_stuff
- else if mnem = buildkey
- then read_build_stuff
- else error(16,fatal);
- end; {then..begin}
- readentry(width,maxwd,slot,hunits); {read width}
- outstuff[currchar].fourbytes.byte0 := slot; {save wid index}
- readentry(height,maxht,slot,vunits); {read height}
- heightslot := slot; {remember ht slot until depth read}
- itc := height[slot] * params[slant]; {it corr = ht * slant}
- add_to_list(itcorr,itc,maxitcorr,slot);
- with outstuff[currchar].fourbytes do begin
- tag := byte2 mod 4; {save tag value}
- byte2 := slot * 4 + tag; {put itcorr in 6 bits, tag in 2}
- end;
- readentry(depth,maxdp,slot,vunits); {read depth}
- outstuff[currchar].fourbytes.byte1 := heightslot * 16 + slot;
- {now read 8600 information...}
- read8600codes;
- if not eoln(infile)
- then begin
- readln(infile);
- errlin := errlin + 1;
- end;
- end; {FOR..begin}
- {character entries have all been read...remaining entries
- must begin with a keyword: KERN, Link, MATHOP These supply
- additional information about certain characters}
- while not eof(infile) do begin
- readmnemonic(mnem,[' ']);
- mnem := allcaps(mnem);
- if mnem = kernkey
- then read_kern_stuff
- else if mnem = linkkey
- then read_link_stuff
- else if mnem = mathopkey
- then read_mathop_stuff
- else error(11,fatal);
- end; {while..begin}
-@<look up lignames@>@/
-@<set up ligature info@>@/
-@<write font file@>@/
-end.
-
-@
-@<look up lignames@>=
- for inx:= 0 to numligs do
- with lig[inx] do begin
- errlin := sourceline;
- lookup(firstname,frstchar,found);
- if not found
- then begin
- errlin := sourceline;
- error(12,notreallyfatal);
- frstchar := 127;
- end; {then..begin}
- lookup(scndname,scndchar,found);
- if not found
- then begin
- errlin := sourceline;
- error(12,notreallyfatal);
- scndchar := 127;
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {with..begin}
- for inx := 0 to numext do
- with ext[inx] do begin
- errlin := sourceline;
- if topname <> '' then lookup(topname,top,found);
- if midname <> '' then lookup(midname,mid,found);
- if botname <> '' then lookup(botname,bot,found);
- if extname <> '' then lookup(extname,ext,found);
- end; {with..begin}
-
-@
-@<set up ligature info@>=
- ligcnt := 0;
- for chnum := 0 to 127 do begin
- first := true;
- for inx := 0 to numligs do
- if lig[inx].frstchar = chnum
- then begin
- if first then begin
- {ptr to first ligature}
- outstuff[chnum].fourbytes.byte3 := ligcnt;
- set_tag_val(chnum,ligkerntag);
- first := false;
- end; {then..begin}
- with ligout[ligcnt].fourbytes, lig[inx] do
- begin {transfer info into output records}
- {byte0=1 if last ligature
- byte1=next chararacter of ligature
- byte2=0 for a ligature
- byte3=code of ligature character}
- byte0 := '00000000'B;
- byte1 := scndchar;
- byte2 := '00000000'B;
- byte3 := ligcode;
- end; {with..begin}
- ligcnt := ligcnt+1; {ready for next one}
- end; {then..begin}
- {Now do same with kerns}
- for inx := 0 to numkerns do
- if kern[inx].frstchar = chnum
- then begin
- if first then begin
- {link to ligature record}
- outstuff[chnum].fourbytes.byte3 := ligcnt;
- set_tag_val(chnum,ligkerntag);
- first := false; {not anymore}
- end; {then..begin}
- with ligout[ligcnt].fourbytes, kern[inx] do
- begin {transfer info into output records}
- {byte0=1 if last kern
- byte1=next chararacter of kern
- byte2=1 for a kern
- byte3=index of kern character}
- byte0 := '00000000'B;
- byte1 := scndchar;
- byte2 := '10000000'B;
- byte3 := kernslot;
- end; {with..begin}
- ligcnt := ligcnt + 1;
- end; {FOR,then..begin}
- if not first
- then ligout[ligcnt-1].fourbytes.byte0 := '10000000'B;
- {there was at least one record, so flag the last of 'em}
- end; {FOR..begin} {that's all the characters}
-
-@ Now write out in TEX format. TUGboat vol 2, no 1 article
- TEX FONT METRIC fileS says the first 12 half-words of the
- file are lengths, and obey the following equation:
- lenfile=6 + lh + (ec-be+1) + nw + nh + nd + ni + nk + nl + ne + np
- lh=length of header=18 words ec=end character=127,
- bc=beginning char=0, hence:
- lenfile = 6 + 18 + 128 + nw + nh + nd + ni + nk + nl + ne + np
- Calculate its value:
-
-@<write font file@>=
- if not eof(infile) then error(7,fatal);
- lenfile := 6 + 18 + 128 + trunc(width[-1]) + trunc(height[-1])@/
- + trunc(depth[-1]) + trunc(itcorr[-1])@/
- + numkerns + numligs + numext + trunc(kernout[-1])@/
- + numparams[fontype] {num parameters}@/
- + 8; {off by one on nw,nh,nd,ni,nk,nl,ne and kernout}@/
- if dump then writeln('Writing info to TEX-readable file');
- outcount := 0; {start counting}
- writeln('Number of records is ',lenfile:4);
- if dump then write('* lf, lh:');
- outrec.twohalves.lhword := lenfile; {len of file}
- outrec.fourbytes.rhword := 18; {len of header}
- writeout(outrec,3);
- if dump then write('* bc, ec:');
- outrec.twohalves.lhword := 0; {first char code}
- outrec.twohalves.rhword := 127; {last char code}
- writeout(outrec,3);
- if dump then write('* nw, nh:');
- outrec.twohalves.lhword := trunc(width[-1]+1);
- outrec.twohalves.rhword := trunc(height[-1]+1);
- writeout(outrec,3);
- if dump then write('* nd, ni:');
- outrec.twohalves.lhword := trunc(depth[-1]+1);
- outrec.twohalves.rhword := trunc(itcorr[-1]+1);
- writeout(outrec,3);
- if dump then write('* nl, nk:');
- outrec.twohalves.lhword := numligs + numkerns + 2;
- outrec.twohalves.rhword := trunc(kernout[-1]+1);
- writeout(outrec,3);
- if dump then write('* ne, np:');
- outrec.twohalves.lhword := numext+1;
- outrec.twohalves.rhword := numparams[fontype];
- writeout(outrec,3);
-
- if dump then writeln('*** Header info');
- outrec.int := uniquecode;
- writeout(outrec,6);
- outrec.int := scaleout(float(pointsize)); {def = 1 point}
- writeout(outrec,2);
- writeln('*** Coding Scheme = ',codescheme);
- outrec.fourbytes.byte0 := length(codescheme);
- for inx := 2 to 40 do begin
- iny := inx mod 4;
- if iny = 0 then iny := 4;
- iny := iny - 1;
- if inx-1 <= length(codescheme)
- then readstr(substr(codescheme,inx-1,1),chrt)
- else chrt := chrx['00'X];
- with outrec.fourbytes do case iny of
- 0 :byte0 := ordx[chrt];
- 1 :byte1 := ordx[chrt];
- 2 :byte2 := ordx[chrt];
- 3 :begin
- byte3 := ordx[chrt];
- writeout(outrec,4);
- end;
- otherwise error(99,fatal);
- end;
- end;
- if length(fontname) > 8
- then begin
- error(27,notreallyfatal);
- fontname := substr(fontname,1,8);
- end;
- writeln('*** Font Name = ',fontname);
- outrec.fourbytes.byte0 := length(fontname);
- for inx := 2 to 20 do begin
- iny := inx mod 4;
- if iny = 0 then iny := 4;
- iny := iny - 1;
- if inx-1 <= length(fontname)
- then readstr(substr(fontname,inx-1,1),chrt)
- else chrt := chrx['00'X];
- with outrec.fourbytes do case iny of
- 0 :byte0 := ordx[chrt];
- 1 :byte1 := ordx[chrt];
- 2 :byte2 := ordx[chrt];
- 3 :begin
- byte3 := ordx[chrt];
- writeout(outrec,4);
- end;
- otherwise error(99,fatal);
- end;
- end;
- outrec.int := 0;
- writeout(outrec,6); {no Parc face byte now}
- @<Write out FINFO part of font file@>
- @<write out widths@>
- @<write out heights@>
- @<write out depths@>
- @<write out itcorrs@>
- @<write out ligature/kern programs@>
- @<write out extension chars@>
- @<write params@>
- writeln('End of font file preprocessor');
-
-@
- @<Write out FINFO part of font file@>=
- for inx := 0 to num_entries-1 do writeout(outstuff[inx],5);
-
-@
- @<write out widths@>=
- if dump then writeln('*** Widths');
- for inx := 0 to trunc(width[-1]) do begin
- outrec.int := scaleout(width[inx]);
- writeout(outrec,2);
- end;
-
-@
- @<write out heights@>=
- if dump then writeln('*** Heights');
- for inx := 0 to trunc(height[-1]) do begin
- outrec.int := scaleout(height[inx]);
- writeout(outrec,2);
- end;
-
-@
- @<write out depths@>=
- if dump then writeln('*** Depths');
- for inx := 0 to trunc(depth[-1]) do begin
- outrec.int := scaleout(depth[inx]);
- writeout(outrec,2);
- end;
-
-@
- @<write out itcorrs@>=
- if dump then writeln('*** itcorrs');
- for inx := 0 to trunc(itcorr[-1]) do begin
- outrec.int := scaleout(itcorr[inx]);
- writeout(outrec,2);
- end;
-
-@
- @<write out ligature/kern programs@>=
- if dump then writeln('*** Lig/Kern programs');
- for inx := 0 to numligs + numkerns + 1 do
- writeout(ligout[inx],4);
- {write out kern values as fixes}
- if dump then writeln('*** Kern values');
- for inx := 0 to trunc(kernout[-1]) do begin
- outrec.int := scaleout(kernout[inx]);
- writeout(outrec,2);
- end;
-
-@
- @<write out extension chars@>=
- if dump then writeln('*** Extension chars');
- for inx := 0 to numext do
- with ext[inx], outrec.fourbytes do begin
- byte0 := top;
- byte1 := mid;
- byte2 := bot;
- byte3 := ext;
- writeout(outrec,4);
- end; {with..begin}
-
-@
- @<write params@>=
- if dump then writeln('*** Params');
- for pp := slant to bgopsp5 do
- if pp in paramset[standard]+paramset[fontype]
- then begin
- if dump then begin
- printparam(pp);
- write(': ');
- end;
- outrec.int := scaleout(params[pp]);
- writeout(outrec,2);
- end; {then..begin}
-
-@* INDEX.
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/reblock.pascal b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/reblock.pascal
deleted file mode 100644
index 28c7dd6e8f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/reblock.pascal
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
- PROGRAM reblock(input,output);
- VAR
- outstring :STRING(1024);
- instring :STRING(8);
- fontname :STRING(8);
- filetype :STRING(8);
- parmstring :STRING(20);
- i, fill :integer;
- BEGIN
- parmstring := TRIM(parms);
- i := index(parmstring,' ');
- fontname := SUBSTR(parmstring,1,i-1);
- filetype := SUBSTR(parmstring,i+1);
- RESET(input,'NAME='||fontname||'.PR'||filetype||'.A');
- REWRITE(output,'NAME='||fontname||'.'||filetype||
- '.A,LRECL=1024,RECFM=F');
- outstring := '';
- READLN(input,instring);
- WHILE NOT EOF(input) DO BEGIN;
- outstring := outstring || instring;
- IF LENGTH(outstring) >= 1024 THEN BEGIN
- WRITELN(output,outstring);
- outstring := '';
- END;
- READLN(input,instring);
- END;
- IF LENGTH(outstring) > 0 THEN BEGIN
- IF LENGTH(outstring) < 1024 THEN
- REPEAT
- outstring := outstring || '00'xc;
- UNTIL LENGTH(outstring) >= 1024;
- WRITELN(output,outstring);
- END;
- END.
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.cmschan b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.cmschan
deleted file mode 100644
index cd3acaba08..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.cmschan
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-% No change file needed generally
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.outchan b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.outchan
deleted file mode 100644
index b2182cc794..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.outchan
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,580 +0,0 @@
-@x
-%test version
-@y
-%out version 1
-@z
-
-@x
-\font\twelvept=cmbx12
-\font\tentex=cmr10
-@y
-\font\twelvept=cmbx12
-@z
-
-@x
-@p program tex8600(sysprint,addrline,setfile,cgfonts,infofile);
-@y
-@p program tex8600(sysprint,addrline,setfile,cgfonts);
-@z
-
-@x
-@<Global Variables@>@/
-static@/
-@!com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/
-value@/
- com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/
- com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/
- com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/
- com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/
- com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/
- com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/
- com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/
- com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/
- com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/
- com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/
- com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/
- com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/
- com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/
- com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/
- com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/
- com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/
- com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/
- com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/
- com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/
-%include pasclib(asciicvt)@/
-@y
-@<Global Variables@>@/
-static@/
-@!com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/
-@!ordx : packed array['00'xc..'FF'xc] of '00'x..'7f'x;@/
-@!chrx : packed array['00'x..'7F'x] of '00'xc..'FF'xc;@/
-value@/
- com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/
- com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/
- com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/
- com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/
- com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/
- com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/
- com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/
- com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/
- com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/
- com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/
- com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/
- com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/
- com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/
- com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/
- com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/
- com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/
- com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/
- com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/
- com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/
-{ EBCDIC to ASCII INTEGER and ASCII INTEGER to EBCDIC conversion }
-{ EBCDIC char to ASCII integer } { ASCII INTEGER to EBCDIC char }
-ordx['00'xc]:='00'x; { NUL NUL } chrx['00'x]:='00'xc; { NUL NUL }
-ordx['01'xc]:='01'x; { SOH SOH } chrx['01'x]:='01'xc; { SOH SOH }
-ordx['02'xc]:='02'x; { STX STX } chrx['02'x]:='02'xc; { STX STX }
-ordx['03'xc]:='03'x; { ETX ETX } chrx['03'x]:='03'xc; { ETX ETX }
-ordx['04'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['04'x]:='37'xc; { EOT EOT }
-ordx['05'xc]:='09'x; { HT HT } chrx['05'x]:='2D'xc; { ENQ ENQ }
-ordx['06'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['06'x]:='2E'xc; { ACK ACK }
-ordx['07'xc]:='7F'x; { DEL DEL } chrx['07'x]:='2F'xc; { BEL BEL }
-ordx['08'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['08'x]:='16'xc; { BS BS }
-ordx['09'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['09'x]:='05'xc; { HT HT }
-ordx['0A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['0A'x]:='25'xc; { LF LF }
-ordx['0B'xc]:='0B'x; { VT VT } chrx['0B'x]:='0B'xc; { VT VT }
-ordx['0C'xc]:='0C'x; { FF FF } chrx['0C'x]:='0C'xc; { FF FF }
-ordx['0D'xc]:='0D'x; { CR CR } chrx['0D'x]:='0D'xc; { CR CR }
-ordx['0E'xc]:='0E'x; { SO SO } chrx['0E'x]:='0E'xc; { SO SO }
-ordx['0F'xc]:='0F'x; { SI SI } chrx['0F'x]:='0F'xc; { SI SI }
-ordx['10'xc]:='10'x; { DLE DLE } chrx['10'x]:='10'xc; { DLE DLE }
-ordx['11'xc]:='11'x; { DC1 DC1 } chrx['11'x]:='11'xc; { DC1 DC1 }
-ordx['12'xc]:='12'x; { DC2 DC2 } chrx['12'x]:='12'xc; { DC2 DC2 }
-ordx['13'xc]:='13'x; { TM DC3 } chrx['13'x]:='13'xc; { DC3 TM }
-ordx['14'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['14'x]:='3C'xc; { DC4 DC4 }
-ordx['15'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['15'x]:='3D'xc; { NAK NAK }
-ordx['16'xc]:='08'x; { BS BS } chrx['16'x]:='32'xc; { SYN SYN }
-ordx['17'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['17'x]:='26'xc; { ETB ETB }
-ordx['18'xc]:='18'x; { CAN CAN } chrx['18'x]:='18'xc; { CAN CAN }
-ordx['19'xc]:='19'x; { EM EM } chrx['19'x]:='19'xc; { EM EM }
-ordx['1A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['1A'x]:='3F'xc; { SUB SUB }
-ordx['1B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['1B'x]:='27'xc; { ESC ESC }
-ordx['1C'xc]:='1C'x; { IFS FS } chrx['1C'x]:='1C'xc; { FS IFS }
-ordx['1D'xc]:='1D'x; { IGS GS } chrx['1D'x]:='1D'xc; { GS IGS }
-ordx['1E'xc]:='1E'x; { IRS RS } chrx['1E'x]:='1E'xc; { RS IRS }
-ordx['1F'xc]:='1F'x; { IUS US } chrx['1F'x]:='1F'xc; { US IUS }
-ordx['20'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['20'x]:='40'xc; { SP SP }
-ordx['21'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['21'x]:='5A'xc; { ! ! }
-ordx['22'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['22'x]:='7F'xc; { " " }
-ordx['23'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['23'x]:='7B'xc; { # # }
-ordx['24'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['24'x]:='5B'xc; { $ $ }
-ordx['25'xc]:='0A'x; { LF LF } chrx['25'x]:='6C'xc; { % % }
-ordx['26'xc]:='17'x; { ETB ETB } chrx['26'x]:='50'xc; { & & }
-ordx['27'xc]:='1B'x; { ESC ESC } chrx['27'x]:='7D'xc; { ' ' }
-ordx['28'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['28'x]:='4D'xc; { ( ( }
-ordx['29'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['29'x]:='5D'xc; { ) ) }
-ordx['2A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2A'x]:='5C'xc; { * * }
-ordx['2B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2B'x]:='4E'xc; { + + }
-ordx['2C'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2C'x]:='6B'xc; { , , }
-ordx['2D'xc]:='05'x; { ENQ ENQ } chrx['2D'x]:='60'xc; { - - }
-ordx['2E'xc]:='06'x; { ACK ACK } chrx['2E'x]:='4B'xc; { . . }
-ordx['2F'xc]:='07'x; { BEL BEL } chrx['2F'x]:='61'xc; { / / }
-ordx['30'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['30'x]:='F0'xc; { 0 0 }
-ordx['31'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['31'x]:='F1'xc; { 1 1 }
-ordx['32'xc]:='16'x; { SYN SYN } chrx['32'x]:='F2'xc; { 2 2 }
-ordx['33'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['33'x]:='F3'xc; { 3 3 }
-ordx['34'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['34'x]:='F4'xc; { 4 4 }
-ordx['35'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['35'x]:='F5'xc; { 5 5 }
-ordx['36'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['36'x]:='F6'xc; { 6 6 }
-ordx['37'xc]:='04'x; { EOT EOT } chrx['37'x]:='F7'xc; { 7 7 }
-ordx['38'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['38'x]:='F8'xc; { 8 8 }
-ordx['39'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['39'x]:='F9'xc; { 9 9 }
-ordx['3A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3A'x]:='7A'xc; { : : }
-ordx['3B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3B'x]:='5E'xc; { ; ; }
-ordx['3C'xc]:='14'x; { DC4 DC4 } chrx['3C'x]:='4C'xc; { < < }
-ordx['3D'xc]:='15'x; { NAK NAK } chrx['3D'x]:='7E'xc; { = = }
-ordx['3E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3E'x]:='6E'xc; { > > }
-ordx['3F'xc]:='1A'x; { SUB SUB } chrx['3F'x]:='6F'xc; { ? ? }
-ordx['40'xc]:='20'x; { SP SP } chrx['40'x]:='7C'xc; { @@ @@ }
-ordx['41'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['41'x]:='C1'xc; { A A }
-ordx['42'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['42'x]:='C2'xc; { B B }
-ordx['43'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['43'x]:='C3'xc; { C C }
-ordx['44'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['44'x]:='C4'xc; { D D }
-ordx['45'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['45'x]:='C5'xc; { E E }
-ordx['46'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['46'x]:='C6'xc; { F F }
-ordx['47'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['47'x]:='C7'xc; { G G }
-ordx['48'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['48'x]:='C8'xc; { H H }
-ordx['49'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['49'x]:='C9'xc; { I I }
-ordx['4A'xc]:='5E'x; { ã ã } chrx['4A'x]:='D1'xc; { J J }
-ordx['4B'xc]:='2E'x; { . . } chrx['4B'x]:='D2'xc; { K K }
-ordx['4C'xc]:='3C'x; { < < } chrx['4C'x]:='D3'xc; { L L }
-ordx['4D'xc]:='28'x; { ( ( } chrx['4D'x]:='D4'xc; { M M }
-ordx['4E'xc]:='2B'x; { + + } chrx['4E'x]:='D5'xc; { N N }
-ordx['4F'xc]:='7C'x; { | | } chrx['4F'x]:='D6'xc; { O O }
-ordx['50'xc]:='26'x; { & & } chrx['50'x]:='D7'xc; { P P }
-ordx['51'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['51'x]:='D8'xc; { Q Q }
-ordx['52'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['52'x]:='D9'xc; { R R }
-ordx['53'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['53'x]:='E2'xc; { S S }
-ordx['54'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['54'x]:='E3'xc; { T T }
-ordx['55'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['55'x]:='E4'xc; { U U }
-ordx['56'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['56'x]:='E5'xc; { V V }
-ordx['57'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['57'x]:='E6'xc; { W W }
-ordx['58'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['58'x]:='E7'xc; { X X }
-ordx['59'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['59'x]:='E8'xc; { Y Y }
-ordx['5A'xc]:='21'x; { ! ! } chrx['5A'x]:='E9'xc; { Z Z }
-ordx['5B'xc]:='24'x; { $ $ } chrx['5B'x]:='AD'xc; { [ [ }
-ordx['5C'xc]:='2A'x; { * * } chrx['5C'x]:='E0'xc; { \ \ }
-ordx['5D'xc]:='29'x; { ) ) } chrx['5D'x]:='BD'xc; { ] ] }
-ordx['5E'xc]:='3B'x; { ; ; } chrx['5E'x]:='4A'xc; { ã ã }
-ordx['5F'xc]:='7E'x; { ^ ^ } chrx['5F'x]:='6D'xc; { _ _ }
-ordx['60'xc]:='2D'x; { - - } chrx['60'x]:='79'xc; { ` ` }
-ordx['61'xc]:='2F'x; { / / } chrx['61'x]:='81'xc; { a a }
-ordx['62'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['62'x]:='82'xc; { b b }
-ordx['63'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['63'x]:='83'xc; { c c }
-ordx['64'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['64'x]:='84'xc; { d d }
-ordx['65'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['65'x]:='85'xc; { e e }
-ordx['66'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['66'x]:='86'xc; { f f }
-ordx['67'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['67'x]:='87'xc; { g g }
-ordx['68'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['68'x]:='88'xc; { h h }
-ordx['69'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['69'x]:='89'xc; { i i }
-ordx['6A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['6A'x]:='91'xc; { j j }
-ordx['6B'xc]:='2C'x; { , , } chrx['6B'x]:='92'xc; { k k }
-ordx['6C'xc]:='25'x; { % % } chrx['6C'x]:='93'xc; { l l }
-ordx['6D'xc]:='5F'x; { _ _ } chrx['6D'x]:='94'xc; { m m }
-ordx['6E'xc]:='3E'x; { > > } chrx['6E'x]:='95'xc; { n n }
-ordx['6F'xc]:='3F'x; { ? ? } chrx['6F'x]:='96'xc; { o o }
-ordx['70'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['70'x]:='97'xc; { p p }
-ordx['71'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['71'x]:='98'xc; { q q }
-ordx['72'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['72'x]:='99'xc; { r r }
-ordx['73'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['73'x]:='A2'xc; { s s }
-ordx['74'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['74'x]:='A3'xc; { t t }
-ordx['75'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['75'x]:='A4'xc; { u u }
-ordx['76'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['76'x]:='A5'xc; { v v }
-ordx['77'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['77'x]:='A6'xc; { w w }
-ordx['78'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['78'x]:='A7'xc; { x x }
-ordx['79'xc]:='60'x; { ` ` } chrx['79'x]:='A8'xc; { y y }
-ordx['7A'xc]:='3A'x; { : : } chrx['7A'x]:='A9'xc; { z z }
-ordx['7B'xc]:='23'x; { # # } chrx['7B'x]:='C0'xc; { lcurly }
-ordx['7C'xc]:='40'x; { @@ @@ } chrx['7C'x]:='4F'xc; { | | }
-ordx['7D'xc]:='27'x; { ' ' } chrx['7D'x]:='D0'xc; { rcurly }
-ordx['7E'xc]:='3D'x; { = = } chrx['7E'x]:='9C'xc; { tilde }
-ordx['7F'xc]:='22'x; { " " } chrx['7F'x]:='07'xc; { DEL DEL }
-ordx['80'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['81'xc]:='61'x; { a a }
-ordx['82'xc]:='62'x; { b b }
-ordx['83'xc]:='63'x; { c c }
-ordx['84'xc]:='64'x; { d d }
-ordx['85'xc]:='65'x; { e e }
-ordx['86'xc]:='66'x; { f f }
-ordx['87'xc]:='67'x; { g g }
-ordx['88'xc]:='68'x; { h h }
-ordx['89'xc]:='69'x; { i i }
-ordx['8A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8C'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8D'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['8F'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['90'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['91'xc]:='6A'x; { j j }
-ordx['92'xc]:='6B'x; { k k }
-ordx['93'xc]:='6C'x; { l l }
-ordx['94'xc]:='6D'x; { m m }
-ordx['95'xc]:='6E'x; { n n }
-ordx['96'xc]:='6F'x; { o o }
-ordx['97'xc]:='70'x; { p p }
-ordx['98'xc]:='71'x; { q q }
-ordx['99'xc]:='72'x; { r r }
-ordx['9A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['9B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['9C'xc]:='7E'x; { tilde }
-ordx['9D'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['9E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['9F'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['A0'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['A1'xc]:='1A'x; { ... SUB }
-ordx['A2'xc]:='73'x; { s s }
-ordx['A3'xc]:='74'x; { t t }
-ordx['A4'xc]:='75'x; { u u }
-ordx['A5'xc]:='76'x; { v v }
-ordx['A6'xc]:='77'x; { w w }
-ordx['A7'xc]:='78'x; { x x }
-ordx['A8'xc]:='79'x; { y y }
-ordx['A9'xc]:='7A'x; { z z }
-ordx['AA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['AB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['AC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['AD'xc]:='5B'x; { [ [ }
-ordx['AE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['AF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B0'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B1'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B2'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B3'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B4'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B5'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B6'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B7'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B8'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['B9'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BD'xc]:='5D'x; { ] ] }
-ordx['BE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['BF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['C0'xc]:='7B'x; { lcurly }
-ordx['C1'xc]:='41'x; { A A }
-ordx['C2'xc]:='42'x; { B B }
-ordx['C3'xc]:='43'x; { C C }
-ordx['C4'xc]:='44'x; { D D }
-ordx['C5'xc]:='45'x; { E E }
-ordx['C6'xc]:='46'x; { F F }
-ordx['C7'xc]:='47'x; { G G }
-ordx['C8'xc]:='48'x; { H H }
-ordx['C9'xc]:='49'x; { I I }
-ordx['CA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['CF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['D0'xc]:='7D'x; { rcurly }
-ordx['D1'xc]:='4A'x; { J J }
-ordx['D2'xc]:='4B'x; { K K }
-ordx['D3'xc]:='4C'x; { L L }
-ordx['D4'xc]:='4D'x; { M M }
-ordx['D5'xc]:='4E'x; { N N }
-ordx['D6'xc]:='4F'x; { O O }
-ordx['D7'xc]:='50'x; { P P }
-ordx['D8'xc]:='51'x; { Q Q }
-ordx['D9'xc]:='52'x; { R R }
-ordx['DA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['DF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['E0'xc]:='5C'x; { \ \ }
-ordx['E1'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['E2'xc]:='53'x; { S S }
-ordx['E3'xc]:='54'x; { T T }
-ordx['E4'xc]:='55'x; { U U }
-ordx['E5'xc]:='56'x; { V V }
-ordx['E6'xc]:='57'x; { W W }
-ordx['E7'xc]:='58'x; { X X }
-ordx['E8'xc]:='59'x; { Y Y }
-ordx['E9'xc]:='5A'x; { Z Z }
-ordx['EA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['EB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['EC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['ED'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['EE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['EF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['F0'xc]:='30'x; { 0 0 }
-ordx['F1'xc]:='31'x; { 1 1 }
-ordx['F2'xc]:='32'x; { 2 2 }
-ordx['F3'xc]:='33'x; { 3 3 }
-ordx['F4'xc]:='34'x; { 4 4 }
-ordx['F5'xc]:='35'x; { 5 5 }
-ordx['F6'xc]:='36'x; { 6 6 }
-ordx['F7'xc]:='37'x; { 7 7 }
-ordx['F8'xc]:='38'x; { 8 8 }
-ordx['F9'xc]:='39'x; { 9 9 }
-ordx['FA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-ordx['FF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL }
-@z
-
-@x
-@! maxbuffer = 1029;@/
-@y
-@! maxbuffer = 1024;@/
-@z
-
-@x
-@p procedure writeheader; {only needed when using Datum 5095}
-var
- hdrec :string(5);
-begin
- if doingpages = true
- then begin
- hdrec := strconv(headernum);
- write(setfile,hdrec);
- bufferlen := 5;
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {writeheader}
-@y
-@p procedure writeheader; {only needed when using Datum 5095}
-begin
- if doingpages = true
- then
- bufferlen := 0;
- end; {writeheader}
-@z
-
-@x
-@<write number of...@>=
- writecommand(11,155*SPsPerPt); {155pt indent}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('50616765731e'xc); {'Pages '}
- write8600rec('536574231e1e'xc); {'Set: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- pages_conv := strconv(pages_set);
- for inx := 1 to 5
- do write8600rec(str(chr(ordx
- [pages_conv[inx]])));
- writecommand(11,265*SPsPerPt); {get ready for Tape \#}
-
-@
-@<write tape numb...@>=
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('546170651e'xc); {'Tape '}
- writecommand(20,2); {aux. char. set}
- write8600rec('72'xc); {'\#'}
- writecommand(20,1); {pri. char. set}
- write8600rec('231e1e1e1e'xc); {': '}
- postam_found := true;
- writecommand(25,330); {bold italic}
-@y
-@<write number of...@>=
- writecommand(11,155*SPsPerPt); {155pt indent}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('50616765731e'xc); {'Pages '}
- write8600rec('536574231e1e'xc); {'Set: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- pages_conv := strconv(pages_set);
- for inx := 1 to 5
- do write8600rec(str(chr(ordx
- [pages_conv[inx]])));
-
-@
-@<write tape numb...@>=
- postam_found := true;
-@z
-
-@x
-|setaccountbox| procedure. It also writes the information to another file
-called the |infofile|.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! notfatal = false;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!addrline : text;
-@!infofile : text;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@y
-|setaccountbox| procedure.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! notfatal = false;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!addrline : text;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@z
-
-@x
-@<parse info...@>=
- rewrite(infofile,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.INFOFILE.*');
- while length(resource_info) > 0 do begin
- inx := index(resource_info,':');
- if inx < 1
- then begin
- errstr := resource_info;
- error(28,notfatal,0);
- end
- else begin
- str1 := substr(resource_info,1,inx-1);
- resource_info := ltrim(substr(resource_info,inx+1));
- inx := index(resource_info,':');
- if inx = 0
- then begin
- str2 := resource_info;
- resource_info := '';
- end
- else begin
- int := inx - 1; {no sense starting at a colon:}
- tempbool := false;
- repeat
- if substr(resource_info,int,1) = ' '
- then tempbool := true
- else int := int - 1;
- until tempbool; {which means we found a blank}
- str2 := trim(substr(resource_info,1,int-1));
- resource_info := substr(resource_info,int+1);
- end;
- str1 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str1)));
- str2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str2)));
- if str1 = 'NAME' then
- infoname := str2
- else if str1 = 'PHONE' then
- infophone := str2
- else if str1 = 'PROCEDURE_NUMBER'
- then infoprocedure := str2
- else if str1 = 'BUDGET_PROJECT'
- then infobudget := str2
- else if str1 = 'PICKUP' then
- infodelivery := str2
- else if str1 = 'CAMPUS_ZIP' then
- infozip := str2
- else if str1 = 'BIN' then
- infobin := str2
- else if str1 = 'ID' then
- infoid := str2
- else begin
- errstr := resource_info;
- error(28,notfatal,0);
- end
- end;
- end;
-
-@
-@<send info...@>=
- setaccountbox(infoname,infophone,infodelivery,infozip,
- infobin,infoid);
- writeln(infofile,infoname);
- writeln(infofile,infophone);
- writeln(infofile,infoprocedure);
- writeln(infofile,infobudget);
- writeln(infofile,infodelivery);
- writeln(infofile,infozip);
- writeln(infofile,infoid);
- writeln(infofile,infobin);
- writeln(infofile,job_length);
- writeln(infofile,pages_set);
- writeln(infofile,minimum_width);
- writeln(infofile,real_filename);
-@y
-@<parse info...@>=
- while length(resource_info) > 0 do begin
- inx := index(resource_info,':');
- if inx < 1
- then begin
- errstr := resource_info;
- error(28,notfatal,0);
- end
- else begin
- str1 := substr(resource_info,1,inx-1);
- resource_info := ltrim(substr(resource_info,inx+1));
- inx := index(resource_info,':');
- if inx = 0
- then begin
- str2 := resource_info;
- resource_info := '';
- end
- else begin
- int := inx - 1; {no sense starting at a colon:}
- tempbool := false;
- repeat
- if substr(resource_info,int,1) = ' '
- then tempbool := true
- else int := int - 1;
- until tempbool; {which means we found a blank}
- str2 := trim(substr(resource_info,1,int-1));
- resource_info := substr(resource_info,int+1);
- end;
- str1 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str1)));
- str2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str2)));
- if str1 = 'NAME' then
- infoname := str2
- else if str1 = 'PHONE' then
- infophone := str2
- else if str1 = 'PROCEDURE_NUMBER'
- then infoprocedure := str2
- else if str1 = 'BUDGET_PROJECT'
- then infobudget := str2
- else if str1 = 'PICKUP' then
- infodelivery := str2
- else if str1 = 'CAMPUS_ZIP' then
- infozip := str2
- else if str1 = 'BIN' then
- infobin := str2
- else if str1 = 'ID' then
- infoid := str2
- else begin
- errstr := resource_info;
- error(28,notfatal,0);
- end
- end;
- end;
-
-@
-@<send info...@>=
- setaccountbox(infoname,infophone,infodelivery,infozip,
- infobin,infoid);
-@z
-
-@x
-@<set final...@>=
- job_length := round(galley_length/72.0);
- pages_set := num_of_pages;
- job_type := 'TeX';
-@y
-@<set final...@>=
- job_length := round(galley_length/72.0);
- pages_set := num_of_pages;
- job_type := 'TeX';
- writecommand(11,0); {quad left}
- writecommand(9,100*SPsPerPt); {VMF past box}
- writecommand(1,0.0); {End of take}
-@z
-
-@x
- reset(input,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.' ccat filetype ccat '.*');
- writeln('******* tex8600 Version ',version:2,' Level ',
- level:3,' *******');
- rewrite(setfile,'LRECL=1029,RECFM=F,NAME=' ccat filename ccat
-'.TAPEFILE.*');
-@y
- reset(input,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.' ccat filetype ccat '.*');
- writeln('******* tex8600 Version ',version:2,' Level ',
- level:3,' *******');
- rewrite(setfile,'LRECL=1024,RECFM=F,NAME=' ccat filename ccat
-'.TAPEFILE.*');
-@z
diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.web b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.web
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b99589a5a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.web
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3034 +0,0 @@
-\font\twelvept=cmbx12
-\font\tentex=cmr10
-\def\topofcontents{\null\vfill\eject
- \def\titlepage{T}
- \centerline{{\twelvept The \TeX 8600 Driver}}
- \vskip15pt
- \centerline{Version 2.2, June 1988}
- \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This work is
- protected as an unpublished work under U.S. copyright laws.
- Copyright $\copyright$ 1986 by WSUCSC. All rights Reserved.}}
- \vskip18pt
- \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This software is furnished under a
- license for
- use only on a single computer system and may be copied only
- with the inclusion of the above copyright notice.
- This software, or any other copies
- thereof, may not be provided or otherwise made available to any
- other person except for use on such system and to one who agrees to
- these license terms. Title to and ownership of the software shall
- at all times remain in WSUCSC.}}
- \vfill}
-
-@* Introduction.
-This program takes a \TeX\ DVI file and converts it into CG 8600
-Universal Slave Mode commands. Five bytes have been added to each
-record. These five bytes are stripped off by the Datum 5095 tape
-drive as it passes the file onto the 8600.
-
-The \TeX 8600 program is written in WEB. You will need the TANGLE
-and WEAVE programs to make changes. The WEB code was written
-originally for IBM Pascal/VS on VM/CMS.
-
-If you have a CG font that is not one of the ones on the \TeX 8600
-distribution tape, you need to modify the SAMPLE.FONTINFO file for
-that font and process it through FONTTEX.
-
-@ Following are a few macros and definitions used throughout program:
-
-@d incr(#) == # := # + 1
-@d decr(#) == # := # - 1
-@d do_nothing == begin; end
-@d ccat==@=||@>
-@f static == var
-@f value == var
-
-@ The beginning of the program.
-
-@p program tex8600(dumpout,sysprint,addrline,setfile,cgfonts,infofile);
-const
-@<Global Constants@>@/
-type
-@<Global Types@>@/
-var
-@<Global Variables@>@/
-static@/
-@!com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/
-value@/
- com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/
- com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/
- com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/
- com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/
- com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/
- com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/
- com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/
- com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/
- com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/
- com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/
- com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/
- com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/
- com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/
- com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/
- com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/
- com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/
- com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/
- com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/
- com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/
-@<CMS Includes@>
-
-@ This is a collection of arrays for converting ASCII to EBCDIC.
-
-@<CMS Includes@>=
-@{This is a very long comment. It is designed to force a break@}
-%include pasclib(asciicvt);
-
-@ This is a collection of arrays for converting ASCII to EBCDIC.
-
-@<CMS Includes@>=
-@{This is a very long comment. It is designed to force a break@}
-%include cms;
-@{This is a very long comment. It is designed to force a break@}
-
-@* Beginning section.
-This section includes some basic functions for reading the DVI file
-as well as a couple of procedures, like error and allcaps. Nothing
-tricky or noteworthy in these.
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!count : integer;
-@!fileend :boolean;
-
-@ The function for reading a byte of information from the DVI file.
-
-@p function getbyte:integer;
-var c :integer;
- byte :char;
-begin
- read(byte);
- getbyte := ord(byte);
- c := count mod pv_dvi_lrecl;
- if (c=(pv_dvi_lrecl-1)) and not (eof(input))
- then get(input)
- else if (c=(pv_dvi_lrecl-1)) and eof(input)
- then fileend:=true;
- end;
-
-@ This is necessary because tangle doesn't let us get away with
-using RETCODE by itself in more than one spot.
-
-@p procedure setretcode(rc:integer);
-begin retcode(rc); end;
-
-@ This converts the byte to an integer, for further evaluation by
-the program.
-
-@p function readinteger(length :integer):integer;
-var
- inx :integer;
- int :integer;
-begin
- if (length<1) or (length>4)
- then begin;
- trace(output);
- halt;
- end;
- int:=0;
- for inx := 1 to length do begin
- int := int * 256 + getbyte;
- {check for cvt to negative...}
- if (inx = 1) and (length > 1) and (int >= 128)
- then int := int - 256;
- incr(count);
- end;
- readinteger := int;
- end; {readinteger}
-
-@ This function receives an integer value and converts it to its
-hex value and returns that value as a string.
-
-@^system dependencies@>
-@p function hex(int :integer) :string(2);
-var
- i :integer;
- j :integer;
- stri :string(2);
-static
- hexarray :array[0..15] of string(1);
-value
- hexarray[0] := '0';
- hexarray[1] := '1';
- hexarray[2] := '2';@/
- hexarray[3] := '3';
- hexarray[4] := '4';
- hexarray[5] := '5';@/
- hexarray[6] := '6';
- hexarray[7] := '7';
- hexarray[8] := '8';@/
- hexarray[9] := '9';
- hexarray[10] := 'A';
- hexarray[11] := 'B';@/
- hexarray[12] := 'C';
- hexarray[13] := 'D';
- hexarray[14] := 'E';
- hexarray[15] := 'F';
-begin
- stri := '';
- i := int;
- if i >= 16
- then begin
- j := i div 16;
- stri := hexarray[j];
- i := i - (j * 16);
- end
- else stri := '0';
- stri := stri ccat hexarray[i];@/
- hex := stri;
- end;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@! savecount :integer;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@! filename :string(8);
-@^system dependencies@>
-@! errstr :string(256);
-
-@ The error procedure. When a byte is read that does not jive with
-what the program was expecting, it goes to this procedure with a
-return code of some kind and an appropriate message is printed to user.
-
-@p procedure error(number :integer;
- critical:boolean;
- intval :integer);
-begin
- case number of
- 1 :writeln('Error in file ',filename,', no header record');
- 2 :writeln('Error in file ',filename,', the highest 8600 ',
- 'command has a value of ',ord(MAXCMD):3,' but ',
- intval,' was read instead');
- 3 :writeln('Expected a font command and got "',
- com_table[intval],'" instead');
- 4 :writeln('Expected a character width definition and got "',
- com_table[intval],'" instead in file ',filename);
- 5 :writeln('File ',filename,' is out of order for character ',
- intval:3,' (',chrx[intval],')');
- 6 :writeln('Error in file ',filename,', the value of byte ',
- intval,' is >= 218 and <= 255 at byte ',savecount);
- 7 :writeln('Expected a Slantmode command and got ',
- com_table[intval],' instead');
- 10 :writeln('No address information given');
- 28 :writeln('Unidentified input option "',errstr,'"');
- otherwise writeln('Unidentified error ',number);
- end; {case}
- if critical then begin
- writeln('TeX8600 run aborted; See your consultant');
- trace(output);
- halt;
- end;
- writeln('Tape will not be sent to operator');
- setretcode(32);
- end; {error}
-
-@ Finally, a function that will convert whatever is passed to it into
-all capital letters. It translates lower case letters into upper case
-letters. All other characters outside of the range
-a$<$=character$<$=z are returned as their original value.
-
-@^system dependencies@>
-@p function allcaps(instring :string(40)) :string(40);
-var
- i :integer;
- character :char;
- buildit :string(40);
-static@/
- chtable :packed array['81'xc..'e9'xc] of char;@/
-value@/
- chtable['81'xc] := 'A';
- chtable['82'xc] := 'B';
- chtable['83'xc] := 'C';
- chtable['84'xc] := 'D';@/
- chtable['85'xc] := 'E';
- chtable['86'xc] := 'F';
- chtable['87'xc] := 'G';
- chtable['88'xc] := 'H';@/
- chtable['89'xc] := 'I';
- chtable['91'xc] := 'J';
- chtable['92'xc] := 'K';
- chtable['93'xc] := 'L';@/
- chtable['94'xc] := 'M';
- chtable['95'xc] := 'N';
- chtable['96'xc] := 'O';
- chtable['97'xc] := 'P';@/
- chtable['98'xc] := 'Q';
- chtable['99'xc] := 'R';
- chtable['a2'xc] := 'S';
- chtable['a3'xc] := 'T';@/
- chtable['a4'xc] := 'U';
- chtable['a5'xc] := 'V';
- chtable['a6'xc] := 'W';@/
- chtable['a7'xc] := 'X';
- chtable['a8'xc] := 'Y';
- chtable['a9'xc] := 'Z';
-begin
- buildit := '';
- for i := 1 to length(instring) do begin
- readstr(substr(instring,i,1),character);
- if character in ['a'..'z']
- then buildit := buildit ccat str(chtable[character])
- else buildit := buildit ccat str(character);
- end;
- allcaps := buildit;
- end;
-
-@* Font Related Procedures.
-This first font procedure reads the font matrix information for the
-current font from an outside file called cginfo defined as cgfonts.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! maxfunctions = 15;@/
-@! maxChar=127;@/
-@! fatal = true;@/
-@! fontsperrun = 76;@/
-@! maxFont=256;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Types@>=
-@! oneoftwo = packed 1..2;
- command = (HDR,CHWIDTH,RT,PS,SS,VMF,VMR,RW,RD,IR,SL,
- RTWT,RTWB,AU,F,HMR,HML,TTS,MAXCMD);@/
-@! storerec = packed record
- comcode :packed -128..127;
- case oneoftwo of
- 1 :(argument :integer);
- 2 :(real_argument :shortreal);
- end;
-@! charrec = packed record
- num :-1..maxfunctions;
- charwidth :shortreal;
- comarray :packed array[0..maxfunctions] of storerec;
- end;
-@! driverrec = record
- cmd :integer;
- case oneoftwo of
- 1 :(param :shortreal);
- 2 :(code :integer);
- end;
-@! font_def = packed record
- pointsize : 0..255;
- designsize : 0..255;
- fontindex : 0..255;
- end;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@! fontrec = record
- fontno8600 : 0..2550;
- name : string(8);
- a8600chars : packed array[0..maxChar] of charrec;
- end;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!currfont : -1..maxFont;
-@!a8600fontrec : packed array[1..fontsperrun] of fontrec;
-@!fontcode : driverrec;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!fontname : string(8);
-@!dumpin : boolean;
-@!fontenviron : packed array[-1..maxFont] of font_def;
-
-@ A new font is being used so it must have its font metrics read; this
-procedure does just that.
-
-@p procedure readfontinfo(fontnum,a8600index:integer);
-var
- auxiliary :boolean;
- cgfonts :file of driverrec;
- changefont :boolean;
- charmult :shortreal;
- i,j,rc,
- numcommands :integer;
-begin
- @<open cginfo file@>
- @<read beginning info@>
- @<read character info@>
- @<close cginfo file@>
-end;
-
-@ First open the cginfo file
-
- @<open cginfo file@>=
- fontenviron[fontnum].fontindex := a8600index;
- a8600fontrec[a8600index].name:= fontname;
- cms('ESTATE 'ccat fontname ccat ' CGINFO *',rc);
- if rc = 0
- then reset(cgfonts,'NAME=' ccat fontname ccat '.CGINFO.*')
- else begin
- reset(cgfonts,'NAME=ETR.CGINFO.*');
- writeln('Error!! Font ',fontname,' is not on the 8600');
- writeln('You will not be able to continue');
- setretcode(8);
- end;
-
-@ Now read the first few records that give overall font info.
-
- @<read beginning info@>=
- fontcode := cgfonts@@;{Read the first record of the file}
- get(cgfonts);@/
- with fontcode do begin
- if cmd <> ord(HDR) then error(1,fatal,0);
- if code <> ord(MAXCMD) then error(2,fatal,code);
- end; {with..begin}
- fontcode := cgfonts@@; {read the second record of the file}
- get(cgfonts);@/
- with fontcode do begin
- if cmd <> ord(F) then error(3,fatal,cmd); {Must be font cmnd}
- a8600fontrec[a8600index].fontno8600 := code;
- end; {with..begin}
- fontcode := cgfonts@@;
- get(cgfonts);
- with fontcode do begin
- if cmd <> ord(CHWIDTH) then error(4,fatal,cmd); {charac mult}
- charmult := param;
- end; {with..begin}
- {Each character (maxChar) has one header record (HDR)
- and one character width record. The number of records
- for each character that follows the width record is
- contained as "code" in the header record. Each
- character will have at least one record.}
- fontcode := cgfonts@@; {slantmode option no longer used}
- get(cgfonts);
- with fontcode do begin
- if cmd <> ord(SL) then error(7,fatal,cmd);
- end;
- if dumpin
- then with a8600fontrec[fontenviron[fontnum].fontindex]
- do begin
- writeln(dumpout,
- ' The character width multiplier for ',
- filename,' is ',charmult:5:2);
- writeln(dumpout,
- ' The 8600 font number is ',fontno8600:3);
- end;
-
-@ The individual character heights, depths, widths and positions
-come next.
-
- @<read character info@>=
- for i := 0 to maxChar do begin
- with a8600fontrec[a8600index].a8600chars[i]
-do begin
- fontcode := cgfonts@@;
- get(cgfonts);
- with fontcode do begin
- if cmd <> ord(HDR) then error(5,fatal,i);
- numcommands := code; {number for this character}
- end; {with..begin}
- num := -1;
- @<read character width@>
- auxiliary := false;
- changefont := false;
- for j := 0 to numcommands do begin
- @<read next command@>
- end;
- if auxiliary then begin
- @<Auxiliary change@>
- end;
- if changefont then begin
- @<Font change@>
- end;
- end;
- end;
-
-@ Font is all read and safely tucked into appropriate places to
-be used later, so close the door and shut off the lights on the
-way out.
-
- @<close cginfo file@>=
- close(cgfonts);
-
-@
- @<read character width@>=
- fontcode := cgfonts@@; {read the character width}
- get(cgfonts);
- with fontcode do begin
- if cmd <> ord(CHWIDTH) then error(5,fatal,i);
- charwidth := param * charmult;
- end; {with..begin}
-
-@
- @<read next command@>=
- fontcode := cgfonts@@;
- get(cgfonts);
- num := num + 1; {increment number of commands}
- with fontcode, comarray[num] do begin
- if ((cmd >= 5) and (cmd <= 8)) or
- (cmd = 11) or (cmd = 12) or (cmd = 16)
- then real_argument := param
- else argument := code;
- case cmd of
- 2 :comcode := 3; {reverse type}
- 3 :comcode := 7; {Point Size Change}
- 4 :comcode := 8; {Set Size Change}
- 5 :comcode := 9; {Vertical Move Forward}
- 6 :comcode := 10; {Vertical Move Reverse}
- 7 :comcode := 12; {Rule Width}
- 8 :comcode := 13; {Rule Depth}
- 9 :comcode := 14; {Insert Rule}
- 10 :comcode := 15; {Slant Mode}
- 11 :comcode := 16; {Reverse Window Top}
- 12 :comcode := 17; {Reverse Window Bot}
- 13 :begin
- @<Change to Auxiliary Characters@>
- end;
- 14 :begin
- @<Change Font@>
- end;
- 15 :comcode := 27; {Horiz. Move Right}
- 16 :comcode := 28; {Horiz. Move Left}
- 17 :comcode := -1; {Decimal Char Code}
- otherwise begin
- @<Invalid Command Number@>
- end;
- end;
- end;
-
-@
- @<Auxiliary change@>=
- num := num + 1;
- with comarray[num] do begin
- comcode := 20;
- argument := 1;
- end;
-
-@
- @<Font change@>=
- num := num + 1;
- with comarray[num] do begin
- comcode := 25;
- argument := -1; {for quick ID in font changes}
- end;
-
-@
- @<Change to Auxiliary Characters@>=
- comcode := 20;
- if auxiliary
- then begin
- argument := 1;
- auxiliary := false;
- end
- else begin
- argument := 2;
- auxiliary := true;
- end;
-
-@
- @<Change Font@>=
- comcode := 25;
- if code <> fontnum
- then changefont := true;
- argument := code * 10;
-
-@
- @<Invalid Command Number@>=
- writeln('Invalid 8600 Command Number ', cmd);
- error(5,fatal,cmd);
-
-@ This procedure checks to see if the current font has been
- previously defined. If it has, it returns to the main program,
- if it hasn't, |readfontinfo| is called.
-
-@p procedure checkfont;
-var
- i :integer;
-static
- in_count :integer;
-value
- in_count := 0;
-begin
-@<check fonts@>
-readfontinfo(currfont,in_count);
- end;
-
-@ Each time a font is encountered in the DVI file, one is added to
-the |in_count|. The following section checks to see if the |curr_font|
-has ever been used before in this file. If it has, nothing is done and
-it returns to main program. If it is a new file, it continues on in
-procedure to read the new font metrics.
-
-@<check fonts@>=
- incr(in_count);
- for i := 1 to in_count do begin
- if a8600fontrec[i].name = fontname
- then begin
- fontenviron[currfont].fontindex := i;
- return;
- end;
- end;
-
-@ This procedure reads the DVI file to get all pertinent information
-for the |MAIN| program.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! SPsPerPt = 65536;@/
-@! pc_dvi_lrecl=1024;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!checksumtest : integer;
-@!pv_dvi_lrecl :integer;
-
-@
-@p procedure fontinfo;
-var
- fnlength : integer;
- temp : integer;
- temp2 : integer;
- inx : integer;
-begin
- with fontenviron[currfont] do begin
- checksumtest := readinteger(4);{check sum}
- temp := readinteger(4);{scale}
- temp2:= readinteger(4);{design size}
- pointsize := temp2 * (temp div temp2) div SPsPerPt;
- designsize := temp2 div SPsPerPt;
- end; {WITH..begin}
- temp := readinteger(1);{font name area}
- fnlength := readinteger(1);{file length}
- fnlength := fnlength + temp;
- fontname := '';
- for inx := 1 to fnlength do begin
- temp := readinteger(1);
- fontname := fontname ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp]));
- end;
- checkfont;
-end;
-
-@* Tape-writing functions and procedures.
-These next few functions and procedures prepare or write information
-to a tape file
-
-@ This function converts an integer to a string or something like that
-
-@^system dependencies@>
-@p function strconv(intnum : integer): string(5);
-var
- hdrec :string(5);
- j :integer;
- k10 :integer;
- temphdr :integer;
-begin
- hdrec := '';
- k10 := 10000;
- temphdr := intnum;
- repeat
- if temphdr >= k10 then begin
- j := temphdr div k10;
- hdrec := hdrec ccat str(chr(j + ord('0')));
- temphdr := temphdr - (j * k10);
- end;
- k10 := k10 div 10;
- until k10 = 1;
- hdrec := hdrec ccat str(chr(temphdr + ord('0')));
- if length(hdrec) < 5
- then hdrec := substr('00000',1,5-length(hdrec)) ccat hdrec;
- strconv := hdrec;
- end;
-
-@ This procedure is to add the 5 bytes at the beginning
- of each record that will be read by the 5095 tape
- drive. It should be noted that these 5 bytes are
- discarded by the 5095 before it sends the rest of the record to the 8600.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! maxbuffer = 1029;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!doingpages : boolean;
-@!setfile : text;
-@!dumpout : text;
-@!bufferlen : 0..maxbuffer;
-@!headernum : integer;
-
-@
-@p procedure writeheader; {only needed when using Datum 5095}
-var
- hdrec :string(5);
-begin
- if doingpages = true
- then begin
- hdrec := strconv(headernum);
- write(setfile,hdrec);
- bufferlen := 5;
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {writeheader}
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! allzeros = '00'xc;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!postam_found : boolean;
-
-@ This procedure is used to write the tape file for the 5095
-drive on the 8600
-
-@p @^system dependencies@>
-procedure write8600rec(codes :string(17));
-var
- i :integer;
- codesize :integer;
-begin
- codesize := length(codes);
- if doingpages=true
- then begin
- if bufferlen + codesize < maxbuffer
- then begin
- @<record length less than maximum@>
- end {then..begin}
- else if bufferlen + codesize = maxbuffer
- then begin
- @<record length equal to maximum@>
- end {then..begin}
- else begin
- @<record length greater than maximum@>
- end; {else..begin}
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {write8600rec}
-
-@
- @<record length less than maximum@>=
- write(setfile,codes);
- bufferlen := bufferlen + codesize;
- if postam_found then begin
- while bufferlen < maxbuffer do begin
- write(setfile,allzeros);
- codesize := length(allzeros);
- bufferlen := bufferlen + codesize;
- end; {while..begin}
- end; {then..begin}
-
-@
- @<record length equal to maximum@>=
- writeln(setfile,codes);
- if not postam_found then writeheader;
-
-@
- @<record length greater than maximum@>=
- i := maxbuffer - bufferlen;
- writeln(setfile,substr(codes,1,i));
- writeheader;
- write(setfile,substr(codes,i+1,codesize-i));
- bufferlen := bufferlen + codesize - i;
- if postam_found then begin
- while bufferlen < maxbuffer do begin
- write(setfile,allzeros);
- codesize := length(allzeros);
- bufferlen := bufferlen + codesize;
- end; {while..begin}
- end; {then..begin}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!print_hmove : boolean;
-
-@ This function,
-given amount in scale points, converts it to floating-point
-points and print it.
-
-@p function getpts(amt :integer) :real;
-var
- temp :real;
-begin
- temp := float(amt) / SPsPerPt;
- if dumpin and print_hmove then write(dumpout,temp:4:1,' pts.');
- getpts := temp;
- end;
-
-@* Main tape-writing procedures.
-These next few procedures are the main ones for writing information
-to the tape file.
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! high1 = '8000'@&x;@/
-@! SPsPer8th = 8192;@/
-@! SPsPer18th = 3640.8888;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Type...@>=
-@! valrec = packed record case oneoftwo of
- 1 :(hexcode :char;
- argument :packed -32768..32767);
- 2 :(byte1 :packed 0..255;
- byte2 :packed 0..255;
- byte3 :packed 0..255)
- end;
-@! stackrec = packed record
- H :integer;
- V :integer;
- W :integer;
- X :integer;
- Y :integer;
- Z :integer;
- end;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!stack : packed array[1..50] of stackrec;
-@!stacktop : integer;
-@!outrec : valrec;
-@!in_reverse_type : boolean;
-@!in_slant_mode : boolean;
-
-@ This procedure is called to format the output record
- in a 1 or 3 byte word to be added to the 8600 output
- record buffer. Each command used by the slave mode
- is represented here by their appropriate code number
- assigned by Compugraphics. The code "-1" was not
- assigned by them. It was assigned to denote the use
- of a character in the current font.
-
-@p @^system dependencies@>
-procedure writecommand(codenum :integer;
- inargument :real);
-var
- temp :string(3);
- realtemp :real;
-begin
- with outrec do begin
- case codenum of
- -2 :@<long character form@>@/
- -1 :@<individual character code@>@/
- 0 :@<start of take@>@/
- 1 :@<end of take@>@/
- 2 :@<change reverse type@>@/
- 7 :@<change point size@>@/
- 8 :@<change set size@>@/
- 9 :@<forward vertical move@>@/
- 10 :@<reverse vertical move@>@/
- 11 :@<absolute horizontal positioning@>@/
- 12 :@<rule width@>@/
- 13 :@<rule depth@>@/
- 14 :@<insert rule@>@/
- 15 :@<slant mode@>@/
- 16 :@<reverse type window top@>@/
- 17 :@<reverse type window bottom@>@/
- 20 :@<change auxiliary character set@>@/
- 25 :@<change fonts@>@/
- 27 :@<right horizontal move@>@/
- 28 :@<left horizontal move@>@/
- otherwise @<all other cases@>
- end; {case}
- byte2 := byte2 + '10000000'B;
- temp := str(chr(byte1)) ccat
- str(chr(byte2)) ccat str(chr(byte3));
- write8600rec(temp);
- end; {with..begin}
- end; {writecommand}
-
-@
-@<long character...@>=
- begin
- hexcode := chr(trunc(inargument)+high1);
- argument := round(getpts(stack[stacktop].H) * 18);
- temp := str(chr(byte1)) ccat str(chr(byte2));
- temp := temp ccat str(chr(byte3));
- write8600rec(temp);
- return;
- end;
-
-@
-@<individual character code@>=
- begin
- {change inargument into a one character
- string (hex) value}
- argument := trunc(inargument);
- write8600rec(str(chr(byte3)));
- return;
- end;
-@
-@<start of take@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '80'xc;
- argument := trunc(inargument);
- end;
-
-@
-@<end of take@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '81'xc;
- argument := trunc(inargument);
- end;
-
-@
-@<change reverse type@>=
- begin
- if not in_reverse_type and (inargument = 0)
- then return; {8600 warning if you try to
- turn it off when its already off}
- if inargument = 0
- then in_reverse_type := false
- else in_reverse_type := true;
- if in_reverse_type then begin
- realtemp := {76\% of the current leading}
- (fontenviron[currfont].pointsize + 2)*0.76;
- writecommand(16,realtemp); {window top}
- realtemp := {30\% of the current leading}
- (fontenviron[currfont].pointsize + 2)*0.30;
- writecommand(17,realtemp); {window bottom}
- end; {then..begin}
- hexcode := '83'xc;
- argument := trunc(inargument);
- end;
-
-@
-@<change point size@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '87'xc;
- argument := round(inargument*2) * 4; {in eighths}
- end;
-
-@
-@<change set size@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '88'xc;
- argument := round((fontenviron[currfont].pointsize*
- (inargument/100.0)) * 2) * 4; {in eighths}
- end;
-
-@
-@<forward vertical move@>=
- begin
- if inargument = 0 then return; {0 invalid on 8600}
- hexcode := '89'xc;
- {in sixteenths}
- argument := round(inargument / SPsPer8th) * 2;
- end;
-
-@
-@<reverse vertical move@>=
- begin
- if inargument = 0 then return; {0 invalid on 8600}
- hexcode := '8a'xc;
- {in sixteenths}
- argument := round(inargument / SPsPer8th) * 2;
- end;
-
-@
-@<absolute horizontal positioning@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '8b'xc;
- {eighteenths}
- if inargument < -72.27 then begin
- if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,
- ' HP less than zero');
- inargument := 0;
- end;
- argument := round(inargument / SPsPer18th);
- end;
-
-@
-@<rule width@>=
- begin
- if inargument = 0 then return; {0 invalid on 8600}
- hexcode := '8c'xc;
- argument := round(inargument * 18);
- end;
-
-@
-@<rule depth@>=
- begin
- if inargument = 0 then return; {0 invalid on 8600}
- hexcode := '8d'xc;
- argument := round(inargument * 8) * 2;
- end;
-
-@
-@<insert rule@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '8e'xc;
- if inargument < 0 then begin
- if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,
- ' IR less than zero');
- inargument := 0;
- end;
- argument := round(inargument / SPsPer18th);
- end;
-
-@
-@<slant mode@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '8f'xc;
- argument := trunc(inargument);
- if argument = 0
- then in_slant_mode := false
- else in_slant_mode := true;
- end;
-
-@
-@<reverse type window top@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '90'xc;
- argument := round(inargument*8) * 2; {in sixteenths}
- end;
-
-@
-@<reverse type window bottom@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '91'xc;
- argument := round(inargument*8) * 2; {in sixteenths}
- end;
-
-@
-@<change auxiliary character set@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '94'xc;
- argument := trunc(inargument);
- end;
-
-@
-@<change fonts@>=
- begin
- hexcode := '99'xc;
- argument := trunc(inargument);
- end;
-
-@
-@<right horizontal move@>=
- begin
- if inargument = 0 then return; {if no move}
- hexcode := '9b'xc;
- {eighteenths}
- argument := round(inargument / SPsPer18th);
- end;
-
-@
-@<left horizontal move@>=
- begin
- if inargument = 0 then return; {if no move}
- hexcode := '9c'xc;
- {eighteenths}
- argument := round(inargument / SPsPer18th);
- end;
-
-@
-@<all other cases@>=
- begin
- writeln('Invalid 8600 command code = ',codenum);
- error(5,fatal,codenum);
- end; {otherwise}
-
-@* Billing and identification information procedures.
-
-@ The first procedure is the one that writes out all the resource-type
-information. It first checks to see if the character it is about to
-write out is one of several special characters, if it is the hex code
-is changed.
-
-@^system dependencies@>
-@p procedure writeinfo(info:string(30));
- var
- inx : integer;
- begin
- for inx := 1 to length(info)
- do begin
- if info[inx] = ' '
- then write8600rec('1F'xc)
- else if info[inx] = '('
- then write8600rec('3A'xc)
- else if info[inx] = ')'
- then write8600rec('3B'xc)
- else if info[inx] = '*'
- then write8600rec('5C'xc)
- else if info[inx] = '_'
- then begin
- writecommand(20,2); {aux. char. set}
- write8600rec('50'xc);
- writecommand(20,1); {back to primary}
- end {then..begin}
- else write8600rec(str(chr(ordx[info[inx]])));
- end; {do..begin}
- end; {writeinfo}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!job_len_conv : string(5);
-@!job_length : integer;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!parmvalue : string(80);
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!pages_conv : string(5);
-@!pages_set : integer;
-@!galley_length : real;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!real_filename : string(8);
-
-@ The following procedure writes the information within the accounting
-box at the end of each job.
-
-@p @^system dependencies@>
- procedure setaccountbox (infoname :string(30);
- infophone :string(14);
- infodelivery :string(8);
- infozip :string(10);
- infobin :string(8);
- infoid :string(22));
- var
- inx :integer;
- begin
- @<set constant values@>@/
- @<draw accounting box@>@/
- @<write name in box@>@/
- @<write phone number in box@>@/
- @<write delivery method in box@>@/
- @<write zipcode in box@>@/
- @<write center bin in box@>@/
- @<write user id in box@>@/
- @<write job length in box@>@/
- @<write file name in box@>@/
- @<write number of pages set, in box@>@/
- @<write tape number in box@>@/
- galley_length := galley_length + 140;
- end; {setaccountbox}
-
-@
-@<set constant...@>=
- different_setsize := false;
- in_slant_mode := false;
- in_reverse_type := false;
-
-@
-@<draw account...@>=
- writecommand(12,410); {rule width in points}
- writecommand(13,8); {rule depth in points}
- writecommand(14,0); {set top rule}
- writecommand(12,8); {rule width in points}
- writecommand(13,84); {rule depth in points}
- writecommand(14,402*SPsPerPt); {set left rule}
- writecommand(14,0); {set right rule}
- writecommand(9,83.8*SPsPerPt); {VMF to bottom in pts}
- writecommand(12,410); {rule width in points}
- writecommand(13,8); {rule depth in points}
- writecommand(14,0); {set bottom rule}
- writecommand(11,32*SPsPerPt); {32pt indent}
- writecommand(10,56*SPsPerPt); {Move back up}
- writecommand(25,320); {define bold font}
- writecommand(7,11); {11pt size}
-
-@
-@<write name...@>=
- write8600rec('4e616d65231e'xc); {'Name: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {change to Bold Ital}
- writeinfo(infoname);
- writecommand(11,265*SPsPerPt); {265pt Indent}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
-
-@
-@<write phone...@>=
- write8600rec('50686f6e65231e'xc); {'Phone: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- writeinfo(infophone);
-
-@
-@<write delivery meth...@>=
- writecommand(11,50*SPsPerPt); {50pt indent}
- writecommand(9,16*SPsPerPt); {VMF 16pt}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('44656c6976657279231e'xc); {'Delivery: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- writeinfo(infodelivery);
-
-@
-@<write zipcode...@>=
- if infozip <> 'NA'
- then begin
- writecommand(11,190*SPsPerPt); {190pt indent}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('5a6970636f6465231e'xc); {'Zipcode: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- writeinfo(infozip);
- end;
-
-@
-@<write center...@>=
- if infobin <> 'NA'
- then begin
- writecommand(11,284*SPsPerPt); {284pt indent}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('42696e231e'xc); {'Bin: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- writeinfo(infobin);
- end; {then..begin}
-
-@
-@<write user id...@>=
- writecommand(9,14*SPsPerPt); {VMF 14pt}
- if infoid <> 'NA'
- then begin
- writecommand(11,30*SPsPerPt); {30pt indent}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('4944231e'xc); {'ID: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- writeinfo(infoid);
- end; {then..begin}
-@
-@<write job length...@>=
- writecommand(11,250*SPsPerPt); {indent for job length}
- writecommand(25,320); {BOLD}
- write8600rec('4a6f621e'xc); {'Job '}
- write8600rec('4c656e677468231e'xc); {'Length: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- job_len_conv := strconv(job_length);
- for inx := 1 to 5
- do write8600rec(str(chr
- (ordx[job_len_conv[inx]])));
- write8600rec('1e696e63686573'xc); {' inches'}
- writecommand(11,20*SPsPerPt); {get ready for DSN}
-
-@
-@<write file name...@>=
- writecommand(9,16*SPsPerPt); {VMF 16pt}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('46696c656e616d65231f'xc); {'Filename: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- parmvalue := real_filename;
- writeinfo(parmvalue);
-
-@
-@<write number of...@>=
- writecommand(11,155*SPsPerPt); {155pt indent}
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('50616765731e'xc); {'Pages '}
- write8600rec('536574231e1e'xc); {'Set: '}
- writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic}
- pages_conv := strconv(pages_set);
- for inx := 1 to 5
- do write8600rec(str(chr(ordx
- [pages_conv[inx]])));
- writecommand(11,265*SPsPerPt); {get ready for Tape \#}
-
-@
-@<write tape numb...@>=
- writecommand(25,320); {Bold}
- write8600rec('546170651e'xc); {'Tape '}
- writecommand(20,2); {aux. char. set}
- write8600rec('72'xc); {'\#'}
- writecommand(20,1); {pri. char. set}
- write8600rec('231e1e1e1e'xc); {': '}
- postam_found := true;
- writecommand(25,330); {bold italic}
-
-
-@ The information procedure reads the billing information from an outside
-file called the |addrfile|, and sends that information to the
-|setaccountbox| procedure. It also writes the information to another file
-called the |infofile|.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! notfatal = false;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!addrline : text;
-@!infofile : text;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!resource_info : string(256);
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!str1 : string(256);
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!str2 : string(256);
-@!minimum_width : integer;@/
-
-@
-@p @^system dependencies@>
-procedure information;
- var
- int :integer;
- inx :integer;
- infoname :string(30);
- infophone :string(14);
- infodelivery :string(10);
- infozip :string(10);
- infobin :string(8);
- infoid :string(22);
- infoprocedure :string(4);
- infobudget :string(20);
- tempbool :boolean;
- begin
- @<set initial values for strings@>
- @<open address file and read and close@>@/
- @<parse info from address file@>
- @<send info to accounting procedure and write infofile@>
- end; {information}
-
-@
-@<set initial values...@>=
- infozip := 'NA';
- infoid := 'NA';
- infobin := 'NA';
- infoprocedure := 'NA';
- infobudget := 'NA';
-
-@
-@<open address...@>=
- termin(addrline);
- readln(addrline,resource_info);
- close(addrline);
-
-@
-@<parse info...@>=
- rewrite(infofile,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.INFOFILE.*');
- while length(resource_info) > 0 do begin
- inx := index(resource_info,':');
- if inx < 1
- then begin
- errstr := resource_info;
- error(28,notfatal,0);
- end
- else begin
- str1 := substr(resource_info,1,inx-1);
- resource_info := ltrim(substr(resource_info,inx+1));
- inx := index(resource_info,':');
- if inx = 0
- then begin
- str2 := resource_info;
- resource_info := '';
- end
- else begin
- int := inx - 1; {no sense starting at a colon:}
- tempbool := false;
- repeat
- if substr(resource_info,int,1) = ' '
- then tempbool := true
- else int := int - 1;
- until tempbool; {which means we found a blank}
- str2 := trim(substr(resource_info,1,int-1));
- resource_info := substr(resource_info,int+1);
- end;
- str1 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str1)));
- str2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str2)));
- if str1 = 'NAME' then
- infoname := str2
- else if str1 = 'PHONE' then
- infophone := str2
- else if str1 = 'PROCEDURE_NUMBER'
- then infoprocedure := str2
- else if str1 = 'BUDGET_PROJECT'
- then infobudget := str2
- else if str1 = 'PICKUP' then
- infodelivery := str2
- else if str1 = 'CAMPUS_ZIP' then
- infozip := str2
- else if str1 = 'BIN' then
- infobin := str2
- else if str1 = 'ID' then
- infoid := str2
- else begin
- errstr := resource_info;
- error(28,notfatal,0);
- end
- end;
- end;
-
-@
-@<send info...@>=
- setaccountbox(infoname,infophone,infodelivery,infozip,
- infobin,infoid);
- writeln(infofile,infoname);
- writeln(infofile,infophone);
- writeln(infofile,infoprocedure);
- writeln(infofile,infobudget);
- writeln(infofile,infodelivery);
- writeln(infofile,infozip);
- writeln(infofile,infoid);
- writeln(infofile,infobin);
- writeln(infofile,job_length);
- writeln(infofile,pages_set);
- writeln(infofile,minimum_width);
- writeln(infofile,real_filename);
-
-@* End of File procedures.
-At the end of the \TeX DVI file is a postamble command, when that
-command is encountered |readpostamble| and |post_amble| are called.
-
-@ The second procedure called but first listed is the |post_amble|
-procedure, it calls the |information| procedure and writes the job
-length and number of pages to the terminal.
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!num_of_pages : integer;
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!job_type : string(6);
-
-@
-@p procedure post_amble;
- begin
- @<prepare and write information info@>
- @<give job length to user on terminal@>@/
- @<set final values for galleylength, etc.@>
- end; {Postamble}
-
-@
-@<prepare and write...@>=
- if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,
- 'PST -- post-amble: End of Run');
- doingpages := true;
- writecommand(11,0); {Move to left col.}
- writecommand(9,30.0*SPsPerPt); {VMF 30 pts}
- information;
-
-@
-@<give job length...@>=
- writeln;
- writeln('Total length of run = ',
- galley_length:9:1,' pts.');
- writeln(' = ',
- galley_length/72.0:9:1,' inches.');
- writeln(' = ',
- num_of_pages:9,' pages.');
-
-@
-@<set final...@>=
- job_length := round(galley_length/72.0);
- pages_set := num_of_pages;
- job_type := 'TeX';
-
-@ This second procedure is called first and reads the final job
-information for the file. Things like job length, widest page,
-tallest page are set and the information sent to |post_amble|.
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!byte : integer;@/
-@!width : real;@/
-@!even_page_margin : real;@/
-@!odd_page_margin : real;@/
-@!totalpg : integer;@/
-
-@
-@p procedure readpostamble;
-var
- int :integer;@/
- inx :integer;@/
-begin
- job_length := round(galley_length / 72.0);@/
- pages_set := num_of_pages;@/
- for inx := 1 to 3 do byte := readinteger(4);
- byte := readinteger(4); {Get magnification}@/
- if dumpin
- then writeln(dumpout,
- '** Font magnification = ',byte/1000.0:3:1);
- writeln;
- writeln('Tallest page is ',readinteger(4)/SPsPerPt/72.0:2:1,
- ' inches.');
- width := readinteger(4) / SPsPerPt / 72.27;
- width := max(width,put_width,even_page_margin/72.27,
- odd_page_margin/72.27);
- writeln('Widest page is ',width:2:1,' inches.');@/
- width := width + 0.31; {5/16" on the left that cannot be used.}
- if width < 8.0 then int := 8
- else int := 12;
- minimum_width := int;
- writeln('The smallest paper you can use is ',int:2,'"');
- totalpg := 9999;
- post_amble;
- if galley_length = 0 then begin
- writeln('Error!! No pages set. ');
- setretcode(12);
- end;
- end; {readpostamble}
-
-@* Conversion Functions.
-The following two functions will convert strings to integers
-(|whole_value|) or to real numbers (|decimal_value|).
-
-@^system dependencies@>
-@p function whole_value(str1 :string(10)) :integer;
-var
- inx, inz : integer;@/
- divisor : real;@/
- number : real;@/
-begin
- number := 0;
- inx := index(str1,'-');
- if inx > 0
- then begin
- divisor := (-1 * 0.1);
- str1 := substr(str1,2);
- end {then..begin}
- else divisor := 0.1;
- for inz := 0 to (length(str1)-1) do begin
- divisor := divisor * 10.0;
- number := number + ((ordx[str1[length(str1) - inz]] -
- ordx['0']) * divisor);
- end;
- whole_value := round(number);
-end; {|whole_value|}
-
-@
-@^system dependencies@>
-@p function decimal_value(str2 :string(40)): real;
-var
- inx, inz : integer;
- divisor : real;
- str3 : string(30);
- number : real;
-begin
- number := 0.0;
- inx := index(str2, '.');@/
- @<value with decimal, but nothing to right@>
- @<value with decimal, and something to right@>@/
- @<value without decimal@>
- decimal_value := number;
- end; {|decimal_value|}
-
-@
-@<value with decimal, but...@>=
- if inx = length(str2) then begin {read left side of decimal}
- str2 := substr(str2,1,inx-1);
- end
-@
-@<value with decimal, and...@>=
- else begin
- if inx > 0 then begin
- str3 := substr(str2,inx+1);
- divisor := 1.0;
- for inz := inx+1 to length(str3) do begin
- divisor := divisor * 0.1;
- number := number +
- (ordx[str3[inz]] - ordx['0'] * divisor);
- end;
- if inx = 1 then return;
- str2 := substr(str2,1,inx-1);
- end;
- end;
-
-@
-@<value without...@>=
- divisor := 0.1;
- for inz := 0 to (length(str2)-1) do begin
- divisor := divisor * 10.0;
- number := number + ((ordx[str2[length(str2) - inz]] -
- ordx['0']) * divisor);
- end;
-@* Parm-reading procedure.
-This procedure reads and parses the parameters entered with the
-call to this program; it is expecting the following form of some
-sort:
-
-\centerline{\tt tex8600 fn ft (1stpg \#ofpgs) realfn lrecl}
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!filetype : string(8);
-@!firstpg : integer;
-
-@
-@p @^system dependencies@>
-procedure readparms;
-var
- namepage : string(256);
- temp : integer;
- temp2 : integer;
- temp3 : integer;
- str1 : string(10);
- lrecl : string(8);
-
-begin
- namepage := ltrim(trim(parms));
- @<file name and real filename@>
- @<file type not supplied@>
- @<file type supplied@>
- end; {readparms}
-
-@
- @<file name and real filename@>=
- temp := index(namepage,' ');
- temp2 := index(namepage,')');
- if temp2 > 0
- then @<parse real name and lrecl@>
- else error(10,fatal,0);
- filename := substr(namepage,1,temp-1);
-
-@
- @<parse real name and lrecl@>=
- begin
- temp3 := index(substr(namepage,temp2+2),' ');
- if temp3 = 0
- then begin
- real_filename := substr(namepage,temp2 + 2);
- lrecl := '';
- end
- else begin
- real_filename := substr(namepage,temp2 + 2,temp3-1);
- lrecl := substr(namepage,temp2+2+temp3);
- end;
- if lrecl = ''
- then pv_dvi_lrecl := pc_dvi_lrecl
- else readstr(lrecl,pv_dvi_lrecl);
- end
-
-@
- @<file type not...@>=
- namepage := substr(namepage,temp+1,(temp2-temp));
- temp := index(namepage,'(');
- if temp = 1
- then begin
- filetype := 'DVI';
- if length(namepage) > 1
- then begin
- namepage := substr(namepage,temp+2);
- temp := index(namepage,' ');
- if temp > 0
- then begin
- str1 := substr(namepage,1,temp-1);
- firstpg := whole_value(str1);
- str1 := substr(namepage,temp+1);
- if length(str1) > 0 then
- totalpg := whole_value(str1);
- end {then..begin}
- else begin
- str1 := substr(namepage,1);
- firstpg := whole_value(str1);
- end {ELSE..begin}
- end {then..begin}
- end {then..begin}
-
-@
- @<file type supplied...@>=
- else begin
- filetype := substr(namepage,1,temp-2);
- namepage := ltrim(substr(namepage,temp+1));
- temp := index(namepage,')');
- if temp > 1
- then begin
- temp2 := index(namepage,' ');
- str1 := substr(namepage,1,temp2-1);
- if str1='*'
- then firstpg := -99999
- else firstpg := whole_value(str1);
- str1 := substr(namepage,temp2+1,(temp-temp2)-2);
- if str1='*'
- then totalpg := 99999
- else totalpg := whole_value(str1);
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {ELSE..begin}
-
-@* Print Position Procedures.
-The next three procedures are called whenever there is to be a
-vertical or horizontal move of any kind.
-
-@
-@<Global Type...@>=
-@!movetype = (horiz,vert);
-
-@ This procedure will print the horizontal or vertical
- distance that the 8600 is to move the paper.
-
-@p procedure figuredir(typ :movetype;
- amt :integer);
-var
- temp :real;
-begin
- if dumpin and print_hmove then begin
- writeln(dumpout);
- write(dumpout,' *** move ');
- end;
- @<horizontal move@>
- @<move right@>
- @<move left@>
- @<vertical move@>
- @<move down@>
- @<move up@>
- if dumpin and print_hmove
- then temp := getpts(abs(amt));
- end; {FigureDir}
-
-@
-@<horizontal move@>=
- if typ = horiz
- then if amt >= 0
-
-@
-@<move right@>=
- then begin
- if dumpin and print_hmove then write(dumpout,'right ');
- writecommand(11,stack[stacktop].H);
- end
-
-@
-@<move left@>=
- else begin
- if dumpin and print_hmove then write(dumpout,'left ');
- writecommand(11,stack[stacktop].H);
- end
-
-@
- @<vertical move@>=
- else if amt >= 0
-
-@
- @<move down@>=
- then begin
- if dumpin then write(dumpout,'down ');
- writecommand(9,amt);
- end
-
-@
- @<move up@>=
- else begin
- if dumpin then write(dumpout,'up ');
- writecommand(10,abs(amt));
- end;
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!hmove_pending : boolean;
-@!hmove_amt : integer;
-@!vmove_pending : boolean;
-@!vmove_amt : integer;
-@!length_of_take : real;
-
-@ This procedure is invoked in the main program each
- time something is actually to be set (such as a
- character). If there is a vertical or horizontal
- move pending, they will be set here, before continuing
- on to the next set command (such as set character).
-
-@p procedure checkmoves;
-var
- tempbool :boolean;
-begin
- if hmove_pending then begin
- figuredir(horiz,hmove_amt);
- hmove_amt := 0;
- hmove_pending := false;
- print_hmove := true;
- end; {then..begin}
- if vmove_pending then begin
- figuredir(vert,vmove_amt);
- tempbool := dumpin;
- dumpin := false;
- if doingpages=true
- then begin
- galley_length := galley_length + getpts(vmove_amt);
- length_of_take := length_of_take + getpts(vmove_amt);
- end;
- dumpin := tempbool;
- vmove_amt := 0;
- vmove_pending := false;
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {checkmoves}
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!font8600 : 0..2550;
-@!ptsize : 0..255;
-@!different_setsize : boolean;
-@!setsize : 0..255;
-
-@ This procedure sets the page environment to be that of ``font"
-
-@p procedure establish_font_parameters(font :integer);
-begin
- @<new font name@>
- @<new font size@>
- @<new set size@>
-end; {|establish_font_parameters|}
-
-@
-@<new font name@>=
- with a8600fontrec[fontenviron[font].fontindex]
- do begin
- if (fontno8600 <> font8600) and (fontno8600 <> 0)
- then begin
- writecommand(25,float(fontno8600));
- font8600 := fontno8600;
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {WITH..begin}
-
-@
-@<new font size@>=
- if fontenviron[font].pointsize <> ptsize
- then begin
- ptsize := fontenviron[font].pointsize;
- writecommand(7,float(ptsize));
- end; {then..begin}
-
-@
-@<new set size@>=
- if different_setsize
- then writecommand(8,float(setsize));
-
-
-@* ``Special'' Procedures.
-The next few procedures enable the 8600 to do ``special'' things
-like setting line footnotes, or slant type, or expanded type, etc.
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! maxNote = 100;@/
-
-@ This procedure establishes the line number reference in
-|footnote_line_array| with the line number in which a line note was
-called.
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!foot_area_ref : 0..255;
-@!footnote_line_array : packed array[0..maxNote] of 0..255;
-@!foot_line_ref : 0..255;
-@!line_note_pending : boolean;
-@!line_ref_pend_seq : 0..255;
-@!counting_lines : boolean;
-@!number_of_lines : integer;
-
-@
-@p procedure line_footnote_reference;
-begin
- if not counting_lines then begin
- incr(foot_area_ref);
- line_note_pending := true;
- line_ref_pend_seq := 1;
- end
- else begin
- incr(foot_line_ref);
- footnote_line_array[foot_line_ref] := number_of_lines + 1;
- end;
- end; {|line_footnote_reference|}
-
-@
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! linefont = 256;@/
-@! linenumfont = 76;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@^system dependencies@>
-@!special : string(40);
-@!line_interval : 0..255;
-@!margin_note : boolean;
-@!numbering_lines : boolean;
-@!printing_numbers : boolean;
-@!pop_level : integer;
-
-@ This procedure reads and interprets all the \\special commands
-entered in the \TeX\ file. Its primary purpose is for reading the
-the instructions pertaining to linenotes.
-
-@p @^system dependencies@>
-procedure readspecials;
-var
- int : integer;
- inx : integer;
- temp : string(40);
- temp2 : string(40);
- temp3 : string(40);
- temp4 : string(40);
-
-begin
- @<read special command@>
- if temp = 'EVEN_PAGE_MARGIN'
- then begin
- temp := (substr(temp2, 1, length(temp2)-2));
- even_page_margin := decimal_value(temp);
- end
- else if temp = 'ODD_PAGE_MARGIN'
- then begin
- temp := (substr(temp2, 1, length(temp2)-2));
- odd_page_margin := decimal_value(temp);
- end
- else if temp = 'LINE_NUMBER_FONT'
- @<linenumber font@>
- else if temp = 'POP_LEVEL'
- then pop_level := whole_value(temp2)
- else if temp = 'LINE_INTERVAL'
- then line_interval := whole_value(temp2)
- else if temp = 'NUMBERING_LINES'
- then begin
- @<boolean value@>
- then numbering_lines := true
- else numbering_lines := false;
- end {then..begin}
- else if temp = 'COUNTING_LINES'
- then begin
- @<boolean value@>
- then counting_lines := true
- else counting_lines := false;
- end {then..begin}
- else if (temp = 'MARGINNOTE')
- then margin_note := true
- else if temp = 'PRINTING_NUMBERS'
- then begin
- @<boolean value@>
- then printing_numbers := true
- else printing_numbers := false;
- end {then..begin}
- else if temp = 'LINE_FOOTNOTE_REFERENCE'
- then line_footnote_reference;
- end; {then..begin}
- end; {ReadSpecials}
-
-@ This gives default values for even and odd page margins that
-will be reset if the user specified them in his file. It also reads
-the special command.
-
-@<read special command@>=
- int := index(special, '=');
- if int > 0
- then begin
- temp := trim(ltrim(substr(special, 1, int-1)));
- temp2 := substr(special, int+1);
-
-@ If the special command is a Line Number Font, the command must
-be further broken down to find the point size, as well as the name.
-
- @<linenumber font@>=
- then begin
- int := index(temp2, ' ');
- if int > 0
- then begin
- @<point size given@>
- end
- else begin
- @<no point size given@>
- end;
- fontname := allcaps(temp3);
- readfontinfo(linefont,linenumfont);
- end
-
-@ A point size is given and that size must be sent along with the
-name to the |readfontinfo| procedure.
-
-@<point size given...@>=
- temp3 := trim(ltrim(substr(temp2, 1, int-1)));
- temp4 := substr(temp2, int+1);
- with fontenviron[linefont] do begin
- inx := whole_value(temp4);
- pointsize := inx;
- designsize := inx;
- end;
-
-@ No point size is given, so the default point size will be used
-(ten-point).
-
-@<no point size...@>=
- temp3 := trim(ltrim(substr(temp2, 1, int-1)));
- inx := 10;
- with fontenviron[linefont] do begin
- pointsize := inx;
- designsize := inx;
- end;
-
-@ The boolean value module is used when the response to the
-special command is true or false.
-
-@<boolean value@>=
- temp2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(temp2)));
- if temp2 = 'TRUE'
-
-@ This procedure is used in conjunction with the 0 font and
- handles the special functions codes like slant,
- reverse type, set size, etc.
-
-@p procedure call_specials_routine(funcname :integer);
-var
- inx :integer;
- num :integer;
-begin
- if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,'Function [',funcname:3,'] ');
- if funcname = 10
- then counting_lines := true
- else if funcname = 11
- then counting_lines := false
- else if funcname = 12
- then printing_numbers := true
- else if funcname = 13
- then printing_numbers := false
- else if funcname = 14
- then line_footnote_reference;
- if (funcname=14) or (funcname=13) or (funcname=12) or
- (funcname=11) or (funcname=10) then return;
- with stack[stacktop],
- a8600fontrec[fontenviron[currfont].fontindex],
- fontenviron[currfont] do begin
- with a8600chars[funcname] do begin
- for inx := 0 to num
- do with comarray[inx]
- do writecommand(comcode,float(argument));
- end; {DO..begin}
- end; {DO..begin}
- end; {|call_specials_routine|}
-
-@* Set the characters procedures.
-The first procedure is called from the second one if a line
-number is to be printed.
-The second procedure actually sets an individual character.
-First it checks
-to make sure the character is a real one and not from the zero or
-specials' font, then
-it checks to see if a move needs to be made before the character is
-printed. It makes the move and then
-checks to see if a line number is to be printed; if it does, it prints
-the line number, if it doesn't it sets the character.
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!points : real;
-@!we_add_the_character_width : boolean;
-
-@ When \TeX\ formats the footnotes entered with a linenote reference
-command, it simply inserts two zeros for the linenumber. This procedure
-replaces those two zeros with the line number in which the linenote
-reference was called.
-
-@p procedure setline_footnote_ref(font :integer);
-var
- temp :integer;
- inx :integer;
- tempreal :real;
- return_ps :boolean;
- return_ss :boolean;
-begin
-@<determine correct line number@>
-@<print line number@>
-@<reset line number values@>
-end; {|setline_footnote_ref|}
-
-@
-@<determine correct line number@>=
- if line_ref_pend_seq = 1
- then temp := footnote_line_array[foot_area_ref] div 10
- else temp := footnote_line_array[foot_area_ref] mod 10;
- with fontenviron[font], stack[stacktop] do
- H := H + round(pointsize *
- a8600fontrec[fontindex].a8600chars[48].charwidth
- * SPsPerPt);
- if (line_ref_pend_seq = 1) and (temp = 0) then begin
- hmove_pending := true;
- line_ref_pend_seq := 2;
- return;
- end;
-
-@
-@<print line number@>=
- with stack[stacktop], a8600fontrec[fontenviron[font].fontindex],
- fontenviron[font] do begin
- with a8600chars[48 + temp] do begin
- @<set character commands@>
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {WITH..begin}
-
-@
-@<reset line number values@>=
- if line_ref_pend_seq = 1 then begin
- line_ref_pend_seq := 2;
- return; end
- else begin
- line_ref_pend_seq := 0;
- line_note_pending := false;
- return; end;
- if line_note_pending
- then begin
- line_note_pending := false;
- return;
- end;
-
-@ The |setcharacter| procedure is the main procedure for setting
-any and all characters, except the |line_footnote| references.
-
-@p procedure setcharacter(character :integer;
- font :integer);
-var
- inx :integer;
- tempreal :real;
- temppt :integer;
- tempbool :boolean;
- return_ps :boolean;
- return_ss :boolean;
-begin
- @<specials font or dumpin@>
- checkmoves;
- @<linenote-footnote@>
- @<debug info@>
- @<begin character@>
- end; {setcharacter}
-
-@
-@<specials font or dumpin@>=
-if font8600 = 0 then begin
- call_specials_routine(character);
- return;
- end; {then..begin}
-if dumpin and (hmove_pending or vmove_pending)
- then tempbool := true
- else tempbool := false;
-
-@
-@<linenote-footnote@>=
- if line_note_pending and (character = 48)
- then begin
- setline_footnote_ref(font);
- return;
- end;
-
-@
-@<debug info@>=
- if dumpin and tempbool then writeln(dumpout);
- if dumpin
- then if (character >= 32) and (character < 127)
- then write(dumpout,chrx[character])
- else write(dumpout,'?<',character:3,'>');
-
-@
-@<begin character@>=
- return_ps := false;
- return_ss := false;
- with stack[stacktop], a8600fontrec[fontenviron[font].fontindex],
- fontenviron[font] do begin
- with a8600chars[character] do begin
- if different_setsize
- then temppt := trunc(float(setsize) /
- 100.0 * pointsize)
- else temppt := pointsize;
- if we_add_the_character_width
- then H := H + round(temppt * charwidth * SPsPerPt);
- @<set character commands@>
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {WITH..begin}
-
-@
-@<set character commands@>=
-for inx := 0 to num do
- with comarray[inx] do
- if (comcode = 25) and (argument = -1)
- then writecommand(25,fontno8600)
- {Some commands need to be scaled by
- the set size factor}
- else if (comcode=9) or (comcode=10) or
- (comcode = 27) or (comcode = 28)
- then begin
- points := float(pointsize) *
- SPsPerPt * real_argument;
- writecommand(comcode,points);
- end {then..begin}
- else if (comcode = 12) or (comcode = 13)
- then begin
- points :=float(pointsize) * real_argument;
- writecommand(comcode,points);
- end {then..begin}
- else if comcode = 14
- then begin
- tempreal := SPsPerPt * (getpts(H) +
- (real_argument * pointsize));
- if we_add_the_character_width
- then tempreal := tempreal -
- round(pointsize*charwidth*SPsPerPt);
- writecommand(14,tempreal);
- end
- else if comcode = 7
- then begin
- writecommand(7,pointsize+float(argument));
- return_ps := true;
- end
- else if comcode = 8
- then begin
- writecommand(8,designsize+float(argument));
- return_ss := true;
- end
- else writecommand(comcode,float(argument));
- if return_ss then writecommand(8,designsize);
- if return_ps then writecommand(7,pointsize);
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!size : integer;
-
-@ This next procedure sets the line number if that option is used.
-It will print the line number according to
-|odd_page_margin| or |even_page_margin|. The number will
- be set in the |line_number_font|. The line numbers
- will print every five lines by default or according to
-|line_interval|, and begin at 1 on each page.
-
-@p procedure print_line_number;
-var
- j :integer;
-begin
- incr(number_of_lines);
- if not printing_numbers then return;
- if (number_of_lines <> ((number_of_lines div
- line_interval) * line_interval))
- then return; {If this is not a line number divisible by
- |line_interval|}
- size := headernum div 2;
- size := size * 2;
- if even_page_margin = 0 then
- even_page_margin := 50.8;
- if odd_page_margin = 0 then
- odd_page_margin := 407.7;
- if size = headernum
- then writecommand(11,even_page_margin*SPsPerPt) {H position}
- else writecommand(11,odd_page_margin*SPsPerPt); {H position}
- establish_font_parameters(linefont);
- size := number_of_lines;
- if dumpin then begin
- writeln;
- write(dumpout,'*** set line number ');
- end;
- we_add_the_character_width := false;
- if size >= 10
- then begin
- j := size div 10;
- setcharacter(j+48,linefont); {set 1st digit}
- size := size -(j * 10);
- end
- else with
-a8600fontrec[fontenviron[linefont].fontindex].a8600chars[48]
- do {set nothing, but move the width of a "0"}
- writecommand(27, fontenviron[linefont].pointsize *
- charwidth * SPsPerPt);
- setcharacter(size+48,linefont); {+48 for ASCII code}
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- if dumpin then writeln(dumpout);
- establish_font_parameters(currfont); {return to active font}
- end; {|print_line_number|}
-
-@* Initialization procedures.
-These next few procedures, get the whole thing started by assigning
-values to all necessary items.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! version = 2;@/
-@! level = 7;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!takenum : integer;
-@!currpage : integer;
-@!prevpage : integer;
-
-@
-@p @^system dependencies@>
-procedure initialize8600;
-begin
- @<page-setting values@>
- @<setting output/input values@>
- @<line-numbering font values@>@/
- @<page and font values@>
- @<line numbering values@>
- @<miscellaneous values@>
- end; {initialize8600}
-
-@
- @<page-setting values@>=
- firstpg := -99999;
- totalpg := 99999;
- doingpages := false;
-
-@
- @<setting output/input values@>=
- termout(output);
- readparms;
- reset(input,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.' ccat filetype ccat '.*');
- writeln('******* tex8600 Version ',version:2,' Level ',
- level:3,' *******');
- rewrite(setfile,'LRECL=1029,RECFM=F,NAME=' ccat filename ccat
-'.TAPEFILE.*');
-
-@
- @<line-numbering font values@>=
- with fontenviron[-1] do begin
- pointsize := 10;
- designsize := 1;
- fontindex := 0;
- end; {WITH..begin}
-
-@
-@<page and font values@>=
- currfont := -1;
- currpage := 0;
- prevpage := -99999;
- ptsize := 0;
- setsize := 100;
-
-@
-@<line numbering values@>=
- counting_lines := false;
- margin_note := false;
- numbering_lines := false;
- printing_numbers := false;
- line_note_pending := false;
- line_ref_pend_seq := 0;
- even_page_margin := 0.0;
- odd_page_margin := 0.0;
- line_interval := 5;
- pop_level := 3;
- bufferlen := 0;
-
-@
-@<miscellaneous values@>=
- takenum := -1;
- num_of_pages := 0;
- length_of_take := 0;
- dumpin := false;
-
-@ This procedure initializes values that pertain to the overall run.
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!last_command : 0..255;
-@!outputpending : boolean;
-@!page_counter : integer;
-@!second_to_last_cmnd : 0..255;
-
-@
-@p procedure init_run;
-begin
- initialize8600;
- @<debugging statements@>
- count := 0;
- fileend := false;
- galley_length := 0;
- hmove_amt := 0;
- hmove_pending := false;
- last_command := 0;
- outputpending := false;
- page_counter := 0;
- postam_found := false;
- put_width := 0.0;
- print_hmove := true;
- second_to_last_cmnd := 0;
- stacktop := 1; {initialize stack}
- vmove_amt := 0;
- vmove_pending := false;
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- @<initialize job's main record--stack@>
- end; {|init_run|}
-
-@
- @<debugging statements@>=
- if dumpin then begin
- writeln(dumpout);
- writeln(dumpout);
- writeln(dumpout,'********************************************');
- writeln(dumpout,'byte:code meaning');
- writeln(dumpout);
- end;
-
-@
-@<initialize job's main record--stack@>=
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- H := 0;
- V := 0;
- W := 0;
- X := 0;
- Y := 0;
- Z := 0;
- end; {WITH loop}
-
-@* Rule-setting Procedures.
-The |setrule| procedure is called when the horizontal position
-is to be advanced. |putrule| is called when the horizontal position
-is not to be advanced.
-
-@ This procedure sets a rule.
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!ruleht : integer;
-@!rulewidth : integer;
-@!height : real;
-@!fudge : real;
-
-@
-@p procedure drawrule;
-begin
- checkmoves;
- points := getpts(ruleht);
- height := points * SPsPerPt;
- if points <> 0 then begin
- writecommand(13,points);
- points := getpts(rulewidth);
- writecommand(12,points);
- if points <> 0 then begin
- writecommand(10,height); {Move back the rule height}
- writecommand(14,stack[stacktop].H); {set it}
- writecommand(9,height); {move down after setting}
- writecommand(11,stack[stacktop].H); {set it}
- end; {then...begin}
- end;{then..begin}
-end;
-
-@ Rule and increase the value of H (horizontal position).
-
-@p procedure setrule;
-begin
- drawrule;
- hmove_amt := rulewidth;
- hmove_pending := true;
- stack[stacktop].H := stack[stacktop].H + rulewidth;
-end; {setrule}
-
-@ Rule and do not increase the value of H (horizontal position).
-
-@p procedure putrule;
-begin
- drawrule;
-end; {putrule}
-
-@* Page procedures.
-The |doendofpage| procedure is called at the end of each page and the
-|dobeginningofpage| procedure at the beginning of each page.
-
-@ This procedure is entirely for the user's information. It prints
-out to the terminal the number of pages set in the job. If there are
-are more than 8 page numbers a carriage return is thrown.
-
-@p procedure doendofpage;
-begin
- incr(page_counter);
- if page_counter >= 8 then begin
- writeln;
- page_counter := 0;
- end;
- if doingpages=true
- then begin
- decr(totalpg);
- if totalpg = 0
- then begin
- writeln('<',currpage:1,'> ');
- return;
- end {then..begin}
- else write('<',currpage:1,'> ');
- end;
- end;
-
-@ This procedure does all of the 8600 initialization
- for the start of each new page.
-
-@<Global Constants@>=
-@! indent=' ';@/
-@! nullstring = '00000000000000000000'xc;@/
-
-@
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!int : integer;
-@!newtake : boolean;
-
-@
-@p procedure dobeginningofpage;
-var
-inx :integer;
-begin
- @<general initializations@>
- @<read first page number@>
- @<determine if current page is to be set@>
- @<read counters@>
- if doingpages=true
- then begin
- if (currpage = firstpg) or (int = -1)
- or (length_of_take >= 5184)
- then begin
- @<first page or 6 feet in film canister@>
- end {then..begin}
- else begin
- @<any other page@>
- end; {ELSE..begin}
- with fontenviron[currfont] do begin
- if int = -1 then begin
- @<first page font environment@>
- end
- else begin
- @<all other pages font environment@>
- @<print end of page rule@>
- end; {ELSE..begin}
- end;{WITH..begin}
- incr(num_of_pages);
- end; {then..begin}
-end; {DoBeginningOfPage}
-
-@
-@<general initializations@>=
- foot_line_ref := 0;
- foot_area_ref := 0;
- number_of_lines := 0;
- newtake := false;
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- H := 4718592;
- V := 0; {start 1" over and 1" down}
-vmove_amt := 4718592;
-vmove_pending := true;
-hmove_pending := true;
- end; {WITH ... do begin}
-
-@
-@<read first page number@>=
- int := readinteger(4);
- if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,'BOP -- Beginning Of Page ',int);
- headernum := int;
- prevpage := currpage;
- currpage := int;
-
-@
-@<determine if current...@>=
-if (firstpg = -99999)
- then
- doingpages := true;
-if not doingpages
-then
- if ((firstpg >= 0) and (firstpg <= currpage))
- or ((firstpg < 0) and (firstpg >= currpage))
- then
- doingpages := true;
-if (totalpg < 1)
- then
- doingpages := false;
-
-@
-@<read counters@>=
- for inx := 1 to 9 do begin
- int := readinteger(4);
- if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,'Counter ',inx:1,' = ',int);
- end; {FOR ... do begin}
- int := readinteger(4);
- if dumpin
- then writeln(dumpout,indent,'previous page pointer = ',int);
-
-@
-@<first page or 6 feet in film canister@>=
- incr(takenum);
- length_of_take := 0;
- if (int = -1) or (currpage = firstpg) {On first page}
- then writeheader
- else begin
- inx := headernum;
- headernum := 88888;
- repeat {pad end of record with hex FF}
- write8600rec(allzeros);
- until bufferlen <= 5;
- headernum := inx;
- writecommand(1,0.0); {End of Take}
- repeat {pad record with '00'xc}
- write8600rec(allzeros);
- until bufferlen <= 5;
- end;
- write8600rec(nullstring); {10 hex zeros}
- writecommand(0,takenum); {Start of Take}
- newtake := true;
-
-@
-@<any other page@>=
- repeat {pad end of record with hex FF}
- write8600rec(allzeros);
- until bufferlen <= 5;
-
-@
-@<first page font environment@>=
- different_setsize := false;
- in_slant_mode := false;
- in_reverse_type := false;
-
-@
-@<all other pages font environment@>=
- writecommand(25,font8600);
- writecommand(7,pointsize);
- if different_setsize
- then writecommand(8,float(setsize));
- if in_slant_mode
- then writecommand(15,48);
- if in_reverse_type
- then writecommand(3,1);
-
-@
-@<print end of page rule@>=
- writecommand(11,0); {Move to left col.}
- writecommand(9,12.0*SPsPerPt); {VMF 12 pts}
- writecommand(12,30.0); {set width of rule}
- writecommand(13,1.5); {set depth of rule}
- writecommand(14,0); {page separator}
- writecommand(11,0); {quad left}
- writecommand(9,12.0*SPsPerPt); {VMF 12 pts}
- galley_length := galley_length + 24;
-
-@* MAIN PROGRAM.
-
-@<Global Variables@>=
-@!tempstack : stackrec;
-@!inx : integer;
-@!temp : integer;
-@!temp2 : integer;
-@!put_width : real;
-@!realtemp : real;
-
-@
-@p begin {MAIN}
- {=== Initialize ===}
- init_run;
- while not postam_found do begin
- savecount := count; {don't change it in readinteger}
- byte := readinteger(1); {1-byte code}
- if printing_numbers
- then if ((byte > 128) and (byte < 218)) then begin
- second_to_last_cmnd := last_command;
- last_command := byte;
- end; {then..begin}
- if byte < 128 then begin {This is a character}
- outputpending := true;
- setcharacter(byte,currfont);
- end {then..begin}
- else if (byte>=250) and (byte<=255)
- then error(6,fatal,byte)
- else case byte of
- 128: @<set horizontal character1@>@/
- 129: @<set horizontal character2@>@/
- 130: @<set horizontal character3@>@/
- 131: @<set horizontal character4@>@/
- 132: @<set a rule@>@/
- 133: @<put horizontal character1@>@/
- 134: @<put horizontal character2@>@/
- 135: @<put horizontal character3@>@/
- 136: @<put horizontal character4@>@/
- 137: @<put a rule@>@/
- 138: do_nothing; {NOP}
- 139: dobeginningofpage;{BOP}
- 140: doendofpage; {EOP}
- 141: @<push@>@/
- 142: @<pop@>@/
- 143: @<right1 move@>@/
- 144: @<right2 move@>@/
- 145: @<right3 move@>@/
- 146: @<right4 move@>@/
- 147: @<``W'' horizontal move@>@/
- 148..151: @<``W''1-4 horizontal move@>@/
- 152: @<``X'' horizontal move@>@/
- 153..156: @<``X''1-4 horizontal move@>@/
- 157..160: @<down1@>@/
- 161: @<``Y'' vertical move@>@/
- 162..165:@<``Y''1-4 vertical move@>@/
- 166: @<``Z'' vertical move@>@/
- 167..170: @<``Z''1-4 vertical move@>@/
- 171..234: @<set font@>@/
- 235: @<font1 set@>@/
- 236: @<font2 set@>@/
- 237: @<font3 set@>@/
- 238: @<font4 set@>@/
- 239: @<nop1@>@/
- 240: @<nop2@>@/
- 241: @<nop3@>@/
- 242: @<nop4@>@/
- 243: @<font1 def $0<k<64$@>@/
- 244: @<font2 def $0<k<65536$@>@/
- 245: @<font3 def $0<k<2^{24}$@>@/
- 246: @<font4 def $-2^{31}<k<2{30}$@>@/
- 247: @<preamble@>@/
- 248: readpostamble; {Post-amble}@/
- 249: do_nothing; {Post-post-amble}
- otherwise writeln('oops...forgot about ',byte:12);
- end;{CASE}
- end;{while}
-end.
-
-@
-@<set horizontal character1@>=
- begin
- int := readinteger(1);
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- hmove_pending := true;
- setcharacter(int,currfont);
- end;
-
-@
-@<set horizontal character2@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(2);
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- hmove_pending := true;
- setcharacter(int,currfont);
- end;
-
-@
- @<set horizontal character3@>=
- begin
- int := readinteger(3);
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- hmove_pending := true;
- setcharacter(int,currfont);
- end;
-
-@
-@<set horizontal character4@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(4);
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- hmove_pending := true;
- setcharacter(int,currfont);
- end;
-
-@
-@<set a rule@>=
-begin
- ruleht := readinteger(4);
- rulewidth := readinteger(4);
- setrule;
- end;
-
-@
-@<put horizontal character1@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(1);
- we_add_the_character_width := false;
- hmove_pending := true;
- setcharacter(int,currfont);
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- end;
-
-@
-@<put horizontal character2@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(2);
- we_add_the_character_width := false;
- hmove_pending := true;
- setcharacter(int,currfont);
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- end;
-
-@
-@<put horizontal character3@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(3);
- we_add_the_character_width := false;
- hmove_pending := true;
- setcharacter(int,currfont);
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- end;
-
-@
-@<put horizontal character4@>=
-begin {Put Horizontal Character}
- int := readinteger(4);
- we_add_the_character_width := false;
- hmove_pending := true;
- setcharacter(int,currfont);
- we_add_the_character_width := true;
- end;
-
-@
-@<put a rule@>=
-begin
- ruleht := readinteger(4);
- rulewidth := readinteger(4);
- realtemp := rulewidth / SPsPerPt / 72.27;
- putrule;
- end;
-
-@
-@<push@>=
-begin
- tempstack := stack[stacktop];
- stacktop := stacktop + 1;
- stack[stacktop] := tempstack;
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end;
-
-@
-@<pop@>=
-begin
- tempstack := stack[stacktop];
- inx := stacktop;
- stacktop := stacktop - 1;
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- hmove_pending := false;
- hmove_amt := 0;
- print_hmove := true;
- vmove_amt := vmove_amt + V - tempstack.V;
- vmove_pending := true;
- if margin_note and counting_lines
- then margin_note := false
- else if numbering_lines and counting_lines
- and (inx = pop_level)
- then print_line_number;
- writecommand(11,H); {HPOS to left margin}
- end; {WITH .. do begin}
-with tempstack do begin
-if put_width = 12.0 then
- else if H / SPsPerPt > 554 then
- put_width := 12.0;
- end;
- end; {POP}
-
-@
-@<right1 move@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(1);
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int;
- hmove_pending := true;
- h := h + int;
- end; {DO..begin}
- end;
-
-@
-@<right2 move@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(2);
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int;
- hmove_pending := true;
- h := h + int;
- end; {DO..begin}
- end;
-
-@
-@<right3 move@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(3);
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int;
- hmove_pending := true;
- h := h + int;
- end; {DO..begin}
- end;
-
-@
-@<right4 move@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(4);
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int;
- hmove_pending := true;
- h := h + int;
- end; {DO..begin}
- end;
-
-@
-@<``W'' horizontal move@>=
-begin
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- hmove_amt := hmove_amt + W;
- hmove_pending := true;
- H := H + W;
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {"W" amount change}
-
-@
-@<``W''1-4 horizontal move@>=
- begin
- size := 4 + (byte - 151);
- int := readinteger(size);
- points := getpts(int);
- hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int;
- hmove_pending := true;
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- W := int; {int is in scalepts}
- H := H + W;
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {"W" change}
-
-@
-@<``X'' horizontal move@>=
-begin
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- hmove_amt := hmove_amt + X;
- hmove_pending := true;
- H := H + X;
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {"X" amount move}
-
-@
-@<``X''1-4 horizontal move@>=
- begin
- size := 4 + (byte - 156);
- int := readinteger(size);
- points := getpts(int);
- hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int;
- hmove_pending := true;
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- X := int; ; {saveamt.}
- H := H + X; {record the move}
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {"X" amount change}
-
-@
-@<down1@>=
-begin
- size := 4 + (byte - 160);
- int := readinteger(size);
- points := getpts(int);
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- vmove_amt := vmove_amt + int;
- vmove_pending := true;
- V := V + int;
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {"Down" amount move}
-
-@
-@<``Y'' vertical move@>=
-begin
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- vmove_amt := vmove_amt + Y;
- vmove_pending := true;
- V := V + Y;
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {"Y" amount move}
-
-@
-@<``Y''1-4 vertical move@>=
- begin
- size := 4 + (byte - 165);
- int := readinteger(size);
- points := getpts(int);
- vmove_amt := vmove_amt + int;
- vmove_pending := true;
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- Y := int; {save amt.}
- V := V + Y;
- end; {WITH..DO begin}
- end; {"Y" amount move}
-
-@
-@<``Z'' vertical move@>=
-begin
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- vmove_amt := vmove_amt + Z;
- vmove_pending := true;
- V := V + Z;
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {"Z" amount move}
-
-@
-@<``Z''1-4 vertical move@>=
- begin
- size := 4 + (byte - 170);
- int := readinteger(size);
- points := getpts(int);
- vmove_amt := vmove_amt + int;
- vmove_pending := true;
- with stack[stacktop] do begin
- Z := int; {save amt.}
- V := V + Z;
- end; {WITH..begin}
- end; {"Z" amount move}
-
-@
-@<set font@>=
- begin
- currfont := byte - 171;
- establish_font_parameters(currfont);
- end;
-
-@
-@<font1 set@>=
-begin
- currfont := readinteger(1);
- establish_font_parameters(currfont);
- end;
-
-@
-@<font2 set@>=
-begin
- currfont := readinteger(2);
- establish_font_parameters(currfont);
- end;
-
-@
-@<font3 set@>=
-begin
- currfont := readinteger(3);
-{ |establish_font_parameters(currfont);|}
- end;
-
-@
-@<font4 set@>=
-begin
- currfont := readinteger(4);
- { |establish_font_parameters(currfont);|}
- end;
-
-@
-@<nop1@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(1);
- special := '';
- for inx := 1 to int do begin
- temp := readinteger(1);
- special := special ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp]));
- end; {DO..begin}
- readspecials;
- end;
-
-@
-@<nop2@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(2);
- special := '';
- for inx := 1 to int do begin
- temp := readinteger(1);
- special := special ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp]));
- end; {DO..begin}
- readspecials;
- end;
-
-@
-@<nop3@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(3);
- special := '';
- for inx := 1 to int do begin
- temp := readinteger(1);
- special := special ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp]));
- end; {DO..begin}
- readspecials;
- end;
-
-@
-@<nop4@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(4);
- special := '';
- for inx := 1 to int do begin
- temp := readinteger(1);
- special := special ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp]));
- end; {DO..begin}
- readspecials;
- end;
-
-@
-@<font1 def...@>=
-begin
- currfont := readinteger(1);
- fontinfo;
- end;
-
-@
-@<font2 def...@>=
-begin
- currfont := readinteger(2);
- fontinfo;
- end;
-
-@
-@<font3 def...@>=
-begin
- currfont := readinteger(3);
- fontinfo;
-end;
-
-@
-@<font4 def...@>=
-begin
- currfont := readinteger(4);
- fontinfo;
- end;
-
-@
-@<preamble@>=
-begin
- int := readinteger(1);
- int := readinteger(4);
- temp := readinteger(4);
- temp2 := readinteger(4);
- temp := readinteger(1);
- for int := 1 to temp do
- inx := readinteger(1);
- end;
-
-@* INDEX.
diff --git a/macros/text1/docs/readme.tex b/macros/text1/docs/readme.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 90677f14b9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/docs/readme.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-% tb27textone.tex
-\input tugboat.sty
-
-\font\bi=cmbxti10
-
-\begingroup
-\def\text#1{{\it\TeX T1}}
-
-
-\title * {\bi\TeX T1} Goes Public Domain *
-\author * Dean Guenther *
-\address * Computer Service Center \\
- Washington State University \\
- Computer Science Building \\
- Pullman, WA 99164 *
-\netaddress[\network{Bitnet}] *GUENTHER@WSUVM1*
-
-\article
-
-\text1 is a macro package for use with \plain{} and has been
-available for purchase for several years. Beginning in January 1990,
-\text1\ went into the \TeX\ public domain collection of macros.
-
-In 1983, a decision was made at Washington State University
-to put time into creating a set of macros to be used with \TeX.
-This macro set was to provide many of the functions found in \LaTeX:
-multiple columns, table of contents, indexing\footnote{$^*$}{The
-three different index styles illustrated in Appendix A in
-\TUB~{\bf1}(1) can all be achieved with \text1's index.}, chapters, lists,
-boxes, margin notes, etc. Yet there were to be two important differences:
-\list[\numbered]
-\item The {\tt PLAIN.TEX} commands would be able to be used in
-\text1.
-\item Modifying the \text1\ formats would be considerably easier than
-modifying \LaTeX\ styles.
-\endlist
-
-The resulting set of macros met the above criteria. One important
-exception was that no attempt was made to give \text1\ a picture
-environment such as was in \LaTeX. The documentation you may
-purchase for \text1\
-consists of a 300 page Reference Manual and a 100 page Users Guide.
-
-\head * Changing the Formats *
-
-As an example of how easy it is to modify the \text1\ formats, if the
-user wants to increase the bottom margin from 6 to 7 picas, they
-can simply specify:
-||\pageformat{\bottommargin{7pc}}||
-Or if you wanted your running head to contain the chapter title
-left-justified and the page number right-justified on odd pages, and
-the chapter title right-justified and the page number left-justified
-on even pages, you could say:
-\verbatim
-\runningheadformat{
- \oddpages{\line{\lft{\chaptertitle}
- \rt{\pagenumber}}}
- \evenpages{\line{\lft{\pagenumber}
- \rt{\chaptertitle}}}
- }
-\endverbatim
-
-For one last example, it is often desirable to change the text embedded
-within macros. For example, by default if you say:
-||\chapter{Introduction}||
-you would get ``Chapter 1'' at the top of the next page in bold, with
-``Introduction'' centered below that. If you were using \text1\ in
-Germany, you would probably prefer ``Kapitel'' instead of
-``Chapter'', so you could change the chapter's format to say:
-\verbatim
-\chapterformat{
- \titleformat{\newpage
- \centerline{%
- \bf Kapitel \chapternumber}
- \centerline{\bf\chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- }
- \incontents{yes}}
-\endverbatim
-Then in your text you would specify the introduction (first
-chapter) as:
-||\chapter{Einleitung}||
-
-\head * Additional Products *
-
-Other products that came out of this pro\-ject and are now going into
-the public domain are a typesetter driver for the Compugraphics 8600
-and additional fonts.
-
-\subhead * Typesetter Driver *
-
-The Compugraphics driver is written in \WEB. It has the ability to
-add line numbering to the DVI output as it is printed on the 8600.
-The program does include some Pascal statements unique to IBM's
-Pascal/VS, so a change file would be necessary for any operating
-system other than IBM's VM/CMS.
-
-\subhead * Additional Fonts *
-
-Extra fonts were created from the base Computer Modern. These were
-Computer Modern at 11, 12, 14, 18, 24 and 36 point sizes. I do not
-know yet if I can call these Computer Modern, but I have asked
-Professor Knuth for permission to do so.
-
-In addition to the larger Computer Modern fonts, we also created an
-International Phonetic Alphabet in 9, 10, 11 and 12 point sizes. The
-IPA font is illustrated at the end of this article.
-
-\head * How to get {\bi\text1} *
-
-You can get any of the above \text1\ products on diskette or by
-anonymous FTP. Also, I will be distributing \text1\ to the various
-site coordinators who can determine whether to place it on their
-distribution.
-
-To obtain \text1\ on diskette from Jon Radel, send a note to
-\address[\display]
-Jon Radel \\
-P.O. Box 2276 \\
-Reston, VA \\
-22090-0276
-\endaddress
-and ask for \text1 (4 disks). To cover postage and other expenses,
-if you are in North America, please enclose \$1.50/disk if you send
-blank disks or \$5.00/disk if you don't; if you are anywhere else in
-the world, enclose \$2.00/disk if you send blank disks or \$6.00/disk
-if you don't. $\mu$\TeX\ and \PCTeX\ use different directories, so
-specify which of these two you are using. If you are using neither of
-these, then just specify \PCTeX. You should also specify whether you
-want |pk| (3 disks) or |gf| (5 disks) font files for the additional fonts
-(these do not include the IPA fonts).
-
-You may also request \text1\ for a Macintosh from Jon (1 disk).
-It is set up to run with \TeXtures.
-
-To order the IPA fonts from Jon, request the WSU IPA font. This
-consists of two diskettes: 1)~the IPA source files and Users Guide,
-and 2)~|pk| or |gf| files.
-
-To get \text1\ by anonymous FTP, you can connect to
-ftp.wsu.edu.
-Log on as
-|anonymous|, and change to the
-|/pub/tex/text1| directory. You will see ten subdirectories which you can GET
-files from:
-\list[\numbered]
-\item |BLOCKS|: this directory contains all of the default formats (or
-building ``blocks'' such as the |chapterformat|, |runningheadformat|, etc.)
-
-\item |CMS_HELP_FILES|: these are some of the help files used on the
-CMS system at WSU. Some sites have taken these files and used them in creating
-help files on a PC or on a \VAX.
-
-\item |COMPUGRAPHICS_8600|: this is the Compugraphics 8600 phototypesetter
-driver program, and its various utilities. Not very much documentation here,
-so venture further on your own.
-
-\item |FONTS|: This is the source for the additional Computer Modern
-fonts generated, such as 11, 14, 18, 24 and 36pt sizes.
-
-\item |MACINTOSH|: this contains the index sorting facility used with
-\text1. It is written for Turbo Pascal. (The executable binary can
-be obtained from Jon Radel if you do not have Turbo Pascal yourself.)
-
-\item |MACROS|: this contains the \text1 macros. The file |TEXT1.TEX| is used
-with Ini\TeX{} to create a new |fmt|.
-
-\item |MODELS|: contains various simple models such as letter, resume,
-etc. It also contains a model (|MERGETXT|) which can be used as a
-model for merge letters. For example, you could tell Dbase III to
-create an address list, merge it with a standard letter, and using
-the model print a
-copy for each person.
-
-\item |TEXIX|: the sorted index program used with \text1. Presently
-the only systems this is running on is CMS and Macintosh. |TEXIX| for
-\VAX{} and PC systems is in the works.
-
-\item |VAX_VMS|: when ready, this will have the sorted index for VMS
-users.
-
-\item |WSUIPA|: This contains the source for the International
-Phonetic Alphabet, as well as the |tfm| and |300pk| files.
-
-\endlist
-
-\head * {\bi\text1} Documentation *
-
-The documentation for \text1\ is not free. Pre\-sent\-ly, the
-documentation must be ordered through:
-\address[\display]
-\text1\ Distribution\\
-Computing Service Center \\
-Washington State University \\
-Pullman, WA. 99164-1220
-\endaddress
-The cost is \$35 for the Reference Manual and \$25 for the Users
-Guide. (Add \$5 postage if outside of the U.S.) The manuals are not
-yet available through the \TeX\ Users Group, but I hope to have them
-there as soon as I find a publisher.
-
-If you have any questions, feel free to send me an email note on Bitnet
-at {\tt GUENTHER@WSUVM1} or to {\tt GUENTHER@WSUVM1.WSU.EDU} on
-Internet.
-
-\makesignature
-
-\endgroup
-\endarticle
diff --git a/macros/text1/docs/refman.ps.gz b/macros/text1/docs/refman.ps.gz
deleted file mode 100644
index 2631c303b9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/docs/refman.ps.gz
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/cmr36.dump b/macros/text1/fonts/cmr36.dump
deleted file mode 100644
index 502e15375f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/fonts/cmr36.dump
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,902 +0,0 @@
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 1 (00000001), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 04008BDE E5990000 40027475 7074756F 20322E31 204B506F 74464711 59F70200 ..÷Y.GFtoPK 1.2 output.@...åÞ... 000000
- D494E2D6 92E2D890 E2DA27CE 5DE2B267 FC685B64 86AD0A41 F680AE26 0400AE26 &®..&®.öA.­.d[hüg²â]Î'Úâ.Øâ.Öâ.Ô 000020
- 48CA9347 BF4C69C4 3C59F4CD 9444CE93 43FF4C29 F44C1905 3D19148D F9D296E2 â.Òù...=..Lô)L.C.ÎD.ÍôY<ÄiL¿G.ÊH 000040
- 49C39495 344C4959 C4939454 4C3949C5 9492653C 29497F4C 0959C893 90F4C994 .Éô..ÈY.L.I)<e..ÅI9LT..ÄYIL4..ÃI 000060
- C43BC949 DF4BB949 BE939AF4 BF9499F4 4B8959C0 9398144C 7949C194 96253C69 i<%..ÁIyL...ÀY.Kô..¿ô..¾I¹KßIÉ;Ä 000080
- 94A4453B 494A5F4B 295AB693 A2F4B794 A1843B09 4A9F4BF9 49BA939E F4BB949D ..»ô..ºIùK.J.;.¡.·ô¢.¶Z)K_JI;E¤. 0000A0
- BF4AD94A AC93ACF4 AD94ABD4 4AA95AAE 93AAF44A 994AAF94 A8058B2B 2E6BFBB3 ³ûk.+..¨.¯J.Jôª.®Z©JÔ«.­ô¬.¬JÙJ¿ 0000C0
- 94B5344A 495BA493 B4F4A594 B2653A29 4B7F4A19 4BA893B0 F4A994AF A43AE94A Jé:¤¯.©ô°.¨K.J.K):e².¥ô´.¤[IJ4µ. 0000E0
- C9ABA3A2 E4909BAE 999796B3 949B94B5 919E93B6 F849696B A094B625 3A694BA3 £Ki:%¶..kiIø¶...µ...³...®..䢣«É 000100
- C0DED010 00ED1DDD 3DED3D03 D532700D 03DA2DE0 9D0265FB 66515E4B 160A420D .B..K^Qfûe..à-Ú..p2Õ.=í=Ý.í..ÐÞÀ 000120
- D018C0D7 8C017C0D 7D018CCD 17C0D96C 01ACCD15 C0DAD014 C0DBD013 C0DCD012 .ÐÜÀ.ÐÛÀ.ÐÚÀ.ͬ.lÙÀ.Í..}.|..×À.Ð 000140
- 8D016CCD 19C0D5D0 19C05FCD 1AC0D4D0 1AC0E8D5 AC01FCD5 D019C06F CD19C0D6 ÖÀ.ÍoÀ.ÐÕü.¬ÕèÀ.ÐÔÀ.Í_À.ÐÕÀ.Íl.. 000160
- DFFCCD10 C0DE2B01 CCCD13C0 DB4C01AC CD15C0D9 6C01FCD8 7C017CCD 18C06F0D .oÀ.Í|.|Øü.lÙÀ.ͬ.LÛÀ.ÍÌ.+ÞÀ.Íüß 000180
- 6B01CCAD 15C0DD3B 01FCBD11 C01100DD CD143002 18F00115 20021200 CDCD11B0 °.ÍÍ... ..ð..0.ÍÝ..À.½ü.;ÝÀ.­Ì.k 0001A0
- C02FCD1D C03FCD1C C04FCD1B C05FCD1A C0D69C01 7CBD19C0 D88B019C BD17C0DA ÚÀ.½...ØÀ.½|..ÖÀ.Í_À.ÍOÀ.Í?À.Í/À 0001C0
- 1AC03F0D BD012C0D CD012C1E 0DDD012C 1ECD1EC0 D0D01EC0 E8D1EC01 FCD1D01D .ÐÑü.ìÑèÀ.ÐÐÀ.Í.,.Ý..,.Í.,.½.?À. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 2 (00000002), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 3D1D01D0 D8D213C0 D8D115C0 D7D116C0 D6D117C0 D6D018C0 D5D019C0 0200D4D0 ÐÔ..À.ÐÕÀ.ÐÖÀ.ÑÖÀ.Ñ×À.ÑØÀ.ÒØÐ..= 000000
- 2BB1A2BE 66F96851 60A7490A 43FE90B0 CD02D730 403D03D2 35007D03 4CDD3D7D }=ÝL.}.5Ò.=@0×.Í°.þC.I§`Qhùf¾¢±+ 000020
- 57B2A3AB 96E63ADA 6AA0975A EA5AA309 8A0A4BA5 B8B2744A 4B3BAAB0 B6C3BA9A .ºÃ¶°ª;KJt²¸¥K...£ZêZ..jÚ:æ.«£²W 000040
- 3A2A3A0C 4A3A1A1C 4A4AFA1B 5A9A51BC A2A629A5 2B7A8A54 B7A2A967 552BAA7A zª+Ug©¢·T.z+¥)¦¢¼Q.Z.úJJ..:J.:*: 000060
- F5F71C6A E71C7A8F CCA1F8A9 1C9AA90C 0A0A8A1C 0A0A7A1C 1A1A5A1C 2A2A4A0C .J**.Z...z.......©..©ø¡Ì.z.çj.÷õ 000080
- EADAA2AF 3D1A4FD5 A341D5A2 224ED4A3 52D3A223 5ED2A264 D1A264D1 A165D0A2 ¢Ðe¡Ñd¢Ñd¢Ò^#¢ÓR£ÔN"¢ÕA£ÕO.=¯¢Úê 0000A0
- D1A26F24 1D6A242D 4A342D4A 442D3AE2 443D2A54 2DFADBA2 DBA3E2DB A2BF3D5A Z=¿¢Ûâ£Û¢Ûú-T*=Dâ:-DJ-4J-$j.$o¢Ñ 0000C0
- 541C8A5A C6A1A784 1C5A4ACA A1A4B40C 3A4ACCA1 A2D41CFA A0F41CFA 49D0A147 G¡ÐIú.ô.ú.Ô¢¡ÌJ:.´¤¡ÊJZ..§¡ÆZ..T 0000E0
- 6BAEA4BA 263B7A5B B6A2B585 2B3A5BBB A2B0E42B EA5ABFA2 AC251CBA 4AC4A0AA ª.ÄJº.%¬¢¿Zê+ä°¢»[:+.µ¢¶[z;&º¤®k 000100
- 16900265 FB665966 E2E00A44 FAC8302B 7ABDFA1C AB5C6B9C 3B9CA1A8 BF985ACA ÊZ.¿¨¡.;.k\«.ú½z+0ÈúD.àâfYfûe... 000120
- 6C012C01 D014C014 002D015C 01D11000 6D01D3DB D3154003 DD32F00D 0312D002 .Ð...ð2Ý.@.ÓÛÓ.m..Ñ.\.-..À.Ð.,.l 000140
- 1FC0DAEB 01BCAD1E C0DCDA01 CCBD1CC0 DDBB01EC BD1AC0DF 9B010C01 7C011C01 ...|....ßÀ.½ì.»ÝÀ.½Ì.ÚÜÀ.­¼.ëÚÀ. 000160
- C04FCD23 C0D53B02 FCD62B02 FCD72A02 7CBD21C0 D81A028C BD20C0D9 0A02ACAD ­¬..ÙÀ ½...ØÀ!½|.*×ü.+Öü.;ÕÀ#ÍOÀ 000180
- 6C020C4D 0E6D022C EDD16C02 4C1E0D5D 022CCD25 C0E3D35B 023CCD24 C04FBD24 $½OÀ$Í<.[ÓãÀ%Í,.]..L.lÑí,.m.M..l 0001A0
- BD22C05F BD23C04F CD23C0D4 4B02FCD3 4C023CBD 25C02FCD 25C0E2D1 D025C0D1 ÑÀ%ÐÑâÀ%Í/À%½<.LÓü.KÔÀ#ÍOÀ#½_À"½ 0001C0
- BD1BC0DC CB01BCBD 1DC0DAEB 01ACAD1F C0D9FB01 8CBD20C0 7FBD21C0 D72A026C l.*×À!½.À ½..ûÙÀ.­¬.ëÚÀ.½¼.ËÜÀ.½ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 3 (00000003), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- D312100D 01D01200 3D012C01 5C011C01 6C010C01 8B01FCBD 19C00200 DEAB01DC Ü.«Þ..À.½ü.....l...\.,.=..Ð....Ó 000000
- 03D703E3 65FB6651 5B00B109 45CAC860 01292001 2DF00D03 DD32B04D 03D9D4DB ÛÔÙ.M°2Ý..ð-. ).`ÈÊE.±.[Qfûeã.×. 000020
- 7D1FC0D6 E701FCD6 D8016C9D 1CC0D6AB 016C0D8D 016C2D6D 01D0D5D7 10303DED í=0.×ÕÐ.m-l...l.«ÖÀ..l.ØÖü.çÖÀ.} 000040
- D3744DDC 3C4E4DD6 C4CDD434 024C4E5D 22C0E2D5 2402FCD5 1502FCD5 06022C5E ^,..Õü..Õü.$ÕâÀ"]NL.4ÔÍÄÖMN<ÜMtÓ 000060
- CD1BC0D4 BC011C40 BE014CCD 1B90D7BC 0188CD1B 60DAFC1B 50DB2CBE 01C4CDE3 ãÍÄ.¾,ÛP.üÚ`.Í..¼×..ÍL.¾@..¼ÔÀ.Í 000080
- 26C0E4D1 944DDC0C 4DDAC4CD E31B40DC 3CBE01B5 CDE21B60 DAFC1B80 D8BC0179 y.¼Ø..üÚ`.â͵.¾<Ü@.ãÍÄÚM.ÜM.ÑäÀ& 0000A0
- 013C8D20 C03F7D21 C0D32602 FCD33502 2C2E5D24 C0E3D254 022C1E5D 25C01F4D M.À%].,.TÒãÀ$].,.5Óü.&ÓÀ!}?À .<. 0000C0
- 8B98F503 E3040494 0D01D3D1 D416003D 1D9D014C CD1BC0D4 CB014C9D 1EC0D4F8 øÔÀ..L.ËÔÀ.ÍL...=..ÔÑÓ.....ã.õ.. 0000E0
- C92B6A1A AA2B6A2A 9A2B6A5A 6A3B5A9A 1A6B3AEA 4DDDE365 FB664B57 B44B0946 F.K´WKfûeãÝMê:k..Z;jZj+.*j+ª.j+É 000100
- A4252C2A 5E4AC2A2 5F5AC1A2 E2A5062C FAA5F72B 6A6ABFA2 A6E72B6A 8ABDA2A6 ¦¢½.j+禢¿jj+÷¥ú,.¥â¢ÁZ_¢ÂJ^*,%¤ 000120
- 2A9A7BAB A2B9C62A FAB9D52A 2A9E4BAE A2A3E584 4AAEA2A3 E2442C4A 4AC3A2E5 å¢ÃJJ,D⣢®J.壢®K.**Õ¹ú*ƹ¢«{.* 000140
- E42A8A9E 5BADA2E2 B9C62AFA B9B72A9A 9BA9A2B9 A2A6A2B9 BEE4B9A2 A6A2B999 .¹¢¦¢¹ä¾¹¢¦¢¹¢©..*·¹ú*ƹ⢭[..*ä 000160
- CDDDA38C 0C01F2BC DC66F968 5968352D 0B471DB1 80FB4B5E 8C1A4D4A 2DEAEAB9 ¹êê-JM..^Kû.±.G.-5hYhùfܼò...£ÝÍ 000180
- CF67250D 1C7D57CF C1D296B6 2C3C6D7A C6C3D505 9C6B6C4D C3D6D854 2CAD3DC8 È=­,TØÖÃMlk..ÕÃÆzm<,¶.ÒÁÏW}..%gÏ 0001A0
- B0C83B01 9ABC12B0 C9C010B0 CAC1DEBB 2CCCBDCC 19B4BDCD 29840DEC 8C44D6C0 ÀÖD.ì..)ͽ´.̽Ì,»ÞÁÊ°.ÀÉ°.¼..;È° 0001C0
- E601FBC2 D601C0C2 C7013B7C 1B003C7C 1BB0C498 01FBC579 01FBC65A 017BAC14 .¬{.ZÆû.yÅû..Ä°.|<..|;.ÇÂÀ.ÖÂû.æ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 4 (00000004), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 103CEC30 00FC3010 FC4A2210 AC2402C0 E35B2000 2C0E5C20 0200B0C1 F501C0C1 ÁÀ.õÁ°.. \.,. [ãÀ.$¬."Jü.0ü.0ì<. 000000
- C1C019B0 C1C01900 FC2B8C01 C05A6C01 C1A29D0D 2CE2DAD9 C10F03C1 3100FC31 1ü.1Á..ÁÙÚâ,..¢Á.lZÀ..+ü..ÀÁ°.ÀÁ 000020
- B06F0C5C 01FBC5C0 16B0C4C0 16003C0C 7C013B0C 7C01C0C2 C018B02F 0C8C01C0 À.../°.ÀÂÀ.|.;.|.<..ÀÄ°.ÀÅû.\.o° 000040
- D8C0CEC2 DAC0CDC1 DDCB1CEC BDCBC1DF AB0C1C01 FBC9C012 B0C8C013 B0C7C014 .ÀÇ°.ÀÈ°.ÀÉû...«ßÁ˽ì.ËÝÁÍÀÚÂÎÀØ 000060
- DA148C8D 5D9B7B6C 6D88C7C3 D567C72C 3C8D64D0 C1D22936 0D1C9D42 D7C0CFC3 ÃÏÀ×B...6)ÒÁÐd.<,ÇgÕÃÇ.ml{.]...Ú 000080
- 5C6DACDA C1DAE465 FB665964 86AD0A48 2FB8900D 5C01B19C 0C0172FC DC3DC4D4 ÔÄ=Üür...±.\..¸/H.­.dYfûeäÚÁÚ¬m\ 0000A0
- A01DAC4D AEC6D5C6 CAC2D9C2 CDC0DBC0 DFEE3C02 E4CEC0DB C0DADE2C 9C2DAC6C l¬-.,ÞÚÀÛÀÎä.<îßÀÛÀÍÂÙÂÊÆÕÆ®M¬.. 0000C0
- 3C51074A 56C0B00B 5BBD1DED CD4AE0DE D1DBD5BB 0B65FC66 28306723 054917C8 È.I.#g0(füe.»ÕÛÑÞàJÍí.½[.°ÀVJ.Q< 0000E0
- D5D1E2CA D6BC7CAD CCD808CD D916CD39 E01C10AD 01D410A0 01E4D265 FA673644 D6gúeÒä...Ô.­..à9Í.ÙÍ.ØÌ­|¼ÖÊâÑÕ 000100
- D87A4DD6 8B4DD59A 5DD3BA4D D27B9DD1 6BADD06B BDD05B0D BD4C1DFD BBD5D1CA ÊÑÕ»ý.L½.[нkЭkÑ.{ÒMºÓ].ÕM.ÖMzØ 000120
- CBE465FB 665C67D1 120B4B62 A90001BA 01D41680 2D017AF8 9D6CDC2A 5DDA4A5D ]JÚ]*Ül.øz.-..Ô.º..©bK..Ñg\fûeäË 000140
- 5CCEB1C6 F51C5B6C CFB1C3F8 1C2B9CCF B1C0B0CF B1BEB3CD B3B9B9C9 B7B1C1BD ½Á±·É¹¹³Í³¾±Ï°À±Ï.+.øñÏl[.õƱÎ\ 000160
- 5DC5B1CF 651CEB5C C7B1CD85 1CCB5CC9 B1CBA51C AB5CCBB1 C9C51CFB C8D51C7B {.ÕÈû.ÅɱË\«.¥Ë±É\Ë..ͱÇ\ë.eϱÅ] 000180
- 5DBCB1D8 D51B7B5D BEB1D6F5 1B5B5DC0 B1D4151C 3B5DC2B1 D2351CFB D1451C0B ..EÑû.5Ò±Â];..Ô±À][.õÖ±¾]{.Õر¼] 0001A0
- B0B3B1DD 491BDB8D B5B1DE66 1BEB5DB7 B1DD851B CB5DB9B1 DBA51BAB 5DBBB19F .±»]«.¥Û±¹]Ë..ݱ·]ë.fÞ±µ.Û.Iݱ³° 0001C0
- 54178B2D 3B85B1D9 B251199B 7DABB1DA B5B0B1DA B4B1B1DB B2B2B1DC B1B2B1DC ܱ²±Ü±²²Û±±´Ú±°µÚ±«}..Q²Ù±.;-..T 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 5 (00000005), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- D4B2B225 B1D5B2B0 35B1D5B2 5A146B2D 8B46B1D6 B3570200 157B2D6B 65B1D7B3 ³×±ek-{...W³Ö±F.-k.Z²Õ±5°²Õ±%²²Ô 000000
- B3BDB1D0 B2BCB2D1 B2BBB2D1 B2BAB3D2 B2B8B4D2 B3B6B5D3 B2B5B6D3 B3B315B1 ±.³³Ó¶µ²Óµ¶³Ò´¸²Ò³º²Ñ²»²Ñ²¼²Ð±½³ 000020
- B2C2B1CB B3C1B1CC B2C1B1CC B3C0B1CD B2C0B1CE B2BFB1CE B3BEB1CF B2BEB1CF ϱ¾²Ï±¾³Î±¿²Î±À²Í±À³Ì±Á²Ì±Á³Ë±Â² 000040
- C8B1C6B2 C7B17F2C 6B1C7B3C 5B1C8B2C 5B1C8B3C 4B1C9B2C 4B1CAB2C 3B1CFBCB Ëû.;,«.K,..K<..[,..[<{.k,.±Ç²Æ±È 000060
- 1C0B3CCB 1C1B2CCB 1C2B2CBB 1CFBC3B2 CAB1C3B3 C9B1C4B2 C9B1C4B3 C8B1C5B2 ²Å±È³Ä±É²Ä±É³Ã±Ê²Ãû.»,+.Ë,..Ë<.. 000080
- 69E6084C 5998C7B9 CBE4C77B 7C9B7BBB 3CCB5BDB 1CEB4BDB 1CFB3BDB 1C0B2CDB Û,..Û;û.ÛKë.Û[Ë<»{.|{Çä˹Ç.YL.æi 0000A0
- 4ABEA2A4 E52B2A4E 4ABFA2A3 E6042C4A 1E2DDAEC D0A4CDA8 BEBFE465 FB664753 SGfûe俾¨Í¤ÐìÚ-.J,.棢¿JN*+夢¾J 0000C0
- A6A1B6A2 A6A0B7A2 A6892B6A 8AB9A2A6 A72B5A7A BBA25F6A BCA2E2A5 D52B2A5E ^*+ե⢼j_¢»zZ+§¦¢¹.j+.¦¢·.¦¢¶¡¦ 0000E0
- FB666F7A 4A0D0D4D 00C9944D 3EABABA6 A3A8AFA3 A5A5B2A2 A6A3B4A2 A6A2B5A2 ¢µ¢¦¢´£¦¢²¥¥£¯¨£¦««>M.É.M..Jzofû 000100
- 24C042E2 DD1C6402 1C24CE4D 8D02D4D9 D62860AD 1080022C A002E22A C002DE65 eÞ.À*â..,...­`(ÖÙÔ..MÎ$..d.ÝâBÀ$ 000120
- 017C24DE CD461CC0 46E2DD5C E4015C24 DECD4420 C044E2DD 3C24023C 24DECD42 BÍÞ$<.$<ÝâDÀ DÍÞ$\.ä\ÝâFÀ.FÍÞ$|. 000140
- C04CE2DD BC2401BC 24DECD4A 14C04AE2 DD9C6401 9C24DECD 4818C048 E2DD7CA4 ¤|ÝâHÀ.HÍÞ$..d.ÝâJÀ.JÍÞ$¼.$¼ÝâLÀ 000160
- DECDD384 CDD324DE CDD2A4CD D224DECD D1C4CDD1 24DECDD0 E4CDD024 DECD4C10 .LÍÞ$ÐÍäÐÍÞ$ÑÍÄÑÍÞ$ÒͤÒÍÞ$ÓÍ.ÓÍÞ 000180
- D8B48C4D DFCDD704 CDD724DE CDD624CD D624DECD D544CDD5 24DECDD4 64CDD424 $ÔÍdÔÍÞ$ÕÍDÕÍÞ$ÖÍ$ÖÍÞ$×Í.×ÍßM.´Ø 0001A0
- 4DC1DD24 DECDDC34 CC4DE2DD BC4DC5DB 24DECDDA 74AC4DE2 DD9C4DC9 D924DECD ÍÞ$ÙÉM.ÝâM¬tÚÍÞ$ÛÅM¼ÝâMÌ4ÜÍÞ$ÝÁM 0001C0
- E9ADDA1C 01F98DDB 0C01FB6D DC0C010B 01F4DDFC 0DFD4DE2 DDEC2DED 4DE2DDDC ÜÝâMí-ìÝâMý.üÝô....Ümû..Û.ù..Ú­é 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 6 (00000006), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- AD0A4E90 A99001D6 652D7E03 D5571D01 AFD5DFB7 02005D5D 1D0D01D9 CDD91C01 ..ÙÍÙ...]]..·ßÕ¯..WÕ.~-eÖ..©.N.­ 000000
- C82C1BC4 ABCCB6BB B1CBB6B8 B7C9B5B2 C3C31040 FCDFC5DE C6BF65FB 66596486 .dYfûe¿ÆÞÅßü@.ÃòµÉ·¸¶Ë±»¶Ì«Ä.,È 000020
- 4BCAB245 BFA43C4B F44BCBB2 44BFC42C 3BF44BCC B342BFD4 2C2BE46B CCB341BD ½A³Ìkä+,Ô¿B³ÌKô;,Ä¿D²ËKôK<¤¿E²ÊK 000040
- 4BC5B349 BF642C9B F44BC6B3 48BF742C 8BF44BC8 B247FF4B C9B246BF 943C5BF4 ô[<.¿F²ÉK.G²ÈKô.,t¿H³ÆKô.,d¿I³ÅK 000060
- B3F4BF24 2C2B4BBF 243C1B4B BF342C1B 4BBF343C 0B4BBF44 2C0B4BBF 542CABF4 ô«,T¿K.,D¿K.<4¿K.,4¿K.<$¿K+,$¿ô³ 000080
- BDB2B7F4 4BBEB2B6 F44BBEB3 B5F44BBF B2B5F44B BFB3B4F4 4BC0B2B4 F44BC1B2 ²ÁKô´²ÀKô´³¿Kôµ²¿Kôµ³¾Kô¶²¾Kô·²½ 0000A0
- BF942BBB 4BBFA42B AB4BFF4B BBB2B9F4 4BBBB3B8 F44BBCB2 B8F44BBC B3B7F44B Kô·³¼Kô¸²¼Kô¸³»Kô¹²»K.K«+¤¿K»+.¿ 0000C0
- FB4BBF54 3BEB4BBF 642BEB4B BF742BDB 4BBF743B CB4BBF84 2BCB4BBF 843BBB4B K»;.¿KË+.¿KË;t¿KÛ+t¿Kë+d¿Kë;T¿Kû 0000E0
- B1B2C3F4 4BB1B3C2 F44BB2B2 C2F44BB3 B2C1F4BF 442B0B4C BF443BFB 4BBF542B +T¿Kû;D¿L.+D¿ôÁ²³Kô²²Kô³±Kôò± 000100
- B2C7F44B 386B4CBF 94B2C6F4 4B395B4C BFA4B2C5 F44BB0B2 C4F44BB0 B3C3F44B Kôó°KôIJ°KôŲ¤¿L[9KôƲ.¿Lk8KôDz 000120
- B2CCF44B 24BB4CBF 44B3CAF4 4B25AB4C BF54B3C9 F44B269B 4CBF74B2 C8F4BF84 .¿ôȲt¿L.&KôɳT¿L«%KôʳD¿L»$Kô̲ 000140
- BFB4D1F4 BFB5D0F4 BFB6CFF4 BF14B2CE F44B31DB 4CBF24B2 CDF44B32 CB4CBF34 4¿LË2KôͲ$¿LÛ1Kôβ.¿ô϶¿ôе¿ôÑ´¿ 000160
- B7B8481D BB8BD5CA 9BD5D89B D6E6ABD6 F4BFB0D5 F41B4B4D FF2B3B4D FF3B2B4D M+;.M;+.MK.ôÕ°¿ôÖ«æÖ.ØÕ.ÊÕ.».H¸· 000180
- BF1690DB 01B1CB66 F9685867 3D140B4F EDA0B2F4 3C2C5BCE C32F6BCD C32F7BD2 Ò{/ÃÍk/ÃÎ[,<ô².íO..=gXhùf˱.Û..¿ 0001A0
- C2D99CC4 B99CC798 8CCA599C CC399CCE 199CD1D9 9BD49AAB D75AABDB B00A0B01 ...°Û«Z׫.Ô.ÙÑ..Î.9Ì.YÊ..Ç.¹Ä.Ù 0001C0
- 0B9B0D4B ABD95A0B 7B0D6BAB D78AABD5 FABA3AAD BC399DBE 199DC0F9 9CC1DAAC ¬ÚÁ.ùÀ..¾.9¼­:ºúÕ«.׫k.{.ZÙ«K... 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 7 (00000007), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 051B01B0 16FB1DFB 07FB0DFB 18DB1D9B B0DD0200 B00FABDD 1A0BBB0D 2BABDB3A :Û«+.»..Ý«.°..Ý°..Û.û.û.û.û.°... 000000
- 1B01B13F B211204B 2EB11310 1BB21320 4BEB113B 01B1E322 1B01B213 1B01B1E3 ã±...².."ã±.;.ëK .²...±.K .²?±.. 000020
- 0DFBB4B0 D9B02F0B BB0DFBB0 B1DBB10A DB0D9BB1 DDB1E217 FB1D2B5E B2DFB214 .²ß²^+.û.â±Ý±..Û.±Û±°û.»./°Ù°´û. 000040
- C69AACC4 BAACC2DA ACC0FAAC EFABD1CA ABD3AA0B 3B0D9BAB D58A0B5B 0D6B0B7B {.k.[..Õ«..;.ªÓ«ÊÑ«ï¬úÀ¬Ú¬ºÄ¬.Æ 000060
- CBB11D90 6B01BF10 00ABB0DB 5AABD79A ABD4D99B D1FAABCE 399CCC59 9CC97AAC ¬zÉ.YÌ.9ΫúÑ.ÙÔ«.׫ZÛ°«..¿.k..±Ë 000080
- BC1DFD0D CD3DAD3D BD3D03D3 3150FD02 D82CC08D 0265FB66 4E5B00B1 09509BC8 È.P.±.[Nfûe..À,Ø.ýP1Ó.=½=­=Í.ý.¼ 0000A0
- 3CCD19C0 D49B015C BD18C0D5 7C016CBD 17C0D76B 018CBD15 C0D93C01 AC0D1D01 ...¬.<ÙÀ.½..k×À.½l.|ÕÀ.½\..ÔÀ.Í< 0000C0
- 9C012CCD 1AC0E2D1 BC010C2D 0EBD019C 1ECD1BC0 E2D1D01A C0D2AC01 FCD3AB01 .«Óü.¬ÒÀ.ÐÑâÀ.Í...½.-..¼ÑâÀ.Í,.. 0000E0
- D0DFBCCD 11C0DA3B 019CBD14 C0D86A01 7CAD17C0 D67B015C BD18C0D4 9B01FCD3 Óü..ÔÀ.½\.{ÖÀ.­|.jØÀ.½..;ÚÀ.ͼßÐ 000100
- 57C1B001 19405E02 D531104D 03AC019E 011B5001 1F200122 000124E0 2DBDCDDC Üͽ-à$..". ..P....¬.M.1Õ.^@..°ÁW 000120
- 9D2090DB 39027AAD 26A0D3AA 02ABFB02 DD3570CD 039C0166 F9845967 3D140B51 Q..=gY.ùf...Íp5Ý.û«.ªÓ.&­z.9Û. . 000140
- 1F90DFD9 010901BA 011A019A 013A017A 016A0159 01990139 01B90119 01D901F9 ù.Ù...¹.9...Y.j.z.:.....º...Ùß.. 000160
- 02FBD17B 02FBD37A 024ABD25 B0D55A02 7AAD23A0 D81B029B AD21A0DB FA01DA9D .Ú.úÛ.!­...Ø.#­z.ZÕ°%½J.zÓû.{Ñû. 000180
- 31002DED C231C03F D02F002D 4EFC023C 6EDC022C 8EDB029B BC02FCBA 2BB0CF9B .Ï°+ºü.¼..Û.,.Ün<.üN-./Ð?À1Âí-.1 0001A0
- D19B02FB BC2BB0AF BC02FCB9 2DB0C82D C0E2C62F C0E204FD 02D0E3C3 31C02FD0 Ð/À1ÃãÐ.ý.âÀ/ÆâÀ-È°-¹ü.¼¯°+¼û..Ñ 0001C0
- D113ADD9 2A3D4BD2 8AADD275 35ADD75A 1D5DADD5 6BBDD74B ADD9A7AD D37B02FB û.{Ó­§Ù­K×½kÕ­].Z×­5uÒ­.ÒK=*Ù­.Ñ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 8 (00000008), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- A713A026 D6831A01 7A623DA9 DF9A523D 0200AADE A9423D9C DDBA323D ACDB0A2D -.Û¬=2ºÝ.=B©Þª..=R.ß©=bz...Ö&..§ 000000
- 3DA12390 D6230902 7A3D941D 9011D843 B9012972 3D9518A0 23D7635A 015A713D =qZ.Zc×#...=r).¹CØ....=z..#Ö.#¡= 000020
- 4D2DF0D1 4D2D10DE D3021FDE 839C01F1 2D742D03 12DD2FB0 08AD020A 0D6D023A :.m...­.°/Ý..-t-ñ...Þ..ÓÞ.-MÑð-M 000040
- 790B03C7 0903268D 2F50D4F7 02646D2F 30D7F602 925D2E30 D9E502B2 4D2EF0C2 Âð.M².åÙ0.]..ö×0/md.÷ÔP/.&..Ç..y 000060
- 967B0A52 0DB97C43 C03E20CD 03D43A60 8D03D837 905D03DA 34C02D2E 03DE1F03 ..Þ..-À4Ú.].7Ø..`:Ô.Í >ÀC|¹.R.{. 000080
- D1C0DDC0 CFC0DEC1 CDC1DEC4 C8C4DE20 60ED01D9 1BC08D01 11300165 FB675C62 b\gûe.0...À.Ù.í` ÞÄÈÄÞÁÍÁÞÀÏÀÝÀÑ 0000A0
- 5FBDD8C0 D5C0D7C0 D67B0D7C BDD6C0D7 C0D5C0D8 5B0D9CBD D4C0DAC0 D2C0DBC0 ÀÛÀÒÀÚÀÔ½..[ØÀÕÀ×ÀÖ½|.{ÖÀ×ÀÕÀؽ_ 0000C0
- 0D5CBDD8 C0D4C0D8 C03F0D9C 0D2C2E1D 9C0D8C3E 0D9C0DFC D3C1D8C0 D4C0D8C0 ÀØÀÔÀØÁÓü...>.....,...?ÀØÀÔÀؽ\. 0000E0
- 0CDCADD1 C0DC2A0D BCADD3C0 D94B0D8C BDD5C0D7 6B0D7CAD D7C0D67B 0D5C0D7C |.\.{ÖÀ×­|.k×ÀÕ½..KÙÀÓ­¼.*ÜÀÑ­Ü. 000100
- CDC012A0 CCC013B0 CAC015B0 C8C017D0 8D01DC15 F03D01C1 C8C011B0 CCC0DFFA úßÀÌ°.ÀÈÁ.=ð.Ü..Ð.ÀÈ°.ÀÊ°.ÀÌ..ÀÍ 000120
- 9F0D3C0D ACBDD3C0 BFBDD2C0 CFBDD1C0 DD1A0DDC BDD0C0DE FB0CFCAD CFC011A0 ..ÀÏ­ü.ûÞÀнÜ..ÝÀѽÏÀÒ½¿ÀÓ½¬.<.. 000140
- C0C1540C 6C0D1C4C C5C1D5C0 C1E2641C 4C0D7C1D 4C0D9C8E 0D4C0D9C 9EBDD4C0 ÀÔ½...L....L.|.L.dâÁÀÕÁÅL..l.TÁÀ 000160
- 65C0CFDA 43BACEDA 42C0DBAC 2D14BCD6 C64BC2C0 D7C2C134 0C7C0D2C 4CC3C1D6 ÖÁÃL,.|.4ÁÂ×ÀÂKÆÖ¼.-¬ÛÀBÚκCÚÏÀe 000180
- 3BB3BCB8 727BAB2B BAB0BA66 F9683B4A E3E90753 EBA0804A 03C4D4DA 851CAD4D M­..ÚÔÄ.J..ëS.éãJ;hùfº°º+«{r¸¼³; 0001A0
- B1C398B2 C1A817E7 9B6A73BC 096B84B9 195B96B5 2A5B179B B1B3A4C2 B5040B6C l..µÂ¤³±..[*µ.[.¹.k.¼sj.ç.¨Á².ñ 0001C0
- 4FD5AC54 CE294ED6 9CE264CD 58C78C5F A89C85CA 68998C96 C8787A8C 075B8C8F ..[..zxÈ...hÊ..¨_.ÇXÍdâ.ÖN)ÎT¬ÕO 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 9 (00000009), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- C1C7BFCA BCCDB8D0 B6D1B4D3 B3D30200 B2D4B2D4 B1D5B045 CCB045CD B04FE4AC ¬äO°ÍE°ÌE°Õ±Ô²Ô²..ӳӴѶиͼʿÇÁ 000000
- B4D2B5D0 B8CEBBCA BEC8C1C5 C3C3C6C0 C7BFC8BE C9BDC9BE C8BFC8BF C7C1C4C5 ÅÄÁǿȿȾɽɾȿÇÀÆÃÃÅÁȾʻθеҴ 000020
- 7C1F186D E281D2B3 D2E2B3D3 E2B3D2E3 B4D66A0D FBD5B1D5 B0D5B1D4 B2D4B2D3 Ó²Ô²Ô±Õ°Õ±Õû.jÖ´ãÒ³âÓ³âÒ³Ò.âm..| 000040
- 99BA5986 E88B6487 C1276748 3C5B682C 5B781C4B 980C4BA8 AC83CCF9 82CE28F8 ø(Î.ùÌ.¬¨K..K.x[,h[<Hg'Á.d.è.Yº. 000060
- A7490A54 6090A00B EB2BB7B8 B952DB5B 3BB3C1B2 145B0C4B B0B03A8B A579AB57 W«y¥.:°°K.[.²Á³;[ÛR¹¸·+ë...`T.I§ 000080
- 1A8B94AF A2AFA014 DA2AEA1A 4AA3ABA2 ACA3656A 4A7A6A6A 15403E65 FB665560 `Ufûe>@.jjzJje£¬¢«£J.ê*Ú..¯¢¯... 0000A0
- 5BE343B4 A2B44535 2B4A5B4F 352B3A6B 64B2A2B3 46262B2A 7B74B1A2 B247082B +.G²¢±t{*+&F³¢²dk:+5O[J+5E´¢´Cã[ 0000C0
- 5577A8A8 C6E4C9AA DAA4DEA2 BBD24EB6 A2B7E459 2B6A5B41 B5A2B664 2E452B5A Z+E.d¶¢µA[j+Yä·¢¶NÒ»¢Þ¤ÚªÉäƨ¨wU 0000E0
- E0BE361D DB8BD2B1 BC1A1DBB 1BFB3C7B 7BAB7CAB C3BACBE4 65FB6759 6486AD0A .­.dYgûeä˺ë|«{{<û.»..¼±Ò.Û.6¾à 000100
- 4CCF6A4C CFB0C414 ADC4140D FBC2240D 2B4CD2B1 C1340DFB C1430D0B 4CD4B114 .±ÔL..CÁû.4Á±ÒL+.$Âû..Ä­.Ä°ÏLjÏL 000120
- BD4A6DC1 395DC319 5DC5F95C C7D95CC8 CA4CCAAA 4CCBAA4C CC8A4CCD 8A4CCE6A jÎL.ÍL.ÌLªËLªÊLÊÈ\ÙÇ\ùÅ].Ã]9ÁmJ½ 000140
- 675F6486 AD0A5623 89B0AC20 70AB01BC 15001C01 C4DEAAB2 DC581B8B 7DBB6A7D }j»}..XܲªÞÄ....¼.«p ¬°.#V.­.d_g 000160
- A53B295A BA94A0B6 3BF989BA 949D91B9 949B94B7 969799B3 9A90A2A8 AAE465FE þe䪨¢..³...·...¹...º.ù;¶..ºZ);¥ 000180
- 344B994A B493A845 4B794AB5 94A7643B 694AB794 A5843BF9 A4944B39 4ABA93A2 ¢.ºJ9K.¤ù;.¥.·Ji;d§.µJyKE¨.´J.K4 0001A0
- 4AAD94AF E43AE95A AE94ADF4 4AD94AB0 93AC054B B94AB194 AB243BA9 5AB294A9 ©.²Z©;$«.±J¹K.¬.°JÙJô­.®Zé:ä¯.­J 0001C0
- 4BA693B6 654A594B A794B584 3A494BA9 94B3A43A F9B2B44A 194BAC93 B0C54AF9 ùJÅ°.¬K.J´²ù:¤³.©KI:.µ.§KYJe¶.¦K 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 10 (0000000A), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 3AC95BA0 94BB144A B94BA293 0200BA25 4A994BA3 94B9443A 895BA494 B7544A79 yJT·.¤[.:D¹.£K.J%º...¢K¹J.»..[É: 000000
- 49394C9A 932F4C9B 94C1C439 095C9C94 BFD449F9 4B9E93BE E549D94B 9F94BD04 .½..KÙIå¾..KùIÔ¿..\.9ÄÁ..L/..L9I 000020
- 9294C934 49994C94 93C84549 794C9594 C7643969 5C9694C5 7449594C 9893C494 .Ä..LYItÅ..\i9dÇ..LyIEÈ..L.I4É.. 000040
- 94D15493 0F4D46F9 4C37E95C 47D94C48 D94C9093 CC0549B9 4C9194CB 2439A95C \©9$Ë..L¹I.Ì..LÙHLÙG\é7LùFM..TÑ. 000060
- 89B4250E 01F7DE90 E2DC92E2 DA94E2D8 96E2D698 5F4D3149 4D42394D 33F9D244 DÒù3M9BMI1M_.Öâ.Øâ.Úâ.Üâ.Þ÷..%´. 000080
- 4AC94A99 49C96AA9 6A699969 BA69AA89 A29CA997 A9E465FE 67848977 A20E57B7 ·W.¢w..gþeä©.©.¢.ªiºi.ij©jÉI.JÉJ 0000A0
- 3A194AAF 93AD930F 5AAF94AC 949F053B D93AE969 B093AD93 9DF84AC9 4AB919E9 é.¹JÉJø..­.°ié:Ù;...¬.¯Z..­.¯J.: 0000C0
- 4AAA96AA 94A5B45A B93AF9A4 C45AB94A 394AAD93 AD932F5A AD94AC94 A1E44AD9 ÙJä¡.¬.­Z/.­.­J9J¹ZĤù:¹Z´¥.ª.ªJ 0000E0
- 94A9644A 29644A99 4AA79342 A7938F4A A899A794 A7947A99 3AF9A695 7A994A59 YJ.z.¦ù:.z.§.§.¨J..§B.§J.Jd)Jd©. 000100
- AD343A69 343AF9AC 354A4935 4AB94AA4 9444A593 AB543A49 543AA95A A59344A5 ¥D.¥Z©:TI:T«.¥D.¤J¹J5IJ5¬ù:4i:4­ 000120
- 3919499F 930F5B9F 94589F94 AF044A89 143AF94A A19348A1 93EF4AA2 9446A294 .¢F.¢Jï.¡H.¡Jù:..J.¯..X..[...I.9 000140
- 934F5B9B 9395B449 394B9C94 93C44939 4B9D9393 D439F9B2 E4491959 9D94B1F4 ô±..Y.Iä²ù9Ô...K9IÄ...K9I´...[O. 000160
- 93997449 794B9894 97844979 4B999397 9439F9B6 A4495959 9994B5B4 3959499B .IY9´µ..YYI¤¶ù9....KyI....KyIt.. 000180
- 94BB5439 B9499593 AF4B9694 99554999 4B969499 7439994B 97939974 39895B97 .[.9t...K.9t...K.IU...K¯..I¹9T». 0001A0
- 49D95991 94BD2449 D9499393 BD3439D9 499393BC 3539D949 9394BB44 49B94994 .I¹ID»..IÙ95¼..IÙ94½..IÙI$½..YÙI 0001C0
- A16594C1 7494A174 94C18493 A184930F 4C90949F 0449F94B 91939F14 39F9BE15 .¾ù9....KùI....L...¡..Á.t¡.tÁ.e¡ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 11 (0000000B), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 2494C534 94A53494 C5440200 93A54493 4F4C4539 5A44394C 36394A36 F9C26594 .eÂù6J96L9DZ9ELO.D¥...DÅ.4¥.4Å.$ 000000
- 95E2CA96 AB96C997 A997E2C8 1494A799 C71494A7 2493C724 93A72493 C62593A7 §.%Æ.$§.$Ç.$§..Ç.§..Èâ.©.É.«.Êâ. 000020
- AD0A5831 81AE544B D4555BD3 366BE2D2 188BE2D0 91AF91E3 CE93AD93 E2CC95AB «.Ìâ.­.Îã.¯.Ðâ..Òâk6Ó[UÔKT®.1X.­ 000040
- 94AFA75A D90AA95A A92AA95A 797A698A 29DA29DA 9969BAB9 4A2E65FE 665F6486 .d_fþe.J¹ºi.Ú)Ú).izyZ©*©Z©.ÙZ§¯. 000060
- 59A95BA1 95B9344A 895BA395 B6554A69 4BA695B4 755A394B A994B295 5A096BAA ªk.Z.².©K9Zu´.¦KiJU¶.£[.J4¹.¡[©Y 000080
- 956F5C95 95C57449 495C9795 C29559F9 C0B559F9 4B9D94BE D559C95B 9F94BCF5 õ¼..[ÉYÕ¾..KùYµÀùY.Â..\IItÅ..\o. 0000A0
- 9D395D41 295D5219 4D44095D 54F94C56 D95C47C9 5C58B94C 9194CA15 59895C93 .\.Y.Ê..L¹X\ÉG\ÙVLùT].DM.R])A]9. 0000C0
- D19551D3 99D598D5 97D796D7 95D995D9 94D995D9 94D995D9 95D994D8 966F8D59 Y.o.Ø.Ù.Ù.Ù.Ù.Ù.Ù.Ù.×.×.Õ.Õ.ÓQ.Ñ 0000E0
- C6949475 5C3949C9 9492955C 1949CB95 58CC9457 CD9546CF 9455CF95 53D19552 R.ÑS.ÏU.ÏF.ÍW.ÌX.ËI.\...ÉI9\u..Æ 000100
- B55BF949 BD949ED5 5BD949BF 959B054C A959C195 99344C89 59C39597 545C5959 YY\T..ÃY.L4..ÁY©L...¿IÙ[Õ..½Iù[µ 000120
- 5AB095A9 155B994A B395A745 4B695AB5 95A5655B 395AB795 A3945B19 5ABA94A0 ..ºZ.[.£.·Z9[e¥.µZiKE§.³J.[.©.°Z 000140
- 93A394B2 90A595B1 784A296B A895B1A5 5AF95AAC 94AFD45A D95AAE94 ACF55AB9 ¹Zõ¬.®ZÙZÔ¯.¬ZùZ¥±.¨k)Jx±.¥.².£. 000160
- 9B91A2A9 ABE465FF 66616486 AD0A59CD 88ABA3A6 E4919DAA 9C9B98AE 96A095B1 ±...®...ª..䦣«.ÍY.­.daf.eä«©¢.. 000180
- A8554B89 4AB695A6 755B496A B894A387 5B198AB9 94A091B8 959D94B6 979899B3 ³...¶...¸...¹..[.£.¸jI[u¦.¶J.KU¨ 0001A0
- 295BAB94 B2C45A09 5BAD95AF F44AE95A AF95AC15 4BC95AB1 95AA354B A94AB495 .´J©K5ª.±ZÉK.¬.¯ZéJô¯.­[.ZIJ.«[) 0001C0
- 95BC154A C94BA295 BA355A89 5BA594B8 645A695B A794B684 5A495BA9 94B4A45A Z¤´.©[IZ.¶.§[iZd¸.¥[.Z5º.¢KÉJ.¼. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 12 (0000000C), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 5C9794C5 8559494C 02009A95 C2B54929 4C9C95C0 D549094C 9E95BEF5 49E94BA0 .KéIõ¾..L.IÕÀ..L)IµÂ....LIY.Å..\ 000000
- 95D07494 CF7595CE 0459C95C 9194CC24 59A95C93 94CA4459 895C9594 C7655969 iYeÇ..\.YDÊ..\©Y$Ì..\ÉY.Î.uÏ.tÐ. 000020
- ADE4CC99 D895DB93 A9BE5DF9 D997D898 D699D515 95D42594 D33595D2 5494D155 UÑ.TÒ.5Ó.%Ô..Õ.Ö.Ø.Ùù]¾©.Û.Ø.Ìä­ 000040
- 6BB1C8B2 256B4C5B B1C4B724 FBCB4B13 3014303E 65F96642 5179B408 5A1FA1A4 ¤¡.Z.´yQBfùe>0.0.KËû$·Ä±[Lk%²È±k 000060
- C9A6B2CA A6B2C997 B2CAA6B1 CA97B2CA 97B1CA88 B2C989B1 C97AB2C8 B0268B1C ..&°È²zɱ.ɲ.ʱ.ʲ.ʱ¦Ê².ɲ¦Ê²¦É 000080
- 6B4CB5B1 C7442B7B 4CB3B2C7 351B8B5C B2B2C825 1B9B5CB1 B2C9151B 9B6CB0B2 ²°l...ɲ±\..%Ȳ²\..5Dz³L{+DDZµLk 0000A0
- B1DAB2DA B1DAB2DA B1DAB2D9 B2DAB1C4 742B4B4C B7B1C564 2B5B4CB6 B1C6542B +TƱ¶L[+dű·LK+tıڲٲڱڲڱڲڱ 0000C0
- B1DAB2DA B1DAB2DA B1DAB2D9 B2DAB1DA B2DAB1DA B2DAB1DA B2DAB1DA B2D9B2DA Ú²Ù²Ú±Ú²Ú±Ú²Ú±Ú²Ú±Ú²Ù²Ú±Ú²Ú±Ú²Ú± 0000E0
- B6542C6B 4BC4B2B7 441C8B4B C3B2B834 1C9B4BC2 B2DAB1DA B2D9B2DA B1DAB2DA Ú²Ú±Ú²Ù²Ú±Ú²ÂK..4¸²ÃK..D·²ÄKk,T¶ 000100
- 2B4BC9B2 B2842C3B 4BC8B1B4 742C4B4B C7B1B465 2C4B5BC6 B1B5642C 5B4BC6B1 ±ÆK[,dµ±Æ[K,e´±ÇKK,t´±ÈK;,.²²ÉK+ 000120
- 87CBB277 CCB178CB B268CBB2 9FA62CAB B51C0B5B CAB2B0A5 1C1B5BC9 B2B1A41C .¤±²É[..¥°²Ê[..µ«,¦.²Ëh²Ëx±Ìw²Ë. 000140
- 4201C30B 2C3BB7C5 B1546B2C 4BB3C8B1 159B2C4B B1C9B2A5 CBB196CB B296CBB1 ±Ë.²Ë.±Ë¥²É±K,..±È³K,kT±Å·;,.Ã.B 000160
- F59DD315 01096D14 90881690 BD01D421 90D641FA 433B434C 1F0761B3 C05201E3 ã.RÀ³a..LC;CúAÖ.!Ô.½.....m...Ó.õ 000180
- AD4FADD8 FCD47ACD 5F9DD75C 9DD86B9D D8799DD9 889DDBA4 9DD9B58D D9D48DD6 Ö.ÔÙ.µÙ.¤Û..Ù.yØ.kØ.\×._ÍzÔüØ­O­ 0001A0
- BDD82ABD DACAD0DB 9AD1DD4A D310E03D 01DA1740 DD015A4E 02CA4DD7 AA8DD59A .Õ.ª×MÊ.NZ.Ý@.Ú.=à.ÓJÝÑ.ÛÐÊÚ½*ؽ 0001C0
- DC1BE284 CAADD1BA BDD1BAAD D2AABDD2 9ABDD39A ADD48AAD D57AADD6 5ABDD74A J×½ZÖ­zÕ­.Ô­.Ó½.Ò½ªÒ­ºÑ½ºÑ­Ê.â.Ü 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 13 (0000000D), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 44A633D6 4A830200 2973BD42 089DBDF1 84BCAD41 C8DBD2B8 DCE2D2A8 DDE2D2A8 ¨ÒâݨÒâܸÒÛÈA­¼.ñ½..B½s)...JÖ3¦D 000000
- E90762A8 B070969D D73B3D2D 0D0D7DCD D26AB759 A248AC48 A436D25B 645943BD ½CYd[Ò6¤H¬H¢Y·jÒÍ}..-=;×..p°¨b.é 000020
- 1A5DAC4A ADC2CA01 0AED1CB0 1B00AC01 C218804C 2E01C317 50C367FD 69424AE3 ãJBiýgÃP.Ã..L..Â.¬..°.í..Ê­J¬]. 000040
- 9CD0C0C6 F81C7C8C CDC2C8B8 4CA1C998 4CA2CA59 5CA3CC28 6CA4CD8A 67FA9C8C ..úg.ͤl(Ì£\YÊ¢L.É¡L¸ÈÂÍ.|.øÆÀÐ. 000060
- AAE37BAD EBABD74A 0EACD62A 1E9CD6FA C259AD3F 8CD53A9C D44A8CD3 5B8CD25B [Ò.[Ó.JÔ.:Õ.?­YÂúÖ..*Ö¬.J׫ë­{㪠000080
- D0C0C528 BDC429BD C448ADC3 49ADC259 AD1FACD5 1A9CD6FA C06AADBF 6BADABD7 ׫­k¿­jÀúÖ..Õ¬.­Y­IíHĽ)Ľ(ÅÀÐ 0000A0
- 9D0C5CCE 8AA7C59C C285B68C C674A68C C854978C CB43878C CD23788C CE14688C .h.Î.x#Í..CË..TÈ.¦tÆ.¶.Â.ŧ.Î\.. 0000C0
- C6658CC8 268CCC88 E9AC3C5D 8CADCC41 FC43323B B5540663 7BB0CC99 01C5C304 .ÃÅ..Ì°{c.Tµ;2CüAÌ­.]<¬é.Ì.&È.eÆ 0000E0
- 59DAAC04 CC9C5FC0 CBF906BC 8CB7CB98 B99C89CC B8E48CC0 C58CC2A5 8CC4858C ..Ä.¥Â.ÅÀ.ä¸Ì..¹.Ë·.¼.ùËÀ_.Ì.¬ÚY 000100
- 79349D46 D34A4FD5 FADCDAAD CFBDE2DC FADCBBBE ADE3DBBB AD47D15A F8ACA4CE Τ¬øZÑG­»Ûã­¾»ÜúÜâ½Ï­ÚÜúÕOJÓF.4y 000120
- 9D0C5DB8 CC15ACC9 549CC774 9CC5A48C C3C48CC2 C49CC0E4 9C3BD099 04AD48D1 ÑH­..Ð;.äÀ.ÄÂ.ÄÃ.¤Å.tÇ.Tɬ.̸].. 000140
- CE01BB01 C01A208C 01C8E412 307C0175 0167FC69 424AE3E9 0764AAB0 C5995D3C <].Å°ªd.éãJBiüg.u.|0.äÈ.. .À.».Î 000160
- CD882CBC 8CC91A94 8CCA2A65 8CCB4A25 9CCC5A87 EAAC970C AD592CAD C169ADD0 ЭiÁ­,Y­..¬ê.ZÌ.%JË.e*Ê...É.¼,.Í 000180
- FAC06A9D 1FACD51A ACD5F9C2 4A9DC34A 8DC43A9D C42B8DC5 C0D0680C FC8CC7C1 ÁÇ.ü.hÐÀÅ.+Ä.:Ä.JÃ.JÂùÕ¬.Õ¬..jÀú 0001A0
- ACD439AC D538ACD5 F9C26A9D 1FACD62A 0EACD74A BE7ABDEB AAD73ABE 6ABDABD6 Ö«½j¾:תë½z¾J׬.*Ö¬..jÂùÕ¬8Õ¬9Ô¬ 0001C0
- 8CC2C853 C5692C2C 948CC7C0 41CB783C DC8CC7C1 CF680C0C 9DC5C0D1 58BCD348 HÓ¼XÑÀÅ...hÏÁÇ.Ü<xËAÀÇ..,,iÅSÈÂ. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 14 (0000000E), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- ADCA41FC 02004332 3BB55406 6578B0AA C2B98CAC C5C7C898 5C8C6C87 3A8C5C25 %\.:.l.\.ÈÇŬ.¹Âª°xe.Tµ;2C..üAÊ­ 000000
- C99CA8CB A8A98C0F 9CC8288C C8379CC6 579CC477 9CC2A78C 7BCD7908 8D4C4D9C .ML..yÍ{.§Â.wÄ.WÆ.7È.(È...©¨Ë¨.É 000020
- ADDDD9AD E2DCCBAD E2DCE98F 10AD31BE D02AFAAC E2A3CFF9 95CE69DA 9CA6CD88 .ͦ.ÚiÎ.ùÏ£â¬ú*о1­..éÜâ­ËÜâ­ÙÝ­ 000040
- C8838CC6 A38CC4B4 8CC2D48C C0F48C4B CF99149D 48D27834 9D6F449D 44D54954 TIÕD.Do.4xÒH...ÏK.ôÀ.ÔÂ.´Ä.£Æ..È 000060
- D85C0C2D 4C8DD168 FD692C29 3D5A0466 41B0C5A9 4D4C8D0C 6DB7CD14 9CCB449C .DË..Í·m..LM©Å°Af.Z=),iýhÑ.L-.\Ø 000080
- ADC226AC C1189CC1 0A9CC0C0 9AC10F9C 29FCC098 C39B58AC 88C68988 6C79CB66 fËyl..Æ.¬X.Ã.Àü)..Á.ÀÀ..Á..Á¬&­ 0000A0
- 87ABB940 FC603C43 4C1F0767 C9A05B4D 9E3C3C0D 5CAD17E0 C7D7E4CC AAECD669 iÖìªÌä×Çà.­\.<<.M[.Ég..LC<`ü@¹«. 0000C0
- 148BB798 068BB788 985A8B89 183B8B8A 56838AB1 38576939 4B9BB9B6 B1B2B5BA ºµ²±¶¹.K9iW8±..V..;...Z..·...·.. 0000E0
- BA9AABB9 B99BB8BA ABE2B6B0 BBB0E8B6 BAABE2B8 B99BB99A ABBA999B CF8BB998 .¹.Ï..º«.¹.¹¸â«º¶è°»°¶â«º¸.¹¹«.º 000100
- 3DC9AA64 5C7B449C 5B339C96 32C3A8B1 C1389BC1 588BC078 8BEF8BB9 C89BB9F9 ù¹.ȹ.ï.xÀ.XÁ.8Á±¨Ã2..3[.D{\dªÉ= 000120
- 7CB1B5BC 382B5DFB 8CEB9CEB ACDBBCBB EC9B2C5C 8C9DDAB7 7DDBC65D E2DD44DE ÞDÝâ]ÆÛ}·Ú..\,.컼۬ë.ë.û]+8¼µ±| 000140
- 77D77C5F F77C3F17 7DE682D0 27F87C74 CF47E86C 95CC67B8 7CA7C996 7A6C2A2B +*lz.ɧ|¸gÌ.lèGÏt|ø'Ð.æ}.?|÷_|×w 000160
- 62A0BDB3 CFBBC8C1 C2B0B1B0 BD999BBA D88BB718 8CB4577C B2777CB0 977C79CB Ëy|.°|w²|W´..·.غ..½°±°ÂÁȻϳ½.b 000180
- C3B5B06A ACB3EAAD C1EE0DDB 1DCB3DAB 9D4B4E4D 9B5DB467 FD68434A E3E90768 h.éãJChýg´].MNK.«=Ë.Û.îÁ­ê³¬j°µÃ 0001A0
- A1BBA93B A2BB9A3B A2BC893B A3BC6A3B A4BD494B A5BE1A4B A6BFB057 A8C1B9A9 ©¹Á¨W°¿¦K.¾¥KI½¤;j¼£;.¼¢;.»¢;©»¡ 0001C0
- 8EB3BCB3 B6B1BEB1 B80AACCA 9EABBFB0 E3B9EA1B 2BAE9BBD B2BACA2B A1BABA3B ;ºº¡+ʺ²½.®+.ê¹ã°¿«.ʬ.¸±¾±¶³¼³. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 15 (0000000F), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 02600200 D978ADD5 3C1D5D3E CDD57A8D D9A663FD 641D25F1 F403692C C0C3374C L7ÃÀ,i.ôñ%.dýc¦Ù.zÕÍ>].<Õ­xÙ..`. 000000
- DB630782 22293D5A 046A48C0 8470D1D3 5CAD22E0 D65BCDD4 D1D2D7E4 291D5D70 p].)ä×ÒÑÔÍ[Öà"­\ÓÑp.ÀHj.Z=)"..cÛ 000020
- 6DA3DB37 E0ABCDD9 D1D7D8D0 E4D3D5E5 2D00E68D DCAACDD8 D1E5D8AC ADDCE86D mèÜ­¬ØåÑØͪÜ.æ.-åÕÓäÐØ×ÑÙÍ«à7Û£m 000040
- B0309DD9 D1D5D5D1 77C7B796 B787B769 B75AA83C A93CB82C B9FCA1AC 92D13829 )8Ñ.¬¡ü¹,¸<©<¨Z·i·.·.·ÇwÑÕÕÑÙ.0° 000060
- C34AAE01 1AED1AB0 19008C01 C216804C 0E01C315 50C367FD 68404698 84076BC8 Èk...F@hýgÃP.Ã..L..Â....°.í..®JÃ 000080
- 45ACD455 ACD365AC D275ACD0 77ACCF87 ACCE88AC CC7BACC9 C2C76A6C 6CACC1CE ÎÁ¬lljÇÂɬ{̬.ά.ϬwЬuÒ¬eÓ¬UÔ¬E 0000A0
- 4CAABDA5 DB69CA7D A7DC86CA 5DA9DBA5 AA5DABD9 05ACD815 ACD725AC D635ACD5 Õ¬5Ö¬%׬.ج.Ù«]ª¥Û©]Ê.ܧ}ÊiÛ¥½ªL 0000C0
- 4ABDABD5 9B5B0D7C C0D66BC1 D6C0247C BD338CBD 418C5D1C 9A3D2C9A 2D3CAA0D .ª<-.,=..].A½.3½|$ÀÖÁkÖÀ|.[.Õ«½J 0000E0
- EA0C4CAC CF4BACCF C0C30ABD C30A0D2C ACD12BAC D21BACD2 C0C03ABD C03A0DBC ¼.:À½:ÀÀÒ¬.Ò¬+Ѭ,..ý.ÃÀϬKϬL.ê 000100
- 0C6C2C9C ACC8C1C9 9A0C9CAC CAC0C8FA CBC0C7CA BCC7CA0C 6CACCD6B ACCDC0C5 ÅÀͬkͬl.ÊǼÊÇÀËúÈÀʬ...ÉÁȬ.,l. 000120
- 6BCDD5D1 D3D7E42A 2D5DD267 FD681E25 F1F4036C 1CC0006D D2E4765C 2C4C3C8C .<L,\väÒm.À.l.ôñ%.hýgÒ]-*ä×ÓÑÕÍk 000140
- D7D7D3D8 D32BFDAD DE1A5DD2 40FD4168 6FD4DE0B 6D7CC089 80D1D46C AD49E0D7 ×àI­lÔÑ..À|m.ÞÔohAý@Ò].Þ­ý+ÓØÓ×× 000160
- D1D64A3D A7D443D7 D1294D99 D254D7D2 CAB4CA64 D7D37B15 BD57785D 7D4D7D9D .}M}]xW½.{Ó×dÊ´ÊÒ×TÒ.M)Ñ×CÔ§=JÖÑ 000180
- D8AA2DA2 DA128AAD D9239A3D A1D9893D 94D8238B ADD7437A 3DC2D869 3D96D633 3Ö.=iØÂ=zC×­.#Ø.=.Ù¡=.#Ù­..Ú¢-ªØ 0001A0
- DAD1DAD1 D4CCCDDC 6CADDEEA AD18E0D7 DABDDD3B 7EADDCCC CDE2D8B9 3D91DBD0 ÐÛ.=¹ØâÍÌÜ­~;ݽÚ×à.­êÞ­lÜÍÌÔÑÚÑÚ 0001C0
- 85D7D5D7 797D3DBD D2DF1A5D D240FD41 434AE3E9 076E54C0 11701170 11408ED1 Ñ.@.p.p.ÀTn.éãJCAý@Ò].ßÒ½=}y×Õ×. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 16 (00000010), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 0200D913 9A9DD823 8BADD723 8C9DD633 D1D64A3D 741D9DD2 54D7D2CA 64D7D37B {Ó×dÊÒ×TÒ..t=JÖÑ3Ö..#×­.#Ø...Ù.. 000000
- 7011408E D1DAD1D4 CCCDD6EA AD18E0D7 DABDE3D7 CACDE2D8 B90D8DAD DA128AAD ­..Ú­..¹ØâÍÊ×ã½Ú×à.­êÖÍÌÔÑÚÑ.@.p 000020
- CAB77CC8 D78CC408 7DC2379D 98D6CADB C411A0CC 41FC433A 434C1F07 6F81B011 .°.o..LC:CüAÌ..ÄÛÊÖ..7Â}.Ä.×È|·Ê 000040
- D6FA95D6 F987D688 499D89D4 F88BD218 7CD2278C D0388CCE 587CCE77 7CCC977C |.Ì|wÎ|XÎ.8Ð.'Ò|.Ò.øÔ..I.Ö.ùÖ.úÖ 000060
- D2B8299D 99D4F9A7 D46A699D A5D62A3E 6BBDA2D8 1AE38BBD EBA1D84A 3E899DA4 ¤..>JØ¡ë½.ã.Ø¢½k>*Ö¥.ijÔ§ùÔ..)¸Ò 000080
- CAD68929 9DC0F98C C4D87CC8 B77CCA97 7CCC777C CE578CCE 388CD018 9CD0098C ..Ð..Ð.8Î.WÎ|wÌ|.Ê|·È|ØÄ.ùÀ.).ÖÊ 0000A0
- C8C38A67 C8C5C988 7C5CACC3 CF2A5CC3 40FD5E42 4AE3E907 70ABB0CC 0A01C6DA ÚÆ..Ì°«p.éãJB^ý@Ã\*Ïì\|.ÉÅÈg.ÃÈ 0000C0
- D15B9CD1 5BACCFC0 C6DA1C7C 9CCCC3C7 A94C116C 9CC824C8 C04A5C83 2C9CC146 FÁ.,.\JÀÈ$È.l.L©ÇÃÌ.|.ÚÆÀϬ[Ñ.[Ñ 0000E0
- 3ABE7AAD BAD7BABE 7AADBBD6 3A0EACD6 0ABCD5FA C15AAD2F ACD4FAC3 3AAD4FAC ¬O­:ÃúÔ¬/­ZÁúÕ¼.Ö¬.:Ö»­z¾º×º­z¾: 000100
- ACD04BAC D14BACD2 3AACD32A BCD32AAC D41ABCD4 1AACD5FA C05BADC0 6AADBBD6 Ö»­jÀ­[ÀúÕ¬.Ô¼.Ô¬*Ó¼*Ó¬:Ò¬KѬKЬ 000120
- 7CEABC77 A5CC1A5C A4CB594C A3CA794C A2C9A93C A1C8C91C 7C9CCDC1 C6F90C5C \.ùÆÁÍ.|.ÉÈ¡<©É¢LyÊ£LYˤ\.Ì¥w¼ê| 000140
- 9CCC40FC 5E424697 840771AB B0D8D2E4 10209C01 C01BA0C8 6E9DC12A 5D9C0A9D ...]*Á.nÈ..À.. .äÒØ°«q...FB^ü@Ì. 000160
- 7C34CB89 7C35C999 6C37C7A9 6C48C4B9 6C49C1D9 5C6BB7CE 158C0C5D C3C4D274 tÒÄÃ]...ηk\ÙÁIl¹ÄHl©Ç7l.É5|.Ë4| 000180
- C05AAD1F ACD41BAC D42ABCD2 2BBCD23A 0C0CAD4F 8C41CE5A 8C32CE69 8C42CC79 yÌB.iÎ2.ZÎA.O­..:Ò¼+Ò¼*Ô¬.Ô¬.­ZÀ 0001A0
- C25AAD1F ACD5FBC0 6AADC06A BDE3ABD7 BA7ABDEB AAD7BA6A BDE2ABD6 FAC05ABD ½ZÀúÖ«â½jº×ªë½zº×«ã½jÀ­jÀûÕ¬.­Z 0001C0
- 3A749CC9 2A949CC8 1AB49CC7 C2CC6A1C ECACC5C0 D0590C0C ADC42BAD 3FACD4FA úÔ¬?­+Ä­..YÐÀŬì.jÌÂÇ.´.È..*É.t: 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 17 (00000011), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 4D0E01C2 1900BC01 8AEC1CA0 C259AD4B 1CAD98FC AC67A8CD 5A159CCC 4A44ACCA ʬDJÌ..Zͨg¬ü.­.K­YÂ..ì..¼..Â..M 000000
- 47741D78 54D76256 763DD277 4D9CD27C 5BD240FD 412D341F 8A057245 C0200200 .. ÀEr...4-Aý@Ò[|Ò.MwÒ=vVb×Tx.tG 000020
- 5E014B4E 012C1E3D D3CC070D BDC9D0BA 3AA1BA3A B1B939C2 B848126D 7B34D791 .×4{m.H¸Â9¹±:º¡:ºÐɽ..ÌÓ=.,.NK.^ 000040
- 084CA41C 3C574C2C BBC341FC 432B3461 9E057397 B0C01440 9E2D3D01 5C016A01 .j.\.=-.@.À°.s..a4+CüAû,LW<.¤L. 000060
- F844D047 F57C4FF5 6C5FE66C 65CD66C7 6C76CC75 A86C97C8 866A6CB9 C3A72597 .%§Ã¹lj.È.l¨uÌvlÇfÍelæ_lõO|õGÐDø 000080
- CEC5D0C4 D1C4D0C4 D0C4D0C5 CFC7CDCA CACEC5D2 C2D3C0D5 5AD4AC44 CEF944CF ÏDùÎD¬ÔZÕÀÓÂÒÅÎÊÊÍÇÏÅÐÄÐÄÐÄÑÄÐÅÎ 0000A0
- 1816FDC2 D2E2C1D3 1F2CFDC2 D1C2D2C2 D1140A4D B1D4C0D4 C1D2C5CF C8CCCCC8 ÈÌÌÈÏÅÒÁÔÀÔ±M..ÑÂÒÂÑÂý,.ÓÁâÒÂý.. 0000C0
- BCA3C939 98794677 C2466566 5C6265C8 1546A6BC 63CC3AE5 9C62CE29 F68C61D0 Ða.ö)Îb.å:Ìc¼¦F.Èeb\feFÂwFy.9É£¼ 0000E0
- ADD4F9D5 F8D6277E 6DE2D855 9E4DE7C5 5BFE5D2A 341F8A05 744DB040 ACC3025C \.ì@°Mt...4*]þ[ÅçM.UØâm~'ÖøÕùÔ­ 000100
- C3339CC2 34AC1F4C C4193CC5 094CC51A ECD43AED C2DBE273 7DD5CFC1 D1C0D23B ;ÒÀÑÁÏÕ}sâÛÂí:Ôì.ÅL.Å<.ÄL.¬4Â.3Ã 000120
- 40FD4243 4AE3E907 755DC08A D4C1D0C4 CD54AA3C 99C8B369 4CABC513 9CC414AC ¬.Ä..Å«Li³È.<ªTÍÄÐÁÔ.À]u.éãJCBý@ 000140
- D7DBADE3 D7EAAD17 E0D7DBBD D6CCCDD5 D1DAD1D3 D7D4D7E4 2A9D2D2D 5D1350D2 ÒP.]--.*ä×Ô×ÓÑÚÑÕÍÌÖ½Û×à.­ê×ã­Û× 000160
- D4781D3D 639DD83C 738DD92B 839DD91A 939DD91A B29DD8D0 DB89CDDC 89CDDCFA úÜÍ.ÜÍ.ÛÐØ.².Ù...Ù..+Ù.s<Ø.c=.xÔ 000180
- 3FFE4141 46988407 768CB8AA D0BA7DAD D4D7D788 5D7D7D85 3B7D5D14 9DD2D744 D×Ò..]};.}}].××Ô­}ºÐª¸.v...FAAþ? 0001A0
- BCCED4AC CDD5BCCC F4ACBF5C CF9B6CD0 FAC7F9BC C5DB1C1C 4CAC3C8C CAC2D1E4 äÑÂÊ.<¬L..ÛżùÇúÐl.Ï\¿¬ô̼ÕͬÔμ 0001C0
- 44BCD654 AC5F4DC6 4B4DC7FA D384BCD2 94ACD195 BCD0A4BC D0B4ACCF B5BCCEC4 ÄμµÏ¬´Ð¼¤Ð¼.Ѭ.Ò¼.ÓúÇMKÆM_¬TÖ¼D 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 18 (00000012), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 0B0174FA 5DB7DE84 EB4DA9DD 95CB4DBA DCB4BA5D BBDA14AC 9F5DC18B 4DC3FAD7 ×úÃM.Á].¬.Ú»]º´ÜºMË.Ý©Më.Þ·]út.. 000000
- 90E21BB0 E219102C 7E01C316 40A15F01 244B0134 FA1340B4 1240A51F 02000164 d....¥@.´@.ú4.K$._¡@.Ã.~,..â°.â. 000020
- 0C7C0C1C 4C5C3C5C 3C7CCBF9 5CCFE43F FE415B60 A7490A77 0EB9D225 FE01F71D .÷.þ%Ò¹.w.I§`[Aþ?äÏ\ùË|<\<\L..|. 000040
- ACC9AB4C CBAAACCA C4ACC99A 5CCC9ABC C8C5ACCA 7A7CCC9A ACC6B9AC C93B0C9C ..;ɬ¹Æ¬.Ì|zʬÅȼ.Ì\.ɬÄʬªËL«É¬ 000060
- 6CACCF74 1C6CBCCE 741C7CAC CE84BCC8 DA5CC88B BCCC94BC C9CA4CCA 9AACCBA5 ¥Ë¬.ÊLÊɼ.̼.È\Úȼ.ά|.tμl.tϬl 000080
- 24BCD234 AC43C22B 4DC41A35 ACD244AC 41C41A4D C51A44BC D0642C5C ACD0641C .dЬ\,dмD.ÅM.ÄA¬DÒ¬5.ÄM+ÂC¬4Ò¼$ 0000A0
- 7AA46B4D AB47ABD6 04AC55AB D505AC45 C04B4DC1 5A14ACD4 24AC53C1 3A5DC23A :Â]:ÁS¬$Ô¬.ZÁMKÀE¬.Õ«U¬.Ö«G«Mk¤z 0000C0
- A64BA6DB 74BA64AB 4DA74BA7 DA849A84 9A5DA849 B8D8949A 948A4DAA 47AAD7A5 ¥×ªGªM....ظI¨]....Ú§K§M«dºtÛ¦K¦ 0000E0
- A1DF253A 4CB2DE34 3A4CB2DE 441A5CA3 DE441A4C A4DD541A 4CB4DC64 BA55CA4D MÊUºdÜ´L.TݤL.DÞ£\.DÞ²L:4Þ²L:%ß¡ 000100
- 019BBC4F 01C0C7C0 13107C1C FC12205C 2C1C01C3 C5C31040 A1C5140A 01243A5C \:$...Å¡@.ÃÅÃ..,\ .ü.|..ÀÇÀ.O¼.. 000120
- 40454698 840778B3 B0CFF55C AF01D66C 9F01D77C 1880CBF8 1790CBF9 16A0C95A ZÉ..ùË..øË..|×..lÖ.¯\õÏ°³x...FE@ 000140
- BCD865BC D6660C4C 7DC73B8D C80BADC8 C0CDC1C6 C2C8C6C3 C6C1CD1B 4D1E3F00 .?.M.ÍÁÆÃÆÈÂÆÁÍÀÈ­.È.;Ç}L.fÖ¼eؼ 000160
- 50B31550 043C0165 3B01751B 0185C0DF A5FB4D0B DC5DC0CB 5DC2BB4D C3C0D945 EÙÀÃM»Â]ËÀ]Ü.Mû¥ßÀ...u.;e.<.P.³P 000180
- 1A20CC01 C11C00EC 01FB01EB 01C01EB0 1FB01D10 BC01C21B 309C01C5 1750B217 .²P.Å..0.Â.¼..°.°.À.ë.û.ì..Á.Ì . 0001A0
- BDC1D5BD 5BDEC05A DF9B1501 7B2501C0 5613B055 15B05316 002C8401 1B9501C3 Ã.....,..S°.U°.VÀ.%{...ßZÀÞ[½ÕÁ½ 0001C0
- C0CADA0C AC8CD0AB 7CD29B6C D3C0C855 BDC775BD C6750D4C 5CD93B5C DAC0C2B5 µÂÀÚ\;Ù\L.uƽuǽUÈÀÓl.Ò|«Ð.¬.ÚÊÀ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 19 (00000013), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 4C9C4C8C CAC2D1E4 3FFE5E41 46988407 79D2B820 1DEC4C9E C6C6C6C5 C2C9C1CB ËÁÉÂÅÆÆÆ.Lì. ¸Òy...FA^þ?äÑÂÊ.L.L 000000
- CBEB4CCC EB4CCDDA 5CCDCB4C CECB4CCF BA5CCF9B 6CD0FAC8 F8BC0200 C5DB1C1C ..ÛÅ..¼øÈúÐl.Ï\ºÏLËÎLËÍ\ÚÍLëÌLëË 000020
- 4DC37A5D C36B4DC4 6B4DC55A 5DC54B4D C7FAD375 BCD294AC 1F4DCA0B 4DCBFA5C \úËM.ÊM.¬.Ò¼uÓúÇMKÅ]ZÅMkÄMkÃ]zÃM 000040
- 01550B01 640B0174 FA5DB7DE 94FADDA4 CB4DABBF 4DC0AB4D C19A5DC1 8B4DC28B .ÂM.Á].ÁM«ÀM¿«MˤÝú.Þ·]út..d..U. 000060
- E21D90E2 1BB0E219 102C7E01 C31640A1 5F01244B 01343A01 352B0144 2B01541A .T.+D.+5.:4.K$._¡@.Ã.~,..â°.â..â 000080
- C1A94DC2 A94DC3A7 4D0F0205 02F42050 20400F02 0502F420 5020400F 02F51F70 p.õ..@ P ô....@ P ô....M§ÃM©ÂM©Á 0000A0
- C018304C 01662601 A50501B5 F55D8ADE A4D94DBA DBA5BB4D BBDAB5AB 4DC09B5D ].ÀM«µÚ»M»¥ÛºMÙ¤Þ.]õµ..¥.&f.L0.À 0000C0
- 66DB6CB6 CC57BB9C A5CA4B7B 2C3C1120 3E3FFC40 303BB554 067A93B0 5001B701 .·.P°.z.Tµ;0@ü?> .<,{KÊ¥.»W̶lÛf 0000E0
- BCC714BC C8F4C09B 4CC0AA4C BBC9A5AB 5C9FBB5C A9CC85CB 4CB8CC85 DA5CB7CC Ì·\Ú.̸LË.Ì©\».\«¥É»LªÀL.Àôȼ.Ǽ 000100
- 74BCC274 ACC364BC D8FBD89B ADD98BBD D99ABDD8 FBD89BAD D98BBDC6 34ACC724 $Ǭ4ƽ.Ù­.Øûؽ.Ù½.Ù­.Øûؼdìt¼t 000120
- 57CD8AC5 BC58CB9B C4BC49CB ABB4AC4B CABB94BC 5BC9BB94 BCC094AC C184BCC1 Á¼.Á¬.À¼.»É[¼.»ÊK¬´«ËI¼Ä.ËX¼Å.ÍW 000140
- 69E60800 52982201 E2327CBC B3CB4AC9 BC84CC4B D8BC74CD 5BE6AC66 CD6BD5BC ¼ÕkÍf¬æ[Ít¼ØKÌ.¼ÉJ˳¼|2â.".R..æi 000160
- 8AB9A2A6 892B6A0A 7A2B6A2A 5A2B6A4A 3A3B5A9A DA6A3AAA 4DD9E365 FB664753 SGfûeãÙMª:jÚ.Z;:Jj+Z*j+z.j+.¦¢¹. 000180
- A4F42B6A 4E5ABEA2 5F4ABEA2 5F5ABDA2 E2A5C62B FAA5B72B 6A6ABBA2 A6A72B6A j+§¦¢»jj+·¥ú+ƥ⢽Z_¢¾J_¢¾ZNj+ô¤ 0001A0
- 803F6D5F 4DA767FA 68626FD4 DE0B0121 71B4BFE4 C1A8CDA4 D0A2A3D2 4EC0A2E3 ã¢ÀNÒ£¢Ð¤Í¨Áä¿´q!..ÞÔobhúg§M_m?. 0001C0
- 2F6C5835 5C58446C 38555C38 645C2875 5C1884AC 988CF8CB 86E2CD84 FF2CF8D1 Ñø,..Íâ.Ëø..¬..\u(\d8\U8lDX\5Xl/ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 20 (00000014), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 58B98587 A46B5858 BB8585C4 5B4858BD 8583E45B 2858BF85 81045C08 58C18547 G.ÁX.\...¿X([ä..½XH[Ä..»XXk¤..¹X 000000
- 868F155B F848B285 8E355BD8 48B4858C 555BB848 B6858A75 02005B98 488F6B78 xk.H.[..u..¶H¸[U..´HØ[5..²Hø[... 000020
- 8599845A 8859A985 97A45A68 59AB8595 C45A4859 AD8593F4 AE8691F5 5A1849B0 °I.Zõ..®ô..­YHZÄ..«YhZ¤..©Y.Z... 000040
- 85A2F559 184AA085 A0155AF8 49A2859E 355AD849 4F6AB859 A5859B64 6A9859A7 §Y.jd..¥Y¸jOIØZ5..¢IøZ....J.Yõ¢. 000060
- 85AB6459 A85A9785 A9845988 5A9985A7 F49A86A5 B559584A 9C86A3D5 59384A9E .J8YÕ£..JXYµ¥..ô§..Z.Y.©..Z¨Yd«. 000080
- 85B4D558 384B8E85 B2F55818 4B0F69F8 5A9185AF 2469D85A 9385AD44 59C85A95 .ZÈYD­..ZØi$¯..Zøi.K.Xõ²..K8XÕ´. 0000A0
- 85BD4458 C85B8585 BBF48686 B9755898 4B8886B7 9558784B 8A85B6B5 58584B8C .KXXµ¶..KxX.·..K.Xu¹..ô»..[ÈXD½. 0000C0
- 66F96858 673D140B 02F4A06C 10D83FD6 E245FD27 0D58085C 8185BF24 58E85B83 .[èX$¿..\.X.'ýEâÖ?Ø.l.ô...=gXhùf 0000E0
- 799CCA59 9CCC399C CE199CD1 D99BD49A ABD75AAB DBB00A0B 01BF1690 DB01B1CB ˱.Û..¿...°Û«Z׫.Ô.ÙÑ..Î.9Ì.YÊ.y 000100
- B67AADB8 5AADB9B0 D3B0BA3A ADBC1AAD BE199DC0 F99CC1DA ACC2BAAC C49AACC7 Ǭ.ĬºÂ¬ÚÁ.ùÀ..¾­.¼­:º°Ó°¹­Z¸­z¶ 000120
- 15FB1D2B 7EB0DFB0 18DB1DFB 09DB0DFB B0B0DBB0 2F0B9B0D FBB49AAD B5B0D7B0 °×°µ­.´û.../°Û°°û.Û.û.Û.°ß°~+.û. 000140
- F1B248CB 84E2BF38 8DE9BF48 CB84B2E2 118BB44C 18FB221B 01B2E213 1B01B1E3 ã±...â².."û.L´..â².ËH¿é.8¿â.ËH²ñ 000160
- B0B0DDB0 9FB1DDB1 8FB0DFB0 17FB1D2B 5EB11110 2B3EB211 203B2EB1 48CB84B1 ±.ËH±.; .²>+..±^+.û.°ß°.±Ý±.°Ý°° 000180
- FA9BD1E9 ABD1CAAB D3AAABD5 FAB87AAD B6B0D7B0 B59AADB4 B0D9B02F 0BBB0DFB û.»./°Ù°´­.µ°×°¶­z¸úÕ«ªÓ«ÊÑ«éÑ.ú 0001A0
- ADB57AAD B94A9DBD 199DC1E9 9CC3C99C C599ACC7 6AACC94A ACCB2AAC CD0AACCF Ϭ.ͬ*ˬJɬjǬ.Å.ÉÃ.éÁ..½.J¹­zµ­ 0001C0
- 9DE31170 E21350E2 BD67FC68 535CEFE2 0903F690 B01CDB01 B916F00B 01B00ABB ».°..ð.¹.Û.°.ö..âï\Shüg½âP.âp.ã. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 21 (00000015), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 55D3A245 D4A3445F 2D3AF4D6 A342D6A3 51D7A241 D8A79F5D 2ABE3D3A DE1D2AFE þ*.Þ:=¾*].§ØA¢×Q£ÖB£Öô:-_D£ÔE¢ÓU 000000
- A2C43C1A 5ACDA2A1 E43C0A4A CEA359CF A2490F3D 8A140200 2D7AF4D2 A346D2A3 £ÒF£Òôz-....=.I¢ÏY£ÎJ.<ä¡¢ÍZ.<Ä¢ 000020
- C5A2A9F4 C6A3A874 2C7A4A8F 3C6A4AC8 A3A5952C 5A4AAF3C 4A4ACBA2 A3F4CCA3 £Ìô£¢ËJJ<¯JZ,.¥£ÈJj<.Jz,t¨£Æô©¢Å 000040
- A3B0E43B FA5ABFA2 AFF4C0A3 AE142CDA 4A2F3CCA 4AC2A3AB 352CBA4A C4A3AAF4 ôª£ÄJº,5«£ÂJÊ</JÚ,.®£Àô¯¢¿Zú;ä°£ 000060
- B7F4B8A3 B6843B5A 5BB9A2B5 A43B4A4B BF2B3A4B CF3B2A4B BCA3B1D5 2B1A4BBE ¾K.+Õ±£¼K*;ÏK:+¿KJ;¤µ¢¹[Z;.¶£¸ô· 000080
- F4B1A2BD F4B2A3BC 243BBA5B B3A2BB44 3BAA4BB4 A3B9552B 9A4B6F3B 8A4BB7A2 ¢·K.;oK.+U¹£´Kª;D»¢³[º;$¼£²ô½¢±ô 0000A0
- 5A5ACA3B 8A3AFA9B AAA3BFC8 2A0A6CAD A2C0E53A 0A4CAEA3 BFF52AFA 4BB0A3BE ¾£°Kú*õ¿£®L.:åÀ¢­l.*È¿£ª.ú:.;ÊZZ 0000C0
- A46D9ED8 351E844D 62D42610 801E65FA 664C5910 7F090436 90B8ADB0 E4988A7B {..ä°­¸.6....YLfúe...&ÔbM..5Ø.m¤ 0000E0
- 1010802E 277D52D6 25844D51 D8E3A94D E7760540 C254EEAA 8CEE4AC2 542E4900 .I.TÂJî.ªîTÂ@.vçM©ãØQM.%ÖR}'.... 000100
- CAC2D9C2 CDC0DBC0 3BE0CDC1 DBC1CAC3 DBC31A1A 0065FB66 596486AD 0A0525B8 ¸%..­.dYfûe...ÃÛÃÊÁÛÁÍà;ÀÛÀÍÂÙÂÊ 000120
- B6959549 5B499FAE 95544DD4 E365F966 5160A749 0A06F288 A01DAC4D AEC6D5C6 ÆÕÆ®M¬...ò..I§`QfùeãÔMT.®.I[I..¶ 000140
- A65BF991 A75B0979 BB9588BA 9590A85B 8990BA95 17995B79 92B99546 894B6996 .iK.F.¹.y[...º..[¨..º..»y.[§.ù[¦ 000160
- 9598545B 8949B695 97745BF9 96845BF9 95855B49 59B9954F 59B99593 A55BF992 .ù[¥..¹YO.¹YI[..ù[..ù[t..¶I.[T.. 000180
- 95BF5CB9 5CF9CB95 CB95BF5C F9CB95CB 95BF5CB9 5CA9F944 5B99F954 5B8949B6 ¶I.[Tù.[Dù©\¹\¿.Ë.Ëù\¿.Ë.Ëù\¹\¿. 0001A0
- B6054AB5 354DD325 5DD2354D D3255DD2 354DD325 6DD1080D E91CD93C B95CF9CB Ëù\¹<Ù.é..Ñm%ÓM5Ò]%ÓM5Ò]%ÓM5µJ.¶ 0001C0
- 9459BC95 59BBA549 BBB549BA C549BAD4 49B9D549 B8E549B7 E549B8F4 49B7F549 Iõ·Iô¸Iå·Iå¸IÕ¹IÔºIźIµ»I¥»Y.¼Y. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 22 (00000016), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- E95B9290 BE3589BF 4479BF45 79BE5569 BE6569BE 7459BE75 59BD8559 BC8559BD ½Y.¼Y.½Yu¾Yt¾ie¾iU¾yE¿yD¿.5¾..[é 000000
- A0444DD3 25FD256D D1F7494B 98995B68 B95B9094 0200BC15 29E94B92 91BE2509 .%¾..Ké).¼....[¹h[..KI÷Ñm%ý%ÓMD. 000020
- BDC0B0BD C1BDB2BB C3BBB5B7 C7B7B9B3 CBB3BD19 9DB266F9 6758673D 140B0786 ....=gXgùf²..½³Ë³¹·Ç·µ»Ã»²½Á½°À½ 000040
- B0B3B0B6 38481B3B 1B4B8BA4 3A5B3BAB 5AC5B7C5 469C4B7C C3B9C319 BC1BACC0 À¬.¼.ùÃ|K.FÅ·ÅZ«;[:¤.K.;.H8¶°³° 000060
- FC188C88 C19FBF89 F9ABBEA9 E95B51BD A9D95B52 BC199BBC 25A6ABB1 AA6B82B6 ¶.kª±«¦%¼..¼R[Ù©½Q[驾«ù.¿.Á...ü 000080
- 2010CBED 20306BEE 01B5DF01 2727CE01 28F81B70 741A8084 9F016777 4CC26828 (hÂLwg.....tp.ø(.Î''.ßµ.îk0 íË. 0000A0
- 36C0EC37 104D03D5 25F001E4 D665F966 5160A749 0A08D2C0 B01B4DEE 7DDB01B3 ³.Û}îM.°ÀÒ..I§`QfùeÖä.ð%Õ.M.7ìÀ6 0000C0
- ADDBC90C 9DDEAABC 1A0199AC 49017A8C 7A014B5C CB01DBC1 21400127 C00D03D2 Ò..À'.@!ÁÛ.Ë\K.z.z.I¬...¼ªÞ..ÉÛ­ 0000E0
- 7CBDB9D5 6CBDBF4B CDD50BAD D45CADD2 3ACDD44A ADD23CAD D61ACDD2 8AADD01C .Э.ÒÍ.Ö­<Ò­JÔÍ:Ò­\Ô­.ÕÍK¿½lÕ¹½| 000100
- 2D8CCDD9 1C0F8DCD D9D0E9C1 D89CCD2F D0D78C0D 3D7CCDD8 2C5E6CCD D7FCB7D6 Ö·ü×Íl^,ØÍ|=..×Ð/Í.ØÁéÐÙÍ...ÙÍ.- 000120
- 2AADD45C ADD04BCD D5BB5BCD D6FBB9D6 7CBDC7D6 7CCD5F7C CDD82C3E D0D78C0D ..×Ð>,ØÍ|_Í|Öǽ|Ö¹ûÖÍ[»ÕÍKЭ\Ô­* 000140
- 7A8C4A01 99AC1901 AABCEA9D CCD0B9AD D01CADD8 1ACDD26A ADD23CAD D43ACDD4 ÔÍ:Ô­<Ò­jÒÍ.Ø­.Э¹ÐÌ.꼪..¬..J.z 000160
- 09B6C050 FD01E425 504D03D1 37C0EC37 200D03DC 27400121 B01DCC01 4B5C7B01 .{\K.Ì.°!.@'Ü.. 7ìÀ7Ñ.MP%ä.ýPÀ¶. 000180
- CDD81490 CDD911B0 CDDBD119 C0EC3E10 BD03D52C F001E4D9 65F96658 673D140B ..=gXfùeÙä.ð,Õ.½.>ìÀ.ÑÛÍ°.ÙÍ..ØÍ 0001A0
- 4C0DFDD3 5CCDD5FC D2D0D55C 0DFDD0D0 D66C0DFD 1B6DCDD6 D1287DCD D7D2438D .CÒ×Í}(ÑÖÍm.ý.lÖÐÐý.\ÕÐÒüÕÍ\Óý.L 0001C0
- 2CBDAFCD D22CCD9F BDD33CBD 8FCDD33C CDE3D74B CDD4FBD6 4CCDD42C EDD4D0D4 ÔÐÔí,ÔÍLÖûÔÍK×ãÍ<ÓÍ.½<Ó½.Í,Òͯ½, 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 23 (00000017), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- BABC4A01 BBBC3B01 CACC2A01 CBCC0B01 0BCDD0FB DE1BCDD1 FBDC1CCD D1BCBDD2 Ò½¼ÑÍ.ÜûÑÍ.ÞûÐÍ...ÌË.*ÌÊ.;¼».J¼º 000000
- 5B023B3C 2B025A5C 0A026A6C EA01898C C9010200 999CA901 9A9C8A01 AAAC6A01 .j¬ª.....©.....É...êlj..\Z.+<;.[ 000020
- 5360A749 0A0A03A1 90FD01E4 2C50BD03 D13EC0D0 AE03D932 F0DD0213 90021B1C ......Ýð2Ù.®ÐÀ>Ñ.½P,ä.ý.¡...I§`S 000040
- C82AACC6 5AACC28A ACC0BAAC BCFA0C6B 0B3B1D0B 1B7B4DDC CD6B01B2 C866FA67 gúfȲ.kÍÜM{...;.k.ú¼¬ºÀ¬.¬ZƬ*È 000060
- D6B1B0B0 D6B0B2B0 D4B04F0B 2B0D6B0B 0B0D8BAB D0AAABCE CAABCCEA ABCA0AAC ¬.Ê«êÌ«ÊΫªÐ«....k.+.O°Ô°²°Ö°°±Ö 000080
- B2E214CB 1DFB23CB 2DAB3EB1 DCB14FB2 DAB25FB1 DAB1E217 8B1DFB09 8B0DABB1 ±«...û...â±Ú±_²Ú²O±Ü±>«-Ë#û.Ë.â² 0000A0
- FAB4B0D4 B02F0B6B 0DFBB0B1 D6B10A8B 0D9BB1D8 B1E2278B 2D6BB1DA B15FB2DA Ú²_±Ú±k-.'â±Ø±....±Ö±°û.k./°Ô°´ú 0000C0
- F7C4C77C 2F8CCC08 8CCEF8BE E99CBD08 8DBC099D BA0AADB9 299DB82A AD6FABD4 Ô«o­*¸.)¹­.º..¼..½.é¾øÎ..Ì./|ÇÄ÷ 0000E0
- 24545BC4 554BF164 5BC4658B B5655CB5 F4B8666C CA866C8F 7CC8776C CA667CCA Ê|fÊlwÈ|.l.Êlf¸ôµ\eµ.eÄ[dñKUÄ[T$ 000100
- B7044CB7 F444B624 4CB63465 4BC2645B 42B7244C B724645B C2654B42 B6444CB6 ¶LD¶BKeÂ[d$·L$·B[dÂKe4¶L$¶Dô·L.· 000120
- 85B0E4EB EB2B7EBF BEBFE4E6 0BEC5B57 3BC0537B 54B7033C B745654B C0645B44 D[dÀKeE·<.·T{SÀ;W[ì.æ俾¿~+ëëä°. 000140
- A77CC987 7CCB677C CD477CCF 088CD288 58AD9C4D FCADCB60 FB623843 4C1F0730 0..LC8bû`Ë­üM.­X.Ò..Ï|GÍ|gË|.É|§ 000160
- 494AADE2 95D4397E 488D98D2 99288DE2 8BD0F8C1 077DC3E7 7CC4C88C C5C77CC7 Ç|ÇÅ.ÈÄ|çÃ}.ÁøÐ.â.(.Ò..H~9Ô.â­JI 000180
- F89BD0A9 288D9F29 9D7F499D E3A5D43A 3E4BBDA2 D61AE56B BDCE1E6A ADE793D6 Ö.ç­j.νkå.Ö¢½K>:Ô¥ã.I..)..(©Ð.ø 0001A0
- D569298D C0F87CC4 D77CC6B7 7CC8977C CA778CCA 588CCC48 7CCE378C CE188CD0 Ð..Î.7Î|HÌ.XÊ.wÊ|.È|·Æ|×Ä|øÀ.)iÕ 0001C0
- 6CFC2C3C BDD6897D DAB64DDD E32DCE60 F4612D43 4C1F0731 2EB0B0AC DFC4D9CA ÊÙÄ߬°°.1..LC-aô`Î-ãÝM¶Ú}.Ö½<,ül 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 24 (00000018), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 6134434C 1F0732BE A0500CC2 C5D2C1D5 EB026EBD C253BCA7 C53BC2C5 D05FDC8C .Ü_ÐÅÂ;ŧ¼S½n.ëÕÁÒÅÂ.P.¾2..LC4a 000000
- B0B1BD24 2BAB4BB4 B2B7563B 4B6BB7B5 020079BB C2BDC0C0 BCC5B7CB B0B860F9 ù`¸°Ë·Å¼ÀÀ½Â»y..µ·kK;V·²´K«+$½±° 000020
- 1F0B4CEE 1BFCBDC2 B0014B8C 127B4CE2 135B4C5F B1C3F417 1B4C19FB 5B19FB4B Kû.[û.L..ôñ_L[.âL{..K.°Â½ü.îL.. 000040
- ACCEFACE EA0CEBAC CEB0DF0C FBCDB1CD B0CDB1DF 0CEB0C4B 5C142B9C 121B0C1B .....+.\K.ë.߱ͰͱÍû.߰άë.êÎúά 000060
- D3355DD3 356DD226 6DD2266D D2177DD1 177DD108 8DD0089D CFF99CCF FA9CCFF9 ùÏ.úÏ.ùÏ..Ð..Ñ}.Ñ}.Òm&Òm&Òm5Ó]5Ó 000080
- 653CB064 4CB0544C B1444CB2 344CB324 5CB3145C B3145CB4 045CB5F4 5BD3266D m&Ó[ôµ\.´\.³\.³\$³L4²LD±LT°Ld°<e 0000A0
- 4C1F0733 CCB040D5 E263FD53 4DD45FD3 266DD277 C783854C 58C79474 4C4AC6A4 ¤ÆJLt.ÇXL..ÇwÒm&Ó_ÔMSýcâÕ@°Ì3..L 0000C0
- CF05BCCD 25BCCA46 BCC767BC C4881C9C AB3CDDFC 1CBD5C7D BCBDC960 FA623643 C6bú`ɽ¼}\½.üÝ<«...ļgǼFʼ%ͼ.Ï 0000E0
- E2DEEB0D FC5C0ADC 9C08CCBC 7FC0CBC1 E4B7CCC0 07BCBC08 CCACB9CE A80B4DBB »M.¨Î¹¬Ì.¼¼.ÀÌ·äÁËÀ.¼Ì..Ü.\ü.ëÞâ 000100
- 1480AC4D FCD7C1DB F99D1090 10801190 DF0A0109 01FAADDF EBBDEF0D ECBDDEC0 ÀÞ½ì.ï½ëß­ú....ß.......ùÛÁ×üM¬.. 000120
- 152CEE0D 2CFE0DFC DFFB10B0 10A010B0 10A011A0 11901290 13801380 14801480 ................°...°.ûßü.þ,.î,. 000140
- 35C0D239 C0D03BC0 CFC111FC 1C1CC0CF E2CFCFE2 CFD0C011 1CAD122C 8D134C4D ML..,.­..ÀÐÏâÏÏâÏÀ..ü.ÁÏÀ;ÐÀ9ÒÀ5 000160
- AD1C9CC0 C7C0C359 BCC738BC CA17BCCD B6FB6C09 0C6DB8D2 754B5DB6 D554C0D5 ÕÀTÕ¶]KuÒ¸m..lû¶Í¼.ʼ8ǼYÃÀÇÀ..­ 000180
- 15801670 7F01F618 501940DD 61FC623A 434C1F07 3492B0CB CA6D5CCD 0C0DDD2C ,Ý..Í\mÊË°.4..LC:büaÝ@.P.ö..p... 0001A0
- 9FBD45AF BD44DB3B F4DC2BF4 DD1BE43D FCDFC210 10FC1100 FC12B013 A04F01F9 ù.O..°.ü..ü..Âßü=ä.Ýô+Üô;ÛD½¯E½. 0001C0
- FFBCC304 BDC2F4D1 1B4C2FBD C034BD4B 4FBD4AD5 AB63BD49 D68BF4D7 7B84BD46 F½.{×ô.ÖI½c«ÕJ½OK½4À½/L.Ñô½.ü. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 25 (00000019), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- DB4C6FBC CCF4C7BB 4CC8AB4C 9FBCC9F4 CA8B4CCB 7B4CCFBC C6D4BCC5 F4CE4B4C LKÎôżÔƼÏL{ËL.Êôɼ.L«ÈL»Çô̼oLÛ 000000
- D9E4D3C5 DFC112B0 D6C66E10 00C10200 2B4DC11B 4DC20B4D 3FBCCFF4 C4EB4CC5 ÅLëÄôϼ?M.ÂM.ÁM+..Á..nÆÖ°.ÁßÅÓäÙ 000020
- 4D8C3D9C 2D0C1C1C 1C8CCA09 6CD0064C D5031CDA 7160F962 34434C1F 0735B2B0 °²5..LC4bù`qÚ..ÕL.Ðl.Ê.....-.=.M 000040
- C88947A4 9C5CC44C 8CF4AC4B 1440C92E 3D3CF4DC DCFCBC1C 9D3C7D5C 6D6C5D7C |]lm\}<..¼üÜÜô<=.É@.K¬ô.LÄ\.¤G.È 000060
- DEFADFF9 1090DF09 3DC1F84C C2E84CC3 C85CC4B7 6CC5878C C6674C41 C7186C42 Bl.ÇALgÆ..Ål·Ä\ÈÃLèÂLøÁ=.ß..ùßúÞ 000080
- 1BBDB1D0 C01FFBDC FCFCCDD0 CCD01BC0 D129C0D2 37C0D552 C0E4DD3B EEADEFBD ½ï­î;ÝäÀRÕÀ7ÒÀ)ÑÀ.ÐÌÐÍüüÜû.Àб½. 0000A0
- 26ACCB06 ACCDB6F9 5C9AD185 2A4DA7D3 654A4DB5 D4456A4D B3D6342B 8DB3D11A .ѳ.+4Ö³MjEÔµMJeÓ§M*.Ñ.\ù¶Í¬.ˬ& 0000C0
- 60FA6236 434C1F07 36D9B0CC B95D5C9D 1CCDEC0C BD0C8C8A BCC268AC C647ACC9 ɬGƬh¼...½.ìÍ..\]¹Ì°Ù6..LC6bú` 0000E0
- 8CC4998C C4A78CC5 B58CC785 9CC8669C CA36ACCC 98FBEC1C BD4C8D8C 4DDC9DD2 Ò.ÜM..L½.ìû.̬6Ê.fÈ..Ç.µÅ.§Ä..Ä. 000100
- 0109010A 01290E4C D0B9E89C AACCB9CA 8C0BBC8C 0BAC8C0F 0C9C8CC1 9B8CC28B .Â..Á.....¬..¼..ʹ̪.è¹ÐL.)..... 000120
- C643C07B C453C0C0 084CB6C2 89754B7C 8C6B3CAC 9B9CC1FB BDDFFABD E2DF2A0E .*ßâ½úß½ûÁ..¬<k.|Ku.¶L.ÀÀSÄ{ÀCÆ 000140
- 2CFC94CF C294CEC3 85CEC386 CD12C086 CC13C087 CA23C078 CA23C079 C833C07A zÀ3ÈyÀ#ÊxÀ#Ê.À.Ì.À.Í.ÃÎ.ÃÎ.ÂÏ.ü, 000160
- 5F1BAD33 0E1CBD02 2CAD220E 2CBD610E 2C0D2C1E 2B0D1C1B 1D2C2E1A 1D2C3EFA ú>,...,....+.,.,.a½,."­,.½..3­._ 000180
- 9CC8788C C6988CC4 A88CC3B9 8CC2D88C C0D98C9B CFF8A9CF 890A8DB7 D0691A9D ..iз...Ï©øÏ..ÙÀ.ØÂ.¹Ã.¨Ä..Æ.xÈ. 0001A0
- D8964D5F 64F96639 434C1F07 377CA0CA D95D7C9D 3CCD1CFD ECBCB7CC 199CCA48 HÊ..Ì·¼ìý.Í<.|]ÙÊ.|7..LC9fùd_M.Ø 0001C0
- CC94D44C 49CC85D4 4C8FD45C 47CE75C4 7C865DD8 5FD9A43D BF3DAF2D 3E0D7B7D }{.>-¯=¿=¤Ù_Ø].|ÄuÎG\Ô.LÔ.ÌILÔ.Ì 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 26 (0000001A), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 4DD9954D D9F4D994 4D9F4DD9 A44DC824 4BC9144B CA144BC9 144BCA04 4BCBF44A JôËK.ÊK.ÉK.ÊK.ÉK$ÈM¤ÙM.M.ÙôÙM.ÙM 000000
- 4E9DE2D5 285E8DE2 D6276E7D 02007F6D 8F5DD8F6 D8856DD8 F5D8954D D9954D9F .M.ÙM.ØõØm.ØöØ].m...}n'Öâ.^(Õâ.N 000020
- DCADCA60 FA623643 4C1F0738 F2B0504C D858AD3F 1D0BEBD2 B0E6D34A 4E9DD43A :Ô.NJÓæ°Òë..?­XØLP°ò8..LC6bú`Ê­Ü 000040
- 6D8AD106 7CD1068C CF268CCD 468CCA67 9CC787AC C3A80C9C CA1CFDDC 3CAD6C5D ]l­<Üý.Ê..¨Ã¬.Ç.gÊ.FÍ.&Ï..Ñ|.Ñ.m 000060
- C179CF9B 16AD78D2 7A379D76 D469578D 6F677DE3 76D6F678 D586477D 78D4A637 7¦Ôx}G.ÕxöÖvã}go.WiÔv.7zÒx­..ÏyÁ 000080
- DC6C75BC 6C779C5C 6B6C6CC1 C6C4275C 4C6CC5C4 C2764C0C 6CC9C37B CBC16BCD ÍkÁË{ÃÉl.LvÂÄÅlL\'ÄÆÁllk\.wl¼ulÜ 0000A0
- C0667CAC 867C8CA6 8C5CD58C 2CF6DC3C AD5C8D7C 9D7C8D7C 8D6CAD2C DD0C5D82 .].Ý,­l.|.|.|.\­<Üö,.Õ\.¦.|.¬|fÀ 0000C0
- 5B7D034C 6D052C7D 250C6D27 EC7C47CC 6C49AC6C 5A8C6CC0 C6C5266C 3C6CC4C7 ÇÄl<l&ÅÆÀl.Zl¬IlÌG|ì'm.%},.mL.}[ 0000E0
- D847967D 64DA27A7 7D62DB27 C6FDC2DC E4C3DB4F AC4D9C7D A1D82789 7DA2D736 6×¢}.'Ø¡}.M¬OÛÃäÜÂýÆ'Ûb}§'Úd}.GØ 000100
- CFCDD2CB ABC0C849 ACC6889C C4C78CC2 F68CC016 8D6AD388 567D68D6 67768D65 e.vgÖh}V.Ój..À.öÂ.ÇÄ..ƬIÈÀ«ËÒÍÏ 000120
- ADB8DDDE DFDB1370 7D01D31C A0D960FA 6236434C 1F0739D9 C0A0ACDC C6D6CBD1 ÑËÖÆܬ.ÀÙ9..LC6bú`Ù..Ó.}p.ÛßÞݸ­ 000140
- AD98DE9A E89D8ADD BAC89D8C DC188DDA 288DD939 8DD8588D D6788DD3 999DD0B9 ¹Ð..Ó.xÖ.XØ.9Ù.(Ú..Ü..ȺÝ..è.Þ.­ 000160
- 011BE21C 011B1C01 2C1E1B01 6C2E1A01 3C2E0B01 4B0A012B 5E09016A F9BD7FF8 ø.½ùj..^+..K...<...l...,.....â.. 000180
- 32D9872C 938DC731 DB681CC2 8D26DD8D 25DD9D14 ED9D14ED ADF3D010 A0220E0D .."..Ðó­í..í..Ý%.Ý&.Â.hÛ1Ç..,.Ù2 0001A0
- 01FA1EB0 1EB0D089 BD2A5DBD 683DBD57 98D16BC4 C85C337D CB34D5A7 3C737DC9 É}s<§Õ4Ë}3\ÈÄkÑ.W½=h½]*½.а.°.ú. 0001C0
- D098BDD0 97CD8CD9 BCA8CDAF C8ADAFD9 8D8B1040 9CFF01FA 01F91FA0 E21EB0EF ï°.â..ù.ú...@...Ù¯­È¯Í¨¼Ù.Í.н.Ð 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 27 (0000001B), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 306D01D8 13B0FDED DDBD99DB 297DD869 6DD6895D D5B85DD4 A77DD388 9DD288BD ½.Ò..Ó}§Ô]¸Õ].ÖmiØ})Û.½Ýíý°.Ø.m0 000000
- 3B259B2C CDEC0CBD 3C6D0200 ACBD1050 E6CC6FF9 7834434C 1F072438 B1F0AD1C .­ð±8$..LC4xùoÌæP.½¬..m<½.ìÍ,.%; 000020
- C267355C C276355C C187255C C097165C 7B6BC0A5 177C5A79 C3977558 9C5695C7 Ç.V.Xu.ÃyZ|.¥Àk{\..À\%.Á\5vÂ\5g 000040
- C516295C C526645C C526645C C427645C C436555C C446545C C347545C C356455C \EVÃ\TGÃ\TFÄ\U6Ä\d'Ä\d&Å\d&Å\).Å 000060
- DA5CC1CA 5CC2F9CC 359C44C3 359C82C1 458CA1C0 45FCC85B C5E4C6C0 555C1C5C \.\UÀÆäÅ[ÈüEÀ¡.EÁ..5ÃD.5ÌùÂ\ÊÁ\Ú 000080
- CBD2CCD1 CDD0CFCE D1CBD1CC D025C6CF 55C3CF75 C2CE95C0 CEA5C0CD B5DB5CC0 À\ÛµÍÀ¥ÎÀ.ÎÂuÏÃUÏÆ%ÐÌÑËÑÎÏÐÍÑÌÒË 0000A0
- ABF5BC59 CFC058D0 C156D0C2 55D1C452 D1CBD2CA D3CDD0CF CDD1CCD2 CCD1CCD2 ÒÌÑÌÒÌÑÍÏÐÍÓÊÒËÑRÄÑUÂÐVÁÐXÀÏY¼õ« 0000C0
- C11A385C C11A385C C228385C C444295C CD285CDF 9CC1D5AC C0E59CC0 E5AC5BCE Î[¬åÀ.åÀ¬ÕÁ.ß\(Í\)DÄ\8(Â\8.Á\8.Á 0000E0
- 655C63C3 754C72C3 754C2F46 5CC71546 5CC3C4C4 255C4C5C C1C6C405 4C7E4C5C \L~L.ÄÆÁ\L\%ÄÄÃ\F.Ç\F/LuÃrLuÃc\e 000100
- 5AC1B6B6 256C69C0 355C78C0 455C67C1 455C76C1 555C65C2 654C74C2 654C64C3 ÃdLeÂtLeÂe\UÁv\EÁg\EÀx\5Àil%¶¶ÁZ 000120
- CB651E01 AB5D5CAD 0CEDDC0C ADBC51B3 C8497559 8C5689C3 87B5267C 59C0067C |.ÀY|&µ.Ã.V.YuIȳQ¼­.Üí.­\]«..eË 000140
- 6C2730C0 8602A497 0284B702 64E602C2 30B03470 D168FA6A 59673D14 0B2689B1 ±.&..=gYjúhÑp4°0Â.æd.·...¤..À0'l 000160
- 01549CE3 1F40C538 0E02547C 2230C527 02348C22 40C33702 346C2530 C2570214 ..WÂ0%l4.7Ã@".4.'Å0"|T..8Å@.ã.T. 000180
- 02B35902 B4590203 AC2340C0 2A02249C 1F02349C 1F02439C 2040C4F9 2030C5F9 ùÅ0 ùÄ@ .C...4...$.*À@#¬..Y´.Y³. 0001A0
- 2C6C2CED 4CA2C5D2 CD34CA02 43BA0263 A902648A 02748A02 837A0294 6902A469 i¤.i..z...t..d.©c.ºC.Ê4ÍÒÅ¢Lí,l, 0001C0
- DAFBD7B5 ADD6B6AD D5A8BDD2 ABADD0C2 D9DA8C5C 0D6C2C1D 0D6C2C0D 1D6C2CFD ý,l..,l..,l.\.ÚÙÂЭ«Ò½¨Õ­¶Ö­µ×ûÚ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 28 (0000001C), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 0D8C534D D27B634D D26B544D D44B644D D43B644D D61B744D D61B734D D8C17F4D M.ÁØMs.ÖMt.ÖMd;ÔMdKÔMTkÒMc{ÒMS.. 000000
- 6CD3A4BC C3354DCB 0200C0C2 444DCC1B 5CD3E4BC C0444DCE C04AD404 BD49D504 .ÕI½.ÔJÀÎMDÀ¼äÓ\.ÌMDÂÀ..ËM5ü¤Ól 000020
- 140C9C9C D1340C8C 8CD244BC C7284DC5 C0C6284D C6C0C527 4DC85B6C D2940C3C <..Òl[ÈM'ÅÀÆM(ÆÀÅM(ǼDÒ...4Ñ.... 000040
- D454EBBC D364C0CD 3B4D07CC BCD294C0 CB2A4D0A BCACD2B4 C0CA1A4D C1AB9CD2 Ò.«ÁM.ÊÀ´Ò¬¼.M*ËÀ.Ò¼Ì.M;ÍÀdÓ¼ëTÔ 000060
- C041D41B 0D1C440D 1C4D3C2D 0C0D7C3D FC0C6C4D B1CFC0D5 24C0CF4B 5D03ECBC ¼ì.]KÏÀ$ÕÀϱMl.ü=|..-<M..D...ÔAÀ 000080
- 2CC60C6C B55CFC0C 5CD43C0C 0D4CE51C 2C0D3C04 0D2C0D3C 140D2C0D 1C34BDD2 Ò½4..,..<.,..<.,.åL..<Ô\.ü\µl.Æ, 0000A0
- CFC6CFC4 D2C379C2 C09AC2C1 071CAC28 1CBC460C 7C770C9C 760C4CA6 0C8C950C ....¦L.v..w|.F¼.(¬..ÁÂ.ÀÂyÃÒÄÏÆÏ 0000C0
- CACCCEC8 D5C0C568 F969303F 01BA063F 81B0C389 ADD3C4D0 C6CDC9CA CBC9CDC6 ÆÍÉËÊÉÍÆÐÄÓ­.ð.?.º.?0iùhÅÀÕÈÎÌÊ 0000E0
- 8DA2D226 4A4D93D3 442A4D95 D164095D 97CE95D8 5C8BCB15 9CC7369C C467BC89 .¼gÄ.6Ç..Ë.\Ø.Î.].dÑ.M*DÓ.MJ&Ò¢. 000100
- 8DDAA9AD D99AADD9 9ABDD99A BDD99ABD 9FADD036 FB8CB2CE 1ADB4CBE ECBC1F0A ..¼ì¾LÛ.β.û6Э.½.Ù½.Ù½.Ù­.Ù­©Ú. 000120
- 40C1FE5D DF34FE5D FF4DDFF5 DEF5DEE6 5DDEF6DD F6DDD67D DCC78DDC C77DDCB8 ¸Ü}ÇÜ.ÇÜ}ÖÝöÝöÞ]æÞõÞõßM.]þ4ß]þÁ@ 000140
- D86DC74A F969303F 01BA063E 7CB0CBD6 8DDB9A0D 7C2D5C7E 0D9CADDB D86DAF02 .¯mØÛ­..~\-|..Û.ÖË°|>.º.?0iùJÇmØ 000160
- EF5DDEE6 5DE2DFF4 5DFF4DE3 DFF54DC2 FE2A00D6 8DDB9A0D 7C2D5C7E 0D9CADDB Û­..~\-|..Û.Ö.*þÂMõßãM.]ôßâ]æÞ]ï 000180
- CF3B06AD DA9ABD9F AD9FAD9F ADD9AA9D DAB98DDB C87DDCF7 DCD76DDD D76DDF6D mßm×Ým×Ü÷Ü}ÈÛ.¹Ú.ªÙ­.­.­.½.Ú­.;Ï 0001A0
- B8D58C59 CE79049D 56D05A24 9D44D32A 35AD62D2 2A08ADEC FCCBCD4B 1EEABC82 .¼ê.KÍËüì­.*Òb­5*ÓD.$ZÐV..yÎY.Õ¸ 0001C0
- 291D5DD2 40FD411D 25F1F403 101CC0C8 C0D4C8CD CDC99A6A 7CC4386C C8185CCB Ë\.Èl8Ä|j.ÉÍÍÈÔÀÈÀ...ôñ%.Aý@Ò].) 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 29 (0000001D), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- E4D3D505 0140075F 22293D5A 041138C0 8470D1D3 5CAD22E0 D65BCDD4 D1D2D7E4 ä×ÒÑÔÍ[Öà"­\ÓÑp.À8..Z=)"_.@..ÕÓä 000000
- B769B75A A83C0200 A93CB82C B9FCA1AC 92D13829 6DA3DB37 E0ABCDD9 D1D7D8D0 ÐØ×ÑÙÍ«à7Û£m)8Ñ.¬¡ü¹,¸<©..<¨Z·i· 000020
- 1690BD01 D420A0DF 68FD6A3B 434C1F07 19E7C030 9DD9D1D5 D5D177C7 B796B787 .·.·ÇwÑÕÕÑÙ.0Àç...LC;jýhß. Ô.½.. 000040
- DA3AADDA F9D5A98D D68A9DD7 898DD969 8DDB588D DD487DDF 188D1190 8B149097 ........ß}HÝ.XÛ.iÙ..×..Ö.©ÕùÚ­:Ú 000060
- 6A9DD85A 9DD94A9D DA3AADDA FAD2BAAD 1FBDDB1A ADDCFAD0 CBADE7D1 CA9D2FBD ½/.ÊÑç­ËÐúÜ­.Û½.­ºÒúÚ­:Ú.JÙ.ZØ.j 000080
- 187D6D9D 7B7DCD77 8DBD776D 0D7DD7D3 CBCA9DD2 AA9DD49A 9DD58A8D D76AADD7 ×­j×..Õ..Ô.ªÒ.ÊËÓ×}.mw½.wÍ}{.m}. 0000A0
- FAD4A9AD D5A8ADD5 99ADD698 ADD788AD D878ADD9 68ADDA58 ADDB48AD DC38ADDE Þ­8Ü­HÛ­XÚ­hÙ­xØ­.×­.Ö­.Õ­¨Õ­©Ôú 0000C0
- FAAD2ABE DFBABEFA ADE2BBDE FAACDE3A 0EADDDFA D1D9ADD1 CAADD2C9 AD3F9DDB Û.?­ÉÒ­ÊÑ­ÙÑúÝ­.:Þ¬úÞ»â­ú¾ºß¾*­ú 0000E0
- D2A8592B 8D9BA5D2 B9592A8D 9CA5D1C9 590AADD0 670A9DD2 75CAEAAD E2BBDEBA ºÞ»â­êÊuÒ..gЭ.YÉÑ¥..*Y¹Ò¥..+Y¨Ò 000100
- 435560A7 490A1AFD B0508D23 10ADD7D0 D479CD58 86D78A59 779DA866 D7887AC6 Æz.×f¨.wY.×.XÍyÔÐ×­.#.P°ý..I§`UC 000120
- 785CC418 7C8AC565 8C7BC019 6CC86938 AC88CBC8 C6CACFC4 CBC5D429 ADC741FA úAÇ­)ÔÅËÄÏÊÆÈË.¬8iÈl.À{.eÅ.|.Ä\x 000140
- B92C9CBC 88CAC4C9 99994CAC 8C8AC827 C94C9BC6 47A95CC0 686C86CA 248CC486 .Ä.$Ê.lhÀ\©GÆ.LÉ'È..¬L..ÉÄÊ.¼.,¹ 000160
- BCCB78EA BCCAFAA6 CE9B0C6C D90C9C0C 6CD91C8C 0C6CCA1C 8C0C7CB9 2C8C0C7C |..,¹|...Êl...Ùl...Ùl..Φúʼêx˼ 000180
- C015A0C0 C017A019 9C014AC4 1BF08C1C 02CC1A30 4D01D90A ADE4DAF9 BCCD94F9 ù.ͼùÚä­.Ù.M0.Ì...ð.ÄJ.....ÀÀ..À 0001A0
- DBDABCDB DAACDDC9 BCDDB9BC DE9ABCDF 9AAC10A0 C71B016A BC12A0C4 C013A0C2 Â..ÀÄ..¼j..Ç..¬.ß¼.Þ¼¹Ý¼ÉݬÚÛ¼ÚÛ 0001C0
- CF18D7AC 43D0C2CE FB41D2C0 CFFB31D4 FB3C4CBD CFC3D40A BDD9F9BC E2DAF9AC ¬ùÚâ¼ùÙ½.ÔÃϽL<ûÔ1ûÏÀÒAûÎÂÐC¬×.Ï 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 30 (0000001E), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- C1448CC1 46BC4AC6 B866BC48 C98886AC 38CB6896 BC46CC57 B6BC44CD 38C6BC34 4¼Æ8ÍD¼¶WÌF¼.hË8¬..ÉH¼f¸ÆJ¼FÁ.DÁ 000000
- 673D140B 02001BE7 B0409CD7 0A3D0C6D AC8CACBC 7C5CA7C7 78C0C305 9CC317AC ¬.Ã..ÃÀxǧ\|¼¬.¬m.=.×.@°ç.....=g 000020
- 8CC1377C C4A78C7B C5178CCC 69988C97 D0C8CBC9 D4C4D0C4 D979ADCB 41FC435E ^CüAË­yÙÄÐÄÔÉËÈÐ...iÌ..Å{.§Ä|7Á. 000040
- CA38F78C 9BC957E7 7CC1887C 67CD279C C687B77C C4686C7A C9678CC4 166CC787 .Çl.Ä.gÉzlhÄ|·.Æ.'Íg|.Á|çWÉ..÷8Ê 000060
- D5FAA3CE C0D5F9A4 CEC1D459 D92C3C9D 6FCA3C2C 8D98CB18 178D99CB 27088D8A ...'Ë....Ë..,<Êo.<,ÙYÔÁΤùÕÀΣúÕ 000080
- 5CADE2DB C0D6AABD D7BAADD7 FADB7A9D FE01D7E2 C9D07AAD 31AED06B 9D93CFC0 ÀÏ..kЮ1­zÐÉâ×.þ.zÛú×­º×½ªÖÀÛâ­\ 0000A0
- 048D72D1 78244D1C 9D46D2C3 D359432D 3C9D44D4 C2D33A44 1D5C9DDC C0D5C90D .ÉÕÀÜ.\.D:ÓÂÔD.<-CYÓÃÒF..M$xÑr.. 0000C0
- 4CC9A897 7CC4B38C 78CB274C CC87C77C C0D48C76 CDB8F38C 74CF9804 8D82CF89 .Ï....Ït.ó¸Ív.ÔÀ|Ç.ÌL'Ëx.³Ä|.¨ÉL 0000E0
- 8A3D2C4D 3C8DCC9C 0C5DA7CA 78C95CC0 697CC198 4CC4487C C4774CC6 286CC757 WÇl(ÆLwÄ|HÄL.Á|iÀ\Éxʧ]..Ì.<M,=. 000100
- 7A3CDBB4 3DDBB43D DBB43DDB F3DBF3DB F3D84EFC 5E3A434C 1F071C03 A1409CD8 Ø.@¡....LC:^üNØóÛóÛóÛ=´Û=´Û=´Û<z 000120
- B0BD679B BD878BBC A77BBBC7 7BB9E78B B5E8ABB3 073C9198 C034BBC2 73B5C4A4 ¤Äµs»4À..<.³«èµ.ç¹{Ç»{§¼..½.g½° 000140
- BD6879C4 9B8737BD 8868D48B 8935BDA8 48D48BB0 47E37BB2 27D47BB3 18D38BB4 ´.Ó.³{Ô'²{ãG°.ÔH¨½5..Ôh.½7..Äyh½ 000160
- 393BBA29 294BBA29 293BBB29 194BBB29 0A3BBB3A A9B49B94 3ABC4999 C49B8539 9..Ä.I¼:..´©:»;.)»K.)»;))ºK))º;9 000180
- BA249B92 BA339BA1 B943FBB9 B853FBB9 B763FBB9 B673FBB9 B583FBB9 B493AB1F .«.´¹û.µ¹ûs¶¹ûc·¹ûS¸¹ûC¹¡.3º..$º 0001A0
- 7378C94B 9786BD93 58C94B99 94BCA349 B94B9AA3 BB03AB92 BB149B92 BB239B92 ..#»...».«.»£.K¹I£¼..KÉX.½..KÉxs 0001C0
- A77BBC88 7BBC6A7B BD13477B BD24278B BD33187B BD44078B BD5398D8 4B8688BD ½..KØ.S½..D½{.3½.'$½{G.½{j¼{.¼{§ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 31 (0000001F), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- DBB34DDB B34DDBB3 4DC7AA43 7C5B24BC 3B139C28 FB8BB3F9 7BB7E77B B9C77BBB »{ǹ{ç·{ù³.û(..;¼$[|CªÇM³ÛM³ÛM³Û 000000
- 4C3C0200 24012EA0 DD02E3D3 65FC666F 785ADB0C 1D61B1D8 F3DBF3DB F3DBB34D M³ÛóÛóÛóرa..ÛZxofüeÓã.Ý...$..<L 000020
- 040187BD 581080D7 8B140169 BD4811A0 D57B1501 C0D37B24 01C2D1C0 461270BC ¼p.FÀÑÂ.${ÓÀ..{Õ..H½i...×..X½... 000040
- BDC0F4DC C4BD4BDF 5DDBBBD4 5DDBABF4 DEA6BD4A DEA6BD59 DE97BD49 1060D99B .Ù`.I½.ÞY½¦ÞJ½¦Þô«Û]Ô»Û]ßK½ÄÜôÀ½ 000060
- 4CE2D7E4 BDC2854D DD2B4C9F 4DDD1B5C D9D4BDC1 F4DAD4BD C0A54DDD 0B4CDBC5 ÅÛL.ÝM¥À½ÔÚôÁ½ÔÙ\.ÝM.L+ÝM.½ä×âL 000080
- 1450CB7B 4C5F01B5 BCC65501 C4BCC624 6E01C4BC C5247E01 C4BCC424 6E4DDE3B ;ÞMn$ļÄ.~$żÄ.n$ƼÄ.UƼµ._L{ËP. 0000A0
- 5002E212 40023F01 C0C49B4C 1390C78B 5C1370C9 8B4C1460 CA8B4C14 60CA7B5C \{Ê`.L.Ê`.L.Ép.\.Ç..L.ÄÀ.?.@.â.P 0000C0
- 5CDFB5BC CC0401A6 BCCC0401 A6BCCB05 0197BCCB 140179BC CB1401C0 C4BB4C11 .L»ÄÀ..˼y..˼...˼¦..̼¦..̼µß\ 0000E0
- 4CCCEB4C C94FC5C4 BCCE944C C5C4BCCD 954CC5C4 BCCDA44C C5B5BCCD F45DCBCB ËË]ôͼµÅL¤Í¼ÄÅL.ͼÄÅL.μÄÅOÉLëÌL 000100
- BDD1754C DF1B4D8F 4CDF0B5D C7F5BDD0 F4C8444C CC0B4DC8 444CCCFB 4CE2C944 DÉâLûÌLDÈM.ÌLDÈôнõÇ].ßL.M.ßLuѽ 000120
- 4DC5B7BD D5546CDC 4B4DE2C6 D5BDD365 5CDD3B4D 6F5CDE2B 5DC6E5BD D2F4C7F4 ôÇôÒ½åÆ]+Þ\oM;Ý\eÓ½ÕÆâMKÜlTÕ½·ÅM 000140
- 491C0D1C 1D0C1C4C BDD32ABC D64B8DC3 7ABDD546 9CD85B5D C598BDD5 548CDA5B [Ú.TÕ½.Å][Ø.FÕ½zÃ.KÖ¼*Ó½L......I 000160
- CB25A003 B5CB66F7 68798788 700E1EAD A1502520 FC3C4E26 20FC4CC8 CCC2CEC6 ÆÎÂÌÈLü &N<ü %P¡­..p..yh÷f˵..%Ë 000180
- 9CBEB1C7 B2BFFA4B 4B2CEBAB C0B8BFB4 BC292C01 B94A3C01 B56A6C01 198B8C02 .....ljµ.<J¹.,)¼´¿¸À«ë,KKú¿²Ç±¾. 0001A0
- 0C8BACB7 D70C7BAC B9D60C6B ACBAC70C 6BACBAB8 1C4B9CBC A91C3B9C BD9A1C2B +..½.;.©¼.K.¸º¬k.Ǻ¬k.Ö¹¬{.×·¬.. 0001C0
- 4BD0DA0C 2B4BD0CA 0C3B5BCF CAACB4F5 0CAB0C4B 5BCFB0C9 B0B5E60C 9BACB6E6 涬..æµ°É°Ï[K.«.õ´¬ÊÏ[;.ÊÐK+.ÚÐK 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 32 (00000020), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- D10A0D9B 14ADCFB1 49D1FA0C AB14ADCE B14AD1EA 0C0B5BD0 EA0C0B5B D0DA0C2B +.ÚÐ[..êÐ[..êÑJ±Î­.«.úÑI±Ï­....Ñ 000000
- 02004BC2 2A1D2B5E 144BC21A 1D2B6E14 4BC21A0D 8B044BC2 0A1D8B14 ADD0B148 H±Ð­....ÂK....ÂK.n+..ÂK.^+.*ÂK.. 000020
- B2B8E8AB D3B2B8F7 ABD3B1B9 06ACD3B1 B915ACD3 B1B915AC D2B29F5B C12A1DAB «.*Á[.²Ò¬.¹±Ó¬.¹±Ó¬.¹±Ó«÷¸²Ó«è¸² 000040
- D3B2B8E8 ABD3B2B8 D9ABD3B2 B8B2B93A 2D8B0B3D 2D4B8E2B 9BABD3B2 B8D9ABD3 Ó«Ù¸²Ó«.+.K-=..-:¹²¸²Ó«Ù¸²Ó«è¸²Ó 000060
- D2B29F4B C22A2D2B 9E5BC12A 2D9B5BC1 2A3D8B5B C13A2DFB B806ACD3 B2B8F7AB «÷¸²Ó¬.¸û-:Á[.=*Á[.-*Á[.+-*ÂK.²Ò 000080
- B245D40A 1DFB45D4 0A2DFB44 D41A1D4B 344BC21A 2D2B444B C21A2D2B 4FB424AC ¬$´O+-.ÂKD+-.ÂK4K..ÔDû-.ÔEû..ÔE² 0000A0
- 15ADCBB1 B025ADCC B1AF25AD CDB19F34 ADCEB18F 34ADCFB1 56D3FA1C 6B35ADCF Ï­5k.úÓV±Ï­4.±Î­4.±Í­%¯±Ì­%°±Ë­. 0000C0
- F70C7BAC B6F70C7B 0C5B6BD0 B0C8B0B4 060D9B0C 3B5BD1B0 C9B1B215 ADCBB0B2 ²°Ë­.²±É°Ñ[;....´°È°Ðk[.{.÷¶¬{.÷ 0000E0
- 7B2CFBAB BDB1C9B1 C1CAABCB B1C2BA9B CCB1C3B0 B9D80C5B 0C7B8BCE B0C6B0B6 ¶°Æ°Î.{.[.ع°Ã±Ì.ºÂ±Ë«ÊÁ±É±½«û,{ 000100
- 500B7D02 CC2A908C 01196B5C 01B4B0C3 14800B1B ACFB4BBB ABC0B5C5 B2BEEA3B ;꾲ŵÀ«»Kû¬....ð´.\k....*Ì.}.P 000120
- 738C1C01 B40C5C01 83038303 84038303 84031303 6CF97458 673D140B 1FB2B118 .±²...=gXtùl.............\.´...s 000140
- 7DD76A8D D7C0D478 4D82D288 3D85CE98 4D96CAA9 3D99C6B9 3DC0ABCB 4DC3CEDF ßÎÃMË«À=¹Æ.=©Ê.M.Î.=.Ò.MxÔÀ×.j×} 000160
- 0301889C 43DF999C 41DFB98C 311080CD FB8DCFF9 8DD0E99D D1E88DD3 C88DD5A8 ¨Õ.ÈÓ.èÑ.éÐ.ùÏ.ûÍ..1.¹ßA..ßC.... 000180
- DEBA093C DF09AC4A DE1A9C3A DF29AC48 DE3A9C47 DF499C37 1090C559 F49DC758 XÇ.ôYÅ..7.IßG.:ÞH¬)ß:..ÞJ¬.ß<.ºÞ 0001A0
- DB5B7A3C DC6A5B4C DB6B4B4C DC7B4A3C DD8A3A4C DD8A3A3C DE9A1A4C DDAA0A4C L.ªÝL..Þ<:.ÝL:.Ý<J{ÜLKkÛL[jÜ<z[Û 0001C0
- DB3CD82B CB3CD92B C0CA840D 2CC0CA93 0D3C9B4C D94B8B4C DA4B8B3C DB4B7B4C L{KÛ<.KÚL.KÙL.<..ÊÀ,..ÊÀ+Ù<Ë+Ø<Û 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 33 (00000021), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 3DD3CCD1 34CD1C3D D4CCD044 CD0C3DD5 CCCF63CD EC4CD6CC CE730D1C DB4CD72B +×LÛ..sÎÌÖLìÍcÏÌÕ=.ÍDÐÌÔ=.Í4ÑÌÓ= 000000
- D4BC017C 3DCECCD6 E4CC6C3D CFCCD503 CD4C4DD0 CCD413CD 3C4DD1CC D323CD2C ,Í#ÓÌÑM<Í.ÔÌÐMLÍ.ÕÌÏ=lÌäÖÌÎ=|.¼Ô 000020
- 83BCB4DA 84BC039C 4DC9C002 9C3DCAC0 B2D9B4BC B2D9C3BC B2D8D3BC B2D70200 ..ײ¼Óز¼ÃÙ²¼´Ù²ÀÊ=..ÀÉM..¼.Ú´¼. 000040
- 14ACA9DE 33ACA8DD 34ACA8DD 43ACB7DC 44BCB6DB 54BCA6DC 73ACB5DB 74BCB4DB Û´¼tÛµ¬sܦ¼TÛ¶¼DÜ·¬Cݨ¬4ݨ¬3Þ©¬. 000060
- 95C50901 73499CDF 74399CDF 94299CDF A319ACDE A40A9CDF 039CABDE 04ACAADD ݪ¬.Þ«..ß..¤Þ¬.£ß.).ß.9tß.Is..Å. 000080
- D3E88DD1 E99DCFF9 ADCEF8BD CD080113 B89CDF14 999CDF34 898C1030 85C7F94D MùÇ.0...4ß...ß.¸...ͽøέùÏ.éÑ.èÓ 0000A0
- BDBAC0B3 9DC699A3 9DCA6994 8DCE5883 8DD22874 8DD4C0D7 68ADD6A8 8DD5C88D .ÈÕ.¨Ö­h×ÀÔ.t(Ò..XÎ..iÊ.£.Æ.³Àº½ 0000C0
- 0E25F1F4 032124D0 31303840 38303840 38303830 1500BC4C 11807C3C DFCEC3C4 ÄÃÎß<|..L¼..0808@808@801Ð$!.ôñ%. 0000E0
- D0407658 3A1C5610 3C5A78F6 0C649ED6 7ED85EDA 3E1CED8E 103C5A78 4668F569 iõhFxZ<..í.>Ú^Ø~Ö.d.öxZ<.V.:Xv@Ð 000100
- 10DC3EDA 5ED87ED6 9E64FE0C 76583A1C 56103C5A 78464AF5 690E25F1 F4033C24 $<.ôñ%.iõJFxZ<.V.:Xv.þd.Ö~Ø^Ú>Ü. 000120
- B32559E3 B31669B3 2559E2B5 4339A667 F985606F D4DE0B23 D9704076 583A1C8E ..:Xv@pÙ#.ÞÔo`.ùg¦9CµâY%³i.³ãY%³ 000140
- E3B31669 B32559E2 B31669B3 2559E3B3 1669B325 59E2B316 69B32559 E2B31669 i.³âY%³i.³âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³ã 000160
- 69B32559 E2B31669 B32559E2 B31669B3 2559E3B3 1669B325 59E2B316 69B32559 Y%³i.³âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³âY%³i 000180
- 59B31669 B32559E4 B31669B3 25599728 0120D495 2559E2B3 1669B325 59E3B316 .³ãY%³i.³âY%.Ô .(.Y%³i.³äY%³i.³Y 0001A0
- B32559E2 B31669B3 2559E2B3 1669B325 59E3B316 69B32559 E295D482 12009725 %....Ô.âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³âY%³ 0001C0
- E3B31669 B32559E2 B31669B3 2559E3B3 1669B325 59E2B316 69B32559 E3B31669 i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³ã 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 34 (00000022), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 39B52559 E2B31669 B32559E3 B31669B3 2559E2B3 1669B325 59E2B316 69B32559 Y%³i.³âY%³i.³âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%µ9 000000
- BA665D59 BA866D65 BBA54DCB 5BDCB0BF F37DB56F F978606F D4DE0B25 F7A1A643 C¦¡÷%.ÞÔo`xùoµ}ó¿°Ü[ËM¥»em.ºY]fº 000020
- C5797BB8 997CB796 8BCC567B B8E85CB5 966BD135 6BB9365D B2957BD4 0200145B [...Ô{.²]6¹k5Ñk.µ\è¸{VÌ..·|.¸{yÅ 000040
- A86BD57B A48BB936 B0A845BA 986B81B7 28A47BB9 16D66B42 B9970B1B ACB897AB «.¸¬...¹BkÖ.¹{¤(·.k.ºE¨°6¹.¤{Õk¨ 000060
- D49BCF6B C3D49BBC 553CBDC8 6BC5C48B BB664CBC F8BA266B B4C48BBA 85B73ABB »:·.º.Ä´k&ºø¼Lf».ÄÅkȽ<U¼.ÔÃkÏ.Ô 000080
- D49BC2E5 4BBD196C BED49BC0 F64BBDF9 BF064CBD F95BC1D4 9BBE164C BDD96BC2 ÂkÙ½L.¾.ÔÁ[ù½L.¿ù½KöÀ.Ô¾l.½KåÂ.Ô 0000A0
- BB986CB9 C48BC7A6 4BBCF8C6 B64BBC68 5CBCD38B C5B64BBD 396CBCD4 9B2F6CBD ½l/.Ô¼l9½K¶Å.Ó¼\h¼K¶Æø¼K¦Ç.Ĺl.» 0000C0
- 746BD086 4BB7F75C B8847BCE 864BB9C7 6CB8A47B CC864BBA A86CB9A4 8BCAA53B ;¥Ê.¤¹l¨ºK.Ì{¤¸lǹK.Î{.¸\÷·K.Ðkt 0000E0
- 866B65DA 865B59D9 764BB175 6DB8245B D6854BB3 466DB754 6BD2864B B5176DB7 ·m.µK.ÒkT·mF³K.Ö[$¸mu±KvÙY[.Úek. 000100
- 956BD795 A56BD856 A66BDAB4 BBD50DCB 6BDFD76B 2F60BB17 01A60BFB 5DB9B4DC Ü´¹]û.¦..»`/k×ßkË.Õ»´Úk¦VØk¥.×k. 000120
- 7BB9F54C B7876BCF 746BB816 4DB5876B D1546BB8 364DB396 5BD5245B B9564DB1 ±MV¹[$Õ[.³M6¸kTÑk.µM.¸ktÏk.·Lõ¹{ 000140
- 8BBAF6C7 C48BB996 3CBBA85B CAA48BB9 A64CBA88 6BCBA47B B9C64CB9 876BCD84 .Ík.¹Lƹ{¤Ëk.ºL¦¹.¤Ê[¨»<.¹.ÄÇöº. 000160
- 9BBE164C BDE95BC2 D49BBD26 4CBDC96B C34FBDB9 6BC5D38B BC654CBC B86BC6C4 ÄÆk¸¼Le¼.ÓÅk¹½OÃkɽL&½.ÔÂ[é½L.¾. 000180
- 585CBCD4 9BC3C64B BD296CBD 4FBD196C BED49BC1 F54BBD09 6CBFD49B BF06FCD4 Ôü.¿.Ô¿l.½KõÁ.Ô¾l.½O½l)½KÆÃ.Ô¼\X 0001A0
- B76CB9A4 8BCA964B BA986CBA B38BC9A5 4BBC786C BAC48BC6 F6BBC48B C5C63BBD ½;ÆÅ.Ä»öÆ.ĺlx¼K¥É.³ºl.ºK.Ê.¤¹l· 0001C0
- 6BD4854B B5266DB8 547BD086 4BB7066D B8747BCE 864BB8E7 5CB9947B CC864BBA ºK.Ì{.¹\ç¸K.Î{t¸m.·K.Ð{T¸m&µK.Ôk 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 35 (00000023), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 30C0307B 1130BDB0 DEA54BCB 5DB956A6 6DB89585 6DB8145B D7864BB2 556DB834 4¸mU²K.×[.¸m..¸m¦V¹]ËK¥Þ°½0.{0À0 000000
- C4C3E303 6D3E6334 8233A122 1DD3212D 2ED13F5C 7A984667 F52B1025 F1F40327 '.ôñ%.+õgF.z\?Ñ.-!Ó."¡3.4c>m.ãÃÄ 000020
- 3CD06FF3 951F341F 8A05288A B01BD202 3D3C4C4B 3C3C4C3C 3CCF0200 F34C3CCF Ï<Ló..Ï<<L<<KL<=.Ò.°.(...4..óoÐ< 000040
- F6CCF6CD D56CCDD5 6CCDD55C CDD65CCD E54CCED5 5CCEE44C CEE44CCF F33CCFF3 óÏ<óÏLäÎLäÎ\ÕÎLåÍ\ÖÍ\ÕÍlÕÍlÕÍöÌö 000060
- CCAE8CE7 CA58BE7C CB38BE7C BF8CCB27 BE8CCB27 BE7CCF6C CCF7CCC6 7CCCF6CC ÌöÌ|ÆÌ÷ÌlÏ|¾'Ë.¾'Ë.¿|¾8Ë|¾XÊç.®Ì 000080
- F6CEF6CD D76CCDF7 CDD67CDF 7CE2CCC8 7CE2CCC8 7CCF8CE3 CCC78CE5 CC78BE9C .¾xÌå.ÇÌã.Ï|ÈÌâ|ÈÌâ|ß|ÖÍ÷Íl×ÍöÎö 0000A0
- 133DD113 3DD0044D D0044DCF F55CCFF4 5CCFE56C CEF55CCE E65CCEE6 5CCEF6CE ÎöÎ\æÎ\æÎ\õÎlåÏ\ôÏ\õÏM.ÐM.Ð=.Ñ=. 0000C0
- CEE65CCF F54CCFF5 5CCF044D D0044DD0 133DD113 3D6FF995 1F341F8A 05298AB8 ¸.)...4..ùo=.Ñ=.ÐM.ÐM.Ï\õÏLõÏ\æÎ 0000E0
- CF8CCC27 CE8CCC27 DE7CDF6C CDF7CDD6 7CCDF6CE F6CEF6CE E56CCEE5 6CCEF55C \õÎlåÎlåÎöÎöÎöÍ|ÖÍ÷Ílß|Þ'Ì.Î'Ì.Ï 000100
- 7CE2CBB8 7CE2CBB8 7CBF8CE3 CBB78CE5 CAA87C9E CCBE8CE7 CC58CE7C CC38CE7C |Î8Ì|ÎXÌç.¾Ì.|¨Êå.·Ëã.¿|¸Ëâ|¸Ëâ| 000120
- D55CCEE4 5CCDD56C CDD55CCD D65CCDD6 5CCDF6CC F6CCF6CC C76CCCF7 CCC67CBF ¿|ÆÌ÷ÌlÇÌöÌöÌöÍ\ÖÍ\ÖÍ\ÕÍlÕÍ\äÎ\Õ 000140
- 1E80E71E 602040DA 6FF84032 434C1F07 2A8BC0D0 F33CCFF3 3CCFE44C CEE44CCE ÎLäÎLäÏ<óÏ<óÐÀ.*..LC2@øoÚ@ `.ç.. 000160
- 7C746CD0 48083D9C 961CACA6 DA6B8BCD C61A086D D028266D D246336D D3C36DE3 ãmÃÓm3FÒm&(Ðm..ÆÍ.kÚ¦¬...=.HÐlt| 000180
- 13307D01 BC01F81B C017303D 01D7DF19 14B9AD42 A2D84944 59AD45A5 D16B64AB «dkÑ¥E­YDIØ¢B­¹..ß×.=0.À.ø.¼.}0. 0001A0
- DA6ACAC1 69C9038D 84D0C647 C7BA46B6 D15A545A 9D4494D8 2A24BA9D 4191DFD7 ×ß.A.º$*Ø.D.ZTZѶFºÇGÆÐ...ÉiÁÊjÚ 0001C0
- 140B2B18 80DA0402 E60178EE 0136CE3D D3363D64 D2266D82 D0068DA1 6C8CBDB6 ¶½.l¡..Ð.m&Òd=6Ó=Î6.îx.æ..Ú..+.. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 36 (00000024), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- F52B0F25 F1F4032C 2DC0103B DBF5EAB2 DDF10BD1 1D5BAFBE 3DB251F9 5958673D =gXYùQ²=¾¯[.Ñ.ñݲêõÛ;.À-,.ôñ%.+õ 000000
- B3B3B4B3 B4B3B4F3 3BE23B4B 3E6C3E62 3481032D D1211DD1 E3022D4C 6A98450D .E.jL-.ãÑ.!Ñ-..4b>l>K;â;ó´³´³´³³ 000020
- B5A04076 583A1C56 103C5A78 460DF50E 0E25F1F4 032E13D0 02001AD1 C2B3A4B4 ´¤³ÂÑ...Ð...ôñ%..õ.FxZ<.V.:Xv@.µ 000040
- 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D D36FD325 5E3DD56F F9953443 4C1F072F /..LC4.ùoÕ=^%ÓoÓ]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6 000060
- 6DD3F5D3 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 D3365D3F 6DD3F5D3 ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm 000080
- 6DD3F5D3 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 D3365DE2 D3365D3F ?]6Óâ]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm 0000A0
- 6DD3F5D3 365DE2D3 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 D3365D3F ?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6Óâ]6ÓõÓm 0000C0
- D3365D3F 6DD3F5D3 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 D3365D3F ?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6Ó 0000E0
- F5400E25 F1F4033A 1FD0503D D5253E6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 õÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm>%Õ=PÐ.:.ôñ%.@õ 000100
- 0E25F1F4 033B35D0 4076583A 1C56103C 5A782620 0076583A 1C56103C 5A78463F ?FxZ<.V.:Xv. &xZ<.V.:Xv@Ð5;.ôñ%. 000120
- E3A4B3E6 13463B2C 1D2C102D 2E3B5A88 25200076 583A1C56 103C5A78 463FF55D ]õ?FxZ<.V.:Xv. %.Z;.-.,.,;F.泤ã 000140
- 02900FD2 2B2EF913 58673D14 0B3D1260 192D3B4A 3A3AAFA3 A4F33AAF A423AEA3 £®#¤¯:󤣯::J;-.`.=..=gX.ù.+Ò... 000160
- BF868DB9 B8ADB10A 01BF1690 DB01B1CB 68F96A58 673D140B 4087A120 BD920FB1 ±..½ ¡.@..=gXjùh˱.Û..¿..±­¸¹..¿ 000180
- E54BDB04 4CD9244C D7444CD5 645CD185 5CCFA55C CDC56CC9 F65CC725 6DC3566D mVÃm%Ç\öÉlÅÍ\¥Ï\.Ñ\dÕLD×L$ÙL.ÛKå 0001A0
- A94BB3C5 8BBB5BB4 E44BDB4B B6048CC0 744B1340 B81401A4 4BDFB45B DDC55BDB Û[ÅÝ[´ßK¤..¸@.KtÀ..¶KÛKä´[».ųK© 0001C0
- 49B9948B B7A4945B B8784B5A B9658BB7 054BBA45 7BB9144B BB068BBA 244BBC76 v¼K$º..»K.¹{EºK.·.e¹ZKx¸[.¤·..¹I 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 37 (00000025), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- B0C1594B 45B0B0C0 594B46B8 F49BB564 844BBE69 4B47B8D4 8BB68494 4BBB784B Kx»K..¶.Ô¸GKi¾K.dµ.ô¸FKYÀ°°EKYÁ° 000000
- 1424ABC4 3A4BE242 B24A9CB4 2424ABC3 4A4B3F14 ABC3494B 4F14ABC2 594B44B1 ±DKY«.OKIë.?KJë$$´.J²BâK:Ä«$. 000020
- B34AACB3 14E234AB C44A8BB3 5A9CB438 ABC53A0B EB380200 ABC5498B B34AACB4 ´¬J³.IÅ«..8ë.:Å«8´.Z³.JÄ«4â.³¬J³ 000040
- 2A9CB534 24ABC349 4B33B33A 9CB43433 ABC34A4B 41B33AAC B41434AB C4494B41 AKIÄ«4.´¬:³AKJë34´.:³3KIë$4µ.* 000060
- 46B1B2BD 684B36B2 B1BE694B 35B2B1BF 594B44B2 B0C0594B 44B2B0C1 594B43B2 ²CKYÁ°²DKYÀ°²DKY¿±²5Ki¾±²6Kh½²±F 000080
- 4B4A9955 B4974B3A AA53B678 5B48B029 858BB784 139B42B9 784B47B1 B3BB784B Kx»³±GKx¹B...·..)°H[x¶Sª:K.´U.JK 0000A0
- 402A402A 40B9B78B C0642B5B 4BDB4BB4 B5B1B8BB 255B946A 97BA144B 9767B0A8 ¨°g.K.º.j.[%»¸±µ´KÛK[+dÀ.·¹@*@*@ 0000C0
- 860CBB6C C4195DC0 4A6DBC99 5DB9C95D B7F85D2A 402A402A 402A4029 50295029 )P)P)@*@*@*@*]ø·]ɹ].¼mJÀ].Äl».. 0000E0
- 9A55EDAF 6FF19513 25F1F403 5B0D4870 5C6B01C0 DEC7D7B5 B41A2DEB 8BCCB0C6 Æ°Ì.ë-.´µ×ÇÞÀ.k\pH.[.ôñ%..ño¯íU. 000100
- 032DD2B1 67F72B10 25F1F403 6030C0F0 9A55EDAA 6FFE9513 25F1F403 5D0D48A0 .H.].ôñ%..þoªíU.ðÀ0`.ôñ%.+÷g±Ò-. 000120
- 132D2F1D E2D3212D 1A332843 36033DE6 3CE34C3C CFC4F33C CFC3C4C3 C3B4C4C3 ÃÄ´ÃÃÄÃÏ<óÄÏ<Lã<æ=.6C(3.-!Óâ./-. 000140
- D11CCDD1 1BCDD11B CDD13A9D D3586DD8 5268F21D 19434C1F 071234C0 6489A7C5 ŧ.dÀ4...LC..òhRØmXÓ.:ÑÍ.ÑÍ.ÑÍ.Ñ 000160
- 1F071334 C030914D D7766DD6 677DD657 8DD5588D D4499DD3 3AADD32A BDD22BBD ½+Ò½*Ó­:Ó.IÔ.XÕ.WÖ}gÖmv×M.0À4... 000180
- D21AADD1 1ABDD00B BDD0CC0C BDD00CBD D01CADD2 498DD586 2DD568E5 1D19434C LC..åhÕ-.Õ.IÒ­.н.н.Ìн.н.Ñ­.Ò 0001A0
- 32DD135E F0112243 4C1F0714 2DC0D8A1 4DD7566D D5477DD4 478DD338 8DD3299D .)Ó.8Ó.GÔ}GÕmV×M¡ØÀ-...LC".ð^.Ý2 0001C0
- 1160DEC8 ADDA8C1D 6D3D4D7D 74D168B8 8898C777 177D75D3 37577D61 D916B44D M´.Ùa}W7Óu}.wÇ..¸hÑt}M=m..Ú­ÈÞ`. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 38 (00000026), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- 4C47CEF4 45D0F434 D233244D 32D413E3 633DE567 F31C2843 4C1F0715 36B8302D -0¸6...LC(.ógå=cã.Ô2M$3Ò4ôÐEôÎGL 000000
- 1F071609 18C4182D CC6C9C8C 7CAC5C8C 88C3077C C1466C6B C6A6855C 59CA85C4 Ä.ÊY\.¦ÆklFÁ|.Ã..\¬|..lÌ-.Ä..... 000020
- 45D064B5 7576A6D2 D0D0D4A7 68DC1B1B 6486AD0A 02001733 C0DE54F7 0430434C LC0.÷TÞÀ3....­.d..Üh§ÔÐÐÒ¦vuµdÐE 000040
- C07AD4D0 D0D26A67 575B46D0 54244D43 D4F432D6 13644DE6 31D62344 4D3F244D M$?MD#Ö1æMd.Ö2ôÔCM$TÐF[WgjÒÐÐÔzÀ 000060
- 7BBDD88A BDD83AAE ADAFADD9 9BCDD99C 1D7DCDD9 4ABEFEEF 1B203BB5 54061829 )..Tµ; .ïþ¾JÙÍ}..ÙÍ.Ù­¯­®:ؽ.ؽ{ 000080
- C2C3C2C6 9B9CCCF5 3CD039FE 102025F1 F4032025 B01210D0 D6A96DDC 154DCDD6 ÖÍM.Üm©ÖÐ..°% .ôñ% .þ9Ð<õÌ..ÆÂÃÂ 0000A0
- 20D366F0 1623434C 1F075E38 C0D1F25C CDA7BCC6 C2C4C2C3 C2C3C2C4 C2C3C2C4 ÄÂÃÂÄÂÃÂÃÂÄÂƼ§Í\òÑÀ8^..LC#.ðfÓ 0000C0
- 6D56D585 355D5AD1 B5C6C6A6 166D68D3 66566D64 D72696CD BFADDDF8 6D114013 .@.møÝ­¿Í.&×dmVfÓhm.¦ÆƵÑZ]5.ÕVm 0000E0
- 1C56103C 5A784663 F50E0E25 F1F4035F 13D013DF 41D33D52 DB15966D 62D74656 VF×bm..ÛR=ÓAß.Ð._.ôñ%..õcFxZ<.V. 000100
- ACF5BB5B CA6AE209 9D88D198 366D2CD7 A268EF1C 26434C1F 077D41C0 4076583A :Xv@ÀA}..LC&.ïh¢×,m6.Ñ...âjÊ[»õ¬ 000120
- 6AD3A645 5D6AD3F6 69D39627 7D8F188D 78D28718 8D97D079 188D97D0 F9A6ACA5 ¥¬¦ùÐ...yÐ....Òx...}'.ÓiöÓj]E¦Ój 000140
- 5D7D442D 8D630D8D 849D1CDB C562F50E 2C434C1F 077E31C0 3CD6034D D5B4455D ]E´ÕM.Ö<À1~..LC,.õbÅÛ.....c.-D}] 000160
- 077F27C0 C0B51D9C D884D0D6 83D2D474 D5D075D7 5B87028D 8585D082 577B7D05 .}{W.Ð.....[×uÐÕtÔÒ.ÖÐ.Ø..µÀÀ'.. 000180
- 1BBDC3D1 2CD00C1D D11C3D1E D00C2D1C CDB3D15B 588D58D7 5563F30E 28434C1F .LC(.ócU×X.X[ѳÍ.-.Ð.=.Ñ..Ð,Ñý. 0001A0
- 6668981A 5D9CCCD4 C2C1C7D9 88BCD768 FD69514E 2E4F080B 75B05075 5D88D558 XÕ.]uP°u..O.NQiýh×¼.ÙÇÁÂÔÌ.]..hf 0001C0
- 9C9CC3C0 299C9CC4 C0388C9C C59BC2C8 79AC189C 8CC98918 759CCB96 37379CCE Î.77.Ë.u..É...¬yÈÂ.Å..8ÀÄ..)ÀÃ.. 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 39 (00000027), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- ACD6EBAC C2260CDC 9CC2181C BCACC10A 1CBC9CC1 C02AACAC C1C02AAC 9CC2C039 9ÀÂ.¬*ÀÁ¬¬*ÀÁ.¼..Á¬¼..Â.Ü.&¬ëÖ¬ 000000
- 67A05B7D D2E4C9C3 CBC2D3C0 CDC0D5FA AC17E0C7 2C40CEAC CF9AECD6 FA9CD7F9 ù×.úÖì.ϬÎ@,Çà.¬úÕÀÍÀÓÂËÃÉäÒ}[.g 000020
- 4CBD494C BB686CB7 896CB4B9 8CA9CFBC D2B80200 D8B0C868 FD69434A E3E9070C ..éãJCiýhÈ°Ø..¸Ò¼Ï©.¹´l.·lh»LI½L 000040
- BEAA1BDB ABBAB1BD B91BCBAB BBB1BCC9 1BBBABBC B0BCE9AB BBF99BBB 097CBC29 )¼|.».ù»«é¼°¼«».ɼ±»«Ë.¹½±º«Û.ª¾ 000060
- B1B80AAC D59E0BFB ABB9B1BE 9A3BCBAB B9DEE4AA C0EAADB8 CE6BC1BA 8BC0B9AB «¹À.ºÁkθ­êÀªäÞ¹«Ë;.¾±¹«û..Õ¬.¸± 000080
- AA161001 1830745D 026C0168 FD69434A E3E9070D 58C0C337 4C8EB3BC B3B6B1BE ¾±¶³¼³.L7ÃÀX..éãJCiýh.l.]t0....ª 0000A0
- BB9DDA9C ADDA9C9D DB8C9DDC 7C9DDD6C 9DDE5C9D DF5B8D11 A0D42901 2A9D14C0 À..*.)Ô...[ß.\Þ.lÝ.|Ü..Û..Ú­.Ú.» 0000C0
- D1DAD1D4 CCCDD6EA AD26E0D7 2C40AEEA ADD87EAD DE89ADDD FAD8DA9D D9CAADD9 Ù­ÊÙ.ÚØúÝ­.Þ­~Ø­ê®@,×à&­êÖÍÌÔÑÚÑ 0000E0
- 8AA91DA0 1DAD0D02 D6D6D526 B0DD6B01 68FD6968 6FD4DE0B 0E9FC011 7011408E .@.p.À...ÞÔohiýh.kÝ°&ÕÖÖ..­...©. 000100
- E97DDAD1 DA0901B4 1DAD9D12 40D93894 8D1460D5 49569D16 60D27917 9D1980A9 ©....yÒ`..VIÕ`...8Ù@..­.´..ÚÑÚ}é 000120
- D0DB99CD DAD1DA9A CDDAD1DA A9CDD9D2 D9AABDDA D2D9C9AD D9D2D9D9 9DD9D2D9 ÙÒÙ.ÙÙÒÙ­ÉÙÒÚ½ªÙÒÙÍ©ÚÑÚÍ.ÚÑÚÍ.ÛÐ 000140
- 05E4AADE EAAD2CA0 DE6AEDDA F6ADDE9A 8DDEEA9D D9CACDDC 8ACDDBD0 DB8ACDDB ÛÍ.ÛÐÛÍ.ÜÍÊÙ.êÞ..Þ­öÚíjÞ.,­êÞªä. 000160
- 18AD1DAD 1D4DCDDC CCCDD6EA ADDE3A02 7EBDDDEA ADD7CCAD DE7A1DAD ADDE7A1D .zÞ­­.zÞ­Ì×­êݽ~.:Þ­êÖÍÌÜÍM.­.­. 000180
- 1100BD8D 0143D7D5 D625C0DD 6B0168FD 69686FD4 DE0B0F88 C0100117 011701E4 ä......À...ÞÔohiýh.kÝÀ%ÖÕ×C..½.. 0001A0
- 4D7D9DDE 5C4D7D9D DF5B8D62 D818014A 9D54D629 012A9D67 D24901AC AA986A01 .j.ª¬.IÒg.*.)ÖT.J..Øb.[ß.}M\Þ.}M 0001C0
- D9CA1DAD ADD9BB1D AD9DDA9C 2D9DADDA 9C2D9D9D DB8C3D8D 9DDC7C4D 7D9DDD6C lÝ.}M|Ü..=.Û..-.Ú­.-.Ú.­.»Ù­­.ÊÙ 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 40 (00000028), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- DEEAAD26 E0D75140 AEEAADDE 8AEDD7EA 9DDF89AD DDEAADD8 DABDDD8A ADDDCC9D .ÌÝ­.ݽÚØ­êÝ­.ß.ê×í.Þ­ê®@Q×à&­êÞ 000000
- 69D74667 FC2B2A43 4C1F0722 5DC01170 11701140 8ED1DAD1 DAD1D4CC CDDC6CAD ­lÜÍÌÔÑÚÑÚÑ.@.p.p.À]"..LC*+ügF×i 000020
- 4623083D 8233A13C A122BDD2 31ADD321 0200BDD2 E212CDD1 3F1CCDA5 D37A588D .XzÓ¥Í.?ÑÍ.âÒ½..!Ó­1Ò½"¡<¡3.=.#F 000040
- DAC3944D 3CDAC3A3 3DCFA33D CF944D3C DAF34CD9 C4A33D3C 3EDA036D 3E63D133 3Ñc>m.Ú><=£ÄÙLóÚ<M.Ï=£Ï=£ÃÚ<M.ÃÚ 000060
- 0F23FF08 232C88BF 042D0AB8 B0C11DD2 B22DD0A3 3D3CDAC3 944D4BD9 C4A33D3C <=£ÄÙKM.ÃÚ<=£Ð-²Ò.Á°¸.-.¿.,#..#. 000080
- 3D3CDAC3 944D4BD9 C4A33D3C DA032DDB 221DDCB1 67EC2B2A 434C1F07 5C5DC0C0 ÀÀ]\..LC*+ìg±Ü."Û-.Ú<=£ÄÙKM.ÃÚ<= 0000A0
- 36136D33 D0A33DE6 3CDA33CE 944D3CDA F34CD9C4 A33DCFA3 3DCFA33D 4CD9C4A3 £ÄÙL=£Ï=£Ï=£ÄÙLóÚ<M.Î3Ú<æ=£Ð3m.6 0000C0
- 766D89D5 783AADC5 D13CD11C 2D2FBDD2 213EADD3 21BDD2A2 31AC3183 32D02843 C(Ð2.1¬1¢Ò½!Ó­>!Ò½/-.Ñ<ÑÅ­:xÕ.mv 0000E0
- 6E656469 0EF0800F 28000384 85983E0E 7C0A38D5 28000342 434C1F07 7B090840 @..{..LCB..(Õ8.|.>.....(..ð.iden 000100
- 78657420 58655420 656D6568 6373676E 69646F63 15F0524D 43207265 69666974 tifier CMRð.codingscheme TeX tex 000120
- F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F5 0000B600 F4657479 62656361 66746E6F 660CF074 tð.fontfacebyteô.¶..õööööööööööö 000140
- F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 000160
- F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 000180
- F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 0001A0
- F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 0001C0
- F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 0001E0
-
-Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78
-File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42
-
-Virtual block number 41 (00000029), 512 (0200) bytes
-
- F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 000000
- F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 000020
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000FFFF F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööö................ 000040
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000060
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000080
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0000A0
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0000C0
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0000E0
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000100
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000120
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000140
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000160
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000180
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0001A0
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0001C0
- 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0001E0
diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.240pk b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.240pk
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bafe234a0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.240pk
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.300pk b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.300pk
deleted file mode 100644
index 137d069175..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.300pk
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.mf b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.mf
deleted file mode 100644
index 54722d595d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.mf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-% halftone font with 65 levels of gray, characters "0" (white) to "p" (black)
-
-pair p[]; % the pixels in order (first p0 becomes black, then p1, etc.)
-pair d[]; d[0]=(0,0); d[1]=(1,1); d[2]=(0,1); d[3]=(1,0); % dither control
-def wrap(expr z)=(xpart z mod 8,ypart z mod 8) enddef;
-for i=0 upto 3: for j=0 upto 3: for k=0 upto 3:
- p[16i+4j+k]=wrap(4d[k]+2d[j]+d[i]+(2,2)); endfor endfor endfor
-
-w#:=8/pt; % that's 8 pixels
-font_quad:=w#; designsize:=8w#;
-
-picture prevchar; prevchar=nullpicture; % pixels blackened so far
-for i=0 upto 64:
- beginchar(i+ASCII"0",w#,w#,0); currentpicture:=prevchar;
- if i>0: addto currentpicture also unitpixel shifted p[i-1]; fi
- prevchar:=currentpicture; endchar;
-endfor
diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.readme b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.readme
deleted file mode 100644
index ef9efd8f5d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.readme
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-DT is a font suggested by Don Knuth and illustrated in TUGboat V8N2. It contains
-65 levels of gray from white to black.
-
-To create a new version of font dt, you must run MF on the file dt300.mf. If,
-for example, you want a different resolution than 300dpi, you could copy
-dt300.mf to dt240.mf, modify the pixels_per_inch to reflect 240dpi, and then
-run MF on dt240. When done, rename the 240gf and tfm files to be dt instead of
-dt240 (or waits).
diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.tfm b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.tfm
deleted file mode 100644
index 4179f63cc2..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.tfm
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt240.mf b/macros/text1/fonts/dt240.mf
deleted file mode 100644
index 27521240d1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt240.mf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-% halftone font dithered
-mode_setup;
-font_coding_scheme:="TEX TEXT";
-if (pixels_per_inch<>240) or (mag<>1):
- errmessage "Sorry, this font is only for resolution 240";
- errmessage "Abort the run now or you'll clobber the TFM file";
- forever: endfor
-else: input dt fi
-if fontmaking>0: font_family font_identifier_;
- coding_scheme font_coding_scheme_; fi
-end.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt300.mf b/macros/text1/fonts/dt300.mf
deleted file mode 100644
index ed44f467b0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt300.mf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-% halftone font dithered
-mode_setup;
-font_coding_scheme:="TEX TEXT";
-if (pixels_per_inch<>300) or (mag<>1):
- errmessage "Sorry, this font is only for resolution 300";
- errmessage "Abort the run now or you'll clobber the TFM file";
- forever: endfor
-else: input dt fi
-if fontmaking>0: font_family font_identifier_;
- coding_scheme font_coding_scheme_; fi
-end.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.macinfo b/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.macinfo
deleted file mode 100644
index 2de62e24e6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.macinfo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-To create a new application on the Macintosh for the TEXT1 sorted index, you
-must TANGLE the TEXIX.WEB file (found in the directory TEXIX) with the
-TEXIX.TURBOMAC changes file. Then compile the program with Turbo Pascal on your
-Macintosh. It requires Turbo Pascal and Turbo Toolbox to compile.
diff --git a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.turbomac b/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.turbomac
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e6ecaaa49..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.turbomac
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,591 +0,0 @@
-% Version 1.0; Dean Guenther; 4/1/86
-% Version 1.1; Dean Guenther; 12/87
-% Version 1.2; Dean Guenther; 6/28/88
-These are the changes necessary to use TEXIX with Turbo mac pascal.
-
-@x line 6
- \centerline{{\twelvept For IBM VM/CMS Pascal/VS}}
-@y
- \centerline{{\twelvept For Macintosh Turbo Pascal}}
-@z
-
-@x line 68
-\def\PASCAL{{\sc PASCAL/VS}}
-@y
-\def\PASCAL{{\sc Macintosh Turbo Pascal}}
-@z
-
-@x line 87
-@ The @^TEXIX@>
-program is written entirely in WEB, except for an external
-procedure, {\it plsort}, which is written in @^PL/1@> PL/1.
-This was necessary since
-\PASCAL\ cannot call
-@:plsort@>
-Syncsort @^SYNCSORT@>
-to do an internal sort, and PL/1 can.
-@y
-@ The @^TEXIX@>
-program is written entirely in WEB, except for an internal
-sort which uses the TURBO Pascal DataBase Toolbox sort.
-This was necessary since
-\PASCAL\ cannot itself do a sort.
-@z
-
-@x line 107
-segment texix;
-procedure texix(ix:char); external;
-procedure texix;
-@y
-program texix;
-@{$U Sort@}
-uses sane, MemTypes, QuickDraw, OSIntf, Sort, toolintf; @/
-@{It is required to convert all @@ into a shift-6 \^ {} before
-compiling this with turbo pascal@} @{ There is one exception,
-the line at the bottom that calls the Sort routine should retain
-the at signs.@}
-
-@z
-
-@x line 119
-@<Global Var...@>=
-sysprint:text;
-@!ix_file :text;
-@y
-@<Global Var...@>=
-sysprint:text;
-@!ix_file :text;
-@!curslist:CursorList;
-@!total_recs:integer;
-@!clock_time:integer;
-@z
-
-@x line 123
-@ The {\it sort\_file} is used for the internal sort only. The \text1\ user
-never has access to it.
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-@!sort_file :file of sort_type;
-@y
-@ The {\it sort\_file} used with Pascal/VS is not needed in \PASCAL.
-@z
-
-@x line 136
-@d dosubstr == substr
-@d doindex == index
-@y
-@d dosubstr == copy
-@d doindex == getindex
-@z
-
-@x line 142
-@d getout == return
-@d messages == sysprint
-@y
-@d getout == exit
-@d messages == output
-@z
-
-@x line 147
-@d max_field = 300
-@d max_levels = 3
-@d max_lrecl = 2048
-@y
-@d max_field = 255
-@d max_levels = 3
-@d max_lrecl = 255
-@z
-
-@x line 147
-in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #)
-@y
-in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #,length(in_record))
-@z
-
-@x line 160
-@d string_type(#) == string(#)
-@y
-@d string_type(#) == string[#]
-@z
-
-@x line 206
-@ This is arbitrary, but
-there should never be more than 8 indicies.
-
-@d s_file_number == '9'
-@y
-@ The variable {\it s\_file\_number} is not used in \PASCAL\ and
-is omitted here.
-@z
-
-@x line 253
- ccat := x ccat_temp y;
-@y
- ccat := concat(x,y);
-@z
-
-@x line 277
-@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char);
-begin
-if file_number = '9' then reset(sort_file,
-'NAME=TEXT1$$.OUTSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V')
-else reset(ix_file,
-ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),'.A'));
-end;
-@y
-@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char);
-begin
-@{$I-@}
-reset(ix_file,
-ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number));
-@{$I+@}
-if ioresult <> 0 then
-begin
-writeln(messages,^G,
-' -- Cannot find file ',ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number));
-halt;
-end;
-end;
-
-function getindex(x:string_pass;y:string_pass):integer;
-begin
- getindex := pos(y,x);
- end;
-
-function trim(object:string_pass):string_pass;
-var i:integer;
-new_string:string_pass;
-begin
-i:=length(object)+1;
-repeat
- decr(i);
- until (object[i] <> ' ') or (i=1);
-if (object[i] = ' ') and (i=1)
-then new_string:=''
-else new_string:=copy(object,1,i);
-trim:=new_string;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 292
-@p procedure file_rewrite(file_number:char);
-begin
-if file_number = '9'
-then
-rewrite(sort_file,'NAME=TEXT1$$.INSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V')
-else
-rewrite(ix_file,
-ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),
-'.A,LRECL=2048,RECFM=V'));
-end;
-@y
-@p procedure file_rewrite(file_number:char);
-begin
-rewrite(ix_file,
-ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number));
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 343
-@ @<Global Types@>=
-@!string_pass=string_type(max_lrecl);
-@y
-@ @<Global Types@>=
-@!CursorList = array[iBeamCursor..watchCursor] of CursHandle;
-@!string_pass=string_type(max_lrecl);
-@z
-
-@x line 444
-@ The {\it get\_numeric}
-function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert
-that array (which is really the page number) into an integer.
-
-@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_type(max_pn_alpha)):integer;
-var @!i:integer;
-begin
-readstr(x_string,i);
-get_numeric:=i;
-end;
-@y
-@ This function is needed to put the string to be converted by
-get\_numeric into the upper right portion of the string to be
-converted.
-
-@p function shift_right(in_string:string_pass):decstr;
-var i,j:integer; temp:pn_alpha_type;
-begin
- j:=0;
- repeat incr(j); {find the first blank}
- until (in_string[j] = ' ') or (in_string[j] = '') or
- (j >= length(in_string));
- for i:= 1 to sizeof(temp)-1 do temp[i]:=' ';
- for i:=1 to j do temp[sizeof(temp)-j+i]:=in_string[i];
- shift_right:=temp;
- end;
-
-@ The {\it get\_numeric}
-function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert
-that array (which is really the page number) into an integer.
-
-@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_pass):integer;
-var @!i:integer;
-begin
-get_numeric:=num2integer(str2num(shift_right(x_string)));
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 459
-@p procedure strvalue(x:integer; var results:pass_pn_alpha);
-var
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
-writestr(temp,x);
-results:=ltrim(temp);
-end;
-@y
-@p procedure strvalue(X:integer; var results:pass_pn_alpha);
-var temp:decstr;
- y:extended;
- f:decform;
- i,qq:integer;
-begin
- f.style := fixeddecimal;
- f.digits:=0;
- y:=num2extended(x);
- for i := 1 to decstrlen do temp[i] := ' ';
- num2str(f,y,temp);
- i:=1;
- results:=temp;
- end;
-@z
-
-@x line 470
-@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-var i:integer;
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
-temp:='';i := 1;
-with sort_record do begin
-repeat
-if x[i] <> ' ' then
-temp := ccat(temp,str(x[i]));
-incr(i);
-until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' ');
-end;
-strconv:=temp;
-end;
-@y
-@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):pass_pn_alpha;
-var i:integer;
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
-temp:='';i := 1;
-with sort_record do begin
-repeat
-if x[i] <> ' ' then
-temp := ccat(temp,x[i]);
-incr(i);
-until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' ');
-end;
-strconv:=temp;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 626
-@ The {\it plsort} procedure is written in PL/1 to call the CMS sort program
-Syncsort. This was necessary since you cannot call Syncsort from PASCAL/VS.
-The fields to be sorted are defined internally in the {\it plsort}
-program. This should be the same as the three sort fields in {\it sort\_type}.
-@:sort_type@>
-@:plsort@> @^PL/1@>
-@^Syncsort@>
-
-@p procedure plsort(var sort_rc:integer); fortran;
-@y
-@ The {\it LessRec} function is used by Turbo Pascal Database Toolbox's
-Sort routine. It returns true if record ``x'' is less than record ``y''.
-The record {\it sort\_type} is used for comparison.
-@:sort_type@>
-
-@p function LessRec(var x,y :sort_type):boolean;
-var Lower :boolean;
-begin Lower := (x.sort_part[1].field_level < y.sort_part[1].field_level);
-if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y}
-Lower := (x.sort_part[1].field_level = y.sort_part[1].field_level);
-if Lower then begin {x = y}
-Lower := (x.sort_part[2].field_level < y.sort_part[2].field_level);
-if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y}
-Lower := (x.sort_part[2].field_level = y.sort_part[2].field_level);
-if Lower then begin {x = y}
-Lower := (x.sort_part[3].field_level < y.sort_part[3].field_level);
-if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y}
-Lower := (x.sort_part[3].field_level = y.sort_part[3].field_level);
-if Lower then begin {x = y}
-Lower := (x.abs_page_number < y.abs_page_number);
-if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y}
-Lower := (x.abs_page_number = y.abs_page_number);
-if Lower then begin {x = y}
-Lower := (x.page_number < y.page_number);
-if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y}
-Lower := (x.page_number = y.page_number);
-if Lower then {x = y}
-Lower := (x.record_type < y.record_type);
-end; end; end; end; end; end; end; end; end;
-LessRec := Lower;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 643
-@ This function converts to all uppercase.
-Notice that this is an EBCIDIC conversion, not an ASCII conversion
-to uppercase.
-
-@p function upper_case(x:char):char;
-var temp:char;
-begin
- if (ord(x)>=129)and(ord(x)<=169) then
- temp:=chr(ord(x)+64)
- else temp:=x;
-upper_case:=temp;
-end;
-@y
-@ This function converts to all uppercase.
-Notice that this is an ASCII conversion, not an EBCDIC conversion
-to uppercase.
-
-@p function upper_case(x:char):char;
-var temp:char;
-begin
- if ord(x) >= "a" then
- temp:=chr(ord(x)-@'40)
- else temp:=x;
-upper_case:=temp;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 719
-@<Get Default Index Values@>
-@y
-writeln(messages);
-writeln(messages,'Reading in the input now...');
-total_recs := 0;
-@<Get Default Index Values@>
-@z
-
-@x line 722
-@<Read Next Record@>@/
-@y
-@<Read Next Record@>@/
-incr(total_recs);write(total_recs:6);gotoxy(1,6);
-@z
-
-@x line 728
-end;end;
-@y
-end;
-close(ix_file);
-writeln(messages);
-writeln(messages,'done reading the records. Starting to sort......');
-clock_time := tickcount;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 738
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no'
-@y
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1,length(in_record))
- = 'no'
-@z
-
-@x line 744
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no'
-@y
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1,length(in_record))
- = 'no'
-@z
-
-@x line 867
-@ Ok, the record has been processed, so write it to the output file.
-
-@<Write Sort Record@>=
-sort_file@@:=sort_record;
-put(sort_file);
-@y
-@ Ok, the record has been processed, so write it to the output file
-using the procedure defined to Turbo Pascal's Database Toolbox.
-
-@<Write Sort Record@>=
-SortRelease(sort_record);
-@z
-
-@x line 890
-The page number for a blind entry will always be 999999999.
-
-@<Do Blind Entry@>=
-begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/
-i := doindex(in_record,'{$}');
-curr_level:=2;
-write_print_chars(i-1);
-curr_level:=0;
-remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'}
-sort_record.page_number := 999999999;
-@y
-The page number for a blind entry will always be 9999.
-
-@<Do Blind Entry@>=
-begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/
-i := doindex(in_record,'{$}');
-curr_level:=2;
-write_print_chars(i-1);
-curr_level:=0;
-remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'}
-sort_record.page_number := 9999;
-@z
-
-@x line 976
-str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,str(field_level[i]));
-@y
-str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,field_level[i]);
-@z
-
-@x line 996
-@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is less than zero, its alphabetic and
-roman numeral processing is necessary.
-
-@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>=
-with sort_record do begin
-if ord(page_string[1]) < ord('0')
-@y
-@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is greater
- than nine, its alphabetic and
-roman numeral processing is necessary.
-
-@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>=
-with sort_record do begin
-if ord(page_string[1]) > ord('9')
-@z
-
-@x line 1103
-then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2)
-@y
-then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2,length(curr_str_page))
-@z
-
-@x line 1182
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1);
-end;
-@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/
-if ord(curr_str_page[1]) < ord('0') {Then its alphabetic}
-@y
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1,length(str_build));
-end;
-@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/
-if ord(curr_str_page[1]) > ord('9') {Then its alphabetic}
-@z
-
-@x line 1195
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1);
-@y
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1,length(str_build));
-@z
-
-@x line 1311
-while not eof(sort_file) do begin
-sort_record:=sort_file@@;
-get(sort_file);
-@y
-file_rewrite(ix);
-clock_time := tickcount - clock_time;write(^G);
-writeln(messages,'It took ',clock_time/60.0:1:4,' seconds to sort ',
-total_recs:6,' records.');
-writeln(messages,'Now building the file to be formated with TEXT1...');
-while not SortEOS do begin
-SortReturn(sort_record);
-@z
-
-@x line 1524
-@* Main Program.
-Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then
-set the ix\_file for input and the sort\_file for output; read all of the
-entries, processing each one; close the files; sort; read the sorted file
-in and build the entries, writing them back to the ix\_file to be read in
-by the index markup. WHEW!!
-
-@p
-begin @<Initialize Main@>@/
-termout(messages);
-reset_file(ix);@/
-file_rewrite(s_file_number); {Should always be file 9}@/
-read_all_entries;@/
-close(ix_file);@/
-close(sort_file);@/
-@<Sort the Index@>@/
-reset_file(s_file_number);@/
-file_rewrite(ix);@/
-build_sorted_index;@/
-end;
-@y
-@* Main Program.
-Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then
-prompt to determine which index to use (1, 2, or 3).
-Next call Turbo Pascal's sort routine. And thats it.
- WHEW!!
-
-@p
-begin @<Initialize Main@>@/
-write('Which index are you processing (1, 2, or 3)? ');@/
-readln(ix);@/
-if (ix <> '1') and (ix <> '2') and (ix <> '3') then begin
-writeln(messages,
-'You can only process indexes 1, 2, or 3. Start again.');
-halt; end;
-clearscreen;writeln('');
-writeln(messages,'Loading the sort routine....');
-writeln(messages);
-reset_file(ix);@/
-for m := iBeamCursor to watchCursor do begin
-curslist[m] := getcursor(m);
-hlock(handle(curslist[m]));end;setcursor(curslist[watchCursor]^^);
-showcursor;
-@<Sort the Index@>@/
-hidecursor;
-close(ix_file); {ix_file now has the index to be run through \TeX}
-write(messages,'Press any key to continue ');readln;
-end.
-@z
-
-
-@x line 1548
-@ As mentioned earlier, {\it plsort} is an external PL/1 subroutine
-@^PL/1@>
-@^Syncsort@>
-which is used to call Syncsort to sort the file.
-The sort fields are as follows:
-@y
-@ As mentioned earlier, {\it TurboSort} is a Turbo Toolbox Database
- subroutine
-which is used to sort the index file.
-The sort fields are as follows:
-@z
-
-@x line 1562
-sort_rc:integer;
-@y
-sort_rc:integer;
-@!ix:char;
-@z
-
-@x line 1564
-@ @<Sort the Index@>=
-plsort(sort_rc);
-if sort_rc = 0
- then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed')
- else writeln(messages,'Index Failed');
-@y
-@ @<Sort the Index@>=
-sort_rc := TurboSort(sizeof(sort_type),@@read_all_entries,
-@@LessRec, @@build_sorted_index);
-if sort_rc = 0
- then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed')
- else writeln(messages,'Index Failed');
-@z
diff --git a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix_macintosh.readme b/macros/text1/macintosh/texix_macintosh.readme
deleted file mode 100644
index 255c6f6d19..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix_macintosh.readme
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-You may unbinhex the file TEXT1_INDEX_SORT.BIN and run that application on a
-Macintosh (at least up to system 7).
-
-To create a new application on the Macintosh for the TEXT1 sorted index, you
-must TANGLE the TEXIX.WEB file (found in the directory TEXIX) with the
-TEXIX.TURBOMAC changes file. Then compile the program with Turbo Pascal on your
-Macintosh. It requires Turbo Pascal and Turbo Toolbox to compile.
diff --git a/macros/text1/macintosh/text1_index_sort.bin b/macros/text1/macintosh/text1_index_sort.bin
deleted file mode 100644
index f15a1e7624..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macintosh/text1_index_sort.bin
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cgfonts.lclist b/macros/text1/macros/cgfonts.lclist
deleted file mode 100644
index 6558013c77..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cgfonts.lclist
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-agb
-agbk
-agd
-agxl
-belb
-bell
-belli
-belr
-bemb
-bemi
-bemr
-bemsc
-bkd
-bkdi
-bkl
-bkli
-bodb
-bodbi
-bodbk
-bodbki
-bodi
-bodr
-bodsc
-bodxb
-bordera
-borderb
-brush
-cenb
-ceni
-cenr
-censc
-courier
-ctb
-cti
-ctr
-ding
-elite
-etb
-etbi
-eti
-etr
-etsc
-etsi
-ext
-garab
-garabi
-garai
-garar
-garasc
-garb
-garbi
-garbk
-garbki
-garl
-garli
-garu
-garui
-gkh
-gkhi
-gkt
-gktb
-gkti
-heb
-hebi
-hei
-her
-hesc
-ipa
-korb
-korbi
-kori
-korout
-korr
-korxb
-korxbi
-modern
-mthit
-mthitss
-mthrm
-mthrmss
-ocrb
-olde
-omb
-ombi
-omi
-omr
-omsc
-park
-plb
-plbi
-pli
-plr
-plsc
-quil
-spchar
-specials
-svd
-svdi
-svl
-svli
-svsc
-symbola
-symbolb
-symlogo
-tifd
-tifh
-tifl
-tifr
-trib
-tribc
-tribi
-tribl
-triblb
-tric
-trii
-tril
-trili
-trir
-trisc
-unib
-unibi
-unii
-unil
-unir
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm10.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm10.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index aa431de13e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm10.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXbi=cmbxti10
-\font\cmXcc=cmcsc10
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=12pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\tenrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\teni}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni
- \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\tenit
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\tenbf}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\tenit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm108m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm108m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 2410c5b3d7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm108m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptfont2=\tensy \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIIIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm109m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm109m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b5104aaf7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm109m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptfont2=\tensy \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmIXmi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmIXex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm11.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm11.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index aa9300ae37..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm11.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmXIbierr
-\font\cmXIcc=cmcsc11
-\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 \font\cmXIit=cmti11
-\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 \font\cmXImi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXItt=cmtt11\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=13pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIrm \textfont1=\cmXImi
- \textfont2=\cmXIsy\textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmXIbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM11. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmXIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1110m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1110m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 09cc8fb54e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1110m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXImi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11
-\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11\font\cmXIrm=cmr11
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptscriptfont2=\tensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\tenbf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm119m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm119m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 13eca0aebf..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm119m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXImi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11
-\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 \font\cmXIrm=cmr11
-\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmIXmi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmIXex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm12.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm12.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index a505abed9c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm12.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIIbi=cmbxti12
-\font\cmXIIcc=cmcsc12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12
-\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 \font\cmXIIit=cmti12
-\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12 \font\cmXIImi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIItt=cmtt12 \font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=14pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIIsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIIex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIIrm \textfont1=\cmXIImi
- \textfont2=\cmXIIsy \textfont3=\cmXIIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXIItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXIIbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1210m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1210m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index e1ccb4c7fc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1210m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIImi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12
-\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptscriptfont2=\tensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\tenbf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1211m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1211m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index d9c4e13c45..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1211m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIImi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12
-\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12
-\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 \font\cmXImi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11
-\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm14.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm14.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index f302bf6a12..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm14.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIVbi=cmbxti14
-\font\cmXIVcc=cmcsc14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14
-\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 \font\cmXIVit=cmti14
-\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14 \font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14
-\font\cmXIVtt=cmtt14 \font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=16pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIVrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIVmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIVsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIVex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIVrm \textfont1=\cmXIVmi
- \textfont2=\cmXIVsy \textfont3=\cmXIVex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIVit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIVcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIVbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIVit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXIVtt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIVcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXIVbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1412m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1412m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index fc933ca00f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1412m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14
-\font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14
-\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14
-\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 \font\cmXIImi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12
-\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIVrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIVmi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIVsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIVex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXIImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm18.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm18.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index c4c9f52d87..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm18.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXVIIIbi=cmbxti18
-\font\cmXVIIIcc=cmcsc18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18
-\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 \font\cmXVIIIit=cmti18
-\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18 \font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18
-\font\cmXVIIItt=cmtt18 \font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=20pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXVIIIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXVIIImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXVIIIsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXVIIIex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \textfont1=\cmXVIIImi
- \textfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \textfont3=\cmXVIIIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXVIIIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXVIIIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXVIIIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXVIIIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXVIIItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXVIIIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXVIIIbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1814m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1814m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index c3c34b0f02..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1814m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18
-\font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18
-\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18
-\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 \font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14
-\font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14
-\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXVIIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXVIIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIVrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXIVmi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIVsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIVex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm24.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm24.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 83dc4387be..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm24.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXXIVbi=cmbxti24
-\font\cmXXIVcc=cmcsc24 \font\cmXXIVex=cmex24
-\font\cmXXIVrm=cmr24 \font\cmXXIVit=cmti24
-\font\cmXXIVbd=cmbx24 \font\cmXXIVmi=cmmi24
-\font\cmXXIVtt=cmtt24\font\cmXXIVsy=cmsy24
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=26pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXIVrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXIVmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXIVsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXIVex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXXIVrm \textfont1=\cmXXIVmi
- \textfont2=\cmXXIVsy \textfont3=\cmXXIVex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXXIVit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cmXXIVbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXXIVcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXIVbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXIVit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXXIVtt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXXIVcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXXIVbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm2418m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm2418m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 41222e47d0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm2418m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXXIVmi=cmmi24
-\font\cmXXIVsy=cmsy24 \font\cmXXIVex=cmex24
-\font\cmXXIVbd=cmbx24\font\cmXXIVrm=cmr24
-\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 \font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18
-\font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18
-\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXXIVrm \scriptfont1=\cmXXIVmi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXXIVsy \scriptfont3=\cmXXIVex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXXIVbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXVIIImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXVIIIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm36.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm36.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a6f9ce578..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm36.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXXXVIbi=cmbxti36
-\font\cmXXXVIcc=cmcsc36\font\cmXXXVIex=cmex36
-\font\cmXXXVIrm=cmr36 \font\cmXXXVIit=cmti36
-\font\cmXXXVIbd=cmbx36 \font\cmXXXVImi=cmmi36
-\font\cmXXXVItt=cmtt36 \font\cmXXXVIsy=cmsy36
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=38pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXXVIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXXVImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXXVIsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXXVIex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXXXVIrm \textfont1=\cmXXXVImi
- \textfont2=\cmXXXVIsy \textfont3=\cmXXXVIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXXXVIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXXXVItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXXXVIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXXXVIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXXVIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXXVIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXXXVItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXXXVIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXXXVIbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm5.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm5.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cdb0205e3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm5.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifVbierr
-\global\newif\ifVccerr
-\global\newif\ifVtterr
-\global\newif\ifViterr
-\global\newif\ifVbderr
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=8pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\fiverm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\fivei}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\fivesy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\fiverm\textfont1=\fivei
- \textfont2=\fivesy\textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\bffam=\fivebf
-\def\noexpand\bd{\noexpand\ifVbderr\noexpand\fam\bffam\fivebf%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\fam\bffam\fivebf%
-\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold font in CM5. Will print bold extended font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vbderrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\noexpand\ifViterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No italic font in CM5. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Viterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifVtterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CM5. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vtterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifVbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM5. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifVccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CM5. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm6.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm6.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a3a735d8c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm6.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmVIbierr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIccerr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIiterr
-\global\newif\ifcmVItterr
-\font\cmVIrm=cmr6
-\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6
-\font\sixsy=cmsy6
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=8pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\sixsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\cmVIrm \textfont1=\cmVImi
- \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\bffam=\cmVIbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmVIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\noexpand\ifcmVIiterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No italic font in CM6. Will print roman font.}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIiterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIbierr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM6. Will print roman font.}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifcmVIccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CM6. Will print roman font.}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifcmVItterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CM6. Will print roman font.}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVItterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm65m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm65m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c44223de..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm65m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVImi=cmmi6
-\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6\font\cmVIrm=cmr6
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
- \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm7.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm7.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 894bff8b2c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm7.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifVIIbierr
-\global\newif\ifVIIbderr
-\global\newif\ifVIItterr
-\global\newif\ifVIIccerr
-\font\cmVIIit=cmti7
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=9pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\sevenrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\seveni}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\sevensy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\sevenrm \textfont1=\seveni
- \textfont2=\sevensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIit
- \textfont\bffam=\sevenbf
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIit}%
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\sevenbf}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifVIItterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CM7. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIItterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifVIIbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM7. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifVIIccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CM7. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIIccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm75m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm75m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 2acd4dc1f4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm75m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
- \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
- \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm76m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm76m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 796813490d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm76m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6
-\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm8.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm8.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index ea69af7705..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm8.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIbierr
-\font\cmVIIIcc=cmcsc8
-\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIIit=cmti8
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIItt=cmtt8
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=10pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIIIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVIIImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\cmVIIIrm \textfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmVIIIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmVIIIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmVIIItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmVIIIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM8. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm86m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm86m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 9acea1b047..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm86m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8
-\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6
-\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm87m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm87m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bc523025d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm87m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm9.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm9.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 8602cb2d64..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm9.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmIXbierr
-\font\cmIXcc=cmcsc9
-\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXit=cmti9
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXtt=cmtt9
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=11pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmIXrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmIXmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\cmIXrm \textfont1=\cmIXmi
- \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmIXit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmIXtt \textfont\bffam=\cmIXbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmIXcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmIXbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmIXit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmIXtt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmIXcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmIXbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM9. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmIXbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm97m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm97m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 612ddf3587..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm97m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9\font\cmIXrm=cmr9
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptfont1=\cmIXmi
- \scriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptfont3=\cmIXex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm98m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm98m.texmath
deleted file mode 100644
index 78e30ed089..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cm98m.texmath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9\font\cmIXrm=cmr9
-\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptfont1=\cmIXmi
- \scriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptfont3=\cmIXex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIIIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan10.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan10.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index cedf00fe5e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan10.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXsstterr
-\font\cmXssrm=cmss10 \font\cmXssit=cmssi10
-\font\cmXssbd=cmssbx10 \font\cmXssmi=cmmi10
-\font\cmXsssy=cmsy10 \font\cmXssex=cmex10
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=12pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXssrm \textfont1=\cmXssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXsssy \textfont3=\cmXssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN10. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN10. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN10. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan11.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan11.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index e5da60857e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan11.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXIsstterr
-\font\cmXIssrm=cmss11 \font\cmXIssit=cmssi11
-\font\cmXIssbd=cmssbx11 \font\cmXIssmi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXIsssy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIssex=cmex11
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=13pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIssrm \textfont1=\cmXIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXIsssy \textfont3=\cmXIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXIssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN11. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN11. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN11. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan12.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan12.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 234dd3cbba..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan12.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXIIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXIIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXIIsstterr
-\font\cmXIIssrm=cmss12 \font\cmXIIssit=cmssi12
-\font\cmXIIssbd=cmssbx12 \font\cmXIIssmi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIIsssy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIssex=cmex12
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=14pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIIssrm \textfont1=\cmXIIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXIIsssy \textfont3=\cmXIIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIIssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXIIssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIIssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN12. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN12. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN12. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan14.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan14.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 23d2eb54a5..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan14.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXIVssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXIVssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXIVsstterr
-\font\cmXIVssrm=cmss14 \font\cmXIVssit=cmssi14
-\font\cmXIVssbd=cmssbx14 \font\cmXIVssmi=cmmi14
-\font\cmXIVsssy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVssex=cmex14
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=16pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIVssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIVssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIVsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIVssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIVssrm \textfont1=\cmXIVssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXIVsssy \textfont3=\cmXIVssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIVssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXIVssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIVssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIVssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIVssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN14. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIVsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN14. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIVssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN14. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan18.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan18.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index a1a581291e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan18.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXVIIIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXVIIIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXVIIIsstterr
-\font\cmXVIIIssrm=cmss18 \font\cmXVIIIssit=cmssi18
-\font\cmXVIIIssbd=cmssbx18 \font\cmXVIIIssmi=cmmi18
-\font\cmXVIIIsssy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIssex=cmex18
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=20pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXVIIIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXVIIIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXVIIIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXVIIIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXVIIIssrm \textfont1=\cmXVIIIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXVIIIsssy \textfont3=\cmXVIIIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXVIIIssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXVIIIssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXVIIIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXVIIIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN18. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXVIIIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN18. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXVIIIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN18. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan24.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan24.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index d035cc6ecd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan24.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXXIVssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXXIVssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXXIVsstterr
-\font\cmXXIVssrm=cmss24 \font\cmXXIVssit=cmssi24
-\font\cmXXIVssbd=cmssbx24 \font\cmXXIVssmi=cmmi24
-\font\cmXXIVsssy=cmsy24 \font\cmXXIVssex=cmex24
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=26pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXIVssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXIVssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXIVsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXIVssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXXIVssrm \textfont1=\cmXXIVssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXXIVsssy \textfont3=\cmXXIVssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXXIVssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXXIVssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXIVssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXIVssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXXIVssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN24. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXXIVsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN24. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXXIVssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN24. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan36.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan36.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a64c94a76..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan36.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXXXVIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXXXVIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXXXVIsstterr
-\font\cmXXXVIssrm=cmss36 \font\cmXXXVIssit=cmssi36
-\font\cmXXXVIssbd=cmssbx36 \font\cmXXXVIssmi=cmmi36
-\font\cmXXXVIsssy=cmsy36 \font\cmXXXVIssex=cmex24
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=38pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXXVIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXXVIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXXVIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXXVIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXXXVIssrm \textfont1=\cmXXXVIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXXXVIsssy \textfont3=\cmXXXVIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXXXVIssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXXXVIssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXXVIssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXXVIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXXXVIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN36. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXXXVIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN36. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXXXVIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN36. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan8.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan8.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 710177059f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan8.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIsstterr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssbderr
-\font\cmVIIIssit=cmssi8
-\font\cmVIIIssrm=cmss8 \font\cmVIIIssmi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsssy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIssex=cmex10
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=10pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIIIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVIIIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmVIIIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmVIIIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmVIIIssrm \textfont1=\cmVIIIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmVIIIsssy \textfont3=\cmVIIIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIIssit
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bd{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssbderr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssbderrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN8. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan9.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan9.textext
deleted file mode 100644
index 7309c82d45..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan9.textext
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifIXssbierr
-\global\newif\ifIXssccerr
-\global\newif\ifIXsstterr
-\font\cmIXssrm=cmss9 \font\cmIXssit=cmssi9
-\font\cmIXssbd=cmssbx9 \font\cmIXssmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsssy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXssex=cmex10
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=11pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmIXssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmIXssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmIXsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmIXssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmIXssrm \textfont1=\cmIXssmi
- \textfont2=\cmIXsssy \textfont3=\cmIXssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmIXssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmIXssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmIXssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmIXssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifIXssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN9. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifIXsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN9. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifIXssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN9. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/fixcol.tex b/macros/text1/macros/fixcol.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 02f3402583..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/fixcol.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-% FILE HAS BEEN CONVERTED TO 2.03
-%
-% MULTIPLE COLUMN FORMATS FIXED MODE, two and three column
-% Harvey 1/29/86
-%
-\catcode`*=11 \catcode`@=11
-%
-\global\let\newcolumn=\np % new column in fixed mode is the
-\global\let\nc=\np % same as newpage in single column
-%
-\gdef\pagebody{\vbox to\vsize{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- \pagecontents\vfill}}% redefine from plain.tex to add vfil
- % prevents underfull vbox in last column
-%
-\gdef\flexibleformat{\write16{<TEXT1> Warning! You can't change to%
- flexible format while in fixed format. }}%
-
-%
-\gdef\full*pgw{\hbox to \the\*txtw}% Output box to full pagewidth
-%
-\gdef\*colbox{\leftline{\pagebody}}% TeXbook definition
-%
-\gdef\*page{% MAKEPAGE, *mkpg, ships out the complete page body
- \*badj % check for binding offset
- \if*title\shipout % titlepage, no headline
- \vbox{\*pgmat % page template
- \makefootline}
- \notitlepage
- \else\shipout\vbox{ % normal page with head and footlines
- \makeheadline %
- \*pgmat % page template
- \makefootline}
- \fi
- \ifnum\*pcount>0 \*blkpg\fi % call for empty page, BLANK PAGE MACRO
- \advancepageno}% END, makepage routine
-%
-\gdef\*fixtwc{% BEGIN TWO COLUMNS FIXED FORMAT---set-up
- \if*plain \par\vfill\eject \fi % new page prevents mixed formats
- \if*dbl\e*fixtwc\fi % end any active double columns
- \if*tpl \par\vfill\eject \fi % new page prevents mixed multicolumn format
- % vfil eject prevents mixing formats
- \def\*fixout{% TWO COLUMN OUTPUT, Fixed method
- \if L\lr % if column indicator is left
- \global\setbox\*lftcol=\*colbox % first column page
- \global\let\lr=R % switch to second column
- \else % print page and reset column indicator
- \*page % format actual double column page
- \global\let\lr=L % switch to first column
- \fi
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 % do nothing if no insert material
- \else\dosupereject\fi % flush any held over material
- }% End, normal fixed mode two column output routine
-%
- \def\*pgmat{% PAGEMAT, formats columns and rules
- \D=\the\*twcgut \D=.5\D % split gutter width in half
- \full*pgw{\box\*lftcol % print left column
- \hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw\hskip\D % gutter and rule
- \*colbox\hfil} % print right column and fill
- }% END, pagemat
-%
- \def\newpage{\par\supereject % fills remainder of page with white
- \if R\lr \null\vfill\eject\fi}% space and goes to next page
- \let\np=\newpage
-%
- \begingroup % BEGIN DOUBLE COLUMNS, fixed method
- \tolerance=6400 % line breaking tolerance
- \hbadness=6400 % message tolerance
- \brokenpenalty=0 % setting these penalties to zero prevents
- \clubpenalty=0 % strange page breaks that might otherwise
- \widowpenalty=0
- \hyphenpenalty=0
- \exhyphenpenalty=0
- \hsize=\the\*twcw % set column width
- \let\lr=L % set switch to left (L) % begin with left
- \output={\*multout} % fixed format output rou tine
- \global\*plainfalse % plainoutput indicator false
- \global\*dbltrue}% END FIXED TWO COLUMN FORMAT---set-up
-\global\let\twc=\*fixtwc
-%
-\gdef\e*fixtwc{\par\supereject % END FIXED TWO COLUMN FORMAT, called
- \if R\lr \null\vfill\eject\fi % from onecolumn
- \endgroup % two column fixed formatting ends
- \global\*dblfalse % fixed double column indicator false
- \global\*plaintrue}% plainoutput indicator true
-%
-\gdef\*fixthc{% BEGIN THREE COLUMNS FIXED FORMAT---set-up
- \if*plain \par\vfill\eject\fi % new page prevents mixed formats
- \if*tpl\e*fixthc\fi % end any active triple columns
- \if*dbl \par\vfill\eject\fi % new page prevents mixed multicolumn formatting
-%
- \def\*fixout{% THREE COLUMN OUTPUT, Fixed method
- \if L\lr % if column indicator is left
- \global\setbox\*lftcol=\*colbox
- \global\let\lr=M % switch to middle column
- \else\if M\lr % if middle column indicator is true
- \global\setbox\*midcol=\*colbox
- \global\let\lr=R % switch column indicator to right
- \else
- \*page % make the page
- \global\let\lr=L % reset column indicator to left
- \fi\fi %
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 % no held over material
- \else\dosupereject\fi}% eject held over insertions
-%
- \def\*pgmat{% PAGEMAT, *pgmat, the page template routine
- \D=\the\*thcgut \D=.5\D % half gutter width on each side of rule
- \full*pgw{\box\*lftcol % print leftcolumn
- \hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw\hskip\D % rule and gut.
- \box\*midcol % print middle column
- \if*norule \hskip2\D % supress rule on empty page call
- \else % else set rules normally
- \hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw\hskip\D\fi % rule and gut.
- \*colbox\hfil} % print right column and fil
- \global\*norulefalse
- }% END, Pagemat
-%
- \def\newpage{\par\supereject
- \if M\lr \null\vfill\eject
- \null\vfill\eject\global\*noruletrue\fi % supress column rules
- \if R\lr \null\vfill\eject\global\*noruletrue\fi}
- \let\np=\newpage
-%
- \begingroup % BEGIN THREE COLUMNS, fixed method
- \widowpenalty=0
- \clubpenalty=0
- \brokenpenalty=0
- \hyphenpenalty=0
- \exhyphenpenalty=0
- \tolerance=9400
- \hbadness=9400
- \hsize=\the\*thcw % column width = three column width tokens
- \let\lr=L % set column switch to left column
- \output={\*multout} % fixed format output routine
- \global\*plainfalse % plainoutput indicator false
- \global\*tpltrue} % end 3 col fixed format
-\global\let\thc=\*fixthc % reset abbreviation for (thc)
-%
-\gdef\e*fixthc{\par\supereject % end 3 columns fixed mode
- \if M\lr \null\vfill\eject \null\vfill\eject\fi % called from
- \if R\lr \null\vfill\eject\fi % onecolumn
- \endgroup % three column fixed formatting indicator f
- \global\*tplfalse % end triple column indicator
- \global\*plaintrue}% plainoutput indicator true
-%
-\gdef\*multout{\*badj
- \*fixout
- }% end fixed format output routine
-
-\gdef\onecolumn{\if*dbl\e*fixtwc\fi % end double column formatting
- \if*tpl\e*fixthc\fi % end triple column formatting
- \global\output={\*mkpg} % set single column output
- }% end multiple column formatting
-\global\let\oc=\onecolumn
-%
-\catcode`*=12 \catcode`@=3
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/flexcol.tex b/macros/text1/macros/flexcol.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 441066c681..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/flexcol.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,329 +0,0 @@
-% This work is protected as an unpublished work under
-% U.S. copyright laws.
-% Copyright 1987, by Washington State University.
-% All rights reserved.
-%
-% Last updated on 7/1/89
-%
-% MULTIPLE COLUMN FORMATS FLEXIBLE MODE, two and three column
-%
-\catcode`*=11\catcode`@=11
-\global\output{\flex*ut{\unvbox255}} % FLEXCOL normal output routine
-\gdef\flex*ut#1{% FLEXIBLE OUTPUT, flex*ut
- \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- \shipout\vbox{
- \offinterlineskip % butt boxes together
- \if*title % Do nothing if this is a title page
- \else\makeheadline\fi % makeheadline redefined in TEXT1
- \vbox to\*txth{ % page height equals single column text height
- \ifvoid\topins % no top insert present
- \else\unvbox\topins\fi % place top insert before main text
- #1 % insert the main information
- \vfil % PREVENTS UNDERFULL BOX WHEN ONLY A FEW POINTS OFF
- \ifvoid\footins % no foot insert present
- \else\vskip\skip\footins % skip to footnote position
- \footnoterule % print footnote rule
- \unvbox\footins\fi % place foot insert after main text and rule
- \makefootline} % end vbox to *txth
- } % end vbox with running heads, if any
- \if*title\notitlepage\fi % reset vsize for a normal page
- \if\*pcount>0\*blkpg\fi % call for empty page macro, TEXT1
- \*ncfalse
- \advancepageno} % End flex*ut, flexible output macro
-%
-\gdef\*adjp#1{% ADJUST PAGE MACRO, height of inserts lost during output call, this macro
- \global\advance#1 by-\topskip % restores these values to the output routines
- \ifvoid\topins % compensate for topskip
- \else % if no insert present do nothing else
- \global\advance#1 by-\ht\topins % routine restores those values
- \global\advance#1 by-\dp\topins % to the new output routines.
- \global\advance#1 by-\skip\topins
- \global\advance#1 by\dp\strutbox % fine tune split
- \fi
- \ifvoid\footins % do nothing if no footinsert present
- \else % else compensate for skips when footins present
- \global\advance#1 by-\ht\footins %
- \global\advance#1 by-\dp\footins %
- \global\advance#1 by-\skip\footins %
- \global\advance#1 by\dp\strutbox % fine tune split
- \fi}% END *adjp, adjust page macro
-%
-% \*balctest is called whenever leaving 2 or 3 column formatting
-%
-\gdef\*balctest{% TEST REMAINING TEXT DEPTH text for more than one page of remaining text
- \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255} % height box255 always=vsize
- \dimen9=\ht0 % find height of material in box255
- \advance\dimen9 by\topskip % account for top of page topskip
- \if*dbl \advance\dimen9 by\splittopskip % second column splittopskip
- \else\advance\dimen9 by2\splittopskip % second and third columns
- \fi % end accounting for topskips for splitting routines
- \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0}
- \ifdim\dimen9>\vsize % too much material for one page
- \if*dbl\expandafter\global\output={\*balc}\*twcout %
- \else\expandafter\global\output={\*balc}\*thcout %
- \fi % use normal output before using balance columns routine
- \else % less than one full page of text remaining
- \*balc % use balance columns routine
- \fi}% END, *balctest, test for output routine to balance columns
-%
-\gdef\*flextwc{\par% BEGIN FLEX METHOD OF TWO COLUMNS
- \goodbreak
- \if*dbl\e*flextwc\fi % end any active two column format
- \if*tpl\e*flexthc\else % if previous material in threecolumns call
- \vskip\the\*mskb\fi % end threecolumns, else skipbefore.
-%
- \def\*balc{% BALANCECOLUMNS, TWO COLUMNS---beginning
- \*badj % check for binding adjust
- \splittopskip=\topskip % splittopskip equals topskip
- \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255} % release unbalanced page material
- \dimen0=\ht0 % prepare to find equal height dimension
- \divide\dimen0 by2 % split dimension for two columns
- \advance\dimen0 by-\baselineskip % back up one line
- \ifdim\dimen0<\baselineskip % check split depth
- \dimen0=\topskip % account for the topskip
- \advance\dimen0 by\baselineskip % account for one line
- \fi
- {\vbadness=10000 % prevents underfull box message during loop
- \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0 % routine.
- \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen0 %
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen0 % if column longer...
- \global\advance\dimen0 by1pt %
- \repeat} % end balancing loop
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen0{\unvbox1} %
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen0{\dimen2=\dp3 %
- \unvbox3 \kern-\dimen2 \vfill} %
- \ifvoid2 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen0{\null\vfill}\fi %
- \*pgsofar % format text accummulated so far
- \global\output={\*dbl-error} % error message if balance fails
- \dimen@=\*txth % return vsize to single page size
- \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust vsize for any remaining inserts
- \global\vsize=\dimen@ % adjusted vsize
- }% END, *balc, balancecolumns macro, twocolumns
-%
- \def\*pgsofar{% PAGESOFAR, format for two columns
- \unvbox\*ppage % boxes two column material
- \D=\the\*twcgut \D=.5\D % half gutter skip on either side of rule
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize % set text box width securely
- \hbox to\*txtw{\box0\hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw
- \hskip\D\box2\hfil} % set boxes and rules
- }% END, *pgsofar, pagesofar output macro
-%
- \def\*twcout{% TWO COLUMN OUTPUT, normal output routine
- \splittopskip=\topskip
- \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- \*badj % check for binding adjust
- \dimen@=\vsize % total text depth for two column out routine
- \divide\dimen@ by2 % set splitting dimension
- \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust page size for inserts
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ % split boxes to proper height
- \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \flex*ut\*pgsofar % output current page
- \unvbox255 % release extra text material gathered
- \*bigch=2\*txth % allow vsize changes from cpt*vsize
- \global\vsize=\*bigch % reset vsize to two column format
- \penalty\outputpenalty}% END *twcout, two columns output routine
-%
-% TWOCOLUMNS, NEW COLUMN ROUTINE
-% Harvey 12/06/85
-% This method will fail if a topinsert or footinsert is added to
-% the page after the new column call. The box and glue are set
-% at the newcolumn call accounting for inserts active then only
-%
- \def\newcolumn{\par % NEWCOLUMN, Flexible method, two columns
- \D=.5\vsize % depth of one column
- \ifdim\pagetotal>\D % determine which column is current
- \D=\pagegoal % second column, depth > .5\vsize
- \advance\D by-\pagetotal
- \advance\D by-\topskip % account for topskip of 1st column
- \advance\D by-\splittopskip % splittopskip of 2d column
- \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth
- \else % first column, depth equals half the vsize
- \advance\D by-\pagetotal % subtract current page depth
- \advance\D by-\topskip % subtract topskip form page depth
- \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth
- \fi
- \vbox to\D{\vfill} % blank box to fill column
- \*nctrue
- \goodbreak}% END, newcolumn macro for two columns
- \let\nc=\newcolumn % set two column definition of newcolumn
-%
- \begingroup % BEGIN TWOCOLUMNS---set-up
- \global\*dbltrue % double columns active
- \brokenpenalty=0 % If these penalties are set to zero the text
- \clubpenalty=0 % will be formatted properly. If the are in force
- \widowpenalty=0 % uneven columns may result. The penalties will be
- \hyphenpenalty=0 % honored in either page or vsplit modes.
- \exhyphenpenalty=0
- \tolerance=6400 % raise tolerance for short column material
- \hbadness=6400 % warning message given at 6400
- \*bigch=2\*txth % initialize two column page height
- \dimen@=\*txth % set dimen@ to current page height
- \advance\dimen@ by-\pagetotal % subtract current page depth
- \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust page depth for inserts
- \vsize=2\dimen@ % set vsize equal to twice the remaining depth
- \output={\global\setbox\*ppage=\vbox{\unvbox255}}\eject
- \output={\*twcout} % output partial page and set output
- \hsize=\the\*twcw % to twocolumnout, set new hsize for column
- \topskip=12pt plus4pt % glue for vsplitting mechanism
- }% END, *flextwc, flexible two column---set-up
-%
-\gdef\e*flextwc{% TERMINATION MACRO FOR TWO COLUMNS FLEX METHOD
- \if*nc \vfill\eject\fi % When we've done a \nc dump the page before balancing
- \output={\*balctest}\eject % test for too much text for balancing
- \global\output={\flex*ut{\unvbox255}} % output page
- \global\*dblfalse % change two column indicator to false
- \endgroup % END DOUBLE COLUMN FORMAT
- \global\vsize=\*txth % reset page size to single column height
- \global\hsize=\*txtw % reset page width to single column width
- \dimen@=\vsize % prepare to include current inserts
- \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust for topskip and inserts
- \global\pagegoal=\dimen@ % adjust pagegoal for current inserts
- \penalty-500
- \vskip\the\*mska
- }% END e*flextwc, TWO COLUMNS termination routine
-%
-%
-\gdef\*flexthc{\par% BEGIN FLEX METHOD OF THREE COLUMNS
- \goodbreak
- \if*tpl\e*flexthc\fi % end any active triple columns
- \if*dbl\e*flextwc\else % if previous material is in twocolumns, end
- \vskip\the\*mskb\fi % twocolumns, else skipbefore
-%
- \def\*balc{% BALANCECOLUMNS, THREECOLUMNS---beginning
- \*badj % check for binding adjust
- \splittopskip=\topskip % split dimension for 3col
- \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}
- \dimen0=\ht0 % prepare to find equal height dimension
- \divide\dimen0 by3 % split dimension for each column
- \advance\dimen0 by-\baselineskip % back-up one baselineskip
- \ifdim\dimen0<\baselineskip % check split depth
- \dimen0=\topskip % account for the topskip
- \advance\dimen0 by\baselineskip % account for one line
- \fi
- {\vbadness=10000
- \loop \global\setbox5=\copy0 % begin vsplit loop for balancing
- \global\setbox3=\vsplit5 to\dimen0
- \global\setbox4=\vsplit5 to\dimen0
- \ifdim\ht5>\dimen0 \global\advance\dimen0 by1pt
- \repeat} % end balancing loop
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen0{\unvbox3} % first column
- \setbox1=\vbox to\dimen0{\unvbox4} % second column
- \ifvoid1 \setbox1=\vbox to\dimen0{\line{\hfil}\vfill}\fi
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen0{\dimen2=\dp5\unvbox5\kern-\dimen2 \vfill}
- \ifvoid2 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen0{\line{\hfil}\vfill}\fi
- \*pgsofar
- \global\output={\*tpl-error} % error message if loop fails
- \vsize=\*txth % reset page size to single column
- \dimen@=\vsize % return vsize to single page vsize
- \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust for topskip and inserts
- \global\vsize=\dimen@ % new vsize accounts for current inserts
- }% END, *balc, balance columns, threecolumns
-%
- \def\*pgsofar{\unvbox\*ppage % boxes three column material
- \D=\the\*thcgut \D=.5\D % half gutter for each side of rule
- \wd0=\hsize \wd1=\hsize \wd2=\hsize % set text box width securely
- \hbox to\*txtw{\box0\hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw
- \hskip\D\box1\hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw
- \hskip\D\box2\hfil} % set boxes and rules
- }% End *pgsofar, page-so-far macro
-%
- \def\*thcout{% THREE COLUMNS OUT, normal output routine for threecolumns
- \splittopskip=\topskip
- \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- \*badj % check for binding adjust
- \dimen@=\vsize % total text depth for three column out routine
- \divide\dimen@ by3 % set splitting dimension
- \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust for topskip and inserts
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ % split boxes to proper height
- \setbox1=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ %
- \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ %
- \flex*ut\*pgsofar % send material to output routine
- \unvbox255 % release any extra material gathered
- \*bigch=3\*txth % allow vsize changes from cpt*vsize
- \global\vsize=\*bigch % reset vsize for three column format
- \penalty\outputpenalty}% END *thcout, normal output penalty set
-%
-% THREECOLUMNS, NEW COLUMN ROUTINE
-% Harvey 12/19/85
-% This routine has no way to compensate for inserts following the
-% new column call and will produce an overfull vbox message while
-% output active. It may also produce and underfull vbox message
-% if there is no stretchable glue in the column.
- \def\newcolumn{\par % new column, three columns
- \ifdim\pagetotal>.66666\vsize % you are in the third column
- \D=\pagegoal % work from pagegoal for third column
- \advance\D by-\topskip % account for topskip in 1st column
- \advance\D by-2\splittopskip % splittopskip in columns 2 and 3
- \advance\D by-\pagetotal % subtract current pagetotal
- \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth
- \else\ifdim\pagetotal>.3\vsize % you are in the second column
- \D=.66666\vsize % column goal is 2/3 vsize
- \advance\D by-\topskip % account topskip in 1st column
- \advance\D by-\splittopskip % splittopskip in column 2
- \advance\D by-\pagetotal % compensate for text
- \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth
- \else % you are in the first column
- \D=.33333\vsize % goal is 1/3 vsize in first column
- \advance\D by-\topskip % account for splittopskip
- \advance\D by-\pagetotal % compensate for text
- \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth
- \fi\fi % end column determination and fil
- \vbox to\D{\vfill}
- \*nctrue
- \goodbreak}% END, newcolumn for three columns
-%
- \let\nc=\newcolumn % set new column definition to three columns
-%
- \begingroup % BEGIN GROUP, THREE COLUMNS
- \global\*tpltrue % set three column indicator on
- \brokenpenalty=0 % These penalties should be zero in multicolumn
- \clubpenalty=0 % modes that use the vsplit method of paging,
- \widowpenalty=0 % the paging methods would honor the penalties.
- \hyphenpenalty=0 % is erratic columns.
- \exhyphenpenalty=0 %
- \tolerance=9600 % raise tolerance for short columns
- \hbadness=9600 % warnings issued at badness of 9600
- \*bigch=3\*txth % initialize three column height
- \dimen@=\*txth % set dimen@ to current page height
- \advance\dimen@ by-\pagetotal % subtract current page depth
- \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust page for topskip and inserts
- \vsize=3\dimen@ % set vsize to 3 times remaining single column depth
- \output={\global\setbox\*ppage=\vbox{\unvbox255}}\eject
- \output={\*thcout} % output partial page and set output
- \hsize=\the\*thcw % to threecolumnout, set new hsize for column
- \topskip=12pt plus4pt % glue for the vsplitting mechanism
- }% END *flexthc, three columns set-up
-%
-\gdef\e*flexthc{% TERMINATION THREE COLUMNS FLEX METHOD
- \if*nc \vfill\eject\fi % When we've done a \nc dump the page before balancing
- \output={\*balctest}\eject % balance remaining three column material
- \global\output={\flex*ut{\unvbox255}} % shipout page
- \global\*tplfalse % end three column indicator
- \endgroup % END GROUP THREE COLUMNS
- \global\vsize=\*txth % reset vsize to single column height
- \global\hsize=\*txtw % reset hsize to single column width
- \dimen@=\vsize % prepare to include current inserts
- \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust for topskip and inserts
- \global\pagegoal=\dimen@ % reset pagegoal to include inserts
- \penalty-500
- \vskip\the\*mska}% END E*flexthc, three columns termination macro
-%
-%
-\gdef\onecolumn{\if*dbl\e*flextwc\fi % end double column formatting
- \if*tpl\e*flexthc\fi
- \global\output={\*mkpg}
- }% end triple column formatting
-\global\let\oc=\onecolumn
-%
-\gdef\*dbl-error{\errhelp=\balerrhelp
- \errmessage{ Double columns can't be balanced on page \the\pageno . %
- Please type h for help. }%
- \flex*ut{\unvbox255}}
-\gdef\*tpl-error{\errhelp=\balerrhelp
- \errmessage{ Triple columns can't be balanced on page \the\pageno . %
- Please type h for help. }%
- \flex*ut{\unvbox255}}%
-%
-\catcode`*=12\catcode`@=3
-
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/text1.tex b/macros/text1/macros/text1.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index dd2fc1bdbb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/text1.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-\input plain.tex
-\input txt1v409.tex
-\dump
diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/txt1v409.tex b/macros/text1/macros/txt1v409.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index afc9acb6c2..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/macros/txt1v409.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3536 +0,0 @@
-% MACROS FOR TEXT1
-%
-% This work is protected as an unpublished work under
-% U.S. copyright laws.
-% Copyright 1987, by Washington State University.
-% All rights reserved.
-%
-% Last updated on 7/24/95 (drg)
-%
-\everyjob{\immediate\write16{TEXT1 Version 4.09}
- \titlepage\spn{1}
-}
-%
-% The following variables are used for allowing conditional compilation
-% of special code depending on which version of TeX you are using.
-% See these special notes in the next paragarph
-\catcode`* = 11
-\catcode`@ = 11
-%
-\newif\if*MAC \*MACfalse % This is not a Macintosh
-\newif\if*CMS \*CMSfalse % This is not on CMS
-\newif\if*PC \*PCfalse % This is not a PC
-\newif\if*CG \*CGfalse % This is not a Compugraphics 8600 typesetter
-%
-% Note that non CMS versions must be modified. Here are the changes
-% necessary for the IBM PC/DOS version of TEXT1, Macintosh version,
-% and other non-CMS versions.
-%
-% 1. The filetype (extension) can only be 3 characters at the most
-% for the PC/DOS version.
-% This requires the following changes:
-% toc1 => tc1
-% toc2 => tc2
-% toc3 => tc3
-% endnotes => end
-% textext => txt
-% texmath => mth
-% texmodel => mdl
-%
-% 2. The Compugraphics dependent stuff in \selectspecificfont must
-% be omitted for all but CMS versions.
-%
-% 3. The routines \nonIBM and \IBM should be set to null for all but CMS
-% versions
-%
-% 4. The Macintosh/Textures version uses a special \include
-%
-
-
-% Some temporary variables to be used throughout
-%
-\newbox\A
-\newtoks\B
-\newskip\C
-\newdimen\D
-\newdimen\*D
-\newcount\E
-\newcount\F
-\newcount\G
-\newcount\N
-\newcount\Q
-\newcount\R
-% \T \U \V \W are used throughout TEXT1 as temp definitions
-% \I \J \K \M \X \Y \Z are temporary too, be careful if you use these
-%
-% ragged rightindent on bq troublesome.
-% titleleadskip works only with titlepage command in text.
-% for doublecolumns, change hsize and line--refer to ccndbl
-% for multiple right and centerline--refer to aztex
-%
-% IBM/NONIBM character definitions, added by Dean 7/11/86
-%
-% Use this macro when not printing with IBM standard distribution fonts
-
-
-\newif\if*IBM \*IBMfalse
-
-\if*CMS
-\def\nonIBM{\if*IBM \*IBMfalse%
- \def\aa{\accent23a}%
- \def\AA{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\dimen@\ht0\advance\dimen@-1ex%
- \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char'27}}A}%
- \def\c##1{\setbox\z@\hbox{##1}\ifdim\ht\z@=1ex\accent24 ##1%
- \else{\ooalign{\hidewidth\char24\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox\z@}}\fi}%
- \def\`##1{{\accent18 ##1}}%
- \def\'##1{{\accent19 ##1}}%
- \def\^##1{{\accent94 ##1}}\let\^^D=\|%
- \def\~##1{{\accent"7E ##1}}%
- \def\"##1{{\accent"7F ##1}}%
- \chardef\i="10 % dummy dotless lowercase i
- \def\dag{\mathhexbox279}%
- \def\ddag{\mathhexbox27A}%
- \def\S{\mathhexbox278}%
- \def\P{\mathhexbox27B}%
- \let\}=\rbrace%
- \let\{=\lbrace%
- \def\cents{\hbox{\rm\rlap/c}}\fi}% end non-IBM
-%
-% Use this macro when printing with the IBM standard distribution fonts
-\def\IBM{\*IBMtrue
- \chardef\aa="8A % a overcircle
- \chardef\AA="8B % A overcircle
- \chardef\c="18 % cedilla
- \chardef\`="12 % grave
- \chardef\'="13 % acute
- \chardef\^="5E % circumflex
- \chardef\~="7E % tilde
- \chardef\"="7F % umlaut
- \chardef\i="69 % dummy dotless lowercase i
- \chardef\S="DC % section number sign
- \chardef\P="DD % paragraph sign or pilcrow
- \chardef\dag="DE % dagger or obelisk
- \chardef\ddag="DF % double dagger or diesis
- \chardef\{="AE % left brace
- \chardef\}="AF % right brace
- \chardef\cents="CD}% end IBM
-\else
-\def\nonIBM{}
-\def\IBM{}
-\fi
-%
-% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to omit the at sign "@"
-% @ symbol will be read as begin and end math mode otherwise
-\message{redefining some plain commands, }
-\newdimen\zZ \zZ=0pt % can be used both for 0pt and 0
-\mathchardef\zmz=1000
-\mathchardef\zMz=10000
-\mathchardef\zMMz=20000
-\def~{\penalty\zMz\ } % tie
-\def\break{\penalty-\zMz}
-\def\nobreak{\penalty \zMz}
-\def\allowbreak{\penalty \zZ}
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty-\zMMz}
-\def\nopagenumbers{\rhf{\bothpages{}}\rff{\bothpages{}}}
-%
-% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to \unskip last skip if in h mode
-%
-\message{redefining some plain commands, }
-\def\removelastskip{\ifvmode\ifdim\lastskip=\z@\else\vskip-\lastskip\fi
- \else\unskip\unskip\unskip\unskip\fi}
-\let\rlsk=\removelastskip
-%
-% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to 12 point topskip
-\def\raggedbottom{\topskip 12\p@ plus60\p@ \r@ggedbottomtrue}%
-\def\normalbottom{\topskip 12\p@ \r@ggedbottomfalse}%
-%
-% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to omit extraneous skips and such surprises.
-\def\endinsert{\egroup % finish the \vbox
- \if@mid \dimen@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen@\dp\z@
- \advance\dimen@12\p@ \advance\dimen@\pagetotal
- \ifdim\dimen@>\pagegoal\@midfalse\p@gefalse\fi\fi
- \if@mid \box\z@\goodbreak
- \else\insert\topins{\penalty100 % floating insertion
- \splittopskip\z@skip
- \splitmaxdepth\maxdimen \floatingpenalty\z@
- \ifp@ge \dimen@\dp\z@
- \vbox to\vsize{\unvbox\z@\kern-\dimen@}% depth is zero
- \else \box\z@\nobreak\fi}\fi\endgroup}
-%
-% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to take mode into account
-\mathchardef\*dda="227A
-\mathchardef\*dag="2279
-\mathchardef\*neg="023A
-\def\ddagger{\relax\ifmmode\*dda\else$\*dda$\fi}%
-\def\dagger{\relax\ifmmode\*dag\else$\*dag$\fi}%
-\def\neg{\relax\ifmmode\*neg\else$\*neg$\fi}
-%
-% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to take present font size into account
-%
-\def\strut{\relax
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height 1.8ex depth .6ex width 0pt}%
- \ifmmode\copy\strutbox\else\unhcopy\strutbox\fi}%
-%
-%
-% Starting TEXT1 Definitions
-%
-% Use this one for Textures
-%
-\if*MAC
- \def\include#1{\special {picture #1}}%
- \else
- \def\include#1{\special {IPS #1}}% added by gap 1/27/87
-\fi
-\let\incl=\include
-%
-\def\text#1{{\it\TeX T1}}% added by drg 9/26/86
-\def\bf{\bd}% added by jkw 6/30/86
-\def\cents{\hbox{\rm\rlap/c}}% added by jkw 6/30/86
-\def\fraction#1/#2 {% added by jkw 7/8/86
- \leavevmode\kern.1em \raise.6ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em
- /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
-\let\frac=\fraction
-\message{bibliography, }
-% Bibliography
-%
-\newtoks\bi*f \bi*f={\goodbreak\vs{1\bl}\hp\nin} % init bibentry
-\newtoks\bi*t \bi*t={\dumpinsertseject\cl{\bd\bibtitle}
- \vs{1\bl}}% init bibliography title format
-\newtoks\bi*r \bi*r={width 3em height .6ex depth -.5ex}
-\newcount\bi*n \bi*n=0 % counter for numbered bibliography
-\newif\if*TC*bib \*TC*bibtrue
-%
-\long\def\bibliographyformat#1{{% definition of bibliographic format
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*bibtrue
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*bibfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in bibliographyformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed}
- \fi\fi}%
- \long\def\everybibentry##1{\global\bi*f={##1}}%
-% Remove this some day
- \let\bibentryformat=\everybibentry%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\bi*t={##1}}% replacement format for bibliography title
- \def\sameauthorrulesize##1{\global\bi*r={##1}}%
- #1}}%
-\let\bif=\bibliographyformat
-%
-\def\bibtitle{}
-\def\bibliography#1{% calls bibtitle format and passes title
- \global\bi*n=0 % set bib counter to zero each call
- \global\def\bibtitle{#1} % collect title tokens
- \par
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\bi*t
- \egroup
- \D=\lastskip
- \removelastskip
- \if*TC*bib \putincontents1{\the\*btf}\fi % call bib title format
- \ignorespaces
- \vs{\D}
-}% end bibliography markup
-\let\bib=\bibliography
-%
-\def\bibnumber{\the\bi*n}%
-\def\bibentry{\par\global\advance\bi*n by1\the\bi*f}%
-\let\bie=\bibentry % abbreviation for \bibentry
-%
-\def\sameauthor{\vrule\the\bi*r}%
-\let\sau=\sameauthor
-%
-\message{misc, }
-\def\underscore#1{$\underline{\smash{\hbox{#1}}}$}%
-\let\us=\underscore
-\def\leader{\leaders\hbox to 8pt{\hss.\hss}\hfill}%
-%
-\def\hyphenoff{\pretolerance=10000\hbadness=10000}%
-\let\hof=\hyphenoff
-\def\hyphenon{\pretolerance=100\hbadness=1000}%
-\let\hon=\hyphenon
-%
-\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
- January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
- July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
- \space\number\day,\space\number\year}%
-%
-%
-\def\tilde{\relax\ifmmode\mathaccent"707E % relax added to trigger math
- \else{\sy\char'030}\fi}% mode in tabs 1/27/87
-%
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em}}%
-%
-\def\}{\relax\ifmmode \rbrace % relax added to trigger math mode in tabs
- \else $\rbrace$\fi}%
-%
-\def\{{\relax\ifmmode \lbrace % relax added to trigger math mode in tabs
- \else $\lbrace$\fi}%
-%
-\def\\{\relax\ifmmode \delimiter"26E30F % relax added to trigger math
- \else $\delimiter"26E30F$\fi}% mode in tabs
-%
-\let\leftsquarebracket=[
-\let\rightsquarebracket=]
-\let\lsb=[
-\let\rsb=]
-\def\~#1{{\relax\ifmmode\mathaccent"707E % relax added to trigger math
- \else \accent"7E #1\fi}}% mode in tabs
-%
-% baselineskip = interlineskip
-%
-\newskip\*isk
-\newskip\baseline
-\let\bl=\baseline
-\def\interlineskip#1{\baselineskip=#1%
- \baseline=#1%
- \*isk=#1\relax}%
-\let\isk=\interlineskip
-%
-\message{selectfontset, }
-\newfam\bifam \newfam\ccfam
-%
-% The \selectfontset macros are by JKW
-%
-\newtoks\naMEtok
-\newtoks\maTHtok
-\newskip\bAseSkip
-\newtoks\*sfslbl
-\if*PC
- \*sfslbl={.txt}
- \else
- \*sfslbl={.textext}
-\fi
-
-\def\selectfontset#1#2#3{\naMEtok={#2}
- \edef\T{default}%
- \edef\U{#3}%
- \ifx\U\T \bAseSkip=0pt
- \else \bAseSkip=#3\fi
- \input #1\the\*sfslbl }%
-\let\sfs=\selectfontset
-\sfs{cm12}{twelvept}{default}
-\sfs{cm10}{tenpt}{default}
-\twelvept
-%
-\newtoks\*smslbl
-\if*PC
- \*smslbl={.mth}
- \else
- \*smslbl={.texmath}
-\fi
-
-\def\selectmathset#1#2{\maTHtok={#2}\input #1\the\*smslbl}%
-\let\sms=\selectmathset
-\selectmathset{cm97m}{mathdefault} %
-\mathdefault
-%
-% SELECT SPECIFIC FONT, jkw 8/26/86
-\newread\ckfnt
-\newif\ifnotcfend
-\newtoks\nUMtok
-\newtoks\nmtok
-
-\if*CMS
-\def\selectspecificfont#1#2#3{\naMEtok={#1}\nUMtok={#3}
- \nmtok={#1\romannumeral #2}
- \def\T{\uppercase{#1 }}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname I\the\nmtok\endcsname{\isk{\the\nUMtok}}
- \openin\ckfnt=cgfonts.lclist
- \loop\read\ckfnt to \W
- \edef\U{\uppercase{\W}}%
- \ifx\U\T
- \expandafter\font\csname F\the\nmtok%
- \endcsname=#1 at #2 pt \notcfendfalse
- \else\ifeof\ckfnt
- \expandafter\font\csname F\the\nmtok%
- \endcsname=#1#2 \notcfendfalse
- \else\notcfendtrue\fi\fi
- \ifnotcfend \repeat
- \closein\ckfnt
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname ##1;{%
- \noexpand\csname F\the\naMEtok
- \noexpand\romannumeral\noexpand ##1\noexpand\endcsname
- \noexpand\csname I\the\naMEtok
- \noexpand\romannumeral\noexpand ##1\noexpand\endcsname}}%
-\else
-\def\selectspecificfont#1#2#3{\naMEtok={#1}\nUMtok={#3}
- \nmtok={#1\romannumeral #2}
- \def\T{\uppercase{#1 }}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname I\the\nmtok\endcsname{\isk{\the\nUMtok}}
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname ##1;{%
- \noexpand\csname F\the\naMEtok
- \noexpand\romannumeral\noexpand ##1\noexpand\endcsname
- \noexpand\csname I\the\naMEtok
- \noexpand\romannumeral\noexpand ##1\noexpand\endcsname}}%
-\fi
-
-\let\ssf=\selectspecificfont
-%
-\skewchar\teni='177 \skewchar\seveni='177 \skewchar\fivei='177
-\skewchar\tensy='60 \skewchar\sevensy='60 \skewchar\fivesy='60
-%
-\setbox0=\hbox{\tenex B} \p@renwd=\wd0 % width of the big left (
-%
-%
-\message{monospace, }
-\newif\if*msp \*mspfalse
-\if*CMS
-\def\monospace{%
- \global\*msptrue % changed to global 6/27/86 bth
- \sfs{monofont}{defaultmono}{default}
- \defaultmono
- \gdef\underscore##1{{\italicfont ##1}}%
- \global\let\us=\underscore
- \special{fonts=10cpi}
- \raggedbottom
- \global\paragraphskip{0pt}
- \global\paragraphindent{36pt}
- \gdef\tilde{\ifmmode\mathaccent"707E%
- \else \char'176{}\fi}%
- \gdef\_{\char'137{}}%
- \gdef\}{\ifmmode \rbrace
- \else \char'175{}\fi}%
- \gdef\{{\ifmmode \lbrace
- \else\char'173{}\fi}%
- \gdef\\{\ifmmode \delimiter"26E30F%
- \else\char'134{}\fi}%
- \gdef\neg{\char'136{}}%
- \gdef\ellipsis##1{{\def\U{\message{<TEXT1> Error! Only 3 or 4 are valid for ellipsis. Command ignored.}}
- \ifcase ##1\U\or\U\or\U%
- \or .~.~.
- \or .~.~.~.
- \else\U\fi}}%
-
- \tableofcontentsformat{% added 1/26/87 Guenther
- \toctitle{\centerline{\bd Table of Contents}
- \vs{1\bl}}
- \figuretoctitle{\newpage
- \centerline{\bd List of Figures}
- \line{Figure \rt{Page}}}
- \tabletoctitle{\newpage
- \centerline{\bd List of Tables}
- \line{Table \rt{Page}}}
- }% end table of contents format
-
- \global\let\el=\ellipsis
- \asisformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}\everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}}\skipafter{1\bl}}
- \blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}\everyblockquote{\rm\leftindent{36pt}\rightindent{36pt}}\skipafter{1\bl}}
- \figureformat{\titleformat{\bqb\bd\hp Figure \figurenumber. \figuretitle \bqe}}
- \tableformat{\titleformat{\vs{\bl}\cl{\bd Table \tablenumber}
- \cl{\rm\tabletitle}\vs{\bl}}}
- \endnoteformat{\skipbefore{0\bl}\notereferencefont{\rm}\everyendnote{\rm\lin{0pt}}}
- \footnoteformat{\textreferenceposition{down}\textreferencefont{\rm}\textreferencestyle{(1)}
- \notereferencefont{\rm}\everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{.5in}\lin{0pt}\rin{0pt}}}
-
- \partformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\titlepage
- \hrule height0pt depth0pt \vfil
- \cl{\bd Part \partnumber}\cl{\bd\parttitle}\np
- \scn{0}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}
- \sfn{0}\stn{0}\sfnn{0}\senn{0}}}% end part format
- \indexformat1{\everyindex{\rm}}
- \indexformat2{\everyindex{\rm}}
- \indexformat3{\everyindex{\rm}}
- \chapterformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\cl{\bd Chapter \chapternumber}\cl{\bd\chaptertitle}\vs{1\bl}
- \ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}}}% end chapter format
- \prefaceformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\cl{\bd\prefacetitle}
- \vs{1\bl}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}}}% end preface format
- \appendixformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\bd Appendix \appendixnumber}\cl{\bd\appendixtitle}\vs{1\bl}
- \scn{0}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}\sfn{0}\stn{0}}}% end appendix format
- \subheadaformat{\titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}}}% end subheadaformat markup
- \subheadbformat{\titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \sscn{0}\ssdn{0}}}% end subheadbformat markup
- \subheadcformat{\titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \nin\subheadctitle\par\nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak\ssdn{0}}}% end subheadc format markup
- \subheaddformat{\titleformat{\goodbreak{\it \subheaddtitle.}}}% end subheadd markup
- \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{\rm\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\pagenumber}}
- \vs{1\bl}}}% end runningheadformat markup
-}% END monospace markup definition
-\else
- \def\monospace{\message{<TEXT1> monospace fonts are not available. Use
- typewritter fonts instead.}}
-\fi
-\let\msp=\monospace
-%
-\def\sl{\message{<TEXT1> Warning! The slanted font is not in font sets. Only tensl is used.}\tensl}%
-\message{more misc, }
-%
-% Ellipsis command 10/22/85
-%
-\def\ellipsis#1{{\def\U{\message{<TEXT1> Error! Only 3 or 4 are valid for ellipsis. Command ignored.}}
- \ifcase #1\U\or\U\or\U%
- \or \ifmmode\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}
- \else$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\fi
- \or \ifmmode\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}
- \else\removelastskip$\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp$\fi
- \else\U\fi}}%
-\let\el=\ellipsis
-%
-% dumpinsertseject is plain.tex \dosupereject with and \else added
-%
-\def\dumpinsertseject{\ifnum\insertpenalties>\z@ % something is being held over
- \line{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak\vfill\supereject
- \else \newpage
- \fi}% END dumpinsertseject markup definition
-\let\die=\dumpinsertseject
-\message{page format, }
-%
-\newif\if*tempif
-%
-% Pageformat command
-%
-\newdimen\pg*l \pg*l=11in % page length
-\newdimen\pg*t \pg*t=0in % top margin set for 1in origin
-\newdimen\pg*b \pg*b=2in % bottom margin set for 1in origin
-\newdimen\pg*w \pg*w=8.5in % page width
-\newdimen\pg*r \pg*r=2in % right margin set for 1in,
-\newdimen\*lmar \*lmar=0.2in % left margin set for 1in
-% Note: TEX origin at 1in,1in
-\newif\if*cropmarks \*cropmarksfalse
-\newdimen\pg*a \pg*a=0in
-\hsize=6.3in \hoffset=0.2in
-\vsize=9in \voffset=0in
-%
-\def\pageformat#1{{\par
- \def\pagelength##1{\global\pg*l=##1
- \cpt*vs}%
- \def\topmargin##1{\global\pg*t=##1
- \global\advance\pg*t by- 1in % set margin 1in,1in
- \cpt*vs}%
- \def\bottommargin##1{\global\pg*b=##1
- \global\advance\pg*b by 1in % set margin 1in,1in
- \cpt*vs}%
- \def\pagewidth##1{\global\pg*w=##1\cpt*hs}%
- \def\rightmargin##1{\global\pg*r=##1
- \global\advance\pg*r by 1in % set margin 1in,1in
- \cpt*hs}%
- \def\leftmargin##1{\global\*lmar=##1
- \global\advance\*lmar by -1in % set margin 1in,1in
- \cpt*hs}%
- \def\bindingadjust##1{\global\pg*a=##1\cpt*hs}%
- \def\galleywidth##1{\global\pg*w=##1
- \global\advance\pg*w by\*lmar
- \global\advance\pg*w by\pg*r \cpt*hs}%
- \def\cropmarks##1{\global\*cropmarksfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U \global\*cropmarkstrue
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*cropmarksfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to cropmarks in
- pageformat is not "yes" or "no". "no" will be assumed}
- \*cropmarksfalse
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}% End pageformat markup definition
-\let\pf=\pageformat
-%
-% set page text size, compute hsize
-%
-\def\cpt*hs{% COMPUTE HORIZONTAL SIZE
- \global\hoffset=\*lmar
- \global\hsize=\pg*w % added global 11/11/86 bth
- \global\advance\hsize by-\pg*r % ""
- \global\advance\hsize by-\*lmar % ""
- \global\*txtw=\hsize}% added for multi column routines
-%
-% set page text size, vsize
-%
-\def\cpt*vs{% COMPUTE VERTICAL SIZE
- \global\voffset=\pg*t
- \global\vsize=\pg*l
- \global\advance\vsize by-\pg*t
- \global\advance\vsize by-\pg*b
- \if*title \global\advance \voffset by \tp*sk % lines from titlepage
- \global\advance \vsize by -\tp*sk % from titlepage
- \fi
- \global\*txth=\vsize}% added for multi column routines
-%
-% left center right
-%
-\def\lft#1{#1\hfill}
-\def\ctr#1{\hfill #1\hfill}
-\def\rt#1{\hfill #1}
-%
-\message{running heads, }
-%
-% Page numbers
-%
-\def\setpagenumber#1{\global\pageno=#1}%
-\let\spn=\setpagenumber
-\def\pagenumber{\ifnum \pageno<0 \romannumeral-\pageno
- \else \number\pageno\fi}%
-\let\pn=\pagenumber
-%
-\def\rule{\vskip 1\baselineskip\hrule}%
-%
-% Running heads
-%
-\newif\if*title
-%
-\newtoks\rh*r \rh*r={\line{\twelvept\rt{\pagenumber}}\vs{\bl}}
-\newtoks\rh*l \rh*l={\line{\twelvept\rt{\pagenumber}}\vs{\bl}}
-\newtoks\rf*r \rf*r={}
-\newtoks\rf*l \rf*l={}
-%
-\def\runningheadformat#1{{%
- \def\*ttitle##1{\setbox\A=\vbox{##1}%
- \D=\ht\A
- \advance\D by -1in
- \ifdim \D>\pg*t
- \global\pg*t=\D
- \global\advance\pg*t by 12pt
- \advance\D by 1in
- \message{<TEXT1> Warning, the top margin you
- have specified is less than the
- running top title. The top margin will
- be changed to \the\D}
- \cpt*vs
- \fi
- \if*tempif \global\rh*l={\hrule width\hsize
- height0pt depth0pt ##1}
- \else \global\rh*r={\hrule width\hsize
- height0pt depth0pt ##1}\fi
- }% end *ttitle definition
- \def\evenpages##1{\*tempiftrue\*ttitle{##1}}%
- \def\oddpages##1{\*tempiffalse\*ttitle{##1}}%
- \def\bothpages##1{\*tempiftrue\*ttitle{##1}
- \*tempiffalse\*ttitle{##1}}%
- \relax
- #1
- }}% END runningheadformat markup definition
-\let \rhf = \runningheadformat
-%
-\def\runningfootformat#1{{%
- \def\*btitle##1{\setbox\A=\vbox{##1}%
- \D=\ht\A
- \advance\D by 1in
- \ifdim \D>\pg*b
- \global\pg*b=\D
- \global\advance\pg*b by 12pt
- \advance\D by -1in
- \message{<TEXT1> Warning, the bottom margin
- you have specified is less than height of the
- running bottom title.
- The bottom margin will be
- changed to \the\D}
- \cpt*vs
- \fi
- \if*tempif \global\rf*l={##1}
- \else \global\rf*r={##1}\fi
- }% end of bottomline
- \def\evenpages##1{\*tempiftrue\*btitle{##1}}%
- \def\oddpages##1{\*tempiffalse\*btitle{##1}}%
- \def\bothpages##1{\*tempiftrue\*btitle{##1}
- \*tempiffalse\*btitle{##1}}%
- \relax
- #1}}% END runningfootformat markup definition
-\let \rff = \runningfootformat
-%
-\newdimen\tp*sk \tp*sk=1in
-\newtoks\tp*fl \tp*fl={}
-\def\titlepageformat#1{{%
- \def\titleleadskip##1{\global\tp*sk=##1}%
- \def\titlefootline##1{\global\tp*fl={##1}}%
- \relax
- #1
- \titlepage}} %end of titlepageformat
-\let \tpf = \titlepageformat
-%
-\def\titlepage{\global\*titletrue
- \cpt*vs}%
-\let\tp=\titlepage
-\def\notitlepage{\global\*titlefalse
- \cpt*vs}%
-\let\ntp=\notitlepage
-%
-\message{output, }
-%
-% Output changed to permit binding adjust
-%
-\output={\*mkpg}
-%
-\def\*mkpg{\*badj
- \plainoutput
- \if*title \notitlepage\fi
- \ifnum\*pcount>0 \*blkpg\fi}% insert blank page
-%
-\def\plainoutput{\shipout\vbox{\*setcrops{\vbox{%
- \makeheadline
- \pagebody
- \makefootline}}}
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@MM
- \else\dosupereject\fi}
-%
-\def\*setcrops#1{\setbox\A=\vbox{#1}
- \if*cropmarks
- \D=\wd\A
- \advance\D by 15pt
- \vbox{\hsize=\the\D
- \offinterlineskip\psk{0pt}\pin{0pt}
- \hbox to \D{\vrule width 5pt height .1pt depth 0pt
- \hfill
- \vrule width 5pt height .1pt depth 0pt}
- \hbox to \D{\vrule height 5pt width .1pt depth 0pt
- \hfill
- \vrule height 5pt width .1pt depth 0pt}
- \vs{\the\pg*t}
- \vs{3pt}
- \hbox to \D{\hfill\box\A\hfill}
- \vs{3pt}
- \hbox to \D{\vrule width .1pt height 5pt depth 0pt
- \hfill
- \vrule width .1pt height 5pt depth 0pt}
- \hbox to \D{\vrule width 5pt height .1pt depth 0pt
- \hfill
- \vrule width 5pt height .1pt depth 0pt}}
- \else \box\A\fi}
-%
-\def\makeheadline{% headline set for multiple and single column modes
- \if*title% Do nothing if its a title page
- \else \setbox\A=\vbox{\hsize=\the\*txtw % hsize added to allow
- \ifodd\pageno\the\rh*r % headline to print the
- \else\the\rh*l\fi} % full width in multi
- \vbox to 0pt{\vskip-\ht\A\box\A\vss} % column mode
- \fi} % This could replace the TEXT1@@ definition
-%
-\def\makefootline{\if*title
- \if*cropmarks \vbox{\hsize=\the\*txtw\the\tp*fl\vss}
- \else\vbox to 0pt{\hsize=\the\*txtw\the\tp*fl\vss}\fi
- \else\if*cropmarks \vbox{\hsize=\the\*txtw\ifodd\pageno\the\rf*r
- \else\the\rf*l\fi\vss}
- \else\vbox to 0pt{\hsize=\the\*txtw\ifodd\pageno\the\rf*r
- \else\the\rf*l\fi\vss}\fi % hsize added for multi column mode
- \fi} % This could replace the TEXT1@@ definition
-%
-\def\*badj{\ifdim\pg*a=\z@ % do nothing if binding adjust absent
- \else
- \ifodd\pageno % Binding adjust markup (revised 2/03/87
- \global\hoffset=\*lmar % offset equals left margin value
- \global\advance\hoffset by\pg*a % plus binding adjust
- \else
- \global\hoffset=\*lmar % offset equals left margin value
- \global\advance\hoffset by-\pg*a % plus binding adjust
- \fi\fi}% end binding adjust markup
-\message{more misc, }
-%
-% linebreak
-%
-\def\linebreak{\null\hfil\break}
-\let\lbr=\linebreak
-\let\toclinebreak=\linebreak
-\let\toclbr=\linebreak
-%
-% Horizontal skip
-%
-\def\horizontalspace#1{\null\hskip#1\relax}%
-\let\hs=\horizontalspace
-%
-% skip down
-%
-\def\verticalspace#1{\vskip #1\relax}%
-\let\vs=\verticalspace
-%
-\def\verticalspacekeep#1{\par
- \hbox{\vbox{\vskip #1\relax}}}%
-\let\vsk=\verticalspacekeep
-%
-% raggedright (as TeX basic)
-%
-\newdimen\r*sk \r*sk=0pt % dimension to save right skip
-\def\rightragged{\par \r*sk=\rightskip \*rrtrue
- \if*msp \rightskip=\r*sk plus10em
- \spaceskip=1em \xspaceskip=1em
- \else \rightskip=\r*sk plus2em\relax
- \spaceskip=.3333em \xspaceskip=.5em
- \fi}
-\let\rr=\rightragged
-%
-% leftragged
-%
-\newdimen\l*sk \l*sk=0pt % dimension to save left skip
-\def\leftragged{\par %
- \l*sk=\leftskip
- \spaceskip=.35em
- \xspaceskip=.55em
- \parfillskip=0pt
- \leftskip=\l*sk plus2em\relax}
-\let\lr=\leftragged
-%
-\newif\if*rr \*rrfalse
-\def\justify{\par
- \rightskip=\r*sk
- \*rrfalse
- \leftskip=\l*sk
- \spaceskip=0pt \xspaceskip=0pt
- \parfillskip=0pt plus1fil\relax}
-\let\ju=\justify
-%
-% spacing
-%
-\def\singlespace{\par\baselineskip=\*isk}
-\let\ssp=\singlespace
-\def\doublespace{\par\baselineskip=2\*isk}
-\let\dsp=\doublespace
-%
-% paragraph
-%
-\let\paragraph=\par
-\def\paragraphindent#1{\parindent=#1}
-\let\pin=\paragraphindent
-\def\paragraphskip#1{\parskip=#1}
-\let\psk=\paragraphskip
-%
-% noindent
-%
-\let\nin=\noindent
-%
-% hanging paragraph macro
-%
-\newdimen\*hin \*hin=24pt
-\def\hangingindent#1{\*hin=#1}
-\let\hin=\hangingindent
-%
-\def\hangingparagraph{\par
- \hangindent=\*hin
- \hangafter=1
- \noindent}
-\let\hp=\hangingparagraph
-\newif\if*mnr \*mnrfalse % left/right margin note indicator
-\newtoks\e*mn \e*mn={\tenpt\rr} % every margin note tokens
-\newtoks\*mnw \*mnw={54pt} % margin note width tokens
-\newtoks\*mngut \*mngut={6pt} % margin note gutter tokens
-\message{margin note, }
-%
-% Margin Note markup
-%
-\def\marginnoteformat#1{% MARGINAL NOTE FORMAT
- \def\position##1{% "left" or "right" margin note check
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{left}%
- \edef\V{right}%
- \ifx \T\U \global\*mnrfalse % left margin notes true
- \else\ifx \T\V \global\*mnrtrue % right margin notes true
- \else\global\*mnrfalse % default, improper entry
- \write16{<TEXT1> You must specify "left" or "right" in %
- the marginnoteformat markup. Left is the default.}%
- \fi\fi}% end margin note check
- \def\notewidth##1{\global\*mnw={##1}}% note width variable
- \def\notegutter##1{\global\*mngut={##1}}% gutter width variable
- \def\everymarginnote##1{\global\e*mn={##1}}% token variable
- #1}% insert arguments, END marginnoteformat
-\let\mnf=\marginnoteformat % set marginnoteformat abbreviation
-%
-\long\def\marginnote#1{% BEGIN MARGIN NOTE MACRO
- \if*CG
- \special{MARGINNOTE=true} % added 6/30/87 jkw for 8600 line numbering
- \fi
- \ifvmode\leavevmode\fi % can't use vadjust in vertical mode
- \bgroup % begin margin note routine
- \def\rightragged{\r*sk=\rightskip \*rrtrue
- \if*msp \rightskip=\r*sk plus10em %
- \spaceskip=1em \xspaceskip=1em %
- \else \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus1fil\relax %
- \spaceskip=.35em \xspaceskip=.55em %
- \fi}% par removed from TEXT1 version %
- \let\rr=\rightragged %
-%
- \tolerance=6000 % increase line-breaking tolerance
- \hbadness=6000 % increase warning tolerance
- \strut % sets line depth for vadjust
- \D=\dp\strutbox % capture depth of current line
- \the\e*mn % every margin note tokens
- \strut % sets strut to margin note font
- \parskip=0pt % cancel any paragraph skip
- \if*mnr % right margin notes true
- \vadjust{ % make whats'it in text
- \rlap{\smash{ % rightlap, make note depth zero
- \hskip\hsize % skip to right margin
- \hskip\the\*mngut % make gutter
- \vtop{\hsize=\the\*mnw % set reference point, new hsize
- \kern-\D % kern depth of current text line
- \kern-\ht\strutbox % kern height of margin note text
- \nin#1}}}}% % input margin note text
- \else % left margin notes true
- \vadjust{ % make whats'it in text
- \llap{\smash{ % leftlap, make note depth zero
- \vtop{\hsize=\the\*mnw % gather vertical material with
- \kern-\D % kern depth of current text line
- \kern-\ht\strutbox % kern height of margin note text
- \nin#1}% reference point at the top
- \hskip\the\*mngut}}}% make margin note gutter
- \fi %
- \egroup % end margin notes routine
- \ignorespaces}% END margin note macro
-\let\mn=\marginnote
-%
-\message{labels, }
-%
-% labeled definition macro
-%
-\newdimen\la*w \la*w=1in % Label width
-\newtoks\la*g \la*g={1em} % Label gutter
-\newtoks\la*s \la*s={1\bl} % Skip before label
-\newtoks\la*f \la*f={\rm} % Label font
-%
-\long\def\label#1{\par\vskip\the\la*s
- \setbox\A=\vtop{\hsize=\la*w
- \leftskip=0pt
- \rightskip=0pt plus2em
- \tolerance=1600
- \noindent
- \the\la*f
- #1}%
- \hangindent=\la*w
- \advance \hangindent by \the\la*g
- \hangafter=1
- \noindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\rlap{\box\A}}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt\box0%
- \hskip\la*w
- \hskip\the\la*g
- \ignorespaces}
-\let\la=\label
-%
-\def\labelformat#1{{\def\skipbefore##1{\global\la*s={##1}}%
- \def\labelwidth##1{\global\la*w=##1}%
- \def\gutter##1{\global\la*g={##1}}%
- \def\everylabel##1{\global\la*f={##1}}%
- #1}}% End labelformat
-\let\laf=\labelformat
-%
-\message{indents, }
-%
-% leftindent
-%
-\newif\if*ok
-\newif\if*zero
-\def\leftindent#1{\par
- \*zerofalse
- \*okfalse
- \e*p#1\end%
- \if*zero \leftskip 0pt \fi
- \advance \leftskip by #1
- \l*sk=\leftskip % l*sk used in justify reset
- }%
-\let\lin=\leftindent
-%
-\def\rightindent#1{\par
- \*zerofalse \*okfalse
- \e*p#1\end%
- \if*zero \rightskip 0pt \fi
- \advance \rightskip by #1
- \if*rr\rr\fi
- \r*sk=\rightskip}% r*sk used in justify reset
-\let\rin=\rightindent
-%
-% \e*p will determine if the parm value passed to \leftindent
-% or \rightindent is to be relative to the previous indent, which means a
-% "+" or "-" will appear in front of the indent value. If no "+" or "-",
-% then the indent is to be absolute from the original left margin.
-%
-\def\e*p#1{\ifx #1\end \let \next = \relax% e*p => Evaluate Parameter
- \else \if*ok \let \next = \e*p
- \else \global\*oktrue
- \ifx #1+ \let \next = \e*p
- \else \ifx #1- \let \next = \e*p
- \else \*zerotrue
- \let \next = \e*p
- \fi\fi\fi\fi \next}
-%
-\message{block quotes, }
-%
-% Blockquote
-%
-\newskip\bq*sb \bq*sb = 6pt % Default skip before
-\newskip\bq*sa \bq*sa = 6pt % Default skip after
-\newtoks\bq*f \bq*f={\tenpt\leftindent{24pt}\rightindent{24pt}}
-%
-\def\blockquoteformat#1{{%
- \def\everyblockquote##1{\global\bq*f={##1}}%
- \def\skipbefore##1{\global\bq*sb=##1\relax}%
- \def\skipafter##1{\global\bq*sa=##1\relax}%
- #1}} %end of blockquoteformat
-\let\bqf=\blockquoteformat
-%
-\def\blockquotebegin{\par\vskip\bq*sb\relax\begingroup
- \the\bq*f }
-\let\bqb=\blockquotebegin
-\def\blockquoteend{\par\endgroup\vskip\bq*sa\relax}
-\let\bqe=\blockquoteend
-%
-\message{footnotes, }
-%
-%
-%
-% Footnote
-%
-% The "tfn" prefixed values are for the reference in the text of
-% the document.
-%
-\newif\if*tfn*dnum \*tfn*dnumfalse %"1." style
-\newif\if*tfn*unum \*tfn*unumtrue %"1" style
-\newif\if*tfn*pnum \*tfn*pnumfalse %"(1)" style
-\newif\if*tfn*dlet \*tfn*dletfalse % "a." style
-\newif\if*tfn*ulet \*tfn*uletfalse % "a" style
-\newif\if*tfn*plet \*tfn*pletfalse % "(a)" style
-\newif\if*tfn*rbe \*tfn*rbefalse % reference after word
-\newif\if*tfnupchar \*tfnupchartrue %
-\newtoks\*tfn*rfont \*tfn*rfont={\tenpt\rm}
-%
-% The "nfn" prefixed values are for the reference as it is formatted
-% at the bottom of the page.
-%
-\newif\if*nfn*dnum \*nfn*dnumtrue %"1." style
-\newif\if*nfn*unum \*nfn*unumfalse %"1" style
-\newif\if*nfn*pnum \*nfn*pnumfalse %"(1)" style
-\newif\if*nfn*dlet \*nfn*dletfalse % "a." style
-\newif\if*nfn*ulet \*nfn*uletfalse % "a" style
-\newif\if*nfn*plet \*nfn*pletfalse % "(1)" style
-\newif\if*nfnupchar \*nfnupcharfalse % reference is not superscript
-\newtoks\*nfn*rfont \*nfn*rfont={\tenpt\rm}
-\newtoks\*nfng \*nfng={1em}
-%
-\newif\if*fn*llap \*fn*llaptrue
-\newtoks\fn*f
-\newcount\fn*num
-\newdimen\fn*div \fn*div=2in
-\newskip\fn*sadiv \fn*sadiv=2.6pt %default skip after divider
-\newskip\fn*sbdiv \fn*sbdiv=6pt %default skip before divider
-%
-\def\footnotenumber{{\if*tfn*dnum \the\fn*num % "1." style
- \else\if*tfn*unum \the\fn*num % "1" style
- \else\if*tfn*pnum \the\fn*num % "(1)" style
- \else\l*alphatrue \a*c{\fn*num} % "a.", "a", and "(a)"
- \fi\fi\fi
- \removelastskip}}
-%
-\def\setfootnotenumber#1{\fn*num=#1}
-\let\sfnn=\setfootnotenumber
-%
-\skip\footins=15pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\fn*f={\tenpt\pin{20pt}\lin{0in}}
-%
-\def\footnoteformat#1{{%
- \def\everyfootnote##1{\global\fn*f{##1}}%
- \def\textreferencestyle##1{%
- \global\*tfn*dnumfalse
- \global\*tfn*unumfalse
- \global\*tfn*pnumfalse
- \global\*tfn*dletfalse
- \global\*tfn*uletfalse
- \global\*tfn*pletfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{(1)}%
- \edef\V{1}%
- \edef\Y{1.}%
- \edef\W{(a)}%
- \edef\X{a}%
- \edef\Z{a.}%
- \ifx\T\U \global\*tfn*pnumtrue
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*tfn*unumtrue
- \else\ifx\T\Y \global\*tfn*dnumtrue
- \else\ifx\T\W \global\*tfn*plettrue
- \else\ifx\T\X \global\*tfn*ulettrue
- \else\ifx\T\Z \global\*tfn*dlettrue
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferencestyle ##1
- is not a valid style. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% end reference style
- \def\textreferencefont##1{\global\*tfn*rfont{##1}}%
- \def\textreferenceplacement##1{\global\*tfn*rbefalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{before}%
- \edef\V{after}%
- \ifx\T\U \global\*tfn*rbetrue
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*tfn*rbefalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferenceplacement ##1
- is invalid. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi}
- \def\textreferenceposition##1{\global\*tfnupcharfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{up}%
- \edef\V{down}%
- \ifx\T\U \global\*tfnupchartrue
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*tfnupcharfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferenceposition ##1
- has an invalid parameter. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi}
- \def\notereferencestyle##1{
- \global\*nfn*dnumfalse
- \global\*nfn*unumfalse
- \global\*nfn*pnumfalse
- \global\*nfn*dletfalse
- \global\*nfn*uletfalse
- \global\*nfn*pletfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{(1)}%
- \edef\V{1}%
- \edef\Y{1.}%
- \edef\W{(a)}%
- \edef\X{a}%
- \edef\Z{a.}%
- \ifx\T\Y \global\*nfn*dnumtrue
- \else\ifx\T\U \global\*nfn*pnumtrue
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*nfn*unumtrue
- \else\ifx\T\W \global\*nfn*plettrue
- \else\ifx\T\X \global\*nfn*ulettrue
- \else\ifx\T\Z \global\*nfn*dlettrue
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! notereferencestyle ##1
- is not a valid style. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% end reference style
- \def\notereferencefont##1{\global\*nfn*rfont{##1}}%
- \def\notereferenceposition##1{\global\*nfnupcharfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{up}%
- \edef\V{down}%
- \ifx\T\U \global\*nfnupchartrue
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*nfnupcharfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! notereferenceposition ##1
- has an invalid parameter. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi}%
- \def\skipbeforedivider##1{\global\fn*sbdiv=##1\relax}%
- \def\footnotedivider##1{\global\fn*div=##1\relax}%
- \def\notereferencegutter##1{\global\*nfng={##1}}%
- \def\skipafterdivider##1{\global\fn*sadiv=##1\relax}%
- #1
- \relax
- \skip\footins=0pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
- \global\advance\skip\footins by \fn*sbdiv\relax%
- \global\advance\skip\footins by \fn*sadiv\relax%
-}} % end of footnoteformat
-\let\fnf=\footnoteformat
-%
-\def\autofootnote{\global\advance\fn*num by 1
- \l*alphatrue
- \xdef\I{%
- \if*tfn*unum \the\fn*num%
- \else \if*tfn*ulet \a*c{\the\fn*num}%
- \else \if*tfn*plet (\a*c{\the\fn*num})%
- \else \if*tfn*pnum (\the\fn*num)%
- \else \if*tfn*dlet \a*c{\the\fn*num}.%
- \else \if*tfn*dnum \the\fn*num.%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
- \def\K{%
- \if*nfn*unum \the\fn*num%
- \else \if*nfn*ulet \a*c{\the\fn*num}%
- \else \if*nfn*plet (\a*c{\the\fn*num})%
- \else \if*nfn*pnum (\the\fn*num)%
- \else \if*nfn*dlet \a*c{\the\fn*num}.%
- \else \if*nfn*dnum \the\fn*num.%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-%
- \let\@sf=\empty
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}\fi
- \def\J{{\the\*tfn*rfont
- \if*tfnupchar \raise.7ex\hbox{\the\*tfn*rfont\I}%
- \else {\I}\fi}}%
- \if*tfn*rbe \@sf\J\ignorespaces%
- \else\unskip\unskip\unskip\unskip\J\@sf\fi
- \def\M{{\the\*nfn*rfont
- \if*nfnupchar \raise.7ex\hbox{\K}%
- \else {\K}\fi}}%
- \vfootnote{\M}}
-\let\afn=\autofootnote
-%
-% vfootnote redefined to include fn*f features
-% The addition of hsize=txtw in vfootnote for flexibleformat allows the
-%
-% footnote to print across the full text width at the page bottom.
-%
-% Footstrut redefined to baselineskip for consistent spacing in footnote
-%
-%
-\def\footnoterule{\vskip-\fn*sadiv\hrule width\fn*div\vskip\fn*sadiv\relax}
-%
-% redefined from PLAIN TEX to baselineskip. PLAIN TEX
-% used the height of a ten point strutbox
-%
-\def\vfootnote#1{% Vfootnote revised 11/6/86
- \insert\footins\bgroup
- \if*fix % if fixed mode do nothing to footnote
- \else\hsize=\*txtw\fi % else print footnote across full width of page
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height 1.8ex depth .6ex width 0pt}%
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip
- \rightskip\z@skip
- \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \the\fn*f
- \def\T{\parindent}% For some odd and unknown reason this def is needed
- \ifdim\the\parindent>0pt \global\*fn*llaptrue
- \else \ifdim\the\leftskip>0pt \global\*fn*llaptrue
- \else \global\*fn*llapfalse\fi\fi
- \leavevmode
- \if*fn*llap \hbox to 0pt{\hss{#1\hskip\the\*nfng}}%
- \else \hbox{#1\hskip\the\*nfng}\fi%
- \ignorespaces
- \footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}% END vfootnote markup definition
-%
-\def\footstrut{\vbox to\baselineskip{}}
-%
-\message{endnotes, }
-%
-% Endnote
-%
-% The "ten" prefixed values are for the reference in the text of
-% the document.
-%
-\newif\if*ten*num \*ten*numtrue % "[1]", "1" and "(1)" styles
-\newif\if*ten*let \*ten*letfalse % "a" and "(a)" styles
-\newif\if*ten*paren \*ten*parenfalse % "(1)" and "(a)" styles
-\newif\if*ten*sb \*ten*sbtrue % "[1]" style
-\newif\if*tenupchar \*tenupcharfalse % reference is not superscripted by
-\newtoks\*tenrfont \*tenrfont={\tenpt\rm}
-%
-% The "nen" prefixed values are for the reference as it is formatted
-% at the end of a chapter or the end of the document.
-%
-\newif\if*nen*num \*nen*numtrue % "[1]", "1", "1." and "(1)" styles
-\newif\if*nen*let \*nen*letfalse % "a" and "(a)" styles
-\newif\if*nenll*per \*nenll*pertrue % "1." style
-\newif\if*nen*paren \*nen*parenfalse % "(1)" and "(a)" styles
-\newif\if*nen*sb \*nen*sbfalse % "[1]" style
-\newif\if*nenupchar \*nenupcharfalse % reference isn't superscripted
-\newtoks\*nenrfont \*nenrfont={\tenpt\rm}
-\newdimen\*neng \*neng=1em
-%
-\newtoks\*enpar
-\newcount\en*n
-\newskip\en*s \en*s=4pt
-%
-%
-\def\endnotenumber{{\if*ten*num \the\en*n % all numeric styles
- \else\l*alphatrue \a*c{\en*n} % all alpha styles
- \fi
- \removelastskip}}
-%
-\def\setendnotenumber#1{\en*n=#1}
-\let\senn=\setendnotenumber
-%
-\*enpar={\tenpt\pin{0in}\lin{1.2em}}
-%
-\def\endnoteformat#1{%
- {\def\everyendnote##1{\global\*enpar{##1}}%
- \def\textreferencestyle##1{%
- \global\*ten*numfalse
- \global\*ten*letfalse
- \global\*ten*parenfalse
- \global\*ten*sbfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{[1]}%
- \edef\V{(1)}%
- \edef\W{1}%
- \edef\X{(a)}%
- \edef\Y{a}%
- \ifx\T\U \global\*ten*numtrue \global\*ten*sbtrue % st
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*ten*numtrue \global\*ten*parentrue % st
- \else\ifx\T\W \global\*ten*numtrue % st
- \else\ifx\T\X \global\*ten*lettrue \global\*ten*parentrue % st
- \else\ifx\T\Y \global\*ten*lettrue % st
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferencestyle ##1
- is not a valid style. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% end reference style
- \def\textreferencefont##1{\global\*tenrfont{##1}}%
- \def\textreferenceposition##1{\global\*tenupcharfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{up}%
- \edef\V{down}%
- \ifx\T\U \global\*tenupchartrue
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*tenupcharfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferenceposition ##1
- has an invalid parameter. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi}
- \def\notereferencestyle##1{
- \global\*nen*numfalse
- \global\*nen*letfalse
- \global\*nen*parenfalse
- \global\*nenll*perfalse
- \global\*nen*sbfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{[1]}%
- \edef\V{(1)}%
- \edef\W{1}%
- \edef\X{(a)}%
- \edef\Y{a}%
- \edef\Z{1.}%
- \ifx\T\Z \global\*nen*numtrue \global\*nenll*pertrue % style
- \else\ifx\T\U \global\*nen*numtrue \global\*nen*sbtrue % st
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*nen*numtrue \global\*nen*parentrue % st
- \else\ifx\T\W \global\*nen*numtrue % st
- \else\ifx\T\X \global\*nen*lettrue \global\*nen*parentrue % st
- \else\ifx\T\Y \global\*nen*lettrue % st
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! notereferencestyle ##1
- is not a valid style. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% end reference style
- \def\notereferencefont##1{\global\*nenrfont{##1}}%
- \def\notereferenceposition##1{\global\*nenupcharfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{up}%
- \edef\V{down}%
- \ifx\T\U \global\*nenupchartrue
- \else\ifx\T\V \global\*nenupcharfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! notereferenceposition ##1
- has an invalid parameter. Statement ignored.}
- \fi\fi}%
- \def\notereferencegutter##1{\global\*neng=##1}%
- \def\skipbefore##1{\global\en*s=##1}%
- \relax
- #1}} % end of footnoteformat
-\let\enf=\endnoteformat
-%
-\newlinechar=`\^^J
-\newhelp\aenhelp{relax
- You may continue if you wish, but I'd be surprised
- if your job^^J
- finished without any errors when you print the endnotes. }
-%
-\def\err@#1{\errmessage{TEXT1 error: #1}}
-\def\*aenerr{\errhelp=\aenhelp
- \catcode`@=11
- \errmessage{Results are unpredictable
- when you use autoendnote with asisbegin.
- Type h for more help}}%
-\def\autoendnote{\global\advance\en*n by 1
- \if*aib \*aenerr \fi
- \l*alphatrue
- \edef\I{%
- \if*ten*paren (\unskip\fi
- \if*ten*sb [\unskip\fi
- \if*ten*num \the\en*n\fi
- \if*ten*let \a*c{\the\en*n}\fi
- \if*ten*paren \unskip)\fi
- \if*ten*sb \unskip]\fi}%
- \let\@sf=\empty
- \ifhmode \edef\@sf{\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}%
- \else \let\@sf=\empty\fi
- \unskip\unskip
- \if*tenupchar \raise.7ex\hbox{\the\*tenrfont\I}\@sf%
- \else {\the\*tenrfont\I}\@sf\fi%
- \edef\J{%
- \if*nen*paren (\unskip\fi
- \if*nen*sb [\unskip\fi
- \if*nen*num \the\en*n\fi
- \if*nen*let \a*c{\the\en*n}\fi
- \if*nenll*per \unskip.\fi
- \if*nen*paren \unskip)\fi
- \if*nen*sb \unskip]\fi}%
- \en*o
- \immediate\write\en*f{\par%
- \the\*enpar%
- \noexpand\ENP{\the\*nenrfont\J}}%
- \en*w}
-\let\aen=\autoendnote
-%
-%
-\def\ENP#1{\indent\en*i{%
- \if*nenupchar \raise.7ex\hbox{\the\*nenrfont#1}%
- \else {\the\*nenrfont#1}\fi}}%
-%
-\def\en*i#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss{#1}\hskip\*neng}\ignorespaces}
-%
-\newwrite\en*f
-\newtoks\*endlbl
-\if*PC
- \*endlbl={text1xx.end}
- \else
- \*endlbl={text1xx.endnotes}
-\fi
-
-\def\en*o{\immediate\openout\en*f=\the\*endlbl
- \immediate\write\en*f{\the\*enpar}%
- \edef\T{\par\vskip\the\en*s\relax}%
- \immediate\write\en*f{\T}%
- \global\def\en*o{}%
- }
-%
-\long\def\en*w#1{{\def\rm{\noexpand\rm}\def\it{\noexpand\it}%
- \def\underscore{\noexpand\us}\let\us=\underscore%
- \def\bd{\noexpand\bd}\def\cc{\noexpand\cc}\def\tt{\noexpand\tt}%
- \def\c{\noexpand\c}\def\L{\noexpand\L}\def\AA{\noexpand\AA}%
- \def\d{\noexpand\d}\def\O{\noexpand\O}\def\t{\noexpand\t}%
- \def\b{\noexpand\b}%
- \immediate\write\en*f{#1}}%
-}% end definition of en*w
-%
-\def\printendnotes{\immediate\closeout\en*f%
- \begingroup%
- \input text1xx.endnotes%
- \par%
- \endgroup%
- \global\def\en*o{\immediate\openout\en*f=text1xx.endnotes%
- \immediate\write\en*f{\the\*enpar}%
- \edef\T{\par\vskip\the\en*s\relax}%
- \immediate\write\en*f{\T}%
- \global\def\en*o{}}%
- \setendnotenumber{0}}%
-\let \pen=\printendnotes
-%
-\message{set command, }
-%
-%
-\def\set#1#2{\l*alphafalse
-\ifx#2\appendixnumber
- \edef\T{\the\*ap*num}%
- \E=\*ap*st%
- \else\ifx#2\chapternumber
- \edef\T{\the\*ch*num}%
- \E=\*ch*st%
- \else\ifx#2\endnotenumber
- \edef\T{\the\en*n}%
- \if*ten*num \E=1% % all numeric styles
- \else\l*alphatrue \E=2% % all alpha styles
- \fi%
- \else\ifx#2\figurenumber
- \edef\T{\the\fi*n}%
- \E=1%
- \else\ifx#2\footnotenumber
- \edef\T{\the\fn*num}%
- \if*tfn*dnum \E=1% % "1." style
- \else\if*tfn*unum \E=1% % "1" style
- \else\if*tfn*pnum \E=1% % "(1)" style
- \else\l*alphatrue \E=2% % "a.", "a", and "(a)"
- \fi\fi\fi%
- \else\ifx#2\partnumber
- \edef\T{\the\*pt*num}%
- \E=\*pt*st%
- \else\ifx#2\pagenumber
- \ifnum \pageno<0 \edef\T{\romannumeral-\pageno}%
- \else \edef\T{\number\pageno}\fi%
- \E=1%
- \else\ifx#2\subheadanumber
- \edef\T{\the\*sa*num}%
- \E=\sa*st%
- \else\ifx#2\subheadbnumber
- \edef\T{\the\*sb*num}%
- \E=\sb*st%
- \else\ifx#2\subheadcnumber
- \edef\T{\the\*sc*num}%
- \E=\sc*st%
- \else\ifx#2\subheaddnumber
- \edef\T{\the\*sd*num}%
- \E=\sd*st%
- \else\ifx#2\tablenumber
- \edef\T{\the\ta*n}%
- \E=1%
- \else\message{<TEXT1> Error! You've entered a number I know nothing
- about. I'm going to ignore it and try to proceed.}%
- \E=0%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-\null % So, why is this needed??
-\ifcase\E % NOP
- \or % set to a digit or lower case roman
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\T}%
- \or % set to a letter (upper or lower)
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{{\a*c{\T}}}%
- \or % set to an uppercase roman numeral
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{%
- \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\T}}%
- \fi}%
-%
-\message{centering, }
-%
-% CENTERLINE Rev. 9/6/88 drg
-%
-% Centerline with single and multiple line capabilities
-\newif\if*afn*cl
-\def\centerline#1{\par % Begin centerline markup
- \*afn*clfalse
- \B={}
- \N=0
- \bgroup
- \parindent=\z@ \relax % zero indent
- \parfillskip=0pt plus1fil \relax % infinite stretch
- \everypar{\null\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax} % add infinite glue
- \def\linebreak{\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax\break
- \null\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax}%
- \let\lbr=\linebreak
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \justify
- \let\*vfn=\vfootnote
- \let\*afn=\autofootnote
- \def\vfootnote##1##2{\edef\T{\the\B\noexpand\vfootnote{##1}{##2}}
- \global\B=\expandafter{\T}}
- \def\autofootnote{\global\*afn*cltrue
- \global\advance\N by 1 % count the notes done
- \*afn}
- \let\afn=\autofootnote
- \let\*fn=\footnote
- \def\footnote##1{\global\*afn*cltrue \*fn{##1}}
- \setbox\A=\vbox{#1\par % added to make skip with multiple lines
- \global\C=\baselineskip
- \setbox0=\hbox{(}
- \global\advance\C by-\ht0}% end vbox
- \global\advance\fn*num by -\N %subtract the number of notes done
- \let\autofootnote=\*afn \let\afn=\autofootnote
- \let\footnote=\*fn
- \let\vfootnote=\*vfn
- \ifdim\ht\A>\baselineskip \else \C=\z@ \fi
- \line{\hss\vbox{\vskip\C#1\par}\hss}% print centered lines
- \egroup
- \if*afn*cl % then there were footnotes in the \cl
- \the\B
- \fi
- }% End centerline markup
-\let\cl=\centerline
-%
-% CENTER MULTIPLE LINES
-%
-\newif\if*ctrl % centerline indicator
-\*ctrlfalse
-\def\centerlinesbegin{\par\global\*ctrltrue
- \begingroup\pin{0pt}\psk{0pt}\leftskip=0pt plus1fil
- \parfillskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus1fil\obeylines\ignorespaces}%
-\let\clb=\centerlinesbegin
-\def\centerlinesend{\endgroup\par}
-\let\cle=\centerlinesend
-%
-% rightline par added to PLAIN TEX macro
-%
-\long\def\rightline#1{\par\line{\hss#1}}
-\let\rl=\rightline
-%
-% right align multiple lines
-%
-\def\rightlinesbegin{\par\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parfillskip=0pt
- \leftskip=0pt plus1fil\obeylines}%
-\let\rlb=\rightlinesbegin
-\def\rightlinesend{\endgroup\par}%
-\let\rle=\rightlinesend
-%
-\message{asis, }
-%
-% As is or format off
-%
-\newskip\*aisb \*aisb = 6pt % Default skip before
-\newskip\*aisa \*aisa = 6pt % Default skip after
-\newtoks\*aif \*aif={\leftindent{0in}}
-\newif\if*aib \*aibfalse % centerline indicator
-%
-\def\asisformat#1{{%
- \def\everyasis##1{\global\*aif{##1}}%
- \def\skipbefore##1{\global\*aisb=##1\relax}%
- \def\skipafter##1{\global\*aisa=##1\relax}%
- \relax
- #1}} % end of asisformat
-\let\aif=\asisformat
-%
-% As is or format off
-\def\asisbegin{\par\*aibtrue\vskip\*aisb\relax\nointerlineskip
- \begingroup
- \let\*afn=\autofootnote % save definition of autofootnote
- \def\leftindent##1{%
- \*zerofalse \*okfalse
- \e*p##1\end%
- \if*zero \leftskip 0pt \fi
- \advance \leftskip by ##1}%
- \let\lin=\leftindent
-%
- \def\autofootnote{\endgroup % end asis format
- \futurelet\next\ck*chr}% pick next character, then check the pick
- \let\afn=\autofootnote % reset abbreviation for autofootnote
- \def\ck*chr{\ifcat\bgroup % if left brace
- \noexpand\next % do nothing
- \let\next\gather % next equals gather
- \else % no brace present
- \let\next\re*group\fi % stop if no brace encountered
- \next}%
- \def\gather{\*afn % call normal autofootnote
- \bgroup % furnish left brace, read group
- \aftergroup\re*group % reset asis format
- \let\next}% eat curly brace in text
- % group ends at text right curly brace
- \def\re*group{\*asisb}% restore asis group
-%
- \def\*asisb{\begingroup
- \def\singlespace{\baselineskip=\*isk}%
- \let\ssp=\singlespace
- \def\doublespace{\baselineskip=2\*isk}%
- \let\dsp=\doublespace
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
- \parskip0pt\parindent0pt
- \the\*aif
- \setupverbatim}\*asisb}
- {\obeyspaces\gdef {\ }}
-\def\obeyspaces{\@vobeyspaces}
-{\catcode`\ =\active\gdef\@vobeyspaces{\catcode`\ \active\let \@xobeysp}}
-\def\@xobeysp{\leavevmode\penalty10000\ }
-\def\setupverbatim{\obeylines
- \obeyspaces }
-\let\aib=\asisbegin
-\def\asisend{\endgroup\endgroup\vskip\*aisa\relax\*aibfalse}
-\let\aie=\asisend
-%
-\message{box macros, }
-%
-% Start of boxes
-%
-\font\dtscr=dt
-%
-% Draw boxes
-%
-\newdimen\db*m \db*m=3pt % drawbox mat size
-\newdimen\db*s \db*s=.4pt % drawbox rule size
-\newdimen\db*sh \db*sh=0pt % drawbox shadow size
-\newdimen\db*om \db*om=0pt % drawbox outer mat size
-\newdimen\db*os \db*os=0pt % drawbox outer rule size
-\newcount\db*ps \db*ps=0 % drawbox percent of screen
-%
-\long\def\drawbox#1{\*box{\db*m}{\db*s}{\db*sh}{\db*om}{\db*os}{\db*ps}{#1}}
-\let\db=\drawbox
-%
-\def\drawboxformat#1{{%
- \def\boxmat##1{\global\db*m=##1\relax}%
- \def\boxrule##1{\global\db*s=##1\relax}%
- \def\boxshadow##1{\global\db*sh=##1\relax}%
- \def\outerboxmat##1{\global\db*om=##1\relax}%
- \def\outerboxrule##1{\global\db*os=##1\relax}%
- \def\screen##1{\ifnum##1>64
- \message{<TEXT1> Error. Screen can only be 0 through 64}
- \global\db*ps=0
- \else\ifnum##1<0
- \message{<TEXT1> Error. Screen can only be 0 through 64}
- \global\db*ps=0
- \else \global\db*ps=##1\relax\fi\fi}%
- #1}} % end of drawboxformat
-\let\dbf=\drawboxformat
-%
-\def\drawboxrulesize#1{\dbf{\boxrule{#1}}
- \message{<TEXT1> Warning: Use drawboxformat instead of drawboxrulesize}}
-\let\dbrs=\drawboxrulesize
-\def\drawboxmat#1{\dbf{\boxmat{#1}}
- \message{<TEXT1> Warning: Use drawboxformat instead of drawboxmat}}
-\let\dbm=\drawboxmat
-%
-% Paragraph boxes
-%
-\newdimen\pb*m \pb*m=3pt % paragraphbox mat size
-\newdimen\pb*s \pb*s=.4pt % paragraphbox rule size
-\newdimen\pb*sh \pb*sh=0pt % paragraphbox shadow size
-\newdimen\pb*om \pb*om=0pt % paragraphbox outer mat size
-\newdimen\pb*os \pb*os=0pt % paragraphbox outer rule size
-\newcount\pb*ps \pb*ps=0 % paragraphbox percent of screen
-%
-\long\def\paragraphbox#1{\par\hbox{%
- \*box{\pb*m}{\pb*s}{\pb*sh}{\pb*om}{\pb*os}{\pb*ps}{\vbox{%
- \advance \hsize by -2\pb*m%
- \advance \hsize by -2\pb*s%
- \advance \hsize by -2\pb*om%
- \advance \hsize by -2\pb*os%
- \hrule width \hsize height 0pt depth 0pt%
- #1}}}}
-\let\pb=\paragraphbox
-%
-\def\paragraphboxformat#1{{%
- \def\boxmat##1{\global\pb*m=##1\relax}%
- \def\boxrule##1{\global\pb*s=##1\relax}%
- \def\boxshadow##1{\global\pb*sh=##1\relax}%
- \def\outerboxmat##1{\global\pb*om=##1\relax}%
- \def\outerboxrule##1{\global\pb*os=##1\relax}%
- \def\screen##1{\ifnum##1>64
- \message{<TEXT1> Error. Screen can only be 0 through 64}
- \global\pb*ps=0
- \else\ifnum##1<0
- \message{<TEXT1> Error. Screen can only be 0 through 64}
- \global\pb*ps=0
- \else \global\pb*ps=##1\relax\fi\fi}%
- #1}} % end of paragraphboxformat
-\let\pbf=\paragraphboxformat
-
-% parameter list for *box:
-% #1 = boxmat size #5 = outer boxrule
-% #2 = boxrule size #6 = screen percent
-% #3 = box shadow size #7 = value to be boxed
-% #4 = outer boxmat
-%
-% Uncoment these 2 lines if using the boxes outside of TEXT1
-% \newbox\A
-% \newdimen\D
-% \newcount\E
-%
-\long\def\*box#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
-\ifdim #5>0pt % only if doing a "framed" box
- \setbox\A=\vbox{\*box{#1}{#2}{#3}{0pt}{0pt}{#6}{#7}}%
- \*box{#4}{#5}{#3}{0pt}{0pt}{#6}{\box\A}%
- \else%
- \setbox\A=\vbox{\hrule height#2 % draw left side
- \hbox{\vrule width#2\hskip#1 % draw the top
- \vbox{\vskip#1
- \hbox{#7}
- \vskip#1}\hskip#1\vrule width#2} % draw the bottom
- \hrule height#2} % draw the right side
- \ifdim #3=0pt \*scr{#6}{\box\A} % print if not a shadow
- \else \D=\ht\A
- \advance \D by -#3
- \vbox{\hbox{\vrule width #3 height \D depth 0pt
- \*scr{#6}{\copy\A}}
- \hrule width \wd\A height #3 depth 0pt}
- \fi
- \fi}
-
-% #1 = Screen percent
-% #2 = box to be printed
-
-\def\*scr#1#2{\ifnum#1=0 #2
- \else \setbox\A=\vbox{#2}
- \D=\ht\A
- \advance \D by \dp\A
- \E=#1%
- \advance \E by 48%
- \hbox{\vbox{\vbox to \D{\leaders
- \hbox to \wd\A{\leaders\hbox{\dtscr\char\E}\hfill}
- \vfill}
- \vskip -\D
- \box\A}}
- \fi
-}
-%
-% End of boxes
-%
-\message{more misc, }
-%
-% page skip
-%
-\def\newpage{\vfil\break}% changed from vfill to vfil 11/4/86 bth
-\let\np=\newpage
-%
-% emptypage
-%
-\def\emptypage{\global\advance\*pcount by1}% produces empty pages
-\let\ep=\emptypage
-%
-\def\*blkpg{ % BLANK PAGE MACRO, produces the empty page
- \loop % checks the number of empty pages
- \*badj % check for binding adjust
- \shipout\vbox{\*setcrops{\vbox{
- \makeheadline % shipout page with headline
- \vbox to\*txth{\vfil} % and fooline only
- \makefootline}}}
- \global\advance\*pcount by\m@ne % decrement empty page counter
- \advancepageno % advance the page number
- \ifnum\*pcount>0 % check for empty pages
- \repeat}% END, empty page macro
-%
-\message{enumeration macros, }
-%
-% List Level Macros
-%
-\newcount\ll*n % Current list level number
-\newcount\*toklimit
-\newcount\*countlimit
-\newcount\ll*stb % list style start
-\newcount\ll*cs % list*enum*value*start
-\newcount\ll*cmps % list compare start
-\newcount\ll*cmpe
-\newcount\ll*lc % Last level called
-\*toklimit = 188 % Positions 224-253 are used for the 30 table column justification
- % Positions 199-223 are used for the 25 different list level styles
- % Tokens below 199 are available for \newtoks use.
- % Token 190 is the build token
- % 191-197 is the list level formats, level 1-7
- % 198 is the bullet format
-%
-\*countlimit = 236 % Counters 244-250 are the styles for the 7 list levels
- % Counters 237-243 are the enum counters for the 7 list levels
- % Counters below 237 are available for \newcount use.
-%
-\ll*stb = 244 % Counters 244-250 correspond to the 7 list level styles,
- % value is index into tokens 199-223
-\ll*cs = 237 % Counters 237-243 correspond to the 7 list level enum values.
-\ll*cmps = 199 % Where to start in the \toks values for the 25 different list level styles
-\ll*cmpe = 223 % Where to stop in the \toks values for the 25 different list level styles
-%
-\count244 = 1 % style "1."
-\count245 = 4 % style "a."
-\count246 = 7 % style "i."
-\count247 = 2 % style "1)"
-\count248 = 5 % style "a)"
-\count249 = 8 % style "i)"
-\count250 = 3 % style "(1)"
-%
-\newskip\ll*sb \ll*sb = 0pt % Default is no \vskip
-\newskip\ll*sa \ll*sa = 0pt % Default is no \vskip
-%
-\toks191={\rm\leftindent{.5in}\gutter{1em}} % level 1 indent is 5 characters initially
-\toks192={\rm\leftindent{.8in}\gutter{1em}} % level 2 indent
-\toks193={\rm\leftindent{1.1in}\gutter{1em}} % level 3 indent
-\toks194={\rm\leftindent{1.4in}\gutter{1em}} % level 4 indent
-\toks195={\rm\leftindent{1.7in}\gutter{1em}} % level 5 indent
-\toks196={\rm\leftindent{2in}\gutter{1em}} % level 6 indent
-\toks197={\rm\leftindent{2.3in}\gutter{1em}} % level 7 indent
-\toks198={\rm\leftindent{+.5in}\gutter{1em}} % bullets
-%
- % The 25 different List level styles:
-\toks199 = {1.} % Style 1
-\toks200 = {1)} % 2
-\toks201 = {(1)} % 3
-\toks202 = {a.} % 4
-\toks203 = {a)} % 5
-\toks204 = {(a)} % 6
-\toks205 = {i.} % 7
-\toks206 = {i)} % 8
-\toks207 = {(i)} % 9
-\toks208 = {I.} % 10
-\toks209 = {I)} % 11
-\toks210 = {(I)} % 12
-\toks211 = {A.} % 13
-\toks212 = {A)} % 14
-\toks213 = {(A)} % 15
-\toks214 = {1]} % 16
-\toks215 = {[1]} % 17
-\toks216 = {a]} % 18
-\toks217 = {[a]} % 19
-\toks218 = {i]} % 20
-\toks219 = {[i]} % 21
-\toks220 = {I]} % 22
-\toks221 = {[I]} % 23
-\toks222 = {A]} % 24
-\toks223 = {[A]} % 25
-%
-\newif\if*check % True unless done parsing \listformat
-\newif\ifll*lp
-\newif\ifll*rp
-\newif\if*lsqb
-\newif\if*rsqb
-\newif\ifll*per
-\newif\ifll*dig
-\newif\ifl*alpha
-\newif\if*u*alpha
-\newif\if*l*roman
-\newif\if*u*roman
-\newif\ifll*nil
-%
-\ll*niltrue
-%
-\outer\def\newtoks{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\*toklimit}
-\outer\def\newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\*countlimit}
-%
-%
-% Macros for producing enumerated list levels.
-%
-%
-\def\listformat#1{{\begingroup%
- \def\liststyle##1{\par\N = 1
- \toks190 = {}
- \Z##1\end}%
- \def\Z##1{\ifx ##1\end \Y
- \let \next = \relax
- \else \ifnum \N > 7
- \message{<TEXT1> Error! Too many list levels specified, 7 is max.
- Statement ignored.}
- \let \next = \Z
- \else \ifx ##1, \Y
- \advance \N by 1
- \toks190 = {}
- \let \next = \Z
- \else \toks190 = \expandafter{\the\toks190 ##1}
- \let \next = \Z
- \fi\fi\fi\next}%
- \def\Y{\*tempiffalse
- \*checktrue
- \E = \ll*cmps
- \loop \ifnum \E > \ll*cmpe
- \*checkfalse
- \*tempiftrue
- \else \edef\T{\the\toks190}%
- \edef\U{\the\toks\E}%
- \ifx\T\U
- \*checkfalse
- \F = \ll*stb
- \advance \F by -1
- \advance \F by \N
- \count\F = \E
- \advance \count\F by -\ll*cmps
- \global\advance \count\F by 1
- \fi\fi
- \if*check% Then
- \advance \E by 1
- \repeat
- \if*tempif \message{<TEXT1> Error! \the\toks190 is an invalid list
- level style. It will be ignored}
- \fi}%
- \def\skipbefore##1{\global\ll*sb = ##1\relax}%
- \def\skipafter##1{\global\ll*sa = ##1\relax}%
- \def\everylistlevel##1##2{\ifcase ##1
- \or \global\toks191 = {##2}
- \or \global\toks192 = {##2}
- \or \global\toks193 = {##2}
- \or \global\toks194 = {##2}
- \or \global\toks195 = {##2}
- \or \global\toks196 = {##2}
- \or \global\toks197 = {##2}
- \fi}%
- \def\everybullet##1{\global\toks198 = {##1}}%
- \relax
- #1
- \endgroup}}
-%
-\let \lif = \listformat
-%
-\def\listbegin{\vskip\ll*sb\relax
- \ll*nilfalse
- \begingroup
- \global\ll*lc = 0
- \ll*ini1
- }
-\let\lib=\listbegin
-%
-\def\listend{\vskip\ll*sa\relax
- \endgroup
- \ll*niltrue
-}
-\let\lie=\listend
-%
-\def\listlevel#1{\par
- \ifll*nil \message{<TEXT1> Warning, listbegin was not
- specified. The left margin indent will be set to zero.}
- \else \if*dbl \else \if*tpl
- % If in multiple columns, don't end the group. Do so otherwise
- \else \endgroup
- \begingroup
- \fi\fi
- \fi
- \*tempiftrue % Usually not quite so pessimistic
- \ifcat 1#1 \ifnum #1 < 8 \*tempiffalse % OK if \listlevel1-\listlevel7
- \fi\fi
- \if*tempif \message{<TEXT1> Warning, invalid list level "#1",
- listlevel1 will be used instead.}
- \listlevel1
- \else \E = #1
- \global\ll*n = \E
- \advance \E by 1
- \ll*ini\E
- \par
- \ll*fmt
- \noindent
- \txt*in{\ll*p{#1}}
- \fi
-}
-\let \lil = \listlevel
-%
-\def\txt*in#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss{#1}\hskip\*gut}\ignorespaces}
-%
-\def\ll*fmt{\*gut=1em
- \ifcase \the\ll*n
- \or \the\toks191
- \or \the\toks192
- \or \the\toks193
- \or \the\toks194
- \or \the\toks195
- \or \the\toks196
- \or \the\toks197
- \fi}
-%
-\def\listresume{% rev. 7/6/87
- \if*start*bul\global\advance\ll*n by 1\global\*start*bulfalse\fi
- % account for bulleted list ffems
- \ifnum \ll*n < 2 \lin{0pt}
- \global\ll*n = 1
- \else \global\advance \ll*n by -1
- \ll*fmt
- \fi
- \noindent\ignorespaces}
-%
-\let\lir=\listresume
-% Evaluate Style
-\def\e*s{%
- \global\ll*lpfalse
- \global\ll*rpfalse
- \global\*lsqbfalse
- \global\*rsqbfalse
- \global\ll*perfalse
- \global\ll*digfalse
- \global\l*alphafalse
- \global\*u*alphafalse
- \global\*l*romanfalse
- \global\*u*romanfalse
- \ifcase \count\F
- \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\ll*pertrue % Style 1
- \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\ll*rptrue % 2
- \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 3
- \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\ll*pertrue % 4
- \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\ll*rptrue % 5
- \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 6
- \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\ll*pertrue % 7
- \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\ll*rptrue % 8
- \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 9
- \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\ll*pertrue % 10
- \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\ll*rptrue % 11
- \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 12
- \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\ll*pertrue % 13
- \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\ll*rptrue % 14
- \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 15
- \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 16
- \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 17
- \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 18
- \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 19
- \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 20
- \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 21
- \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 22
- \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 23
- \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 24
- \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 25
- \fi}
-
-%
-\def\ll*ini#1{\*start*bulfalse
- \ifnum #1 < 7 \N = #1
- \advance \N by -1
- \loop \ifnum \N < 7 % Loop max of 7 times
- \E = \N
- \advance \E by \ll*cs
- \global\count\E = 0
- \advance \N by 1
- \repeat
- \fi} % else don't initialize when \lil7
-%
-\def\ll*p#1{%
- \E = #1
- \advance \E by \ll*cs
- \advance \E by -1 % \E is the listlevel value counter
- \F = \E
- \advance \F by 7
- \global\advance \count\E by 1 % Increment the list level counter
- %
- % If this level is same as previous level, no need to re-evaluate
- % the style to be used.
- %
- \ifnum \ll*lc = #1
- \else \e*s
- \global\ll*lc = #1
- \fi
- %
- % Print the prefix punctuation
- %
- \ifll*lp (\unskip % Styles 3, 6, 9, 12, 15
- \else \if*lsqb [\unskip % Styles 17, 19, 21, 23, 25
- \fi\fi
- %
- % Print the listlevel value, i.e. "1", "a", "A", "I", or "i".
- %
- \ifll*dig % Then its a style using digits
- \number\count\E % Print the number
- \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces
- \else \ifl*alpha % Then its a style with lower case letters
- \a*c{\count\E} % Print the lower case letters
- \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces
- \else \if*u*alpha % Then its a style with upper case letters
- \a*c{\count\E} % Print uppercase alpha
- \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces
- \else \if*l*roman % Then its a style with lower case roman numerals
- \romannumeral\count\E % Print the lower case roman numeral
- \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces
- \else \if*u*roman % Print upper case roman numeral
- \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\count\E}
- \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! Something is awry in the listlevel style. Call a consultant.}
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Print the suffix punctuation
- %
- \ifll*per .\unskip % Styles 1, 4, 7, 10, 13
- \else \ifll*rp )\unskip % Styles 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 15
- \else \if*rsqb ]\unskip % Styles 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
- %
- % This macro will convert an integer into a letter. In Appendix F of the
- % TeXbook you will see that octal character '141 is the small letter "a".
- % Octal 141=Decimal 97, Therefore, add 96 to value of listlevel counter.
- % For example, 1="a", 2="b", etc. The macro will also change 27="aa", 28="ab", etc.
- %
-\def\a*c#1{%
- \ifnum #1 < 27 \G = #1% % Then its a single letter a-z
- \advance \G by 96% % See the font table in App. F
- \ifl*alpha% % Then its a lower case style
- \char\G% % Print the character a-z
- \else \advance \G by -32%
- \char\G% % Print the character A-Z
- \fi%
- \else \G = #1% % else its "AA" or greater
- \divide \G by 26% % This holds the first character
- \Q = #1% % Get ready to compute second letter
- \R = #1%
- \divide \R by 26%
- \multiply \R by 26%
- \ifnum #1 = \R%
- \advance \G by -1%
- \Q = 26%
- \else \advance \Q by -\R%
- \fi%
- \a*c{\G}% % Get the first character a-z
- \unskip%
- \a*c{\Q}% % Get the second letter
- \fi} % End of \a*c
-%
-% for setting the list level number other than sequential
-%
-\def\slln#1#2{{\E=#1
- \advance \E by -1
- \advance \E by \ll*cs
- \global\count\E = #2}}
-\let\setlistlevelnumber=\slln
-%
-% Bullets
-%
-\newif\if*start*bul
-\newdimen\*bul*dim
-\mathchardef\*bullet="220F
-\def\bullet{% bullet defined for both math and text modes, rev. 6/25/87
- \ifmmode \*bullet % math mode bullet
- \else % text or list bullet
- \ifll*nil % no list in progress, text bullet
- \leftskip = 0pt
- {\if*msp{*}\else\sy\char"0F\fi}
- \else % list in progress, list bullet
- \the\toks198
- \if*start*bul \lin{\*bul*dim}
- \else \*bul*dim = \leftskip
- \*start*bultrue \fi % end starting bullet
- \par\noindent
- \txt*in{{\if*msp{*}\else\sy\char"0F\fi}}
- \fi % end list in progress check
- \fi % end math mode bullet check
-}% end bullet
-\let \bul=\bullet
-%
-%
-% The \gutter macro is actually used for several macros, \bul, \lil, etc.
-%
-\newdimen\*gut
-\def\gutter#1{\*gut=#1}
-\message{end of enumeration macros, }
-\message{TOC, }
-%
-% Macros for doing Table of Contents, Heads, Subheads, Tables, and Figures
-%
-\newtoks\*TCt \*TCt={\cl{\twelvept\bd Table of Contents}\vs{1\bl}}
-\newtoks\*ptf \*ptf={\vs{1\bl}\cl{Part \partnumber}\cl{\parttitle}%
- \vs{1\bl}\nin Part \partnumber \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*ctf \*ctf={\hangingchapternumber \chaptertitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*atf \*atf={\hangingappendixnumber \appendixtitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*prtf \*prtf={\nin \prefacetitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*satf \*satf={\leftindent{.5in}\nin \subheadatitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*sbtf \*sbtf={\leftindent{1in}\nin \subheadbtitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*sctf \*sctf={\leftindent{1.5in}\nin \subheadctitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*sdtf \*sdtf={\leftindent{2in}\nin \subheaddtitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*btf \*btf={\nin\bibtitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*ftf \*ftf={\hangingnumber{\figurenumber.} \figuretitle \leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*ftt \*ftt={\newpage\cl{\twelvept\bd List of Figures}\line{Figure\hfill Page}}
-\newtoks\*ttf \*ttf={\hangingnumber{\tablenumber.} \tabletitle\leader \pagenumber}
-\newtoks\*ttt \*ttt={\newpage\cl{\twelvept\bd List of Tables}\line{Table\hfill Page}}
-\newtoks\*figt \*figt={\bqb\tenpt\bd\hp Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle \bqe}
-\newtoks\*tabt \*tabt={\vs{\bl}\cl{\twelvept\bd Table \tablenumber}%
- \cl{\twelvept\tabletitle}\vs{\bl}}
-\newtoks\*partt \*partt={\dumpinsertseject\titlepage
- \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt\vfil
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Part \partnumber}
- \cl{\twelvept\bd\parttitle}
- \vs{.5\tp*sk}
- \np
- \scn{0}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}
- \sfn{0}\stn{0}\sfnn{0}\senn{0}
- }%
-\newtoks\*chapt \*chapt={\dumpinsertseject
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}%
- \cl{\twelvept\bd\chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}
- }
-\newtoks\*appt \*appt={\dumpinsertseject %
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Appendix \appendixnumber}
- \cl{\twelvept\bd\appendixtitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \scn{0}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}
- \ssdn{0}\sfn{0}\stn{0}
- }
-\newtoks\*pret \*pret={\dumpinsertseject %
- \cl{\twelvept\bd\prefacetitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}
- }%
-\newtoks\*subat \*subat={\removelastskip\goodbreak
- \vs{2\bl}
- \nin\twelvept\bd\subheadatitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}
- }
-\newtoks\*subbt \*subbt={\removelastskip\goodbreak
- \vs{2\bl}
- \nin\twelvept\it\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \sscn{0}\ssdn{0}
- }
-\newtoks\*subct \*subct={\removelastskip\goodbreak
- \vs{2\bl}
- \nin\twelvept\subheadctitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \ssdn{0}
- }
-\newtoks\*subdt \*subdt={\goodbreak\twelvept\it\subheaddtitle.}
-%
-\newif\if*cont*chap \*cont*chapfalse
-\newif\if*TC*fig \*TC*figtrue
-\newif\if*TC*tab \*TC*tabtrue
-\newif\if*TC*prt \*TC*prttrue
-\newif\if*TC*chp \*TC*chptrue
-\newif\if*TC*app \*TC*apptrue
-\newif\if*TC*pre \*TC*pretrue
-\newif\if*TC*sha \*TC*shatrue
-\newif\if*TC*shb \*TC*shbtrue
-\newif\if*TC*shc \*TC*shcfalse
-\newif\if*TC*shd \*TC*shdfalse
-\newif\if*TCaopen \*TCaopenfalse
-\newif\if*TCbopen \*TCbopenfalse
-\newif\if*TCcopen \*TCcopenfalse
-%
-\newdimen\*ch*hi \*ch*hi=.25in
-\newdimen\*ap*hi \*ap*hi=.25in
-\newdimen\fi*hi \fi*hi=.25in
-\newdimen\ta*hi \ta*hi=.25in
-%
-\newcount\fi*n \fi*n=0
-\newcount\ta*n \ta*n=0
-\newcount\*pt*num \*pt*num=0
-\newcount\*pt*st \*pt*st=1
-\newcount\*ch*num \*ch*num=0
-\newcount\*ch*st \*ch*st=1
-\newcount\*ap*num \*ap*num=0
-\newcount\*ap*st \*ap*st=2
-\newcount\*sa*num \*sa*num=0
-\newcount\sa*st \sa*st=1
-\newcount\*sb*num \*sb*num=0
-\newcount\sb*st \sb*st=1
-\newcount\*sc*num \*sc*num=0
-\newcount\sc*st \sc*st=1
-\newcount\*sd*num \*sd*num=0
-\newcount\sd*st \sd*st=1
-%
-\newwrite\TC*fa
-\newwrite\TC*fb
-\newwrite\TC*fc
-% putincontents last modified 12/6/91
-\def\notintoc#1{#1}
-\newtoks\*toclbla
-\newtoks\*toclblb
-\newtoks\*toclblc
-\if*PC
- \*toclbla={text1xx.tc1}
- \*toclblb={text1xx.tc2}
- \*toclblc={text1xx.tc3}
-\else
- \*toclbla={text1xx.toc1}
- \*toclblb={text1xx.toc2}
- \*toclblc={text1xx.toc3}
-\fi
-
-\long\def\putincontents#1#2{\begingroup\ifcase #1 % Putincontents markup
- \message{<TEXT1> Warning, request for Contents entry other than
- 1, 2, or 3. Contents 1 will be assumed.}
- \putincontents1{#2}
- \or \if*TCaopen % Do nothing if open, else open it
- \else \immediate\openout\TC*fa=\the\*toclbla
- \immediate\write\TC*fa{\the\*TCt}%
- \global\*TCaopentrue
- \fi
- \*defnoexpands
- \edef\T{\leftskip=0pt #2}%
- \edef\next{\write\TC*fa{\T\par}}%
- \next\relax
- \or \if*TCbopen % Do nothing if open, else open it
- \else \immediate\openout\TC*fb=\the\*toclblb
- \immediate\write\TC*fb{\the\*ftt}%
- \global\*TCbopentrue\fi
- \*defnoexpands
- \edef\T{#2}%
- \edef\next{\write\TC*fb{\T\par}}%
- \next\relax
- \or \if*TCcopen % Do nothing if open, else open it
- \else \immediate\openout\TC*fc=\the\*toclblc
- \immediate\write\TC*fc{\the\*ttt}%
- \global\*TCcopentrue\fi
- \*defnoexpands
- \edef\T{#2}%
- \edef\next{\write\TC*fc{\T\par}}%
- \next\relax
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, request for Contents entry other than
- 1, 2, or 3. Contents 1 will be assumed.}
- \putincontents1{#2}
- \fi\endgroup}% End putincontents markup
-\let\pic=\putincontents
-
-\def\*defnoexpands{%
- \def\AA{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\AA}%
- \def\aa{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\aa}%
- \def\appendixnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\san{\the\*ap*num}%
- \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\appendixnumber}%
- \def\autoendnote##1{}%
- \let\aen=\autoendnote%
- \def\autofootnote##1{}%
- \let\afn=\autofootnote%
- \def\bullet{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\bullet}%
- \let\bul=\bullet%
- \def\centerline##1{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\centerline{##1}}%
- \let\cl=\centerline%
- \def\chapternumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\scn{\the\*ch*num}%
- \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\chapternumber}%
- \def\dag{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\dag}%
- \def\ddag{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\ddag}%
- \def\eightteenpt{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\eightteenpt}%
- \def\fourteenpt{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\fourteenpt}%
- \def\hangingappendixnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \hangingappendixnumber{\the\*ap*num}}%
- \def\hangingchapternumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \hangingchapternumber{\the\*ch*num}}%
- \def\hangingindent##1{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \hangingindent{##1}}%
- \let\hin=\hangingparagraph%
- \def\hangingnumber##1{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\HFN{##1}}%
- \def\hangingparagraph{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\hangingparagraph}%
- \let\hp=\hangingparagraph%
- \def\justify{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\justify}%
- \let\ju=\justify%
- \def\leavevmode{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\leavevmode}%
- \def\leftindent##1{\leftskip=##1}%
- \let\lin=\leftindent%
- \let\linebreak=\space%
- \let\lbr=\space%
- \def\neg{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\neg}%
- \def\notintoc##1{}%
- \def\pagenumber{\noexpand\pagenumber}%
- \def\pn{\noexpand\pagenumber}%
- \def\par{\endgraf}%
- \def\paragraph{\endgraf}%
- \def\partnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\sptn{\the\*pt*num}%
- \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\partnumber}%
- \def\subheadanumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\ssan{\the\*sa*num}%
- \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\subheadanumber}%
- \def\subheadbnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\ssbn{\the\*sb*num}%
- \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\subheadbnumber}%
- \def\subheadcnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\sscn{\the\*sc*num}%
- \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\subheadcnumber}%
- \def\subheaddnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\ssdn{\the\*sd*num}%
- \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\subheaddnumber}%
- \def\tenpt{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\tenpt}%
- \def\tilde{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\tilde}%
- \def\toclinebreak{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\toclinebreak}%
- \def\toclbr{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\toclinebreak}%
- \def\twelvept{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\twelvept}%
- \def\underscore##1{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\underscore{##1}}%
- \let\us=\underscore%
- \def\\{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\\}%
- \def\{{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\{}%
- \def\}{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\}}%
- \def\_{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand%
- \noexpand\noexpand\_}%
-}
-%
-\def\tableofcontentsformat#1{{%
- \def\continuechapter##1{\global\*cont*chapfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U \global\*cont*chaptrue
- \else \ifx \T\V % Not continue chapter
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- continuechapter is not "yes" or "no".
- "no" will be assumed}
- \fi\fi}%
- \def\toctitle##1{\global\*TCt={##1}}%
- \def\parttocformat##1{\global\*ptf={##1}}%
- \def\chaptertocformat##1{\global\*ctf={##1}}%
- \def\hangingchapterindent##1{\global\*ch*hi=##1}%
- \def\appendixtocformat##1{\global\*atf={##1}}%
- \def\hangingappendixindent##1{\global\*ap*hi=##1}%
- \def\prefacetocformat##1{\global\*prtf={##1}}%
- \def\subheadatocformat##1{\global\*satf={##1}}%
- \def\subheadbtocformat##1{\global\*sbtf={##1}}%
- \def\subheadctocformat##1{\global\*sctf={##1}}%
- \def\subheaddtocformat##1{\global\*sdtf={##1}}%
- \def\bibliographytocformat##1{\global\*btf={##1}}%
- \def\figuretoctitle##1{\global\*ftt={##1}}%
- \def\figuretocformat##1{\global\*ftf={##1}}%
- \def\hangingfigureindent##1{\global\fi*hi=##1}%
- \def\tabletoctitle##1{\global\*ttt={##1}}%
- \def\tabletocformat##1{\global\*ttf={##1}}%
- \def\hangingtableindent##1{\global\ta*hi=##1}%
- #1}}
-\let\tocf=\tableofcontentsformat
-% tableofcontents last modified on 12/6/91
-\def\tableofcontents#1{%
- \edef\T{}\edef\U{#1}\ifx\T\U\E=-3\else\E=#1\fi
- \dumpinsertseject
- \setpagenumber{\E}
- \immediate\closeout\TC*fa
- \begingroup
- \def\noexpand{}
- \def\centerline##1{\par % Begin centerline markup
- \bgroup
- \parindent=0pt \relax % zero indent
- \parfillskip=0pt plus1fil \relax
- \everypar{\null\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax} % add infinite glue
- \def\linebreak{\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax\break
- \null\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax}%
- \let\toclinebreak=\linebreak % linebreak is a space in text1xx.
- \let\toclbr=\linebreak % toc1, toclbr available in toc
- \justify
- \setbox\A=\vbox{##1\par % figure skip for multiple centerline
- \global\C=\baselineskip
- \setbox0=\hbox{(}
- \global\advance\C by-\ht0}% end vbox
- \line{\hss\vbox{\vskip\C##1\par}\hss} %
- \egroup
- }% End centerline markup
- \let\cl=\centerline
- \justify
- \parfillskip=0pt
- \rightskip=0pt plus 5em
- \input \the\*toclbla
- \endgraf
- \leftskip=0pt
- \if*TCbopen % True only if figures were used.
- \immediate\closeout\TC*fb
- \input \the\*toclblb
- \fi
- \if*TCcopen % True only if tables were used.
- \immediate\closeout\TC*fc
- \input \the\*toclblc
- \fi
- \endgroup}
-\let\toc=\tableofcontents
-%
-\message{part, }
-%
-\long\def\partformat#1{{%
- \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\*pt*st=1
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{1}%
- \edef\V{A}%
- \edef\W{I}%
- \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*pt*st=2
- \else \ifx \T\W \global\*pt*st=3
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style
- in the partformat command is
- invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi\fi}%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*partt={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*prttrue
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*prtfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in partformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\paf=\partformat
-%
-\def\parttitle{}
-\def\part#1{\par % Part revised 11/5/86
- \global\def\parttitle{#1}%
- \global\advance \*pt*num by 1
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space % prevent linebreak in title
- \let\toclbr=\space % break in contents only
- \the\*partt % This prints the title in the text
- \egroup
- \par
- \D=\lastskip
- \removelastskip
- \if*TC*prt \putincontents1{\the\*ptf}\fi
- \ignorespaces
- \vs{\D}
-}% END
-%
-\def\partnumber{{\ifcase \*pt*st
- \or \the\*pt*num
- \or \l*alphafalse
- \a*c{\*pt*num}
- \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*pt*num}
- \fi}}
-%
-\def\setpartnumber#1{\global\*pt*num=#1}%
-% \spn is setpagenumber
-\let\sptn=\setpartnumber
-%
-\message{chapter, }
-%
-\long\def\chapterformat#1{{%
- \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\*ch*st=1
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{1}%
- \edef\V{A}%
- \edef\W{I}%
- \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*ch*st=2
- \else \ifx \T\W \global\*ch*st=3
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style
- in the chapterformat command is
- invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi\fi}%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*chapt={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*chptrue%
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*chpfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in chapterformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\chf=\chapterformat
-%
-\def\chaptertitle{}
-\def\chapter#1{\par
- \global\def\chaptertitle{#1}%
- \global\advance \*ch*num by 1
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\*chapt % prints the title in the text
- \egroup
- \D=\lastskip
- \removelastskip
- \if*TC*chp \putincontents1{\the\*ctf}\fi
- \ignorespaces
- \vs{\D}
-}% END chapter markup definition
-%
-\def\chapternumber{{\ifcase \*ch*st
- \or \the\*ch*num
- \or \l*alphafalse
- \a*c{\*ch*num}
- \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*ch*num}
- \fi
- \removelastskip}}
-\let\chap=\chapter
-%
-\def\hangingchapternumber#1{\*ch*num=#1\laf{\labelwidth{\*ch*hi}}
- \label{\hskip\*ch*hi\llap{\chapternumber.}}}
-%
-\def\setchapternumber#1{\global\*ch*num=#1}%
-\let\scn=\setchapternumber
-%
-\message{appendix,}
-%
-\long\def\appendixformat#1{{%
- \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\*ap*st=2
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{1}%
- \edef\V{A}%
- \edef\W{I}%
- \ifx \T\U \global\*ap*st=1
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*ap*st=2
- \else \ifx \T\W \global\*ap*st=3
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style
- in the appendixformat command is
- invalid. Style 2 will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi\fi}%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*appt={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*apptrue
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*appfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in appendixformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\apf=\appendixformat
-%
-\def\appendixtitle{}
-\def\appendix#1{% Appendix revised 11/3/86 (added toclinebreak)
- \global\def\appendixtitle{#1}%
- \global\advance \*ap*num by 1
- \par
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\*appt % prints the appendix title
- \egroup
- \D=\lastskip
- \removelastskip
- \if*TC*app \putincontents1{\the\*atf}\fi
- \ignorespaces
- \vs{\D}
-}% END appendix markup definition
-%
-\def\appendixnumber{{\ifcase \*ap*st
- \or \the\*ap*num
- \or \l*alphafalse
- \a*c{\*ap*num}
- \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*ap*num}
- \fi
- \removelastskip}}
-\let\app=\appendix
-%
-\def\hangingappendixnumber#1{\*ap*num=#1\laf{\labelwidth{\*ap*hi}}
- \label{\hskip\*ap*hi\llap{\appendixnumber.}}}
-%
-\def\setappendixnumber#1{\global\*ap*num=#1}%
-\let\san=\setappendixnumber
-%
-\message{preface,}
-%
-\long\def\prefaceformat#1{{%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*pret={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*pretrue
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*prefalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in prefaceformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\prf=\prefaceformat
-%
-\def\prefacetitle{}
-\def\preface#1{% Preface revised 11/3/86 (added toclinebreak)
- \global\def\prefacetitle{#1}%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\*pret % prints the title in the text
- \egroup
- \D=\lastskip
- \removelastskip
- \if*TC*pre \putincontents1{\the\*prtf}\fi
- \ignorespaces
- \vs{\D}
-}% END preface markup definition
-\let\pre=\preface
-%
-\message{subheads,}
-%
-\long\def\subheadaformat#1{{%
- \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\sa*st=1
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{1}%
- \edef\V{A}%
- \edef\W{I}%
- \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\sa*st=2
- \else \ifx \T\W \global\sa*st=3
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style
- in the subheadaformat command is
- invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi\fi}%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*subat={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*shatrue
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*shafalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in subheadaformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\shaf=\subheadaformat
-%
-\def\subheadatitle{}
-\def\subheada#1{%
- \global\def\subheadatitle{#1}%
- \global\advance \*sa*num by 1
- \par
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\*subat % prints the title in the text
- \egroup
- \ifvmode \D=\lastskip \removelastskip
- \else \D=0pt\fi
- \if*TC*sha \putincontents1{\the\*satf}\fi
- \ifdim\D>0pt\vs{\D}\else\ignorespaces\fi%
-}% END subheada markup definition
-%
-\def\subheadanumber{{\ifcase \sa*st
- \or \the\*sa*num
- \or \l*alphafalse
- \a*c{\*sa*num}
- \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*sa*num}
- \fi
- \removelastskip}}
-\let\sha=\subheada
-%
-\def\setsubheadanumber#1{\global\*sa*num=#1}%
-\let\ssan=\setsubheadanumber
-%
-\long\def\subheadbformat#1{{%
- \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\sb*st=1
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{1}%
- \edef\V{A}%
- \edef\W{I}%
- \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\sb*st=2
- \else \ifx \T\W \global\sb*st=3
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style
- in the subheadbformat command is
- invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi\fi}%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*subbt={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*shbtrue
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*shbfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in subheadbformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\shbf=\subheadbformat
-%
-\def\subheadbtitle{}
-\def\subheadb#1{%
- \global\def\subheadbtitle{#1}%
- \global\advance \*sb*num by 1
- \par
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\*subbt % This prints the title in the text
- \egroup
- \ifvmode \D=\lastskip \removelastskip
- \else \D=0pt\fi
- \if*TC*shb \putincontents1{\the\*sbtf}\fi
- \ignorespaces
- \ifdim\D>0pt\vs{\D}\else\ignorespaces\fi
-}% END subheadb markup definition
-%
-\def\subheadbnumber{{\ifcase \sb*st
- \or \the\*sb*num
- \or \l*alphafalse
- \a*c{\*sb*num}
- \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*sb*num}
- \fi
- \removelastskip}}
-\let\shb=\subheadb
-%
-\def\setsubheadbnumber#1{\global\*sb*num=#1}%
-\let\ssbn=\setsubheadbnumber
-%
-\long\def\subheadcformat#1{{%
- \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\sc*st=1
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{1}%
- \edef\V{A}%
- \edef\W{I}%
- \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\sc*st=2
- \else \ifx \T\W \global\sc*st=3
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style
- in the subheadcformat command is
- invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi\fi}%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*subct={##1}}
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*shcfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U \global\*TC*shctrue
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*shcfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in subheadcformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "no" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\shcf=\subheadcformat
-%
-\def\subheadctitle{}
-\def\subheadc#1{%
- \global\def\subheadctitle{#1}%
- \global\advance \*sc*num by 1
- \par
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\*subct % prints the title in the text
- \egroup
- \ifvmode \D=\lastskip \removelastskip
- \else \D=0pt\fi
- \if*TC*shc \putincontents1{\the\*sctf}\fi
- \ignorespaces
- \ifdim\D>0pt\vs{\D}\else\ignorespaces\fi
-}% END subheadc markup
-%
-\def\subheadcnumber{{\ifcase \sc*st
- \or \the\*sc*num
- \or \l*alphafalse
- \a*c{\*sc*num}
- \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*sc*num}
- \fi
- \removelastskip}}
-\let\shc=\subheadc
-%
-\def\setsubheadcnumber#1{\global\*sc*num=#1}%
-\let\sscn=\setsubheadcnumber
-%
-\long\def\subheaddformat#1{{%
- \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\sd*st=1
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{1}%
- \edef\V{A}%
- \edef\W{I}%
- \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\sd*st=2
- \else \ifx \T\W \global\sd*st=3
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style
- in the subheaddformat command is
- invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi\fi}%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*subdt={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*shdfalse
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U \global\*TC*shdtrue
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*shdfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in subheaddformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "no" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\shdf=\subheaddformat
-%
-\def\subheaddtitle{}
-\def\subheadd#1{%
- \global\def\subheaddtitle{#1}%
- \global\advance \*sd*num by 1
- \par
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\*subdt % This prints the title in the text
- \egroup
- \ifvmode \D=\lastskip \removelastskip
- \else \D=0pt\fi
- \if*TC*shd \putincontents1{\the\*sdtf}\fi
- \ignorespaces
- \ifdim\D>0pt\vs{\D}\else\ignorespaces\fi
-}% END subheadd markup definition
-%
-\def\subheaddnumber{{\ifcase \sd*st
- \or \the\*sd*num
- \or \l*alphafalse
- \a*c{\*sd*num}
- \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*sd*num}
- \fi
- \removelastskip}}
-\let\shd=\subheadd
-%
-\def\setsubheaddnumber#1{\global\*sd*num=#1}%
-\let\ssdn=\setsubheaddnumber
-%
-\message{figures,}
-%
-% FIGURE MARKUP, bth 8/25/86
-% Figure altered to allow alignments and other text markups within the
-% arguments of figure and allow the immediate print feature (nofloat).
-% Footnoting and multiple columns allowed in nofloat format only.
-% Floating figures use top insert which uses a vbox that cancels any
-% footnoting or multiple column setting. When \fullpage or \halfpage
-% are used they must be the only argument in position one.
-%
-%
-% Figureformat revised on 4/5/88, drg
-%
-\catcode`* = 11
-\catcode`@ = 11
-\newif\if*fp \*fpfalse % fullpage, used in figure
-\newif\if*hp \*hpfalse % halfpage, " "
-\newcount\fi*pos \fi*pos=1 % 1=\float,2=\nofloat,3=\midfloat,4=\keep
-\newtoks\fi*sb \fi*sb={1\bl}
-\newtoks\fi*sa \fi*sa={1\bl}
-\def\figureformat#1{{%
- \def\skipbefore##1{\global\fi*sb={##1}}%
- \def\position{% printing position of figure, floating or nonfloating
- \def\nofloat{\global\fi*pos=2} % prints immediate
- \def\keep{\global\fi*pos=4} % prints immediate, but on same pg
- \def\midfloat{\global\fi*pos=3}% uses midinsert
- \def\float{\global\fi*pos=1}} % uses topinsert, the default
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*figt={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*figtrue
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*figfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in figureformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- \def\skipafter##1{\global\fi*sa={##1}}%
- #1}}% End figure format markup
-\let\fif=\figureformat
-%
-\newif\if*tpreset % titlepage reset for figure markup
-\*tpresetfalse % no reset necessary
-%
-% Figure revised on 10/4/89, drg
-%
-\def\figuretitle{}
-\def\figure{\futurelet\next\*fga}
-\def\*fga{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\*fgb
- \else\let\next\*fgc\fi \next}
-\def\*fgb{\global\setbox\A=\vbox\bgroup\aftergroup\*fgd\let\next}
-\def\*fgc#1{\*fge{#1}}
-\def\*fgd{\*fge{\box\A}}
-\long\def\*fge#1#2{\par % Begin figure markup definition
- \gdef\figuretitle{#2}%
- \global\advance \fi*n by 1 % figure number
- \begingroup % trap null setting for lets
- \let\fullpage=\null % make fullpage non-printable
- \let\halfpage=\null % make halfpage non-printable
- \let\toclinebreak=\space % prevent break in title
- \let\toclbr=\space % prevent break in title
-% for value of \fi*pos: 1=\float,2=\nofloat,3=\midfloat,4=\keep
- \ifcase\fi*pos
- \or % BEGIN TOPINSERT FIGURES
- \if*fp % full page topinsert figure
- \if*title\*tpresettrue\notitlepage\fi % account for titlepage
- \topinsert % floating figures are topinserts
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \vbox to\vsize{\vrule width0pt\relax
- \vfil#1\the\*figt}
- \endinsert
- \if*tpreset\titlepage\*tpresetfalse\fi % reset titlepage
- \else\if*hp % half page topinsert figure
- \topinsert
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \vbox to.5\vsize{\vrule width0pt \relax
- \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax
- \vfil#1\the\*figt
- \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax}
- \endinsert
- \else % variable size floating figure
- \topinsert
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax
- #1\the\*figt
- \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax
- \endinsert
- \fi\fi % end float full and half page check
- \or % BEGIN IMMEDIATE FIGURES
- \if*fp % FULL PAGE IMMEDIATE FIGURE
- \np % figure won't fit on current page
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi % send to contents
- \vrule width0pt \relax % prevent fil from going away
- \vfill\the\*figt % fill to figure title
- \break % insures break at end of insert
- \else
- \if*hp % HALF PAGE IMMEDIATE FIGURE
- \dimen\D=.5\vsize % depth check for half page figure
- \advance\dimen\D by\topskip % add topskip to .5 vsize
- \ifdim\pagetotal>\dimen\D\np\fi % won't fit on current page
- \vbox to.49\vsize{\vrule width0pt % keep skip
- \vfil\relax % skip all but title height to
- #1\the\*figt % print figure title
- \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax} % print half page figure title
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \else % VARIABLE SIZE IMMEDIATE FIGURE
- \vrule width0pt \relax % prevent skip from going away
- \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax
- #1\the\*figt
- \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \fi% End of check at half page
- \fi % End of check at full page
- \or % BEGIN MIDINSERT FIGURES
- \if*fp % full page midinsert figure
- \if*title\*tpresettrue\notitlepage\fi % account for titlepage
- \topinsert % use topinsert for full page only
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \vbox to\vsize{\vrule width0pt\relax
- \vfil#1\the\*figt}
- \endinsert
- \if*tpreset\titlepage\*tpresetfalse\fi % reset titlepage
- \else\if*hp % half page midinsert figure
- \midinsert
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \vbox to.5\vsize{\vrule width0pt \relax
- \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax
- \vfil#1\the\*figt
- \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax}
- \endinsert
- \else % variable size floating figure
- \midinsert
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax
- #1\the\*figt
- \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax
- \endinsert
- \fi\fi % end float full and half page check
- \or % BEGIN IMMEDIATE KEEP FIGURES
- \if*fp % FULL PAGE IMMEDIATE FIGURE
- \np % figure won't fit on current page
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi % send to contents
- \vrule width0pt \relax % prevent fil from going away
- \vfill\the\*figt % fill to figure title
- \break % insures break at end of insert
- \else
- \if*hp % HALF PAGE IMMEDIATE FIGURE
- \dimen\D=.5\vsize % depth check for half page figure
- \advance\dimen\D by\topskip % add topskip to .5 vsize
- \ifdim\pagetotal>\dimen\D\np\fi % won't fit on current page
- \vbox to.49\vsize{\vrule width0pt % keep skip
- \vfil\relax % skip all but title height to
- #1\the\*figt % print figure title
- \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax} % print half page figure title
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \else % VARIABLE SIZE IMMEDIATE FIGURE
- \vrule width0pt \relax % prevent skip from going away
- \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax
- \vbox{#1\the\*figt
- \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax}
- \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi
- \fi% End of check at half page
- \fi % End of check at full page
- \fi % End of case statement
- \endgroup % end trap for null settings
- \global\*fpfalse % reset full page
- \global\*hpfalse % reset half page
-}% End figure markup
-\let\fig=\figure % abbreviation for figure markup
-%
-\def\fullpage{\global\*fptrue}% used in figure markup
-\def\halfpage{\global\*hptrue}% used in figure markup
-%
-\def\figurenumber{\the\fi*n}%
-%
-\def\HFN#1{\laf{\labelwidth{\fi*hi}}\label{#1}}%
-%
-\def\setfigurenumber#1{\global\fi*n=#1}%
-\let\sfn=\setfigurenumber
-%
-% Redefined from PLAIN TEX
-%
-\def\topinsert{\@midfalse\p@gefalse\t*ptrue\@ins}
-%
-\def\midinsert{% redefine from plain tex
- \@midtrue
- \if*fix % don't change meaning in fixed mode
- \else % change midinsert to topinsert in flex mode
- \if*dbl\global\@midfalse\fi % leave old meaning in single column mode
- \if*tpl\global\@midfalse\fi %
- \fi\@ins} %
-%
-\def\@ins{\par\begingroup
- \if*fix % do nothing in fixed mode
- \else\ift*p\hsize=\*txtw\fi\fi % ift*p hsize of insert set
- \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup} % insert set to full page width
-%
-% Tables
-%
-\def\tableformat#1{{%
- \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*tabt={##1}}%
- \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*tabtrue
- \edef\T{##1}%
- \edef\U{yes}%
- \edef\V{no}%
- \ifx \T\U % Already true
- \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*tabfalse
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to
- incontents in tableformat is not "yes" or "no".
- "yes" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi}%
- #1}}
-\let\taf=\tableformat
-%
-\def\tabletitle#1{{% Tabletitle revised 11/3/86 (added toclinebreak)
- \def\tabletitle{#1}%
- \global\advance \ta*n by 1
- \par
- \bgroup
- \let\toclinebreak=\space
- \let\toclbr=\space
- \the\*tabt % prints the title in the text
- \egroup
- \par
- \D=\lastskip
- \removelastskip
- \if*TC*tab \putincontents3{\the\*ttf}\fi
- \ignorespaces
- \vs{\D}
-}}% END tabletitle markup definition
-\let\tat=\tabletitle
-%
-\def\tablenumber{\the\ta*n}
-\def\HTN#1{\laf{\labelwidth{\ta*hi}}\label{#1}}
-%
-\def\settablenumber#1{\global\ta*n=#1}%
-\let\stn=\settablenumber
-%
-\message{8600 macros,}
-%
-% Macros specific for the 8600 (JKW) revision 11/25/86
-%
-\newskip\evenmar
-\newskip\oddmar
-\evenmar=0pt
-\oddmar=0pt
-\def\evenpagemargin#1{{\setbox0=\hbox{\global\evenmar=#1 pt}}
- \special{even_page_margin=\the\evenmar}}%
-\let\epm=\evenpagemargin
-\def\oddpagemargin#1{{\setbox0=\hbox{\global\oddmar=#1 pt}}
- \special{odd_page_margin=\the\oddmar}}%
-\let\opm=\oddpagemargin
-\def\linenumberfont#1{\B={#1}
- \special{line_number_font=\the\B}}%
-\let\lnf=\linenumberfont
-\def\poplevel#1{\B={#1}
- \special{pop_level=\the\B}}%
-\let\ppl=\poplevel
-\def\lineinterval#1{\B={#1}
- \special{line_interval=\the\B}}%
-\let\lint=\lineinterval
-\def\numberinglines#1{\special{numbering_lines=#1}}%
-\let\numl=\numberinglines
-\def\countinglines#1{\special{counting_lines=#1}}%
-\let\coul=\countinglines
-\def\printingnumbers#1{\special{printing_numbers=#1}}%
-\let\prin=\printingnumbers
-\def\linefootnotereference{\special{line_footnote_reference}}%
-\let\lfnr=\linefootnotereference
-%
-\message{ more misc,}
-%
-% To be able to use PLAIN.TEX math code
-%
-\def\plaintexmathon{%
- \catcode`\$=3\relax
- \catcode`@=12\relax}
-\let\dollarmathon=\plaintexmathon
-\def\atmathon{%
- \catcode`\$=12\relax
- \catcode`@=3\par}
-%
-\message{multiple columns,}
-%
-\outer\def\bye{\par\onecolumn\vfill\supereject\end} % redefined from PLAIN.TEX
-% to close multiple column routines
-%
-% MULTIPLE COLUMNS
-% Brian Harvey 1/20/85
-%
-% Macros to be imbedded into TEXT1 to drive the multiple column
-% routines FLEXCOL and FIXCOL.
-%
-\newbox\*lftcol % left column box, fixed column mode, TeXbook name
-\newbox\*midcol % center column, fixed column mode, TeXbook name
-\newbox\*ppage % page accummulated before multicolumn, partialpage, flex
-\newcount\*pcount % counter for empty page macro, keeps track of the
-\*pcount=0 % number of empty page calls
-\newdimen\*bigch % Twc=2vise, Thc=3vsize---bigcolumnheight
-\newdimen\*txtw % textwidth, stores full hsize for multicolumn mode
-\let\galleywidth=\*txtw % create galleywidth = text width
-\newdimen\*txth % textheight, stores page height for multicolumn mode
-\*txtw=\hsize % initialize full page text width for multicolumn mode
-\*txth=\vsize % initialize full text height for multicolumn mode
-\newif\ift*p % ift*p required to check for midinsert in flex mode
-\newif\if*dbl % double column indicator
-\*dblfalse % set double column format indicator false
-\newif\if*tpl % triple column indicator
-\*tplfalse % set triple column format indicator false
-\newif\if*fix % format indicator (fixed if true, otherwise flexible)
-\newif\if*norule % used to suppress rules in output routines
-\newif\if*plain % check for plain.tex, plainoutput
-\*plaintrue % set plain format indicator true
-\newtoks\*twcw % width for twocolumns
-\newtoks\*thcw % width for threecolumns
-\newtoks\*twcgut % gutter for twocolumns
-\newtoks\*thcgut % gutter for threecolumns
-\newtoks\*clrw % rule width between multiple columns
-\newtoks\*mskb % skip before multicolumn format
-\newtoks\*mska % skip after multicolumn format
-\*twcw={.48\*txtw} % initialize column and gutter default widths
-\*thcw={.31\*txtw}
-\*twcgut={.04\*txtw}
-\*thcgut={.035\*txtw}
-\*clrw={0.0pt} % initialize between column rule width
-\*mskb={6pt plus 3pt minus 2pt} % initialize skips before and after multiple columns:
-\*mska={6pt plus 3pt minus 2pt} % used in multiple column flex mode only
-
-\def\fixedformat{\global\*fixtrue} % calls fixed format file
-\let\fixf=\fixedformat
-\global\*fixfalse % sets up flex format
-%
-\def\multicolumnformat#1{% format macro for both fixed and flexible, texblock is multicol
- \def\twocolumnwidth##1{\global\*twcw={##1}}%
- \def\threecolumnwidth##1{\global\*thcw={##1}}%
- \def\twocolumngutter##1{\global\*twcgut={##1}}%
- \def\threecolumngutter##1{\global\*thcgut={##1}}%
- \def\columnrulewidth##1{\global\*clrw={##1}}%
- \def\skipbefore##1{\global\*mskb={##1}}% flex mode only
- \def\skipafter##1{\global\*mska={##1}}% flex mode only
- #1\*txtwck}% END, multicol format
-\let\mcf=\multicolumnformat
-%
-% COLUMN WIDTH CHECK FOR MULTIPLE COLUMN ROUTINES
-%
-\def\*txtwck{% check column width and gutters against hsize
- \dimen@=\the\*twcw
- \dimen@=2\dimen@
- \dimen1=\the\*twcgut
- \advance\dimen@ by\dimen1
- \ifdim\dimen@ > \*txtw % if greater than current pagewidth
- \dimen1=\dimen@
- \advance\dimen1 by-\*txtw
- \advance\dimen@ by -\*txtw
- \ifdim\dimen@ > 1pt % only warn if over 1pt
- \immediate\write16{%
- <TEXT1> Warning! The column and gutter widths specified%
- for two columns are wider than the current pagewidth by%
- \the\dimen1 . }
- \fi
- \else\ifdim\dimen@ < \*txtw % if less than current pagewidth
- \dimen1=\*txtw
- \advance\dimen1 by-\dimen@
- \advance\dimen@ by -\*txtw
- \multiply\dimen@ by -1
- \ifdim\dimen@ > 1pt % Only warn if over 1pt difference
- \immediate\write16{%
- <TEXT1> Warning! The column and gutter widths specified%
- for two columns are shorter than the current pagewidth by%
- \the\dimen1 . }
- \fi
- \fi\fi
-%
- \dimen@=\the\*thcw % width of each column, three columns
- \dimen@=3\dimen@ % three columns
- \dimen1=\the\*thcgut % width of the gutters
- \dimen1=2\dimen1 % two gutters in three columns
- \advance\dimen@ by\dimen1 % add columns and gutters together
- \ifdim\dimen@ > \*txtw % if greater than current pagewidth
- \dimen1=\dimen@
- \advance\dimen1 by-\*txtw
- \advance\dimen@ by -\*txtw
- \ifdim\dimen@ > 1pt % only warn if over 1pt
- \immediate\write16{%
- <TEXT1> Warning! The column and gutter widths specified%
- for three columns are wider than the current pagewidth by%
- \the\dimen1 . }
- \fi
- \else\ifdim\dimen@ < \*txtw % if less than current pagewidth
- \dimen1=\*txtw
- \advance\dimen1 by-\dimen@
- \advance\dimen@ by -\*txtw
- \multiply\dimen@ by -1
- \ifdim\dimen@ > 1pt % Only warn if over 1pt difference
- \immediate\write16{%
- <TEXT1> Warning! The column and gutter widths specified%
- for three columns are shorter than the current pagewidth by%
- \the\dimen1 . }
- \fi
- \fi\fi
- } % END, widthcheck
-%
-\newif\if*start*mc \*start*mcfalse
-\def\twocolumns{% TWOCOLUMNS set-up macro
- \if*fix \input fixcol % input fixed format file
- \immediate\write-16{% write to log file only
- <TEXT1> Fixed format for multiple columns in effect. }
- \gdef\twocolumns{\*fixtwc}% redefine twocolumns, fixed mode
- \gdef\threecolumns{\*fixthc}% redefine threecolumns, fixed mode
- \else \input flexcol % input flex format file
- \immediate\write-16{% write to log file only
- <TEXT1> Flexible format for multiple columns in effect. }
- \gdef\twocolumns{\*flextwc}% redefine twocolumns, flex mode
- \gdef\threecolumns{\*flexthc}\fi% redefine threecolumns, flex mode
- \twocolumns
- \global\let\twc=\twocolumns % to current meaning of twocolumns
- \global\let\thc=\threecolumns % to current meaning of threecolumns
-}% END twocolumns markup
-%
-\let\twc=\twocolumns
-%
-\def\threecolumns{% THREECOLUMNS set-up macro
- \*start*mctrue
- \if*fix \input fixcol % input fixed format file
- \immediate\write-16{% write to log file only
- <TEXT1> Fixed format for multiple columns active. }
- \gdef\twocolumns{\*fixtwc}% redefine twocolumns, fixed mode
- \gdef\threecolumns{\*fixthc}% redefine threecolumns, fixed mode
- \else \input flexcol % input flex format file
- \immediate\write-16{% write to log file only
- <TEXT1> Flexible format for multiple columns active. }
- \gdef\twocolumns{\*flextwc}% redefine twocolumns, flex mode
- \gdef\threecolumns{\*flexthc}\fi% redefine threecolumns, flex mode
- \threecolumns
- \global\let\twc=\twocolumns % to current meaning of twocolumns
- \global\let\thc=\threecolumns % to current meaning of threecolumns
-}% End threecolumns markup
-%
-\let\thc=\threecolumns
-%
-\let\onecolumn=\null % Empty definition for single format
-\let\oc=\onecolumn
-%
-\let\newcolumn=\newpage
-\let\nc=\newpage
-\newif\if*nc \*ncfalse % true if \nc was used in mult cols
-%
-\global
-\newhelp\balerrhelp{onecolumn The best approach to solve this problem
- is to shorten the text by a line. You could also add or delete a
- paragraph or change the column size. }%
-%
-\message{index macros,}
-%
-% Here are the macros necessary for doing an index
-%
-\newtoks\*ixarc \*ixarc={case=no} % IndeX A Respect Case
-\newcount\*ixpn % Page number type: 0,2,4,6, or 9
-\newtoks\*ixast \*ixast={style=3} % IndeX A STyle
-\newtoks\*ixald \*ixald={leadering=no} % IndeX A LeaDering
-\newtoks\*ixabr \*ixabr={\vs{1\bl}} % IndeX A BReak
-\newtoks\*ixasea \*ixasea={1em} % IndeX A SubEntry 1
-\newtoks\*ixaseb \*ixaseb={2em} % IndeX A SubEntry 2
-\newtoks\*ixaev \*ixaev={\tenpt} % Index A every time
-\newtoks\*ixahp \*ixahp={1.5em} % Index A hang indent
-\newtoks\*ixbrc \*ixbrc={case=no} % IndeX B Respect Case
-\newtoks\*ixbst \*ixbst={style=3} % IndeX B STyle
-\newtoks\*ixbld \*ixbld={leadering=no} % IndeX B LeaDering
-\newtoks\*ixbbr \*ixbbr={\vs{1\bl}} % IndeX B BReak
-\newtoks\*ixbsea \*ixbsea={1em} % IndeX B SubEntry 1
-\newtoks\*ixbseb \*ixbseb={2em} % IndeX B SubEntry 2
-\newtoks\*ixbev \*ixbev={\tenpt} % Index B every time
-\newtoks\*ixbhp \*ixbhp={1.5em} % Index B hang indent
-\newtoks\*ixcrc \*ixcrc={case=no} % IndeX C Respect Case
-\newtoks\*ixcst \*ixcst={style=3} % IndeX C STyle
-\newtoks\*ixcld \*ixcld={leadering=no} % IndeX C LeaDering
-\newtoks\*ixcbr \*ixcbr={\rule\vs{1\bl}} % IndeX C BReak
-\newtoks\*ixcsea \*ixcsea={1em} % IndeX C SubEntry 1
-\newtoks\*ixcseb \*ixcseb={2em} % IndeX C SubEntry 2
-\newtoks\*ixcev \*ixcev={\tenpt} % Index C every time
-\newtoks\*ixchp \*ixchp={1.5em} % Index C hang indent
-%
-\newcount\*ixlvl \*ixlvl=1 % IndeX LeVeL
-%
-\long\def\indexformat#1#2{{\ifnum #1>3 \message{<TEXT1> Error! Only three indices
- allowed. Level 1 will be used.}
- \*ixlvl=1
- \else \*ixlvl=#1\fi
- \def\respectcase##1{\edef\T{yes}
- \edef\U{no}
- \edef\V{##1}
- \ifx \T\V \B={case=yes}
- \else \B={case=no}
- \ifx \U\V % Already set
- \else\message{<TEXT1> Error!! Case respect not "yes"
- or "no" in indexformat. "no" will be used.}
- \fi\fi
- \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixarc=\B
- \or \global\*ixbrc=\B
- \or \global\*ixcrc=\B
- \fi}
- \def\style##1{\edef\T{paragraph}
- \edef\U{dash}
- \edef\V{indent}
- \edef\W{##1}
- \ifx \T\W \B={style=1} % paragraph style
- \else \ifx \U\W \B={style=2} % dash style
- \else \B={style=3} % indented style
- \ifx \V\W % Already done
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error!! Style invalid in indexformat.
- "indented" will be used.}
- \fi\fi\fi
- \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixast=\B
- \or \global\*ixbst=\B
- \or \global\*ixcst=\B
- \fi}
- \def\leadering##1{\edef\T{yes}
- \edef\U{no}
- \edef\V{##1}
- \ifx\T\V \B={leadering=yes}
- \else \B={leadering=no}
- \ifx\U\V
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error!! Only "yes" and "no" can
- be used in the indexformat. "no" will be assumed.}
- \fi\fi
- \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixald=\B
- \or \global\*ixbld=\B
- \or \global\*ixcld=\B
- \fi
- }
- \long\def\everyletterbreak##1{\ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixabr={##1}
- \or \global\*ixbbr={##1}
- \or \global\*ixcbr={##1}
- \fi}
- \def\everyindex##1{\ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixaev={##1}
- \or \global\*ixbev={##1}
- \or \global\*ixcev={##1}
- \fi}
- \def\everyhang##1{\ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixahp={##1}
- \or \global\*ixbhp={##1}
- \or \global\*ixchp={##1}
- \fi}
- \def\indentsubentry##1##2{\R = ##1
- \ifnum ##1<1 \message{<TEXT1> Error!! Subentry level number in indexformat
- may only be 1 or 2. 1 will be used.}
- \R = 1
- \else \ifnum ##1>2 \message{<TEXT1> Error!! Subentry level number in indexformat
- may only be 1 or 2. 1 will be used.}
- \R = 1
- \fi\fi
- \ifcase \R \or \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixasea={##2}
- \or \global\*ixbsea={##2}
- \or \global\*ixcsea={##2}
- \fi
- \or \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixaseb={##2}
- \or \global\*ixbseb={##2}
- \or \global\*ixcseb={##2}
- \fi
- \fi}
- #2}}
-\let\ixf=\indexformat
-\newwrite\*ixfilea % IndeX FILE A
-\newwrite\*ixfileb % IndeX FILE B
-\newwrite\*ixfilec % IndeX FILE C
-\newif\if*ixaopen \*ixaopenfalse % IndeX file A OPEN?
-\newif\if*ixbopen \*ixbopenfalse % IndeX file B OPEN?
-\newif\if*ixcopen \*ixcopenfalse % IndeX file C OPEN?
-\def\*openixfile#1{\ifcase #1 \or
- \immediate\openout\*ixfilea=text1xx.ix1%
- \global\*ixaopentrue
- \immediate\write\*ixfilea{\the\*ixarc}%
- \immediate\write\*ixfilea{\the\*ixast}%
- \immediate\write\*ixfilea{\the\*ixald}%
- \or \immediate\openout\*ixfileb=text1xx.ix2%
- \global\*ixbopentrue
- \immediate\write\*ixfileb{\the\*ixbrc}%
- \immediate\write\*ixfileb{\the\*ixbst}%
- \immediate\write\*ixfileb{\the\*ixbld}%
- \or \immediate\openout\*ixfilec=text1xx.ix3%
- \global\*ixcopentrue
- \immediate\write\*ixfilec{\the\*ixcrc}%
- \immediate\write\*ixfilec{\the\*ixcst}%
- \immediate\write\*ixfilec{\the\*ixcld}%
- \fi}
-{\catcode`\$=12
-\global\def\index#1#2{{\global\*ixpn = 2
- \def\subentry##1##2{${$}se##1##2{$}}%
- \def\bdpn{\global\*ixpn = 0}%
- \def\uspn{\global\*ixpn = 4}%
- \def\itpn{\global\*ixpn = 6}%
- \def\blindentry##1{\global\*ixpn = 9}%
- \def\sortas##1{${$}sa##1{$}}%
- \def\dagger{ \noexpand\dagger}%
- \def\ddagger{ \noexpand\ddagger}%
- \def\\{\noexpand\\}%
- \def\{{\noexpand\{}%
- \def\}{\noexpand\}}%
- \def\_{\noexpand\_}%
- \def\@{\noexpand\@}%
- \def\S{\noexpand\S}%
- \def\P{\noexpand\P}%
- \def\L{\noexpand\L}%
- \def\AA{\noexpand\AA}%
- \def\neg{\noexpand\neg}%
- \def\tilde{\noexpand\tilde}%
- \def\vbar{\noexpand\vbar}%
- \def\roman{\noexpand\rm}\let\rm=\roman%
- \def\bold{\noexpand\bd}\let\bd=\bold%
- \def\italic{\noexpand\it}\let\it=\italic%
- \def\typewriter{\noexpand\tt}\let\tt=\typewriter%
- \def\caps{\noexpand\cc}\let\cc=\caps%
- \def\mathitalic{\noexpand\mi}\let\mi=\mathitalic%
- \def\symbol{\noexpand\sy}\let\sy=\symbol%
- \def\extension{\noexpand\ex}\let\ex=\extension%
- \def\bolditalic{\noexpand\bi}\let\bi=\bolditalic%
- \setbox0=\vbox{\hsize=100in#2}%
- \def\bdpn{}%
- \def\uspn{}%
- \def\itpn{}%
- \def\blindentry##1{${$}be##1{$}}%
- \*ixlvl = #1
- \ifcase #1 \message{<TEXT1> Error!! You can only have index level 1, 2, or 3.
- Index level 1 will be used.}
- \*ixlvl = 1
- \or\or\or% % These levels are ok
- \else \message{<TEXT1> Error!! You can only have index level 1, 2, or 3.
- Index level 1 will be used.}
- \*ixlvl = 1
- \fi%
- \edef\*ixtoken{#2}%
- \edef\temp{\*ixtoken}%
- \ifcase \*ixlvl \or\if*ixaopen\else\*openixfile1\fi% Open the file if not done yet
- \immediate\write\*ixfilea{{\the\*ixpn}{\the\pageno}{\pagenumber}\*ixtoken}%
- \or \if*ixbopen \else \*openixfile2 \fi % Open the file if not done yet
- \immediate\write\*ixfileb{{\the\*ixpn}{\the\pageno}{\pagenumber}\*ixtoken}%
- \or \if*ixcopen \else \*openixfile3 \fi % Open the file if not done yet
- \immediate\write\*ixfilec{{\the\*ixpn}{\the\pageno}{\pagenumber}\*ixtoken}%
- \fi}\ignorespaces}
-}% End math cat code change
-\def\everyletterbreak#1#2{\def\nextletter{#2}
- \ifcase #1 \or \the\*ixabr
- \or \the\*ixbbr
- \or \the\*ixcbr
- \fi}
-\def\everyindex#1{\ifcase \*ixlvl \or \the\*ixaev
- \or \the\*ixbev
- \or \the\*ixcev
- \fi}
-\def\indentsubentry#1#2{\par\penalty5000\hp
- \ifcase #2 \or \ifcase #1 \or \hs{\the\*ixasea}
- \or \hs{\the\*ixbsea}
- \or \hs{\the\*ixcsea}
- \fi
- \or \ifcase #1 \or \hs{\the\*ixaseb}
- \or \hs{\the\*ixbseb}
- \or \hs{\the\*ixcseb}
- \fi
- \fi}
-\let\ix=\index
-\let\*ix=\printindex
-\def\printindex#1{%\*ix#1 used only when printindex is a hardcoded command
- \ifcase #1 \or \input text1xx.ix1
- \or \input text1xx.ix2
- \or \input text1xx.ix3
- \fi}
-%
-\message{wrap it up...}
-%
-\def\@{\char'100{}}%
-%
-% and set default values
-%
-\hfuzz=1pt
-\parindent=24pt \parskip=0pt plus 3pt minus 0pt
-\normalbottom
-\pageno=0
-\catcode`* = 12
-% The END
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/letter.texinput b/macros/text1/models/letter.texinput
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cac048afa..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/letter.texinput
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-% LETTER FORMAT FILE bth 4/1/87
-\catcode`*=11
-\raggedbottom % text height may vary from page to page
-\if*msp\defaultmono
- \let\titlefont=\defaultmono
- \let\twelvept=\defaultmono
- \let\tenpt=\defaultmono
- \let\rm=\defaultmono
- \fi % monospace check
-\newtoks\departmentname % department name for letterhead
-\newtoks\campuszip % zip code for letterhead
-\newtoks\campusphone % phone number for letterhead
-\newtoks\date % date token list
-\newif\if*postscript
-\*postscriptfalse
-%
-\def\STOP{\endgroup\par}% ends obeylines grouping
-%
-\def\BEGINADDRESS{\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt\obeylines}%
-\let\SALUTATION=\null
-\let\BODY=\STOP
-\def\CLOSING{\par\vs{\bl}\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt
- \obeylines}%
-\def\COPIES{\par\vs{\bl}
- \setbox0=\hbox{Copies:\quad}\parindent=\wd0 \nin Copies:\quad}%
-\def\ENCLOSURES#1{\par Enclosures:\quad #1}% sets enclosures text line
-\def\ENDLETTER{\par\endgroup}% stop any obeylines grouping
-% Default for the title (first) page
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}% end title page format
-\def\letterhead{{\parskip=0pt
- \if*msp
- \cl{\titlefont Washington State University}
- \vs{\bl}\hrule\vs{\bl}
- \cl{\the\departmentname}
- \cl{Pullman, Washington\ \the\campuszip}
- \cl{\the\campusphone}
- \vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted
- \nin\the\date %
- \else
- \cl{\titlefont Washington State University}
- \vs{4pt}\hrule\vs{6pt}
- \cl{\twelvept \the\departmentname}
- \cl{\tenpt Pullman, Washington\ \the\campuszip}
- \cl{\tenpt \the\campusphone}
- \vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted
- \nin\the\date %
- \fi
-}}% end letterhead markup
-\catcode`*=12
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/letter.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/letter.texmodel
deleted file mode 100644
index 0983cee198..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/letter.texmodel
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-% LETTER MARKUP (style, full block) APRIL 1, 1986
-% To print on monospace printers (line printers, daisy-wheel printers)
-%\monospace % delete the "%" symbol at the beginning of this line
-\paragraphskip{12pt} % distance between paragraphs
-\paragraphindent{0pt} % first line word indent
-\sfs{cm18}{titlefont}{24pt}% large font selected for letterhead
-\input letter.texinput % places the format file into your text file
-% LETTERHEAD INFORMATION
-% Type the name of your department, the campus zip code,
-% the campus telephone number, and date (if not today's
-% date) between the curly braces of the samples shown
-% below. This information will be added to the letterhead.
-%........................................................................
-\departmentname{name of your department or organization}
-\campuszip{99164-????}
-\campusphone{(509) 335-????}
-\date{\today}
-% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-\letterhead %
-\vs{2\bl} %
-% LETTER ADDRESS
-\BEGINADDRESS % . . . . insert address below this line . . . . . . . . .
-\SALUTATION % . . . replace the salutation on the next line . . . . . . .
-Dear ????
-\BODY % LETTER BODY
-% . . . . . . insert the text of the letter below this line . . . . . . .
-% . . . . . . . . . . . . and above this line . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-% LETTER CLOSING
-\CLOSING % . . . . replace closing line, if desired . . . . . . . . . . .
-Sincerely yours,
-\vs{3\bl}
-% SIGNATURE LINE
-% . . . . . . . . . replace signature line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-John Doe
-\vs{\bl}
-% ENCLOSURES AND COPIES
-% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-% Use \ENCLOSURES markup for an enclosure number, %
-% for example: \ENCLOSURES{3} %
-% Use \COPIES markup for a copy list, %
-% for example: \COPIES first name %
-% second name %
-% third name, etc. %
-% . . . . . . . enter enclosures and copies below this line . . . . . . .
-\ENDLETTER %------------- and above this line ---------------------------
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/memo.texinput b/macros/text1/models/memo.texinput
deleted file mode 100644
index bbf6aa632e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/memo.texinput
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-% MEMO TEXINPUT FORMAT FILE
-% dlw 8/15/86
-\catcode`*=11
-\if*msp \let\titlefont=\defaultmono
- \let\twelvept=\defaultmono
- \let\tenpt=\defaultmono
- \let\rm=\defaultmono
- \fi % change all fonts to defaultmono for the monospace option
-\rightragged
-\newif\if*copies
-\*copiesfalse
-\newtoks\*lfthead \*lfthead = { }
-\newtoks\*ctrhead \*ctrhead = { }
-\newtoks\*rthead \*rthead = { }
-\rightragged
-% Default for the title (first) page
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-\def\memopageheadingformat#1{% setup for memo running head
- \def\*left##1{\global\*lfthead={##1}}%
- \def\*center##1{\global\*ctrhead={##1}}%
- \def\*right##1{\global\*rthead={##1}}%
-#1}% end memoheading format
-\let\mhf=\memopageheadingformat
-\memopageheadingformat{\*left{}\*center{\pagenumber}\*right{}}
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\twelvept
- \line{\hbox to.33333\hsize{\the\*lfthead\hss}\hfil
- \hbox to.33333\hsize{\hss\the\*ctrhead\hss}\hfil
- \hbox to.33333\hsize{\hss\the\*rthead}}
- \vs{28pt}} % 28pt = .4in
-}% end runningheadformat
-\def\MEMO{\begingroup\obeylines\parskip=0pt\parindent=60pt}%
-\def\TEXT{\endgroup\if*msp\defaultmono\ssp\else\twelvept\fi %
- \vs{\bl}\hrule\vs{2\bl}}%
-%
-\cl{{\titlefont M E M O R A N D U M}}
-\if*msp\par\vs{\bl}\ssp
- \else\par\vs{.4in}\isk{18pt}\fi
-\def\TO{\nin To:\par\vs{-\bl}}%
-\def\FROM{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin From:\par\vs{-\bl}}%
-\def\DATE#1{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin Date:\par\vs{-\bl}#1}%
-\def\SUBJECT{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin Subject:\par\vs{-\bl}}%
-\def\COPIES{\global\*copiestrue\vs{\bl}\nin Copies:\par\vs{-\bl} %
- \begingroup\obeylines\singlespace %
- \parskip=0pt\parindent=60pt}%
-\def\ENDMEMO{\if*copies\par\endgroup\global\*copiesfalse\else\par\fi}%
-\catcode`*=12
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/memo.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/memo.texmodel
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e16ff97be..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/memo.texmodel
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% MEMO TEXMODEL
-% August 15, 1986
-% To print on monospace printers delete the % symbol before \monospace
-%\monospace
-\sfs{cm18}{titlefont}{24pt}% Font selected for heading
-\input memo.texinput % Loads memorandum format file
-\MEMO % Prints memorandum heading
-%--------Enter the text after each markup on the following lines---------
-%------------------multiple line entries may be used---------------------
-\TO
-\FROM
-\DATE {\today}
-\SUBJECT
-\TEXT %----- Insert the memo below this line-----------------------------
-
-%--------------For a list of copies use the \COPIES: markup-------------
-% for example: \COPIES first name
-% second name
-% third name, etc.
-%------------enter the copies markup and names below this line-----------
-\ENDMEMO % ----------------and before this line--------------------------
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/mergelet.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/mergelet.texmodel
deleted file mode 100644
index de4e4fa4b2..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/mergelet.texmodel
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-% Sample Letter for Merge File Model
-%
-% TEXT1 Letterhead description, change to suit your letter
-%
-%
-\begingroup
-\paragraphskip{0pt}
-\centerline{{\titlefont Washington State University}}
-\vs{4pt}\hrule\vs{4pt}
-\centerline{{\twelvept\bd Academic Computing Service}}
-\vs{-2pt}
-\centerline{{\tenpt Pullman, Washington 99164-1220\lbr 509/335-0411}}
-\vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted
-\endgroup
-\vs{\bl}
-\tenpt
-\nin{\today}
-\vs{\bl}
-\asisbegin
-\noemptyspace\title\ \firstname\ \lastname
-\noemptyspace\company
-\address
-\city, \state\ \zipcode
-\phone
-
-Dear \firstname:
-
-\asisend
-This letter is a sample for the merge file facility of \text1. Ten
-data fields were created with DBASE~III on a PC and transferred to
-CMS. The fields were delimited with double quotations marks
-({\tt "}) and a comma placed between data fields by DBASE. Any data
-base program that allows data fields to be delimited with quotation
-marks could be used. A data file may also be created
-directly on CMS by entering the data in the following manner:\lbr
-\hs{2in}{\tt "}field one{\tt "},{\tt "}field two{\tt "},\ellipsis3,{\tt
-"}last field{\tt "}\lbr
-or written as \lbr
-\hs{2in}{\tt "}field one{\tt ""}field two{\tt "\ellipsis3\ "}last
-field{\tt "}\lbr
-the commas between data fields are optional.
-
-Quotation marks must be placed on either side of each field
-(delimit the field) and the {\it each data field must come in the same
-sequence as the data names specified in the {\tt \\fieldnames} markup}.
-{\bd No \it field may be omitted}, however, a field may be empty
-({\it i.e.}, {\tt "}first field{\tt ","","}third field{\tt "}
-\ellipsis3 ).
-
-The data markup (field names immediately preceded by a {\tt \\} )
-may be used to place text anywhere in the letter, but
-each field should be followed by a control space markup (\\ \ , a
-backslash followed by a blank space) or \text1
-will drop the space after the field. For example, the \\firstname\\
-\\lastname and \\amount markup have been used to add the
-recipients name and a dollar amount in the following line.
-
-\cl{The \firstname\ \lastname\ account has been charged \amount\ for
-printing services.}
-
-The {\tt \\noemptyspace} markup may be used to prevent a blank line
-if an address line is empty. Place the data field markup between the
-{\tt \\noemptyspace} markup and the linebreak ({\tt \\lbr}) markup
-({\it i.e.}, {\tt \\noemptyspace\\company\\lbr} would prevent a blank
-line if the company data field were empty). The {\tt\\noemptyspace}
-markup prevents an extra space after an empty data field. Place
-it in the following manner: {\tt \\noemptyspace\\title\\
-\\firstname\\ \\lastname\\lbr} The {\tt \\noemptyspace} markup will
-remove the following control space ({\tt \\ }) or control line break
-({\tt \\lbr}) if the specified data field
-is empty.
-\vs{\bl}
-\noindent
-Sincerely yours,
-\vs{3\bl}
-\noindent
-John Doe
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/mergelst.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/mergelst.texmodel
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d15914892..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/mergelst.texmodel
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-% Sample data base Merge File address list, created with dBASE III
-% data field names are as follows:
-% title, firstname, lastname, company, address,
-% city, state, zipcode, phone, amount
-% All data fields must be present for each entry, although the data
-% field itself may be empty (i.e., "" is an empty or null data field).
-%
-"Ms.","Claire","Buckman","ABC Distributing Director","8307 Santa Anita
-Blvd","Oxnard","CA","93034","(555)456-9059","$5.00"
-"Mr.","Rick","Lisbonn","Vice-President for Marketing","1550 Keystone
-St.","Glendale","CA","91206","(555)455-3344","$15.00"
-"Dr.","Hank","Bicksby","Research Institute, Manager","4101 Peonia
-Rd","Flagstaff","AZ","86001","(555)966-1278","$25.00"
-"","Lena","Garnett","","520 S. 8th St.","Reno","NV","89504",
-"(555)766-9121","$3.00"
-"Mrs.","Lisa","Kafmanan","Sales Support Staff Manager","1960 Lindley
-Ave.","Reseda","CA","91355","(555)860-0300","$8.00"
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texinput b/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texinput
deleted file mode 100644
index a25e9617e5..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texinput
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-% Merge File Model Macro Definition File
-\catcode`*=11
-\catcode`"=\active
-\catcode`,=\active
-\catcode`@=\active
-\newbox\FirstUp
-\newbox\SecondUp
-\newbox\ThirdUp
-\newcount\*first \*first=0 % first token field
-\newcount\*index \*index=0 % field index
-\newcount\*lastentry \*lastentry=0 % last token filed
-\newcount\*letternumber \*letternumber=0 % letter number from start
-\newcount\LblsUp \LblsUp=1 % number of labels per line
-\newcount\LblsAcross \LblsAcross=0 % counter for labels accross
-\newdimen\LblMat \LblMat=0pt % left and right label margins
-\newdimen\LblHt \LblHt=0in % vertical label size
-\newdimen\LblWd \LblWd=0in % horozontal label size
-\newif\if*check \*checkfalse % datacheck for manual entry
-\newif\if*lbfopen \*lbfopenfalse % check for open label file
-\newtoks\*csnametoks \*csnametoks={} % tokens for field names
-\newtoks\*maillblfmt \*maillblfmt={} % label sheet format code
-\newtoks\*addrlbl \*addrlbl={} % address label tokens
-\newwrite\*labels % create label filee
-
-\gdef,{\char'54{}}%
-% Datacheck forces a print letter after each set of fields
-\def\datacheck{\global\*checktrue}%
-\def@{\ifnum\*index>0
- \global\*index=\*first % reset index
- \if*check
- \global\advance\*letternumber by1
- \immediate\write16{Letter number \the\*letternumber.
- First Data Field: (\the\toks\*first) . . .
- Last Data Field: (\the\toks\*lastentry ). }
- \fi % write to log file for data check
- \*prnletter % print current data
- \fi
-} % end of @ definition
-
-% Take user defined names to build control sequences
-\def\fieldnames#1{\par
- \global\advance\count15 by 1 % new token register
- \global\*first=\count15 % first new token register
- \parsenames#1\end}% end fieldnames markup
-
-% Separate name fields into individual entries
-\def\parsenames#1{\ifx#1\end
- \createfield
- \let\next=\relax
- \global\*lastentry=\count15
- \global\*index=\*first
- \*csnametoks={}
- \else
- \ifx#1,
- \createfield
- \global\advance\count15 by 1
- \*csnametoks={}
- \let\next=\parsenames
- \else \*csnametoks=\expandafter{\the\*csnametoks#1}
- \let\next=\parsenames
- \fi\fi
- \next}% end parsenames markup
-
-% CREATEFIELD create control sequence names from name field entries
-\def\createfield{\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\*csnametoks\endcsname
- {\noexpand\the\toks\the\count15 }}% end createfield markup
-
-% DEFINE " as name of merge command
-\def"#1"{% set quote marks as active macro and delimiter
- \ifnum\*index=0 \global\*index=\*first\fi
- \global\toks\*index={#1} % gather argument in token variable
- \ifnum\*index<\*lastentry % continue gathering process
- \gdef,{\gdef,{\char'54{}}}% % drop , in data but not in text
- \global\advance\*index by1 % index by 1
- \ignorespaces % eliminate spurious spaces
- \else % end process
- \global\*index=0
- \if*check
- \global\advance\*letternumber by1
- \immediate\write16{Letter number \the\*letternumber.
- First Data Field: (\the\toks\*first) . . .
- Last Data Field: (\the\toks\*lastentry ). }
- \fi % write to log file for data check
- \*prnletter % print current data
- \fi}% end define " as macro name
-
-% Merge letter text file merged for each data record
-\def\*prnletter{% Print the letter text with current name/address fields
- \catcode`"=12\catcode`@=3 % set " and @ to normal catcodes
- \newpage % start new page for each letter
- \setpagenumber{1} % reset page number
- \inputletter % new page then get letter text file
- \*savelabels{\*setlabel} % save address label information
- \catcode`"=\active\catcode`@=\active % reset catcodes for markup defs
- \relax}% end prnletter markup
-
-% Give filename for letter text
-\def\documentfilename#1{\gdef\inputletter{\input #1 }}%
-
-% Give maillist data filename
-\def\datafilename#1{\input #1 }%
-
-% Print no empty lines with the line break markup
-\def\noemptyspace#1#2{\edef\V{#1}\edef\W{\empty}%
- \ifx\V\W% do nothing if empty argument
- \else #1#2\fi% if not empty replace argument with the line break
-}% end no emptyspace
-\let\nes=\noemptyspace % set abbreviation
-
-
-% SAVELABELS ships information for labels to the label file
-\def\*savelabels#1{% Write Mail Label Information to TEXT1$$.LABEL
- \if*lbfopen % do nothing if file TEXT1$$.LABEL already open
- \else \immediate\openout\*labels=text1$$.label % open TEXT1$$.LABEL
- \immediate\write\*labels{\the\*maillblfmt} % write format
- \global\*lbfopentrue\fi % set open flag
- \global\advance\LblsAcross by1 % set label postion pointer
- \ifnum\LblsAcross>\LblsUp \global\LblsAcross=1 \fi
- \edef\T{% create labels
- \ifnum\LblsAcross=1 \setbox\FirstUp=\fi % left label
- \ifnum\LblsAcross=2 \setbox\SecondUp=\fi% center label
- \ifnum\LblsAcross=3 \setbox\ThirdUp=\fi % right label
- \vtop to\LblHt{\hsize=\LblWd \leftskip=\LblMat \rightskip=\LblMat
- \parindent=0pt #1\par\vfil} % make label to label size and width
- \ifnum\LblsAcross=\LblsUp % print labels
- \ifcase\LblsUp% case 0, no labels specified
- \or\setbox\SecondUp=\null \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % one label
- \or \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % two labels
- \fi% end case % three label default
- \line{\box\FirstUp\box\SecondUp\box\ThirdUp\hfil}
- \fi}% end definition of T
- \immediate\write\*labels{\T} % write information to file
-}% end save labels definition
-
-% Flushlabels prints any unprinted labels remaining in the markup
-\def\*flushlabels{% print any remaining boxed labels
- \ifcase\LblsUp % case ), no labels specified
- \or \setbox\SecondUp=\null \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % one label
- \or \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % two labels
- \fi% end case % three label default
- \immediate\write\*labels{\line{\box\FirstUp\box\SecondUp\box\ThirdUp
- \hfil}}%
-}% end flush any remaining labels
-
-% Print the label file TEXT1$$.LABEL
-\def\printlabels{\newpage % end last letter
- \*flushlabels % print any remaining labels
- \immediate\closeout\*labels % close data file
- \setpagenumber{99} % labels begin on page 99
- \input text1$$.label % input the address label data file
-}% end print mailing labels
-
-\def\addresslabelformat#1{\global\*addrlbl={#1}}%
-\*addrlbl={}
-
-\def\*setlabel{\the\*addrlbl}%
-
-% Set format for the mailing labels
-\def\maillabelformat#1{% Sets dimensions and margins of each label
- \def\labelsetup##1{\global\*maillblfmt={##1}}%
- \def\numberoflabelsperline##1{\global\LblsUp=##1}%
- \def\labelheight##1{\global\LblHt=##1}%
- \def\labelwidth##1{\global\LblWd=##1}%
- \def\labelmat##1{\global\LblMat=##1}%
- #1}% end mail label format
-\let\mlfmt=\maillabelformat % set abbreviation
-\catcode`*=12
-
-% Set defaults for the mailing labels
-% Maillabelformat sets the page and label information for mailing labels
-\maillabelformat{\labelsetup{% Sets page and margin settings
- \raggedbottom
- \parskip=0pt plus0pt minus0pt
- \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{}}}
- \pageformat{\topmargin{1in}
- \bottommargin{0pt}
- \leftmargin{0pt}
- \rightmargin{0pt}}% end page format
- }% end labelsetup
- \numberoflabelsperline{3}% three labels max
- \labelheight{1in}
- \labelwidth{2.75in}
- \labelmat{.25in}
-}% end mail label format
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texmodel
deleted file mode 100644
index f2a6f50724..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texmodel
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-% MERGE LETTER MODEL, merges address list with letter
-\input mergetxt.texinput % READ TEXT1 merge file format instructions
-%
-% Select special fonts and setting markup used
-% in the merge process here:
-%
-\selectfontset{cm18}{titlefont}{default} % special letter heading font
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in}} % no initial skip for letters
-%
-% Run TEXT1 against a file on your disk that includes
-% this model. A set of five sample letters will be printed. The
-% sample letter describes the mail merge setup. Once you have
-% run the model and read the letter, make the necessary
-% modifications to your file. Set the address field names of
-% your address file in the "\fieldnames{name, name, ...}"
-% markup with the data field names of your data base file.
-% Create the "shell letter," your letter, which includes the
-% address field names of your data file, preceded by a "\",
-% i.e., \namea, \nameb, etc. You need use only those data
-% fields necessary in the document and address label, but all
-% fields in your data base file must be given in the field
-% names markup. Specify the name of your letter file
-% "shell letter" with the "\documentfilename{fn.ft}" markup;
-% specify the address data file with the "\addressfile{...}"
-% markup; and then PRINT the file containing your letter merge
-% model to merge the address file with the shell letter and
-% print the label sheet.
-%
-% NOTE: If you create an address file by hand remove the percent sign
-% before the datacheck MARKUP. The number of the letter from the
-% beginning of the merge file data base and the first and last
-% data fields will be listed on the screen and in the log file
-% when data check is active. This will aid you in finding any
-% errors in your data file.
-%
-%\datacheck % SET DATACHECK by removing the "%" symbol
-%
-% Give all data field names in sequence of occurrence
-% (address list names)
-%
-% Format: \fieldnames{name1, name2, name3, ..., namelast}
-
-\fieldnames{title, firstname, lastname, company, address, city,
- state, zipcode, phone, amount}
-
-% Give file name for document text (letter file that includes
-% the field names for the replaceable text in the document)
-%
-% Format: \documentfilename{filename.filetype}
-
-\documentfilename{mergelet.texmodel}
-
-% WARNING!
-% If you want to modify the address label format, then the
-% \addresslabelformat markup MUST come prior to the
-% \datafilename markup.
-%
-% Format: \addresslabelformat{all fields and markup to create label}
-
-\addresslabelformat{\noindent\title\ \firstname\ \lastname\lbr
- \company\lbr
- \address\lbr
- \city, \state\quad\zipcode}
-
-% Now specify where the address data file is located with
-% the \datafilename markup.
-%
-% Format: \datafilename{filename.filetype}
-
-\datafilename{mergelst.texmodel}
-
-% PRINTING A MAILING LABEL SHEET
-%
-% You may use the "\maillabelformat{}" markup to change
-% the default label format markup. The default label format
-% prints three inch-high labels across the page which can be
-% copied onto a label sheet with an appropriate copy machine.
-%
-% WARNING!
-% The \maillabelformat{} markup must be placed BEFORE the
-% \printlabels markup to change the system defaults.
-%
-% Select the font setto be used in printing the labels.
-
-\tenpt % prints labels with computer modern ten point
-
-\printlabels % print address label sheet for Xerox label sheet
-
-% Labels will be printed beginning on page 99.
-%
-% WARNING!
-% If you have an empty data field occurs in the data being
-% processed within the \addresslabelformat, the field will
-% be printed as a blank space or as a blank line if the
-% field is by itself on the line.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/paper.texinput b/macros/text1/models/paper.texinput
deleted file mode 100644
index b0baec1743..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/paper.texinput
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-% Student Paper Layout -- Monospace
-\footnoteformat{\everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{1\bl}
- \frenchspacing\singlespace}
-}
-\bibliographyformat{\bibentryformat{\goodbreak\vs{1\bl}
- \frenchspacing\singlespace\hp\nin}
- \titleformat{\np\cl{\us\bibtitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- }
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/paper.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/paper.texmodel
deleted file mode 100644
index b5e7907d75..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/paper.texmodel
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% Student Paper Layout
-% Last updated on = 10/16/86
-\monospace
-\doublespace
-\input paper.texinput % get paper format
-% Cover Page
- \vsk{1in plus 2fil minus 1in} % space at top of page
- \centerlinesbegin % all lines centered on cover page
- \frenchspacing % no double spaces after periods on cover page
-%%%% insert title (using one or more lines) between dashed lines
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-\vs{2in} % space between title and author
-%%%% insert author(s) (using one or more lines) between dashed lines
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-\vs{2in} % space between author and course
-%%%% insert course (using one or more lines) between dashed lines
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-\vs{.5in} % space between course and date
-%%%% Date follows; \today = current date or type over with desired date
-\today
- \centerlinesend
- \vs{2in plus 1 fil minus 1in} %space at bottom of page
- \newpage %end of title page
- \setpagenumber{1}\titlepage %no page number on first page of text
-%%%% BEGINNING OF PAPER
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/resume.texinput b/macros/text1/models/resume.texinput
deleted file mode 100644
index 5370817b18..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/resume.texinput
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-%
-\catcode`*=11
-\if*msp
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in}
- \pagewidth{8.5in} % 792pt = 11in; 612pt = 8.5in
- \topmargin{1in}
- \bottommargin{1.2in} % 58pt = .8in; 72pt = 1in
- \leftmargin{1.2in}
- \rightmargin{1in} % 86pt = 1.2in
- \bindingadjust{0pt}
-}
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{.15in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-\paragraphskip{1\bl} \paragraphindent{0pt}
-\def\name#1{\par\hfill#1\hfill\gdef\headname{#1}}
-\name{}
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{
- \lft{\headname}\ctr{{\it Curriculum Vitae}}
- \rt{\bd\pagenumber}} \vs{\bl}}
- }
-\runningfootformat{\bothpages{
- \vs{\bl}\line{\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\today}}}
- }
-% Defaults for the \label markup
-\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \labelwidth{72pt}
- \gutter{28pt}
- \everylabel{\defaultmono\bd}
- }
-%
-\else
-\pageformat{\pagelength{792pt}
- \pagewidth{612pt} % 792pt = 11in; 612pt = 8.5in
- \topmargin{68pt}
- \bottommargin{52pt} % 58pt = .8in; 72pt = 1in
- \leftmargin{72pt}
- \rightmargin{74pt} % 86pt = 1.2in
-}
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{.15in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-\paragraphskip{6pt} \paragraphindent{0pt}
-\def\name#1{\par\hfill#1\hfill\gdef\headname{#1}}
-\name{}
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{
- \line{\lft{\headname}\ctr{\it Curriculum Vitae}
- \rt{\bd\pagenumber}} \vs{\bl}}
- }
-\runningfootformat{\bothpages{
- \vs{\bl}\line{\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\today}}}
- }
-% Defaults for the \label markup
-\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \labelwidth{72pt}
- \gutter{28pt}
- \everylabel{\bd}
- }
-\fi
-%
-\catcode`*=12
-%
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/resume.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/resume.texmodel
deleted file mode 100644
index 54588fefed..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/resume.texmodel
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-% Functional style; titled, justified resume
-%
-%********************* ***RESUME TEXMODEL*** **************************
-%* This TEXMODEL shows a sample resume. To get a copy of this sample, *
-%* simply run this file through TeX as it is. *
-%* When entering your own resume be sure to replace or delete all *
-%* sample text. DO NOT use this model on a printer that only can *
-%* print with \monospace. *
-%************************************************************************
-% RESUME START
-\input resume.texinput
-\cl{\bd RESUME}
-\par
-\name{Orville T. Game}
-\cl{\it 9987 NE Oak St., Arbor Bay, CK 58924}
-\vs{1\bl}
-\label{Objective}
-Seeking position with manufacturing firm which will provide
-oportunity for advancement into personel-related position.
-\label{Education}
-\it Doctor of Hagiology, \rm Medical subterfuge\rt{1983.}\lbr
-Beasley College of Performing Arts, Pullman, CA
-
-\label{ }Completed courses in economic manipulation,
-John\-ny Carson analysis, and unpadded scrimmage.
-Special courses in radar sabotage, misspelling, and
-stream of consciousness reporting of news.
-Completed graduate courses in anthropology, anthrometry, anthrosophy,
-anthromorphism, and camp counselling.
-Committee: Michael Farnberger, Casper Weinberger, Bill Cheeseburger,
-and Warren Burgher.
-GPA: 1.75. 40\%\ financed by drug sales; 60\%\ by gambling.
-
-\label{}\it Master of Arts, \rm Philosophy\rt{1983.}\lbr
-University of Idaho, Moscow, ID
-
-\label{}Completed courses in philosophy, filo-making, fillerupedness,
-filling station technology, and filler.
-Completed graduate courses in philosophy, philology,
-philo\-lo\-gram\-matry, phylogeny, filliness, and phil\-i\-stines.
-Special Committee: Phil Marquette, Phillip Petroleum, Philo Bellows,
-and Phyllus Diller.
-GPA: 0.63. 50\%\ financed by bribes, 50\%\ by unpaid loans.
-\label{Related Experience}
-\it Consultant, \rm Computing Service Center\rt{1985-}\lbr
-Washington State University, Pullman, WA 99164-1220
-\par
-\label{}Direct acquisition of antique typesetting machinery and old
-metal sculptings for garden area.
-In charge of coffee for management.
-Qualified to exterminate bugs in really awkward and tiresome
-programs.
-Training to collect and recycle aluminum cans for distribution
-to East coast distilleries.
-\label{Other Experience}
-\it Research Associate-Biowarfare, \rm Mars Institute\rt{1984-}\lbr
-P.O. Box 9, Pullman, WA 99163
-\par
-\label{}Participate in studies on neutralizing liberal demo\-crats with
-nuclear warheads (low radiation, high neutron count).
-Analyze patterns of ideological disarray for potential weakness.
-Write articles on normative aspects of unethical behavior.
-Keep memoirs of same for distribution to publishers.
-\label{Awards}
- Special award for boot-licking, 1982.
-Outstanding Stand Out, 1983.
-\label{Activities}
- Drama Club, 1980--82; Alpha Kappa Kappa Fraternity
-\label{References} On request.
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/thesis.texinput b/macros/text1/models/thesis.texinput
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dfd40e5c0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/thesis.texinput
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-% WSU graduate school thesis requirements.
-\paragraphindent{36pt}
-\paragraphskip{12pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
-\raggedbottom
-%
-%
-\catcode`*=11
-\if*msp
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in}
- \pagewidth{8.5in}
- \topmargin{1.2in}
- \bottommargin{1.2in}
- \leftmargin{1.2in}
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0in}
-}
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1.25in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-% Default values for the \chapter markup
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
- \centerline{\bd\chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end chapter format
-% Default values for the \subheada markup
-\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadaformat markup
-% Default values for the \subheadb markup
-\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadbformat markup
-% Default values for the \preface markup
-\prefaceformat{%
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\bd\prefacetitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}
-\paragraphskip{12pt}
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyasis{\rm\ssp\leftindent{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-%
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyblockquote{\rm\ssp\pin{.3in}\psk{12pt}
- \leftindent{36pt} \rightindent{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-%
-\else
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in}
- \pagewidth{8.5in}
- \topmargin{1.2in}
- \bottommargin{1in}
- \leftmargin{1.3in}
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0in}
-}
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1.25in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-% Default values for the \subheada markup
-\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadaformat markup
-% Default values for the \subheadb markup
-\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadbformat markup
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyasis{\tenpt\ssp\leftindent{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-%
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyblockquote{\rm\ssp\pin{24pt}\psk{6pt}
- \leftindent{36pt} \rightindent{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-%
-\footnoteformat{\footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in
- \skipafterdivider{2.6pt}
- \textreferenceposition{up}
- \textreferenceplacement{after}
- \textreferencefont{\tenpt}
- \textreferencestyle{1}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\tenpt}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em}
- \everyfootnote{\tenpt\ssp\pin{12pt}\psk{6pt}\lin{6pt}}
-}
-%
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt}
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferencefont{\rm}
- \textreferencestyle{[1]}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\rm}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font
- \everyendnote{\rm\pin{12pt}\psk{6pt}\lin{0pt}}
-}
-\fi
-%
-\def\copyrt{\if*msp{}\else
- {{$\copyright$}}\fi}
-%
-\newcount\P
-\def\signatures#1#2{\par\vs{54pt}\P=#1
- \ifnum\P>50 \P=50
- \message{Number of signature lines will be limited to 50}\fi
- \advance\P by-1
- \hbox{\hs{3in}\vrule width3in height.4pt}
- \hbox{\hs{3in}\hbox to 3in{\hfill #2 \hfill}}
- \vs{36pt}
- \loop\ifnum\P>0
- \hbox{\hs{3in}\vrule width 3in height.4pt}
- \vs{48pt}
- \advance\P by-1\repeat
- }%
-%
-\tableofcontentsformat{%
- \toctitle{\ssp\centerline{\bd Table of Contents}
- \vs{\bl}}}
-\catcode`*=12
diff --git a/macros/text1/models/thesis.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/thesis.texmodel
deleted file mode 100644
index 59fc7c241f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/models/thesis.texmodel
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-% WSU Graduate School Thesis Requirements
-% Last updated on = 6/15/87
-%********************* ***THESIS TEXMODEL*** **************************
-%* This TEXMODEL shows some sections of a sample thesis. For a printout *
-%* of a sample thesis, simply run this file through TeX as it is. *
-%* When entering your own thesis, be sure to replace or delete all *
-%* sample text. If you are printing your thesis on a monospaced printer,*
-%* the \monospace command must be activated by removing the percent *
-%* sign preceding it. *
-%************************************************************************
-% THESIS START
-
-% ***TITLE PAGE***
-
-%\monospace
-\input thesis.texinput
-\justify \singlespace
-\setpagenumber{-1}
-\centerlinesbegin
-\bd
-A PHENOMENOLOGICAL THEORY OF
-\vs{12pt}
-CROSS-CULTURAL AESTHETICS
-\vs{1.25in}
-\rm
-By
-\vs{12pt}
-GEORG MACQUET
-\vs{1.25in}
-A thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of
-the requirements for the degree of
-\vs{12pt}
-MASTER OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY
-\vs{24pt}
-WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY
-Department of Anthropology
-\vs{12pt}
-December 1986
-\vs{.8in}
-\copyrt Copyright by GEORG MACQUET, 1986
-All Rights Reserved
-\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 19 IS DELETED
-% ***COPYRIGHT PAGE***
-\np
-\titlepage
-\vsk{7in}
-\centerlinesbegin
-\copyrt Copyright by GEORG MACQUET, 1986
-All Rights Reserved
-\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 47 IS DELETED
-% ***SIGNATURE PAGE***
-\newpage
-\setpagenumber{-2}
-\rightragged
-\vsk{2.8in}
-\doublespace
-\nin To the Faculty of Washington State University:
-\par
-The members of the Committee appointed to examine the thesis of
-GEORG MACQUET find it satisfactory and recommend that it be
-accepted.
-%
-%******************************************************************
-%* The \signatures command draws the number of lines specified *
-%* in the first parameter for the committee members' signatures. *
-%* The first parameter may be any number, but if it is larger *
-%* than 5, spacing must be changed to make it fit on one page. *
-%* The second parameter of the \signatures command will be *
-%* centered as a title under the first line. *
-%******************************************************************
-%
-\singlespace
-\signatures{4}{Chairperson}
-\doublespace
-% ***ACKNOWLEDGE***
-\newpage
-\justify
-\preface{Acknowledgements}
-I would like to thank Clarke Moustakos and Helen Burdeman
-for their help in advising me to study Anthropology at ...
-% ***ABSTRACT PAGE***
-\newpage
-\vsk{.6in}
-\centerlinesbegin
-\bd
-A PHENOMENOLOGICAL THEORY OF
-\bd
-CROSS-CULTURAL AESTHETICS
-\rm
-ABSTRACT
-\putincontents1{\nin Abstract\leader\pagenumber}
-\vs{12pt}
-\singlespace
-by Georg Macquet, M.A.
-Washington State University
-December 1986
-\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 84 IS DELETED
-\doublespace
-\noindent Chairperson: V.~L.~Nabokov
-\par
-Aesthetic phenomena can be defined from an anthropological perspective.
-Anthropology is empirical; therefore, aesthetic phenomena must also be
-defined empirically to be identified by the techniques of...
-\par
-%********************** MAIN TEXT OF THESIS *************************
-%* This ends the preliminary pages of the thesis and begins the main *
-%* text. The remaining sections of the thesis may be entered using any *
-%* or all standard TeXT1 markup commands, including \autofootnote, *
-%* \bibliography, \autoendnote, \subheada, etc. For more information *
-%* on the standard TeXT1 markup commands see the "TeXT1 Users Guide *
-%* (S-522)," or the "TeXT1 Reference Manual (S-523)." *
-%************************************************************************
-\chapter{Introduction}
-\setpagenumber{1}
-The original perspective of anthropology can contribute to a comprehension of
-art. Observational criteria are needed to identify aesthetic phenomena
-uniquely, and anthropology \el3
-\sha{Art as Product}
-In the past, the arts have been studied primarily as products in anthropology.
-But the product must be created by human beings who behave in certain ways. In
-Merriam's words:
-
-\bqb Through the humanistic elements of his culture, man seems to be making
-pointed commentary on how he lives; his social life in itself seems to bring
-about conditions under which he is unable to restrain himself from commenting
-upon himself\el3
-\bqe
-
-\sha{Styles of Representation}
-Representations are images that refer to the visual appearance of a thing.
-Gombrich's theory\afn{wherin a representation is not a symbol} is not
-appropriate in this context. Indeed, A.P. Meriam (1971)\aen{This is the only
-edition with the full analysis of semantic theories applied to oriental
-cultures.} states that\el3
-\newpage
-\cl{\bd Notes}
-\printendnotes
-\toc{-5}
-\bye
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/appendix.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/appendix.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 0000bd5a39..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/appendix.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \appendix markup
-\appendixformat{\numberingstyle{A}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\twelvept\bold Appendix \appendixnumber}
- \centerline{\twelvept\bold\appendixtitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setchapternumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- \setfigurenumber{0}
- \settablenumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end appendix format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asism.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asism.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index c5ea6006c4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asism.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for \asisbegin in \monospace
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}}
- \skipafter{1\bl}
-}% end as is format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asisp.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asisp.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index c9a65c3860..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asisp.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \asisbegin markup
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{6pt}
- \everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}}
- \skipafter{6pt}
-}% end as is format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bibliog.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bibliog.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 691cee2263..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bibliog.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \bibliography markup
-\bibliographyformat{%
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd\bibtitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- }% end titleformat
- \everybibentry{\vs{1\bl}\goodbreak\hp\nin}
- \sameauthorrulesize{width 3em height .6ex depth -.5ex}
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end bibliographyformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotem.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 87d2605a8a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotem.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \blockquotebegin in \monospace
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \everyblockquote{\rm\leftindent{36pt} % 36pt = .5in
- \rightindent{36pt}
- }
- \skipafter{1\bl}
-}% end monospace block quote begin format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotep.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fdf50b4c9..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotep.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for the \blockquotebegin markup
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{6pt}
- \everyblockquote{\tenpt\leftindent{24pt} % 24pt = .3in
- \rightindent{24pt}
- }
- \skipafter{6pt}
-}% end block quote begin format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/chapter.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/chapter.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 9796e18beb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/chapter.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \chapter markup
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd\chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end chapter format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/contents.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/contents.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 45fa4e571d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/contents.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults when using the \tableofcontents markup
-\tableofcontentsformat{%
- \toctitle{\centerline{\bd Table of Contents}
- \vs{1\bl}}
- \prefacetocformat{\nin\prefacetitle\leader\pagenumber}
- \parttocformat{\vs{1\bl}
- \centerline{Part \partnumber}
- \centerline{\parttitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \nin Part \partnumber \leader \pagenumber}
- \continuechapter{no}
- \chaptertocformat{\hangingchapternumber \chaptertitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \hangingchapterindent{.25in}
- \appendixtocformat{\hangingappendixnumber \appendixtitle \leader \pn}
- \hangingappendixindent{.25in}
- \subheadatocformat{\leftindent{.5in}\nin
- \subheadatitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \subheadbtocformat{\leftindent{1in}\nin
- \subheadbtitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \subheadctocformat{\leftindent{1.5in}\nin
- \subheadctitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \subheaddtocformat{\leftindent{2in}\nin
- \subheaddtitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \bibliographytocformat{\nin\bibtitle \leader \pagenumber}
- \figuretoctitle{\newpage
- \centerline{\bd List of Figures}
- \line{Figure \rt{Page}}}
- \figuretocformat{\hangingnumber{\figurenumber.}\figuretitle\leader\pagenumber}
- \hangingfigureindent{.25in}
- \tabletoctitle{\newpage
- \centerline{\bd List of Tables}
- \line{Table \rt{Page}}}
- \tabletocformat{\hangingnumber{\tablenumber.}\tabletitle\leader\pagenumber}
- \hangingtableindent{.25in}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotem.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 2716defe7a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotem.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \autoendnote with \monospace
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{0\bl}
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferencefont{\rm}
- \textreferencestyle{[1]}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\rm}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font
- \everyendnote{\rm\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotep.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f2b55d4e1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotep.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \autoendnote markup
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt}
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferencefont{\tenpt}
- \textreferencestyle{[1]}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\tenpt}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font
- \everyendnote{\tenpt\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}}
-}% end endnoteformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurem.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d7263c218..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurem.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \figure with \monospace
-\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \position{\float}
- \titleformat{\bqb\hp
- \bd Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle\bqe}
- \incontents{yes}
- \skipafter{1\bl}
-}% End figure format markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurep.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index e2131696ef..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurep.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for the \figure markup
-\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \position{\float}
- \titleformat{\bqb\hp\tenpt
- \bd Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle\bqe}
- \incontents{yes}
- \skipafter{1\bl}
-}% End figure format markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotem.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index a3d5840598..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotem.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \autofootnote with \monospace
-\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt}
- \skipafterdivider{2.6pt}
- \footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferenceplacement{after}
- \textreferencefont{\rm}
- \textreferencestyle{(1)}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\rm}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em}
- \everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{.5in}\lin{0pt}\rin{0pt}}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotep.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 97fb1ddf0c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotep.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for the \autofootnote markup
-\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt}
- \skipafterdivider{2.6pt}
- \footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in
- \textreferenceposition{up}
- \textreferenceplacement{after}
- \textreferencefont{\tenpt}
- \textreferencestyle{1}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\tenpt}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em}
- \everyfootnote{\tenpt\pin{20pt}\lin{0pt}}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontm.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontm.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f8455a998..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontm.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \monospace markup
-\monospace
- % You may change the default monspace fonts by removing the % symbol
- % from the \selectfontset and \defaultmono\rm markups below.
-% \selectfontset{monofont}{defaultmono}{default} %
-% \defaultmono\rm
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontp.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontp.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 5393d563eb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontp.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the proportional space fonts
-\selectfontset{cm12}{twelvept}{default} % default twelve point set
-\selectfontset{cm10}{tenpt}{default} % alternate ten point set
-\twelvept % default font specification
-\selectmathset{cm97m}{mathdefault} % default math font set
-\mathdefault % default math specification
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/index.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/index.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 684c4407d1..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/index.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-\indexformat1{\respectcase{no}
- \style{indent}
- \leadering{no}
- \everyletterbreak{\vs{1\bl}}
- \indentsubentry1{1em}
- \indentsubentry2{2em}
- \everyhang{1.5em}
- \everyindex{\tenpt}}
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/label.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/label.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index d4da9e3063..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/label.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for the \label markup
-\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \labelwidth{72pt}
- \gutter{1em}
- \everylabel{\rm}
- }
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/lists.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/lists.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 874be36899..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/lists.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-% Defaults for \listbegin, \listlevel, and \bullet
-\listformat{\skipbefore{0\bl}
- \liststyle{1.,a.,i.,1),a),i),(1)}
- \everylistlevel1{\rm\lin{36pt}\gutter{1em}} % 36pt = .5in
- \everylistlevel2{\rm\lin{58pt}\gutter{1em}} % 58pt = .8in
- \everylistlevel3{\rm\lin{79pt}\gutter{1em}} % 79pt = 1.1in
- \everylistlevel4{\rm\lin{101pt}\gutter{1em}} % 101pt = 1.4in
- \everylistlevel5{\rm\lin{122pt}\gutter{1em}} % 122pt = 1.7in
- \everylistlevel6{\rm\lin{144pt}\gutter{1em}} % 144pt = 2.0in
- \everylistlevel7{\rm\lin{166pt}\gutter{1em}} % 166pt = 2.3in
- \everybullet{\rm\lin{+36pt}\gutter{1em}} % 36pt = .5in
- \skipafter{0\bl}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/maillbls.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/maillbls.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 145fd0667f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/maillbls.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-% Set format for mail labels with the MERGE LETTER MODEL
-
-% Maillabelformat sets the page and label information for mailing labels
-\maillabelformat{\labelsetup{% Sets page and margin settings
- \newpage % start labels on a new page
- \notitlepage % labels not started on a title page
- \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{}}} % no page #s
- \pageformat{\topmargin{1in} % new page dimensions
- \bottommargin{0pt}
- \leftmargin{0pt}
- \rightmargin{0pt}}% end page format
- }% end labelsetup
- \numberoflabelsperline{3} % three labels per line max
- \labelheight{1in} % each label 1 inch high
- \labelwidth{2.75in} % each label 2.75 inches wide
- \labelmat{.25in} % margin to text is .25 inches
-}% end mail label format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/marnote.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/marnote.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index ded8cac18a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/marnote.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \marginnote markup
-\marginnoteformat{\position{left}
- \notewidth{54pt}
- \notegutter{6pt}
- \everymarginnote{\tenpt\rr}
-}% end margin note format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/multicol.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/multicol.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 81b2522cdb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/multicol.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-% Default multiple column formats
-\multicolumnformat{
- \twocolumnwidth{.48\galleywidth} % approximately 3 inches
- \threecolumnwidth{.31\galleywidth} % approximately 2 inches
- \twocolumngutter{.04\galleywidth} % approximately .2 inches
- \threecolumngutter{.035\galleywidth}
- \columnrulewidth{0.0pt}
- \skipbefore{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} % flexible format only
- \skipafter{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} % flexible format only
- }
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagem.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 99694f4721..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagem.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default page dimensions and margins
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} % 792pt = 11in
- \pagewidth{8.5in} % 612pt = 8.5in
- \topmargin{1in} % 72pt = 1in
- \bottommargin{1in}
- \leftmargin{1.2in} % 86pt = 1.2in
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0in} % none
-}% end page format
-\raggedbottom % allows the bottom line to fluctuate up
- % and down a couple lines
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagep.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c521e133d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagep.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default page dimensions and margins
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} % 792pt = 11in
- \pagewidth{8.5in} % 612pt = 8.5in
- \topmargin{1in} % 72pt = 1in
- \bottommargin{1in}
- \leftmargin{1.2in} % 86pt = 1.2in
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0in}
-}% end pageformat
-\normalbottom % text height will be the same for each
- % page. Bottom lines will be even.
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parm.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parm.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d9c676951..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parm.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default paragraph specifications for monospace fonts
-\paragraphindent{36pt} % indent for the first line of a paragraph
-\paragraphskip{0pt} % distance between paragraphs
-\justify
-\hyphenon % hyphenation either on (\hyphenon)
- % or off (\hyphenoff)
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parp.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parp.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index b31df93253..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parp.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default paragraph specifications for proportional fonts
-\paragraphindent{24pt} % indent for first line of text
-\paragraphskip{0pt plus 3pt minus 0pt} % Distance skipped between
- % paragraphs. Plus and minus refer to space
- % that may be added or subtracted from the
- % initial setting (0pt) to make the lines
- % even at the bottom of the page.
-
-\justify % all text will be justified
-\hyphenon % hyphenation either on (\hyphenon)
- % or off (\hyphenoff)
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/part.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/part.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 68545f85ba..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/part.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \part markup
-\partformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\titlepage
- \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt
- \vfil % Produces a half title page
- \centerline{\twelvept\bold Part \partnumber}
- \centerline{\twelvept\bold \parttitle}
- \newpage
- \setchapternumber{0}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- \setfootnotenumber{0}
- \setendnotenumber{0}
- \setfigurenumber{0}
- \settablenumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end part format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/preface.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/preface.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c44e37a02..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/preface.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \preface markup
-\prefaceformat{%
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\twelvept\bd\prefacetitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end preface format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runfoot.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runfoot.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 8aecd0311a..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runfoot.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the running foot title
-\runningfootformat{%
- \bothpages{\vs{1\bl}
- \line{\twelvept\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{}}
- }% end bothpages
-}% end runningfootformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runhead.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runhead.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index c88e8758cb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runhead.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the running head title
-\runningheadformat{%
- \bothpages{\line{\twelvept\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\pagenumber}}
- \vs{1\bl}
- }% end bothpages
-}% end runningheadformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheada.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheada.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index ce0c4ab5fd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheada.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \subheada markup
-\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadaformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadb.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadb.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index e3089ad1c4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadb.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \subheadb markup
-\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadbformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadc.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadc.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index be70a69692..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadc.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \subheadc markup
-\subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\nin\subheadctitle\par\nobreak
- \vs{1\bl}\nobreak
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{no}
-}% end subheadcformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadd.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadd.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b1cd8b6f3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadd.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \subheadd markup
-\subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\goodbreak
- {\twelvept\it \subheaddtitle.}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{no}
-}% end subheadd markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablem.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ab57a8d73..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablem.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-% Default \tabletitle when using \monospace
-\tableformat{\titleformat{\vs{\bl}
- \cl{\bd Table \tablenumber}
- \cl{\rm\tabletitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- }
- \incontents{yes}
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablep.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b1f0c4162..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablep.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the \tabletitle markup
-\tableformat{%
- \titleformat{\vs{\bl}
- \cl{\twelvept\bd Table \tablenumber}
- \cl{\twelvept\tabletitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end tableformat markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/talaris.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/talaris.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d908cc87f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/talaris.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-% Default values for the Talaris fonts
-\selectfontset{amrom12}{twelvept}{default} % default twelve point set
-\selectfontset{amrom10}{tenpt}{default} % alternate ten point set
-\twelvept % default font specification
-\selectmathset{am97m}{mathdefault} % default math font set
-\mathdefault % default math specification
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/titlepg.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/titlepg.blk
deleted file mode 100644
index e53cfb4bdb..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/titlepg.blk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-% Default for the title (first) page
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}% end titlepage markup
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/fonts/dt.pk b/macros/text1/pc/fonts/dt.pk
deleted file mode 100644
index 137d069175..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/fonts/dt.pk
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm10.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm10.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index aa431de13e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm10.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXbi=cmbxti10
-\font\cmXcc=cmcsc10
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=12pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\tenrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\teni}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni
- \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\tenit
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\tenbf}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\tenit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm108m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm108m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 2410c5b3d7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm108m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptfont2=\tensy \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIIIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm109m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm109m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b5104aaf7..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm109m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptfont2=\tensy \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmIXmi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmIXex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm11.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm11.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index aa9300ae37..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm11.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmXIbierr
-\font\cmXIcc=cmcsc11
-\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 \font\cmXIit=cmti11
-\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 \font\cmXImi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXItt=cmtt11\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=13pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIrm \textfont1=\cmXImi
- \textfont2=\cmXIsy\textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmXIbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM11. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmXIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1110m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1110m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 09cc8fb54e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1110m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXImi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11
-\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11\font\cmXIrm=cmr11
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptscriptfont2=\tensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\tenbf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm119m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm119m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 13eca0aebf..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm119m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXImi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11
-\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 \font\cmXIrm=cmr11
-\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmIXmi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmIXex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm12.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm12.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a505abed9c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm12.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIIbi=cmbxti12
-\font\cmXIIcc=cmcsc12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12
-\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 \font\cmXIIit=cmti12
-\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12 \font\cmXIImi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIItt=cmtt12 \font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=14pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIIsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIIex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIIrm \textfont1=\cmXIImi
- \textfont2=\cmXIIsy \textfont3=\cmXIIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXIItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXIIbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1210m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1210m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index e1ccb4c7fc..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1210m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIImi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12
-\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptscriptfont2=\tensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\tenbf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1211m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1211m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index d9c4e13c45..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1211m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIImi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12
-\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12
-\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 \font\cmXImi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11
-\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm14.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm14.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f302bf6a12..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm14.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIVbi=cmbxti14
-\font\cmXIVcc=cmcsc14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14
-\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 \font\cmXIVit=cmti14
-\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14 \font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14
-\font\cmXIVtt=cmtt14 \font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=16pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIVrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIVmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIVsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIVex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIVrm \textfont1=\cmXIVmi
- \textfont2=\cmXIVsy \textfont3=\cmXIVex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIVit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIVcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIVbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIVit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXIVtt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIVcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXIVbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1412m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1412m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index fc933ca00f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1412m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14
-\font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14
-\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14
-\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 \font\cmXIImi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12
-\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXIVrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIVmi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXIVsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIVex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXIImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm18.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm18.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c4c9f52d87..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm18.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXVIIIbi=cmbxti18
-\font\cmXVIIIcc=cmcsc18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18
-\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 \font\cmXVIIIit=cmti18
-\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18 \font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18
-\font\cmXVIIItt=cmtt18 \font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=20pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXVIIIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXVIIImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXVIIIsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXVIIIex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \textfont1=\cmXVIIImi
- \textfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \textfont3=\cmXVIIIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXVIIIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXVIIIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXVIIIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXVIIIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXVIIItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXVIIIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXVIIIbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1814m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1814m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index c3c34b0f02..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1814m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18
-\font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18
-\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18
-\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 \font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14
-\font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14
-\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXVIIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXVIIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIVrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXIVmi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIVsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIVex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm24.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm24.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 83dc4387be..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm24.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXXIVbi=cmbxti24
-\font\cmXXIVcc=cmcsc24 \font\cmXXIVex=cmex24
-\font\cmXXIVrm=cmr24 \font\cmXXIVit=cmti24
-\font\cmXXIVbd=cmbx24 \font\cmXXIVmi=cmmi24
-\font\cmXXIVtt=cmtt24\font\cmXXIVsy=cmsy24
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=26pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXIVrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXIVmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXIVsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXIVex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXXIVrm \textfont1=\cmXXIVmi
- \textfont2=\cmXXIVsy \textfont3=\cmXXIVex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXXIVit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cmXXIVbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXXIVcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXIVbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXIVit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXXIVtt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXXIVcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXXIVbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm2418m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm2418m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 41222e47d0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm2418m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXXIVmi=cmmi24
-\font\cmXXIVsy=cmsy24 \font\cmXXIVex=cmex24
-\font\cmXXIVbd=cmbx24\font\cmXXIVrm=cmr24
-\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 \font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18
-\font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18
-\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmXXIVrm \scriptfont1=\cmXXIVmi
- \scriptfont2=\cmXXIVsy \scriptfont3=\cmXXIVex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXXIVbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXVIIImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXVIIIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm36.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm36.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a6f9ce578..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm36.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmXXXVIbi=cmbxti36
-\font\cmXXXVIcc=cmcsc36\font\cmXXXVIex=cmex36
-\font\cmXXXVIrm=cmr36 \font\cmXXXVIit=cmti36
-\font\cmXXXVIbd=cmbx36 \font\cmXXXVImi=cmmi36
-\font\cmXXXVItt=cmtt36 \font\cmXXXVIsy=cmsy36
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=38pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXXVIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXXVImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXXVIsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXXVIex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXXXVIrm \textfont1=\cmXXXVImi
- \textfont2=\cmXXXVIsy \textfont3=\cmXXXVIex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXXXVIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmXXXVItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXXXVIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmXXXVIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXXVIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXXVIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXXXVItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXXXVIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXXXVIbi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm5.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm5.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cdb0205e3..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm5.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifVbierr
-\global\newif\ifVccerr
-\global\newif\ifVtterr
-\global\newif\ifViterr
-\global\newif\ifVbderr
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=8pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\fiverm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\fivei}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\fivesy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\fiverm\textfont1=\fivei
- \textfont2=\fivesy\textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\bffam=\fivebf
-\def\noexpand\bd{\noexpand\ifVbderr\noexpand\fam\bffam\fivebf%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\fam\bffam\fivebf%
-\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold font in CM5. Will print bold extended font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vbderrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\noexpand\ifViterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No italic font in CM5. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Viterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifVtterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CM5. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vtterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifVbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM5. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifVccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CM5. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm6.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm6.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a3a735d8c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm6.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmVIbierr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIccerr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIiterr
-\global\newif\ifcmVItterr
-\font\cmVIrm=cmr6
-\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6
-\font\sixsy=cmsy6
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=8pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\sixsy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\cmVIrm \textfont1=\cmVImi
- \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\bffam=\cmVIbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmVIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\noexpand\ifcmVIiterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No italic font in CM6. Will print roman font.}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIiterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIbierr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM6. Will print roman font.}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifcmVIccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CM6. Will print roman font.}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifcmVItterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CM6. Will print roman font.}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVItterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm65m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm65m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c44223de..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm65m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVImi=cmmi6
-\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6\font\cmVIrm=cmr6
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
- \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm7.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm7.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 894bff8b2c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm7.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifVIIbierr
-\global\newif\ifVIIbderr
-\global\newif\ifVIItterr
-\global\newif\ifVIIccerr
-\font\cmVIIit=cmti7
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=9pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\sevenrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\seveni}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\sevensy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\sevenrm \textfont1=\seveni
- \textfont2=\sevensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIit
- \textfont\bffam=\sevenbf
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIit}%
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\sevenbf}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifVIItterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CM7. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIItterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifVIIbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM7. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifVIIccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CM7. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIIccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm75m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm75m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 2acd4dc1f4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm75m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
- \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
- \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm76m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm76m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 796813490d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm76m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6
-\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm8.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ea69af7705..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIbierr
-\font\cmVIIIcc=cmcsc8
-\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIIit=cmti8
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIItt=cmtt8
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=10pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIIIrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVIIImi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\cmVIIIrm \textfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIIit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmVIIIcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmVIIIbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIIit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmVIIItt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmVIIIcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM8. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm86m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm86m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 9acea1b047..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm86m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8
-\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6
-\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm87m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm87m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bc523025d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm87m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \scriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIIIex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm9.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm9.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8602cb2d64..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm9.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmIXbierr
-\font\cmIXcc=cmcsc9
-\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXit=cmti9
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXtt=cmtt9
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=11pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmIXrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmIXmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}%
- \textfont0=\cmIXrm \textfont1=\cmIXmi
- \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmIXit
- \textfont\ttfam=\cmIXtt \textfont\bffam=\cmIXbd
- \textfont\ccfam=\cmIXcc
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmIXbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmIXit}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmIXtt}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmIXcc}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmIXbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CM9. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmIXbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm97m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm97m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 612ddf3587..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm97m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9\font\cmIXrm=cmr9
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptfont1=\cmIXmi
- \scriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptfont3=\cmIXex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm98m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm98m.mth
deleted file mode 100644
index 78e30ed089..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm98m.mth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\font\cmIXmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10
-\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9\font\cmIXrm=cmr9
-\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10
-\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{%
- \scriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptfont1=\cmIXmi
- \scriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptfont3=\cmIXex
- \scriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd
- \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVIIImi
- \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIIIex
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan10.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan10.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cedf00fe5e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan10.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXsstterr
-\font\cmXssrm=cmss10 \font\cmXssit=cmssi10
-\font\cmXssbd=cmssbx10 \font\cmXssmi=cmmi10
-\font\cmXsssy=cmsy10 \font\cmXssex=cmex10
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=12pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXssrm \textfont1=\cmXssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXsssy \textfont3=\cmXssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN10. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN10. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN10. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan11.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan11.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e5da60857e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan11.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXIsstterr
-\font\cmXIssrm=cmss11 \font\cmXIssit=cmssi11
-\font\cmXIssbd=cmssbx11 \font\cmXIssmi=cmmi11
-\font\cmXIsssy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIssex=cmex11
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=13pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIssrm \textfont1=\cmXIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXIsssy \textfont3=\cmXIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXIssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN11. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN11. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN11. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan12.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan12.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 234dd3cbba..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan12.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXIIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXIIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXIIsstterr
-\font\cmXIIssrm=cmss12 \font\cmXIIssit=cmssi12
-\font\cmXIIssbd=cmssbx12 \font\cmXIIssmi=cmmi12
-\font\cmXIIsssy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIssex=cmex12
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=14pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIIssrm \textfont1=\cmXIIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXIIsssy \textfont3=\cmXIIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIIssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXIIssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIIssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN12. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN12. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN12. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan14.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan14.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 23d2eb54a5..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan14.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXIVssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXIVssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXIVsstterr
-\font\cmXIVssrm=cmss14 \font\cmXIVssit=cmssi14
-\font\cmXIVssbd=cmssbx14 \font\cmXIVssmi=cmmi14
-\font\cmXIVsssy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVssex=cmex14
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=16pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIVssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIVssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIVsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIVssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXIVssrm \textfont1=\cmXIVssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXIVsssy \textfont3=\cmXIVssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXIVssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXIVssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIVssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIVssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIVssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN14. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIVsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN14. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIVssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN14. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan18.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan18.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a1a581291e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan18.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXVIIIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXVIIIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXVIIIsstterr
-\font\cmXVIIIssrm=cmss18 \font\cmXVIIIssit=cmssi18
-\font\cmXVIIIssbd=cmssbx18 \font\cmXVIIIssmi=cmmi18
-\font\cmXVIIIsssy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIssex=cmex18
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=20pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXVIIIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXVIIIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXVIIIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXVIIIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXVIIIssrm \textfont1=\cmXVIIIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXVIIIsssy \textfont3=\cmXVIIIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXVIIIssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXVIIIssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXVIIIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXVIIIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN18. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXVIIIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN18. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXVIIIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN18. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan24.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan24.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d035cc6ecd..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan24.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXXIVssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXXIVssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXXIVsstterr
-\font\cmXXIVssrm=cmss24 \font\cmXXIVssit=cmssi24
-\font\cmXXIVssbd=cmssbx24 \font\cmXXIVssmi=cmmi24
-\font\cmXXIVsssy=cmsy24 \font\cmXXIVssex=cmex24
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=26pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXIVssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXIVssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXIVsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXIVssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXXIVssrm \textfont1=\cmXXIVssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXXIVsssy \textfont3=\cmXXIVssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXXIVssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXXIVssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXIVssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXIVssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXXIVssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN24. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXXIVsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN24. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXXIVssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN24. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan36.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan36.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a64c94a76..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan36.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifXXXVIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifXXXVIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifXXXVIsstterr
-\font\cmXXXVIssrm=cmss36 \font\cmXXXVIssit=cmssi36
-\font\cmXXXVIssbd=cmssbx36 \font\cmXXXVIssmi=cmmi36
-\font\cmXXXVIsssy=cmsy36 \font\cmXXXVIssex=cmex24
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=38pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXXVIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXXVIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXXVIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXXVIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmXXXVIssrm \textfont1=\cmXXXVIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmXXXVIsssy \textfont3=\cmXXXVIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmXXXVIssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmXXXVIssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXXVIssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXXVIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXXXVIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN36. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXXXVIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN36. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXXXVIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN36. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan8.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 710177059f..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssbierr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssccerr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIsstterr
-\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssbderr
-\font\cmVIIIssit=cmssi8
-\font\cmVIIIssrm=cmss8 \font\cmVIIIssmi=cmmi8
-\font\cmVIIIsssy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIssex=cmex10
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=10pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIIIssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVIIIssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmVIIIsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmVIIIssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmVIIIssrm \textfont1=\cmVIIIssmi
- \textfont2=\cmVIIIsssy \textfont3=\cmVIIIssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIIssit
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIIssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bd{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssbderr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssbderrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN8. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan9.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan9.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7309c82d45..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan9.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\global\newif\ifIXssbierr
-\global\newif\ifIXssccerr
-\global\newif\ifIXsstterr
-\font\cmIXssrm=cmss9 \font\cmIXssit=cmssi9
-\font\cmIXssbd=cmssbx9 \font\cmIXssmi=cmmi9
-\font\cmIXsssy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXssex=cmex10
-\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname
-\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=\bAseSkip
-\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=0pt
-\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=11pt\fi%
-\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{%
-\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmIXssrm}%
-\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmIXssmi}%
-\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmIXsssy}%
-\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmIXssex}%
- \textfont0=\cmIXssrm \textfont1=\cmIXssmi
- \textfont2=\cmIXsssy \textfont3=\cmIXssex
- \textfont\itfam=\cmIXssit
- \textfont\bffam=\cmIXssbd
-\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmIXssbd}%
-\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmIXssit}%
-\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifIXssbierr\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No bold italic font in CMSAN9. Will print italic font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifIXsstterr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No typewriter font in CMSAN9. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifIXssccerr\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. %
-No small caps font in CMSAN9. Will print roman font .}%
-\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}%
-\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\nonIBM%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi%
-\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex%
-\noexpand\interlineskip{%
-\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\noexpand\endcsname}}%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.inp
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cac048afa..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.inp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-% LETTER FORMAT FILE bth 4/1/87
-\catcode`*=11
-\raggedbottom % text height may vary from page to page
-\if*msp\defaultmono
- \let\titlefont=\defaultmono
- \let\twelvept=\defaultmono
- \let\tenpt=\defaultmono
- \let\rm=\defaultmono
- \fi % monospace check
-\newtoks\departmentname % department name for letterhead
-\newtoks\campuszip % zip code for letterhead
-\newtoks\campusphone % phone number for letterhead
-\newtoks\date % date token list
-\newif\if*postscript
-\*postscriptfalse
-%
-\def\STOP{\endgroup\par}% ends obeylines grouping
-%
-\def\BEGINADDRESS{\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt\obeylines}%
-\let\SALUTATION=\null
-\let\BODY=\STOP
-\def\CLOSING{\par\vs{\bl}\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt
- \obeylines}%
-\def\COPIES{\par\vs{\bl}
- \setbox0=\hbox{Copies:\quad}\parindent=\wd0 \nin Copies:\quad}%
-\def\ENCLOSURES#1{\par Enclosures:\quad #1}% sets enclosures text line
-\def\ENDLETTER{\par\endgroup}% stop any obeylines grouping
-% Default for the title (first) page
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}% end title page format
-\def\letterhead{{\parskip=0pt
- \if*msp
- \cl{\titlefont Washington State University}
- \vs{\bl}\hrule\vs{\bl}
- \cl{\the\departmentname}
- \cl{Pullman, Washington\ \the\campuszip}
- \cl{\the\campusphone}
- \vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted
- \nin\the\date %
- \else
- \cl{\titlefont Washington State University}
- \vs{4pt}\hrule\vs{6pt}
- \cl{\twelvept \the\departmentname}
- \cl{\tenpt Pullman, Washington\ \the\campuszip}
- \cl{\tenpt \the\campusphone}
- \vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted
- \nin\the\date %
- \fi
-}}% end letterhead markup
-\catcode`*=12
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.mdl
deleted file mode 100644
index 432fffbdfe..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.mdl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-% LETTER MARKUP (style, full block) APRIL 1, 1986
-% To print on monospace printers (line printers, daisy-wheel printers)
-%\monospace % delete the "%" symbol at the beginning of this line
-\paragraphskip{12pt} % distance between paragraphs
-\paragraphindent{0pt} % first line word indent
-\sfs{cm18}{titlefont}{24pt}% large font selected for letterhead
-\input letter.inp % places the format file into your text file
-% LETTERHEAD INFORMATION
-% Type the name of your department, the campus zip code,
-% the campus telephone number, and date (if not today's
-% date) between the curly braces of the samples shown
-% below. This information will be added to the letterhead.
-%........................................................................
-\departmentname{name of your department or organization}
-\campuszip{99164-????}
-\campusphone{(509) 335-????}
-\date{\today}
-% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-\letterhead %
-\vs{2\bl} %
-% LETTER ADDRESS
-\BEGINADDRESS % . . . . insert address below this line . . . . . . . . .
-\SALUTATION % . . . replace the salutation on the next line . . . . . . .
-Dear ????
-\BODY % LETTER BODY
-% . . . . . . insert the text of the letter below this line . . . . . . .
-% . . . . . . . . . . . . and above this line . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-% LETTER CLOSING
-\CLOSING % . . . . replace closing line, if desired . . . . . . . . . . .
-Sincerely yours,
-\vs{3\bl}
-% SIGNATURE LINE
-% . . . . . . . . . replace signature line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-John Doe
-\vs{\bl}
-% ENCLOSURES AND COPIES
-% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-% Use \ENCLOSURES markup for an enclosure number, %
-% for example: \ENCLOSURES{3} %
-% Use \COPIES markup for a copy list, %
-% for example: \COPIES first name %
-% second name %
-% third name, etc. %
-% . . . . . . . enter enclosures and copies below this line . . . . . . .
-\ENDLETTER %------------- and above this line ---------------------------
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.inp
deleted file mode 100644
index bbf6aa632e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.inp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-% MEMO TEXINPUT FORMAT FILE
-% dlw 8/15/86
-\catcode`*=11
-\if*msp \let\titlefont=\defaultmono
- \let\twelvept=\defaultmono
- \let\tenpt=\defaultmono
- \let\rm=\defaultmono
- \fi % change all fonts to defaultmono for the monospace option
-\rightragged
-\newif\if*copies
-\*copiesfalse
-\newtoks\*lfthead \*lfthead = { }
-\newtoks\*ctrhead \*ctrhead = { }
-\newtoks\*rthead \*rthead = { }
-\rightragged
-% Default for the title (first) page
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-\def\memopageheadingformat#1{% setup for memo running head
- \def\*left##1{\global\*lfthead={##1}}%
- \def\*center##1{\global\*ctrhead={##1}}%
- \def\*right##1{\global\*rthead={##1}}%
-#1}% end memoheading format
-\let\mhf=\memopageheadingformat
-\memopageheadingformat{\*left{}\*center{\pagenumber}\*right{}}
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\twelvept
- \line{\hbox to.33333\hsize{\the\*lfthead\hss}\hfil
- \hbox to.33333\hsize{\hss\the\*ctrhead\hss}\hfil
- \hbox to.33333\hsize{\hss\the\*rthead}}
- \vs{28pt}} % 28pt = .4in
-}% end runningheadformat
-\def\MEMO{\begingroup\obeylines\parskip=0pt\parindent=60pt}%
-\def\TEXT{\endgroup\if*msp\defaultmono\ssp\else\twelvept\fi %
- \vs{\bl}\hrule\vs{2\bl}}%
-%
-\cl{{\titlefont M E M O R A N D U M}}
-\if*msp\par\vs{\bl}\ssp
- \else\par\vs{.4in}\isk{18pt}\fi
-\def\TO{\nin To:\par\vs{-\bl}}%
-\def\FROM{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin From:\par\vs{-\bl}}%
-\def\DATE#1{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin Date:\par\vs{-\bl}#1}%
-\def\SUBJECT{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin Subject:\par\vs{-\bl}}%
-\def\COPIES{\global\*copiestrue\vs{\bl}\nin Copies:\par\vs{-\bl} %
- \begingroup\obeylines\singlespace %
- \parskip=0pt\parindent=60pt}%
-\def\ENDMEMO{\if*copies\par\endgroup\global\*copiesfalse\else\par\fi}%
-\catcode`*=12
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.mdl
deleted file mode 100644
index 42d03e93be..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.mdl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% MEMO TEXMODEL
-% August 15, 1986
-% To print on monospace printers delete the % symbol before \monospace
-%\monospace
-\sfs{cm18}{titlefont}{24pt}% Font selected for heading
-\input memo.inp % Loads memorandum format file
-\MEMO % Prints memorandum heading
-%--------Enter the text after each markup on the following lines---------
-%------------------multiple line entries may be used---------------------
-\TO
-\FROM
-\DATE {\today}
-\SUBJECT
-\TEXT %----- Insert the memo below this line-----------------------------
-
-%--------------For a list of copies use the \COPIES: markup-------------
-% for example: \COPIES first name
-% second name
-% third name, etc.
-%------------enter the copies markup and names below this line-----------
-\ENDMEMO % ----------------and before this line--------------------------
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelet.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelet.mdl
deleted file mode 100644
index de4e4fa4b2..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelet.mdl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-% Sample Letter for Merge File Model
-%
-% TEXT1 Letterhead description, change to suit your letter
-%
-%
-\begingroup
-\paragraphskip{0pt}
-\centerline{{\titlefont Washington State University}}
-\vs{4pt}\hrule\vs{4pt}
-\centerline{{\twelvept\bd Academic Computing Service}}
-\vs{-2pt}
-\centerline{{\tenpt Pullman, Washington 99164-1220\lbr 509/335-0411}}
-\vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted
-\endgroup
-\vs{\bl}
-\tenpt
-\nin{\today}
-\vs{\bl}
-\asisbegin
-\noemptyspace\title\ \firstname\ \lastname
-\noemptyspace\company
-\address
-\city, \state\ \zipcode
-\phone
-
-Dear \firstname:
-
-\asisend
-This letter is a sample for the merge file facility of \text1. Ten
-data fields were created with DBASE~III on a PC and transferred to
-CMS. The fields were delimited with double quotations marks
-({\tt "}) and a comma placed between data fields by DBASE. Any data
-base program that allows data fields to be delimited with quotation
-marks could be used. A data file may also be created
-directly on CMS by entering the data in the following manner:\lbr
-\hs{2in}{\tt "}field one{\tt "},{\tt "}field two{\tt "},\ellipsis3,{\tt
-"}last field{\tt "}\lbr
-or written as \lbr
-\hs{2in}{\tt "}field one{\tt ""}field two{\tt "\ellipsis3\ "}last
-field{\tt "}\lbr
-the commas between data fields are optional.
-
-Quotation marks must be placed on either side of each field
-(delimit the field) and the {\it each data field must come in the same
-sequence as the data names specified in the {\tt \\fieldnames} markup}.
-{\bd No \it field may be omitted}, however, a field may be empty
-({\it i.e.}, {\tt "}first field{\tt ","","}third field{\tt "}
-\ellipsis3 ).
-
-The data markup (field names immediately preceded by a {\tt \\} )
-may be used to place text anywhere in the letter, but
-each field should be followed by a control space markup (\\ \ , a
-backslash followed by a blank space) or \text1
-will drop the space after the field. For example, the \\firstname\\
-\\lastname and \\amount markup have been used to add the
-recipients name and a dollar amount in the following line.
-
-\cl{The \firstname\ \lastname\ account has been charged \amount\ for
-printing services.}
-
-The {\tt \\noemptyspace} markup may be used to prevent a blank line
-if an address line is empty. Place the data field markup between the
-{\tt \\noemptyspace} markup and the linebreak ({\tt \\lbr}) markup
-({\it i.e.}, {\tt \\noemptyspace\\company\\lbr} would prevent a blank
-line if the company data field were empty). The {\tt\\noemptyspace}
-markup prevents an extra space after an empty data field. Place
-it in the following manner: {\tt \\noemptyspace\\title\\
-\\firstname\\ \\lastname\\lbr} The {\tt \\noemptyspace} markup will
-remove the following control space ({\tt \\ }) or control line break
-({\tt \\lbr}) if the specified data field
-is empty.
-\vs{\bl}
-\noindent
-Sincerely yours,
-\vs{3\bl}
-\noindent
-John Doe
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelst.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelst.mdl
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d15914892..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelst.mdl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-% Sample data base Merge File address list, created with dBASE III
-% data field names are as follows:
-% title, firstname, lastname, company, address,
-% city, state, zipcode, phone, amount
-% All data fields must be present for each entry, although the data
-% field itself may be empty (i.e., "" is an empty or null data field).
-%
-"Ms.","Claire","Buckman","ABC Distributing Director","8307 Santa Anita
-Blvd","Oxnard","CA","93034","(555)456-9059","$5.00"
-"Mr.","Rick","Lisbonn","Vice-President for Marketing","1550 Keystone
-St.","Glendale","CA","91206","(555)455-3344","$15.00"
-"Dr.","Hank","Bicksby","Research Institute, Manager","4101 Peonia
-Rd","Flagstaff","AZ","86001","(555)966-1278","$25.00"
-"","Lena","Garnett","","520 S. 8th St.","Reno","NV","89504",
-"(555)766-9121","$3.00"
-"Mrs.","Lisa","Kafmanan","Sales Support Staff Manager","1960 Lindley
-Ave.","Reseda","CA","91355","(555)860-0300","$8.00"
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.inp
deleted file mode 100644
index a25e9617e5..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.inp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-% Merge File Model Macro Definition File
-\catcode`*=11
-\catcode`"=\active
-\catcode`,=\active
-\catcode`@=\active
-\newbox\FirstUp
-\newbox\SecondUp
-\newbox\ThirdUp
-\newcount\*first \*first=0 % first token field
-\newcount\*index \*index=0 % field index
-\newcount\*lastentry \*lastentry=0 % last token filed
-\newcount\*letternumber \*letternumber=0 % letter number from start
-\newcount\LblsUp \LblsUp=1 % number of labels per line
-\newcount\LblsAcross \LblsAcross=0 % counter for labels accross
-\newdimen\LblMat \LblMat=0pt % left and right label margins
-\newdimen\LblHt \LblHt=0in % vertical label size
-\newdimen\LblWd \LblWd=0in % horozontal label size
-\newif\if*check \*checkfalse % datacheck for manual entry
-\newif\if*lbfopen \*lbfopenfalse % check for open label file
-\newtoks\*csnametoks \*csnametoks={} % tokens for field names
-\newtoks\*maillblfmt \*maillblfmt={} % label sheet format code
-\newtoks\*addrlbl \*addrlbl={} % address label tokens
-\newwrite\*labels % create label filee
-
-\gdef,{\char'54{}}%
-% Datacheck forces a print letter after each set of fields
-\def\datacheck{\global\*checktrue}%
-\def@{\ifnum\*index>0
- \global\*index=\*first % reset index
- \if*check
- \global\advance\*letternumber by1
- \immediate\write16{Letter number \the\*letternumber.
- First Data Field: (\the\toks\*first) . . .
- Last Data Field: (\the\toks\*lastentry ). }
- \fi % write to log file for data check
- \*prnletter % print current data
- \fi
-} % end of @ definition
-
-% Take user defined names to build control sequences
-\def\fieldnames#1{\par
- \global\advance\count15 by 1 % new token register
- \global\*first=\count15 % first new token register
- \parsenames#1\end}% end fieldnames markup
-
-% Separate name fields into individual entries
-\def\parsenames#1{\ifx#1\end
- \createfield
- \let\next=\relax
- \global\*lastentry=\count15
- \global\*index=\*first
- \*csnametoks={}
- \else
- \ifx#1,
- \createfield
- \global\advance\count15 by 1
- \*csnametoks={}
- \let\next=\parsenames
- \else \*csnametoks=\expandafter{\the\*csnametoks#1}
- \let\next=\parsenames
- \fi\fi
- \next}% end parsenames markup
-
-% CREATEFIELD create control sequence names from name field entries
-\def\createfield{\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\*csnametoks\endcsname
- {\noexpand\the\toks\the\count15 }}% end createfield markup
-
-% DEFINE " as name of merge command
-\def"#1"{% set quote marks as active macro and delimiter
- \ifnum\*index=0 \global\*index=\*first\fi
- \global\toks\*index={#1} % gather argument in token variable
- \ifnum\*index<\*lastentry % continue gathering process
- \gdef,{\gdef,{\char'54{}}}% % drop , in data but not in text
- \global\advance\*index by1 % index by 1
- \ignorespaces % eliminate spurious spaces
- \else % end process
- \global\*index=0
- \if*check
- \global\advance\*letternumber by1
- \immediate\write16{Letter number \the\*letternumber.
- First Data Field: (\the\toks\*first) . . .
- Last Data Field: (\the\toks\*lastentry ). }
- \fi % write to log file for data check
- \*prnletter % print current data
- \fi}% end define " as macro name
-
-% Merge letter text file merged for each data record
-\def\*prnletter{% Print the letter text with current name/address fields
- \catcode`"=12\catcode`@=3 % set " and @ to normal catcodes
- \newpage % start new page for each letter
- \setpagenumber{1} % reset page number
- \inputletter % new page then get letter text file
- \*savelabels{\*setlabel} % save address label information
- \catcode`"=\active\catcode`@=\active % reset catcodes for markup defs
- \relax}% end prnletter markup
-
-% Give filename for letter text
-\def\documentfilename#1{\gdef\inputletter{\input #1 }}%
-
-% Give maillist data filename
-\def\datafilename#1{\input #1 }%
-
-% Print no empty lines with the line break markup
-\def\noemptyspace#1#2{\edef\V{#1}\edef\W{\empty}%
- \ifx\V\W% do nothing if empty argument
- \else #1#2\fi% if not empty replace argument with the line break
-}% end no emptyspace
-\let\nes=\noemptyspace % set abbreviation
-
-
-% SAVELABELS ships information for labels to the label file
-\def\*savelabels#1{% Write Mail Label Information to TEXT1$$.LABEL
- \if*lbfopen % do nothing if file TEXT1$$.LABEL already open
- \else \immediate\openout\*labels=text1$$.label % open TEXT1$$.LABEL
- \immediate\write\*labels{\the\*maillblfmt} % write format
- \global\*lbfopentrue\fi % set open flag
- \global\advance\LblsAcross by1 % set label postion pointer
- \ifnum\LblsAcross>\LblsUp \global\LblsAcross=1 \fi
- \edef\T{% create labels
- \ifnum\LblsAcross=1 \setbox\FirstUp=\fi % left label
- \ifnum\LblsAcross=2 \setbox\SecondUp=\fi% center label
- \ifnum\LblsAcross=3 \setbox\ThirdUp=\fi % right label
- \vtop to\LblHt{\hsize=\LblWd \leftskip=\LblMat \rightskip=\LblMat
- \parindent=0pt #1\par\vfil} % make label to label size and width
- \ifnum\LblsAcross=\LblsUp % print labels
- \ifcase\LblsUp% case 0, no labels specified
- \or\setbox\SecondUp=\null \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % one label
- \or \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % two labels
- \fi% end case % three label default
- \line{\box\FirstUp\box\SecondUp\box\ThirdUp\hfil}
- \fi}% end definition of T
- \immediate\write\*labels{\T} % write information to file
-}% end save labels definition
-
-% Flushlabels prints any unprinted labels remaining in the markup
-\def\*flushlabels{% print any remaining boxed labels
- \ifcase\LblsUp % case ), no labels specified
- \or \setbox\SecondUp=\null \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % one label
- \or \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % two labels
- \fi% end case % three label default
- \immediate\write\*labels{\line{\box\FirstUp\box\SecondUp\box\ThirdUp
- \hfil}}%
-}% end flush any remaining labels
-
-% Print the label file TEXT1$$.LABEL
-\def\printlabels{\newpage % end last letter
- \*flushlabels % print any remaining labels
- \immediate\closeout\*labels % close data file
- \setpagenumber{99} % labels begin on page 99
- \input text1$$.label % input the address label data file
-}% end print mailing labels
-
-\def\addresslabelformat#1{\global\*addrlbl={#1}}%
-\*addrlbl={}
-
-\def\*setlabel{\the\*addrlbl}%
-
-% Set format for the mailing labels
-\def\maillabelformat#1{% Sets dimensions and margins of each label
- \def\labelsetup##1{\global\*maillblfmt={##1}}%
- \def\numberoflabelsperline##1{\global\LblsUp=##1}%
- \def\labelheight##1{\global\LblHt=##1}%
- \def\labelwidth##1{\global\LblWd=##1}%
- \def\labelmat##1{\global\LblMat=##1}%
- #1}% end mail label format
-\let\mlfmt=\maillabelformat % set abbreviation
-\catcode`*=12
-
-% Set defaults for the mailing labels
-% Maillabelformat sets the page and label information for mailing labels
-\maillabelformat{\labelsetup{% Sets page and margin settings
- \raggedbottom
- \parskip=0pt plus0pt minus0pt
- \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{}}}
- \pageformat{\topmargin{1in}
- \bottommargin{0pt}
- \leftmargin{0pt}
- \rightmargin{0pt}}% end page format
- }% end labelsetup
- \numberoflabelsperline{3}% three labels max
- \labelheight{1in}
- \labelwidth{2.75in}
- \labelmat{.25in}
-}% end mail label format
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.mdl
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b5c9ac534..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.mdl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-% MERGE LETTER MODEL, merges address list with letter
-\input mergetxt.inp % READ TEXT1 merge file format instructions
-%
-% Select special fonts and setting markup used
-% in the merge process here:
-%
-\selectfontset{cm18}{titlefont}{default} % special letter heading font
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in}} % no initial skip for letters
-%
-% Run TEXT1 against a file on your disk that includes
-% this model. A set of five sample letters will be printed. The
-% sample letter describes the mail merge setup. Once you have
-% run the model and read the letter, make the necessary
-% modifications to your file. Set the address field names of
-% your address file in the "\fieldnames{name, name, ...}"
-% markup with the data field names of your data base file.
-% Create the "shell letter," your letter, which includes the
-% address field names of your data file, preceded by a "\",
-% i.e., \namea, \nameb, etc. You need use only those data
-% fields necessary in the document and address label, but all
-% fields in your data base file must be given in the field
-% names markup. Specify the name of your letter file
-% "shell letter" with the "\documentfilename{fn.ft}" markup;
-% specify the address data file with the "\addressfile{...}"
-% markup; and then PRINT the file containing your letter merge
-% model to merge the address file with the shell letter and
-% print the label sheet.
-%
-% NOTE: If you create an address file by hand remove the percent sign
-% before the datacheck MARKUP. The number of the letter from the
-% beginning of the merge file data base and the first and last
-% data fields will be listed on the screen and in the log file
-% when data check is active. This will aid you in finding any
-% errors in your data file.
-%
-%\datacheck % SET DATACHECK by removing the "%" symbol
-%
-% Give all data field names in sequence of occurrence
-% (address list names)
-%
-% Format: \fieldnames{name1, name2, name3, ..., namelast}
-
-\fieldnames{title, firstname, lastname, company, address, city,
- state, zipcode, phone, amount}
-
-% Give file name for document text (letter file that includes
-% the field names for the replaceable text in the document)
-%
-% Format: \documentfilename{filename.filetype}
-
-\documentfilename{mergelet.mdl}
-
-% WARNING!
-% If you want to modify the address label format, then the
-% \addresslabelformat markup MUST come prior to the
-% \datafilename markup.
-%
-% Format: \addresslabelformat{all fields and markup to create label}
-
-\addresslabelformat{\noindent\title\ \firstname\ \lastname\lbr
- \company\lbr
- \address\lbr
- \city, \state\quad\zipcode}
-
-% Now specify where the address data file is located with
-% the \datafilename markup.
-%
-% Format: \datafilename{filename.filetype}
-
-\datafilename{mergelst.mdl}
-
-% PRINTING A MAILING LABEL SHEET
-%
-% You may use the "\maillabelformat{}" markup to change
-% the default label format markup. The default label format
-% prints three inch-high labels across the page which can be
-% copied onto a label sheet with an appropriate copy machine.
-%
-% WARNING!
-% The \maillabelformat{} markup must be placed BEFORE the
-% \printlabels markup to change the system defaults.
-%
-% Select the font setto be used in printing the labels.
-
-\tenpt % prints labels with computer modern ten point
-
-\printlabels % print address label sheet for Xerox label sheet
-
-% Labels will be printed beginning on page 99.
-%
-% WARNING!
-% If you have an empty data field occurs in the data being
-% processed within the \addresslabelformat, the field will
-% be printed as a blank space or as a blank line if the
-% field is by itself on the line.
-
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.inp
deleted file mode 100644
index b0baec1743..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.inp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-% Student Paper Layout -- Monospace
-\footnoteformat{\everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{1\bl}
- \frenchspacing\singlespace}
-}
-\bibliographyformat{\bibentryformat{\goodbreak\vs{1\bl}
- \frenchspacing\singlespace\hp\nin}
- \titleformat{\np\cl{\us\bibtitle}
- \vs{\bl}
- }
-}
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.mdl
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ebf653335..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.mdl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% Student Paper Layout
-% Last updated on = 10/16/86
-\monospace
-\doublespace
-\input paper.inp % get paper format
-% Cover Page
- \vsk{1in plus 2fil minus 1in} % space at top of page
- \centerlinesbegin % all lines centered on cover page
- \frenchspacing % no double spaces after periods on cover page
-%%%% insert title (using one or more lines) between dashed lines
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-\vs{2in} % space between title and author
-%%%% insert author(s) (using one or more lines) between dashed lines
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-\vs{2in} % space between author and course
-%%%% insert course (using one or more lines) between dashed lines
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%--------------------------------------------------------------------
-\vs{.5in} % space between course and date
-%%%% Date follows; \today = current date or type over with desired date
-\today
- \centerlinesend
- \vs{2in plus 1 fil minus 1in} %space at bottom of page
- \newpage %end of title page
- \setpagenumber{1}\titlepage %no page number on first page of text
-%%%% BEGINNING OF PAPER
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.inp
deleted file mode 100644
index 5370817b18..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.inp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-%
-\catcode`*=11
-\if*msp
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in}
- \pagewidth{8.5in} % 792pt = 11in; 612pt = 8.5in
- \topmargin{1in}
- \bottommargin{1.2in} % 58pt = .8in; 72pt = 1in
- \leftmargin{1.2in}
- \rightmargin{1in} % 86pt = 1.2in
- \bindingadjust{0pt}
-}
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{.15in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-\paragraphskip{1\bl} \paragraphindent{0pt}
-\def\name#1{\par\hfill#1\hfill\gdef\headname{#1}}
-\name{}
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{
- \lft{\headname}\ctr{{\it Curriculum Vitae}}
- \rt{\bd\pagenumber}} \vs{\bl}}
- }
-\runningfootformat{\bothpages{
- \vs{\bl}\line{\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\today}}}
- }
-% Defaults for the \label markup
-\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \labelwidth{72pt}
- \gutter{28pt}
- \everylabel{\defaultmono\bd}
- }
-%
-\else
-\pageformat{\pagelength{792pt}
- \pagewidth{612pt} % 792pt = 11in; 612pt = 8.5in
- \topmargin{68pt}
- \bottommargin{52pt} % 58pt = .8in; 72pt = 1in
- \leftmargin{72pt}
- \rightmargin{74pt} % 86pt = 1.2in
-}
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{.15in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-\paragraphskip{6pt} \paragraphindent{0pt}
-\def\name#1{\par\hfill#1\hfill\gdef\headname{#1}}
-\name{}
-\runningheadformat{\bothpages{
- \line{\lft{\headname}\ctr{\it Curriculum Vitae}
- \rt{\bd\pagenumber}} \vs{\bl}}
- }
-\runningfootformat{\bothpages{
- \vs{\bl}\line{\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\today}}}
- }
-% Defaults for the \label markup
-\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}
- \labelwidth{72pt}
- \gutter{28pt}
- \everylabel{\bd}
- }
-\fi
-%
-\catcode`*=12
-%
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.mdl
deleted file mode 100644
index ce5e0e1bcf..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.mdl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-% Functional style; titled, justified resume
-%
-%********************* ***RESUME TEXMODEL*** **************************
-%* This TEXMODEL shows a sample resume. To get a copy of this sample, *
-%* simply run this file through TeX as it is. *
-%* When entering your own resume be sure to replace or delete all *
-%* sample text. DO NOT use this model on a printer that only can *
-%* print with \monospace. *
-%************************************************************************
-% RESUME START
-\input resume.inp
-\cl{\bd RESUME}
-\par
-\name{Orville T. Game}
-\cl{\it 9987 NE Oak St., Arbor Bay, CK 58924}
-\vs{1\bl}
-\label{Objective}
-Seeking position with manufacturing firm which will provide
-oportunity for advancement into personel-related position.
-\label{Education}
-\it Doctor of Hagiology, \rm Medical subterfuge\rt{1983.}\lbr
-Beasley College of Performing Arts, Pullman, CA
-
-\label{ }Completed courses in economic manipulation,
-John\-ny Carson analysis, and unpadded scrimmage.
-Special courses in radar sabotage, misspelling, and
-stream of consciousness reporting of news.
-Completed graduate courses in anthropology, anthrometry, anthrosophy,
-anthromorphism, and camp counselling.
-Committee: Michael Farnberger, Casper Weinberger, Bill Cheeseburger,
-and Warren Burgher.
-GPA: 1.75. 40\%\ financed by drug sales; 60\%\ by gambling.
-
-\label{}\it Master of Arts, \rm Philosophy\rt{1983.}\lbr
-University of Idaho, Moscow, ID
-
-\label{}Completed courses in philosophy, filo-making, fillerupedness,
-filling station technology, and filler.
-Completed graduate courses in philosophy, philology,
-philo\-lo\-gram\-matry, phylogeny, filliness, and phil\-i\-stines.
-Special Committee: Phil Marquette, Phillip Petroleum, Philo Bellows,
-and Phyllus Diller.
-GPA: 0.63. 50\%\ financed by bribes, 50\%\ by unpaid loans.
-\label{Related Experience}
-\it Consultant, \rm Computing Service Center\rt{1985-}\lbr
-Washington State University, Pullman, WA 99164-1220
-\par
-\label{}Direct acquisition of antique typesetting machinery and old
-metal sculptings for garden area.
-In charge of coffee for management.
-Qualified to exterminate bugs in really awkward and tiresome
-programs.
-Training to collect and recycle aluminum cans for distribution
-to East coast distilleries.
-\label{Other Experience}
-\it Research Associate-Biowarfare, \rm Mars Institute\rt{1984-}\lbr
-P.O. Box 9, Pullman, WA 99163
-\par
-\label{}Participate in studies on neutralizing liberal demo\-crats with
-nuclear warheads (low radiation, high neutron count).
-Analyze patterns of ideological disarray for potential weakness.
-Write articles on normative aspects of unethical behavior.
-Keep memoirs of same for distribution to publishers.
-\label{Awards}
- Special award for boot-licking, 1982.
-Outstanding Stand Out, 1983.
-\label{Activities}
- Drama Club, 1980--82; Alpha Kappa Kappa Fraternity
-\label{References} On request.
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.inp
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dfd40e5c0..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.inp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-% WSU graduate school thesis requirements.
-\paragraphindent{36pt}
-\paragraphskip{12pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
-\raggedbottom
-%
-%
-\catcode`*=11
-\if*msp
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in}
- \pagewidth{8.5in}
- \topmargin{1.2in}
- \bottommargin{1.2in}
- \leftmargin{1.2in}
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0in}
-}
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1.25in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-% Default values for the \chapter markup
-\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\bd Chapter \chapternumber}
- \centerline{\bd\chaptertitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end chapter format
-% Default values for the \subheada markup
-\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadaformat markup
-% Default values for the \subheadb markup
-\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadbformat markup
-% Default values for the \preface markup
-\prefaceformat{%
- \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject
- \centerline{\bd\prefacetitle}
- \vs{1\bl}
- \setsubheadanumber{0}
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}
-\paragraphskip{12pt}
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyasis{\rm\ssp\leftindent{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-%
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyblockquote{\rm\ssp\pin{.3in}\psk{12pt}
- \leftindent{36pt} \rightindent{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-%
-\else
-\pageformat{\pagelength{11in}
- \pagewidth{8.5in}
- \topmargin{1.2in}
- \bottommargin{1in}
- \leftmargin{1.3in}
- \rightmargin{1in}
- \bindingadjust{0in}
-}
-\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1.25in}
- \titlefootline{}
-}
-% Default values for the \subheada markup
-\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak
- \setsubheadbnumber{0}
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadaformat markup
-% Default values for the \subheadb markup
-\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1}
- \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl}
- \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak
- \setsubheadcnumber{0}
- \setsubheaddnumber{0}
- }% end titleformat
- \incontents{yes}
-}% end subheadbformat markup
-\asisformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyasis{\tenpt\ssp\leftindent{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-%
-\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt}
- \everyblockquote{\rm\ssp\pin{24pt}\psk{6pt}
- \leftindent{36pt} \rightindent{36pt}}
- \skipafter{0pt}}
-%
-\footnoteformat{\footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in
- \skipafterdivider{2.6pt}
- \textreferenceposition{up}
- \textreferenceplacement{after}
- \textreferencefont{\tenpt}
- \textreferencestyle{1}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\tenpt}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em}
- \everyfootnote{\tenpt\ssp\pin{12pt}\psk{6pt}\lin{6pt}}
-}
-%
-\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt}
- \textreferenceposition{down}
- \textreferencefont{\rm}
- \textreferencestyle{[1]}
- \notereferenceposition{down}
- \notereferencefont{\rm}
- \notereferencestyle{1.}
- \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font
- \everyendnote{\rm\pin{12pt}\psk{6pt}\lin{0pt}}
-}
-\fi
-%
-\def\copyrt{\if*msp{}\else
- {{$\copyright$}}\fi}
-%
-\newcount\P
-\def\signatures#1#2{\par\vs{54pt}\P=#1
- \ifnum\P>50 \P=50
- \message{Number of signature lines will be limited to 50}\fi
- \advance\P by-1
- \hbox{\hs{3in}\vrule width3in height.4pt}
- \hbox{\hs{3in}\hbox to 3in{\hfill #2 \hfill}}
- \vs{36pt}
- \loop\ifnum\P>0
- \hbox{\hs{3in}\vrule width 3in height.4pt}
- \vs{48pt}
- \advance\P by-1\repeat
- }%
-%
-\tableofcontentsformat{%
- \toctitle{\ssp\centerline{\bd Table of Contents}
- \vs{\bl}}}
-\catcode`*=12
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.mdl
deleted file mode 100644
index bbfde6b140..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.mdl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-% WSU Graduate School Thesis Requirements
-% Last updated on = 6/15/87
-%********************* ***THESIS TEXMODEL*** **************************
-%* This TEXMODEL shows some sections of a sample thesis. For a printout *
-%* of a sample thesis, simply run this file through TeX as it is. *
-%* When entering your own thesis, be sure to replace or delete all *
-%* sample text. If you are printing your thesis on a monospaced printer,*
-%* the \monospace command must be activated by removing the percent *
-%* sign preceding it. *
-%************************************************************************
-% THESIS START
-
-% ***TITLE PAGE***
-
-%\monospace
-\input thesis.inp
-\justify \singlespace
-\setpagenumber{-1}
-\centerlinesbegin
-\bd
-A PHENOMENOLOGICAL THEORY OF
-\vs{12pt}
-CROSS-CULTURAL AESTHETICS
-\vs{1.25in}
-\rm
-By
-\vs{12pt}
-GEORG MACQUET
-\vs{1.25in}
-A thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of
-the requirements for the degree of
-\vs{12pt}
-MASTER OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY
-\vs{24pt}
-WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY
-Department of Anthropology
-\vs{12pt}
-December 1986
-\vs{.8in}
-\copyrt Copyright by GEORG MACQUET, 1986
-All Rights Reserved
-\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 19 IS DELETED
-% ***COPYRIGHT PAGE***
-\np
-\titlepage
-\vsk{7in}
-\centerlinesbegin
-\copyrt Copyright by GEORG MACQUET, 1986
-All Rights Reserved
-\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 47 IS DELETED
-% ***SIGNATURE PAGE***
-\newpage
-\setpagenumber{-2}
-\rightragged
-\vsk{2.8in}
-\doublespace
-\nin To the Faculty of Washington State University:
-\par
-The members of the Committee appointed to examine the thesis of
-GEORG MACQUET find it satisfactory and recommend that it be
-accepted.
-%
-%******************************************************************
-%* The \signatures command draws the number of lines specified *
-%* in the first parameter for the committee members' signatures. *
-%* The first parameter may be any number, but if it is larger *
-%* than 5, spacing must be changed to make it fit on one page. *
-%* The second parameter of the \signatures command will be *
-%* centered as a title under the first line. *
-%******************************************************************
-%
-\singlespace
-\signatures{4}{Chairperson}
-\doublespace
-% ***ACKNOWLEDGE***
-\newpage
-\justify
-\preface{Acknowledgements}
-I would like to thank Clarke Moustakos and Helen Burdeman
-for their help in advising me to study Anthropology at ...
-% ***ABSTRACT PAGE***
-\newpage
-\vsk{.6in}
-\centerlinesbegin
-\bd
-A PHENOMENOLOGICAL THEORY OF
-\bd
-CROSS-CULTURAL AESTHETICS
-\rm
-ABSTRACT
-\putincontents1{\nin Abstract\leader\pagenumber}
-\vs{12pt}
-\singlespace
-by Georg Macquet, M.A.
-Washington State University
-December 1986
-\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 84 IS DELETED
-\doublespace
-\noindent Chairperson: V.~L.~Nabokov
-\par
-Aesthetic phenomena can be defined from an anthropological perspective.
-Anthropology is empirical; therefore, aesthetic phenomena must also be
-defined empirically to be identified by the techniques of...
-\par
-%********************** MAIN TEXT OF THESIS *************************
-%* This ends the preliminary pages of the thesis and begins the main *
-%* text. The remaining sections of the thesis may be entered using any *
-%* or all standard TeXT1 markup commands, including \autofootnote, *
-%* \bibliography, \autoendnote, \subheada, etc. For more information *
-%* on the standard TeXT1 markup commands see the "TeXT1 Users Guide *
-%* (S-522)," or the "TeXT1 Reference Manual (S-523)." *
-%************************************************************************
-\chapter{Introduction}
-\setpagenumber{1}
-The original perspective of anthropology can contribute to a comprehension of
-art. Observational criteria are needed to identify aesthetic phenomena
-uniquely, and anthropology \el3
-\sha{Art as Product}
-In the past, the arts have been studied primarily as products in anthropology.
-But the product must be created by human beings who behave in certain ways. In
-Merriam's words:
-
-\bqb Through the humanistic elements of his culture, man seems to be making
-pointed commentary on how he lives; his social life in itself seems to bring
-about conditions under which he is unable to restrain himself from commenting
-upon himself\el3
-\bqe
-
-\sha{Styles of Representation}
-Representations are images that refer to the visual appearance of a thing.
-Gombrich's theory\afn{wherin a representation is not a symbol} is not
-appropriate in this context. Indeed, A.P. Meriam (1971)\aen{This is the only
-edition with the full analysis of semantic theories applied to oriental
-cultures.} states that\el3
-\newpage
-\cl{\bd Notes}
-\printendnotes
-\toc{-5}
-\bye
diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/readme.tex b/macros/text1/pc/readme.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 53922654ce..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/pc/readme.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-The files in this directory are specifically for PCs. In the [.fonts] directory
-are the fonts not included with standard TeX but which are used in TEXT1. Down
-load these PK files in binary.
-
- cd [anonymous.text1.pc.fonts]
- bin
- mget *.pk
-
-You will also need to get the TFM files in the [anonymous.text1.fonts]
-directory to go with these PK files.
-
- cd [anonymous.text1.fonts]
- bin
- mget *.tfm
-
-In addition to the fonts, you will need to get the TEX files in the
-[anonymous.text1.macros] directory.
-
- cd [anonymous.text1.macros]
- mget *.tex
-
-These should be placed in the TeX input path on your PC.
-And then modify the TXT1*.TEX file so that near the top of the file it says
-"true" that this is for a PC.
-
-Next get the font sets
-
- cd [anonymous.text1.pc.misc]
- mget *.*
-
-they go in your TeX input path on the PC.
-
-Finally, you may optionally retrieve the models and blocks for a PC:
-
- cd [anonymous.text1.pc.models]
- mget *.*
- cd [anonymous.text1.pc.blocks]
- mget *.*
diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/plsort.pliopt b/macros/text1/texix/plsort.pliopt
deleted file mode 100644
index b644a4206c..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/texix/plsort.pliopt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
- PLSORT: PROC(TEMP) OPTIONS(FORTRAN);
- DCL TEMP FIXED BIN(31,0);
- CALL PLISRTA(
- ' SORT FIELDS=(38,256,CH,A,293,44,CH,A,342,256,CH,A,'||
- '597,44,CH,A,646,256,CH,A,901,44,CH,A,10,4,BI,D,6,4,BI,A)',
- ' RECORD TYPE=V,LENGTH=(1857) ',
- 95000,TEMP);
- RETURN;
- END;
diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmschan b/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmschan
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c767000c6..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmschan
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-% Version 1.0; Dean Guenther; 4/1/86
-% Version 1.1; Dean Guenther; 12/87
-% Version 1.2; Dean Guenther; 6/28/88
diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmsinfo b/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmsinfo
deleted file mode 100644
index 72b6ab4e65..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmsinfo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-TEXIX.WEB is the TEXT1 sorted index program. The TXT1V293.CMSCHAN can be used
-to create a TXT1V293 MODULE on CMS which has the sorted index program imbedded
-into TEX itself as an extended primative. PLSORT must be compiled to get a CMS
-TEXT files, and TEXIX WEB must be compiled with TEXIX CMSCHAN to get its TEXT
-file before compiling and linking TXT1V293 with TEX (version 2.93).
diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/texix.readme b/macros/text1/texix/texix.readme
deleted file mode 100644
index e2f9e3a8ec..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/texix/texix.readme
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-TEXIX is a program which is used in conjunction with TEXT1 macros to create a
-sorted index for TeX. In the text1.texix directory is the TEXIX source, along
-with a changes file for CMS. If you are using VMS, look in the text1.vax_vms
-directory for the VMS version. There is a Mac version in text1.macintosh.
diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/texix.web b/macros/text1/texix/texix.web
deleted file mode 100644
index bbf577633e..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/texix/texix.web
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1577 +0,0 @@
-% Version 1.3 makes it easier to create other changes files (6/89)
-\font\twelvept=cmbx12
-\font\tentex=cmr10
-\def\topofcontents{\null\vfill\eject
- \def\titlepage{T}
- \centerline{{\twelvept The \TeX IX Index Program}}
- \centerline{{\twelvept For IBM VM/CMS Pascal/VS}}
- \vskip15pt
- \centerline{Version 1.3, June 1989}
- \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This work is
- protected as an unpublished work under U.S. copyright laws.
- Copyright $\copyright$ 1988 by WSUCSC. All rights Reserved.}}
- \vskip18pt
- \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This software is furnished under a
- license for
- use only on a single computer system and may be copied only
- with the inclusion of the above copyright notice.
- This software, or any other copies
- thereof, may not be provided or otherwise made available to any
- other person except for use on such system and to one who agrees to
- these license terms. Title to and ownership of the software shall
- at all times remain in WSUCSC.}}
- \vfill}
-\let\tentex=\tt
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em}}%
-%
-\def\}{\ifmmode \rbrace
- \else $\rbrace$\fi}%
-%
-\def\{{\ifmmode \lbrace
- \else $\lbrace$\fi}%
-%
-\def\us#1{$\underline{\smash{\hbox{#1}}}$}%
-\def\lin#1{\par
- \leftskip 0pt
- \advance \leftskip by #1
- }%
-\def\vs#1{\vskip #1\relax}
-\catcode`*=11
-% labeled definition macro
-%
-\newdimen\la*w \la*w=1in % Label width
-\newtoks\la*g \la*g={1em} % Label gutter
-\newtoks\la*s \la*s={12pt} % Skip before label
-\newtoks\la*f \la*f={\rm} % Label font
-\newbox\tempbox
-%
-\long\def\label#1{\par\vskip\the\la*s
- \setbox\tempbox=\vtop{\hsize=\la*w
- \leftskip=0pt
- \rightskip=0pt plus2em
- \tolerance=1600
- \noindent
- \the\la*f
- #1}%
- \hangindent=\la*w
- \advance \hangindent by \the\la*g
- \hangafter=1
- \noindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\rlap{\box\tempbox}}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt\box0%
- \hskip\la*w
- \hskip\the\la*g
- \ignorespaces}
-\let\la=\label
-\catcode`*=12
-\let\nin=\noindent
-\def\lbr{\null\hfil\break}
-\def\PASCAL{{\sc PASCAL/VS}}
-\def\hs#1{\hskip#1}
-\def\text#1{{\it \TeX T#1}}
-\def\9{\it}
-\def\bs{$\backslash$}
-% Version 1.0; Dean Guenther; 4/1/86
-%
-@* Introduction.
-This procedure was created to give \text1\ the ability to produce a sorted
-index in the same one pass, instead of creating the index, sorting it, and
-printing the index out in three separate steps.
-
-To accomplish this feat, a new control sequence, \bs{}sortindex, was added to
-the basic \TeX\ program which gives the \text1\ user up to three sorted
-index files per run. The format of this new control sequence is
-\par{\tt\indent\bs{}sortindex\it n}
-\par
-\nin where {\it n} is the index file number: 1, 2, or 3.
-
-@ The @^TEXIX@>
-program is written entirely in WEB, except for an external
-procedure, {\it plsort}, which is written in @^PL/1@> PL/1.
-This was necessary since
-\PASCAL\ cannot call
-@:plsort@>
-Syncsort @^SYNCSORT@>
-to do an internal sort, and PL/1 can.
-
-@
-Also, it should be pointed out early that I made use of \PASCAL'
-nifty string handling capability, in particular, the |string|,
-|index| and |substr| functions. If needed, these should not be too
-difficult to translate into another \PASCAL\
-compiler (famous last words).
-
-@p
-segment texix;
-procedure texix(ix:char); external;
-procedure texix;
-const @<Global Constants@>
-type @<Global Types@>
-var @! m,k,i,j :integer;@/
-@<Global Variables@>
-
-@ The file {\it ix\_file}
-is the file opened for output in the \text1\ session
-itself. It will be closed in TEXIX, opened for input, closed again, and
-finally opened for output where the final sorted index file will be
-written to, complete with all \text1\ markup necessary for printing
-the index.
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-sysprint:text;
-@!ix_file :text;
-
-@ The {\it sort\_file} is used for the internal sort only. The \text1\ user
-never has access to it.
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-@!sort_file :file of sort_type;
-
-@* Macros and definitions.
-Here are some macros and definitions used throughout.
-
-@d incr(#) == # := # + 1
-@d decr(#) == # := # - 1
-
-@d othercases == otherwise
-@d endcases == end;
-
-@d dosubstr == substr
-@d doindex == index
-
-@f othercases == else
-@f endcases == end
-
-@d getout == return
-@d messages == sysprint
-
-@d max_field = 300
-@d max_levels = 3
-@d max_lrecl = 2048
-
-@d remove_characters(#) == if length(in_record) > # then
-in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #)
-else in_record := ''
-
-@d do_nothing == begin end
-
-@d do_sort_as == begin remove_characters(6);
-i := doindex(in_record,'{$}');
-write_sort_chars(i-1);
-remove_characters(3);
-end
-
-@d check_case == begin
-if not respect_case then for j:= 1 to
-sort_part[i].field_lngth do sort_part[i].field_level[j] :=
-upper_case(sort_part[i].field_level[j]); end
-
-@d string_type(#) == string(#)
-
-@d ccat_temp == @t\hs{2em}@>@=||@>@t\hs{2em}@>
-
-
-@d add_comma(#) == # := ccat(#,',')
-@d add_cmma_blnk(#) == # := ccat(#,', ')
-
-@d do_when_bold == begin
-if length(bold_string) > 0 then add_comma(bold_string);
-bold_string:=
-ccat(ccat(ccat(bold_string,'{\bd '),curr_str_page),'}');
-@.\bs{}bd@>
-end
-
-@d do_when_underscore == begin
-if length(us_string) > 0 then add_comma(us_string);
-us_string:=
-ccat(ccat(ccat(us_string,'\us{'),curr_str_page),'}');
-@.\bs{}us@>
-end
-
-@d do_when_italic == begin
-if length(rm_string) > 0 then add_comma(rm_string);
-rm_string:=
-ccat(ccat(ccat(rm_string,'{\it '),curr_str_page),'}');
-@.\bs{}it@>
-end
-
-@d do_when_roman == begin
-if length(rm_string) > 0 then add_comma(rm_string);
-rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,curr_str_page);
-end
-
-@d do_write(#)==write(#)
-
-@d do_lnwrite(#)==writeln(#)
-
-@ This is arbitrary, but
-there should never be more than 8 indicies.
-
-@d s_file_number == '9'
-
-@ This is used to print the subentry1 header if there are no page
-numbers under its subentry and there are under subentry2.
-
-@d id2_missing_check==
-curr_level:=2;
-if sort_record.sort_part[3].field_lngth=0
-then do_nothing else begin
-id2_is_missing:=true;
-write_header(sort_record.print[2].field_lngth,
-sort_record.print[2].field_level);
-id2_is_missing:=false;
-curr_level:=3;end
-
-@ This is used to print the primary header if there are no page
-numbers under the primary header, and there are page numbers under
-either subentry1 or subentry2.
-
-@d id1_missing_check==if sort_record.sort_part[2].field_lngth = 0
-then begin curr_level:=1;
-if sort_record.sort_part[3].field_lngth = 0
-then do_nothing else begin
-id1_is_missing:=true;
-write_header(sort_record.print[1].field_lngth,
-sort_record.print[1].field_level);
-id1_is_missing:=false;
-curr_level:=3;end;end
-else begin curr_level:=1;
-id1_is_missing:=true;
-write_header(sort_record.print[1].field_lngth,
-sort_record.print[1].field_level);
-id1_is_missing:=false;
-id2_missing_check;
-end
-
-@ This is a little macro used to access {\it write\_header}.
-
-@d write_prev_header==
-begin case curr_level of
-1: write_header(prev_ln1,prev_pn1);
-2: write_header(prev_ln2,prev_pn2);
-3: write_header(prev_ln3,prev_pn3);
-othercases do_nothing
-endcases
-end;
-
-@ The function ccat will concatenate two strings together.
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p function ccat(x,y:string_pass):string_pass;
-begin
- ccat := x ccat_temp y;
-end;
-
-@* Opening and Closing the files.
-This is all very dependent on \PASCAL.
-
-@ The {\it reset\_file} procedure is used to open all files.
-One time this is done when first entering TEXIX.
-Note that the file name is ``{\tt IX\it n}'' where ``{\it n}'' is
-1--3. This can easily be extended to 4--8 by chaning the \bs{}index
-markup in TEXT1@@.
-The other time the open is done is when opening the sort file, after it
-has already been sorted.
-This is system dependent. The following will work for \PASCAL.
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char);
-begin
-if file_number = '9' then reset(sort_file,
-'NAME=TEXT1$$.OUTSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V')
-else reset(ix_file,
-ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),'.A'));
-end;
-
-@
-The {\it sort\_file} is opened for output to write the sort records to.
-The {\it ix\_file} is opened for output after the sort records have
-been sorted and processed again.
-This is system dependent. The following will work for \PASCAL.
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p procedure file_rewrite(file_number:char);
-begin
-if file_number = '9'
-then
-rewrite(sort_file,'NAME=TEXT1$$.INSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V')
-else
-rewrite(ix_file,
-ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),
-'.A,LRECL=2048,RECFM=V'));
-end;
-
-@* The Sort Record Description. The record type called
-{\it sort\_type} is the record written to the {\it sort\_file}.
-If consists of the following:
-\la{\bf Bytes}
-\la{1}
-A one byte {\it record\_type} (0={\bf bold page number};
-2= roman page number (the default); 4=\us{underscored} \us{page}
-\us{number};
-6={\it italic page number}; 9=blind entry).
-\la{2--5}
-The integer page number. If the page
-number is in the preface part of the document, then the page number will
-be negative.
-\la{6--9}
-Used in sorting decending. That means that -1 will be at the top.
-If the page number is plus to begin with, then this is set to zero
-for sorting, so it will be at the bottom of the list.
-\la{10-29} This is the same as page number, unless the page number is
-negative, in which case this field is a roman numeral.
-\la{30--33\lbr34--333\lbr334--337\lbr338--637\lbr638--641\lbr642--941}
-The sort field. There are three arrays in this field. Each array
-consists of a 4 byte length, followed by the {\it field\_array} which is
-the length of the sort entry or subentry.
-It is these fields which will get sorted by @^Syncsort@> Syncsort.
-If there was a {\it sort\_as}
-used for a sort entry or subentry, that value passed in the {\it sort\_as}
-is placed here.
-\vs{24pt}
-\la{942--945\lbr946--1245\lbr1246--1249\lbr
-1250--1549\lbr1550--1553\lbr1554--1853}
-The print field.
-The description is the same as the sort field.
-This is the way the index entry will print, but not necessarily how
-it will sort.
-\vs{96pt}
-
-@ @<Global Constants@>=
-@!max_pn_alpha=20;
-@!max_pnum=9;
-
-@ @<Global Types@>=
-@!string_pass=string_type(max_lrecl);
-@!pass_pn_alpha=string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-@!pn_type=packed array[1..max_pnum] of char;
-@!pn_alpha_type=packed array[1..max_pn_alpha] of char;
-@!field_array = packed array[1..max_field] of char;
-@!field_type = packed record@|
-@!field_lngth :integer;
-@!field_level :field_array;
-end;
-@!sort_type = packed record@/
-@!record_type :char;
-@!page_number :integer;
-@!abs_page_number :integer;
-@!page_string :pn_alpha_type;
-@!sort_part :packed array[1..3] of field_type;
-@!print :packed array[1..3] of field_type;
-end;
-
-@* Subroutines. For many of the following subroutines, the following
-global variable, {\it current\_level} is needed to indicate what
-index level we are presently processing.
-0 = the primary index; 1 = subentry 1, and
-2 = subentry 2.
-{\it on\_a\_roll} is `true' if we have a series of consecutive page
-numbers going. `false' otherwise.
-In other places, {\it print\_style}=1 for the paragraph style; it is
-2 for the dash style; and it is 3 for the indent style.
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-@!curr_level :integer;
-@!on_a_roll:boolean;
-
-@ The {\it write\_header} procedure will write out the primary and
-subentry level titles from {\it sort\_record.print}.
-
-@p procedure write_header(print_length:integer;print_field:field_array);
-var i:integer;
-begin
-case curr_level of
-1: begin
- do_write(ix_file,'\goodbreak\hp ');
-@.\bs{}leavevmode@>
-@.\bs{}goodbreak@>
-@.\bs{}hp@>
- for i:=1 to print_length do do_write(ix_file,print_field[i]);
- case print_style of
- '1':begin
- do_write(ix_file,', ');
- end;
- '2','3':begin
- if id1_is_missing or dot_leadering
- then do_lnwrite(ix_file,' ')
- else do_lnwrite(ix_file,', ');
- end;
- othercases do_nothing
- endcases; end;
-2: begin case print_style of
- '1':do_nothing;
- '2':begin
- do_write(ix_file,'\indentsubentry',ix,'1---');
-@.\bs{}indentsubentry@>
- end;
- '3':begin
- do_write(ix_file,'\indentsubentry',ix,'1');
- end;
- othercases do_nothing
- endcases;
- for i:=1 to print_length do do_write(ix_file,print_field[i]);
- if (print_style <> '1') or id2_is_missing or dot_leadering
- then do_lnwrite(ix_file,' ')
- else do_lnwrite(ix_file,', ');
- end;
-3: begin case print_style of
- '1':do_nothing;
- '2':begin
- do_write(ix_file,'\indentsubentry',ix,'2---');
- end;
- '3':begin
- do_write(ix_file,'\indentsubentry',ix,'2');
- end;
- othercases do_nothing
- endcases;
- for i:=1 to print_length do do_write(ix_file,print_field[i]);
- if dot_leadering
- then do_lnwrite(ix_file,' ')
- else do_lnwrite(ix_file,', ');
- end;
-othercases do_nothing
-endcases
-end;
-
-@ The {\it numeric} function will take a packed array of length
-max\_pnum and convert
-that array (which is really the page number) into an integer.
-
-@p function numeric(simple_array:pn_type):integer;
-var @!i,j_mult,pn:integer;
-begin pn := 0;
-i := max_pnum;j_mult:=1;
-repeat
-if i = 1 then if simple_array[1] = '-'
-then pn := -1 * pn
-else pn := pn + ((ord(simple_array[1])-ord('0')) * j_mult)
-else pn := pn + ((ord(simple_array[i])-ord('0')) * j_mult);
-j_mult := j_mult * 10;
-decr(i);
-until i < 1;
-numeric:=pn;
-end;
-
-@ The {\it get\_numeric}
-function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert
-that array (which is really the page number) into an integer.
-
-@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_type(max_pn_alpha)):integer;
-var @!i:integer;
-begin
-readstr(x_string,i);
-get_numeric:=i;
-end;
-
-@ The {\it strvalue} function takes an integer and converts it into
-a string.
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p procedure strvalue(x:integer; var results:pass_pn_alpha);
-var
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
-writestr(temp,x);
-results:=ltrim(temp);
-end;
-
-@ The {\it strconv} function takes an array and converts it into
-a string.
-
-@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-var i:integer;
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
-temp:='';i := 1;
-with sort_record do begin
-repeat
-if x[i] <> ' ' then
-temp := ccat(temp,str(x[i]));
-incr(i);
-until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' ');
-end;
-strconv:=temp;
-end;
-
-@ The procedure {\it write\_print\_chars} will write the number of
-characters indicated
-in the parm field to the appropriate print field. There are three levels of
-print fields. Level 0 is the primary index, level 1 is the subentry 1 index,
-and level 2 is the subentry 2 index. After writing the number of characters
-to the print field, that number of characters is removed from the input record.
-You might notice that this procedure is very similar to the
-write\_sort\_chars
-procedure. The only difference in the two is that this procedure deals
-with how the index is
-to be printed after sorting. The former deals with how the
-index is to be sorted.
-Also, this procedure is called by {\it write\_sort\_chars}.
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p procedure write_print_chars(number_of_characters:integer);
-var m:integer;
-begin with sort_record.print[curr_level+1] do
-for m := 1 to number_of_characters do begin
-incr(field_lngth);
-field_level[field_lngth] := in_record[m];
-end;
-remove_characters(number_of_characters);
-end;
-
-@ The procedure {\it write\_sort\_chars}
-will write the number of characters indicated
-in the parm field to the appropriate sort field. There are three levels of
-sort fields. Level 0 is the primary index, level 1 is the subentry 1 index,
-and level 2 is the subentry 2 index. After writing the characters to
-the sort fields, they will be removed from the input string.
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p procedure write_sort_chars(number_of_characters:integer);
-var m:integer;
-begin with sort_record.sort_part[curr_level+1] do
-for m := 1 to number_of_characters do begin
-incr(field_lngth);
-field_level[field_lngth] := in_record[m];
-end;
-remove_characters(number_of_characters);
-end;
-
-@
-This procedure processes subentries within the \bs{}index command. For example,
-the phrase ``Mt. St. Helens'' would be processed here for the entry created
-by the markup:
-\vs{12pt}
-{\lin{.5in}
-{\tt\bs{}index\{volcanos\bs{}subentry1\{Mt. St. Helens\}\}}\par}
-\vs{12pt}
-\nin Note
-that there are two levels of subentries, \bs{}subentry1 and \bs{}subentry2.
-You can
-use \bs{}sortas within a \bs{}subentry. But you cannot use \bs{}subentry2 within
-\bs{}subentry1 and vise versa. If you think it should be permitted, don't.
-Also, \bs{}blindentry is not permitted within \bs{}subentry.
-(I can't be flexible {\bf everywhere}.)
-
-@ First save the current level, then set the current level to the
-subentry level. Process until the subentry is completely digested.
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p procedure process_subentry(@!entry_level:integer);
-var temp_level :integer;
-digest :boolean;
-begin remove_characters(1);{Throw away the `1' or `2'}@/
-temp_level := curr_level;
-curr_level := entry_level;
-digest := true;
-repeat
-@<Digest Subentry@>
-until not digest;
-curr_level := temp_level;
-end;
-
-@ If the next character is a dollar sign, then we {\bf might} have a \bs{}sortas
-If the next character is a left curly brace, then check to see if we've
-reached the end of this subentry. If the character is not `\$' or `\{',
-then write the character to the print file.
-
-@<Digest Subentry@>=
-if in_record[1] = '$'
-then @<Check for Sortas@>
-else if in_record[1] = '{'
-then @<Check for Subentry End@>
-else write_print_chars(1);
-
-@ If the next two characters are `\$\}' then we are are the end of
-the subentry.
-
-@<Check for Subentry End@>=
-begin
-if (in_record[2] = '$') and (in_record[3] = '}')
-then begin
-digest := false;
-remove_characters(3);
-end
-else write_print_chars(1);
-end
-
-@ If the next three are `\{\$\}' then we {\it might} have a sortas.
-and check the next two
-characters to see if they
-are `{\tt sa}'. If so, we {\bf do} have a sortas.
-Otherwise write those 6 characters out. In any case, if we don't have
-a `\{\$\}' to begin with, then write the first character out
-(which was a
-`\$' if you remember from earlier.)
-
-@<Check for Sortas@>=
-if (in_record[2] = '{') and
-(in_record[3] = '$') and (in_record[4] = '}')
-then begin
-if (in_record[5] = 's') and (in_record[6] = 'a')
-then do_sort_as
-else write_print_chars(6);
-end
-else write_print_chars(1)
-
-@
-The {\it equal\_arrays}
-function returns a true if the two arrays being passed are
-identical. False if not.
-
-@p function equal_arrays(fieldy:field_array;fieldz:field_array):boolean;
-var i :integer;
-still_checking :boolean;
-begin i := 1;
-still_checking := true;
-repeat
-if fieldy[i] <> fieldz[i] {if arrays not equal}
-then still_checking := false
-else incr(i);
-until (i>max_field) or not still_checking;
-equal_arrays := still_checking;
-end;
-
-@ The {\it plsort} procedure is written in PL/1 to call the CMS sort program
-Syncsort. This was necessary since you cannot call Syncsort from PASCAL/VS.
-The fields to be sorted are defined internally in the {\it plsort}
-program. This should be the same as the three sort fields in {\it sort\_type}.
-@:sort_type@>
-@:plsort@> @^PL/1@>
-@^Syncsort@>
-
-@p procedure plsort(var sort_rc:integer); fortran;
-
-@ This function converts to all uppercase.
-Notice that this is an EBCIDIC conversion, not an ASCII conversion
-to uppercase.
-
-@p function upper_case(x:char):char;
-var temp:char;
-begin
- if (ord(x)>=129)and(ord(x)<=169) then
- temp:=chr(ord(x)+64)
- else temp:=x;
-upper_case:=temp;
-end;
-
-
-@* Read Each Index Entry.
-Each line in the {\it ix\_file} is a separate index entry generated with the
-\bs{\it index markup}. This markup has the format
-\par{\tt\bs{}index\it n\tt\{\it entry\rm/\it markup\tt\}}
-\par
-\nin where ``{\it entry}''
-is the textual material of the primary index. The
-``{\it markup}'' may be one of the following submarkup
-which may {\bf only}
-appear within the \bs{\it index markup}. Never outside of it.
-\item{1.} {\tt\bs{}subentry{\it n\/}}: where {\it n} is ``1'' or ``2'',
-denoting the subentry level.
-You would use this submarkup in the following fashion:
-\par{\lin{+.5in}\tt\bs{}index1\{\rm entry
-\bs\rm subentry1\tt\{\it submarkup\tt\}\}\par}
-\indent where {\it submarkup} here can only be \bs{\it sortas}.
-\item{2.}{\tt\bs{}sortas}: This markup is used to indicate text for either the
-primary sort level, or one of the two subentry sort levels that is to be
-sorted, but not printed in the resulting index. For example, someone may
-want ``10 Downing Street''
-to sort as ``ten Downing Street''. This would be accomplished by entering
-``{\tt\bs{}index1\{10 Downing Street\bs{}sortas\{ten Downing Street\}\}}''.
-You can also use \bs{\it sortas} within the \bs{\it subentry} submarkup.
-\item{3.}
-{\tt\bs{}itpn}: This markup indicates this index number
-is to be printed in italics in the sorted index.
-To use it, enter:
-\par{\lin{+.5in}\tt\bs{}index1\{\rm entry \tt
-\bs{}itpn\}\par}
-\item{4.} {\tt\bs{}bdpn}: This markup indicates this
-index number is to be
-printed in bold in the sorted index.
-To use it, enter:
-\par{\lin{+.5in}\tt\bs{}index1\{\rm entry \tt
-\bs{}bdpn\}\par}
-\item{5.} {\tt\bs{}uspn}: This markup indicates
-this index number is to
-be underscored in the sorted index.
-To use it, enter:
-\par{\lin{+.5in}\tt\bs{}index1\{\rm entry \tt
-\bs{}uspn\}\par}
-\item{6.} {\tt\bs{}blindentry}: This markup indicates this index is to be
-a blind entry or ``cross reference''. It may appear inside of a
-standard entry or subentry. There is no page number associated with
-this submarkup.
-\par
-
-@ @<Global Var...@>=
-@!respect_case :boolean;
-@!dot_leadering :boolean;
-@!print_style:char;
-@!sort_record :sort_type;
-@!in_record :string_type(max_lrecl);
-@!temp_strvalue:pass_pn_alpha;
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@ This procedure will read the {\it ix\_file} in until all index requests
-have been read.
-
-@p procedure read_all_entries;
-var @!i,j,k:integer;
-begin
-@<Get Default Index Values@>
-while not eof(ix_file) do begin
-@<Initialize Sort Records@>@/
-@<Read Next Record@>@/
-@<Move Sort Type to Sort Record@>@/
-@<Move Page Number to Sort Record@>@/
-@<Digest the Input Record@>@/
-@<Fill in Sort Fields@>@/
-@<Write Sort Record@>@/
-end;end;
-
-@ The first index default variable passed is ``case=". A ``yes" value will
-respect the case in an index sort field. ``no" (the default) will convert
-everything to uppercase before sorting.
-
-The second index default ``style=" will be one of ``1", ``2'', or ``3''
-depending on whether the style is ``paragraph'', ``dash'', or ``indented''
-(which is the default).
-
-The third default read in here is the ``leadering=". A ``yes'' here will give
-dot leadering. Guess what ``no'' does.
-Dot leadering in the paragraph style ({\it print\_style}=1). If that
-has been requested, change {\it dot\_leadering} to false.
-
-@<Get Default Index Values@>=
-readln(ix_file,in_record);
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no'
-then respect_case := false
-else respect_case := true;
-readln(ix_file,in_record);@/
-print_style:=in_record[doindex(in_record,'=')+1];@/
-readln(ix_file,in_record);@/
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no'
-then dot_leadering := false
-else dot_leadering := true;@/
-if dot_leadering and (print_style = '1')
-then begin writeln(messages,
-'<TEXT1> Error! Dot leadering not permitted with the paragraph style.');
-writeln(messages,' Dot leadering will be disabled.');
-dot_leadering := false;
-end;
-
-@ The {\it all\_blanks} variable is filled with all blanks. Other arrays
-of the same dimension of {\it all\_blanks} can be set to blank themselves
-by saying $array\leftarrow all\_blanks$.
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-@!all_blanks:field_array;
-
-@ @<Initialize Sort Records@>=
-with sort_record do
-for i := 1 to max_levels do begin
-sort_part[i].field_level:= all_blanks;
-sort_part[i].field_lngth := 0;
-print[i].field_level:= all_blanks;
-print[i].field_lngth := 0;
-end;
-curr_level := 0;
-
-@ Read the next index request to be processed.
-Get rid of trailing blanks.
-
-@<Read Next Record@>=
-readln(ix_file,in_record);
-in_record:=trim(in_record);
-
-@ The {\it sort\_type} is always in column 2. Column 1, 3 and 4 will always
-be curly braces. (`\{{\it s}\}\{' where ``{\it s}'' is the sort type.)
-After moving the {\it sort\_type} to the sort record, then
-delete the {\it sort\_type} and the three curly braces.
-
-@<Move Sort Type to Sort Record@>=
-sort_record.record_type := in_record[2];
-remove_characters(4);
-
-@ The end of the page number is the next right curly brace (`\}').
-Move all of the digits from the input record to the sort record,
-starting with the last digit and going forward. If a minus sign (`-')
-is in
-the page number (preface material), then put a minus sign in
-byte one of the sort record's page number.
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-@!in_page_number:pn_type;
-
-@ Find and move the page number to the sort record. If it is negative,
-then its a roman numeral. In that case, move the page number to the
-{\it abs\_page\_number} to be sorted descending, as negative numbers
-should be. If its not negative, then move zero to {\it abs\_page\_number}
-so it will move to the bottom of that sort field.
-After it is moved, delete the appropriate number of characters to
-finish digesting the entry.
-
-@<Move Page Number to Sort Record@>=
-k := doindex(in_record,'}'); {find the end of the page number}
-i := k - 1;
-for j := 1 to max_pnum do in_page_number[j] := '0';
-j := max_pnum;
-repeat
-if in_record[i] = '-'
-then begin
-in_page_number[1] := '-';
-i := 0;
-end
-else begin
-in_page_number[j] := in_record[i];
-decr(i);
-decr(j);
-end;
-until i <= 0;
-remove_characters(k+1);@/
-sort_record.page_number:=numeric(in_page_number);@/
-if sort_record.page_number < 0
-then sort_record.abs_page_number:=abs(sort_record.page_number)
-else sort_record.abs_page_number:=0;
-k := doindex(in_record,'}'); {find the end of the page number string}
-for i := 1 to max_pn_alpha do sort_record.page_string[i] := ' ';
-for i := 1 to k-1 do
-sort_record.page_string[i] := in_record[i];
-remove_characters(k);
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@ Process the rest of the input record. Each time you see a dollar sign,
-there could be a submarkup coming, so examine the next three characters.
-
-@<Digest the Input Record@>=
-repeat
-if (in_record[1] = '$') and (length(in_record) >= 4)
-then @<Examine Next 3 Chars@>
-else write_print_chars(1);
-until length(in_record) < 1;
-
-@ Once the index request has been digested, each sort field is checked
-to see if it is blank. If so, then {\it sort\_as} was not used, so copy the
-{\it print} field to the {\it sort} field.
-
-@<Fill in Sort Fields@>=
-with sort_record do begin
-for i := 1 to max_levels do
-if sort_part[i].field_lngth=0
-then begin
-sort_part[i].field_level := print[i].field_level;
-sort_part[i].field_lngth := print[i].field_lngth;
-check_case; end
-else check_case;
-end;
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@ Ok, the record has been processed, so write it to the output file.
-
-@<Write Sort Record@>=
-sort_file@@:=sort_record;
-put(sort_file);
-
-@ Ok, a dollar sign signals the beginning of some sort of action code if the
-next three characters are `\{\$\}'. So lets look at them and see.
-
-@<Examine Next 3 Chars@>=
-begin if (in_record[2] = '{') and
-(in_record[3] = '$') and (in_record[4] = '}')
-then @<Examine Next 2 Chars@>
-else write_print_chars(1);{Well then, the dollar sign must be part of the index}
-end
-
-@ If a {\it blindentry} (`{\tt be}') or {\it subentry} (`{\tt se}'),
-then perform the appropriate sections.
-
-@<Examine Next 2 Chars@>=
-begin if (in_record[5] = 'b') and (in_record[6] = 'e')
-then @<Do Blind Entry@>
-else if (in_record[5] = 's') and (in_record[6] = 'e')
-then @<Do Sub Entries@>
-else if (in_record[5] = 's') and (in_record[6] = 'a')
-then do_sort_as
-else write_print_chars(6);{Might as well write all 6 characters examined}
-end
-
-@ Everything up to the next `\{\$\}' is the blind entry.
-The page number for a blind entry will always be 999999999.
-
-@<Do Blind Entry@>=
-begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/
-i := doindex(in_record,'{$}');
-curr_level:=2;
-write_print_chars(i-1);
-curr_level:=0;
-remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'}
-sort_record.page_number := 999999999;
-end
-
-@ Process the subentry, depending on whether or not it is
-{\it subentry}1 or {\it subentry}2. If not, ignore the whole thing.
-
-@<Do Sub Entries@>=
-begin remove_characters(6); {Throw away the `\$\{\$\}se'}
-if in_record[1] = '1'
-then process_subentry(1)
-else if in_record[1] = '2'
-then process_subentry(2)
-else write_print_chars(1);{Perhaps someone entered \bs{}subentry3??}
-end
-
-@* Write Formated Index. This section of code takes the sorted index
-entries, merges them together, and writes them back out to the index file
-to be read in by \bs{}printindex in the user's program. This section consists
-of three procedures for accomplishing this feat: {\it add\_page\_number},
-{\it digest\_the\_line}, and {\it read\_sorted\_records}.
-{\it numeric} is a function to convert the character string page number into
-an integer.
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@ The procedure {\it add\_page\_number} is used to add the page number of the
-current sorted record to the {\it string\_bold} if a
-\bs{\it bdpn}, or to
-the {\it string\_underscore} if a \bs{\it uspn},
-or otherwise to
-the {\it str\_build}.
-
-@p procedure add_page_number;
-var i:integer;
-
-@ @<Global Var...@>=
-@!prev_page_number:integer;
-@!prev_pg_string:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-@!prev_record_type:char;
-
-@ First check to see if we have a new page number. If so, then add the page
-number to the string. Otherwise, only add the page number if the sort type
-is new and is not equal to ``6'' (italic).
-
-@p
-begin
-with sort_record do if prev_page_number = page_number
-then if (prev_record_type = record_type) and (record_type <> '9')
- then getout
-else if record_type = '6' then getout;
-@<Add Page Number to the String@>
-end;
-
-@ {\it str\_build} is used to accumulate all of the page numbers.
-{\it str\_blind\_entry} is used to accumulate the blind entry information
-(typically there should be no more than one, but allowance is made for more.)
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-@!str_build:string_type(max_lrecl);
-@!str_blind_entry:string_type(max_lrecl);
-{come on, who's going to have one that long?}
-
-@ This module will take the page number of the current sorted index
-record and add it to the build string, unless the record type is
-9, which is a blind entry, in which case it is added to the blind entry
-string. Note that if the record type is 0 (bold), 4 (underscore) or
-6 (italic), then the page number is prefaced with ``B'', ``U'' or
-``I'' respectively. This identifies that the page number is to be
-emphasized when the build string is processed through the
-{\it digest\_the\_line} procedure.
-
-@<Add Page Number to the String@>=
-if sort_record.record_type = '9' then @<Do Sorted Blind Entry@>
-else begin @<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>
-end;
-prev_page_number := sort_record.page_number;@/
-prev_pg_string := strconv(sort_record.page_string);@/
-prev_record_type := sort_record.record_type;
-
-@ @<Do Sorted Blind Entry@>=
-with sort_record.print[3] do begin
-if length(str_blind_entry) > 0 then add_cmma_blnk(str_blind_entry);
-for i := 1 to field_lngth do
-str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,str(field_level[i]));
-end
-
-@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is less than zero, its alphabetic and
-roman numeral processing is necessary.
-
-@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>=
-with sort_record do begin
-if ord(page_string[1]) < ord('0')
-then @<Add Roman Page Number@>
-else @<Add Arabic Page Number@>;
-end;
-
-@ @<Add Roman Page Number@>=
-begin
-if length(str_build) >= 1
-then str_build:=ccat(',',str_build);
-strvalue(page_number,temp_strvalue);
-str_build := ccat(ccat(ccat(strconv(page_string),
-','),temp_strvalue),str_build);
-if record_type = '0'
-then str_build := ccat('B',str_build)
-else if record_type = '4'
-then str_build := ccat('U',str_build)
-else if record_type = '6'
-then str_build := ccat('I',str_build)
-end
-
-@ @<Add Arabic Page Number@>=
-begin
-if length(str_build) >= 1
-then add_comma(str_build);
-if record_type = '0'
-then str_build := ccat(str_build,'B')
-else if record_type = '4'
-then str_build := ccat(str_build,'U')
-else if record_type = '6'
-then str_build := ccat(str_build,'I');
-str_build := ccat(str_build,strconv(page_string));
-end
-
-@ {\it output\_string} is used to collect all of the page numbers
-before writing them back out to the index file;
-{\it bold\_string} collects the bold page numbers;
-{\it us\_string} collects the underscored page numbers;
-{\it rm\_string} collects everything not bold or underscored.
-As you might expect, {\it italic\_last\_page} is true when the last
-page number of a `roll' is to be italic.
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-@!output_string:string_type(max_lrecl);
-@!bold_string:string_type(max_lrecl);
-@!us_string:string_type(max_lrecl);
-@!rm_string:string_type(max_lrecl);
-@!italic_last_page:boolean;
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@ {\it finish\_the\_process} is a procedure that is used to
-first check to see if we are {\it on\_a\_roll}, which means we are formatting
-something like pages 1-3.
-After doing that, if there were any bold page numbers, they are concatenated
-to the front of the {\it output\_string}; underscored page numbers (if any)
-are concatenated to the end of the {\it output\_string}.
-
-@p procedure finish_the_process;
-begin
-@<Concatenate Bold Pages to Output@>;@/
-@<Concatenate Roman Pages to Output@>;@/
-@<Concatenate Underscored Pages to Output@>;
-end;
-
-@ If there were any bold page numbers, then add them to the {\it
-output\_string}.
-
-@<Concatenate Bold...@>=
-if length(bold_string) > 0 then begin
-if length(output_string) > 0 then add_cmma_blnk(output_string);
-output_string := ccat(output_string,bold_string);
-end
-
-@ If we were on a roll (a consecutive series of page numbers) then finish
-the roll. Then if there were any roman or italic page numbers, add them to
-the {\it output\_string}.
-
-@<Concatenate Roman...@>=
-if on_a_roll then if italic_last_page
-then rm_string :=
-ccat(ccat(ccat(rm_string,'{\it '),trim(prev_pg_string)),'}')
-else rm_string := ccat(rm_string,prev_pg_string);
-@.\bs{}it@>
-if length(rm_string) > 0 then begin if length(output_string) > 0
-then add_cmma_blnk(output_string);
-output_string := ccat(output_string,rm_string);
-end
-
-@ If there were any underscored page numbers, add them to the {\it
-output\_string} here.
-
-@<Concatenate Under...@>=
-if length(us_string) > 0 then begin if length(output_string) > 0
-then add_cmma_blnk(output_string);
-output_string := ccat(output_string,us_string);
-end
-
-@ The procedure {\it start\_digesting} will initialize a few variables,
-then add the {\it current\_page} to the appropriate list.
-
-@p procedure start_digesting;
-begin @<Initialize Some Global Variables@>;@/
-prev_pg_string := curr_str_page;@/
-@<Do Appropriate Highlighting@>;
-end;
-
-@ @<Initialize Some Global Variables@>=
-italic_last_page := false;
-bold_string := ''; us_string :=''; rm_string:='';
-starting_to_process:=false;
-on_a_roll:=false
-
-@ @<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>=
-print_type:= curr_str_page[1];
-if (print_type='B') or (print_type='I') or (print_type='U')
-then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2)
-else print_type := ' '
-
-@ @<Do Appropriate Highlighting@>=
-if print_type = 'B' then do_when_bold
-else if print_type = 'I' then do_when_italic
-else if print_type = 'U' then do_when_underscore
-else do_when_roman
-
-@^System dependent code@>
-@ The procedure {\it digest\_the\_line} will take the full {\it str\_build}
-and add the dashes when there is a run of page numbers (i.e. ``{\tt 1,2,3}'' bec
-``1-3''); add the bold page numbers in front of the string (i.e.
-``{\tt 1,2,B3,3,4}''
-prints as ``{\bf 3},1-4''. Note that page 3 had to appear twice
-``{\tt B3,3}''. If it had only appeard as a bold page number and not the
-default, ``{\tt 1,2,B3,4}'', you would get ``1-2,{\bf 3},4'');
-add the underscored
-page numbers to the end of the string (similar to bold page numbers,
-``1,2,U3,3,4'' prints as ``1-4,\us{3}''); and print in italics when
-necessary.
-
-@p procedure digest_the_line;
-var
-i:integer;
-@!temp_roman:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-@!no_page_numbers:boolean;
-begin
-@<Process Each Page Number@>;@/
-@<Write the Line Out@>;
-end;
-
-@ @<Global Var...@>=
-@!starting_to_process :boolean;
-@!print_type:char;
-@!curr_str_page :string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-@!curr_num_page :integer;
-
-@ Initialize the variables, then read each page number until the whole
-string is digested, then finish off the page number string before returning.
-If {\it str\_build} is null, then we are doing a blind entry with no
-page numbers associated. In that case, initialize the highlighting
-strings.
-@<Process Each Page Number@>=
-output_string := '';
-starting_to_process := true;
-no_page_numbers:=false;
-if length(str_build) > 0
-then repeat @<Digesting Each Page Number@>
- until length(str_build) < 1
-else if starting_to_process then begin
-@<Initialize Some Global Variables@>;
-no_page_numbers:=true;
-end;
-finish_the_process;
-
-@ First get the next page number. Then if we are starting, initialize
-everything. If we have already started, then check to see if we have a
-consecutive page number sequence (i.e. pages 1,2,3,4 etc.) which is called
-a `roll'.
-@<Digesting Each Page Number@>=
-@<Get Next Page Number@>;@/
-if starting_to_process
-then start_digesting
-else @<Check for a Roll@>;
-prev_page_number:=curr_num_page;
-
-@ @<Get Next Page Number@>=
-i := doindex(str_build,',');
-if i < 1 then begin curr_str_page:=str_build; str_build:='';end
-else begin
-curr_str_page:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1);
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1);
-end;
-@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/
-if ord(curr_str_page[1]) < ord('0') {Then its alphabetic}
-then @<Get Numeric for Roman Page Number@>
-else curr_num_page:=get_numeric(curr_str_page);
-
-@ @<Get Numeric for Roman Page Number@>=
-begin
-i := doindex(str_build,',');
-if i < 1 then begin temp_roman:=str_build; str_build:='';end
-else begin
-temp_roman:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1);
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1);
-end;
-curr_num_page:=get_numeric(temp_roman);
-end
-
-@ If we are on a roll, then the previous page number will be one less than
-the current page number. If this is not the case, then {\it
-finish\_the\_process}
-and {\it start\_digesting} all over again.
-
-@<Check for a Roll@>=
-if ((prev_page_number = curr_num_page) and (print_type <> ' ')) or
- ((prev_page_number>=0) and (prev_page_number = curr_num_page - 1)) or
- ((prev_page_number<0) and (prev_page_number = curr_num_page + 1))
-then begin
-@<Got a Roll Going@>
-prev_pg_string:=curr_str_page;
-end
-else begin finish_the_process; start_digesting; end
-
-@ Ok, so we're on a roll, right? If the {\it print\_type} is ``B'' (bold) or
-``U'' (underscored) then do those and return. Otherwise, check to se if we
-were previously {\it on\_a\_roll}. If we weren't, then add the hyphen to the
-starting page number. In either case, move the {\it current\_page} to the
-{\it prev\_pg\_string}. Lastly, if the page number is italic, then set
-{\it italic\_last\_page} to true, in case it ends up being the last page in
-the string.
-
-@<Got a Roll Going@>=
-if print_type = 'B' then do_when_bold
-else if print_type = 'U' then do_when_underscore
-else begin if not on_a_roll then begin on_a_roll := true;
-rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,'--'); end;
-if print_type = 'I' then italic_last_page := true
-else italic_last_page := false;
-end;
-
-@ Before the page numbers are actually written, we need to write out
-the ID depending on which level we are formatting. Level 1 is the
-primary level, level 2 is the subentry1, and level 3 is subentry2.
-Then, we need to do a couple of things depending on whether there is
-dot leadering going on or not.
-Finally, write the output string to the formatted index file.
-
-@<Write the Line Out@>=
-write_prev_header;
-if dot_leadering then begin @<Do Dot Leadering@> end
-else begin @<Do not do Dot Leadering@> end;
-do_lnwrite(ix_file,output_string);
-
-@ If there is dot leadering, then add the blind entry first, before adding
-the leadering.
-
-@<Do Dot Leadering@>=
-if length(str_blind_entry) > 0
-then begin
-if length(output_string) > 0 then add_cmma_blnk(output_string);
-output_string := ccat(output_string,str_blind_entry);
-end;
-output_string := ccat(ccat('\leader{}',output_string),'\par');
-@.\bs{}leader@>
-@.\bs{}par@>
-
-@ @<Global Var...@>=
-@!new_level_1:boolean;
-
-@ If there is not dot leadering, then the blind entry goes at the end of the
-page, except for
-the paragraph style ({\it print\_style}=1). Also, if the paragraph style,
-then do not add the {\tt \bs{}par} at the end. Instead, add a comma
-if there is a new level 1 entry.
-
-@<Do not do Dot Leadering@>=
-if (print_style <> '1') and (length(str_blind_entry) > 0)@/
-then begin
-if length(output_string) > 0 then add_cmma_blnk(output_string);
-output_string := ccat(output_string,str_blind_entry);
-end;
-if print_style = '1'
-then if new_level_1 and ((length(str_blind_entry)=0) or no_page_numbers)
-then do_nothing
-else add_cmma_blnk(output_string)
-else output_string := ccat(output_string,'\par');
-@.\bs{}par@>
-
-@ The {\it build\_sorted\_index} procedure is the driving force behind
-formatting the index. The basic process is to read all of the sorted records in
-and create a record called {\it str\_build}. There will be one of these for
-each primary and subentry level index. After doing the {\it str\_build},
-this record is then read through again to add the {\it\TeX T1} markup
-necessary to
-print out the sorted index line.
-
-@p procedure build_sorted_index;
-var @!first_time_through:boolean;
-
-@ @<Global Var...@>=
-@!prev_sr1:field_array;
-@!prev_sr2:field_array;
-@!prev_sr3:field_array;
-@!prev_pn1:field_array;
-@!prev_ln1:integer;{the length of pn1}
-@!prev_pn2:field_array;
-@!prev_ln2:integer;{the length of pn2}
-@!prev_pn3:field_array;
-@!prev_ln3:integer;{the length of pn3}
-@!id1_is_missing:boolean;
-@!id2_is_missing:boolean;
-
-@ The first thing we need to do is read the next sorted record. If this is the
-first time ever through this procedure, then do some quick initializing. Then,
-once we come to a new ID, we should write out the previous index page numbers,
-etc. If the ID has not changed from the previous record, then add the page
-number given here on the sorted record to the {\it str\_build}.
-
-@p begin first_time_through:=true;
-while not eof(sort_file) do begin
-sort_record:=sort_file@@;
-get(sort_file);
-if first_time_through then begin @<Do First Time Inits@> end;
-if not equal_arrays(prev_sr1,sort_record.sort_part[1].field_level)
-then begin
-@<Start a New Level 1@> end
-else if not equal_arrays(prev_sr2,sort_record.sort_part[2].field_level)
-then begin
-@<Start a New Level 2@> end
-else if not equal_arrays(prev_sr3,sort_record.sort_part[3].field_level)
-and (sort_record.record_type <> '9')
-then begin
-@<Start a New Level 3@> end
-else add_page_number;
-end;
-@<Digest and Print Level 1@>
-end;
-
-@ First write out the {\it \bs{}everyindex} record at the beginning
-of the index file.
-
-@<Do First Time Inits@>=
-do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyindex{',ix,'}');
-@.\bs{}everyindex@>
-
-@ These initializations only get done at the beginning of the
-first sort record.
-
-@<Do First Time Inits@>=
-first_time_through:=false;
-id1_is_missing:=false;
-id2_is_missing:=false;
-new_level_1:=false;
-with sort_record do begin
-prev_sr1:=sort_part[1].field_level;
-prev_sr2:=sort_part[2].field_level;
-prev_sr3:=sort_part[3].field_level;
-prev_pn1:=print[1].field_level;
-prev_ln1:=print[1].field_lngth;
-prev_pn2:=print[2].field_level;
-prev_ln2:=print[2].field_lngth;
-prev_pn3:=print[3].field_level;
-prev_ln3:=print[3].field_lngth;
-end;
-prev_page_number:=0;
-str_blind_entry:='';@/
-str_build:='';@/
-
-@ If this is not a blind entry, then check to see if sort records for
-the first level id are missing. If they are, then the id name itself
-will be printed in {\it id1\_missing\_check}.
-
-@<Do First Time Inits@>=
-if sort_record.record_type <> '9'
-then id1_missing_check;
-
-@ Only alpha (a--z and A--Z) and numeric (0--9) characters get an
-{\it \bs{}everyletterbreak}. Punctuation, for example, will not get
-an {\it \bs{}everyletterbreak}.
-
-@<Do First Time Inits@>=
-with sort_record.sort_part[1] do begin
-if ((field_level[1]>='a') and (field_level[1]<='i')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='j') and (field_level[1]<='r')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='s') and (field_level[1]<='z')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='A') and (field_level[1]<='I')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='J') and (field_level[1]<='R')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='S') and (field_level[1]<='Z')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='0') and (field_level[1]<='9'))
- then
-do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyletterbreak{',ix,'}{',field_level[1],'}')
- else
-do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyletterbreak{',ix,'}{}');
-end
-@.\bs{}everyletterbreak@>
-
-@
-First we need to {\it digest\_the\_line} which is the current index's
-entry. {\it digest\_the\_line} will write out the formatted index unless
-we are in the paragraph
-style of formatted index
-({\it print\_style}=1). If we are in the paragraph style,
-then we need to write out any {\it str\_blind\_entry} pending.
-
-@<Digest and Print Level 1@>=
-new_level_1:=true;
-digest_the_line;
-if print_style = '1' then
-do_lnwrite(ix_file,str_blind_entry,'\par');
-new_level_1:=false;
-@.\bs{}par@>
-
-@ We have just found the start of a new primary index level.
-First we need to process the previous index's
-entry.
-If there is a blind entry, and it is style `1', then add it now.
-Next, if we are at a letter break (i.e., going from the sorted ``A''
-primary index letters to the ``B''s) then write the ``{\tt
-\bs{}everyletterbreak}'' to the formatted index file.
-
-@<Start a New Level 1@>=
-@<Digest and Print Level 1@>
-with sort_record.sort_part[1] do begin
-if (field_level[1] <> prev_sr1[1])
-then if
-(((field_level[1]>='a') and (field_level[1]<='i')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='j') and (field_level[1]<='r')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='s') and (field_level[1]<='z')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='A') and (field_level[1]<='I')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='J') and (field_level[1]<='R')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='S') and (field_level[1]<='Z')) or @/
-((field_level[1]>='0') and (field_level[1]<='9'))) @/
-then do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyletterbreak{',ix,'}{',field_level[1],'}')
- else
-do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyletterbreak{',ix,'}{}');
-end;
-@.\bs{}everyletterbreak@>
-
-@ The next thing to be done when starting a new primary index is to
-check the subentries. If they exist, then you can assume that this
-primary level index has no page numbers associated with it. The macro
-{\it id1\_missing\_check} accomplishes this.
-
-@<Start a New Level 1@>=
-curr_level:=1;@/
-if sort_record.record_type <> '9'
-then id1_missing_check;
-
-@ The complicated stuff is done. So now we can actually do some simple
-initializations to get this new level 1 (primary level) sort rolling.
-
-@<Start a New Level 1@>=
-str_build:='';
-str_blind_entry:='';
-with sort_record do begin
-prev_sr1:=sort_part[1].field_level;
-prev_sr2:=sort_part[2].field_level;
-prev_sr3:=sort_part[3].field_level;
-prev_pn1:=print[1].field_level;
-prev_ln1:=print[1].field_lngth;
-prev_pn2:=print[2].field_level;
-prev_ln2:=print[2].field_lngth;
-prev_pn3:=print[3].field_level;
-prev_ln3:=print[3].field_lngth;
-prev_page_number:=0;
-end;
-add_page_number;
-
-@ We have just found the start of a new subentry1 index level.
-These modules are similar to {\it Start a New Level 1}, but not as
-detailed since it is dealing with fewer levels.
-First we need to {\it digest\_the\_line} which is the previous index's
-entry. {\it digest\_the\_line} will write out the formatted index unless
-we are in the paragraph
-style of formatted index
-({\it print\_style}=1).
-
-@<Start a New Level 2@>=
-digest_the_line;
-
-@ The next thing to be done when starting a new subentry1 index is to
-check the subentry2. If it exists, then you can assume that this
-subentry index has no page numbers associated with it.
-This is done in {\it id2\_missing\_check}.
-
-@<Start a New Level 2@>=
-id2_missing_check;
-
-@ The complicated stuff is done. So now we can actually do some simple
-initializations to get this new level 2 (subentry2 level) sort rolling.
-
-@<Start a New Level 2@>=
-str_build:='';
-if print_style <> '1' then str_blind_entry:='';
-with sort_record do begin
-prev_sr2:=sort_part[2].field_level;
-prev_sr3:=sort_part[3].field_level;
-prev_pn2:=print[2].field_level;
-prev_ln2:=print[2].field_lngth;
-prev_pn3:=print[3].field_level;
-prev_ln3:=print[3].field_lngth;
-prev_page_number:=0;
-end;
-add_page_number;
-
-@ We have just found the start of a new subentry2 index level.
-These modules are similar to {\it Start a New Level 2}, but not as
-detailed since it is dealing with the lowest level.
-First we need to {\it digest\_the\_line} which is the previous index's
-entry. {\it digest\_the\_line} will write out the formatted index unless
-we are in the paragraph
-style of formatted index
-({\it print\_style}=1).
-
-@<Start a New Level 3@>=
-digest_the_line;
-curr_level:=3;
-
-@ Do some
-initializations to get this new level 3 (subentry2) sort rolling.
-
-@<Start a New Level 3@>=
-str_build:='';
-if print_style <> '1' then str_blind_entry:='';
-with sort_record do begin
-prev_sr3:=sort_part[3].field_level;
-prev_pn3:=print[3].field_level;
-prev_ln3:=print[3].field_lngth;
-prev_page_number:=0;
-end;
-add_page_number;
-
-@* Main Program.
-Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then
-set the ix\_file for input and the sort\_file for output; read all of the
-entries, processing each one; close the files; sort; read the sorted file
-in and build the entries, writing them back to the ix\_file to be read in
-by the index markup. WHEW!!
-
-@p
-begin @<Initialize Main@>@/
-termout(messages);
-reset_file(ix);@/
-file_rewrite(s_file_number); {Should always be file 9}@/
-read_all_entries;@/
-close(ix_file);@/
-close(sort_file);@/
-@<Sort the Index@>@/
-reset_file(s_file_number);@/
-file_rewrite(ix);@/
-build_sorted_index;@/
-end;
-
-@ @<Initialize Main@>=
-for i := 1 to max_field do all_blanks[i] := ' ';
-
-@ As mentioned earlier, {\it plsort} is an external PL/1 subroutine
-@^PL/1@>
-@^Syncsort@>
-which is used to call Syncsort to sort the file.
-The sort fields are as follows:
-\halign{\hskip3em\hfill#\hfill&&\hskip3em\hfill#\hfill\cr
-\bf Starting Column&\bf Length&\bf Field Description&\bf Order\cr
-38&300&character&ascending\cr
-342&300&character&ascending\cr
-646&300&character&ascending\cr
-10&4&binary&descending\cr
-6&4&binary&ascending\cr}
-
-@<Global Var...@>=
-sort_rc:integer;
-
-@ @<Sort the Index@>=
-plsort(sort_rc);
-if sort_rc = 0
- then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed')
- else writeln(messages,'Index Failed');
-
-@* Index.
-All modules in which an identifier is
-used are listed with that identifier, except that reserved words are
-indexed only when they appear in format definitions, and the appearances
-of identifiers in module names are not indexed. Underlined entries
-correspond to where the identifier was declared. Error messages, control
-sequences put into the output, and a few
-other things like ``Syncsort'' are indexed here too.
diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/txt1v293.cmschan b/macros/text1/texix/txt1v293.cmschan
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f6bbe5a16..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/texix/txt1v293.cmschan
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2000 +0,0 @@
-TEX.CMS-CHAN - WEB change file for TeX 2.0 for VM/CMS and Pascal/VS.
-Copyright (C) 1984 by David Fuchs. All rights are reserved.
-
-External references: TERMATTN, ATTN202, USESTACK. Assembled
- text decks of these routines must be linked into module.
-
-Changes to this file since 1.0 version (at SLAC):
-
- Added increased mem size params etc from VMS-CHAN,
- XEDIT hook, change ".log" to ".texlog". 11 Feb 84
- Fixed filemode specifier so you can "\input fn.ft.fm". 9 Mar 84
- Update line number references from TeX 1.0 to TeX 1.1. 20 Mar 84
- Increase |buf_size| parameter from 500 to 1024. 24 Apr 84
- Add CMS hook to send string to CMS using "\write15". 24 Apr 84
- Various small changes in comments in TeX. 12 Jul 84
- Change |pool_name| from "TEX.POOL" to "TEX.POOL.*". 21 Aug 84
- File mode "*" added to |prompt_file_name| on input. 23 Aug 84
- Allow tab and formfeed characters in input. 23 Aug 84
- Increase |pool_size| to 40000. 23 Aug 84
- ONERROR message deleted. 23 Aug 84
- DVI block size changed to 1024. 24 Aug 84
- SLAC character translates (hex): 4F->4A, 6A->4F, A1->5F. 27 Sep 84
- Add SLAC routines for logging use data. 27 Sep 84
- Update for TeX 1.4. 24 Feb 86
- Remove |ready_already| as per Klaus Thull's recommendation. 24 Feb 86
- Increase |hash_size| to 3000. 26 Feb 86
- Update for TeX 2.0. 10 Mar 86
- Add Chris Thompson's changes for large arrays, |use_stack|,
- and do simple array asignments for |do_all_six|. 25 Mar 86
- Add code in |close_files_and_terminate| to explicitly close
- all input files. Avoids Pascal/VS loop in AMPXIO. 6 May 86
- Allow |mem| array to start at negative index. 8 May 86
- Increase |pool_size| to 50000. 9 May 86
- Move |ret_code| from |end_of_TEX:| to |final_end:| and make
- |history|:=|fatal_error_stop| if |bad_fmt|. 15 May 86
- Remove SLAC-specific routines and character translates
- to conform to TeX Project (hex): 5F->A1, 4A->5F. 4 Jun 86
- Change |tfm_file| reading routine to read multiple 1024-byte
- records. All TeX/MF data files are now RECFM F LRECL 1024. 2 Jul 86
-
- Changes for TEXT1 by Dean Guenther 20 Aug 86
- Banner now reflects TEXT1 at WEB line 148
- DVI size changes to 2048 (4096) WEB line 345
- Variable tfm_buf_size added at WEB line 345
- (init'd at 1024)
- tfm_buf_size replaces len_byte_block in system dependent
- procedure fget in WEB code at line 23949
- Square brackets around the page numbers changed to
- angle brackets at WEB line 12302
- Module's name changed to TXT1V2M0 at WEB line 212
- buf_size changed from 1024 to 2048
-
- Changes by Dean Guenther 20 Dec 86
- Changes added to make \printindex a TeX primative. Refer to Web
- lines 23602-23725 below.
- Module's name changed to TXT1V2M1 at WEB line 212
-
- Changes by Brian Harvey
- Module's name is changed to TXT1V212 at WEB line 212
- Banner line changed "TEXT1 (TEX 2.1)" 16 June 87
-
- Changes by Dean Guenther
- Installed fixes for TeX 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6 & 2.7 25 Nov 87
- Module is named TXT1V271 for TeX 2.7, mod 1
- Installed fixes for TeX 2.8 & 2.9 11 Jan 88
- Installed fixes for TeX 2.91, 2.92, & 2.93 2 Sep 88
- Now using 1k dvi files instead of 2k
- Module is named TXT1V293 for TeX 2.93
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 34
-@x limbo
-\def\ph{\hbox{Pascal-H}}
-@y
-\def\ph{\hbox{Pascal-H}}
-\def\pvs{\hbox{Pascal/VS}}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 60
-@x limbo
-\pageno=3
-@y
-\pageno=3
-\let\maybe=\iffalse % to TeX only the changed sections after WEAV'ing
-\def\title{\TeX\ changes for VM/CMS}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 148
-@x
-@d banner=='This is TeX, Version 2.93' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@y
-The VM/CMS port of \TeX\ is a combination of efforts of many people.
-\.{WEB} change files for preliminary versions of \TeX\ were brought to
-the \TeX\ Users Group meeting in August 1983 and
-given to David Fuchs, of Stanford
-University Computer Science Department, who combined them into a
-definitive version on the VM system at Stanford Linear Accelerator
-Center. The original change files were supplied by Roger Chaffee of
-SLAC (now at Metaphor), Craig Platt of the University of Manitoba, and
-Peter M.~Sih of IBM Palo Alto Scientific Center. Bernd Schulze of the
-University of Bonn contributed his experience from bringing up a
-preliminary \TeX\ under CMS and has since sent many
-further improvements including the Metafont change file used in this
-implementation and other CMS change files.
-Other CMS change files and suggestions were made by Klaus Thull.
-All of this work was based on preliminary
-work adapting \TeX\ to MVS by Eagle Berns and Susan Plass of Stanford
-University. Peter Sih has donated countless hours of his expertise
-and contributed the device support for the IBM 4250 and APA6670 (and
-3800 model 3) printers. Many valuable revisions and additions to this
-work were made by Robert J.~Creasy.
-Alan Spragens at SLAC coordinated
-communication among the CMS sites and made some enhancements to the
-implementation while revising the CMS change file for \TeX\ versions
-1.1 and 2.0. Significant improvements were contributed for version
-2.0 by Chris Thompson of the University of Cambridge; they are
-described in the ``System-dependent Changes'' section.
-@d banner=='TEXT1 (TEX 2.93)'
- {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@d term_in==tty_in
-@d term_out==tty_out
-@d string_length==len @& gth {IBM length function}
-@d string_index ==ind @& ex {IBM index function}
-@z
-
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 212
-@x
-program TEX; {all file names are defined dynamically}
-@y
-program TXT1V293; {all file names are defined dynamically}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 218
-@x
-procedure initialize; {this procedure gets things started properly}
-@y
-@<Large array variables@>@/
-@<VM/CMS procedures@>@/
-@#
-procedure initialize; {this procedure gets things started properly}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 261
-@x
-@d debug==@{ {change this to `$\\{debug}\equiv\null$' when debugging}
-@d gubed==@t@>@} {change this to `$\\{gubed}\equiv\null$' when debugging}
-@y
-@d debug==@{ {change this to `$\\{debug}\equiv\null$' when debugging}
-@d gubed==@t@>@} {change this to `$\\{gubed}\equiv\null$' when debugging}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 266
-@x
-@d stat==@{ {change this to `$\\{stat}\equiv\null$' when gathering
- usage statistics}
-@d tats==@t@>@} {change this to `$\\{tats}\equiv\null$' when gathering
- usage statistics}
-@y
-@d stat==
-@d tats==
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 281
-@x
-@d init== {change this to `$\\{init}\equiv\.{@@\{}$' in the production version}
-@d tini== {change this to `$\\{tini}\equiv\.{@@\}}$' in the production version}
-@y virtex: init==@{ tini==@} initex: init== tini==
-@d init==@{
-@d tini==@}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 333
-@x
-@d othercases == others: {default for cases not listed explicitly}
-@y
-@d othercases == otherwise {default for cases not listed explicitly}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 345
-@x
-@!mem_max=30000; {greatest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array;
- must be strictly less than |max_halfword|;
- must be equal to |mem_top| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |>=mem_top|}
-@!mem_min=0; {smallest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array;
- must be |min_halfword| or more;
- must be equal to |mem_bot| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |<=mem_bot|}
-@!buf_size=500; {maximum number of characters simultaneously present in
- current lines of open files and in control sequences between
- \.{\\csname} and \.{\\endcsname}; must not exceed |max_halfword|}
-@!error_line=72; {width of context lines on terminal error messages}
-@!half_error_line=42; {width of first lines of contexts in terminal
- error messages; should be between 30 and |error_line-15|}
-@!max_print_line=79; {width of longest text lines output; should be at least 60}
-@!stack_size=200; {maximum number of simultaneous input sources}
-@!max_in_open=6; {maximum number of input files and error insertions that
- can be going on simultaneously}
-@!font_max=75; {maximum internal font number; must not exceed |max_quarterword|
- and must be at most |font_base+256|}
-@!font_mem_size=20000; {number of words of |font_info| for all fonts}
-@!param_size=60; {maximum number of simultaneous macro parameters}
-@!nest_size=40; {maximum number of semantic levels simultaneously active}
-@!max_strings=3000; {maximum number of strings; must not exceed |max_halfword|}
-@!string_vacancies=8000; {the minimum number of characters that should be
- available for the user's control sequences and font names,
- after \TeX's own error messages are stored}
-@!pool_size=32000; {maximum number of characters in strings, including all
- error messages and help texts, and the names of all fonts and
- control sequences; must exceed |string_vacancies| by the total
- length of \TeX's own strings, which is currently about 23000}
-@!save_size=600; {space for saving values outside of current group; must be
- at most |max_halfword|}
-@!trie_size=8000; {space for hyphenation patterns; should be larger for
- \.{INITEX} than it is in production versions of \TeX}
-@!dvi_buf_size=800; {size of the output buffer; must be a multiple of 8}
-@!file_name_size=40; {file names shouldn't be longer than this}
-@!pool_name='TeXformats:TEX.POOL ';
- {string of length |file_name_size|; tells where the string pool appears}
-@.TeXformats@>
-@y
-@!mem_max=32766; {greatest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array;
- must be strictly less than |max_halfword|;
- must be equal to |mem_top| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |>=mem_top|}
-@!mem_min=-32768; {smallest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array;
- must be |min_halfword| or more;
- must be equal to |mem_bot| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |<=mem_bot|}
-@!buf_size=2048; {maximum number of characters simultaneously present in
- current lines of open files and in control sequences between
- \.{\\csname} and \.{\\endcsname}; must not exceed |max_halfword|}
-@!error_line=79; {width of context lines on terminal error messages}
-@!half_error_line=50; {width of first lines of contexts in terminal
- error messages; should be between 30 and |error_line-15|}
-@!max_print_line=79; {width of longest text lines output; should be at least 60}
-@!stack_size=200; {maximum number of simultaneous input sources}
-@!max_in_open=6; {maximum number of input files and error insertions that
- can be going on simultaneously}
-@!font_max=120; {maximum internal font number; must not exceed |max_quarterword|
- and must be at most |font_base+256|}
-@!font_mem_size=30000; {number of words of |font_info| for all fonts}
-@!param_size=60; {maximum number of simultaneous macro parameters}
-@!nest_size=40; {maximum number of semantic levels simultaneously active}
-@!max_strings=5000; {maximum number of strings; must not exceed |max_halfword|}
-@!string_vacancies=26000; {the minimum number of characters that should be
- available for the user's control sequences and font names,
- after \TeX's own error messages are stored}
-@!pool_size=50000; {maximum number of characters in strings, including all
- error messages and help texts, and the names of all fonts and
- control sequences; must exceed |string_vacancies| by the total
- length of \TeX's own strings, which is currently about 23000}
-@!save_size=600; {space for saving values outside of current group; must be
- at most |max_halfword|}
-@!trie_size=8000; {space for hyphenation patterns; should be larger for
- \.{INITEX} than it is in production versions of \TeX}
-@!dvi_buf_size=2048; {size of the output buffer; must be a multiple of 8}
-@!len_byte_block=1024; {must be half of |dvi_buf_size|}
-@!tfm_buf_size=1024;
-@!len_word_block=256; {format file buffer length}
-@!file_name_size=40; {file names shouldn't be longer than this}
-@!pool_name='TEX.POOl.* ';
- {string of length |file_name_size|; tells where the string pool appears}
-@.TeXformats@>
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 395
-@x
-@d mem_bot=0 {smallest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX};
- must not be less than |mem_min|}
-@d mem_top==30000 {largest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX};
- must be substantially larger than |mem_bot|
- and not greater than |mem_max|}
-@d font_base=0 {smallest internal font number; must not be less
- than |min_quarterword|}
-@d hash_size=2100 {maximum number of control sequences; it should be at most
- about |(mem_max-mem_min)/10|, but 2100 is already quite generous}
-@d hash_prime=1777 {a prime number equal to about 85\% of |hash_size|}
-@d hyph_size=307 {another prime; the number of \.{\\hyphenation} exceptions}
-@^system dependencies@>
-@y
-@d mem_bot==-32768 {smallest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX};
- must not be less than |mem_min|}
-@d mem_top==32766 {largest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX};
- must be substantially larger than |mem_bot|
- and not greater than |mem_max|}
-@d font_base=0 {smallest internal font number; must not be less
- than |min_quarterword|}
-@d hash_size=3000 {maximum number of control sequences; it should be at most
- about |(mem_max-mem_min)/10|, but 2100 is already quite generous}
-@d hash_prime=2549 {a prime number equal to about 85\% of |hash_size|}
-@d hyph_size=307 {another prime; the number of \.{\\hyphenation} exceptions}
-@^system dependencies@>
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 503
-@x
-@!ASCII_code=0..127; {seven-bit numbers}
-@y
-@!ASCII_code=packed 0..127; {seven-bit numbers}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 533
-@x
-@d last_text_char=127 {ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char|}
-@y
-@d last_text_char=255 {ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char|}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 689
-@x [2] System-dependent character set changes:
-@^character set dependencies@>
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-@<Set init...@>=
-for i:=1 to @'37 do xchr[i]:=' ';
-@y
-For \pvs\ we allow |form_feed| and |tab| characters in input.
-@^character set dependencies@>
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-@d form_feed=@'14
-@d tab=@'05
-
-@<Set initial values...@>=
-for i:=1 to @'37 do xchr[i]:=' ';
-xchr[form_feed]:=chr(form_feed);
-xchr[tab]:=chr(tab);
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 737
-@x
-for us to specify simple operations on word files before they are defined.
-
-@<Types...@>=
-@!eight_bits=0..255; {unsigned one-byte quantity}
-@!alpha_file=packed file of text_char; {files that contain textual data}
-@!byte_file=packed file of eight_bits; {files that contain binary data}
-@y
-for us to specify simple operations on word files before they are defined.
-
-@d alpha_file==@= TEXT@>
-@d ccat==@=||@>
-
-@<Types...@>=
-@!eight_bits=packed 0..255; {unsigned one-byte quantity}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 790
-@x
-begin reset(f,name_of_file,'/O'); a_open_in:=reset_OK(f);
-@y
-begin okstatus; reset(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file)));
- a_open_in:=status;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 795
-@x
-begin rewrite(f,name_of_file,'/O'); a_open_out:=rewrite_OK(f);
-@y
-var buf_string:string(4);
-begin okstatus;
-writestr(buf_string,buf_size:4);
-rewrite(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file))
-ccat ',LRECL=' ccat buf_string);
- a_open_out:=status;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 800
-@x
-begin reset(f,name_of_file,'/O'); b_open_in:=reset_OK(f);
-@y
-begin okstatus; reset(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file) ccat'.*'));
- b_open_in:=status;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 805
-@x
-begin rewrite(f,name_of_file,'/O'); b_open_out:=rewrite_OK(f);
-@y
-begin okstatus; rewrite(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file)));
- b_open_out:=status;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 810
-@x
-begin reset(f,name_of_file,'/O'); w_open_in:=reset_OK(f);
-@y
-begin okstatus; reset(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file) ccat'.*'));
- w_open_in:=status;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 815
-@x
-begin rewrite(f,name_of_file,'/O'); w_open_out:=rewrite_OK(f);
-@y
-begin okstatus; rewrite(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file)));
- w_open_out:=status;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 855
-@x
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!buffer:array[0..buf_size] of ASCII_code; {lines of characters being read}
-@y
-@d LA_buffer==
-@!buffer:array[0..buf_size] of ASCII_code; {lines of characters being read}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 901
-@x
-@p function input_ln(var f:alpha_file;@!bypass_eoln:boolean):boolean;
- {inputs the next line or returns |false|}
-var last_nonblank:0..buf_size; {|last| with trailing blanks removed}
-begin if bypass_eoln then if not eof(f) then get(f);
- {input the first character of the line into |f^|}
-last:=first; {cf.\ Matthew 19\thinspace:\thinspace30}
-if eof(f) then input_ln:=false
-else begin last_nonblank:=first;
- while not eoln(f) do
- begin if last>=max_buf_stack then
- begin max_buf_stack:=last+1;
- if max_buf_stack=buf_size then
- overflow("buffer size",buf_size);
-@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@>
- end;
- buffer[last]:=xord[f^]; get(f); incr(last);
- if buffer[last-1]<>" " then last_nonblank:=last;
- end;
- last:=last_nonblank; input_ln:=true;
- end;
-end;
-@y
-@p function input_ln(var f:alpha_file;@!bypass_eoln:boolean):boolean;
- {inputs the next line or returns |false|}
-var last_nonblank:0..buf_size; {|last| with trailing blanks removed}
-begin if bypass_eoln then if not eof(f) then get(f);
- {input the first character of the line into |f^|}
-last:=first; {cf.\ Matthew 19\thinspace:\thinspace30}
-if eof(f) then input_ln:=false
-else begin last_nonblank:=first;
- while not eoln(f) do
- begin if last>=max_buf_stack then
- begin max_buf_stack:=last+1;
- if max_buf_stack=buf_size then
- overflow("buffer size",buf_size);
-@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@>
- end;
- buffer[last]:=xord[f@@]; get(f); incr(last); {@@ is \pvs\ pointer notation}
- if buffer[last-1]<>" " then last_nonblank:=last;
- end;
- last:=last_nonblank; input_ln:=true;
- end;
-end;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 933
-@x
-@ Here is how to open the terminal files
-in \ph. The `\.{/I}' switch suppresses the first |get|.
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-@d t_open_in==reset(term_in,'TTY:','/O/I') {open the terminal for text input}
-@d t_open_out==rewrite(term_out,'TTY:','/O') {open the terminal for text output}
-@y
-@ Here is how to open the terminal files
-in \pvs. There is no need to do a |reset| or |rewrite| or suppress
-the first |get| as with \ph.
-@d t_open_in==@= TERMIN@>(term_in) {open the terminal for text input}
-@d t_open_out==@= TERMOUT@>(term_out); {open the terminal for text output}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 949
-@x
-some instruction to the operating system. The following macros show how
-these operations can be specified in \ph:
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-@d update_terminal == break(term_out) {empty the terminal output buffer}
-@d clear_terminal == break_in(term_in,true) {clear the terminal input buffer}
-@d wake_up_terminal == do_nothing {cancel the user's cancellation of output}
-@y
-some instructions to the operating system. The following macros were
-used to specify these operations in \ph\ but have been made into
-``no-ops'' for \pvs.
-@d update_terminal == do_nothing
-@d clear_terminal == do_nothing
-@d wake_up_terminal == do_nothing
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1011
-@x
-@p function init_terminal:boolean; {gets the terminal input started}
-label exit;
-begin t_open_in;
-loop@+begin wake_up_terminal; write(term_out,'**'); update_terminal;
-@y
-@p function init_terminal:boolean; {gets the terminal input started}
-label exit;
-var i,j,k: integer;
- l: string(256);
-begin t_open_in;
- l:=parms;
- if l<>'' then begin
- i:=@=LENGTH@>(l);
- j:=min(i,buf_size-first); {this much will fit}
- if j>0 then for k:=0 to j-1 do buffer[first+k]:=xord[l[k+1]];
- last:=first+j;
- max_buf_stack:=max(max_buf_stack,last);
- loc:=first;
- init_terminal:=true;
- return
- end;
-loop@+begin wake_up_terminal; write_ln(term_out,'**'); update_terminal;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1072
-@x
-@ @<Glob...@>=
-@!str_pool:packed array[pool_pointer] of ASCII_code; {the characters}
-@!str_start : array[str_number] of pool_pointer; {the starting pointers}
-@y
-@ @d LA_string==
-@!str_pool:packed array[pool_pointer] of ASCII_code; {the characters}
-@!str_start : array[str_number] of pool_pointer; {the starting pointers}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-The following change is to use \write15 to send stuff to CMS
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1373
-@x
-@ To end a line of text output, we call |print_ln|.
-
-@<Basic print...@>=
-procedure print_ln; {prints an end-of-line}
-begin case selector of
-term_and_log: begin wterm_cr; wlog_cr;
- term_offset:=0; file_offset:=0;
- end;
-log_only: begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0;
- end;
-term_only: begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0;
- end;
-no_print,pseudo,new_string: do_nothing;
-othercases write_ln(write_file[selector])
-endcases;@/
-end; {|tally| is not affected}
-@y
-@ To end a line of text output, we call |print_ln|.
-In CMS \TeX\ we also use |print_ln| to send a message
-to the operating system using the \.{\\write15} stream.
-
-@<Basic print...@>=
-procedure print_ln; {prints an end-of-line}
-var i:integer;
-begin case selector of
-term_and_log: begin wterm_cr; wlog_cr;
- term_offset:=0; file_offset:=0;
- end;
-log_only: begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0;
- end;
-term_only: begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0;
- end;
-no_print,pseudo,new_string: do_nothing;
-15: begin cms(trim(str(cms_buf)), irc); {send \.{\\write15} to CMS}
- for i:=1 to cms_ptr do cms_buf[i]:=' ';
- cms_ptr:=1; end;
-othercases write_ln(write_file[selector])
-endcases;@/
-end; {|tally| is not affected}
-@z
-
-The following change is to use \write15 to send stuff to CMS
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1394
-@x
-@<Basic printing...@>=
-procedure print_char(@!s:ASCII_code); {prints a single character}
-label exit;
-begin if @<Character |s| is the current new-line character@> then
- if selector<pseudo then
- begin print_ln; return;
- end;
-case selector of
-term_and_log: begin wterm(xchr[s]); wlog(xchr[s]);
- incr(term_offset); incr(file_offset);
- if term_offset=max_print_line then
- begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0;
- end;
- if file_offset=max_print_line then
- begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0;
- end;
- end;
-log_only: begin wlog(xchr[s]); incr(file_offset);
- if file_offset=max_print_line then print_ln;
- end;
-term_only: begin wterm(xchr[s]); incr(term_offset);
- if term_offset=max_print_line then print_ln;
- end;
-no_print: do_nothing;
-pseudo: if tally<trick_count then trick_buf[tally mod error_line]:=s;
-new_string: begin if pool_ptr<pool_size then append_char(s);
- end; {we drop characters if the string space is full}
-othercases write(write_file[selector],xchr[s])
-endcases;@/
-incr(tally);
-exit:end;
-@y
-@<Basic printing...@>=
-procedure print_char(@!s:ASCII_code); {prints a single character}
-label exit;
-begin if @<Character |s| is the current new-line character@> then
- if selector<pseudo then
- begin print_ln; return;
- end;
-case selector of
-term_and_log: begin wterm(xchr[s]); wlog(xchr[s]);
- incr(term_offset); incr(file_offset);
- if term_offset=max_print_line then
- begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0;
- end;
- if file_offset=max_print_line then
- begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0;
- end;
- end;
-log_only: begin wlog(xchr[s]); incr(file_offset);
- if file_offset=max_print_line then print_ln;
- end;
-term_only: begin wterm(xchr[s]); incr(term_offset);
- if term_offset=max_print_line then print_ln;
- end;
-no_print: do_nothing;
-pseudo: if tally<trick_count then trick_buf[tally mod error_line]:=s;
-new_string: begin if pool_ptr<pool_size then append_char(s);
- end; {we drop characters if the string space is full}
-15: begin cms_buf[cms_ptr]:=xchr[s]; incr(cms_ptr); end;
-othercases write(write_file[selector],xchr[s])
-endcases;@/
-incr(tally);
-exit:end;
-@z
-
-The following change is to use \write15 to send stuff to CMS
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1623
-@x
-if not input_ln(term_in,true) then fatal_error("End of file on the terminal!");
-@y
-write_ln(term_out);
-if not input_ln(term_in,true) then fatal_error("End of file on the terminal!");
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1814
-@x
-wizardry, so the present implementation simply types out what file should be
-edited and the relevant line number.
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-There is a secret `\.D' option available when the debugging routines have
-not been commented out.
-@^debugging@>
-
-@<Interpret code |c| and |return| if done@>=
-case c of
-"0","1","2","3","4","5","6","7","8","9": if deletions_allowed then
- @<Delete |c-"0"| tokens and |goto continue|@>;
-@t\4\4@>@;@+@!debug "D": begin debug_help; goto continue;@+end;@+gubed@/
-"E": if base_ptr>0 then
- begin print_nl("You want to edit file ");
-@.You want to edit file x@>
- print(input_stack[base_ptr].name_field);
- print(" at line "); print_int(line);
- interaction:=scroll_mode; jump_out;
- end;
-"H": @<Print the help information and |goto continue|@>;
-"I":@<Introduce new material from the terminal and |return|@>;
-"Q","R","S":@<Change the interaction level and |return|@>;
-"X":begin interaction:=scroll_mode; jump_out;
- end;
-othercases do_nothing
-endcases;@/
-@<Print the menu of available options@>
-@y
-wizardry, so the standard implementation simply types out what file should be
-edited and the relevant line number.
-The CMS implementation uses an external assembly routine |attn202| to
-invoke XEDIT with ``:|line|'' in the
-program stack.
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-There is a secret `\.D' option available when the debugging routines have
-not been commented out.
-@^debugging@>
-
-@<Interpret code |c| and |return| if done@>=
-case c of
-"0","1","2","3","4","5","6","7","8","9": if deletions_allowed then
- @<Delete |c-"0"| tokens and |goto continue|@>;
-@t\4\4@>@;@+@!debug "D": begin debug_help; goto continue;@+end;@+gubed@/
-"E": if base_ptr>0 then
- begin print_nl("You want to edit file ");
-@.You want to edit file x@>
- print(input_stack[base_ptr].name_field);
- print(" at line "); print_int(line);
- inp_line:='XEDIT ';
- s1:=selector;
- tally:=0; selector:=pseudo;
- print(input_stack[base_ptr].name_field);
- for s2:=0 to tally-1 do inp_line[s2+7]:=xchr[trick_buf[s2]];
- s2:=string_index(inp_line,'.'); if s2>0 then inp_line[s2]:=' ';
- s2:=string_index(inp_line,'.'); if s2>0 then inp_line[s2]:=' ';
- attn202('FIFO ',inp_line);
- tally:=0; inp_line:=' ';
- print_int(line);
- inp_line[1]:=':';
- for s2:=0 to tally-1 do inp_line[s2+2]:=xchr[trick_buf[s2]];
- attn202('FIFO ',inp_line);
- ret_code(12);
- selector:=s1;
- interaction:=scroll_mode; jump_out;
- end;
-"H": @<Print the help information and |goto continue|@>;
-"I":@<Introduce new material from the terminal and |return|@>;
-"Q","R","S":@<Change the interaction level and |return|@>;
-"X":begin interaction:=scroll_mode; jump_out;
- end;
-othercases do_nothing
-endcases;@/
-@<Print the menu of available options@>
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2030
-@x
-interrupt:=0; OK_to_interrupt:=true;
-@y
-interrupt:=0; OK_to_interrupt:=true;
-term_attn(interrupt);
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2277
-@x
-@!glue_ratio=real; {one-word representation of a glue expansion factor}
-@y
-@!glue_ratio=shortreal; {are there any other reals in the program?}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2330
-@x
-@d min_quarterword=0 {smallest allowable value in a |quarterword|}
-@d max_quarterword=255 {largest allowable value in a |quarterword|}
-@d min_halfword==0 {smallest allowable value in a |halfword|}
-@d max_halfword==65535 {largest allowable value in a |halfword|}
-@y
-@d min_quarterword=0 {smallest allowable value in a |quarterword|}
-@d max_quarterword=255 {largest allowable value in a |quarterword|}
-@d min_halfword==-32768 {smallest allowable value in a |halfword|}
-@d max_halfword==32767 {largest allowable value in a |halfword|}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2363
-@x
-@d qi(#)==#+min_quarterword
- {to put an |eight_bits| item into a quarterword}
-@d qo(#)==#-min_quarterword
- {to take an |eight_bits| item out of a quarterword}
-@d hi(#)==#+min_halfword
- {to put a sixteen-bit item into a halfword}
-@d ho(#)==#-min_halfword
- {to take a sixteen-bit item from a halfword}
-@y
-@d qi(#)==#
- {to put an |eight_bits| item into a quarterword}
-@d qo(#)==#
- {to take an |eight_bits| item out of a quarterword}
-@d hi(#)==#+min_halfword
- {to put a sixteen-bit item into a halfword}
-@d ho(#)==#-min_halfword
- {to take a sixteen-bit item from a halfword}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2378
-@x
-@!quarterword = min_quarterword..max_quarterword; {1/4 of a word}
-@!halfword=min_halfword..max_halfword; {1/2 of a word}
-@!two_choices = 1..2; {used when there are two variants in a record}
-@!four_choices = 1..4; {used when there are four variants in a record}
-@y
-@!quarterword = packed min_quarterword..max_quarterword; {1/4 of a word}
-@!halfword=packed min_halfword..max_halfword; {1/2 of a word}
-@!two_choices=packed 1..2; {used when there are two variants in a record}
-@!four_choices=packed 1..4; {when there are four variants in a record}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2401
-@x
-@!word_file = file of memory_word;
-@y
-@!word_block = packed array [0..len_word_block-1] of memory_word;
-@!word_file = packed file of word_block;
-@!byte_block = packed array [0..len_byte_block-1] of quarterword;
-@!byte_file = packed file of byte_block;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2466
-@x
-deallocating them after their use.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!mem : array[mem_min..mem_max] of memory_word; {the big dynamic storage area}
-@y
-deallocating them after their use.
-
-For \pvs\ we have declared the big |mem| array in the ``large array
-variables'' module. It is defined here in terms of a macro expanded
-near the end of the program. All such ``large array'' macros begin
-with ``|LA_|.''
-
-@d LA_mem==
-@!mem : array[mem_min..mem_max] of memory_word; {the big dynamic storage area}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 3268
-@x
-been included. (You may want to decrease the size of |mem| while you
-@^debugging@>
-are debugging.)
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!debug @!free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean; {free cells}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!was_free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean;
- {previously free cells}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!was_mem_end,@!was_lo_max,@!was_hi_min: pointer;
-@y
-been included. (You may want to decrease the size of |mem| while you
-@^debugging@>
-are debugging.)
-
-@d LA_mem_debug==
-@!free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean; {free cells}
-@!was_free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean;
- {previously free cells}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!debug @!was_mem_end,@!was_lo_max,@!was_hi_min: pointer;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 3653
-@x
- if abs(mem[p+glue_offset].int)<@'4000000 then print("?.?")
-@y
- if false then print("?.?") {no need to check value in 370 architecture}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 4218
-@x
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!nest:array[0..nest_size] of list_state_record;
-@y
-@d LA_nest==
-@!nest:array[0..nest_size] of list_state_record;
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 5085
-@x
-is needed. The program here simply specifies July 4, 1776, at noon; but
-users probably want a better approximation to the truth.
-
-@p procedure fix_date_and_time;
-begin time:=12*60; {minutes since midnight}
-day:=4; {fourth day of the month}
-month:=7; {seventh month of the year}
-year:=1776; {Anno Domini}
-end;
-@y
-is needed. The standard program
-here simply specified July 4, 1776, at noon; but
-we want a better approximation to the truth.
-
-@p procedure fix_date_and_time;
-var date,tod:alfa; hour, minute:integer;
-begin datetime(date,tod);
-readstr(str(date),month:3,day:3,year);
-year:=year+1900;{Bug next century}
-readstr(str(tod),hour:3,minute); time:=hour*60+minute;
-end;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 5289
-@x
-called |xeq_level|.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!eqtb:array[active_base..eqtb_size] of memory_word;
-@!xeq_level:array[int_base..eqtb_size] of quarterword;
-@y
-called |xeq_level|.
-
-@d LA_eqtb==
-@!eqtb:array[active_base..eqtb_size] of memory_word;
-@!xeq_level:array[int_base..eqtb_size] of quarterword;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 5336
-@x
-@d hash_is_full == (hash_used=hash_base) {test if all positions are occupied}
-@d font_id_text(#) == text(font_id_base+#) {a frozen font identifier's name}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!hash: array[hash_base..undefined_control_sequence-1] of two_halves;
- {the hash table}
-@y
-@d hash_is_full == (hash_used=hash_base) {test if all positions are occupied}
-@d font_id_text(#) == text(font_id_base+#) {a frozen font identifier's name}
-@#
-@d LA_hash==
-@!hash: array[hash_base..undefined_control_sequence-1] of two_halves;
- {the hash table}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 5721
-@x
-@ @<Glob...@>=
-@!save_stack : array[0..save_size] of memory_word;
-@y
-@ @d LA_save_stack==
-@!save_stack : array[0..save_size] of memory_word;
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 6277
-@x
-@ @<Glob...@>=
-@!input_stack : array[0..stack_size] of in_state_record;
-@y
-@ @d LA_input_stack==
-@!input_stack : array[0..stack_size] of in_state_record;
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 6543
-@x
-rate from the others.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!param_stack:array [0..param_size] of pointer;
- {token list pointers for parameters}
-@y
-rate from the others.
-
-@d LA_param_stack==
-@!param_stack:array [0..param_size] of pointer;
- {token list pointers for parameters}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9736
-@x
-@d TEX_area=="TeXinputs:"
-@.TeXinputs@>
-@d TEX_font_area=="TeXfonts:"
-@.TeXfonts@>
-@y
-@d TEX_area==".*"
-@.TeXinputs@>
-@d TEX_font_area==""
-@.TeXfonts@>
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9751
-@x
-@p function more_name(@!c:ASCII_code):boolean;
-begin if c=" " then more_name:=false
-else begin if (c=">")or(c=":") then
- begin area_delimiter:=pool_ptr; ext_delimiter:=0;
- end
- else if (c=".")and(ext_delimiter=0) then ext_delimiter:=pool_ptr;
- str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string}
- more_name:=true;
- end;
-end;
-@y
-@p function more_name(@!c:ASCII_code):boolean;
-var ret:boolean;
-begin
-if c=" " then ret:=false
-else begin ret:=true;
- if (c=".")then if ext_delimiter=0 then ext_delimiter:=pool_ptr
- else if area_delimiter=0 then area_delimiter:=pool_ptr
- else ret:=false;
- if ret then begin {contribute |c| to the current string}
- str_room(1); append_char(c); end;
- end;
-more_name:=ret;
-end;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9769
-@x
-if area_delimiter=0 then cur_area:=""
-else begin cur_area:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr);
- str_start[str_ptr]:=area_delimiter+1;
- end;
-if ext_delimiter=0 then
- begin cur_ext:=""; cur_name:=make_string;
- end
-else begin cur_name:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr);
- str_start[str_ptr]:=ext_delimiter; cur_ext:=make_string;
- end;
-end;
-@y
-if ext_delimiter=0 then begin cur_area:=""; cur_ext:="";
- cur_name:=make_string; end
-else begin cur_name:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr);
- str_start[str_ptr]:=ext_delimiter;
- if area_delimiter=0 then
- begin cur_area:=""; cur_ext:=make_string;
- end
- else begin cur_ext:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr);
- str_start[str_ptr]:=area_delimiter; cur_area:=make_string;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9788
-@x
-begin print(a); print(n); print(e);
-@y
-begin print(n); print(e); print(a);
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9800
-@x
-@p procedure pack_file_name(@!n,@!a,@!e:str_number);
-@y
-@p procedure pack_file_name(@!a,@!e,@!n:str_number);
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9818
-@x
-@d format_default_length=20 {length of the |TEX_format_default| string}
-@d format_area_length=11 {length of its area part}
-@y
-@d format_default_length=9 {length of the |TEX_format_default| string}
-@d format_area_length=0 {length of its area part}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9826
-@x
-TEX_format_default:='TeXformats:plain.fmt';
-@y
-TEX_format_default:='plain.fmt';
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9998
-@x
-clear_terminal; prompt_input(": "); @<Scan file name in the buffer@>;
-if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=e;
-pack_cur_name;
-@y
-clear_terminal; prompt_input(": "); @<Scan file name in the buffer@>;
-if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=e;
-if (s="input file name") and (cur_area="") then cur_area:=TEX_area;
-pack_cur_name;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10034
-@x
-@p procedure open_log_file;
-var old_setting:0..max_selector; {previous |selector| setting}
-@!k:0..buf_size; {index into |months| and |buffer|}
-@!l:0..buf_size; {end of first input line}
-@!months:packed array [1..36] of char; {abbreviations of month names}
-begin old_setting:=selector;
-if job_name=0 then job_name:="texput";
-@.texput@>
-pack_job_name(".log");
-while not a_open_out(log_file) do @<Try to get a different log file name@>;
-log_name:=a_make_name_string(log_file);
-selector:=log_only;
-@y
-@p procedure open_log_file;
-var old_setting:0..max_selector; {previous |selector| setting}
-@!k:0..buf_size; {index into |months| and |buffer|}
-@!l:0..buf_size; {end of first input line}
-@!months:packed array [1..36] of char; {abbreviations of month names}
-begin old_setting:=selector;
-if job_name=0 then job_name:="texput";
-@.texput@>
-pack_job_name(".texlog");
-while not a_open_out(log_file) do @<Try to get a different log file name@>;
-log_name:=a_make_name_string(log_file);
-selector:=log_only;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10089
-@x
-@p procedure start_input; {\TeX\ will \.{\\input} something}
-label done;
-begin scan_file_name; {set |cur_name| to desired file name}
-if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=".tex";
-pack_cur_name;
-loop@+ begin begin_file_reading; {set up |cur_file| and new level of input}
- if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done;
- if cur_area="" then
- begin pack_file_name(cur_name,TEX_area,cur_ext);
- if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done;
- end;
- end_file_reading; {remove the level that didn't work}
- prompt_file_name("input file name",".tex");
- end;
-done: name:=a_make_name_string(cur_file);
-if job_name=0 then
- begin job_name:=cur_name; open_log_file;
-@y
-@p procedure start_input; {\TeX\ will \.{\\input} something}
-label done;
-begin scan_file_name; {set |cur_name| to desired file name}
-if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=".tex";
-if cur_area="" then cur_area:=TEX_area;
-pack_cur_name;
-loop@+ begin begin_file_reading; {set up |cur_file| and new level of input}
- if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done;
- end_file_reading; {remove the level that didn't work}
- prompt_file_name("input file name",".tex");
- end;
-done: name:=a_make_name_string(cur_file);
-if job_name=0 then
- begin job_name:=cur_name; open_log_file;
-@z
-
-|flush_string| removed--spoils XEDIT invocation
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10110
-@x
-print_char("("); print(name); update_terminal; state:=new_line;
-if name=str_ptr-1 then {we can conserve string pool space now}
- begin flush_string; name:=cur_name;
- end;
-@<Read the first line of the new file@>;
-end;
-@y
-print_char("("); print(name); update_terminal; state:=new_line;
-@<Read the first line of the new file@>;
-end;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10399
-@x
-@ Here now is the (rather formidable) array of font arrays.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!font_info:array[0..font_mem_size] of memory_word;
- {the big collection of font data}
-@!fmem_ptr:0..font_mem_size; {first unused word of |font_info|}
-@!font_ptr:internal_font_number; {largest internal font number in use}
-@!font_check:array[internal_font_number] of four_quarters; {check sum}
-@!font_size:array[internal_font_number] of scaled; {``at'' size}
-@!font_dsize:array[internal_font_number] of scaled; {``design'' size}
-@!font_params:array[internal_font_number] of halfword; {how many font
- parameters are present}
-@!font_name:array[internal_font_number] of str_number; {name of the font}
-@!font_area:array[internal_font_number] of str_number; {area of the font}
-@!font_bc:array[internal_font_number] of eight_bits;
- {beginning (smallest) character code}
-@!font_ec:array[internal_font_number] of eight_bits;
- {ending (largest) character code}
-@!font_glue:array[internal_font_number] of pointer;
- {glue specification for interword space, |null| if not allocated}
-@!font_used:array[internal_font_number] of boolean;
- {has a character from this font actually appeared in the output?}
-@!hyphen_char:array[internal_font_number] of integer;
- {current \.{\\hyphenchar} values}
-@!skew_char:array[internal_font_number] of integer;
- {current \.{\\skewchar} values}
-@y
-@ Here now is the (rather formidable) array of font arrays.
-
-@d LA_font1==
-@!font_info:array[0..font_mem_size] of memory_word;
- {the big collection of font data}
-@!font_check:array[internal_font_number] of four_quarters; {check sum}
-@!font_size:array[internal_font_number] of scaled; {``at'' size}
-@!font_dsize:array[internal_font_number] of scaled; {``design'' size}
-@!font_params:array[internal_font_number] of halfword; {how many font
- parameters are present}
-@!font_name:array[internal_font_number] of str_number; {name of the font}
-@!font_area:array[internal_font_number] of str_number; {area of the font}
-@!font_bc:array[internal_font_number] of eight_bits;
- {beginning (smallest) character code}
-@!font_ec:array[internal_font_number] of eight_bits;
- {ending (largest) character code}
-@!font_glue:array[internal_font_number] of pointer;
- {glue specification for interword space, |null| if not allocated}
-@!font_used:array[internal_font_number] of boolean;
- {has a character from this font actually appeared in the output?}
-@!hyphen_char:array[internal_font_number] of integer;
- {current \.{\\hyphenchar} values}
-@!skew_char:array[internal_font_number] of integer;
- {current \.{\\skewchar} values}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!fmem_ptr:0..font_mem_size; {first unused word of |font_info|}
-@!font_ptr:internal_font_number; {largest internal font number in use}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10435
-@x
-@<Glob...@>=
-@y
-@d LA_font2==
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10639
-@x
-@ @<Open |tfm_file| for input@>=
-@y
-@ @<Open |tfm_file| for input@>=
-tfm_count:=0;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10654
-@x
-@d fget==get(tfm_file)
-@d fbyte==tfm_file^
-@y
-@ In CMS we know that \.{TFM} files have a logical record length of
-1024 bytes, so we do one |get(tfm_file)| per CMS record. Then, since
-|tfm_file| is a |byte_file| which is a |file of byte_block| which are
-arrays of 1024 bytes, we refer to each byte in the record while it is
-in the file buffer, avoiding the need to |get(tfm_file)| for each byte.
-Note that |fget| procedure is defined at the end of the program.
-@d fbyte==tfm_file@@[tfm_count] {@@ is \pvs\ pointer notation}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11527
-@x
-@ Some systems may find it more efficient to make |dvi_buf| a |packed|
-array, since output of four bytes at once may be facilitated.
-@^system dependencies@>
-@y
-@ We play a trick with variant records so that we can fill up the
-|dvi_buf| array byte by byte, but write it out in one swell foop.
-@^system dependencies@>
-@d dvi_buf==d_buffer.b {buffer for \.{DVI} output}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11531
-@x
-@!dvi_buf:array[dvi_index] of eight_bits; {buffer for \.{DVI} output}
-@y
-@!d_buffer: packed record
- case boolean of
- false:(b:packed array [dvi_index] of eight_bits);
- true: (l:byte_block; r:byte_block);
- end;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11547
-@x
-@ The actual output of |dvi_buf[a..b]| to |dvi_file| is performed by calling
-|write_dvi(a,b)|. For best results, this procedure should be optimized to
-run as fast as possible on each particular system, since it is part of
-\TeX's inner loop. It is safe to assume that |a| and |b+1| will both be
-multiples of 4 when |write_dvi(a,b)| is called; therefore it is possible on
-many machines to use efficient methods to pack four bytes per word and to
-output an array of words with one system call.
-@^system dependencies@>
-@^inner loop@>
-@^defecation@>
-
-@p procedure write_dvi(@!a,@!b:dvi_index);
-var k:dvi_index;
-begin for k:=a to b do write(dvi_file,dvi_buf[k]);
-end;
-@y
-@ The actual output of |dvi_buf[a..b]| to |dvi_file| is performed by calling
-|write| on the other variant of the |dvi_buf| record. Thus, we had
-better be sure things line up properly.
-many machines to use efficient methods to pack four bytes per word and to
-output an array of words with one system call.
-@^system dependencies@>
-@^inner loop@>
-@^defecation@>
-
-@<Check the ``const...@>=
-if dvi_buf_size<>2*len_byte_block then bad:=223;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11572
-@x
- begin write_dvi(0,half_buf-1); dvi_limit:=half_buf;
-@y
- begin write(dvi_file,d_buffer.l); dvi_limit:=half_buf;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11575
-@x
-else begin write_dvi(half_buf,dvi_buf_size-1); dvi_limit:=dvi_buf_size;
-@y
-else begin write(dvi_file,d_buffer.r); dvi_limit:=dvi_buf_size;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11584
-@x
-if dvi_limit=half_buf then write_dvi(half_buf,dvi_buf_size-1);
-if dvi_ptr>0 then write_dvi(0,dvi_ptr-1)
-@y
-if dvi_limit=half_buf then write(dvi_file,d_buffer.r);
-for k:=dvi_ptr to dvi_buf_size do dvi_buf[k]:=223; {bug is |k| ok?}
-if dvi_ptr>0 then write(dvi_file,d_buffer.l);
-if dvi_ptr>half_buf then write(dvi_file,d_buffer.r);
-@z
-
-TeX 1.1 WEB source line 12302
-@x
-print_char("["); j:=9;
-while (count(j)=0)and(j>0) do decr(j);
-for k:=0 to j do
- begin print_int(count(k));
- if k<j then print_char(".");
- end;
-update_terminal;
-if tracing_output>0 then
- begin print_char("]");
- begin_diagnostic; show_box(p); end_diagnostic(true);
- end;
-@<Ship box |p| out@>;
-if tracing_output<=0 then print_char("]");
-@y
-print_char("<"); j:=9;
-while (count(j)=0)and(j>0) do decr(j);
-for k:=0 to j do
- begin print_int(count(k));
- if k<j then print_char(".");
- end;
-update_terminal;
-if tracing_output>0 then
- begin print_char(">");
- begin_diagnostic; show_box(p); end_diagnostic(true);
- end;
-@<Ship box |p| out@>;
-if tracing_output<=0 then print_char(">");
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 15720
-@x
-@d delta_node=2 {|type| field in a delta node}
-@y
-@d delta_node=2 {|type| field in a delta node}
-
-@<Types...@>=
-@!delta_array=array[1..6] of scaled;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 15735
-@x
-@d do_all_six(#)==#(1);#(2);#(3);#(4);#(5);#(6)
-
-@<Glo...@>=
-@!active_width:array[1..6] of scaled;
- {distance from first active node to~|cur_p|}
-@!cur_active_width:array[1..6] of scaled; {distance from current active node}
-@!background:array[1..6] of scaled; {length of an ``empty'' line}
-@!break_width:array[1..6] of scaled; {length being computed after current break}
-@y
-In standard \TeX\ the |do_all_six| macro is sometimes used just to copy one
-of these arrays to another. In this version, that uses \pvs, these have been
-converted to simple array assignments. This not only produces faster code,
-it decreases the size of the generated procedure: which is important, for
-|try_break| is very nearly too large for \pvs.
-
-@d do_all_six(#)==#(1);#(2);#(3);#(4);#(5);#(6)
-
-@<Glo...@>=
-@!active_width:delta_array; {distance from first active node to~|cur_p|}
-@!cur_active_width:delta_array; {distance from current active node}
-@!background:delta_array; {length of an ``empty'' line}
-@!break_width:delta_array; {length being computed after current break}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 15874
-@x
-@<Other local variables for |try_break|@>@;
-@y
-@<Other local variables for |try_break|@>@;
-
-procedure print_new_break; begin
-@<Print a symbolic description of the new break node@>
-end;
-
-procedure print_feasible_break; begin
- @<Print a symbolic description of this feasible break@>;
-end;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 15877
-@x
-do_all_six(copy_to_cur_active);
-@y
-cur_active_width:=active_width; {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(copy_to_cur_active)|}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16020
-@x
-begin no_break_yet:=false; do_all_six(set_break_width_to_background);
-@y
-begin no_break_yet:=false; break_width:=background;
- {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(set_break_width_to_background)|}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16122
-@x
- begin do_all_six(store_break_width);
-@y
- begin active_width:=break_width; {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(store_break_width)|}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16158
-@x
- @<Print a symbolic description of the new break node@>;
-@y
- print_new_break;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16343
-@x
- @<Print a symbolic description of this feasible break@>;
-@y
- print_feasible_break;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16448
-@x
- do_all_six(copy_to_cur_active);
-@y
- cur_active_width:=active_width; {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(copy_to_cur_active)|}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16523
-@x
-do_all_six(store_background);@/
-@y
-active_width:=background; {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(store_background)|}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17394
-@x
-@!trie_pointer=0..trie_size; {an index into |trie|}
-@y
-@!trie_pointer=packed 0..trie_size; {an index into |trie|}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17398
-@x
-@d trie_op(#)==trie[#].b0 {program for hyphenation at this trie location}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@y
-@d trie_op(#)==trie[#].b0 {program for hyphenation at this trie location}
-@#
-@d LA_trie==
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17457
-@x
-@!hyph_pointer=0..hyph_size; {an index into the ordered hash table}
-
-@ @<Glob...@>=
-@!hyph_word:array[hyph_pointer] of str_number; {exception words}
-@!hyph_list:array[hyph_pointer] of pointer; {list of hyphen positions}
-@y
-@!hyph_pointer=packed 0..hyph_size; {an index into the ordered hash table}
-
-@ @d LA_hyph==
-@!hyph_word:array[hyph_pointer] of str_number; {exception words}
-@!hyph_list:array[hyph_pointer] of pointer; {list of hyphen positions}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17665
-@x
-@d trie_op_hash_size=quarterword_diff+quarterword_diff {double}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!init@! trie_op_hash:array[0..trie_op_hash_size] of quarterword;
- {trie op codes for triples}
-tini@;@/
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_op_ptr:quarterword; {highest |trie_op| assigned}
-@y
-@d trie_op_hash_size=quarterword_diff+quarterword_diff {double}
-@#
-@d LA_trie_init1==
-@! trie_op_hash:array[0..trie_op_hash_size] of quarterword;
- {trie op codes for triples}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!trie_op_ptr:quarterword; {highest |trie_op| assigned}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17717
-@x
-@d trie_root==trie_l[0] {root of the linked trie}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!init @!trie_c:packed array[trie_pointer] of ASCII_code; {characters to match}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_o:packed array[trie_pointer] of quarterword;
- {operations to perform}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_l:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer;
- {left subtrie links}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_r:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer;
- {right subtrie links}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_ptr:trie_pointer; {the number of nodes in the trie}
-@y
-@d trie_root==trie_l[0] {root of the linked trie}
-@#
-@d LA_trie_init2==
-@!trie_c:packed array[trie_pointer] of ASCII_code; {characters to match}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_o:packed array[trie_pointer] of quarterword;
- {operations to perform}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_l:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer;
- {left subtrie links}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_r:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer;
- {right subtrie links}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!init @!trie_ptr:trie_pointer; {the number of nodes in the trie}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17734
-@x
-initialized to zero.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!init @!trie_hash:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer;
-tini {to identify equivalent subtries}
-@y
-initialized to zero.
-
-@d LA_trie_init3==
-@!trie_hash:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer;
- {to identify equivalent subtries}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17809
-@x
-@d trie_back(#)==trie[#].lh {backward links in |trie| holes}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!init@!trie_taken:packed array[trie_pointer] of boolean;
- {does a family start here?}
-@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_min:trie_pointer;
-@y
-@d trie_back(#)==trie[#].lh {backward links in |trie| holes}
-@#
-@d LA_trie_init4==
-@!trie_taken:packed array[trie_pointer] of boolean;
- {does a family start here?}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!init @!trie_min:trie_pointer;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22573
-@x
- if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=".tex";
-@y
- if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=".tex";
- if cur_area="" then cur_area:=TEX_area;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22865
-@x
-bad_fmt: wake_up_terminal;
- wterm_ln('(Fatal format file error; I''m stymied)');
-@.Fatal format file error@>
-load_fmt_file:=false;
-exit:end;
-@y
-bad_fmt: wake_up_terminal;
- wterm_ln('(Fatal format file error; I''m stymied)');
-@.Fatal format file error@>
-history:=fatal_error_stop;
-load_fmt_file:=false;
-exit:end;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22885
-@x
-@d dump_wd(#)==begin fmt_file^:=#; put(fmt_file);@+end
-@d dump_int(#)==begin fmt_file^.int:=#; put(fmt_file);@+end
-@d dump_hh(#)==begin fmt_file^.hh:=#; put(fmt_file);@+end
-@d dump_qqqq(#)==begin fmt_file^.qqqq:=#; put(fmt_file);@+end
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@y
-@d fmt_word==fmt_file@@[fmt_count]
-
-@d dump_wd(#)==begin fmt_word:=#; put_fmt;@+end
-@d dump_int(#)==begin fmt_word.int:=#; put_fmt;@+end
-@d dump_hh(#)==begin fmt_word.hh:=#; put_fmt;@+end
-@d dump_qqqq(#)==begin fmt_word.qqqq:=#; put_fmt;@+end
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!fmt_count:integer;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22897
-@x
-@d undump_wd(#)==begin get(fmt_file); #:=fmt_file^;@+end
-@d undump_int(#)==begin get(fmt_file); #:=fmt_file^.int;@+end
-@d undump_hh(#)==begin get(fmt_file); #:=fmt_file^.hh;@+end
-@d undump_qqqq(#)==begin get(fmt_file); #:=fmt_file^.qqqq;@+end
-@y
-@d undump_wd(#)==begin get_fmt; #:=fmt_word;@+end
-@d undump_int(#)==begin get_fmt; #:=fmt_word.int;@+end
-@d undump_hh(#)==begin get_fmt; #:=fmt_word.hh;@+end
-@d undump_qqqq(#)==begin get_fmt; #:=fmt_word.qqqq;@+end
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22912
-@x
-@<Dump constants for consistency check@>=
-@y
-@<Dump constants for consistency check@>=
-fmt_count:=0;
-@z;
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22927
-@x
-x:=fmt_file^.int;
-@y
-fmt_count:=0;
-x:=fmt_word.int;
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23224
-@x
-dump_int(interaction); dump_int(format_ident); dump_int(69069);
-@y
-dump_int(interaction); dump_int(format_ident); dump_int(69069);
-while fmt_count<>0 do dump_int(0); {flush out the buffer}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23309
-@x
-The initial test involving |ready_already| should be deleted if the
-\PASCAL\ runtime system is smart enough to detect such a ``mistake.''
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-@p begin @!{|start_here|}
-history:=fatal_error_stop; {in case we quit during initialization}
-t_open_out; {open the terminal for output}
-if ready_already=314159 then goto start_of_TEX;
-@y
-The initial test involving |ready_already| has been deleted here
-since the
-CMS storage management is not smart enough to clean up properly.
-We also declare the procedure |use_stack| which is explained in
-its definition.
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-@p @<Declare the procedure |use_stack|@> @;
-@#
-begin @!{|start_here|}
-use_stack;
-history:=fatal_error_stop; {in case we quit during initialization}
-t_open_out; {open the terminal for output}
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23319
-@x
- begin wterm_ln('Ouch---my internal constants have been clobbered!',
- '---case ',bad:1);
-@y
- begin wterm_ln('Ouch---my internal constants have been clobbered!',
- '---case ',bad:1);
- ret_code(100+bad);
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23328
-@x
-ready_already:=314159;
-start_of_TEX: @<Initialize the output routines@>;
-@<Get the first line of input and prepare to start@>;
-init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/
-history:=spotless; {ready to go!}
-main_control; {come to life}
-final_cleanup; {prepare for death}
-end_of_TEX: close_files_and_terminate;
-final_end: ready_already:=0;
-@y
-do_nothing; {remove |ready_already:=314159;|}
-start_of_TEX: @<Initialize the output routines@>;
-@<Get the first line of input and prepare to start@>;
-init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/
-history:=spotless; {ready to go!}
-main_control; {come to life}
-final_cleanup; {prepare for death}
-end_of_TEX: close_files_and_terminate;
-final_end: ret_code(history*4);
-interrupt:=-1;
-term_attn(interrupt);
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23348
-@x
-but that can't cause infinite recursion.
-
-@<Last-minute...@>=
-procedure close_files_and_terminate;
-var k:integer; {all-purpose index}
-begin @<Finish the extensions@>;
-@!stat if tracing_stats>0 then @<Output statistics about this job@>;@;@+tats@/
-wake_up_terminal; @<Finish the \.{DVI} file@>;
-if job_name>0 then
- begin wlog_cr; a_close(log_file); selector:=selector-2;
-@y
-but that can't cause infinite recursion.
-
-For \pvs\ we explicitly close all text input files, which standard
-\TeX\ leaves open, because \pvs\ sometimes(!) cannot manage
-to close them
-after a |jump_out| from an inner-level input file containing a
-\TeX\ error.
-It is (currently) okay to close files that are not open in \pvs.
-
-@<Last-minute...@>=
-procedure close_files_and_terminate;
-var k:integer; {all-purpose index}
-begin @<Finish the extensions@>;
-@!stat if tracing_stats>0 then @<Output statistics about this job@>;@;@+tats@/
-wake_up_terminal; @<Finish the \.{DVI} file@>;
-if job_name>0 then
- begin wlog_cr; a_close(log_file);
- for k:=1 to max_in_open do a_close(input_file[k]); {close input files}
- selector:=selector-2;
-@z
-
-Web line 23602, add index code
-@x
-@d special_node=3 {|subtype| in whatsits that represent \.{\\special} things}
-@y
-@d special_node=3 {|subtype| in whatsits that represent \.{\\special} things}
-@d ix_print_node=5
-{|subtype| in whatsits that represent \.{\\printindex} things}
-@z
-The following change is to use \write15 to send stuff to CMS
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23619
-@x
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-for k:=0 to 17 do write_open[k]:=false;
-@y
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-for k:=0 to 17 do write_open[k]:=false;
-write_open[15]:=true; {hack open \.{\\write15} stream for sending
- messages to CMS}
-cms_ptr:=1; {initialize |cms_buf| pointer and array}
-for k:=1 to buf_size do cms_buf[k]:=' ';
-@z
-
-Web line 23635, index code
-@x
-primitive("special",extension,special_node);@/
-@!@:special_}{\.{\\special} primitive@>
-@y
-primitive("special",extension,special_node);@/
-@!@:special_}{\.{\\special} primitive@>
-primitive("printindex",extension,ix_print_node);@/
-@!@:printindex_}{\.{\\printindex} primitive@>
-@z
-
-Web line 23651, index code
-@x
- special_node:print_esc("special");
-@y
- special_node:print_esc("special");
- ix_print_node:print_esc("printindex");
-@z
-
-Web line 23671, index code
-@x
-special_node:@<Implement \.{\\special}@>;
-@y
-special_node:@<Implement \.{\\special}@>;
-ix_print_node:@<Implement \.{\\printindex}@>;
-@z
-
-Web line 23725, index code
-@x
-@<Implement \.{\\special}@>=
-begin new_whatsit(special_node,write_node_size); write_stream(tail):=null;
-p:=scan_toks(false,true); write_tokens(tail):=def_ref;
-end
-@y
-@<Implement \.{\\special}@>=
-begin new_whatsit(special_node,write_node_size); write_stream(tail):=null;
-p:=scan_toks(false,true); write_tokens(tail):=def_ref;
-end
-@ This is an extension to call TEXIX, the index building and sorting
-program.
-
-@<Implement \.{\\printindex}@>=
-begin scan_int;
-if (cur_val<1) or (cur_val>3)
-then begin
-print_err("Invalid index number");
-help2("Since I expected to read a number between 1 and 3,")
-("I changed this one to 1.");
-int_error(cur_val);
-cur_val:=1;
-end;
-texix(chr(cur_val+ord('0')));
-end
-
-@ The next procedure calls the Pascal/VS module TEXIX to build the
-sorted index. TEXIX calls
-the PL/1 procedure PLSORT, which calls the CASORT procedure to sort
-the index file.
-
-@<Declare procedures needed in |do_ext...@>=
-procedure texix(@!ix:char); external;
-
-@z
-
-TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23949
-@x
-This section should be replaced, if necessary, by changes to the program
-that are necessary to make \TeX\ work at a particular installation.
-It is usually best to design your change file so that all changes to
-previous sections preserve the section numbering; then everybody's version
-will be consistent with the published program. More extensive changes,
-which introduce new sections, can be inserted here; then only the index
-itself will get a new section number.
-@^system dependencies@>
-@y
-The following sections, as recommended, contain the changes necessary to
-make \TeX\ work under \pvs\ and CMS.
-
-@ The following two sections of code and comment are from Chris Thompson
-of Cambridge University Computing Service:
-
-One of the unfortunate features of the \pvs\ compiler (and, indeed, of
-all known \PASCAL\ compilers for the IBM/370 architecture) is that variables
-in a stack frame are allocated strictly in the order they were declared.
-If the stack frame is more than 4096 bytes long, access to the later variables
-is less efficient, as \pvs\ must generate code to add a suitable multiple
-of 4096 to the base register for the stack frame. If many different multiples
-of 4096 are involved, the situation is correspondingly worse.
-
-Unfortunately, this effect is particularly acute for programs like \TeX.
-The order of the global variable declarations in the program generated by
-\.{TANGLE} is the order they actually occur in the source of \TeX. This order
-is oriented towards a structured exposition of the program. In particular,
-arrays (some of them rather large) and simple variables are mixed up; thus
-some of the most heavily used global variables in \TeX\ not only are not
-assigned addresses in the first 4096 bytes of the global stack frame, but
-even occur in many different 4096-byte sections of that frame, causing
-\pvs\ to have to assign many registers to point at them.
-
-There are many possible ways in which this situation could be improved.
-In this version of \TeX\ the declarations of the largest arrays have been
-removed from the module ``Global variables'' and added to a new one called
-``Large array variables'' which is inserted at the end of the declarations.
-The object is to make the space allocated to the variables left in the first
-module no more than 4096 bytes. Many of the smaller arrays have been left in
-the first module; after all, they too can gain from being directly addressable.
-
-As the individual sections of ``Global variables'' often contain declarations
-of both simple and array variables, the latter have been converted to
-\.{TANGLE} macros which are expanded here, rather than building up
-``Large array variables'' on the way.
-This would also enable us to change the order of
-these arrays on the global stack frame if desired.
-
-@<Large array...@>=
- LA_buffer @; LA_string @;
- LA_mem @; debug LA_mem_debug gubed @;
- LA_nest @; LA_eqtb @; LA_hash @; LA_save_stack @;
- LA_input_stack @; LA_param_stack @;
- LA_font1 @; LA_font2 @;
- LA_trie @; LA_hyph @;
- init LA_trie_init1 @; LA_trie_init2 @; LA_trie_init3 @; LA_trie_init4 tini
-
-@ Another unfortunate feature of the \pvs\ compiler (this time unique to it)
-is the way it manages the \PASCAL\ stack. Rather than allocating the whole
-stack area at once, it uses \.{GETMAIN} system calls to obtain chunks of store
-for it on demand. If stack overflow is detected on a routine call (i.e., the
-current chunk is not big enough; which, in particular, always happens when
-the main program is called from the runtime system) then a new chunk is made
-current. This is taken from a chain of spare chunks if any of them is big
-enough; if not, a new chunk is obtained, of size
-$$\lceil\max(\hbox{new stack frame}, d)\rceil\quad\hbox{Kbytes}$$
-where $d$ is specified by a runtime option, defaulting to 12\thinspace Kbytes.
-A special dummy procedure is
-placed between the caller and callee. When the callee returns, this procedure
-switches back to the old chunk, placing the new one on the spare list.
-
-Now, consider the case of \TeX. Most of the stack frames are not much larger
-than the \pvs\ minimum of 144 bytes, because they do not contain arrays;
-on the other hand, the global stack frame is enormous. The chunk obtained
-by \pvs\ for the main program will have between 0~and 1\thinspace Kbytes
-left after the global stack frame itself---and exactly how much will be
-quite impossible to keep control of as \TeX\ is altered. This is not
-enough for very many nested routine calls, and \TeX\ will soon use it up
-and obtain a new chunk of 12\thinspace Kbytes; this will suffice for
-nearly all \TeX\ applications (and if it didn't, we could change the
-runtime option).
-
-Some routines will have their stack frames very near the end of the
-first chunk. On every routine call they make, a switch will have to be
-made to the second chunk, and on each return to them a switch back again.
-Although this part of the \pvs\ runtime system is written in assembler,
-this is still a heavy overhead. If the routine involved is one that calls
-many other routines (the worst case may be |main_control|) then this will
-observably degrade the whole performance of \TeX. Experiments have shown
-variations due to this cause in the CPU time used by \TeX\ of 10\% in
-normal applications, and more than that in special cases.
-
-The possible solutions here range from altering the algorithm in \pvs\ to
-use a chunk size of
-$$\lceil\hbox{new stack frame} + d\rceil\quad\hbox{Kbytes}$$
-(which would work quite well for \TeX) to arranging to always specify a
-runtime system \.{STACK=d} option comfortably larger than the global
-stack frame (but then one could hardly hope ever to get another chunk
-if the first one {\sl did} run out). The solution adopted in this version
-of \TeX\ is to use an assembler routine |use_stack| which arranges that
-its caller's stack frame will subsequently be judged by \pvs\ to be as
-high as possible in the current chunk---to do this it has to know more
-than is good for it about the internals of \pvs, of course!
-
-Ideally, this routine would be used as follows. The main program would
-consist of a call of |use_stack|, followed by a call of
- \\{do\_everything\_else};
-then only one call-return pair gets the overhead. This is awkward for \TeX,
-though, because of the labels in the main program, especially |end_of_TEX|.
-Almost as good is to insert a call of |use_stack| near the beginning of the
-existing main program, and this is what we do here. It works because the
-main program doesn't actually call many other routines, and has no loops---we
-can hope it will stay that way!
-
-@<Declare the procedure |use_stack|@>=
-procedure use_stack; external;
-
-@ Extra type needed for CMS message
-@<Types...@>=
-
-@!cms_buf_type=packed array[1..buf_size] of char;
-
-@ Here are extra global variables for VM/CMS routines
-@<Glob...@>=
-
-@!inp_line:string(255);
-@!cms_buf:cms_buf_type;
-@!cms_ptr:1..buf_size;
-@!irc:integer;
-@!tfm_count:integer;
-@!status: boolean; {did the last |reset| or |rewrite| succeed?}
-
-@ @<VM/CMS...@>=
-procedure term_attn(var interrupt: integer); fortran;
-procedure cms(const s:string; var rc:integer); external;
-procedure attn202(const lifofifo:alfa; const cmd:string); external;
-procedure okstatus; begin status:=true; end;
-@/@\@=%INCLUDE ONERROR;@>@\
-@#
-procedure onerror; begin
-if @= FERROR @> in [41,48] then begin
- status:=false;
- @= FACTION@>:=[@=XDECERR@>]; end;
-if @= FERROR@>=30 then interrupt:=1;
-end;
-
-procedure fget; begin {no check done for eof}
- incr(tfm_count);
- if tfm_count=tfm_buf_size then
- begin get(tfm_file); tfm_count:=0;
- end;
- end;
-
-procedure put_fmt; begin
- incr(fmt_count);
- if fmt_count=len_word_block then
- begin put(fmt_file); fmt_count:=0;
- end;
- end;
-
-procedure get_fmt; begin
- incr(fmt_count);
- if fmt_count=len_word_block then begin
- get(fmt_file); fmt_count:=0;
- end;
- end;
-@z
diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/compile_texix.com b/macros/text1/vax_vms/compile_texix.com
deleted file mode 100644
index d62df0c372..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/compile_texix.com
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-$! used to create a new TEXIX executable
-$!
-$ set noverify
-$ set on
-$ pascal vmssort
-$ tangle texix
-$ pascal texix
-$ link texix,vmssort
-$ set noverify
-$exit
diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/sortcall.pen b/macros/text1/vax_vms/sortcall.pen
deleted file mode 100644
index af41cfbe0d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/sortcall.pen
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix.ch b/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 20168b7fe4..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
-
-@x line 6
- \centerline{{\twelvept For IBM VM/CMS Pascal/VS}}
-@y
- \centerline{{\twelvept For Vax Pascal}}
-@z
-
-@x line 107
-segment texix;
-procedure texix(ix:char); external;
-procedure texix;
-@y
-[inherit('sortcall')]
-program texix(input,output);
-@z
-
-@x line 142
-@d getout == return
-@d messages == sysprint
-@y
-@d getout == goto return
-@d messages == output
-@z
-
-@x line 146
-@d max_lrecl = 2048
-@y
-@d max_lrecl = 255
-@z
-
-@x line 147
-in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #)
-@y
-in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #,length(in_record)-(#))
-@z
-
-@x line 176
-@d do_when_bold == begin
-if length(bold_string) > 0 then add_comma(bold_string);
-bold_string:=
-ccat(ccat(ccat(bold_string,'{\bd '),curr_str_page),'}');
-@.\bs{}bd@>
-end
-
-@d do_when_underscore == begin
-if length(us_string) > 0 then add_comma(us_string);
-us_string:=
-ccat(ccat(ccat(us_string,'\us{'),curr_str_page),'}');
-@.\bs{}us@>
-end
-
-@d do_when_italic == begin
-if length(rm_string) > 0 then add_comma(rm_string);
-rm_string:=
-ccat(ccat(ccat(rm_string,'{\it '),curr_str_page),'}');
-@.\bs{}it@>
-end
-@y
-@d do_when_bold == begin
-if length(bold_string) > 0 then add_comma(bold_string);
-bold_string:=ccat(bold_string,'{\bd ');
-bold_string:=ccat(bold_string,curr_str_page);
-bold_string:=ccat(bold_string,'}');
-@.\bs{}us@>
-end
-
-@d do_when_underscore == begin
-if length(us_string) > 0 then add_comma(us_string);
-us_string:=ccat(us_string,'\us{');
-us_string:=ccat(us_string,curr_str_page);
-us_string:=ccat(us_string,'}');
-@.\bs{}us@>
-end
-
-@d do_when_italic == begin
-if length(rm_string) > 0 then add_comma(rm_string);
-rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,'{\it ');
-rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,curr_str_page);
-rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,'}');
-@.\bs{}it@>
-end
-@z
-
-@x line 253
- ccat := x ccat_temp y;
-@y
- ccat := x + y;
-@z
-
-@x line 271
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char);
-begin
-if file_number = '9' then reset(sort_file,
-'NAME=TEXT1$$.OUTSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V')
-else reset(ix_file,
-ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),'.A'));
-end;
-@y
-@^System dependent code@>
-@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char);
-begin
-if file_number = '9' then begin open(sort_file,
-'TEXT1$$.OUTSORT',history:=readonly); reset(sort_file); end
-else begin open(ix_file,ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number),history:=readonly);
-reset(ix_file); end;
-end;
-
-function trim(object:string_pass):string_pass;
-var i:integer;
-new_string:string_pass;
-begin
-i:=length(object)+1;
-repeat
- decr(i);
- until (object[i] <> ' ') or (i=1);
-if (object[i] = ' ') and (i=1)
-then new_string:=''
-else new_string:=dosubstr(object,1,i);
-trim:=new_string;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 288
-rewrite(sort_file,'NAME=TEXT1$$.INSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V')
-else
-rewrite(ix_file,
-ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),
-'.A,LRECL=2048,RECFM=V'));
-@y
-begin open(sort_file,'TEXT1$$.INSORT');
-rewrite(sort_file); end
-else
-begin
-open(ix_file,ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number),
-record@=_@>@t\_@>length:=1024);
-rewrite(ix_file); end;
-@z
-
-@x line 444
-@ The {\it get\_numeric}
-function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert
-that array (which is really the page number) into an integer.
-
-@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_type(max_pn_alpha)):integer;
-var @!i:integer;
-begin
-readstr(x_string,i);
-get_numeric:=i;
-end;
-@y
-@ The {\it get\_numeric}
-function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert
-that array (which is really the page number) into an integer.
-
-@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_pass):integer;
-var @!i:integer;
-begin
-readv(x_string,i);
-get_numeric:=i;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 459
-@p procedure strvalue(x:integer; var results:pass_pn_alpha);
-var
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
-writestr(temp,x);
-results:=ltrim(temp);
-end;
-@y
-@p function ltrim(triml_in_string:string_pass):pn_type;
-var i,j:integer;
-triml_out_string:pn_type;
-begin
-j:=0;
-for i:=1 to length(triml_in_string) do begin
-if triml_in_string[i] <> ' ' then begin
- incr(j);
- triml_out_string[j]:=triml_in_string[i];
- end;
-end;
-ltrim:=triml_out_string;
-end;
-
-
-procedure strvalue(x:integer; var results:pn_type);
-var
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
- writev(temp,x);
- results:=trim(ltrim(temp));
- end;
-@z
-
-@x line 470
-@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-var i:integer;
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
-temp:='';i := 1;
-with sort_record do begin
-repeat
-if x[i] <> ' ' then
-temp := ccat(temp,str(x[i]));
-incr(i);
-until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' ');
-end;
-strconv:=temp;
-end;
-@y
-@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):pass_pn_alpha;
-var i:integer;
-temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha);
-begin
-temp:='';i := 1;
-with sort_record do begin
-repeat
-if x[i] <> ' ' then
-temp := ccat(temp,x[i]);
-incr(i);
-until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' ');
-end;
-strconv:=temp;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x line 626
-@ The {\it plsort} procedure is written in PL/1 to call the CMS sort program
-Syncsort. This was necessary since you cannot call Syncsort from PASCAL/VS.
-The fields to be sorted are defined internally in the {\it plsort}
-program. This should be the same as the three sort fields in {\it sort\_type}.
-@:sort_type@>
-@:plsort@> @^PL/1@>
-@^Syncsort@>
-
-@p procedure plsort(var sort_rc:integer); fortran;
-@y
-@ The {\it vmssort} procedure calls a VMS sort program.
-You can use your favorite program here.
-The three sort fields in {\it sort\_type} are to be sorted.
-@:sort_type@>
-@:vmssort@>
-
-@z
-
-@x line 643
-@ This function converts to all uppercase.
-Notice that this is an EBCIDIC conversion, not an ASCII conversion
-to uppercase.
-
-@p function upper_case(x:char):char;
-var temp:char;
-begin
- if (ord(x)>=129)and(ord(x)<=169) then
- temp:=chr(ord(x)+64)
- else temp:=x;
-upper_case:=temp;
-end;
-@y
-@ This function converts to all uppercase.
-Notice that this is an ASCII conversion, not an EBCDIC conversion
-to uppercase.
-
-@p function upper_case(x:char):char;
-var temp:char;
-begin
- if ord(x) >= "a" then
- temp:=chr(ord(x)-@'40)
- else temp:=x;
-upper_case:=temp;
-end;
-@z
-
-
-@x line 710
-@!temp_strvalue:pass_pn_alpha;
-@y
-@!temp_strvalue:pn_type;
-@z
-
-@x line 738
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no'
-@y
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1,length(in_record)
--doindex(in_record,'=')) = 'no'
-@z
-
-@x line 744
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no'
-@y
-if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1,length(in_record)
--doindex(in_record,'=')) = 'no'
-@z
-
-@x line 862
-@<Write Sort Record@>=
-sort_file@@:=sort_record;
-put(sort_file);
-@y
-@<Write Sort Record@>=
-write(sort_file,sort_record);
-@z
-
-@x line 890
-The page number for a blind entry will always be 999999999.
-
-@<Do Blind Entry@>=
-begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/
-i := doindex(in_record,'{$}');
-curr_level:=2;
-write_print_chars(i-1);
-curr_level:=0;
-remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'}
-sort_record.page_number := 999999999;
-@y
-The page number for a blind entry will always be 9999.
-
-@<Do Blind Entry@>=
-begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/
-i := doindex(in_record,'{$}');
-curr_level:=2;
-write_print_chars(i-1);
-curr_level:=0;
-remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'}
-sort_record.page_number := 9999;
-@z
-
-@x line 937
-@p procedure add_page_number;
-var i:integer;
-@y
-@p procedure add_page_number;
-var i:integer;
-label return;
-@z
-
-@x line 955
-@<Add Page Number to the String@>
-@y
-@<Add Page Number to the String@>
-return:
-@z
-
-@x line 963
-@!str_build:string_type(max_lrecl);
-@y
-@!str_build:string_type(max_lrecl);
-@!temp_build:string_type(max_lrecl);
-@z
-
-@x line 976
-str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,str(field_level[i]));
-@y
-str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,field_level[i]);
-@z
-
-@x line 996
-@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is less than zero, its alphabetic and
-roman numeral processing is necessary.
-
-@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>=
-with sort_record do begin
-if ord(page_string[1]) < ord('0')
-@y
-@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is greater
- than nine, its alphabetic and
-roman numeral processing is necessary.
-
-@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>=
-with sort_record do begin
-if ord(page_string[1]) > ord('9')
-@z
-
-@x line 1006
-str_build := ccat(ccat(ccat(strconv(page_string),
-','),temp_strvalue),str_build);
-@y
-temp_build:=ccat(strconv(page_string),',');
-temp_build:=ccat(temp_build,temp_strvalue);
-str_build:=ccat(temp_build,str_build);
-@z
-
-@x line 1103
-then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2)
-@y
-then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2,length(curr_str_page)-1)
-@z
-
-@x line 1179
-if i < 1 then begin curr_str_page:=str_build; str_build:='';end
-else begin
-curr_str_page:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1);
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1);
-end;
-@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/
-if ord(curr_str_page[1]) < ord('0') {Then its alphabetic}
-@y
-if i < 1 then begin curr_str_page:=str_build;
-str_build:='';end
-else begin
-curr_str_page:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1);
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1,length(str_build)-i);
-end;
-@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/
-if ord(curr_str_page[1]) > ord('9')
-@z
-
-
-@x line 1192
-if i < 1 then begin temp_roman:=str_build; str_build:='';end
-else begin
-temp_roman:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1);
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1);
-@y
-if i < 1 then begin temp_roman:=str_build;
-str_build:='';end
-else begin
-temp_roman:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1);
-str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1,length(str_build)-i);
-@z
-
-@x line 1254
-output_string := ccat(ccat('\leader{}',output_string),'\par');
-@y
-output_string:=ccat('\leader{}',output_string);
-output_string:=ccat(output_string,'\par');
-@z
-
-@x line 1305
-sort_record:=sort_file@@;
-get(sort_file);
-@y
-read(sort_file,sort_record);
-@z
-
-@x line 1524
-@* Main Program.
-Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then
-set the ix\_file for input and the sort\_file for output; read all of the
-entries, processing each one; close the files; sort; read the sorted file
-in and build the entries, writing them back to the ix\_file to be read in
-by the index markup. WHEW!!
-
-@p
-begin @<Initialize Main@>@/
-termout(messages);
-reset_file(ix);@/
-file_rewrite(s_file_number); {Should always be file 9}@/
-read_all_entries;@/
-close(ix_file);@/
-close(sort_file);@/
-@<Sort the Index@>@/
-reset_file(s_file_number);@/
-file_rewrite(ix);@/
-build_sorted_index;@/
-end;
-@y
-@* Main Program.
-Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then
-prompt to determine which index to use (1, 2, or 3).
-Next call VMS' sort routine. And thats it.
- WHEW!!
-
-@p
-begin @<Initialize Main@>@/
-write('Which index are you processing (1, 2, or 3)? ');@/
-readln(ix);@/
-if (ix <> '1') and (ix <> '2') and (ix <> '3') then begin
-writeln(messages,
-'You can only process indexes 1, 2, or 3. Start again.');
-halt; end;
-writeln('');
-writeln(messages,'Starting the sort routine....');
-writeln(messages);
-reset_file(ix);@/
-file_rewrite('9');
-read_all_entries;
-close(ix_file);
-close(sort_file);
-@<Sort the Index@>@/
-reset_file('9');
-file_rewrite(ix);
-build_sorted_index;
-close(ix_file); {ix\_file now has the index to be run through \TeX}
-end.
-@z
-
-
-@x line 1558
-sort_rc:integer;
-@y
-sort_rc:integer;
-@!ix:char;
-@z
-
-
-@x line 1565
-plsort(sort_rc);
-if sort_rc = 0
- then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed')
- else writeln(messages,'Index Failed');
-@y
-vmssort(sort_rc);
-if odd(sort_rc)
- then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed')
- else writeln(messages,'Index Failed');
-@z
diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix_vms.readme b/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix_vms.readme
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bc62ad50d..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix_vms.readme
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-To create a new application on VMS for the TEXT1 sorted index, you
-must TANGLE the TEXIX.WEB file (found in the directory TEXIX) with the
-TEXIX.CH changes file in this directory. Then compile the program with Pascal.
-You must also compile VMSSORT with Pascal.
-This is all done for you with the COMPILE_TEXIX.COM procedure.
-The resulting TEXIX.EXE can be run by saying:
-
- $ RUN TEXIX
-
-It will ask for index level 1, 2, or 3. Usually "1" is used, which corresponds
-to the index file TEXT1$$.IX1 which was created by running TEXT1 on your TEX
-file.
diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/vmssort.pas b/macros/text1/vax_vms/vmssort.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 064cef2593..0000000000
--- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/vmssort.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-[environment('sortcall')]
-
-module vmssort(output);
-procedure vmssort(var sort_rc:integer);
-label RETURN;
-
-const
- max_pn_alpha=20;
- max_field = 300;
- SS$_NORMAL = 1;
- DSC$K_DTYPE_L = 8; (* Longword Integer. 32-bit signed *)
- DSC$K_DTYPE_T = 14; (* Character-coded text. A single 8-bit character *)
- sor$gk_record = 1;
-
-type
- word_integer = [word] 0..65535;
- byte_integer = [byte] 0..255;
- pn_alpha_type=packed array[1..max_pn_alpha] of char;
- field_array = packed array[1..max_field] of char;
- field_type = packed record
- field_lngth :integer;
- field_level :field_array;
- end;
- sort_type = packed record
- record_type :char;
- page_number :integer;
- abs_page_number :integer;
- page_string :pn_alpha_type;
- sort_part :packed array[1..3] of field_type;
- print :packed array[1..3] of field_type;
- end;
-
-
-var
- sort_stat: integer;
- key_info:array[1..21] of word_integer
- := (5,DSC$K_DTYPE_T,0,33,300,
- DSC$K_DTYPE_T,0,337,300,
- DSC$K_DTYPE_T,0,641,300,
- DSC$K_DTYPE_L,1,5,4,
- DSC$K_DTYPE_L,0,1,4);
- vmssort_type:byte_integer := sor$gk_record;
-
-
-function sor$pass_files(
- in_file: [class_s] packed array [l..u:integer] of char;
- out_file: [class_s] packed array [a..b:integer] of char)
- : integer; extern;
-
-function sor$begin_sort(
- %REF key_data: array [l..u:integer] of word_integer;
- long_rec: word_integer := %IMMED 0;
- options: integer := %IMMED 0;
- in_file_size: integer := %IMMED 0;
- user_compare: integer := %IMMED 0;
- user_equal: integer := %IMMED 0;
- s_type: byte_integer;
- work_files: byte_integer := %IMMED 0;
- context : integer := %IMMED 0): integer; extern;
-
-function sor$sort_merge: integer; extern;
-
-function sor$end_sort: integer; extern;
-
-begin
- sort_stat:=sor$pass_files(in_file:='TEXT1$$.INSORT',
- out_file:='TEXT1$$.OUTSORT');
- if not odd(sort_stat) then goto RETURN;
- sort_stat:=sor$begin_sort(key_data:=key_info,
- s_type:=vmssort_type);
- if not odd(sort_stat) then goto RETURN;
- sort_stat:=sor$sort_merge;
- if not odd(sort_stat) then goto RETURN;
- sort_stat:=sor$end_sort;
-RETURN:
- sort_rc:=sort_stat;
-end;
-end.